ret oe
iiss
: set
eat
as
“y,
Z oo
PUT ers
eee
Mee
¢,
27,
AS
KY
i
SA
5 hn ch)
peut
Ka
. . ay
Se ANeS:
wait
iS
uo”
WAS
utah ts
é
123
Pee
Se
a
ati
>:
tk
ae
uf ‘«
Smits
cat
ABO
nl
i
=
Foe
pict
7
‘ -
Xs
Ris
Rast
eo
nik
Tyan
ef
q,
ott
i Rreoe
fornce - Pees,
sf Vins
Ee OC es
See Saat
ie
PAS
x
mets
crea:
ck
COSY
er
neg oe
ats
nM Ss
+e he
WA.
ones 4
ep ei
Sekt yh
Se
east
(e
1S)
Ore Merk
4
byron
ete halees
eae Oph.
last
AEN et dp
Heel: s
tic
Lo
ee
a
as
Dah
~
Lager
7
celal
of OES.
yO ACP
re! rors 7
te
oe:
&
a
ee
Reread tye’ sax
Pe ee ey
523
f4
Rete
MED 8
S207
“ae
~,
‘<
4
han
uy, ta
i
oA res
ie
2a
rads
Loe jf
PP it
at bye
CONVERSATIONAL JAPANESE
FOR BEGINNERS BY
ARTHUR ROSE-INNES
PART I
GRADUATED EXERCISES
IN
CONVERSATIONAL JAPANESE.
NEW EDITION
KELLY & WALSH, LTD.
YOKOHAMA, SHANGHAI, HONGKONG and SINGAPORE,
(All rights reserved.)
THE Box oF CpRIOS PRESS, YOKOHAMA.
ita ih a.
CONVERSATIONAL JAPANESE
FOR BEGINNERS.
INTRODUCTION.
This book consists of three parts : Part I, Graduated Exercises in Conversa-
tional Japanese; Part II, Elementary Grammar of the Japanese Spoken
Language ; Part III, Vocabulary of Common Japanese Words.*
The learning of a language is a complicated process. In general it may be
said to consist of two parts, theory and practice. Theory refers to the know-
ledge of words, their peculiarities, special uses, inflexions, how they depend on
each other and how they are combined in a sentence. Elementary notions on
these subjects as regards Colloquial Japanese will be found in Parts II and IIT
of this work. Practice consists in learning to express oneself without difficulty
or hesitation, in acquiring a correct pronunciation and in tratning the ear to
understand the language as spoken by the natives. Practice, of course, cannot’
be learned from books; however, the Exercises in Part I, supply models and:
‘materials for a great number of sentences which can be used in real life.
The student is strongly advised to speak Japanese or try to speak Japanese
on every possible occasion: to servants, rikisha-men, tramway-conductors,
shop-attendants, ctc.; and to continue speaking Japanese even when the other
person answers In quite good English. Get as much practice in Japanese as you
can, and don’t go about giving free lessons in English.
_ The author suggests that the student should begin wrth the Exercises,
studying only such parts of the Grammar as are indicated at the beginning of’
each Exercise and consulting the Vocabulary when necessary. No particular
method of study is recommended in detail; but the author believes that the
pupil should repeat each sentence after his teacher several times until he can
say it with a fairly good pronounciation and a reasonable degree of fluency ; he
should also have a knowledge of what the sentence means while he is saymg it ;
the lesson should not be considered as known until he can do all the above with
his book closed. ;
; By the time the student has finished the Exercises, he will have gone all:
through the Grammar, and he should then, if he has the courage, read the Vo-
cabulary, which contains many useful phrases not found in the Exercises, and
many hints regarding the use of common words, which frequently are a source
_ of trouble to the begmner.
The Japanese Exercises were made in Japanese by a Japanese under the
author’s direction ; they are in no sense a translation of the English; on the
contrary, the English is a translation of the Japanese. It should be clearly
understood that the version given is only one out of many equally good and
correct translations which might be given. This will be readily understood
when it is remembered, that in Japanese nouns have neither gender, number
* For the convenience of those who wish to read the Japanese Characters from the
very beginning of their studies, the Japanese text of Part I has been printed apart in
; Japanese Characters with kana alongside : this is called Part IV.
2045'773
4
nor case, and verbs have oftenno subject expressed nor have they any inflexions
corresponding to person or number ; im real life, the meaning is determined by
context and circumstances.
In the Vocabulary at the end of this book the etymology of words is given
when it is considered helpful to the student. The average educated Japanese
has no notion of what etymology means ; and when asked the origin of a word
will immediately start explaining the characters or symbols with which tt is —
‘written. .In this matter the author’s chief guide has been Otsuki’s Genkaz.
Besides the present book, the student who wishes, not only to go through
these Exercises, but to express his own tdeas, must have an English-Japanese
‘Dictionary : the best one no doubt is, Hobart-Hampden and Parlett’s English-
Japanese Dictionary of the Spoken Language ; if a pocket dictionary is desired,
the author’s English-Japanese Conversation Dictionary may prove useful.
'Japanese-English dictionaries are very numerous but mostly unsatisfactory as
they are generally made for the use of the Japanese ; the best one is perhaps
Brinkley’s.
The author begs also to recommend the following : Lange’s A Teat-book of
Colloquial Japanese, for exercises of a more advanced type ; Chamberlain’s
Handbook of Colloquial Japanese, for further studies of the grammar ; Imbrie’s
Handbook of English-Japanese Etymology, for the translation of those words in
English which are of special difficulty. These books the author has ‘consulted
throughout and used freely.
The author’s Examples of Conversational Japanese, Parts I and II may be
useful to the student who has made some progress in the present book. Part
II uses no word not contained in this work, Part I has a somewhat more exten-
sive vocabulary but an English translation is given along with the Japanese
text. Part III of this work is the Japanese text of Parts I and II in Japanese
characters with kana alongside.
Those who wish to obtain some knowledge of the written characters cannot
do better than study Chamberlain’s The Study of Japanese Writing ; a cheap
extract on the same subject is the author’s Three Thousand Chinese-J apanese
Characters.
The letter A, B, C or D found after each sentence gives an idea of the
degree of politeness : ‘A’ sentences should be used to inferiors only ; ‘B’ are
no saga ‘C’ are polite in an ordinary way ; and ‘D’ are somewhat formally
polite.
Black-face numbers refer to the paragraphs of Part II,
"2 PART TI.
GRADUATED EXERCISES
IN
CONVERSATIONAL JAPANESE.
EXERCISE L
' Japanese nouns have no number and, as a rule, no gender.
Adjectives in Japanese, as in English, have no gender or number. Japanese
verbs have no person or number.
True adjectives in Japanese end in ai, ii, ot or ui. Used attributively the
adjective is placed, as in English, before the noun. When used as predicates of
affirmative sentences in familiar speech there is no need of any verb in Japanese ;
in less familiar speech no dest or simply dest is added.
The negative construction of adjectives is shown in 195; nai is familiar and
must be replaced by arimasen in polite speech.
Particles or postpositions are placed after the word to which they refer.
_ empitst : a pencil. chiisai : small.
mise : a shop ; an office. kuroi : black.
- uchi : a house. desi : am; is ; are.
kono : this. arimasen ; nai (familiar) : is not.
_ sono : that (not far). wa: a particle used for emphasis or
ano : that (far). contrast, often placed after the subject
takai : dear ; high. of a sentence. :
yasui : cheap. no : a particle with many varied uses.
okit : big. ka : an interrogative particle.
1. Kono chiisai mise wa takai (B). 2. Ano dkii mise wa yasui no desit (C).
3. Kono chiisai mise wa yasui no desi ka? (C). 4. Sono chiisai mise wa takat no
dest (C). 5. Chiisai mise wa yasiiku arimasen (C). 6. Kono empitst wa takat
dest ka? (C). 7%. Sono empitsit wa takaku nai (B). 8. Kono uchi wa okii ka?
(B). 9. Kono uchi wa dkiku nai (B). 10. Sono empitsii wa kuroi no desi ka?
(C). 11. Kono empitsi wa kuroi (B). 12. Ano uchi wa chiisai ka? (B). 18.
Ano uchi wa okii desti (C). 14. Ano uchi wa takai dest ka? (C). 15. Ano uchi
watakaku arimasen (C). 16. Sono empitst wa yasui no dest ka? (C). 17. Kono |
empitst wa yasui (B). :
1. This small shop is dear. 2. That big shop is cheap. 38. Is this small shop .
cheap? 4. That small shop is dear. 5. Small shops are not cheap. 6, Is this
pencil dear? 7. That pencil isnot dear. 8. Is thishouse big? 9. This house
is not big. 10. Is that pencil black? 11. This pencil is black. 12. Is that
house small? 13. That house is big. 14. Is that house high ? 15. That
house is not high. 16. Is that pencil cheap? 17. This pencil is cheap.
voy’ *
True adjectives when used as predicates in connection with the polite verb :
gozaru change their terminations as shown in 192. ; Agee a!
The negative construction of these sentences is shown in 196. * ie kh oh ike
hana: a flower. akai : red.
heya : a room. kitanai : dirty.
hon : a book. shirot : white.
inu : a dog. gozaimasti (polite) : am ; is; are.
kami : paper. | gozaimasen (polite) : is not.
kodomo : a child ; boy ; girl. watakishi ; watashi : I.
- tokei: a watch; clock. - anata : you. . ;
tstikue : a desk.
> 1. Sono tsittkue wa také gozaimastii ka? (D). 2. Kono tstikue wa yast gozai- «
- masti (D). 8. Ano hana wa aké gozaimast (D). 4. Sono kami wa shird gozai-
mast ka? (D). 5. Kono kami wa shiré gozaimasen ; kono kami wa ako gozai-
mast: (D). 6. Anata wa dkit gozaimast (D). 7. Watashi wa okiku arimasen —
(C):. 8. Kono heya wa kitand gozaimast (D). 9. Ano kodomo wa chiisd gozai-
mast: ka? (D).. 10. Ano kodomo wa chiisé gozaimasen (D). 11. Wataktishi wa
chiisé gozaimast (D). 12. Kono kuroi inu wa kitand gozaimasti ka? (D). 18.
Sono kuroi inu wa kitanaku arimasen (C).° 14. Kono hon wa také gozaimasi ka ?
(D). 15. Kono hon wa takaku nai (B). 16. Ano uchi wa aké gozaimasii ka?
(D). 17. Ano uchi wa akaku nai (B). 18. Kono tokei wa yasti gozaimast (D).
19. Ano dkii mise wa yasi gozaimasti ka? (D). 20. Ano mise wa yast gozai-
masen (D). 21. Ano mise wa kitané gozaimastt (D). 22. Kono tokei wa takai
desti ka? (C). 23. Kono tokei wa také gozaimasen (D). 24. Sono empitsi wa —
kuré gozaimasti ka? (D). 25. Kono empitst wa kuré gozaimasen ; kono empitsti —
wa ako gozaimasti (D). 26. Sono akai hon wa také gozaimasti ka? (D). 27.
Kono akai hon wa takaku nai(B). 28. Ano takai uchi wa kitané gozaimast ka?
(D). 29. Ano uchi wa kitanaku arimasen (C). 30. Kono heya wa chiisé gozai-
mast ka? (D). 81. Kono heya wa 6kiti gozaimastt (D). 32. Ano dkii heya wa
kitanai (B). 33. Kono kuroi inu wa chiisé gozaimast (D). 84. Ano dkiti inu wa —
kitané gozaimastt ka? (D). 35. Ano inu wa kitanai (B). 36. Kono kodomo wa —
kitanat (B). 87..Ano takai uchi wa shiroi desii ka? (C). 88. Ano uchi wa —
shiroku nai (B).
Pos
1. Is that desk dear? 2. This desk is cheap. 3. That flower is red. 4. Is
that paper white ?. 5. This paper is not white ; this paper is red. 6. You are
big. 7. Iam not big. 8. This room is dirty. 9. Is that child small? 10.
That child is not small. 11. I am small. 12. Is this black dog dirty? 138.
That black dog is not dirty. 14. Is this book dear? 15, This book is not
dear. 16. Is that house red? . 17. That house is not red. 18. This watch is
cheap, 19. Is that big shop cheap? 20, That shop is not cheap. 21. That
shop is dirty. 22. Is this clock dear? 28. This clock is not dear. 24. Isthat
pencil black? 25. This pencil is not black ; this pencil is red. 26. Is that red
book dear? 27. This red book is not dear. 28. Is that high house dirty? —
29. That house is not dirty. 30..Is this room small? 81. This room isin
82. That big room is dirty. 88. That black dog is small. 34. Is that big dog —
dirty ? 35. That dog is dirty. 36. This child is dirty. 387. Is that high hous
white ? . 38. That house is not white. bin in Sees * 7
rete
EXERCISE 3.
' Certain nouns followed by the particle na or no have the force of adjectives,
and are called quasi-adjectives.
_ When used predicatively de takes the place of na (or no) and is followed by
aru, arimast: or gozaimasti according to the degree of politeness. Note that
de aru is generally abbreviated to da, and de arimasti to desi.
In the negative na (or no) is changed to de wa (often abbreviated to FT ee
Some true adjectives may be used attributively as quasi-adjectives in na after
supressing the final 7 of the adjective. Thus dkii uchi or oki na uchi a big house;
chiisat mise or chiisa na mise a small shop.
kin (noun) ; kin no (adj.) : gold. na: a particle used for forming quasi-
baka : a fool. adjectives.
baka na : foolish ; silly. no; a particle used for forming quasi-
benri na : convenient. adjectives ; also means possession ; of.
kireit na: pretty ; clean. wata(kii)shi no : my ; mine.
riké na : clever. anata no : your ; yours.
’ murasaki no : violet (colour). de : a particle.
okt na : big. da (=de aru) ; is.
_ chiisa na : small. ja =de wa.
1. Ano kiret na inu wa riké desi ka? (C). 2. Ano inu wa baka dé gozaimasi
; (D). 3. Kono chiisa na inu wa riké de gozaimasti (D). 4. Kono 6ki na tstikue
wa benri de gozaimasti ka? (D). 5. Kono tstikue wa. benri de wa nai(B). 6.
Anata no tokei wa kin de gozaimasti ka? (D). 7. Kono tokei wa kin ja nai (B).
8. Anata no empitsti wa murasaki de gozaimasti ka? (D). 9. Watashi no empitsit
wa murasaki ja arimasen ; watashi no wa kuroi dest (C). 10. Kono murasaki no
empitsti wa benri desti (C). 11. Ano 6ki na kodomo wa baka dest ka? (C). 12. .
Ano kodomo wa riké da (B). 18. Anata no heya wa kirei de gozaimasti ka? (D).
14. Watakishi no heya wa kirei de wa gozaimasen (D). 15. Kono kirei na hon wa
anata no hon desti ka? (C). 16. Sono hon wa watashi no ja nai (B). 17. Anata
no empitst wa murasaki desii ka ? (C). 18. Wataktishi no empitsti wa murasaki
de gozaimasti (D). 19. Kin wa kirei da(B). 20. Kin no toket wa kirei desii (C).
21. Inu no uchi wa chiisai (B). 22. Sono kirei na hon wa Taré no hon desii (C).
23. Kono murasaki no empitsti wa anata no desti ka? (C). 24. Sono empitsii wa
waashi no ja nai; watashi no wa akai(B). 25. Ano oki na uchi wa anata no
uchi desti ka? (C). 26. Ano uchi wa watashi no ja nai(B). 27. Watashinouchi
wa chiisa na uchi desti (C). 28. Ano kodomo wa baka na kodomo de gozaimasit
ka?(D). 29. Ano kodomo wa baka ja nai (B).
1: Is that pretty dog clever? 2. That dog is stupid. 3. This small dog is
clever. 4. Isthis big desk convenient ? 5. This desk is not convenient. 6. Is
your watch gold ? (is yours a gold watch?) 7. This watch is not gold. 8. Is
yours a violet pencil ? 9. My pencil is not violet ; it is black. 10. This violet
pencil is convenient. 11. Is that big boy silly? 12. That boy is clever. 13.
Is yours a pretty room? 14. My room is not pretty. 15. Is te eas book
yours ?) 16. That book is not mine. 17. Is yours a violet pencil? 18. My
pencil is violet. 19. Gold is pretty. 20. Gold watches are pretty. 21. The
dog’s kennel is small. 22. That pretty book is Tard’s. 23. Is this violet
pencil yours ? 24. That pencil is not mine; mine is red. 25. Is that big house
yours? 26. That house is not mine. 27. Mine is a small house. 28. Is that
a silly child? 29. That child is not silly.
EXERCISE 4,
When the verb ‘to be’ has.a moun as’a° predicate, the noun is followed by
de aru, de arimasit or de gozaimast in the affirmative, and de wa nai, de wa ari- —
masen or de wa gozaimasen-in the negative. Remember the contractions noted
in the previous lesson.
‘Have (got)’ meaning ‘possess’ is translated by aru, arimast or goxaimasti
in the affirmative, and by naz, arimasen or gozaimasen in the negative; the English
subject takes the postposition wa, and the object becomes the Japanese subject —
and takes the postposition ga.
ginké : a bank. are ; sore: that (noun).
~ hagaki ; a postcard. to: and.
kitte : a postage stamp. ga: postposition often used after the
neko : a cat. subject of a sentence.
shimbun :; a newspaper. nani ? nan ? what ?-
kore : this (noun).
1. Are wa anata no uchi desti ka ?(C). 2. Arewa watakishi no uchi de gozai-
masii (D). 3. Kore wa Taré no neko de gozaimasit ka? (D). 4. Sore wa Tard
no neko da({B). 5. Ano takai uchi wa ginké ka? (B). 6. Ano uchi wa ginkd
ja nai (B). 7. Sore wa anata no kitte de gozaimast ka ? (D). 8. Kore wa wata-
ktishi no kitte de wa gozaimasen(D), 9. Anata wa shimbun ga arimast ka? (C).
10. Watashi wa shimbun ga aru(B). 11. Anata wahagaki to kitte ga gozaimast
ka? (D). 12. Watashi wa hagaki wa arimasti ; kitte wa arimasen (C). 18.
Anata wa murasaki no empitst ga aru ka? (B). 14. Watashi wa murasaki no
empitsti ga nai (B).. 15. Anata wa kami to empitsti ga arimast ka? (C). 16.
Watashi wa kami ga gozaimasen (D). 17. Watashi wa neko ga arimast ; anata -
wa nani ga arimast ka? (C). 18. Watashi wa chiisai inu ga aru (B). 19. Are
wa nan de gozaimasti ka? (D). 20. Are wa ginké desii (C). 21. Kono okt na uchi
wa nan de gozaimasti ka? (D). 22. Kore wa mise da (B). 23. Sore wa anata
no tstikue desi ka? (C).. 24. Kore wa watashi no. de wa arimasen(C). 25.
Watashi no tsikue wa chiisé gozaimast (D). 26. Sore wa shimbun dest ka ? (C).
27. Kore wa shimbun de gozaimasti (D). 28. Kono ginké wa 6kit gozaimast ka ?
(D). 29. Kono ginké wa okiti gozaimasen (D). 30. Are wa riko na neko dest
ka? (C).. 31. Are wa baka na neko da(B). 82. Anata no neko wa kuré gozai-
mast ka? (D). 33. Watashi no neko wa shiré gozaimasti (D). 34. Arewanan ~
desi ka? (C). 35. Are wa neko de gozaimast (D).
1. Is that your house? 2. That is my house. 38. Is this Tar6’s cat? 4.
Thatis Tar6’scat. 5. Is that tall buildingabank? 6. That building is not a
bank. 7.Is that your stamp? 8. This stamp is not mine. 9. Have you a
newspaper? 10. Ihaveanewspaper. 11. Have youa postcard and a stamp ?
12. Lhave got a postcard; I haven’t got a stamp. 18. Have you got a violet
pencil? 14. Ihaven’t gotaviolet pencil. 15. Have you got some paper and a
pencil? 16. Ihave not got any paper. 17. Ihave acat, what have yougot? __
18. L havea little dog. 19. What is that? 20. That is not a bank. 21. Whatis
this big house? 22. This isa shop. 28. Is that your desk? 24, This is not
mine. 25. Mine is a small desk. 26. Is that a newspaper? 27. This is a
newspaper. 28. Isthisabig bank? 29. This is not a big bank. 30. Is that —
a clever cat? 31. That is a stupid cat. 32. Is your cat black? 38. My cat
is white. 34, Whatisthat? 35. Thatisacat. Ys teas!
EXERCISE 5.
In the sense of ‘to he (in a place)’ ‘there is’ use the verb aru, arimast or
gozaimasi: if speaking of things without life; and irw, imasii or orimasi if speak-
- ing of living things. The negative forms of these latter verbs are i-nai, imasen,
orimasen.
hako : a box. San: Mr; Mrs; Master; Miss.
ime ; potato. koko : here ; this place.
tegami : a letter. astiko ; soko : there ; that place.
tima : a horse. doko ? where ?
ushi : a bull ; cow ; ox. ni: in; at; to; ete.
1. Kami wa doko ni arimastt ka? (C). 2. Kamiwa ano oki na hako ni aru (B).
_ 8. Koko ni ginko ga gozaimasiti ka? (D). 4. Koko ni 6kina ginké ga arimasii (C).
5. Asiiko ni tokei ga gozaimasti ka? (D). 6. Astiko ni wa tokei wa nai (B). 7.
Sono hako ni imo ga aru ka? (B). 8. Kono hako ni wa imo ga gozaimasen (D).
9. Anata no uchi ni tima ga imasi: ka? (C). 10. Watakiishi no uchi ni tima ga
orimasen (C). 11. Yamada San no uchi ni ushi ga iru ka? (B). 12. Yamada
San no uchi ni ushi to ima ga iru (B). 13. Taré San wa uchi ni imasi ka? (C).
14. Taré wa uchi ni orimasen (C). 15. Anata no uchi ni neko ga imasit ka ? (C).
16. Watashi no uchi ni wa neko ga imasen (C). 17. Yamada San no tegami wa
ano hako ni arimasti ka ?(C). 18. Yamada San no tegami wa astiko ni wa ari-
masen (C). 19. Soko ni ima ga orimasti ka? (C). 20. Koko ni wa ma ga i-nai
(B). 21. Imo wa doko ni gozaimasti ka? (D). 22. Imo wa kono hako ni aru
(B). 28. Jiré San wa doko ni orimasti ka? (C). 24. Jiré wa Yamada San no
uchi ni orimast (C).. 25. Anata no hako wa kirei de gozaimasti (D). 26. Kore
' wa Taré San no tegami dest ka? (C). 27. Sore wa Tard San no tegamija nai (B).
28. Tar6é San no tegami wa doko ni aru ka?(B). 29. Tard San no tegami wa ano
kirei na hako ni gozaimasii (D). 30. Ano 6ki na tima wa Yamada San no dest
ka? (C). 81. Are wa Yamada San no tima ja nai, Jird no tima da (B). 32.
Anata no shiroi neko wa doko ni imasti ka? (C). 38. Shiroi neko wa astiko ni
orimasti (C). 34. Shimbun wa soko ni arimast ka?(C). 35. Koko ni wa. shim-:
bun ga nai (B).
1. Where is thepaper? 2. The paper is in that big box. 3. Istherea bank —
here? 4, There is a big bank here. 5. Isthere a clock there? 6. There is no
clock there. .7. Are there any potatoes in that box? 8. There are none in
this box. 9. Is there (have you) a horse at your house? 10. There is no horse
in my house. 11. Are there any cows at Mr Yamada’s place? 12. At Mr
Yamada’s place there are both cows and horses. 13. Is Master Taro at home ?
14. Tard is not at home. 15. Is there a cat in your house? 16. There is no
cat in our house. 17. Is Mr Yamada’s letter in that box? 18. Mr Yamada’s
letter is not there. 19. Is there a horse there? 20. There is no horse here.
21. Where are the potatoes? 22. The potatoes are in this box. 23. Where
is Master Jiro? 24. Jiro is at Mr Yamada’s house. 25. Your box is
pretty. 26. Is this Master Tar6’s letter? 27. That is not Master Taro’s
letter. 28. Where is Master Tard’s letter? 29. Master Tar6’s letter is in that
pretty box. 30. Does that big horse belong to Mr Yamada? 31. That is
not Mr Yamada’s horse ; it is Jiro’s. 32. Where is your white cat? 33. The
white cat is there. 34. Is the newspaper there? 35. The newspaper is not
here.
EXERCISE 6. SSR ee | vi
- Form the present tense of the verbs given below from tables 28 and 29.
See 35 and 36; also 38.
The subject is often not expressed in Japanese.
miys”
tku (irreg.) : to go. asa : the morning.
kaku ; to write. ashita : tomorrow.
kau : to buy. de: at; in; ete.
kuru (irreg.) : to come. - esto.
motst : to have ; hold. mo : also. ee.
_ yobu ; to call. wo: postposition used after the ob-.
yomu : to read. jective case.
1. Anata wa nani wo kaimasit ka ? (C). 2. Hon to kami wo kau (B). 3. Ano
-kodomo wa kirei na hako wo motte iru(B). 4. Taré wategami wo kaite imast (C).
5. Akai empitsi wo kau ka? (B). 6. Akai empitsii wa kaimasen(C). 7. Anata
wa ano inu wo yonde imast ka? (C). 8. Ano inu wo yonde wa imasen (C). 9.
Watashi wa asa shimbun wo yomu (B). 10. Yamada San wa Tékyé no shimbun.
wo kaimasii (C). 11. Doko de kami wo kaimast ka? (C). 12. Ano 6kina mise —
de kau (B). 18. Yamada San wa ashita Toky6 e ikimast ; watashi wa ikimasen
(C). 14. Anata wa ashita koko e kimasti ka? (C). 15. Kimasti (C). 16. —
Watashi mo kimasti (C). 17. Ashita no asa Tanaka San ni tegami wo kakimasit
(C). 18. Ano kodomo wa nani wo motte imasti ka? (C). 19. Kirei na shiroi
hana wo motte iru (B). 20. Ashita mo ginké e ikimast ka? (C). 21. Ashita wa
tkimasen (C). 22. Anata wa kono mise de shimbun wo kaimast ka? (C). 28.
Kono mise ja kaimasen (C). 24. Hana-ko San wa nani wo yonde imast ka? (C).
25. Tegami wo yonde iru (B). 26. Yamada San wa ashita watashi no uchi e
kuru (B). 27. Hagaki to kitte wo motte iru ka? (B). 28. Hagaki wa arimast ;
kitte wa motte imasen (C). 29. Nani wo kaite imast ka? (C). 80. Tard San
ni tegami wo kaite imast (C). 31. Ashita Tokyé de nani wo kaimast ka? (C).
32. Hon to empitsti wo kau(B). 88. Doko e ikimasii ka? (C). 84, Mise e tkt-
mast (C). 35. Watashi no shimbun wa asa kimast (C).
1. What are you buying? 2. I am buying a book and some paper. 38. That
child has a pretty box. 4. Tard is writing a letter. 5. Are you buying a red
pencil? 6. I am not buying a red pencil. 7. Are you calling that dog? 8. I —
am not calling that dog. 9. I read the newspaper in the morning. 10. Mr
Yamada buys a Tokyo newspaper. 11. Where do you buy your paper? 12. I
buy it at that big shop. 13. Mr Yamada is going to Tokyé tomorrow, I’m
not going. 14. Are you coming here tomorrow? 15. I am. 16. I also am
coming. 17. Tomorrow morning I shall write a letter to Mr Tanaka. 18. —
What has that boy got in his hand? 19. He has a pretty white flower. 20.
Are you going to the bank again tomorrow? 21. I am not going tomorrow.
22. Do you buy your newspaper at this shop ? 28. I don’t buy it at this shop.
24. What is Miss Hana-ko reading? 25. She is reading a letter. 26. Mr
Yamada is coming to my house tomorrow. 27. Have you got a postcard and a
stamp? 28. I have a postcard but I haven’t got a stamp. 29. What are you~
writing? 380. I am writing a letter to Master Tard. 381. What are you going ~
to buy in Tokyo tomorrow ? 32. I am going to buy a book and a pencil. 33.
Where are you going? 34. I am going to the office. 35. My newspaper comes
in the morning.
Why
Boe EXERCISE, 7,
See how the different fornis of the probable present or future tense are formed
in tables 28 and 29. The principal idea of this tense is uncertainty.
For the probable present of aru and de aru, see 93 and 94.
- ame: rain. deki'ru : to be able; can; can do; ean
_ densha : an electric car. speak; be made, finished, ready.
_ Eji-go : English (language). (The English object often becomes
kisha ; a train. | the subject in Japanese).
kudamono : fruit. furu : to fall (as rain, snow).
kuruma : a rikisha. kaeru : to return ; come back.
Nihon ; Nippon : Japan. matst : to wait.
Nihon-go : Japanese (language). uru.: to sell.
kyo : today.
1. Taré San wa kyo Toky6 e iku deshé ka? (C). 2. Kyé wa iku daré (B). 8.
Anata wa densha de kaerimasi ka? (C). 4. Kuruma de kaeré (B). 5. Silva
San wa Ei-go ga dekimasti ka? (C). 6. Ei-go wa dekimastimai ; Nihon-go wa
dekimast (C). 7. Kore wa Tékyé no shimbun daré ka? (B). 8. Sore wa Tokyé
no shimbun ja nai deshé (C). 9. Smith San wa Nihon e kuru deshé ka? (C).
10. Kuru deshé (C). 11. Ano mise de kudamono wo utte iru daré ka? (B). 12.
Uitte i-nai deshé (C). 18. Hana-ko San wa ashita densha de kuru deshé ka ? (C).
14. Kisha de kuru deshé (C). 15. Ashita ame ga furu deshd ka? (C). 16.
-. Ashita wa furumai (B).. 17. Tstikue wa ashita no asa dekimashé ka? (C). 18).
Dekimashé (C). 19. Jiré San wa mise de watashi wo matte iru daré ka? (B).
20. Matte i-nai deshé (C). 21. Ano mise ni kono kami ga gozaimashé ka? (D).
22. Astiko ni wa arimastiimai (C). 238. Terada San no uchi ni Ei-go no shimbun
ga arimashé ka? (C). 24. Astiko ni wa aru daré (B). 25. Kyéd wa ame ga fur
deshé ka? (C). 26. Ame wa fura-nai daré (B). 27. Hana-ko wa ashita uchi e
tegami wo kaku daré ka? (B). 28. Ashita no asa kaku deshé (C). 29. Yamada
San wa ano oki na tstikue wo kau daré ka? (B)., 80. Kau deshé ; ano tstikue wa
benri deshé (C).
1. I wonder whether Master Tar6 will go to Toéky6 today? 2. I think he will
gotoday. 8. Will you return by tram-car? 4. I am thinking of going back
by rikisha. 5. Can’ Mr Silva speak English? 6. I don’t think he can speak
English ; he can speak Japanese. 7. I wonder whether this is a Tokyo news-
paper? 8. I don’t think that’s a Tokyd newspaper. 9. Do you think Mr
Smith will come to Japan? 10. I think he will. 11. I wonder whether they
sell fruit at that shop? 12. I don’t think they do. 18. Do you think Miss
Hana-ko will come tomorrow by tram-car? 14, She will probably come by
train. 15. Do you think it will rain tomorrow ? 16. I don’t think it will. 17.
I wonder whether my desk will be ready tomorrow morning? 18. I think it
will. 19. I wonder whether Master Jird is waiting for me at the office? 20. I
don’t expect he is. 21. Do you think they’ve got paper like this at that shop ?
22. I don’t think they’ve got any there. 238. I wonder whether there is an
English newspaper at Mr Terada’s house? 24. I expect there is. 25. Do you
think it will rain today? 26. I don’t think it will. 27. I wonder whether
_ Hana-ko is going to write home tomorrow ? 28. I think she will write tomorrow
morning. 29. Do you think Mr Yamada will buy that big desk? 380. I expect
he will ; it looks a very convenient desk.
/
EXERCISE &.. |
. Study the formation of the past tense in tables; 28 and 29.. For aru and de aru
see 93 and 94. . eee
béshi : hat. suru (irreg.) : to do.
hito : man. wakaru: to understand. (The English
ito : thread. object becomes the subject in Japan-
kotoba : words ; something said. ese).
niku : meat. e ; interjection ; sometimes ‘yes’.
pen : pen. hai : interjection ; I have heard; I un-
. tamago : egg. . derstand ; that is so; yes. .
‘ kesa ; this morning. vie : no.
kiné : yesterday.
1. Yamada San wa kesa nani wo shite imashita ? (C). 2. Shimbun wo yondz
ita (B). 8. Kyé ginké e ittaka?(B). 4. Ky6 wa ika-nakatta ; ashita iko (B).
5. Ano mise ni ito ga arimashita ka? (C). 6. Tie, astiko ni wa nakatta (B).
7. Ano béshi wa Suzuki San no deshita ka? (C). 8. Iie, Suzuki San no ja na-
katta ; Tanaka San no datta (B). 9. Kesa niku to tamago wo kaimashita ka ? (C).
10. Hai, kaimashita (C). 11. Maruzen ni Ei-go no shimbun ga atta ka ? (B).
12. Iie, arimasen deshita (C). 18. Kind pen wo kaimashita ka? (C). 14. E,
katta (B). 15. Hana-ko San wa kiné uchi e kimasen deshita (C). 16. Brown
San wa kiné mo hon wo yonde ita ka? (B). 17. Iie, kind wa hon wo yonde i-
nakatta (B). 18. Ano hito wa Brown San ja arimasen deshita (C). 19. Tanaka
San no kotoba ga wakarimashita ka? (C). 20. Iie, wakarimasen deshita (C).
21. Boshi wa arimashita ka?(C). 22. Hai, gozaimashita (D). 28. Kono empi-
tsi wa. doko de kaimashita? (C). 24. Toékyéd de katta (B). 25. Kiné nani wo
shimashita? (C). 26. Kin6 wa uchi ni tegami wo kakimashita (C). 27. Anata
wa kind uchi niita ka?(B). 28. Kiné wauchi ni imasen deshita ; mise de tegamt
wo kaite imashita (C). 29..Ano pen wa anata no deshita ka? (C). 30. Lie,
watashi no ja nakatta (B). 31. Kiné Tokyé wa ame ga futta ka? (B). 32. Ne,
furimasen deshita (C). 33. Silva San wa Ei-go no shimbun wo yonde imashita ka?
(C). 34. Lie, Ei-go no shimbun wo yonde imasen deshita (C).
1. What was Mr Yamada doing this morning? 2. He was reading the
newspapers. 3. Did you go to the bank today? 4. I didn’t go today ; I shall
go tomorrow. 5. Did you find any thread at that shop? 6. There was none —
there. 7. Was that hat Mr Suzuki’s? §% No, it was not Mr Suzuki’s; it was
Mr Tanaka’s. 9. Did you buy some meat and some eggs this morning? 10.
Yes, I did. 11. Was there an English newspaper at Maruzen’s? 12. No,
there was not. 18. Did you buy a pen yesterday? 14. Yes, did. 15. Miss
Hana-ko did not come to my house* yesterday. 16. Was Mr Brown again
reading a book yesterday? 17. No, he wasn’t reading a book yesterday. 18.
That man was not Mr Brown. 19. Did you understand what Mr Tanaka ~
said? 20. No, I did not. 21. Have you found your hat ? (was your hat any-
where?) 22. Yes, I have. 23. Where did you buy this pencil? 24, I bought
it in Tokyo. 25. What did you do yesterday ? 26. I wrote home yesterday.
27. Were you at home yesterday ? 28. I was not at home yesterday ; I was at —
the office writing letters. 29. Was that pen yours? 30. No, it was not mine.
81. Did it rain in Toky6 yesterday ? 32. No, it did not. 33. Was Mr Silva
reading an English newspaper? 34. No, he was not.
-
ol aie a
? EXERCISE 9. :
The adverbial form of true adjectives is shown in 192; quasi-adj ectives change
na (or no) into ni when used as adverbs. See also 190, 4. p,
_ Atsui and atsiku natta (lit. has or did become hot) both mean ‘is hot’; but”
when you say atstiku natta you imply that formerly it was not hot.
soji : cleaning ; sweeping. oki‘ru : to get up.
atarashii.: new. stite’ru : to throw away ; get rid of.
furui : old. stikoshi : a little.
hayai : early ; quick. takiisan : a great deal.
. mijikai : short. zuibun : very.
nagai : long. kara : after ; from.
naru : to become. kara : because ; as ; since.
1. Yamada San no inu wa 6kiku narimashita ka? (C). 2. Hai, zuibun okiku .
narimashita (C). 8. Kami ga zuibun takaku natta(B). 4. Kiné kara imo ga ~
stikoshi yastiku natta (B). 5. Ano mise wa takaku uru (B). 6. Watashi no
béshi wa furuku natia kara, siiteys (B). 7. Anata wa asa hayaku okimast ka ?
(C). 8. E, hayaku okimasti (C). 9. Ano hito wa tegami wo kirei ni kakimastt
-(C). 10. Kono uchi wa benri ni dekite iru (B). 11. Kesa uchi wo kirei ni sdji
shimashita (C). 12. Kind Tanaka San kara nagai tegami ga kimashita (C).
13. Anata wa kesa heya no sdji wo shimashita ka? (C). 14. Hai, kiret ni sdjr
shimashita (C). 15. Uchi ni hana ga takisan arimasi (C). 16. Brown San wa
kesa Toky6 kara kaetta (B). 17. Ano mise wa takai kara kaumai (B). 18.
Suzuki San ni mijikai tegami wo kakimashita (C). 19. Kore wa furui ginko
desi ka? (C). 20. Tie, atarashiit desti (C). 21. Kyé6 wa ame ga furu kara,
Kamakura e ika-nai (B). 22. Ashita no asa wa stikoshi hayaku okiyé (B). 28.
Kono hon wa furuku natta kara, stitemashé (C). 24. Ano hito wa zuibun asa
hayaku okiru (B). 25. Sono kudamono wa furui kara kawa-nai (B). 26. Kono
béshi wa zuibun kitanaku narimashita (C). 27. Kyé no shimbun wa doko ni ari-
mast? (C). 28. Watashi no heya ni aru (B). 29. Hayaku heya no sdji wo
shiyd (B). 30. Anata no uchi ni Ei-go no hon ga takiisan gozaimast ka? (D). —
81. Iie, takiisan wa arimasen ; stikoshi arimast (C).
1. Has Mr Yamada’s dog grown big? 2. Yes, he’s grown very big. 3.
Paper is very dear now. 4. Since yesterday potatoes are somewhat cheaper.
- 5. That shop sells very dear. 6. My hat is old, so I’ll throw it. away. 7. Do
you getup early? 8. Yes,I get up &arly. 9. That man writes his letters very
neatly. 10. This house is constructed in a very convenient way. 11. This
morning I swept the (whole) house very carefully. 12. I received a long letter
yesterday from Mr Tanaka. 13. Did you sweep your room this morning ? 14.
Yes, I swept it carefully. 15. We havea lot of flowers in our place. 16. }
Brown returned from Toky6 this morning. 17. I don’t think I'll buy (any-
thing) at that shop, it’s too dear. 18. I wrote a short letter to Mr Suzuki.
19. Isthis an old bank? 20. No, it’s new. 21. As it is raining today, I shall
not go to Kamakura. . 22. I think I’ll get up a little earlier tomorrow morning.
23. As this book is out of date now, I’ll throw it away. 24. That man gets up
very early in the morning. 25. As that fruit is stale, I won't buy it. 26. This
hat has become quite soiled. 27. Where is today’s newspaper ? 28. In my
room. 29. I will hurry up and sweep my room. 30. Have you got a lot of
English books in your house? 81. No, I haven’t got many ; I have a few.
EXERCISE 10,
Study the forms of the imperative in tables 28 and 29. 4
denki : electricity ; electric light. kudasai (polite); kure (impolite): by
iya na ; disagreeable ; distasteful. themselves they mean ‘give’; used.
at; yot : good. also after gerund in imperative forms. |
o: honorific prefix. nasai : literally ‘deign’; used after the
omae (familiar) : you. 2nd base in the imperative. 4
dézo : please. goran; generally takes the place of the
ikemasen ; ike-nai (familiar) : it 2nd base in the imperative of mi ru
-- -won’t do. to see. .
kesti : to put out. o-ide : generally takes the place of the
mi'‘ru ; to look. ; 2nd base in the imperative of kuru to
taberu : to eat. come and ku to go.
tstike'ru : to apply.
1. Yamada San, ashita watashi no uchi e o-ide nasai (C). 2. Ky6 no shimbun
wo kudasai (C). 8. Ii kudamono wo katte 0 kure (A). 4. Dézo Brown San wo
yonde kudasai (D). 5. Watashi no tegami wo yonde wa ikemasen (C). 6, Ano
hon wa watashi no ja nai kara yonde wa ikemasen (C). 7. Déz0 watakishi no heya
e o-ide kudasai (D). 8. Ano inu wa iya da kara yoba-nai de okure(A). 9. Kono
kudamono wo o tabe nasai (C). 10. Sono akai hon wo goran nasai (C). 11. Omae
wa sono tegami wo mite wa ike-nai (A). 12. Denki wo tstikemashé ka? (C). 138.
Tie, tstike-nai de kudasai (C). 14. Asa hayaku oki nasai (A). 15. Dézo kono
tegami wo goran kudasai (D). 16. Denki wo keshimashé ka? (C). 17. Kesa-nai
de wi (B). 18..Ano mise wa takai desti kara, astiko de kami wo kawa-nai de
kudasai (C). 19. Yamada San ni tegami wo kaite kudasai (C).. 20. Ano kodomo —
wo goran nasai (C). 21. Omae no béshi wa kitanaku natta kara, stite nasai (A).
22. Are wa Yamada San no inu da kara, yonde wa ike-nai (A). 28. Kore wa ti
kami desi kara, takiisan 0 kai kudasai (D). 24. Kyd wa ginké e ika-nai de vi
(B). 25. Hagaki wo kudasai (C). 26. Kono tegami wo yonde o kure (A). 27.
Watashi no heya e kite o kure (A). 28. Tamago .wo takiisan katte wa tkemasen
(C). 29. Ashita no asa hayaku Tokyé e itte kudasai (C). 380. Anata no o heya
wo s0ji shimashé ka? (C). 381. Tie, shi-nai de ii (A). 82. Watashi no heya e
ko-nai de kudasai (C).
1, Mr Yamada, please come to my house tomorrow. 2. Please give me
today’s paper. 3. Buy some good fruit. 4. Please call Mr Brown. 5. You
mustn’t read my letters. 6. You mustn’t read that book, it is not mine.
7. Please come to my room. 8. I don’t like that dog, so don’t call it: 9. Eat
this fruit. 10. Look at that red book. 11. You mustn’t read that letter.
12. Shall I turn on the electric light ?. 18. No, please don’t do so. 14. Get up
early in the morning. 15. Please read this letter. 16. Shall I turn off the
electric light ?_ 17. Don’t do so. 18. As that shop is expensive please don’t
buy the paper there. 19. Please write a letter to Mr Yamada. 20. Look at
that child. 21. Your hat is dirty, throw it away. 22. That is Mr Yamada’s
dog, so you mustn’t call it. 23. As this is very good paper, please buy a good
deal. 24. You needn’t go to the bank today. 25. Please give me a postcard.
26. Read this letter. 27. Come tomy room. 28. Don’t buy too many eggs.
29. Please go to Toky6 early tomorrow morning. 30. Shall I sweep your room?
81. No, you needn’t. 82. Please don’t come to my room.
ee
pee ae La eh eR
EXERCISE 11.
Study the formation of the gerund in tables 28, 29 and 93; some of the uses
of the gerund in 58, 2, 3, 6.
fune : ship. dasti : to take out of ; post (of a letter).
_ héki: broom. de‘ru : to come out of ; go out.
Igiristi ;: England. fitku : to blow.
_ka : mosquito. yaru ; to. give. .
kane : metal ; money. motte iku : to take.
kasa : umbrella. motte kuru : to bring ; take to my place.
kaze : wind, motte kaeru : to bring or take back.
kyaku : visitor ; guest. ammari : too ; to be in excess.
au ; to meet.
1. Kesa no shimbun wo motte kite o kure (A). 2. Taré wu kasa wo motte iki-
mashita ka? (C). 38. E, motte ikimashita (C). 4. Kono tokei wa Yamada San
ga Igirist kara motte kaerimashita (C). 5. Kesu uchi ni tegami wo kaite dashi-
mashita (C). 6. Héki wo motte kite kono heya wo sdji shite kure (A). 7. Kono
hako wo Tanaka. San no o uchi e motte o-ide nasai (B). Kono hako wo motte
' Tanaka San no 0 uchi e o-ide nasai (B). 8. Ano hako kara kami wo dashite
motte kite o kure (A). 9. Koko wa ka ga takiisan ite iya dest (C). 10. Kind wa ~
kyaku ga kite Toky6 e ikimasen deshita (C). 11. Ammari kaze ga fuite fune ga
de-nakatta (B). 12. Kitte wo katte, kono tegami wo dashite kudasai (C). 13. Ginkd
e ute, Terada San ni atta (B). 14. Ddzo Yoshi-ko ni atte, kore wo yatte kudasai.
(C). 15. Sore wa Haru-ko no desi kara, motte itte yarimashé (C). 16. Kono
tstikue wo watashi nu heya e motte kite o kure (A). 17. Kind hana wo katte Kimi-
ko ni yarimashita (C). 18. Sore wo motte itte wa ike-nai (A). 19. Kane ga
naktite ano kirei na tokei wo kaimasen deshita (C). 20. Kasa wo motte ikimashé
ka? (C). 21. E, motte o-ide nasai (B). 22. Hagaki wo motte kite o kure (A).
23. Ano hito wa Ei-go ga dekimasii ka? (C). 24. E, yoku dekimasti (C). 25.
Boshi wa Maruzen ni itte kaimashé (C). . 26. Ammari takai béshi wo kawa-nai
de kudasai (C). 27. Kiné no kane de nani wo kaimashita? (C). 28. Empitsi
to kami wo katte Jiré ni yarimashita (C).
1. Bring me this morning’s paper. 2. Did Taré take an umbrella with him ?
8. Yes, he did. 4. Mr Yamada brought this clock back from England with
him. 5. This morning I wrote a letter home (and posted it). 6. Bring a broom
and sweep this room. 7. Take this box to Mr Tanaka’s house. 8. Take some
_ paper out of that box and bring it here. 9. I don’t like this place, there are so
many mosquitos. 10. A visitor came yesterday so I didn’t go to Tokyo. 11.
There was such a strong wind the boat didn’t leave. 12. Buy a stamp and
post this letter please. 18. I went to the bank and I met Mr Terada, M4.
Please go to Yoshi-ko’s house and give her this. 15. As this belongs to Haru-
ko I will take it (and give it) to her. 16. Take this desk’ to my room. 17. i /
bought some flowers yesterday and gave them to Kimi-ko. 18. You mustn't
take that away. 19. As I had no money I didn’t buy that pretty clock. 20.
Shall I take an umbrella? 21. Yes, take one. 22. Bring mea postcard, 23.
Can that man speak English? 24. Yes, he speaks it very well. 25. I'll go to
Maruzen’s and buy a hat. 26. Don’t buy one which is too expensive. 27.
What did you buy with your money yesterday? 28. I-bought a pencil and
some paper and gave them to Jiro. .
EXERCISE 12.
Study some of the uses of the gerund in 58, 9, 10, 11.
kéen : public garden ; park. haku: to sweep.
kutsu : boots. nomu : to drink.
“mizu : water. oku ; to put ; place.
nashi ; pear. ima: now.
sakana : fish. mada :; still; yet.
1. Kaze ga fuite mo fune wa kyo deru deshé (C). 2. Kono hon wo mite mo yo
gozaimasti ka?(D). 8. Mite ii (B). 4. Ashita anata no kutsu wo kaimashé ka ?
(C). 5. Kutsu wa mada kawa-nai de mo ii dest (C). 6. Sono nashi wo tabete
mo yo gozaimasti ka? (D). 7. E, ti (B). 8. Ima anata no heya wo haite yo
gozaimasti ka? (D). 9. Lie, kyé wa haka-nakiite mo ii (B). 10. Kono hako wo
- Saburé ni yatte mo ii deshé ka? (C). 11. E, yatte mo ii dard (B). 12. Ky6é koen
ni itte mo ti desii ka? (C). 18. Ky6 itte wa ikenai ; ashita o-ide nasai (A).
14. Kore wo anata no heya ni oite y6 gozaimast ka? (D). 15. Hai, oite mo yo6
gozaimast (D). 16. Sakana wo katte y6 gozaimasti ka? (D). 17. Ite, sakana
wa iya desi ; niku wo katte o kure(B). 18. Ano hito wa kane ga takiisan atte mo,
_kin no tokei wo motte imasen (C). 19. Kono mizu wo nonde mo ii dest ka? (C). —
20. Sore wa kitanai kara, nonde wa ike-nai (A). 21. Yamada San ga ko-nakite
mo anata wa kimast ka? (C). 22. E, kimast (C). 28. Ano inu wo yonde mo
ti dest ka? (C). 24. E, yonde mo ii ; ano inu wa zuibun riko da (B). 25. Sono
tegami wo yonde mo yo gozaimasti ka? (D). 26. Tie, kore wa yoma-nai de kudasai
(C). 27. Ashita anata no uchi ni itte mo yé gozaimasti ka? (D). 28. Ashita
wakyaku ga kimast kara, ko-nai de kudasai (C). 29. Sono kitte wo omae ni yaru
kara, motte itte ii (A). 30. Sono hon wa furuku natte mo siite-nai de o kure (A).
31. Terada San ni kyé tegami wo kaite yo gozaimastt ka? (D). 382. E, kyé katte o
kure (A). 38. Ashita wa ko-nakiite ii no dest ka? (C). 34. Dozo ashita mo
kite kudasai (C). 85. Tamago wa ano mise de katte yé gozaimasti ka? (D). 36.
Asiiko wa stikoshi takai cara, ike-nai (A).
1. In spite of the wind I expect the boat will leave today. 2..May I read
this book? 8. You may. 4. Shall I buy. your boots tomorrow? 5. You —
needn’t buy the boots yet. 6. May I eat that pear? 7. Allright. 8. Shall I
sweep your room now? 9. No, you needn’t sweep it today. 10. Do you think
it will matter if I give this box to Sabur6? 11. I think that will be all.right.
12. May I go to the park today? 13. You mustn’t go today, go tomorrow.
14. Shall I leave this in your room? 15. Yes, you may leave it there. 16.
Shall I buy some fish ? 17. No, I don’t want any fish (today) ; buy some meat.
18. Although that man has a lot of money he hasn’t got a gold watch. 19.
May I drink this water? 20. Don’t drink that, it’s dirty. 21. Will you come
even if Mr Yamada doesn’t? 22. Yes, I shall. 23. May I call that dog?
24. Yes, you may ; that dog is very clever. 25. May I read that letter? 26.
No, please don’t read it. 27. May I go to your house tomorrow? 28. Please —
don t come tomorrow, I am expecting a visitor. 29. You may take that stamp, |
I'll give it to you. 380. Don’t throw this book away even after it gets old.
31. Shall I write to Mr Terada today? 82. Yes, write today. 33.
Needn’t I come tomorrow? 384. Come again tomorrow please. 35. Shall I
buy the eggs at that shop? 36. Don’t buy them there, they sell rather
dear there. :
: EXERCISE I3.
Study the Ist set of numerals in 271; see also 276, 1.
do ;: times. ‘ ntkai: first floor (the one above the
sen: a sen, (1/100 yen). ground floor, therefore the second
yen : a yen ; Japanese dollar. counting the ground floor) ; upstairs.
ban : number (for houses in Euro- = iku ? how many ?
pean part of the town). ikura ? how much ?
banchi : number (for houses in na- _kurai (very often guraz) : about.
tive part of the town). harau : to pay.
kai : storey ; floor.
1. Kono béshi wa ikura ? (B). 2. Roku-yen hachi-jis-sen de gozaimast (D).
3. Maruzen ni ikura haradimashita? (C). 4. Roku-jii-yen haratta (B). 5.
Yamada San no uchi wa nan-banchi desi ka? (C). 6. Ni-jii-shichi banchi dési
(C). 7. Brown San no uchi wa jii-ban de gozaimasii (D). 8. Kyd wa:Toky6 e
~ ni-do ikimashita (C). 9. Nikai kara kyé no shimbun wo motte kite o kure (A).
10. Ano hako wa takai daré ka? (B). 11. San-jis-sen gurai de gozaimashé (D).
12. Nikké e iku-do ikimashita ? (C). 13. San-do ikimashita (C). 14. Anata no
uchi wa sam-byaku yon-ji banchi desti ka? (C). 15. Tie, ni-hyaku yon-ji bancht
de gozaimasii (D). 16. Kono tokei wa ikura desti ka? (C). 17. Jiti-ichi-yen
go-jis-sen de gozaimastt (D). 18. Sore wo uchi e motte kite kudasai. Watashi
no uchi wa hachi-ban destt (C). 19. Ano mise wa nan-gai desti ka? (C). 20. .
Shi-kai de gozaimasti (D). 21. Anata no heya wa nikai desti ka? (C). 22. Tie,
watashi no heya wa san-gai ni arimasii (C). 23. Kono akai empitst wa ikura
destt ?(C). 24. Roku-sen de gozaimasi (D). 25. Kiné go-jii-san-yen no tstikue wo
kaimashita (C). 26. Kono kirei na honwa ikura de gozaimasti ka? (D). 27.
Sore wa ni-yen san-jis-sen de gozaimast (D). 28. Terada San ni ni-do tegami wo
dashita (B). 29. Terada San wa nan-banchi ni imasti ka? (C). 30. Jti-hachi
banchi ni iru (B). 81. Kono kudamono wo hachi-ji-ichi-ban no Smith San e
4 _ motte itte kure (A). 82. Kono kutsu wa ikura de kaimashita? (C). 33. Hachi-
yen de kaimashita (C). 34. Kyé wa heya no sdji wo ni-do shita (C). 35. Ano
uchi wa ni-sen go-hyaku-yen gurai de uru deshé (C).
1. How much is this hat ?. 2. Six yen eighty sen. 3. How much did you
pay Maruzen? 4. I paid sixty yen. 5. What is the number of Mr Yamada’s
house? 6. Number 27. 7. Mr Brown’s house is number 10. 8. I went to
Tdky6 twice today. 9. Bring the newspaper from upstairs. 10. Do you think
that box will be dear? 11. I expect it’s about thirty sen. 12. How often
have you been to Nikko? 18. I have been three times. 14. Is the number of
your house 340? 15. No, number 240. 16. How much is this watch? 17.
Eleven yen fifty sen. 18. Take it to my house! My house 1s number 8. 19.
- How many storeys high is that house? 20. Four storeys. 21. Is your room
on the first floor? 22. No, my room is on the second floor. 23. How much is
this red pencil? 24. Six sen. 25. I bought a desk yesterday for fifty-three
yen. 26. How much did this pretty book cost? 27. It cost two yen thirty
sen. 28. I have written twice to Mr Terada. 29. What is the number of Mr
Terada’s house? 30. Number 18. 31. Take this fruit to Mr Smith at number
81. 32. How much did these boots cost you? 383. Eight yen. 34. I’ve
swept my room twice today, 35, I think they’d sell that house for two
thousand five hundred yen.
EXERCISE S25 Oy oo ae
Many nouns are counted by the aid of an auxiliary numeral ; see 276, 2. See :
also 281, -nin, —hon, —mai, —hiki, —dat. : #9 vik, ts
bé : stick. hitorit : one man.
‘hari : needle. fitari : two men.
ko : child. yottart : four men.
otoko : man. ikutari ? how many men ? ae
onna : woman. de: sometimes used after what is the
jochi :; servant (female). subject in English. .
_ nin: auxiliary numeral formen = ga : but ; however.
(except 1, 2, 4 men).
1. San-sen no kitte wo jii-mai katte o kure(A). 2. Kono murasaki no empitst
“wo sam-bon kudasai (C). 8. Kodomo wa ikutari aru? (B). 4. Onna no ko ga
fitari, otoko no ko ga hitori gozaimasi (D). 5. Hari wo ni-hon motte o-ide
(A). 6. Yamada San no uchi ni wa tima ga ni-hiki, nu ga tp-piki iru (B). 7.
Anata no uchi ni jochii ga ikutari imast ka? (C). 8. San-nin orimasti (C). 9.
Kuruma wo ni-dai yonde kure (A). 10. Jis-sen no kitte wo sam-mai to yon-sen no
kitte wo hachi-mai katte o kure (A). 11. Hagaki wo ni-mai kudasai (C). 12.
Bé wo ip-pon motte kite o kure (A). 13. Yamada San wa kodomo ga yottarit aru
(B). 14. Anata no uchi ni neko ga imast ka? (C). 15. Lie, neko wa imasen ga,
inu ga ni-hiki orimast (C). 16. Kuruma wo ni-dai yobimashé ka? (C). 17. Lie,
ichi-dai de yé gozaimasi (D). 18. Ashita no asa hayaku kuruma wo ichi-dai yonde.
kudasai (C). 19. Yon-sen no hagaki wo go-mai to, jis-sen no kitte wo shichi-mai
kudasai (C). 20. Empitst wo jip-pon to kono kami wo hyaku-mai kudasai {C).
21. Kono empitsti wa yasui kara, ni-hon kaimashé ka? (C). 22. Tie, ip-pon de
takiisan (B). 28. Ashita no asa Asakisa e ikimasti kara kuruma wo ichi-dai —
yonde kudasai (C). 24. Kono sakana wo ni-hiki Tanaka San no uchi e motte itte
okure(A). 25. Ano mise ni hito ga ikutari gurai imasti ka? (C). 26. San-ji-
nin gurai iru desh6é (C). 27. Are wa ii tama deshita ga, ammari takai desi kara.
kaimasen deshita (C).. 28. Kono b6 wo ni-hon kudasai (C).
1. Buy ten three-sen stamps. 2. Give me three of these violet pencils. 3.
How many children have you? 4. Two girls and one boy. 5. Bring me two
needles. 6. Mr Yamada keeps two horses and a dog. 7. How many servant- —
girls are there in your house? 8. Three. 9. Call two rikishas. 10. Buy —
three ten-sen stamps and eight four-sen stamps. 11. Please give me two
postcards (When not otherwise qualified, by the word posteard a Japanese will —
understand a 14 sen postcard for use in Japan). 12. Bring mea stick. 13.
Mr Yamada has four children. 14. Do you keepa cat in your house? 15. No,
we have no cat, but we keep two dogs. 16. Shall I call two rikishas ?_ 17. No,
one will be enough. 18. Call a rikisha for me early tomorrow morning. 19.
Please give me ‘five four-sen postcards and seven ten-sen stamps. 20. Give
me ten pencils and a hundred sheets of this paper. 21. As these pencils are :
cheap, shall I buy two? 22. No, one will be enough. 23. As I am going to ~~
Asakusa tomorrow morning, call a rikisha for me. 24. Take these two —
fishes to Mr Tanaka’s house. 25. How many people (employees) are there
in that shop? 26. About thirty I should think. 27. That was a good horse, —
eee it was too dear I didn’t buy it. 28. Please give me two of these —
sticks, : . tar Ee
/
:
eee 2. BX BRC USE: 15:
-~ Study the 2nd set of numerals in 271. See also 276, 3, ve The 2nd set of
numerals is used to express a person’s age. ima
ban : night. : dame : useless.
bin: bottle. =~ ikutst ? how many? (in connection with
inki : ink. the 2nd set of numerals).
koppu : tumbler. hairu.: to enter ; go in.
toshi : year. tomaru : to stop ; pass the night at.
_tstki : moon ; month. shika (foll. by neg.): only.
1. Nashi wo ikutsii kaimashé ka? (C). 2. Okii nashi wo nanatsi katte o kure
(A). 3. Chiisai koppu wo mitisti motte kite kudasai (C). 4. Taré wa nashi wo té
motte imasti ka? (C). 5. Tie, muttsi shika motte imasen (C). 6. Kesa watashi
wa tamago wo fitatst tabemashita (C). 7. Kyéto ni iku-ban tomarimashita ? (C).
8. Mi-ban tomatia (B). 9. Sono hako ni bin ga iku-hon hairimasti ka? (C).
10. Ja-ni-hon hairimast (C). 11. Hana-ko San no toshi wa ikutsit de gozai-
mast ka ?(D). 12. Itsutsi da (B). 18. Akai inki wo hito-bin katte kudasai (C).
14. Kuno inki wa kitanai kara dame da (B). 15. Watashi wa Rondon ni yo-
tstiki orimashita ga, Ei-go ga yoku dekimasen (C). 16. Omae wa ikutst ? (A).
17. Kokonotstii de gozaimasii (D). 18. Yamada San wa mada go-ji ni nara-
nai deshd (C). 19. Yon-jis-sen no koppu wo yottst o kai nasai (B). 20. Kono
kudamono wa hito-hako go-jis-sen ja ummari takai daréd (B). 21. Kono bin wa
ammari chiisai kara, dame da ; 6kii bin wo motte o-ide (A). 22. Watashi no heya
kara pen to inki wo motte o-ide (A). 28. Ashita no ban wa Nagoya ni tomarimastt
(C). 24. Sono hako ni nashi ga ikutst arimasi? (C). 25. Yattst arimast
(C). 26. Ima kane ga siikoshi shika arimasen kara, tokei wa ashita kaimashé (C).
27. Kono kudamono wo fita-hako uchi e motte kite kudasai (C). 28. Nikkdé ni tku-
tstiki gurai imashita? (C). 29. Mi-tstiki shika imasen deshita (C). 30. Kono
uchi ni heya ga ikutsi gozaimasii ka? (D). 81. Muttsit arimast (C). 32. Wata-
shi no heya e haitte wa ikemasen (B). 338. Terada San wa Igiristi ni fita-tsiiki _
ite, kind uchi e kaerimashita (C). 34. Kono koppu wa ikura deshita ka? (C). ~
1. How many pears shall I buy? 2. Buy seven big pears. 3. Bring three
small tumblers. 4. Has Tard got ten pears? 5. No, he has only five. 6. L
ate two eggs this morning. 7. How many days (lit. nights) did you stop at,
Kyoto? 8. I stopped'three days. 9. How many bottles go into that box?
10. Twelve. 11. How old is Miss Hana-ko? 12. She is five. 18. Buy
a bottle of red ink. 14. This. ink is no use, it’s dirty. 15. I was four
months in Londor, but I cannot speak English well. 16. How old are you?
17. lam nine. 18. Idon’t think Mr Yamada is fifty yet. 19. Buy four forty~
sen tumblers. 20. I think fifty sen is too much for a box of this fruit. 21.
This bottle is no use, it’s too small ; bring a bigger one. 22. Bring me a pen
and ink from my room. 23. I intend to sleep tomorrow night at Nagoya. 24,
-How many pears are there in that box? 25. There are eight. 26. As I have
only a little money now I’ll buy the clock tomorrow. 27. Send two boxes of
this fruit to my house. 28. How many months were you at Nikko? 29. I
was only there three months. 30. How many rooms are there In this house ?
31. There are six. 32. You mustn’t go into my room. 33. Mr Terada was
two months in England, he returned home yesterday. 34. How much was this
tumbler ? a
?
EXERCISE 16.
Study the names of the months, January, February, etc. in 293; the days of |
the month in 294; and the days of the week in 297.
5
nichi : day. itst ? when ?
_y6-bi : day of the week. nan— ? how many ?
kongetst : this month. kakaru : to cost ; take time.
raigetst : next month. _tstiku : to arrive.
sengetstt ; last month. made : until.
1. Suzuki San wa itsit Igirisi: kara kaerimastt ka? (C). 2. Raigetsi no mikka —
‘ni Kobe ni tsitkimasit (C). 8. Terada San wa nan-nichi ni Tokyo e kimast ka ?
(C). 4. Kongetst no hatsika ni kuru daré (B). 5. Sengetsti no itstika wa nani-
yo-bi deshita? (C). 6. Getsiiyd-bi de gozaimast (D). 7. Watakiishi no kutsu wa
-ttsit dekimasii ka? (C). 8. Kinyd-bi ni dekimasi (C). 9. Koko kara Rondon
made iku-nichi gurai kakarimasti ka? (C). 10. Kisha de ji-yokka gurai kakari-
mast (C). 11. Doyd-bi ni kéen ni ikimashé (C). 12. Shimbun no kane wa miso-
ka ni haraimast (C). 18. Tanaka San wa nichiyé ni mo ginké e ikimast ka ? (C).
14, Tie, nichiyé ni wa uchi ni imasti (C). 15. Yamada San kara suiyo-bi ni
‘tegami ga kimashitaka? (C). 16. Iie, swiyd-bi ni wa kimasen deshita ; mokuyd-bi
nt kimashita (C). 17. Ky6é wa kayé de gozaimasti (D). 18. Watashi wa san-
gatst futsika ni Kyéto e ikimast (C). 19. Anata no jochit wa itsi kaerimast ka?
(C). 20. Raigetstt no tsuitachi ni kaerimast (C). 21. Rondon made tegami wa
tku-nichi kakarimast ka? (C), 22. Hatstika gurai kakaru (B). 238. Igiristi no—
fune wa itst tstikimasit ka? (C). 24. Raigetsti no tsuitachi ni tstiku deshé (C).
25. Yamada San wa doyé-bi n¢ Kobe kara kaerimashita (C). 26. Dézo nichiyd
no asa hayaku uchi e o-ide kudasai (D). 27. Kongetsti no yokka ni Nikko no
Takada San ni tegami wo dashita (B). 28. Kono hon wa mimashita kara Taré ni
motte itte yarimast (C). 29. Roku-gatstino misoka no shimbun wo motte kite kure
(A). 30. Muika no asa hayaku Mukéjima e ikimasi (C). 31. Doyé-bi ni ame
ga futte Yamada San no uchi e ikimasen deshita (C).
1. When will Mr Suzuki come back from England? 2, He will arrive at
Kobe on the 3rd of next month. 3. When will Mr Terada come to Tékyé ?
4, I think he will come on the 20th of this month. 5. What day of the week
was the 5th of last month? 6. Monday. 7. When will my boots be ready ?
8. On Friday. 9. How many days does it take from here to London? 10. By
train about fourteen days. 11. I am thinking of going to the park on Saturday.
12. I pay for the newspaper on the last day of the month. 13. Does Mr
Tanaka go to the bank also on Sundays? 14. No, he stays at home on Sundays.
15. Did the letter from Mr Yamada come on Wednesday ? 16. Not on Wednes-
day, it came on Thursday. 17. Today is Tuesday. 18. I am going to Kyéto
on the 2nd of March. 19. When is your servant coming back ? 20. On the Ist
of next month. 21. How long does a letter take (from here) to London? 22.
About twenty days. 23. When will the English boat arrive? 24. It will
probably arrive on the 1st of next month. 25. Mr Yamada arrived from Kébe
on Saturday. 26. Please come to my house early on Sunday morning. 27. I
wrote to Mr Takada of Nikko on the 4th of this month. 28. As I have read
this book, I’ll (go and) give it to Tard. 29. Bring me the newspaper of the 30th
of June. 30. Iam going to Mukéjima early on the morning of the 6th, 31,
It rained on Saturday so I didn’t go to Mr Yamada’s house.
EXERCISE 17.
Numbers 298, 299, 301, 302, and 303 should be studied.
fun : minute. yoru : evening ; night.
gi: hour. . hambun (noun) ; han (adjective) : half.
jikan : hour (duration). koro (generally pronounced goro): about.
gozen : morning. mae : before ; in front of. :
gogo : afternoon. mo : more ; already.
hiru : noon ; day-time. sugi : after.
1. Kino nan-ji no kisha de kaerimashita ? (C). 2. Gogo-no roku-ji ni-jip-pun
no kisha de kaerimashita (C). 3. Kono tegami wa itsti kimashita? (C). 4. Gozen
ja-ichi-ji goro kita (B). 5. Ueno kara Nikko made nan-jikan kakarimasii ka? (C).
6. Go-jikan gurai kakaru (B). 7. Yamada San wa kino yoru no ji-ji no kisha
_ de Kyoto e ttta (B). 8. Ima nan-ji de gozaimasti ka? (D). 9. Go-ji jip-pun sugi
dest (C). 10. M6 roku-ji sugi desti(C). 11. Ashita noban shichi-ji han ni o-ide
nasai (C). 12. Ku-ji mae ni kono tegami wo dashite kudasai(C). 18. Sono nashi
wo hambun Jiré ni o yari nasai (B). 14. Ano fune wa kind san-ji go-fun mae ni
deta (B). 15. Ginké no mae ni dki na inu ga imasti (C). 16. Kono fune wa ashita
no hiru deru (B). 17. Igirist no fune wa ashita no ban hachi-ji ni tsikimast (C).
18. Kimura San wa mé kaerimashita ka? (C). 19. Tie, mada dest (C). 20.
Asakiisa e kuruma de nan-jikan kakarimast ka? (C). 21. Koko kara ichi-jikan
han gurai kakaru (B). 22. Mokuy6 no asa hachi-ji han ni Suzuki San no uchi
ni iku (B). 23. Yamada San wa sengetsti no téka no ban ni kaetta (B). 24.
Kono kisha wa nan-ji ni demasti ka? (C). 25. San-ji go-fun mae ni demasii (C).
26. Jochii wa kind yoru no ku-ji jii-go-fun sugi ni kaerimashita (C). 27.
Watashi wa raigetsti no kokonoka goro Nikko e ikimast (C). 28. Omae wa asa go-ji
nt oki nasai (A). 29. Ashita gozen ji-ji han ni niku wo motte kite kudasai (C).
30. Ano hito wa raigetsti no mikka goro Yokohama e tstiku deshé (C). 31. Roku-
ji mae ni watashi no heya e kite wa ike-nai (A). 82. Koko kara Shimbashi made
densha de han-jikan kakaru (B).
1. By what train did you come back yesterday ? 2. By the 6.20 P.M. train.
3. When did this letter arrive? 4. It came at about eleven o’clock in the
» morning. 5. How many hours does it take from Ueno to Nikko ?. 6. About
five hours. 7. Mr Yamada left for Kyoto last night by the 10 o’clock train.
8. What time is it? 9. It is ten minutes past five. 10. It’s already past six.
11. Come tomorrow. evening at half past seven. 12. Post this letter before
nine 0’clock. 13. Give half of that pear to Jird. 14. That ship left yesterday
_ at five minutes to three. 15. There is a big dog in front of the bank. 16. This
- boat will leave tomorrow at noon. 17. The English boat will arrive tomorrow
evening at eight o’clock. 18. Is Mr Kimura back already ? 19. No, not yet.
20. How long does it take to go to Asakusa by rikisha ? 21. About an hour and
a half from here. 22. I am going to Mr Suzuki’s house on Thursday morning
at half past eight. 23. Mr Yamada returned last month on the evening of the
10th. 24. At what o’clock does this train leave ? 25. At five minutes to three.
26. The servant returned last night at a quarter past nine. 27. I shall go to
Nikko about the 9th of next month. 28, Get up at 5 o’clock. 29, Bring me
the meat tomorrow morning at half past ten. 30. I expect he will arrive at
Yokohama about the 3rd of next month. 31. You mustn’t come to my room
before 6 o’clock. 32. It takes half an hour by tram-car from here to
Shimbashi.
=
EXERCISE 18.
See the formation of the conditional present and past in tables 28 and 29;
also 93 and 94. ite
The negative present conditional followed by ike-nai or nara-nai may be
translated by ‘must’ ; (72).
' The past conditional is sometimes translated by ‘when’ or ‘after’; (69).
4
jibiki : dictionary. kari'ru : to borrow. —
kimono : dress. kast : to lend.
shigoto : work. ~ sumu : to finish ; come to an end.
kirai : dislike of something.* moshi : if ; supposing that. .
suki : fondness for anything.* nara (used after verbs, adjectives, nouns
arau : to wash. and adverbs) : if.
dekake'ru :; to leave ; set out.
1. Anata ga uchi ni ko-nakereba watashi ga anata no uchi ni ikimashd (C). —
2. Ashita ame ga fureba Nikkée ika-nai (B). 3. Ammari ame ga futte i-nakereba
kono tegami wo dashite kudasai(C). 4. Jibiki ga nakereba Terada San ni kari
nasai (B). 5. Ji-yen motte ireba taktisan deshé (C). 6. Hana-ko San ga nikai
- ni imashitara yonde kudasai (C). 7. Doyd-bi ni Suzuki ga ko-nakattara tegami wo
dashite kure (A). 8. Moshi kasa wo motte kimasen deshitara watashi no wo
kashimashé (C). 9. Jochii ga sdji wo shite i-nakereba yonde o kure (A). 10. Ei-
go no tegami deshitara ano hito wa wakarimasti (C).. 11. Watashi wa roku-ji mae
ni kaera-nakereba narimasen (C). 12. Omae wa hayaku oki-nakereba ike-nai (A).
13. Kobe ni tsuitara Yamada San ni tegami wo dashite kudasai (C). 14. Ano
hito ga dekaketara Tanaka San ga kita (B). 15. Sono shigoto ga sundara kono
kimono wo aratie kure (A). 16. Moshi kyé uchi kara kane ga ko-nai nara, ginko
e itka-nakereba nara-nai (B). 17. Kono nashi ga stiki nara o tabe nasai (B).
18. Kirai nara tabe-nai de ii (A). 19. Moshi sono tstikue ga benri nara kaimashé
(C). 20. Kutsu wa mé dekimashita ka? (C). 21. Iie, mada de gozaimast (D).
22. Dekitara watashi no uchi e motte kite kudasai (C). 28. Kiné no shimbun ga
attara dézo kashite kudasai (C). ;
1. If you don’t come to my house, I’ll go to yours. 2. If it rains tomorrow,
I won’t go to Nikko. 3. If it isn’t raining too hard, (go and) post this letter. —
4. If you haven’t got a dictionary, borrow one from Mr Terada. 5. If you
have ten yen with you, that will be plenty I think. 6. If Miss Hana-ko is
upstairs, please call her. 7. If Suzuki doesn’t come on Saturday, write him a
letter. 8. If you haven’t brought an umbrella with you, I’ll lend you mine.
9. If the servant is not (busy) sweeping; call her. 10. Ifthe letter is in English,
that man will understand it. 11. I must go back before 6 o’clock. 12. You
must get up early. 13. As soon as you arrive at Kobe, please write to Mr —
4
-
Yamada. 14. As soon as he’d gone out Mr Tanaka arrived. 15. When you
finish what you are doing, wash this dress. 16. Supposing I receive no money
from home today, I shall be obliged to go to the bank. 17. If you like this pear,
eat it. 18. If you don’t like it, don’t eat it. 19. If that desk is convenient,
I shall buy it. 20. Are my boots ready yet? 21. No, not yet. 22. When they
are ready send them to my house. 23. If you have yesterday’s paper, please
lend it to me.
*The object of the dislike or fond lly tak fee
before kirai or stiki. ondness generally takes the postposition ga
s a >
EXERCISE 19.
In Japanese true adjectives have a kind of conjugation ; see 198; 199.
Study the uses of adjectival gerund noted in 200, 1, 3, 4 and 5.
No after an adjective often has the meaning of ‘one’; akai no the red one.
shina : quality ; articles. | sd : so; in that way ; like that.
atsui : hot. yort ; than.
muzukashié : difficult. shikata ; shiyo : (lit.) the way of doing.
timai : nice (of taste) ; well done. shikata (or shiyd) ga nai: there is no
kamau ; to matter (gen. used in neg.). help for it.
1. Omae no tstikue wa takakatta ka? (A). 2. Tie, také gozaimasen deshita (D).
8. 86 ka? takaku nai nara watashi mo kad (B). 4. Ano béishi wa takakaré (B).
5. Kami wa hyaku-mai go-jis-sen yori takakereba kawa-nai de kudasai (C). 6.
Atarashii tamago ga nakattara kawa-nai de vi (A). 7. Sono hon ga moshi muzu- -
kashiku nakattara watashi ni kashite kudasai (C). 8. Kono koppu wa yasikiite
_- shina ga yd gozaimasti (D). 9. Kono nashi wa yastkiitte imai (B). 10. Kyé
wa atstikitte shiyd ga arimasen (C). 11. Uchi no jochi wa kitanakite shiyd gu
nai (B). 12. Kono ito wa furuktte dame dest (C). 13. Sono b6 wa nagakite
ikemasen (C). 14. Kono hon wa furuku nakiite mo zuibun,kitanai (B). 15.
Sono kudamono wa yastkitte mo timaku nakereba kawa-nai (B). 16. Takakiite
mo kamaimasen kara, atarashii sakana wo o kai nasai (B). 17. Sono hari ga
moshi dame deshitara, ti no wo 0 kai nasai (B). 18. Hana-ko no béshi wa akai
no de gozaimast (D). 19. Oki na nashi wo kaimashé ka? (C). 20. Umakereba
bkiku nakiite mo kamawa-nai (B). 21. Yamada San no tegami wa nagd gozai-
mashita ka? (D). 22. E, zuibun nagakatta (B). 28. Kono akai empitsi wa
anata no desti ka? (C). 24. Iie, sé ja arimasen; watashi no wa kuroi no
— desti (C). 25. Ano hana wa kirei desi ga, yastiku nakereba kaimastimai
(C). 26. Ano hon wa ammari muzukashikattara kawa-nai (B). 27. Sono
empitst ga go-sen yori yastikattara, ji-go-hon katte 0 kure (A). 28. Nashi wa
6kikiutte mo timaku nai nara katte wa ike-nai (A). 29. Kono bin wa ammari
okikitte shiyd ga nai (B). -
1. Did your desk cost dear? 2. No, it was not dear. 3. Is that so? If
they are not dear I will buy one also. 4. I suppose that hat is expensive. 5.
Don’t buy any paper if it costs more than fifty sen the hundred sheets. 6.
Don’t buy any eggs if they are not fresh. 7. If that book is not difficult please
lend it tome. 8. These tumblers are cheap and the quality is good. 9. These
pears are cheap and they taste ‘very nice. 10. It’s awfully hot today. 11.
Our servant is very dirty. 12. This thread is old, it’s no use. 18. That stick
is too long, it won’t do.. 14. Although this book is not old, it’s very dirty.
15. If that fruit doesn’t taste nice I’ll not buy any even if it’s cheap. 16. Buy
some fresh fish, it doesn’t matter even if it’s dear. 17. If those needles are no
good buy some good ones.. 18. Hana-ko’s hat is a red one. 19. Shall I buy
some big pears ? 20. It doesn’t matter if they are not big, so long as they taste
nice. 21. Was Mr Yamada’s a long letter? 22. Yes, it was a very long one,
23. Is this red pencil yours? 24. No, (that is not so;) mine is a black one. 25.
Those flowers are pretty, but if they are not cheap I don’t think I'll buy them.
26. If that book is too difficult I won’t buy it. 27. If those pencils cost less
than five sen each, buy fifteen. 28. If the pears are not nice, don’t buy any
even if they are big. 29. This bottle is very big.
EXERCISE 20.)
Quasi-adjectives in na (or no) have constructions corresponding to the gerund-
ial constructions of true adjectives ; 219. xg
Ordinary nouns followed by de are sometimes used in a way very similar to
the gerundial constructions of quasi-adjectives.
‘No with the meaning of ‘one’ is placed after quasi-adjectives in na (kiret na
pretty ; kirei nano a pretty one) ; after quasi-adjectives in no, another no is not
needed to give the meaning of ‘one’ (murasaki no violet, or a violet one; hoka
no another, or another one).
_ byoki : illness. shinsetsti na : kind ; kind-hearted.
' yama : mountain. shojiki na : honest.
_ fuben na : inconvenient. wagamama na ; self-willed.
_ hoka no.; another. motto ; more.
g6td no (or na) : high-class ; best tabi-tabi : frequently.
quality.
1. Ano kodomo wa baka de wagamama da (B). 2. Uchi no jochti wa shojiki de
shinsetsti desti (C). 8. Kono hako wa kirei ja nakite takai (B). 4. Motto kiret
de j0t6 no béshi woo kai nasai (B). 5. Yoshi-ko San wa zuibun riko de shinsetsti
na hito desti (C). 6. Ano ko wa bydki de wa naku wagamama da (B). 7. Hana-
ko wa wagamama de shiyé ga arimasen (C). 8. Kono ko wa baka de shikata ga nai
(B). 9. Kono tstikue wa benri de mo ammari takai kara kawa-nai (B). 10.
Kami wa jot6 no de nakiite mo kamaimasen (C). 11. Sono hako wa kirei de mo
yowai kara dame desti (C). 12. Kuroi no wa Taré no inu de, shiroi no wa Jir6 no
inu desii(C). 18. Watashiwa yama ga siki de tabi-tabi ikimast (C). 14. Brown
San no tegami wa Ei-go de watashi wa wakarimasen (C). 15. Kono tstikue wa
fuben de ike-nai kara, hoka no wo kaé (B). 16. Motto oki na hako ga nai ka? (B).
17. Kore yori 6ki na no wa gozaimasen (D). 18. Kono béshi wa Taré no dest ka?
(C). 19. Tie, sore wa Jiré no da (B). 20. Kono kitte wa Suzuki San no de
- gozaimast (D). 21. Kono hana wa kirei de siki da(B), 22. Uchi no Matsti wa
wagamama na jochtii de shiyé ga arimasen (C). 28. Motto kirei ni tegami wo kaki
nasai (A). 24. Kono uchi wa fuben de ikemasen kara, hoka no wo karimast (C).
25. Ano hito wa riké de mo shdjiki ja nai kara dame daré (B).
1. That child is silly and’ self-willed. 2. Our servant is honest and kind-
hearted. 3. This box is not pretty and it’sdear. 4. Buy a prettier and better
hat. 5. Miss Yoshi-ko is a very clever and kind-hearted girl. 6. That child
is not ill, he is self-willed. 7. Hana-ko is very self-willed. 8. This child is very
silly. 9. Although this is a convenient desk I won’t buy it as it is too dear.
10. It doesn’t matter even if the paper is not of the best quality. 11. Although
that box is pretty it won’t do as it is too weak. 12. The black dog belongs to
Tard and the white one to Jirdé. 18. I often go to the mountains as I’m fond of —
them. 14. Mr Brown’s letter is in English so I don’t understand it. 15. As
this desk is inconvenient and won’t do, I’ll buy another one. 16. Isn’t there
a bigger box ? 17. There is not a bigger one (than this one). 18. Is this Tard’s
hat? 19. No, it is Jird’s. 20. This stamp belongs to Mr Suzuki. 21. I like -
_ this flower, it’s very pretty. 22. Our servant Matsu is very self-willed. 238.
Write the letter more carefully. 24. As this house is inconvenient and won’t
do, I’ll take another. 25, As that man is not honest I don’t think he’ll suit
you although he is clever.
EXERCISE 21.
See the formation of the desiderative in tables 28 and 29. The desiderative
is a real adjective and has all the inflexions of one. The object of the desire
often takes the postposition ga in Japanese.
(0) cha : tea. nodo ga kawaku : to be thirsty.
chichi : milk. onaka ; belly.
gohan : cooked rice ; a meal. stiku.: to become empty.
hikidashi : a drawer. onaka ga stiku : to be hungry.
nodo : throat. sampo : a walk.
kawaku : to become dry. sampo ni iku : to go for a walk.
1. Nodo ga’ kawaita ; mizu ga nomitai (B). 2. Ano akai hon ga mitai (B).
8. Rondon e itte mitai (B). 4. Kyé wa sakana wa tabetaku arimasen (C). 5.
Nichiy6 ni Yamada San no uchi ni ikimashitaka? (C). 6. Tie, Jiré San ni aitaku
nakaita kara, ikimasen deshita (C). 7. Uchi ni tegami wo kakimashita ka ? (C).
8. E, kakitaku arimasen deshita ga, kakimashita (C). 9. Onaka ga stikimashita ;
_ gohan ga tabeto gozaimasti (D). 10. Kind sampo ni ikitakatta ga, ame ga futte
dame daita (B). 11: Matst wa uchi ni kaeritai daré (B). 12. Watashi wa nodo
ga kawaite, o cha ga nomitakiitte shiyé ga nai (B). 13. Tard wa nashi ga tabetai
desh6 kara, hitotst yatte kudasai (C). 14. Watashi wa uchi ni kaeritaku nari-
mashita (C). 15. Moshi kono hon ga yomitaku nattara, kono hikidashi ni arimastt
kara, dashite goran nasai (C). 16. Sampo ni ikitai dest ka? (C). 17. Tie, kyo
wa tkitaku arimasen (C). 18. Ikitaku natiara, itte mo kamaimasen (C): 19.
Onaka ga stikimashita ka? (C). 20. Iie, onaka wa sitikimasen ga, chichi ga nomi-
taku narimashita (C). 21. Yamada San no uchi ni ikitaku natta (B). 22. Sono
hon wa mé yomitaku naku narimashita (C). 23. Ano hito no tegami wa yomitaku
arimasen (C). 24. Nodo ga zuwibun kawakimashita (C).. 25. O cha wo nomitai
desi ka? (C). 26. Iie, o cha wa kirai desii ; chichi wo sttkoshi nomitai (B). 27.
Ano tstikue wo kaitai ga, ammari takai (B).
1. Iam thirsty ; I would like to drink some water. 2. I would like to read
that red book. 3. I would like to go and see London. 4. I don’t feel inclined |
to eat fish today. 5. Did you go to Mr Yamada’s house on Sunday? 6. No,
I didn’t goas I didn’t wish to meet Mr Jird. 7. Did you writehome? 8. Yes,
I didn’t feel inclined, but however, I did write. 9. I am hungry, I would like
to have my dinner. 10. I wanted to go for a walk yesterday, but as it rained
Icouldn’t do so. 11. Isuppose Matsu wishes to return home. 12. I am thirsty,
I do so wish to drink some tea. 13. I suppose Tard would like a pear to eat,
please give him one. 14. (On account of something which has happened) Inow
feel inclined to return home ; (lit. I have become desirous of returning home).
15. If you feel inclined later on to read this book, as it’s in this drawer take it
out and read it ; (lit. if you become desirous)., 16. Do you wish to go for a
walk? 17. No, I don’t wish to go today. 18. Should you feel inclined to go
later on, youmay do so. 19. Areyou hungry? 20. No, lam not hungry, but
I would like some milk to drink (lit. I have become desirous of drinking milk).
21. I feel inclined now to go to Mr Yamada’s house. 22. I no longer feel
inclined to read that book ; (lit. have become non-desirous). 23. I don’t wish
to read that man’s letter. 24. I am very thirsty. 25. Would you like some
tea to drink? 26. No, I don’t care for tea, I would like a little milk. 27. I
would like to buy that desk, but it’s too dear.
wr BIER CES E22:
Honorific and humble words to a certain extent take the place of personal
and possessive pronouns : honorific words are generally used when speaking of
the 2nd (sometimes the 3rd) person, and humble words when referring to the |
' Ist person. ; ae
Notice the irregularities of the verbs gozaru, irassharu, kudasaru and nasarw _
mentioned in 96. :
age’ru : to give (humble). : kudasaru : to give (honorific).
itadaku : to receive ; eat ; drink meshi-agaru :; to eat; drink (honorific).
(humble). nasaru : to do (honorific).
itasti : to do (humble). o-ide nusaru : to be ; come ; go (honorific).
, matru : to come ; go (humble). kure’ru : to give (used only of the 2nd or
goran nasaru ; to look (honorific). 3rd person, but not polite).
irassharu : to be; come; go (honorific).
1. Its Amerika e irasshaimast ka? (D). 2. Raigetsi no muika ni mairimasi,
(D). 38. Dézo kono kudamono wo meshi-agatte kudasai (D). 4. Stikoshi itadaki-
mashé (D). 5. Anata wa nichiyé ni nani wo nasaimasti ka? (D). 6. Nichiyd ni
wa Tokyé e mairimast (D). 7. Suzuki San ga Taré ni kirei na hon wo kudasai-
mashita (D). 8. Kono hon wo mada goran nasaimasen deshitara, agemashé (D).
9. Kind Yamada San ni kono hana wo itadakimashita (D). - 10. Hana-ko San.
wa mo Kyoto e o-ide nasaimashita ka? (D). 11. Tie, mada de gozaimasti ; ashita
gogo no roku-ji no kisha de mairimast (D). 12. Neko ni kudamono wo kurete wa
tke-nai (A). 13. Kinéd Yamada San ga o-ide nas’tie kore wo watakishi ni kudasat-—
mashita (D). 14. :Terada San wa kesa gohan wo meshi-agarimasen deshiia (D).
15. Kono kudamono wo Yoshi-ko San ni agemashé (D). 16. O cha wo agemushé
ka? (D). 17. Iie, o cha wa itadakimasen (D). 18. Dézo ashita no ban hachi-ji _
ni uchi e irash’ite kudasai (D). 19. Kesa nikai no séji wo shita ka? (A). 20.
Hai, itashimashita (D). 21. Yamada San wa doko ni irasshaimast ka? (D). .
22. Nikai ni irasshaimast (D). 28. Saburé wa watashi ni chiisa na inu wo ip-
ptki kureta (B).° 24. Tanaka San wa ima doko ni irasshaimastt ka? (D). 25.
Sengetsti kara Hakone ni o-ide nasaimasi (D). 26. Watakishi ga kono heya no
s0ji wo ttashimashé (D). 27. Yamada San wa asa no gohan no mae ni shimbun
wo goran nasaimast (D). 28. Kind Tékyé e o-ide nasaimashita ka ? (D).
1. When are you going to America? 2. Iam going on the 6th of next month.
8. Please eat this fruit. 4. I will eat a little. 5. What do you do on Sundays?
6. I go to Tokyo on Sundays. 7. Mr Suzuki gave Tard a pretty book. 8. If
you haven’t yet read this book I will give it to you. 9. Mr Yamada gave me
this flower yesterday (lit. I received this flower from, etc.). 10. Has Miss
Hana-ko already left for Kydto? 11. No, not yet; she is going by the 6 P.M.
train tomorrow., 12. Don’t give fruit to the cat. 18. Mr Yamada came
yesterday and gave me this. 14. Mr Terada didn’t eat his breakfast this
_ Morning. 15. I will give this fruit to Miss Yoshi-ko. 16. May I offer you some
tea ? 17. No thanks, I don’t take tea. 18. Please come to my house tomorrow
evening at eight o’clock. 19. Did you sweep the rooms upstairs this morning?
20. Yes, I did. 21. Where is Mr Yamada? 22. He is upstairs. 23. Saburo
gave me a little dog. 24. Where is Mr Tanaka now? 25. He is in Hakone |
since last month. 26. I will sweep this room. 27. Mr Yamada reads the»
newspaper before breakfast. 28. Did you go to Toékyé yesterday ?
EXERCISE 23.
Ordinary verbs may be made honorific as explained in 359, 360.
hanashi : a tale. jozu na: a good hand at ; expert. —
kata : person. yasashii : easy.
sara : plate. dono ? which ?
hanast : to speak. tathen : very.
heta na : incompetent ; a bad hand at.
1. Anata wa Ei-go wo o hanashi nasaimasti ka? (D). 2. Hai, stikoshi hanashi-
mast: (C). 8. Dono hon wo Tard ni o yari nasaimashita? (D). 4. Yasashii
hanashi no hon wo yarimashita (C). 5. Kono kirei na sara wa doko de o kai ni
narimashita? (D). 6. Sore wa Hana-ko ga Igirisi kara motte kimashita (C).
7. M6 Suzuki San ni tegami wo o dashi nasaimashita ka? (D). 8. Tie, mada
dashimasen ; nichiyé ni kakimashé (C). 9. Ashita nan-ji no kisha de Matsi-
shima e o-ide de gozaimast ka? (D). 10. Ku-ji no kisha de mairimast (D). 11.
Anata wa taihen jozu ni Ei-go wo 0 hanashi nasaimast (D). 12. Tie, mada heta
de gozaimasti (D). 13. Kino dono tsiikue wo o kai-deshita ka? (C). 14. Kono
chtisai no wo kaimashita (C). 15. M6 kyé no shimbun wo o yomi desi ka? (C).
16. E, m6 yomimashita (C). 17. Akai empiist wo o mochi deshitara, dézo o kashi.
kudasai (D). 18. Silva San wa Nihon-go wo 0 hanashi nasaimast ka? (D). 19.
Hai, taihen jozu ni o hanashi ni narimasti (D). 20. Ano kata wa Ei-go mo yoku
0 wakari de gozaimast (D). 21. Terada San ni kudamono wo o age nasaimashita
ka? (D). 22. E, kiné motte ikimashita (C). 23. Hana-ko San wa Ei-go ga o
wakari mi narimast ka? (D). 24. Iie, ano kata wa Ei-go wa o deki nasaimasen
(D). 25. Kono hana wa o kai ni narimashita ka? (D). 26. Lie, Yoshi-ko ga
kuremashita (C). 27. Watashi wa Nihon-go ga yoku wakarimasen kara, yasashii
kotoba de o hanashi kudasai (D). 28. Kono hon wa yasashii desi kara, 0 wakari
nmi naru deshéd (D). 29. Yamada San wa Ei-go no tegami wo jozu ni o kaki nasai-
mast (D). 30. Watashi wa Nihon-go ga heta ni natta (B). 31. Mitsi-ko San
no tegami wo goran desi ka? (C). 32. Iie, mada mi-nai (B). 38. Kono sara wa
kirei de taihen yasti gozaimashita (D).
1. Can you speak English? 2. Yes, a little. 8. Which book did you give
Taro? 4. I gave him an.easy story-book. 5. Where did you buy this pretty
plate? 6. Hana-ko brought it from England with her. 7. Have you already
written to Mr Suzuki? 8. No, not yet; I’ll write on Sunday. 9. By what
train tomorrow are you going to Matsushima? 10. By the nine o’clock train.
11. You speak English very well. 12. No, I still speak it very incorrectly. 18.
_ Which desk did you buy yesterday ? 14. I bought this small one. 15. Have
you already read today’s paper? 16. Yes, I’ve already read it. 17. If you
happen to have a red pencil about you, please lend it to me. 18. Can Mr Silva
speak Japanese? 19. Yes, he can speak it very well. 20. He also understands
English very well. 21. Did you give the fruit to Mr Terada? 22. Yes, I
took it (to his house) yesterday. 23. Does Miss Hana-ko understand (speak) .
English? 24. No, she does not. 25. Did you buy this flower? 26. No,
Yoshi-ko gave it tome. 27. As I don’t understand Japanese well, please use
simple words. 28. I expect you’ll understand this book as it’s easy. 29. Mr
Yamada writes letters in English very well. 30. I am out of practice now in
Japanese (lit. I have become unskilful). 31: Have you seen Miss Mitsu-ko’s _
letter? 82. No, not yet. 383. These plates are’ pretty and they were very
cheap.
EXERCISE 24.
A few nouns are in themselves honorific or humble. Many nouns which are
not honorific, may be made so by prefixing o or, if a person, by adding sama or ~~
san.
chichi (humble) ; 0 té-san (honorific): otdto : younger brother.
father. | iméto : younger sister.
haha (humble) ; 0 kd-san (honorific): yado (humble) ; danna sama (honorific) :
' mother. husband.
mustiko : son ; boy. kanai (humble); oku-sama (honorific) :
-mustime ; daughter ; girl. wife.
+ 0-j6-san (honorific): daughter; girl. sama: Mr; Mrs; ete. (more polite than
ani (humble); nii-san (honorific) : san). :
elder brother. donata ? (polite) ; dare ? who ?
"ane (humble); né-san (honorific): keredomo : although ; however.
elder sister.
1. Ano o kata wa donata de irasshaimasti ka ? (D). 2. Yamada San no otéto
desti (C). 3. O té-san to 0 kd-san wa kind Tokyé e o-ide nasaimashita ka? (D).
4. Chichi wa itta keredomo haha wa ika-nakatta (B). 5. Danna sama wa kyo
wa o uchi ni trasshaimast ka? (D). 6. Yado wa kyé wa uchi ni orimast (C).
7. Suzuki San no oku-sama wa taihen shinsetsti nao kata de gozaimast (D). 8.
Anata wa 0 ko san ga arimasti ka? (C). 9. Mustime wa arimasti ga, mustiko wa
arimasen (C). 10. O-j6-san wa Ei-go ga o deki nasaimast ka? (D). 11. Te,
dekimasen (C). 12. Yamada no kanai wa watashi no iméto dest (C). 13. Nii-
san wa itst Amerika kara o kaeri ni narimashita ? (D). 14. Sengetsti no hatsitka
ni kaerimashita (C). 15. Kore wa né-san no tokei de gozaimastt ka? (D). 16. Ne,
86 ja arimasen ; ane wa tokei wo motte imasen (C). 17. Ani wa Ei-go ga taihen
jozu da(B). 18. Haha wa Terada San no oku-san to Nikké e mairimashita (D).
19. O t6é-san wa dare to Yokohama e irasshaimashita ? (D). 20. Iméto to iki-
mashita (C). 21. Ani wa kinyé no ban Kobe kara kaette, doyd-bi ni Igirist e iki-
mast (C). 22. Yamada San wa mustiko ga san-nin atte, hitori wa Amerika ni
imast (C). 23. Silva San wa taihen Nihon-go ga o jézu destt ga, oku-san wa heta
desi: (C). 24. Iméto san wa ima nani wo nas’tte irasshaimasii ka? (D). 25.
Nikai de tegami wo kaite imasii (C). 26. O bdshi wa koko ni gozaimasi (D).
1. Who is that person? 2. He is Mr Yamada’s (younger) brother. 3. Did —
your father and mother go to Tokyo yesterday ? 4. My father went but my
mother did not. 5. Is your husband at home today? 6. My husband
is at home today. 7. Mrs Suzuki is a very kind lady. 8. Have you got any
children? 9. I have a daughter but no son. 10. Can your daughter speak
English? 11. No, she cannot. 12. Mrs.Yamada is my (younger) sister. 13.
When did your brother return from America? 14. On the 20th of last month.
15. Is this your sister’s watch? 16. No, my sister hasn’t got a watch. 17.
My brother speaks English very well. 18. My mother went with Mrs Terada
to Nikko. 19. Whom did your father go to Yokohama with? 20. He went
with my little sister. 21. My brother will return from Kobe on Friday and
leave for England on Saturday. 22. Mr Yamada has three sons; one of them
is in America, 23. Mr Silva knows Japanese very well, but his wife hardly
knows any. 24. What is your sister doing now? 25. She is writing letters
upstairs. 26. Your hat is here.
EXERCISE 25.
‘4
Study the uses that the verbs yaru, age'ru, kure'ru and kudasaru sometimes
have after gerunds, in 109.
kori : ice. shiru : to know.
tre'ru : to put into. - arigaté : thanks.
kawakasi (trans.) : to dry. . iro-iro no : various ; several.
naost : to mend ; translate. dare de mo ; everybody ; anybody.
nure'ru : to get wet. itst de mo : always ; any time.
oi-dastt : to drive away. nan de mo : everything ; anything.
oshie'ru : to teach.
1. O t6-san no kimono ga nurete imashita kara, kawakashite agemashita (D).
2. Tanaka San ga Suzuki San no tegami wo Ei-go ni naoshite kudasaimashita (C).
3. Terada San ga watakiishi no tokei wo naoshite kudasaimashita (C). 4. Dézo
stikoshi Nihon-go wo oshiete kudasaimasen ka? (D). 5. Ei, yoku wa dekimastimai
ga, oshiete agemasho (C). 6. Ano hito wa itst de mo shinsetsi ni oshiete kuremast
(C). 7. Kono hon wa dare de mo mite ti desi (C). 8. Omae ga bydki nara,
watashi ga sdji wo shite yaru (A). 9. Ano kitanai inu ga kitara oi-dashite yari
nasai (A). 10. Yamada San wa itsti de mo jibiki wo kashite kudasaimasi (C).
11. Kono kimono ga kawaitara anata no o heya ni motte itte agemashd (C). 12.
Dare ga omae ni sono hana wo motte kite kureta ? (A). 18. Hana-ko dest (C).
14. Brown San wa musiiko ni Ei-go wo oshiete kudasaimashita (C). 15. Anata no
toket wo naoshite agemashé ka? (C). 16. Arigaté, m6 Yamada San ga naoshite
kudasaimashita (C). 17. Mizu ni kéri wo irete agemashé ka? (C). 18. Ano mise
wa nan de mo yasui kara itsi de mo kyaku ga takiisan aru (B). 19. Kiné Taro
ni tro-iro no empitst wo katte yatta (B). 20. Sore wa dare de mo shitte iru deshd
(C). 21. Mizuno San ga tokei wo katte kudasaimashita (C). 22. Kono jibilei wa
chichi ga.Toky6 de katte kuremashita (C). 23. Watashi wa kind kyaku ga atte,
Toky6 e ikimasen deshita kara, kami wa Yamada San ga katte kudasaimashita
(C). 24. O Mats San, watashi no kimono wo aratte kuremasti: ka? (C). 25.
E, aratte agemasti (C).
1. Father, as your clothes were wet I dried them for you. 2. Mr Tanaka
translated Mr Suzuki’s letter into English for me. 3. Mr Terada mended my
watch forme. 4. Wouldn’t you kindly teach me a little Japanese? 5. Iam
afraid you will find me a very poor teacher but I will do what I can for you.
6. That man is always willing to teach one. 7. Anybody may read this book.
8. If you are ill I’ll do the rooms for you. 9. If that nasty dog comes again,
drive it away. 10. Mr Yamada always lends me his dictionary. 11. When
this dress is dry I’ll take it to your room, (so you needn’t bother). 12. Who
(brought and) gave you those flowers? 13. Hana-ko. 14. Mr Brown taught
my son English. 15. Shall I mend your watch for you? 16. Thanks, Mr
Yamada has already mended it. 17. Shall I put some ice into your water ?
18. There are always a lot of customers in that shop, they sell (everything) so
- cheap. 19. I bought several pencils yesterday and gave them to Tard. 20. I
suppose everybody knows that. 21. (a) Mr Mizuno bought a watch and gave it
to me. (b) Mr Mizuno bought a watch for me (as I could not go myself). 22,
My father bought this dictionary for me in Toky6. 23. I didn’t go to Tokyo ~»
yesterday as a visitor came, so Mr Yamada bought the paper for me. 24.
Matsu, will you wash my dress for me? 25. Very well.
ts , Ata epee SR ote tse: S
¢
EXERCISE 26.:
| Study the uses that the verbs morau, itadaku, kuru, irassharu and mairu
- sometimes have after gerunds, in 108, 103.
shujin : master. kaest (trans.) : to return ; give back.
yuki : snow. morau ; to receive.
isogashii : busy. okost (trans.) : to wake up.
oishii : nice (of taste). tetstidau : to help.
- aruku : to walk. sugu ni ; soon ; immediately.
1. Yon-sen no hagaki wo go-mai to jis-sen no kitte wo roku-mai katte kima-
shita (C). 2. Sugu ni kuruma wo yonde ki nasai (A). 8. Kesa watashi ga
dekaketara sugu ni yuki ga futte kita(B). 4. Asaktisa kara koko made aruite
irasshaimashita ka? (D). 5. Lie, kuruma de kimashita (C). 6. Ashita no asa
hayaku ginké e itte mairimashé (D). 7. Kyé wa isogashii kara tetsidatte moraitai
(A). 8. Hana-ko ni oishii nashi wo katte moraimashita (C). 9. Sono tegami wo
jochti: ni dashite morai nasai (B). 10. Kono hana wo Teru-ko San no 0 wchi ni
motte itte moraitai (B). 11. Dare ga Tanaka San ni shimbun wo kaeshimashita ?
(C). 12. Taré ni kaeshite moraimashita (C). 18. Kiné nii-san ni tegami wo
kaite moraimashita ka? (C). 14. Lie, kind wa ani ga isogashikiitte kaite kure-
masen deshita (C). 15. Moshi ame ga futte kitara, mise e kasa wo motte kite
moraimashé (C). 16. Shujin wo yonde itadakitai (B). 17. Dézo kono tegami wo
_ Ei-go ni naoshite itadakit6 gozaimast (D). 18. O té-san ni tokei wo katte itadaita
(B). 19. Ashita roku-ji no kisha de Yokohama e ikimast kara go-ji ni okoshite
moraitai dest (C). 20. Terada San ni Ei-go de tegami wo kaite itadaite, Brown
San ni o dashi nasai (B). 21. Raigetsi kara Brown San ni Ei-go wo oshiete
moraimast (C). 22. Ame ga futte kimashita kara, otéto wa mise kara kuruma de.
kaette kwru deshé (C). 23. Né-san ni yasashii hanashi no hon wo katte itadaite,
Jiré ni yaré (B). 24. Sara wo ni-mai motte kite moraitai (B). 25. Dare ni tokei
wo naoshite moraimashita ? (C). 26. Suzuki San ni naoshite itadakimashita (C). —
1. I went and bought five four-sen. postcards and six ten-sen stamps (lit.
bought and came). 2. Go and call a rikisha immediately. 3. It began to snow —
as soon as I left this morning. 4. Did you walk all the way from Asakusa here ?
5. No, I came by rikisha. 6. I will go to the bank (and come back) early to-
morrow morning. 7. I wish you would help me today as I am very busy. 8.
Hana-ko bought these nice pears for me. 9. Tell the servant to go and post
that letter. 10. I wish you would take these flowers to Miss Teru-ko’s house.
11. Who returned the newspaper to Mr Tanaka? 12. Tard returned it (at my
request). 13, Did your brother write the letter for you yesterday? 14. No,
he was too busy yesterday to write it forme. 15. If it, starts raining take my
umbrella to the office. 16. Please call your master. 17. I wish you would
kindly translate this letter into English for me. 18.'My father (bought and)
gave me a watch. 19. As I am going to Yokohama by the six o’clock train
tomorrow I wish to be called at five o’clock. 20. Ask Mr Terada to translate
this letter into English for you, and send it to Mr Brown. 21. Beginning next
month Mr Brown is going to teach me English. 22. As it has started raining
I expect my brother will come back by rikisha from the office. 28. I am going
_ to ask my sister to buy me an easy story-book and I’ll give it to Jird. 24. I
wish you would bring me two plates. 25. Who mended your watch for’you ?
26. Mr Suzuki mended it for me.
EXERCISE 27.
Study the uses that the verbs miru, goran nasaru, shimau and oku sometimes
have after gerunds, in 104—106. mt
jama ; obstruction. - shime'ru ; to close ; shut.
mado: window. - - shinu : to die.
. toki : time. tsure’'ru : to take (person or animal)
kurai ; dark. along with. '
ake‘ru : to open. wasure'ru : to forget.
mise’ru : to show. naze ? why ?
shimau : to finish ; put away.
1. Kono tegami wa zuibun muzukashii ; anata yonde goran nasai (C). 2.
_ Ashita Smith San no uchi e ittara, Ei-go de hanashite miyd (B). 3. Ammari
kurat kara, sono mado wo akete mimashé (C).. 4. Nichiyé ni Mitsii-ko ga uchi e
kuru deshé kara, anata mo kite goran nasai (C). 5. Kono nashi wo tabete mimashi-
ta ga, ammari oishiku arimasen (C). 6. Sono hako ni nani ga aru ka akete goran
(B). 7. Naze inu wo tsurete kimasen ka? (C). 8. Watashi no inu wa shinde
shimaimashita (C). 9. Uchi no jochii wa byoki de uchi e kaette shimaimashita (C).
10. Sono hon wo yonde shimaitara Taré San ni kaeshite kudasai (C). 11. Watashi
wa Hana-ko San no banchi wo wasurete shimatia (B). 12. Kono shigoto wo shi-
mattara, sampo ni ik6 (B). 13. Shimbun wa ano hako ni shimai nasai (A). 14.
Kaze ga fiikimasti kara, mado wo shimete oite kudasai (C). 15. Kono tegami wa
shimatte oite, Yamada San ga kita toki misemashé (C). 16. Tanaka San no
banchi wo kami ni kaite okimashita (C). 17. Suzuki San no banchi wo wasuretara
. tathen desi kara, kaite oki nasai (3B). 18. Yamada San no tegami wa kono hako
ni trete okimasti (C). 19. Kono hon wa mé yonde shimaimashita kara, htkidashi
ni irete okimashé (C). 20. Kono tsttkue wa jama da kara, nikai e motte itie oki
nasai (A). 21. S6ji wo shite shimattara, sugu ni ginké e itte kite o kure (A). 22.
Ano hako ni nani ga arimast ka? (C). 23. Akete goran nasareba wakarimast
(C). 24. Kono kami wa taihen yasui kara, takisan katte okimashé (C).
1. This letter is very difficult ; see if you can read it. 2. When I go to Mr
Smith’s house tomorrow, I’ll try and speak English (to him). 3. As it’s so
dark I’ll open the window (and we will see whether that improves things). 4.
Perhaps Mitsu-ko will come on Sunday, you come also (and see whether you are
lucky enough to meet her). 5. I tried these pears but they are not very hice. 6.
Open that box and see what’s in it. 7. Why didn’t you bring your dog? 8.
My dog died. 9. My servant fell ill and returned home (for good). 10, When
you finish that book please return it to Master Taro. 11. I’ve forgotten the
number of Miss Hana-ko’s house. 12. When I finish this work I’ll go fora
walk. 13. Put the newspaper away in that box. 14. Shut the window as
it’s windy. 15. I’ll keep this letter and show it to Mr Yamada when he comes.
16. I wrote down the number of Mr Tanaka’s house on a piece of paper. 17.
As it would be very inconvenient if we were to forget Mr Suzuki's address,
write it down. 18. I keep Mr Yamada’s letters in this box. 19. As I have
finished reading this book I'll put it away in this drawer. 20. As this desk is in
the way, take it upstairs (and leave it there). 21. When you ve finished doing
- the rooms go to the bank (and come back). 22. What is.there in that box?
23. If you open it and look, you’ll know. 24. As this paper is very cheap Vl
buy a lot and put it away (for future use).
t
EXERCISE 28. ed
The Japanese adjective in its ordinary inflexions may mean not only the
positive but the comparative or superlative degree. Kore wa yasui may be
translated according to circumstances by ‘this is cheap’, ‘this is cheaper’ or
‘this is the cheapest’. i ;
‘The words hé ‘side’ and yori ‘than’ make. the comparison more explicit ; the
-word ichiban ‘number one’ serves the same purpose in the superlative. ms
himo : string. dore ? which (of several) ?
ho : side. dotchi ? dochira ? which (of two) ?
_. jobu na : strong. ichiban : number one; used to give a
katai : hard. Re seaaee superlative effect.
tsuyot : strong. no uchi ; among.
yawarakai : soft. ka—ka ; to—to : or.
yowat : weak.
1. Kisha to densha to dotchi ga hayai ka?-(B). 2. Kisha ga hayai dest (C).
8. Sono bé ga mijikakereba nagai no wo motte kite agemashé (D). 4. Kono himo
wa yowakiitte ike-nai kara, j6bu na no wo motte o-ide (A). 5. Kono bin wa chiisai
kara, 6ki na no wo kudasai (C). 6. Kono nashi wa dore ga oishii dest ka ? (C).
7. Sono chiisai no ga oishiti gozaimast (D). 8. Empitst wo katte kite 0 kure (A).
9. Kataino to yawarakai no to dotchi wo katte mairimashé? (D). 10. Yawarakat
hé wo katte moraitai (A). 11. Iro-iro mite yawarakai no wo katte mairimashita
(D). 12. Niku ka sakana ka katte o kure (A). 13. Sakana no hé ga yasti gozai-
mast kara, sakana wo katte mairimashé (D). 14. Kono empitsti yori sore no ho
ga yawarakai (B). 15. Brown San no o uchi wa Yamada San no o uchi yori
také gozaimast (D). 16. Hana-ko yori Sumi-ko no hé ga okii (B). 17. Taré
to Jiré to Haruo no san-nin no uchi de Jiré ga ichiban tsuyot (B). 18. Dono
kutsu ga ichiban yasui desti ka? (C). 19, Kore ga yash gozaimasti ga, ammari
jobu de wa gozaimasen (D). 20. Kono sam-bon no empitst no uchi de, kore ga
ichiban katé gozaimast (D). 21. Kono kami wa are yori yasti gozaimasti (D).
22. Yamada San no o uchi wa watashi no uchi yori dkiku nai (B). 23. Kono
sam-mai no kami no uchi de dore ga j6t6 desi ka? (C). 24. Kore ga wu no de
een (D). 25. Akai empitst yori murasaki no hé ga také gozaimasi
(D).
1. Which is the faster, a train, or a tram-car? 2. A train is faster. 3. If
that stick is too short, I will bring a longer one. 4. This string won’t do, it’s
too weak ; bring me a stronger piece. 5. This bottle is too small, please give
me a bigger one. 6. Which are the nicest of these pears? 7. Those small
ones are the nicest. 8. Go and buy a pencil. 9. What kind shall I buy, a
hard one or a soft one? 10. Buy me a soft one. 11. After having seen several
I bought a soft one (and came). 12. Buy some meat or some fish. 18. As
fish is cheaper I will buy some-fish. 14. That pencil is softer than this one.
15. Mr Brown’s house is higher than Mr Yamada’s. 16. Sumi-ko is taller
than Hana-ko. 17. If we compare Tard, Jird and Haruo, we find that Jird is
the strongest. 18. Which boots are the cheapest ? 19. These are the cheapest
but they are not very strong. 20. This is the hardest of these three pencils.
21. This paper is cheaper than that. 22. Mr Yamada’s house is not bigger
than mine. 23. Which is the best of these three sheets of paper? 24, This
is the best. 25. A violet pencil is dearer than a red one. res”
EXERCISE 29.
To after the present tense may sometimes be translated by ‘if’ or ‘when’.
To omou is used to express somebody’s thoughts, opinion or intention.
hima : spare time. toru : to take.
kaji : a fire ; conflagration. mata : again.
komaru : to be in a difficulty; be —_—_yiibe : last night.
inconvenienced. 86 (followed by negative) : not very.
okoru ; to get angry. to : thus ; that.
omou : to think.
1. Ashita ame ga furu to komarimast (C). 2. Ammari kudamono wo taberu to
bydki ni naru (B). 3. Nichiyd ni Hana-ko San ga irasshara-nai to komarimasit
kara, tegami wo dashimashé (C). 4. Ani ga Amerika kara kaeru to watashi ga
Igirist e iku (B). 5. Sono hana wo toru to Taré ga okoru daré (B). 6. Anata
ga uchi e kaette shimau to watashi ga zuibun komarimasit (C). 7. Yamada San
wa itst kuru deshé ka? (C).. 8. Doyd-bi no ban ni irassharu to omoimasi (C).
9. Watashi wa raigetsi Nikké e iké to omou (B). 10. Kono kami wa hyaku-mai
ni-jii-go-sen nara s6 takaku nai to omoimast (C). 11. Kono hon wa muzukashii
kara, Taré ni yatte mo dame daré to omou (B). 12. Kyé wa ame ga furumai to
omotia ga, mata futte kita (B). 13. Yibe no kaji wa nan-ji goro deshita? (C).
14, Asano ni-ji goro deshita to omoimastt (C). 15. Moshi o isogashitt gozaimasen
' deshitara, stikoshi, Ei-go wo oshiete itadakitai to omoimasi (D). 16. E, ku-gatst
ni naru to hima ga dekimasit kara, oshiete agemashé (C). 17. Ashita mo mata ame
da to omoimasti ka? (C). 18. Tie, ashita wa fura-nai deshd to omoimast (C).
19. Ano hito ga okotte iru to (wa) omowa-nakatta (B). 20. Hana-ko San wa anata
wo taihen yowai kata da to omotte imastt (C). 21. Watashi wa ano otoko wa shé-
jiki na hito to omoimasen (C). 22. Vibe Taré ga kuru ka to omotta ga, ko-nakatia
(B). 23. Mata ano hito ga okoru to ike-nai kara, sono hon wa mi-nai de kudasai
(C). 24. Yamada San wa isogashii hito dest kara, ky6 mo uchi ni i-nai deshé to
omoimast (C).
1. I would be much inconvenienced were it to rain tomorrow. 2. If you eat
too much fruit, you’ll get ill. 38. As I would be inconvenienced if Miss Hana-ko
were not to come on Sunday, I will write her a letter. 4. When my brother
returns from America, I shall leave for England. 5. If you pick those flowers,
I think Taro will be angry. 6. When you return home, I will find myself serious-
ly inconvenienced. 7. When do you think Mr Yamada will come? 8. I
expect he’ll come Saturday evening. 9. I intend to go to Nikk6é next month.
10. I don’t think this paper is very dear if it only costs twenty-five’ sen the
hundred sheets. 11. As this book is difficult, I think it is no use to give it to
Tard. 12. I didn’t think it would rain today, but it has started again. 13. At
what o’clock was the fire last night? 14. At about two o’clock in the morning, —
Ibelieve. 15. If you are not very busy, I wish you would teach me a little
English (lit. I think I would like you to teach). 16. All right ; I shall have
some free time in September, I will teach you then. 17. Do you think it will
rain again tomorrow? 18. No, I don’t think it will. 19. I didn’t think that
man would have been angry. 20. Miss Hana-ko thinks you are very weak.
21. I don’t think that man is honest. 22. I thought Tard might come last
evening, but he didn’t. 23. It wouldn’t do to make that man angry again so
don’t look at that book, please. 24. Mr Yamada is a busy person, I expect
he will be absent from home again today,
EN y a 3, ia 5 verte ; hee > .
Say) ; “ 4
}
' Set up ae
EXERCISE 30.
To iu ts used in direct quotations ; the corresponding English, however, is.
frequently an indirect quotation.
_ gi: letter ; character ; word. okuru : to send.
kuruma-ya : a rikisha-man. dé ? how ? what? |
namae ; name. . d6 iu? what kind of ?
rusu : absence. ké iu : this kind of ; such as this.
tokoro : place. , G iw ; s6 iw: that kind of ; such as that.
iu: to say. to iu: called ; often not translated.
1. Kesa Taré ga kite ‘kyé wa Toky6 e ika-nai’ to itta (B). 2. Kuruma-ya ni
‘go-ji ni kite kure’ to itte o-ide (A). 3. Ano hito no namae wa nan to timast ka ?
- (C). 4. Suzuki to iimasti (C).. 5. Hakone to iu tokoro wo shitte imasti ka? (C).
6. Tie, shira-nai (B). 7. Kono ji wa dé kakimast ka? (C). 8. Nichiyd-bi no
shimbun wa dé shimashita? (C).. 9. Hana-ko ga ‘Yamada San no oku-san_ni
okutta’ to iimasi. (C). 10. K6 iu empitst wo ni-hon katte o-ide (A). 11. A iw
hon wo yonde wa ike-nai (A). 12. Anata wa dé iu inu ga o stiki dest ka ? (C).
-. 18. Watashi wa chiisa na inu ga sitki da(B). 14. Tanaka San wa‘ ashita uchi ni
iru’ to timashitaka? (C). 15. Hai, sé timashita (C). 16. Kiné o rusu ni Suzuki
to iu kata ga kimashita (C). 17. Ano akai hana wa o stiki de gozaimasti ka? (D). —
18. Tie, a iu hana wa kirai de gozaimasit (1). 19. Nan to timashita ? yoku wakari-
masen deshita kara, mé ichi-do itte kudasai (C). 20. Haruo wa ‘ky6 uchi e kaeri-
- tai’ to iw daré (B). 21. Jochti ni ‘motto hayaku oki-nai to komaru’ to ite 0 kure
(A). 22. Ké iu kami ga arimasi ka? (C). 28. S6 iu kami wa ima gozaimasen
(D). 24. Yamada San wa ‘doyé-bi ni Kamakura e iku’ to tiimashita ka? (C).
25. Iie, sd iimasen deshita (C). 26. Kore wa nan to iu kudamono de gozaimast
ka? (D). 27. Nashi to timasi (C). 28. Anata no shiroi inu wa dé narimashita ?
(C). 29. Are wa bydki de shinde shimaimashita (C). 30. Matsi ni ‘nikai ni
denki wo tsikete kure’ to itte kudasai (C). 81. Moshi rusu ni Kimura-to iu hito
ga kitara ‘matte ite kure’ to itte kudasai (C).
1. Tard came this morning and said he wasn’t going to Téky6 today. 2. Go
and tell the rikisha-man to come at five o’clock. 3. What is that man’s name?
4. He is called Suzuki. 5. Do you know a place called Hakone? 6. No, I do
not. 7. How do you write this character? 8. What did you do with Sunday’s
newspaper ? 9. Hana-ko says she sent it to Mrs Yamada. 10. Go and buy
two pencils like this. 11. You mustn’t read books like that. 12. What kind
_ of dogs are you fond of ? . 18. Iam fond of small dogs. 14. Did Mr Tanaka
say he would be at home tomorrow? 15. Yes, he said so. 16. A gentleman called
Suzuki came yesterday while you were out. 17. Do you like that red flower ?
18. No, I don’t like that kind of flower. 19. What did you say? As I didn’t
quite understand you, please say it again. 20. I suppose Haruo will say’ he
_ wants to go back home today. 21. Tell the servant that I shall be inconvenien-
eed if she doesn’t get up earlier. 22. Have you any paper like this? 238. I
shave no paper like that at present. -24. Did Mr Yamada say he was going
to Kamakura on Saturday? 25. No, he didn’t say so. 26. What’s this
fruit called? 27. It’s called a pear. 28. What’s happened to your white
dog? 29. He fell ill and died. 30. Please go and tell Matsu to turn on the
electric lights upstairs. 31. Should a man called’ Kimura come while I am
out please tell him to wait, 3
‘ \
-
; EXERCISE 31.
Verbs and verbal phrases are often used attributively ; they are sometimes
translated by relative clauses.
'
: dempo 3 telegram. tonari : next-door; immediate neighbour.
isu : chair. tsubo : jar.
junsa : policeman. - koshi-kake'ru : to sit.
kago ; basket. 2 noru : to get on.
michi : road ; way. orv'ru : to get off.
saté : sugar. tatsti (intr.) : to stand.
todana : cupboard. .
1. Asiiko ni-tatte iru hito wa dare desit ? (C). 2. Kimura to iu hito de Lozai-
mast (D). 3. Kono hako ni aru empitsi wa donata no de gozaimast ka ? (D).
4. Otdto no de gozaimast (D). 5. Todana kara saté ga haitte iru tsubo wo motte
o-ide (A). 6. Kore wa doko e iku michi de gozaimasti ka? (D). 7. Koen ni iku
michi da (B). 8. Shimbun wo yonde kara, tegami wo kaké (B). 9. Kind kita
demp6 wo motte kite kure (A). 10. Kono hon wo kaita hito wa ima doko ni imasii ?
(C). 11. Shina ni imasi (C). 12. Kiné katta isu wa dore desii? (C). 18.
Kiné katta no wa nileai ni gozaimasii (D). 14. Anata no tonari ni koshi-kakete
tia hito wa donata deshita ? (C). 15. Donata da ka shirimasen (C). 16. Watashi
no tonari ni iru hito wa junsa da (B). 17. Sono tegami wa o to-san ga 0 kaeri ni
natte kara o dashi nasai (B). 18. Suzuki San ga Kyéto e o-ide nas’tie kara, mé
mi-tsili ni naru (B). 19. Sono kago ni ireta kudamono wo Tanaka San no 0 uchi
ni motte itte o kure (A). 20. Kisha ni noru hito wa kolzo de densha wo orimast
(C). 21. Kiné o kai ni natta hon wa doko ni gozaimasti ka? (VD). 22. Are wa
Tar6é ni okutte yatta (B). 23. Dézo Asakiisa e iku michi wo oshiete kudasat (D).
24. Sendai e iku kisha wa nan-ji ni demasti ka? (C). 25. Asa no roku-ji jii-go-
fun ni deru (B). 26. Kiné mita kirei na béshi wa mé arimasen deshita (C). 27.
‘Toka ni 0 dashi nas’tta o tegami ga kesa mairimashita (D). 28. Tanaka San ni
karita kasa wa m6 kaeshimashita ka ? (C).
kara after gerund : after.
1. Who is that man standing over there? . 2. He is (a man called) Kimura.
3. Whose is this pencilin this box? 4. My brother’s. 5. Bring me the sugar-
jar which is in the cupboard (lit. bring mé from the cupboard the jar which has
sugar in it). 6. Where does this road go to? 7. It goes to the park. 8. After
I’ve read the newspaper I’ll write my letters. 9. Bring me the telegram that
came yesterday. 10. Where is the author of this book living now? (lit.
_the man who wrote this book). 11. He is in China. 12. Which was the chair
you bought yesterday ? 13. The one I bought yesterday is upstairs. 14. Who
was the man sitting next to you? 15. I don’t know who he was. 16. My
next-door neighbour is a. policeman (lit. the man living next-door). 17. Post
that letter after your father returns. 18. It is three months now since Mr
Suzuki went to Kyoto. 19. Take that basket of fruit to Mr Tanaka’s
house (lit. fruit which has been put into that basket). 20. Those who take Loe
train get off the tram-car here. 21. Where is the book you bought yesterday ?
22. I sent it to Tard. 23. Please tell me which is the way to Asakusa. 24. At
what time does the Sendai train leave ? (lit, the train which goes to Sendai).
25. It leaves at a quarter past six in the morning. 26. The pretty hat I saw
yesterday was no longer there. 27. I received this morning your letter of the
10th (lit. the letter you posted on the 10th came this morning). 28. Have you
already returned to Mr Tanaka the umbrella you borrowed from him ?
EXERCISE 32.
Ni after the stem (2nd base) of a verb means ‘in order to’. ;
No desii frequently added after a verb at the end of a sentence, ts generally
a mere rounding off ; it sometimes, however, has a distinct force of tts own.
' e: picture. narau : to learn.
isha : doctor. sagast : to look for.
kotoshi : this year. tanomu. : to ask for aid ; request ; order.
kutsu-ya ; bootmaker. issho ni : together (with).
pan : bread. konaida ; kono aida: the other day ;
tabako : tobacco. recently.
warui ; bad.
1. Matsti wa imastii ka? (C). 2. Ima pan wo kai ni ikimashita (C). 3.
’ Ashita Taré wo ginké ni kane wo tori nio yari nasai (B). 4. Kutsu-ya ni ko-
naida tanonda kutsu wo tori ni itte o kure (A). 5. Doko e itte kimashita ? (C). 6.
Inu wo sagashi ni itte kita no dest (C). 7. Hana-ko ga nani wo shite iru ka, mi ni
ikimashé (C). 8. Tokei ga waruku natia kara, naoshi ni yara-nakereba nara-nat
(B). 9. Tabako wo kai ni jochi wo yatte kure (A). 10. O isha wo yobi ni dare
- ga itta no dest? (C). 11. Maeda ga itta no da (B). 12. Brown San wa Ei-go
wo oshie ni irassharu no destt ka? (C). 18. Tie, Nihon-go wo narai ni 0-ide nasaru
no desti (C). 14. Kotoshi mo nii-san to Hakone é irassharu no destt ka? (C). 15.
Tie, kotoshi wa uchi ni imast (C). 16. Anata wa m6 Mitstiya San no e wo goran
nas’tta no desi ka? (C). 17. Lie, mada mi-nai no dest (C). 18. Kisha ni noru
hito wa koko de oriru no dest (C). 19. Watashi mo ashita 0 t6-san to issho ni
Toky6 e iku no destt ka ? (C). 20. Omae wa ikitaku nakereba ika-nakitte mo vi no ~
da (A). 21. Jochii wa doko e ikimashita ? (C). 22. Tegami wo dashi ni itta no
desti (C). 28. Yamada San no tokoro e 6ki na jibiki, wo kari ni ika-nakereba
nara-nai (B). 24. Ashita Tanaka San e konaida karita kasa wo kaeshi ni iké
to omoimast (C). 25. O isogashii toki wa tetsiidai ni mairimashé (D). 26.
Sat6 ga m6 arimasen kara, ashita kai ni ikimashé (C). 27. Sono tegami wa dare
kara kitano desti ka? (C). 28. Ane kara kita no desi (C). 29. Ima shimbun wo
kai ni kita hito wa Brown San da (B).
1. Is Matsu in? 2. She has gone to buy some bread. . 3. Send Tard to-
morrow to get some money from the bank. 4. Go to the bootmaker’s to fetch
the boots I ordered the other day. 5. Where have you been? (lit. where did
you go to and come). 6. I went to look for the dog. 7. I'll go and see what.
Hana-ko is doing. 8. My watch is out of order, I must give it to be mended.
9. Send the servant to buy some tobacco. 10. Who has gone to call the doctor ?
11. Maeda went. 12. Does Mr Brown come to teach you English? 18. No,
he comes to learn Japanese. 14. Are you going to Hakone again this year with
your brother? 15. No, I shall remain at home this year. 16. Have you
(already) seen Mr Mitsuya’s picture? 17. No, not yet. 18. Those who take
the trarn must get off here. 19. Am I also to go to Tékyé tomorrow with my
father? 20. You needn’t go if you don’t want to. 21. Where has the servant
gone to? 22. She went to post aletter. 23. Imust goto Mr Yamada’s house
and borrow his big dictionary. 24. I mtend to go to Mr Tanaka’s house to-
morrow to return the umbrella I borrowed from him the other day. 25: I will
come and help you when you are busy. 26. There’s no more sugar, I’ll go to-
morrow and buy some. 27. Whom is that letter from? 28. From my sister,
29, The man who came just now to buy a newspaper was Mr Brown. “
“AEXERCISE 33.
go: an honorific prefix. _ o-hay6 : good morning,
gomen ; your permission, pardon. sayonara : good-bye.
komban : thts evening. agaru : to go up ; to enter a house (the
konnichi : today. mats are on a higher level than the
tenki : weather. ground); to visit (humble); to eat,
mina ; minna : all; every one. drink (honorific).
mina-san : everybody. démo : has a vague superlative meaning.
samui : cold. 7 ikaga ? how ? (polite). |
yoroshiku : used for sending or ne : interjection ; at the end of sentence _
giving salutations. it has often-an interrogative force.
1. Konnichi wa ; Ueda San wa irasshaimasti ka? (D). 2. Hai, o-ide nasai-
mast. Yoku irasshaimashita ne. Dozxo v agari kudasai (D). 8. Mé o kaeri de
gozaimasti ka? Mata dozo o-ide nas’ite kudasai (D). 4. Arigaté gozaimasi,
mata agarimashéd. Sayonara (D). 5. Mina-san ni dozo yoroshiku (D). 6.
Watashi no uchi de wa minna jobu dest (C). 7%. Gomen kudasai, haitte mo yo
gozaimasti ka? (D). 8. O-hayd, kesa wa zuibun samui desit ne? (C). 9. Kom-
ban wa, o atsi gozaimasi (D). 10. Kind wa kirei na hon wo kudasaimashite,
démo arigaté gozaimashita (D). 11. D6 itashimashite (C). 12. Ky6 wa iio tenki
de gozaimasti ne. Doko eo dekake de gozaimasti ka? (D). 18. Sampo ni iké
- to omoimast ; anata mo irasshaimasen ka? (D). 14. Arigatd gozaimastt ; hima
de gozaimast kara, go issho ni mairimashé (D). 15. O cha wa ikaga de gozaimasti
ka? (D). 16. Arigaté, stikoshi itadakimashé (C). 17. Oku-san wa ikaga de
trasshaimast ka? (D). 18. Arigaté gozaimasi, jobu desi (C). 19. Kono nashi
wo 0 agari nasai (C). 20. O cha wo agemashé ka? (C). 21, Arigatéd gozaimasii,
0 cha wa itadakimasen (D). 22. Konaida wa o tegami wo arigatéd gozaimashita ;
haha (no bydki) wa mé yoku narimashita (D). 28. Tanaka San ga anata ni yoro-
shiku itte kure to iimashita (C). 24. Dézo kono tegami wo né-san ni agete
kudasai (D). 25. Mina-san o jébu de irasshaimasi ka? (D). 26. Kyé wa
domo atsui desti ne (C). 27. Dézo sono mado wo akete kudasaimasen ka ?
(D). 28. Kyé gogo ni o uchi ni agaré to omoimasi ga, o isogashiti gozaimasit ka ?
(D).
1. Good day. Is Mr Ueda at home? 2. Yes, he ts; you are welcome.
Please come im. ' 8. Are you already going? Please come again. 4. Thank
you, I will come again. Good-bye. 5. Please remember me to all at home.
6, Everybody at home is quite well. .7. Excuse me, may Icome in? 8. Good
morning. It is very cold this morning, isn’t it? 9. Good evening. It is very
hot. 10, Thank you very much for the pretty book you gave me yesterday.
11. Don’t mention it. 12. The weather ts very fine today, isn’t it? Where
are you going? 13. I was thinking of gotng for a walk, won’t you come with _
me? 14. Thank you, as I have some spare time, I will go with you. 15. May
I offer you a cup of tea? (lit. what do you say to some tea?). 16. Thanks, I
will take a little. 17. How is your wife? 18. She ts quite well, thank you.
19. Please eat one of these pears. 20. May I offer you some tea? 21. Thanks,
I don’t drink tea. 22. Thanks for your letter the other day ; my mother is
quite well again now. 23. Mr Tanaka asked me to give you hts kind regards.
24. Please give this letter to your sister, 25. Is everybody well at home ?
26. It is very hot today, isn’t it? 27. Please open that window. 28. I was
thinking of going to see you this afternoon, are you busy ?
~
EXERCISE 34.
The passive is formed from the 4th base. In the case of verbs ending in e'ru
or iru add rare’ru ; in all other cases add re‘ru. The subject of the passive in
Japanese is the person affected by the act of the verb, see 124. The passive is
often used in a potential sense, see 126. ; iene
dorobé : thief ; robber. ki‘ru : to put on ; wear.
itazura : mischief. ktisaru : to decay ; become rotten.
koto : thing. shikaru :; to scold.
yubi-wa : finger-rmg. warau ; to laugh.
korare’ru : irregular passive of kuru yosti : to cease ; leave off.
to come. totemo : an emphatic negative word.
1. Ano ko wa itazura wo shite o t6-san ni shikararemashita (C). 2. S6 iu koto
wo suru to. hito ni warawareru kara, o yoshi nasai (B). 3. Ano hito wa minna ni
shdjiki da to omowarete imasti (C). 4. Kyé wa asa hayaku kyaku ni korarete
komatta (B). 5. Yibe dorobé ni tokei to yubi-wa wo toraremashita (C). 6. Ano
jochi wa dorobé wo shite oi-dasareta no desti (C). 7. Watashi wa hito ni tegami
~ wo miraretaku nai (B). 8. Ano akai hon wo mita kara, Taré ni okorareta no da
(B). 9. Kiné wa Asakisa e itte, ame ni furarete zuibun komarimashita (C). 10.
O isogashii toki ni jochit ni byski ni nararete taihen o komari deshé (C). 11. Ky6
wa kaze ga fuite mado wo akeraremasen (C). 12. Kono sakana wa kisatte iru
kara, taberare-nai (B). 18. Kono kimono wa mé furukitte kirare-nai (B). .14.
Nihom-bashi made nam-pun kakarimasti ka? (C). 15. Aruite ni-jip-pun kaka-
reba ikaremashé (C). 16. Yamada San no o hanashi wa koko de wa twaremasen
kara, komban anata no o uchi ni itte hanashimashé (C). 17. Kono heya wa
atstikitte totemo irare-nai (B). 18. Kono nashi wa mé taberaremasti ka? (C).
19. Lie, mada tuberaremasen (C). 20. Yamada San wa oku-san ga go bydki dest
kara, ky6 wa korare-nai deshé (C). 21. Konaida dorobé ni torareta yubi-wa wo
ky6 junsa ga motte kite kuremashita (C).
1. As that child had been up to mischief he was scolded by his father. 2. If
you do things like that people will laugh at you, so leave off. 3. Everybody
considers that man to be honest (lit: he’s thought honest by everybody). 4. A
visitor came early this morning and I was much inconvenienced (lit. I got the —
coming of a visitor). 5. My watch and my ring were stolen last night (by a
robber). 6. That servant was discharged because she was (caught) stealing.
7. I don’t like people to look at my letters (lit. I do not wish my letters to be ~
seen). 8. Taro got angry with me because I looked at that red book. 9. I went
to Asakusa yesterday and was caught in the rain, so I was much inconvenienced
(lit. 1 got the falling of the rain). 10. You must find it very mconvenient to
- have your servant ill (precisely now) when you are so busy (lit. to get the falling
ill of your servant). 11. The wind ts blowing (hard) today so I can’t open the
window. 12. You can’t eat this fish, tt’s gone bad. 18. This dress ts so old
I cannot wear it. 14. How long does it take to Nihom-bashi? 15. If you
give yourself twenty mmutes you can walk there. 16. I can’t tell you here
what Mr Yamada said, I will go to your house this evening and tell you. 17.
This room is so warm I cannot possibly remain here. 18. Is this pear fit to eat
yet? 19. No, it is not ripe yet. 20. Mr Yamada’s wife is ill, so I don’t think
he will be able to come today. 21. A policeman today brought me the ring
which had been stolen the other day (by a robber). ;
this cannot be done.
'
EXERCISE 35.
_ By changing the final wu of a verb into e’rw we obtain intransitive verbs which
often do duty for potential verbs. When the original verb ends in’ e‘ru or iru
_ nimotst : package ; luggage. kikoe'ru : irregular potential of kiku
_ oto: sound. to hear.
ri: 2°4 miles. mie'ru: irregular potential. of mi‘ru
yubin : the post. to see ; to be able to see; be vistble ;’
omoshirot : amusing. come...
wiru : to touch ; meddle with. otost : to let fall ; drop.
kiku : to hear ; ask.
1. Ei-go ga yomemast ka? (C). 2. Hanasemasii ga, yomemasen (C). 3.
Asitiko ni mieru yama wa nan de gozaimastii ka? (D). 4. Fuji-san de gozaimast
(D). 5. Yamada San no banchi wo wasuremashita, Tard San ni kiite kimashé
(C). 6. Kind Hana-ko San kara kiita 0 hanashi wa taihen omoshiré gozaimashita
(D). 7. Kikoemasen deshita kara, dézo m6 ichi-do itte kudasai (C). 8. Kyd.
wa kane wo otoshite densha ni noremasen deshita (C). 9. Ei-go ga deki-nai to
fuben de gozaimasti kara, narad to omoimast (D).. 10. Yamada San ga mie-
mashita (C). 11. Densha no oto ga koko made kikoemast ka? (C). 12. Hai,
yoku kikoemast (C).. 13. Ano mise no shujin wa Ei-go ga yoku hanasemasit (C).
14. Kono nimotsti wa yibin de okuremast ka? (C). 15. Ammari 6kii kara, okure-
masen (C). 16. Ichi-nichi ni go-ri arukemasti ka? (C). 17. E, sono gurai wa
arukemast (C). 18. Watashi wa tima ni nore-nai (B). 19. Ei-go ga hanaseru
hito wo yonde kudasai (C). 20. Sono bin wa kodomo ga tjiru to. ike-nai kara,
mie-nai tokoro e shimatte oki nasai (A).. 21. Ima nan-ji desi ka, nii-san ni kiite
kudasai (C). 22. Ano hito ga nani wo itte iru ka, itte kiite o-ide nasai (B). 28.
K6 iu yasashii hon nara. Taréd mo yomemashé (C). 24. Ano kata no 0 hanashi
ga kikoemast ka? (C). 25. Tie, yoku kikoemasen (C). 26. Sore de wa mae e
trasshai (C). |
1. Can you read English? 2. I can speak it but I cannot read it. 3. What
is that mountain you can see over there? 4. It is Mount Fuji. 5. I have
forgotten the number of Mr Yamada’s house, I’ll go and ask Mr Taro. 6, The
tale Miss Hana-ko told me yesterday was very amusing (lit. the tale that I heard
from Miss Hana-ko). 7. As I didn’t hear (what you said) please say tt again.
(If kikimasen had been used instead of kikoemasen the meaning would have
been, as I wasn’t listening). 8. As I lost my purse (lit. money) today I couldn’t ~
take the tram-car. 9. It ts mconvenient not knowing Engltsh, so I intend to
study it. 10. Mr Yamada has come. 11. Can you hear the noise of the tram-
cars from here? 12. Yes, quite well. 18. The owner of that shop speaks
English very well. 14. Can I send this parcel by post? 15. You can’t send
it, it is too big. 16. Can you walk five ri (twelve miles) a day ? 17. Yes, I ean
walk about that much. 18. I cannot ride on horseback. 19. Please call
somebody who can speak English. 20, It wouldn’t do for the chtldren to
meddle with this bottle so put it away somewhere where they can’t find it (lit.
in an invisible place). 21. Please (go and) ask your brother what trme it ts
now. 22. Go and see what that man is saying (lit. go, listen’and come). 28. If
it’s such an easy book, even Tard can probably read it. 24. Can you hear what
that man is saying? 25. No, I can’t hear properly. 26. Well then, go a little
nearer (Jit. m front i.e. a few paces forward).
. EXERCISE 386.
Koto and mono (sometimes abbreviated to mon’ or no) both mean ‘thing’.
Koto nearly always refers to an abstract thing ; mono generally to a conerete
thing. These words and the abbreviations mon’ and no when used after verbs,
serve to substantivize the verb and form many important idioms. Observe
the following :
koto ga deki‘ru after verb (present) koto ga nai after verb (generally past) : :
has the force of a potential. never,
koto ga aru after verb (generally mon’ desti ka? after verb (present) is a
past) : once ; sometimes. ' denial of, or protest against, an
koto ga aru ka ? after verb (generally absurd statement or supposition.
_ past): ever ? no desti after a verb has already been
noticed in Exercise 82.
1. Wataktshi wa haha ga bydki desi kara, ashita Kamakura e iku koto ga deki-
masen(C). 2. Anata wa Ei-go de tegami wo kaku koto ga dekimast ka? (C). 3.
Mada dekimasen (C). 4. Nichiyé-bi no asa koraremast ka? (C). 5. Nichiyé no
asa wa tegami wo kakimast kara, kuru koto ga dekimasen (C). 6. Kydto e o-ide
-nas*tta koto ga gozaimastt ka? (D). 7. E, itta koto ga aru (B). 8. Nara e wa
mada itta koto ga nai(B). 9. Suzuki San ni atta koto ga arimast ka? (C). 10.
E, atta koto ga arimast ; oku-san ni wa mada atta koto ga arimasen (C). 11. Kore
wa anata no mono de gozaimasti ka? (D). 12. Tie, wataktishi no mono de wa go-.
zuimasen (D). 18. Tanaka San no mono wo minna nikai e motte itte o kure (A).
14. Tard wa Ei-go wo kaku koto ga dekiru deshé ka? (C). 15. Kaku koto ga
dekiru mon’ dest ka? mada yomu koto mo dekimastimai (C). 16. Anata wa
Yamada San to issho ni Asaktisa e iku deshé? (C). 17. Lie, iku mon’ dest ka ?
Watashi wa Yamada San wa kirai desi (C). 18. Dare ga omae ni tetstidatte
kureru mon’ ka? (A). 19. Ano tima ni noru no wa o yoshi nasai (B). 20. Wata-
shi wa Hana-ko San no okotta no wo mita koto ga nai (B).. 21. Asa hayaku
okiru no wa ti koto dest (C). 22. Taihen na ame da kara, kyo Hakone -e iku no
wo yosd (B). 28. Tanaka San ni s6 iu koto wo iu no wa ike-nai (A). 24. Sono
miau wo nomu no wa o yoshi nasai(B). 25. Natstime San no kaita mono wo 0 yomi
ni natta koto ga gozaimasti ka? (D). . 26. E, yoku yomimast. Ano hito no hon
wa stiki dest (C). ;
1. As my mother is ill I cannot go to Kamakura tomorrow. 2. Can you
write lettersin English? 3. Not yet. 4. Can you come on Sunday morning ?
5. As I write my letters on Sunday mornings, I cannot come. 6. Have you
ever been to Kyoto? 7. Yes, [have been there. 8. I have never been to
Nara (yet). 9. Have you ever met Mr Suzuki? 10. Yes, I have met him but
I have never met his wife. 11. Is this yours ? (lit. your thing). 12. No, it’s
not mine, 13. Take all Mr Tanaka’s things upstairs. 14. I wonder if Tard
can write English? 15. Of course he can’t ; he can’t probably even read it yet.
16. I suppose you'll go with Mr Yamada to Asakusa? 17. Most decidedly
not ; why, I hate Mr Yamada. 18. Whoever is going to help you? (you are
too lazy, ‘too ill-natured). 19. Don’t ride that horse. 20. I have never yet
seen Miss Hana-ko angry. 21. It is a good thing to get up early in the morning.
22. As it is raining so hard I’ll give up the idea of gotng to Hakone today. 28.
You mustn’t say things like that to Mr Tanaka. 24. Don’t drink that water.
25. Have you ever read anything that Mr Natsume has written? 26. Yes,
often ; I like his books.
}
EXERCISE 37.
The postposition wo, corresponding to the immediate object of the verb suru,
is often suppressed, the noun and swru forming a sort of verbal unit.
The Japanese future has often the meaning of the Ist person plural impera-
tive. Ik6 or ikimashé let us go.
Ja nai (or arimasen) ka ? is frequently added at the end of a sentence ; it
means ‘isn’t tt?’ It need not always be translated.
benkyé : study ; diligence. yakusuru ; yakusi : to translate.
ryoké : travel. ; osoi : late.
sentaku : washing. de mo ; a conjunctival phrase ; well, but.
Jikusuru ; jikust : to be ripe.
1. Nii-san wa Igirist de nani wo benkyd shite imasii ka? (C). 2. Ei-go wo
benkyo shite imasii (C). 3. Kyd wa ii tenki da kara, kéen wo sampo shiyd (B).
4. Chichi wa ima Shina wo ryoké itashite orimasi (D). 5. Kono kimono wo
sentaku shite okure(A). 6. Yoku benkyé shi-nakereba Ei-go wo oshiete yara-nai
(A). 7. Raigetsti wa hima ni narimasi: kara, Kyoto ni ryoké shimasit (C). 8.
Brown San wa Nihon-go wo benkyé shi ni Nihon e kita no dest (C). 9. Sono ki-
mono wa mada sentaku shi-nai de ii (A). 10. Tenki ga yokereba doyé-bi no hiru
kara, Hakone e iké (B). 11. Hakone yori Nikké ga ii ja arimasen ka? (C). 12.
Ano nashi wa jikushite imasti ka? (C). 18. Mada jikushimasen (C). 14. O
hima deshitara, dézo kono tegami wo Ei-go ni yakushite kudasai (C). 15. Mada
tka-nai no destt ka? Hana-ko San ga matte iru ja arimasen ka ?(C): 16. De mo,
mada roku-ji, ni nara-nai ja arimasen ka? (C). 17. Osoi kara, mé kaeré (B).
18. Osoku naru to ike-nai, densha de ikimashé (C). 19. Sono hon wo yakushite
kara, nani wo nasaimasti ka ?(D). 20. Siikoshi ryoké shitai to omou no desi (C).
21. Ky6 wa tenki ga warui kara, sentaku suru no wa yosd (B). 22. Kono tegami
wa muzukashikitte watashi wa totemo yakusi koto ga dekimasen (C). 238. Sono
nashi wa yoku jikushite i-nai kara, tabete wa ike-nai (A). 24. Stikoshi Ei-go wo |
benky6 shite Amerika e ikimashé (C). 25. Taré ni Brown San no tegami wo
yakushite moraimashé ka ? (C). 26. Taré wa mada dame ja arimasen ka? Suzuke
San ni tanomimashé (C).
1. What is your brother studymg in England? 2. He is studying English.
8. The weather is fine today, so let’s go for a walk in the park. 4. My father
is travelling now in China. 5. Wash this dress. 6. I won’t teach you English
unless you study hard. 7. As I shall have spare time next month, I’ll make a
trip to Kydto. 8. Mr Brown came to Japan to study Japanese. 9. You
needn’t wash that dress yet. 10. If the weather is fine, let ’s go to Hakone on
' Saturday afternoon. 11. Don’t you think Nikko would be nicer than Hakone ?
12. Are those pears ripe? 13. Not yet. 14. If you have time please translate _
this letter into English for me. 15. Haven’t you gone yet ? Miss Hana-ko is
waiting for you, isn’t she? 16. Well, but it’s not yet six o’clock. 17. As it
is late, let’s return home. 18. As it wouldn’t do to be late, let ’s go by tram-car.
19. What are you going to do after you’ve finished translating that book ? 20. I
think I'll travel a little. 21. As the weather is bad today I think I'll give up
the idea of doing my washing. 22. This letter is so difficult I can’t possibly
translate it. 23. Don’t eat that pear, it is not ripe. 24. I'll study a little
English and then go to America. 25. Shall I ask Taré to translate Mr Brown’s.
letter ? 26. Tard doesn’t know enough yet, let’s ask Mr Suzuki (lit. ‘Tard is
still of no use).
EXERCISE 38.
Derivative and compound words are extremely numerous in Japanese :
the stem (2nd base) of verbs, and the stem (what remains after suppressing the
final i) of true adjectives, are constantly used m this connection.
- shimai [from shimau to finish]: the kaki-naosti [kaku to write; naost to
end. mend]: to write over again so as to |
kangae‘ru : to think. correct the mistakes. ee
kangae : a thought. nori-kae'ru {noru to ride; kaeru to
kai-mono {from kau to buy ; mono change]: to change cars.
a thing]: a thing bought; a pur- nakunaru [nai non-existent; naru to
chase. become] : to be lost ; die.
kai-mono ni iku : to go shopping. nakusuru; nakusti [nai non-existent ; —
nomi-mono : something to drink. suru to make]: to lose.
mono-oki ; store-room ; pantry. sugi'ru : to exceed ; used frequently in
~ya added to nouns means a shop or compounds.
the person who keeps the shop or nani ka : something or other.
trades in an article.
1. Kono hon wa shimai ga taihen muzukashii (B). 2. Yokosika e iku (no) ni
wa doko de nori-laeru no dest: ka? (C). 3. Ofuna de nori-kaeru no desti (C). 4. —
Kono tegami wa kitanai kara, kaki-naoshite kudasai (C). 5. Sentaku shite kara,
kai-mono ni itte o-ide (A). 6. Yamada San ni nani ka nomi-mono wo o age nasai
(A). 7. Mono-oki kara sara wo ji-mai dashite o-ide (A).. 8. Satéd ga nakunatta
_ kara, kawa-nakereba nara-nai (B). 9. Otdto ga Amerika kara okutte kureta kitte’
wo nakushimashita (C). 10. Kono bin wa oki-sugiru, motto chiisai no wo motte
o-ide nasai (A). 11. Sono Ei-go no hon wa Hana-ko San ni wa muzukashi-sugiru
desh6 (C). 12. Yoku kangaete kara, mono wo o ii nasai (A). 13. Watashi no .
kangae de wa Jiré wa m6 kaette ko-nai daré to omou (B). 14. Hon-ya e ite,
konaida katta jibiki no kane wo haratte kimast (C). 15. Koppu wo misete kudasat
(C). 16. Kore wa chiisu-sugimasti, m6 stikoshi 6kii no ga arimasen ka? (C). 17.
Kono akai hon wo shimai made o yomi nasaimashita ka? (D). 18. Iie, mada
hambun gurai shika yomimasen (C). 19. Haha wa‘ Mitstikoshi ni kai-mono ni
tku’ to itte, kesa hayaku dekakemashita (C). 20. Ashita Toky6 e ikimast kara,
nani ka kai-mono ga arimashitara, katte kite agemashé (C).
1. This book is very difficult towards the end (lit. as for this book the end is
very difficult). 2. Where must I change for Yokosuka? 3. You must change -
at Ofuna. 4. This letter is dirty, so write tt again. 5. When you finish the
washing go and do your shopping (lit. go and come). 6. Offer Mr Yamada some-
thing to drink. 7. Get ten plates out of the pantry. 8. There is no more sugar,
so Imust buy some. 9. I have lost the stamps which my brother sent me from
America. 10. This bottle is too big, bring me a smaller one. 11. I expect
that English book is too difficult for Miss Hana-ko. 12. Think before you
speak (lit. after thinking well, say things). 13. In my opinion Jiré will not
come back agatn. 14. I’ll go to the bookseller’s and pay for the dictionary I
bought the other day. 15. Show me some tumblers. 16. This one is too small,
haven’t you got a slightly bigger one? 17. Have you read this red book right
to the end? 18. No, I have only read about half yet. 19. My mother went
, out this morning early saying she was going to Mitsukoshi to make some pur-
chases. . 20. As I am going to Toékyd tomorrow, if there is anything you want
bought, I can buy it for you. ~ :
FE ws
bie 2 A'S
EXERCISE 39.
Hois used after verbs when comparing acts, in a way which is like its use after
adjectives, see Exercise 28. ree .
hoteru : (foretgn-style) hotel. massugu na : straight.
kado : corner. - magaru ; to turn.
yado-ya : (native) inn. yaru : to send.
1. Yamada San ni tegami wo dashimashé ka? Taré wo yobi ni yarimashé ka ?
(C). 2. Tegami wo dast yori, Taré wo yobi ni yaru hé ga ii deshé (C). 3. Ni-
motst ga taktisan aru kara, densha yori kisha de iku hé ga yokaré (B). 4. Teisha-
ba e wa koko wo itte ti no dest ka? (C). 5. Ano kado wo magatte massugu iku hé
&a yO gozaimasti (D). 6. KO iu yowai hako nara, kawa-nai hd ga yokatta (B).
7. Kamakura yori Nikko e iku hé ga ti desit (C). 8. Kutsu wo dashite 0 kure (A).
9. Dochira wo dashimashé ? (C). 10. Kiné katta hé wo dashite kure (A). 11.
Go-sen no empitst wo ni-hon kau yori, jis-sen no wo ip-pon katta hé ga ii ja ari-
masen ka? (C). 12. Sakana ga kisaru to komaru kara, tabete shimau hé ga ii (B).
13. Koko e tstikue wo oku to jama da, nikai ni motte iku hé ga ii (B). 14. Sono
tokei ga iya ni nattara uru hé ga yokaré (B).. 15. Nihon no yado-ya e tomarimashé —
ka ? hoteru e tomarimashé ka? (C). 16. Nihon no yado-ya no hé ga yasui kara,
yado-ya e tomaru hé ga ii (B). 17. Kono tegami wa junsa ni miseru hé ga ii (B).
18. Saitd San wa irasshaimashita ka? (C). 19. Mada desi, mé stikoshi matte
mimashé (C). 20. S6 iu hon wa kodomo ni mise-nai hé ga ti deshé (C). 21. Tard
San no bydki wo Yamada San ni tegami de itte yarimashé ka? (C). 22. Tegami
wo 0 dashi nasaru yori, atte o hanashi nasaru hé gu yé gozaimashé (D). 23. Anata
wa doko de kudamono wo o kai nasaimast ka? (D). 24. Watanabe de kaimasii (C).
25. Astiko wa takai dest kara, 0 kai ni nara-nai hé ga ii deshd (C). 26. Sé dest
ka? demo, ano mise no wa taihen atarashikitte ii to omoimast (C). 27. Atsui kara,
mado wo akete oku hé ga ii deshé (C).
1. Shall I write to Mr Yamada, or shall I send Taréd to call him? 2. I think ~
it would be better to send Tar6 than to write a letter. 3. As we have so much
luggage it would be better to go by train than by tram-car. 4. Does this road
take me to the station? 5. It would be better to turn at that corner and go
straight on. 6. It would have been better not to have bought anything at! all
rather than a weak box like this. 7. It would be better to yo to Nikk6é instead
of Kamakura. 8. Get out a pair of boots. 9. Which shall I get out? 10.
Get out the pair I bought yesterday. 11. Instead of buying two five-sen pencils
would it not have been better to have bought one ten-sen one? 12. You had
better eat all the fish otherwise it will go bad, and I don’t want that. 13. You —
had better take the desk upstairs, it’s in the way here. 14. If you no longer
care for that watch, you had better sell it. 15. Shall we stop at a Japanese inn
or at a hotel? 16. We had better stop at a Japanese inn, it is cheaper. 17.
You had better show this letter to the police. 18. Has Mr Saito arrived ? 19.
Not yet ; let’s wait a little longer and see if he comes. 20. You had better not
show a book like that to children. 21. Shall I inform Mr Yamada of Master
Tar6’s illness by letter? 22. I think you had better go and see him yourself
(instead of writing a letter). 23. Where do you buy your fruit ? 24. 1 buy it
-at Watanabe’s.. 25. You had better not buy it there, it is a’ dear shop. 26.
You may be right, but I find the fruit there very good and nice. 27. As it is hot
I think we’d better open the window.
ry
~
EXERCISE 40.
Causative verbs are formed from the 4th base. In the ease of verbs ending
in e’ru or iru, add sase‘ru ; in all other cases add se’ru ; (137). They are trans-
lated by : tell, get, make, let or have. The agent takes the postposition mz in
the causative construction ; (145). .
‘Causative verbs all end in —se’ru ; their 8rd base is irregular, viz.—shit ; but -
the regular form —set is also sometimes used ; (97).
akambé : baby. dare ka : somebody or other.
daiku : carpenter. koshirae’ru : to make. ‘
_ ita; board. sase’ru : irregular passive of suru to do.
' kippu : ticket. kikase‘ru ; to cause to hear, i.e. to tell.
ko-zutsumi ; parcel (for the post). _ tattet : generally.
stiteishon : station.
1. Yo-ji han ni kaeru kara, dare ka kitara, matashite oite kudasai (C). 2. Kono
kimono wo Matst ni arawashite 0 kure (A). 8. Watashi no heya wo jochii ni s6ji
sashite kure (A). 4. Ko-zutsumi wo iméto ni dasashtte kudasai (C). 5. Shimbun
wa dé shita no daré ?(B). 6. Mada kimasen, jochi ni kawasemashé (C). 7. Kono
ita de daiku ni hako wo koshiraesasemashé (C). 8. Tard wo yonde kono tegami
wo Nihon-go ni yakusasey6 (B). 9. O dekake de gozaimast ka? kuruma wo yobase-
_ mashé ka? (D). 10. Lie, arwite ikimast (C). 11. Kippu wa imdto ni kawase-
mashé (C). 12. Watashi wa tegami wa taitei mustime ni kakasemasti (C). 13.
Ashita kono kimono wo jochii ni sentaku saseyé (B). 14. Kodomo ni sono nashi
wo tabesashite wa ike-nai (A). 15. Sono hon wo kodomo ni tjirase-nai de kudasai
(C). 16. Hana-ko ni mizu wo nomase-nai de o kure (A). 17. Konaida daiku mi
koshiraesaseta hako wa kore dest (C). 18, Akambé ni chichi wo nomashite o kure
(A).- 19. Mitsti-ko ni ké iu hon wo yomashite mo, wakara-nai deshé (C). 20.
Sono hanashi wa Hana-ko San ni kikase-nai de kudasaimasen ka? (C). 21. Ano
tamago wo Chokichi ni motasete, Tanaka San no tokoro e yatte o kure (A). 22.
Kono hon wo jochti ni yomaseyé (B). 23. Saburé wa ammari jébu ja nai no destt
kara, s6 benkyd sase-nai de, stikoshi ryoké wo saseru hé ga ii to omoimast (C).
24. Kono hagaki to ko-zutsumi wo jochii ni dasashite kudasai (C).
1. I shall be back at half past four, if anybody should come tell him to wait.
2. Tell Matsu to wash this dress. 3. Tell the servant todo my room. 4. Tell
my sister to post the parcel. 5. What about the newspaper? 6. It hasn’t
come yet, I’ll tell the servant to buy one. 7. I’ll get the carpenter to make a
box out of this board. 8. I’ll call Tard and get him to translate this letter into
Japanese. 9. Are you going out now? Shall I get (somebody) to call a rikisha ?
_ 10. No, I shall walk. 11. I’ll get my sister to buy the ticket. 12. I generally
make my daughter write my letters for me. 13, I’ll make the servant wash
this dress tomorrow. 14. Don’t let the child eat those pears. 15. Don’t let
the child meddle with that book. 16. Don’t let Hana-ko drmk water. 17.
This is the box that I had made the other day by the carpenter. 18. Give the
baby his milk (lit. make baby drink the milk). 19. I don’t think Mitsu-ko ~
would understand a book like this even if you gave it to her to read, 20. Please
don’t tell that to Miss Hana-ko, 21. Tell Chékichi to take those eggs to Mr
Tanaka’s house (lit. make Chékichi carry those eggs and send him to Mr Ta-
naka’s place). 22. I’ll tell the servant to read this book. 23. Saburé is not.
very strong ; instead of studying so much I think it would be better to make him
travel a little. 24, Tell the servant to post this postcard and the parcel.
*‘ " BXERCISE 4.
y6 na : like ; similar. yubin-kyoku : post office.
y@ ni: like; in order to; so that; —kondo : this time ; next time.
often not translated. hoshii : desirous of having.
ka mo shire-nai : added at the end —-mezurashii ; rare ; Strange.
of a sentence to express uncer- kowasti (trans.) : to break.
tamty. tsutsumu : to wrap up.
1. Watashi mo Yamada San no yé na tima wo ip-piki kaimasit (C). 2. Man-—
kichi no y6 na otoko ni wa kamawa-nai hé ga yokaré (B). 3. Teru-ko San no
yo na yasashit mustiime wa mezurashii (B). 4. Watashi mo Hana-ko San no
yo na empitsti ga hoshii (B). 5. Bédshi wo o kai nasaimashita ka? (D).
6. Iie, Hana-ko San no y6 na no ga arimasen deshita kara, kaimasen deshita (C).
7. Kono bin wo kowasa-nai y6 ni aratte o kure (A). 8. Takeo ni isogashii
kara, kondo no doy6-bi ni kaeru y6 ni tegami wo kaite kudasai (C). 9. Kuruma-
ya ni hachi-ji ni kuru y6 ni itte o-ide (A). 10. Kono hon wo ko-zutsumi de
okuru yo ni tsutsunde o kure (A). 11. Ko-zutsumi ga kinyd no asa tsiiku yo ni
dashite kudasai (C). 12. K6 iu (yd na) kami ga arimasti ka? (C). 13. Mé
stikoshit ti no ga hoshii no desi (C). 14. Kono hd ga sore yori ii ka mo
shiremasen (C). 15. Kyé wa ame ga furu ka mo shiremasen kara, kasa wo
0 mochi nasaru hé ga yé gozaimashé (D). 16. Watashi ni tegami ga kite iru ka
‘mo shire-nai kara, yibin-kyoku e itte mite o kure (A). 17. Yamaguchi San
no tonari ni iru hito wa Terada San deshé ka? (C). 18. S6 ka mo shire-nai (B).
19. Brown San wa kondo wa itsti Nihon e o-ide nasaru no deshé ka? (C).
20. Konaida kiite mita ga, kotoshi wa korare-nai ka mo shire-nai to itte ita (B).
21. Taré wa ashita no ban nii-san to issho ni kaeru no ka mo shire-nai (B).
22. Kono hako wa daiku ga koshiraeta no de gozaimasii ka? (D). 23. Tie, ani
ga koshiraeta no ka mo shire-nai (B). 24. O té-san no jama wo shi-nai
y6 nt o shi nasai (A). 25. Ashita no asa roku-ji no kisha de iku yd ni hayaku
okimashé (C).
1. I also am going to buy a horse like Mr Yamada’s. 2. You had better
take no notice of a man like Mankichi. 3. It’s seldom you find such a sweet-
tempered girl as Miss Teru-ko. 4. I also would like a pencil like Miss Hana-ko’s.
5. Did you buy a hat? 6. No, I didn’t buy one as I couldn’t find one like Miss
Hana-ko’s. 7. Wash this bottle and don’t break it. (lit. wash this bottle in such
a way that you do not break,it). 8. Write to Takeo and tell him to come back
on Saturday as I’ve a lot of work to do. 9. Go and tell the rikisha-man to be
here at eight o’clock. 10. Wrap up this parcel (in a way suitable) to send by
post. 11. Send the parcel so that it will arrive on Friday morning. 12. Have
you got any paper like this ? 13. I want some a little better. 14. I think this
kind is better than that. 15. I thmk you had better take an umbrella as I
believe it will rain today. 16. As I think there may be a letter for me, go to
the post office and find out. 17. I wonder if the man next to Mr Yama-
guchi is Mr Terada? 18. I believe he is. 19. When do you think Mr Brown
will come again to Japan? 20. I asked a few days ago and he said that he
didn’t expect to be able to come this year. 21. I think Taro will return
tomorrow with his brother. 22. Was this box made by a carpenter? 23. No,
I think my brother made it. 24. Don’t disturb your father (lit. behave so as
not to disturb). 25. Let’s get up early tomorrow morning so as to catch the
six o’clock train.
¢
EXERCISE: 422% -
tsumori ; intention. kega ; wound.
_ hazw : obligation ; fitness; reason- =natst% : summer.
able expectation ; conviction. naoru ; to get well; get mended.
ashi : leg ; foot. noboru ; to ascend.
-atama ; head. isshdkemmei : with all one’s might and
inaka: country (as opposed to main ; with concentrated attention.
town). | sukkari : completely.
- karada : body.
- 1. Kotoshi ‘no natst wa dé nasaru o tsumori de gozaimast: ka? (D). 2. Dimo
karada ga warui dest kara, Yumoto e itte, fiita-tstiki gurai ite kuru tsumort dest
(C). 8. Karada ga naottara isshékemmei (ni) Ei-go wo benkyé suru tsumori da
(B). 4. Kyé wa Yamada San no uchi e iku tsumori dest (C). 5. Ashi no kega
ga naottara Fuji-san e noboru tsumori desi (C). 6. Omae wa shujin ni yobareta
toki wa sugu ni iku hazu da(A). 7. Kyé uchi kara tegami ga kuru hazu desi —
kara, kitara sugu ni mise e motte kite kudasai (C). 8.Kono jibiki wa ano hon-ya
ni aru hazu desti (C). 9. Ano mise ni ké iu hon ga aru hazu wa nai (B). 10. Ano
ito no yé ni isshikemmei ni benkyé sureba Ei-go ga jozu ni naru hazu dest (C).
11. Taré ga Hana-ko San no banchi wo shitte iru hazu ga arimasen (C). 12.
Hikidashi ni jai-yen aru hazu da kara, motte kite o kure (A). 13. Karita mono wa
kaesti hazu ja arimasen ka? (B). 14. Atama ga warukiite shigoto ga dekimasen -
kara, inaka e iku tsumori de gozaimasti (D).. 15. O kega. wa dé nasaimashita ?
(D). 16. Arigaté gozaimasti ; mé sukkari naorimashita (D). 17. Sore wa yo
gozaimashita (D). 18. Otéto San wa Nikké kara o kaeri nasaimashita ka? (D).
19. Lie, mada desi ; ku-gatsti ni natte kara, kaeru tsumori deshé (C). 20. Yamada
San no bydki wa ikaga de gozaimasi ka? (D). . 21. Démo naora-nai de
komarimast (C). 22. Kyé wa Ueno e iku tsumori datta ga, iya ni natta kara, yosd
(B). 23. Inaka wa fuben desti kara, ammari stiki ja arimasen (C).
1. What do you intend to do this summer? 2. As I am not feeling at all
well, I intend to go to Yumoto (and stay there) for a couple of months. 3. When
I get well again, I intend to study English as hard as I can. 4. I intend to go
to Mr Yamada’s house today. 5. When my foot gets well, Iimtend to go u
Mount Fuji. 6. You must go to your master as soon as he calls you. 7. I
am expecting a letter from home today ; as soon as it comes bring it to the
office. 8. You ought to find this dictionary at that bookseller’s. 9. They
don’t keep books like this at that shop. 10. You would make great progress
in English if you studied as hard as that man does. | 11. There’s no reason
why Taro should know Miss Hana-ko’s address. 12. There ought to be ten
yen ‘im the drawer, bring them. 13. Don’t you know yet that when you
borrow things you must return them?’ 14. I am feeling tired and I can’t
do my work properly, so I intend to go to the country (lit. my head is bad).
15. How is your wound getting on? 16. Thanks, I am completely well again
now. 17. I am very pleased to hear it. 18. Is your brother back from Nikkdé—
yet? 19. No, not yet; he intends to come back in September (lit. after it
becomes September). 20. How is Mr Yamada (who has been ill) getting on ?
21. I am feeling very anxious about him because he gets no better. 22. I
intended to go to Ueno today but I no,longer feel inclined to go, so I won’t
(lit. it has become distasteful). 28. I am not very fond of the country, I find
it inconvenient. :
EXERCISE 43.
Y6 da is used after verbs, true adjectives, or quasi-adjectives in na or no:
tt means semblance or appearance.
._ 6 da is used after verbs, true adjectives, or quasi-adjectives in na: it means
they say, I hear, that, he says, ete.
gin : silver. seiyd : the West ; Europe, America.
henji : answer. seiyo no : foreign.
kaban : trunk ; travelling bag. seiyo-jin ; a foreigner.
_penjiku : penholder. kono-goro : now-a-days ; lately.
Saji: spoon. kyonen : last year. ss
tana : shelf. okure’ru : to be late, behind time. :
itat : painful. yameru: to cease; stop; leave off;
kara no.: empty. ; give up.
1. Ame ga furu y6 da kara, ky6 wa sentaku wo shi-nai hé gu ti (B). 2. Taré
wa kono-goro yoku benky6 shite iru y6 dest (C). 3. Kotoshi wa kyonen yori atsui
yo de gozaimasti (D). 4. Ano 6ki na tstikue wa fuben na yé da (B). 5. Ano hito
wa seiyo-jin no yo da (B). 6. Ano saji wa gin no yd desi (C). 7. Ano tana ni
aru bin wa kara no y6 da ga, motte kite goran (A). 8. Astiko ni aru no ga wata-
kushi no kaban no yo de gozaimast (D). 9. Ano seiyd no shimbun wa Terada San
no da s6 desi: (C). 10. Kono tabako wo Suzuki San ni okutte agemashé ka? (C).
11. Suzuki San wa tabako wo o yame nas’ tia s6 desi kara, okutte agete mo dame
desh6 (C). 12. O isha ni yameru yé. ni iwareta no da s6 da (B). 18. Kore wa
Jird San no penjiku no y6 da, motte itte kiite goran (B). 14. Jird San no de wa
nai s6 de gozaimast (D). 15. Go-ji no kisha wa ji-go-fun okureru sé da (B). 16.
Yamada San kara henji ga kita ka, 0 kd-san ni kiite kudasai (C). 17. Mada
ko-nai s6 desti (C). 18. Kado no kudamono-ya wa takai 86 desi kara, astiko de
kawa-nai de kudasai (C). 19. Yamada San no inu wa taihen riké na s6 da (B).
20. O Matst wa atama ga itakitte kyd wa okirare-nai sé da (B). 21. Tathen.
warui yo da kara, 0 isha wo yobé (B). 22. Ani wa karada ga yowai kara, mise
wo yamete inaka e iku sé desi (C). 23. Danna sama wa kono-goro ikaga de gozai-
mast ka? (D). 24. Kiné tegami ga kimashita ga, m6 sukkari naotta s6 dest (C).
1. You had better not do your washing today, it looks like rain. 2. Taro
appears to be studying very hard lately. 3. It seems to me that it’s hotter
this year than last. 4. That big desk looks inconvenient. 5. That man looks
like a foreigner. 6. Those spoons look like silver. 7.1 believe that bottle on the
shelf is empty, bring it. 8. That bag there looks like mine. 9. I hear that
foreign newspaper belongs to Mr Terada. 10. Shall I send this tobaceo to Mr
Suzuki? 11. They say Mr Suzuki has given up smoking, so it will probably be
useless to send it to. him. 12. They say the doctor told him to give it up. 13.
_ This penholder looks like JirG’s ; take it and see if it ts. 14. Master Jir6é says
it’s not his. 15. They say the five o’clock train is fifteen minutes late. 16.
Go and ask mother if an answer has come from Mr Yamada. 17. She says no
answer has come yet. 18. They say the fruit-shop at the corner Is dear, . So
please don’t buy anything there. 19. ‘They say Mr Yamada’s dog is very
clever. 20. Matsu says she has a headache and can’t get up today. 21. It
" seems to ache so badly I think I’ll call a doctor. 22. As my brother is weak I
hear he is going to leave the office and go to the country. 238. How has your
husband been lately? 24. A letter came yesterday and he says he ts quite
well again now,
EXERCISE: 44.
hidari : the left-hand stde. aoi : green ; blue; pale.
kao : face. daiji na : important ; precious.
kiisuri : medicine ; something good — shizuka na : quiet. -
for the health. ne‘ru : to lie down ; sleep.
‘.-me : eye. | yasumu ; to rest.
migi : the right-hand side. dé ka : somehow or other.
te : hand.
__ 1. Omae wa aoi kao wo shite iru, dé ka shita no ka? (A). 2. Onaka ga itai no
desti (C). 3. Sore wa ike-nai. O isha ni mite morau hé ga wi (B). 4. Tie,
' kamawa-nai de oite mo naoru deshé (C). 5. Kono kiisuri wo nonde shizuka ni
0 ne nasai (C). 6. O te wo dé nasaimashita? (D). 7. Kega wo shita no dest ;
_ migi dest kara, zuibun fuben dest (C). 8. Taré wa hidari no me ga warukiitte o
isha ni itte iru (B). 9. Watakishi wa sengetst bydki de mise wo yasumimashita
(C). 10. Dézo 0 karada wo o.daiji ni nas’tte kudasai (D). 11. S6 iu chiisat ji
no hon wo yomu to me ga waruku narimasi (C). 12. Kisuri wo kai ni jochit
- wo yatteo kure (A). 13. Kiné Hana-ko San no 0 uchi e ikimashita ga, Hana-ko
San wa go byoki deshita kara, aimasen deshita (C). 14. Kono-goro watashi wa
- démo atama ga itakitte ikemasen kara hito-tstiki gurai shizuka na tokoro e iké to
omoimast (C). 15. Jiré wa onaka ga itai s6 desti ; ammari kudamono wo tabeta
kara deshé (C). 16. Sore de wa kono kiisuri wo nomasete o yari nasai (B). 17.
Karada no warui toki wa ko-nai de ii (A). 18. Yamada San kara mada henji
ga kimasen ga, byéki ka mo shiremasen (C). 19. Tegami wo dashite kiite mimashé
(C). 20. O yasumi nasai (C). 21. Jochii ga atama ga itai to itte nete iru (B).
22. Mustiko san ga o kega wo nas’tta s6 de gozaimast ga ikaga de gozaimast ka?
(D). 23. Arigaté gozaimasti. Taihen na kega de wa gozaimasen ga, naoru made
toka gurai kakaru daré to o isha ga timashita (D). 24. Kono ko wa kiisuri wo
nomu no ga kirai de démo komaru (B). 25. O Matsi wa ky6 wa ichi-do mo gohan
wo tabe-nai kara, o isha wo yonde mite morawa-nakereba nara-nai (B).
1. You are pale, ts anything the matter with you? 2. I have a stomach-
ache. 3. Iam sorry to hear it. You had better see a doctor. 4. Oh no, if I
leave it alone and take no notice of tt, no doubt, I’ll get well again. 5. Take
this medicine and lie down quietly. 6. What have you done to your hand ?.
7. I’ve hurt myself; as it’s my right hand I find it very inconvenient. 8.
Tar6d’s left eye is bad, he yoes to the doctor. 9. I was ill last month and on
that account I was absent from the office. 10. Please take great care of your-
self. 11. If you read books with such small print, you’l! damage your eyesight.
12. Send the servant to buy the medicine. 13. I went to see Miss Hana-ko
yesterday, but as she was ill I didn’t see her. 14. As I have been greatly trou-
- bled lately with my headaches, I am thinking of going to some quiet place for a
_monthor so. 15. Jird says he’s got a stomach-ache, I’ve no doubt, it’s because
he’s been eating too much fruit. 16. Well then, give him this medicine to take.
17. You needn’t come when you are not feeling well. 18. Mr Yamada hasn’t
answered (my letter) yet, he may be ill. 19. I’ll write and inquire. 20. Good
night. 21. The servant is lying down, she says she’s got a headache. 22. I’ve _
heard that your son hurt himself, how is he now? 23. Thanks, it’s nothing
sertous, the doctor says he will be well again m about ten days. 24. I really
don’t know what to do with this child, he does so dislike taking medicine. 25.
. Matsu hasn’t eaten anything today, I must send for the doctor. sy
EXERCISE 45.
ato-oshi : rtktsha push-man. isogu : to hurry.
machi ; town ; street. ma ni au: to be in time; serve the
saka: an inclined road; hill (up purpose.
or down). tome’ru (trans.) : to stop.
abunai : dangerous. yatou : to engage ; employ.
toi : far. ue : above ; on the top of.
wakai : young.
1. Kuruma wo yonde kure (A). 2. Kono kuruma wa furukiitte ike-nai, hoka
no wo yonde kure (A). 3. Wakai kuruma-ya no hé gaii(B). 4. Ueno made
tkura? (B). 5. Go-jis-sen itadakité gozaimasti (D). 6. Go-jis-sen ja ammari
takai. Tabi-tabi notta koto ga aru kara, taitei shitte iru (B). 7. Ame ga futte
tathen michi ga wart gozaimast kara, o takaku wa gozaimasen (D). 8. Keredomo,
sugu soko ja nai ka? yon-jis-sen de ii dard? (A). 9. Sore de wa komarimasi,
-mo go-sen kudasaimasen ka? (D). 10. Ja sé shiyé (B). 11. Jikan de yatoitai,
ichi-jikan ikura? (A). 12. Ti tokoro e o-ide nasaimast ka? (D). 138. Ichiban
toi tokoro wa Aoyama da (B). 14. Ginké e itte o kure (A). 15. Hayaku ika-nai
to ma ni awa-nai (B). 16. Tokei-ya no mae de tomete o kure (A). 17. Isotde saka
wo orite wa tke-nai, abunai kara (A). 18. Ginké wa nani machi ni gozaimast ka?
(D). 19. Sono saka no sugu ue da (B). 20. Ato-oshi wo o yobi nasai (A). 21.
Go-ji no kisha ni ma ni au y6 ni sitkoshi isoide o kure(A). 22. Hayaku ikeba mo
jis-sen yaré (B). 28. Yibin-kyoku e itte kure (A). 24. Koko ni matte ite morai-
tai (A). 25. Dare ka ni michi wo kiki nasai (A). 26. Atama ga itai no da kara,
shizuka ni itte moraitai (A). 27. Ammari isoga-nai de o kure (A). 28. Siiteishon
-made dono gurai kakaru ka? (A).. 29. San-jip-pun de mairimasi (D). 30.
Ginké wa doko de gozaimasti ka? (D). 31. Sono kado wo migi e magaru to sugu
ginké no mae ni deru (B). 32. Yo-ji mae ni tsiikitai no da, hayaku itte o kure (A).
33. Kono saka wa abunai kara, orite aruite iké (B). 34. Ano hon-ya de kai-mono
wo suru kara, tomete moraitai (A).
1. Calla rikisha. 2. This rikisha won’t do, tt’s too old; call another one.
3. A young rikisha-man would be better. 4. How much do you charge to go
to Ueno? 5. Fifty sen. 6. Fifty sen is too dear. I.have often been there
and I know the proper price. 7. As it has rained and the roads are very bad,
I really don’t think it’s too much. 8. Well, but it’s only a short distance, will
you go for forty sen? 9. That is too little, can’t you give me five sen more ?
10. Well, I will do so. 11. I want to engage you by the hour; how much an
hour? 12. Are you going far? 13. The farthest place I am going to is Aoyama.
14. Go to the bank. 15. If you don’t go quickly I won’t be there in time.
16. Stop at that watchmaker’s. 17. Don’t go too fast down the hills, it is
dangerous. 18. In what street is the bank? 19. It’s just on the top of that
hill. 20. Call a push-man. 21. Hurry up a little so as to catch the five
o’clock train. 22. If you go quickly I’ll give you ten sen more. 23. Go to the
post office. 24. Wait here. 25. Ask somebody the road. 26. I want you to
go slowly as I have a headache. 27. Don’t go too quickly. 28. How long
does it take to go to the station ? 29. I can go in thirty minutes. 30. Where
is the bank? 31. Turn to the right at: that corner and you'll soon come to
the bank. 382. I wish to get there before four o’clock, so hurry up. 38. This —
hill is dangerous, I’ll get down and walk. 384, I want to stop at that book-
seller’s as I have some purchases to make,
se 2+ Oo > = Pe on +) a ee en Oe ee t48 ye a.
5 ate : a, 7 aot vi Se o) *
x NPS ta te Shan ete mae kat 6 Ss
EXERCISE 46.
akabé : railway porter. téru : to pass.
ofiiku : there and back ; return. tstikau : to use.
-t6 : class (as 1st, 2nd, or 8rd class). soba : beside ; near.
it-t6 : first class. tsugi no : next. pia)
ni-t6 : second class. yuki (from yuku, the correct form of the
san-t6 : third class. verb to go) : used after destination of ©
azuke’ru : to give in deposit. trains, ships, ete.
nose’ru : to put on to. ;
1. Kyéto-yuki no kisha wa nan-ji ni demast ka? (C). 2. Hachi-ji ni demast
(C). 38, Kippu wo uru tokoro wa doko deshé? (C). 4. Kébe it-t6 ichi-mai (B).
5. Tokyo ofiiku ni-t6 sam-mai kudasai (C). 6. Kono kippu wa iku-nichi tstikae-
mast ka? (C). 7. Kyéto de orite mo ii no desi ka? (C). 8. Koko de tabako wo
nonde mo kamaimasen.ka? (C). 9. Akabé wo yonde kure (A). 10. Kono kaban
wo kisha no naka e motte itte ii desti ka? (C). 11. Kono 6ki na nimotst wo fitaisi
Kobe made azuketai (B). 12. Tsugi no stiteishon wa nan to timast ? (C).
13. Kono kisha wa Kyéto e nan-ji ni tsikimast ? (C). 14. Nimotst wa kimashita
ka? (C).. 15. Hai, mé kuruma ni nosemashita (C). 16. Kono densha wa Shim-
bashi stiteishon no soba wo torimast ka? (C). 17. Shimbashi e nori-kae-nai de
ikaremast ka? (C). 18. Kono tsugi no ni noreba nori-kae-nai de ikareru (B).
19. Shinagawa-yuki wa koko de noru no desti ka? (C). 20. Iie, ano hon-ya no
mae kara noru no desi (C). 21. Hongé e iku no ni wa doko de nori-kaeru. no de
gozaimashé ? (D). 22. Suda-ché de o nori-kae nasareba y6 gozaimasti (D). 23.
Suda-ché wo shirimasen kara, kitara oshiete kudasai (C). 24. Kono tsugi wa
Suda-ché de gozaimasi (D). 25. Stiteishon no mae de orimast kara, tomete kudasai
(C). 26. Oftiku ikura dest ? (C). 27. Jis-sen desi (C). 28. Ame ga furu yo
desti kara, densha de kaer6 ja arimasen ka ? (C). 29. E, sé shimashé (C). 30.
Moshi ame ga futtara, densha wo orite kara, kuruma de iké (B). 31. Nimotst.ga
takiisan aru nara, densha de ika-nai de, kuruma de iku hé ga ti daré (B). 32.
Densha no hé ga hayai kara densha de iké (B).
1. At what time does the train for Kyoto leave? 2. At eight o’clock. — 3.
I wonder where the booking-office is? 4. One first Kobe. 5. Three second.
returns Tokyo. 6. How many days is this ticket available? 7. May I break
the journey at Kyoto? 8. Is smoking allowed here? 9. Call a porter. 10.
May I take this bag into the carriage with me? 11. I want to check these two
big trunks to Kobe. 12. What’s the name of the next station? 13. At what
time does this train arrive at Kyoto? 14. Has my luggage arrived? 15. Yes,
I have already put it on a rikisha. 16. Does this tram-car pass near Shimbashi
station? 17. Can I go to Shimbashi without changing cars? 18. If you
take the following car you needn’t change. 19. Is this the place where one takes
(the tram-car) for Shinagawa? 20. No, m front of that bookseller’s. 21.
Where must I change for Hongo? 22. Change at Suda-chd. 23. As I
don’t know where Suda-ché is, please tell me when we get there. 24. The next
stop is Suda-ch6. 25. As I want to get off at the station, please stop. 26.
How much is a return ticket ? 27. Ten sen. 28, As it looks like rain, let’s go
back by tram-car. 29. All right, let’s do so. 30. Supposing it starts raining,
when we get off the tram-car, let’s take rtkishas. 31. If you have too many
parcels, instead of taking the tram-car you had better take a rikisha, 32, Let’s
go by tram-car, it’s faster. bly
eee ae ROLS B47.
kire : cloth. todoke’ru : to send to destination.
shimi : stain. yokost : to send (towards the speaker).
- teishaba : station. kitto : positively ; surely.
uke-tori : receipt. mukai : the opposite side.
fudan no : usual ; everyday. muké : beyond ; over there.
_ iru: to need. .
1. Teishaba e wa dore ga ichiban chikai michi desti ka? (C). 2. Kore ga ichiban
chikai (B). 8. Kéen e iku michi wa dochira de gozaimastt ka? (D). 4. Ano kado
wo hidari e magatte massugu ni o-ide nasai (C). 5. Kore wo ikeba Ueno sitteishon
e demasti ka? (C). 6. Tie, koko wo itte wa dame desi; teishaba wa muké desi
(C). 7. Tokei wo misete kudasai (C). 8. Kore wa taka-sugimasti, motto yasui no
_ ga arimasen ka? (C). 9. Yasui no de ti no desti (C). 10. Kore wo kaimasho.
. Kyo uchi e todokete kuremasen ka? (C). 11. Kane wa motte kita toki haraimasi
kara, uke-tori wo motte kite kudasai (C).. 12. Kodomo no béshi wo misete kudasai
(C). 13. Fudan no dest kara, s6 ii no wa irimasen (C). 14. Takai kara, yoshi-
_ masho (C). 15. Sono kire wo misete kudasaimasen ka? (C). 16. Koko ni shimi
ga arimast ; shimi ga aru no wa iya desi (C). 17. Kutsu wo koshiraete moraitai
dest ga, itsti dekiru deshé? (C). 18. Doyé-bi no gogo ni tori ni yokost kara, sore
made ni kitto koshiraete oite kure (A). 19. Ginkéd no mukai ni hon-ya ga aru,
soko de kd iu jibiki wo katte kite kure (A). 20. Kono empitsti wa ikura? (B).
21. Go-sen de gozaimasti (D). 22. Kore wo go-hon to ano avi kami wo hyaku-mai
kudasai (C). 23. Ko-zutsumi de okuru y6 ni tsutsunde kuremasen ka? Uke-tori
wo naka e irete kudasai (C). 24. Isogimast kara, hayaku shite moraitai dest (C).
25. Minna de ikura ni narimasti ? (C). 26. Yubin-kyoku wa doko ni arimast
ka? (C). 27. Koko kara migi no hé e o-ide nasaimast to gozaimast. Go-fun
gurai de ikaremasit (D). 28. Ko-zutsumi wa watakishi no hé de dashimashé ka?
- (D). 29. Tie, watashi ga dasé (B). 380. Sore de wa yiibin-kyoku made go issho
-, nt dare ka ni motasete agemashé (D).
~ :
1. Which is the nearest way to the station? 2. This is the nearest way. 3.
Which is the way to the park, please? 4. Turn to the left at that corner and
go straight on. 5. If I yo this way will it take me to Ueno station? 6. No,
- that’s not the way; the station is over there. 7. Please show me some watches.
8. These are too dear ; have you no other cheaper ones? 9. A cheap one will
do. 10. I will take this one. Please send it to my house today. 11, I'll pay
__ on delivery, so send the receipt at the same time. 12. Show me some children S
hats. 18. As it’s for everyday use I don’t want a very good one. 14. It’s too
- dear, I won’t take it. 15. Please show me that cloth. 16, There’s a stain
here, I don’t want anything soiled. 17. I want some boots made, when can _
you have them ready? 18. I’ll send for them on Saturday afternoon, so be
sure and have them ready by then. 19. There’s.a bookseller in front of ie
bank, go there and buy a dictionary like this. 20. How much is this pencil ?
_ 21. Five sen. 22. Give me five of these pencils and a hundred sheets of ome
_ blue paper. 23. Would you kindly pack them up so as to send by post ?
Enclose the receipted bill, please. 24. As I’m in a hurry, be quick te it,
_ please. 25. How much is it altogether? 26. Where is the post office 2 27.
Tf you go to the right (on leaving the shop) you’ll come to tt. | It’s about five
minutes’ walk. 28. Shall I send the parcel? 29. No, I will send it. 30.
_ Well then, allow me to send somebody to carry it for you to the post office.
2
EXERCISE 48. .
denwa : telephone. ; kakaru : used of the telephone.
go : language ; word. kake'ru: used of telegrams and tele-
kaki-tome : writing down ; registra- phone.
tion. todoku : to reach ; arrive.
owart-: end. chotto : a short time.
tsutsumi : parcel. tabun : perhaps.
1. Kono tegami wo kaki-tome ni shite dashite o kure (A). 2. Watashi ni tegami
' ga kita deshd? (C). 3. Tie, mairimasen (D). 4. Kono tegami wa ikura de tki-—
masti ka? (C). 5. Roku-sen, de ikimasi (C). 6. Ano tsutsumi wo Tanaka San
eo todoke nasai (A). 7. Dempoé wo kaketai kara, yiibin-kyoku e itte kure (A). 8.
Ei-go no dempé wo kakeraremasi ka? (C). 9. Ei-go no dempé wa ichi-go ikura ?
(B). 10. Koko de wa Ei-go no dempé wa kakeraremusen (C). 11. Yamada San,
dézo denwa wo chotto kashite kudasaimasen ka? (D). 12. E, 0 tstikai nasai (C).
13. Brown San wa nam-ban deshé ? (C). 14. Naniwa no sam-byaku-ji-ichi-ban
de gozaimasti (D). 15. O rusu ni Suzuki San kara denwa ga kakarimashita (D).
16. Suzuki San wa ashita no asa o-ide kudasaru sé de gozaimasti (D). 17.
Tanaka San ga irasshaimashitara, dézo denwa eo yobi kudasai (D). 18. Kono
ko-zutsumi wa Amerika e ikura de ikimasti ka ? (C). 19. Itst todokimasti ka ?
(C). 20. Tabun kongetsti no owari ni tsikimast (C). 21. Hana-ko San ga Kobe
kara o kaeri ni natta ka, denwa de kiite o kure (A). 22. Kesa ku-ji goro ni kono
kaki-tome ga mairimashita (D). 23. Kono kudamono wa ytbin de okurimasho
ka? (C). 24. Kisha no hé ga hayaku tstikimasi kara, kisha de o yari nasai (B).
25. Denwa de niku wo motte kuru y6 ni iimashé ka ? (C). 26. Denwa de wa sugu
ni motte ko-nai ka mo shire-nai kara, tori ni iku hé ga ti (B). 27. Danna sama
wa irasshaimasti ka? (D). 28. Yibe haha kara dempé ga kite, sugu ni inaka e
ikimashita (C). 29. Donata ka go bydki de gozaimasi ka? (D). 30. Lie, s6 ja
nai deshé to omoimasi (C). 31. Kono tegami wa san-sen de iku desho ka ? (C).
82. Omoi kara roku-sen kakarimasi (C). .
1. Send this letter by régistered post. 2. I wonder if a letter has come for
me? 8. No. 4. What’s the postage on this letter? 5. Six sen. 6. Send
that parcel to Mr Tanaka. 7. I want to send a telegram, take me to the post
office. 8. Can I send a telegram in English ? 9. How much does each word in |
_ English cost? 10. You can’t send a telegram in English from here. 11. Mr
Yamada, would you allow me the use of the telephone for a moment? 12.
Certainly. 13. What’s Mr Brown’s number? 14. Naniwa three hundred
and eleven. 15. While you were out Mr Suzuki called you up on the telephone.
16. Mr Suzuki says that he’ll come tomorrow morning. 17. If Mr Tanaka is at
home, please ask him to come to the telephone. 18. What’s the fee for sending
this parcel to America ?_ 19. When will it arrive? 20. Perhaps at the end of
this month. 21. Find out by telephone if Miss Hana-ko has returned from
Kobe. 22. This registered (letter) came this morning at about nine o’clock.
23. Shall I send this fruit by post ? 24. Send it by train, it will arrive sooner.
25, Shall I call up (the butcher) on the phone and ask him to send the meat ?
26, If you telephone for it they may not send it immediately, so you had better
send for it, 27. Is your husband at home ? 28. Yesterday evening a telegram
came from his mother and he immediately set out for the country. 29. Is
anybody ill? 380. No, I don’t think so. 31, Will this letter go for three sen?
32, It’s overweight, it will need six sen. - |
| EXERCISE 49.
-_gakké : school. seito : scholar ; pupil.
gomu : rubber ; gum. sensei : teacher. ;
hakuboku : chalk (for the black- chigau : to be different ; be mistaken.
board). machigae'ru : to (make a) mistake.
hatsuon : pronunciation. _ machigae ; machigai : mistake.
keiko : exercise ; lesson. © - oboe’ru : to remember; learn; under-—
kokuban : black-board. stand.
peiji : page. tku—mo : any number of ; several.
1. Gakko e 0-ide nasaimasti ka? (D). 2. Anata no irassharu gakké wa nan to
timast ka? (D). 38. Nihon-go Gakko to timast ; sensei wa Tanabe to iu hito de
gozaimasti (D). 4. Seito ga iku-nin imasii ka? (C). 5. San-~ji-nin gurai
orimast: (C). 6. Ky6 no keiko wa doko kara desti ka? (C). 7. Ji-ni peiji kara
de gozaimast (D). 8. Watakishi ga ichi-do yomimasi kara, mina-san yoku kiite
trasshai (C). 9. Brown San, anata yonde goran nasai (C). 10. Kokuban e
‘ken’ to katte goran nasai (C). 11. Sore wo hatsuon shite kudasai (C). 12.
Chigaimast,, ‘kéen’ no *k6’ wa nagaku hatsuon suru no dest. Mo ichi-do itte
goran nasai (C). 18. Kondo wa y6 gozaimast, iku-do mo hatsuon shite, yoku
oboete ite kudasai (C). 14. Smith San, ‘konnichi’ to kaite goran nasai. Haku-
boku wa ano-hako ni arimasti (C). 15. Sore de wa chigaimast. Jones San,
anata 0 kaki nasai (C). 16. S6 dest. ‘Konnichi’ wa ‘n’ ga fiitatsi aru no desi.
Smith San, machigae-nai yo ni yoku oboete kudasai (C). 17. Kami wo dashite,
watashi no yomu koto wo kaite kudasai (C), 18. Machigai wa ikutsi gozaimast
ka? (D). 19. Nanatsti gozaimast (D). 20. Gomu wo wasurete motte kimasen
deshita, dézo anata no wo kashite kudasaimasen ka? (D). 21. E, 0 tsitkai nasai
(C). 22. Ky6 wa ju-shi peiji made ni shimashé (C). 23. Koko wa muzukashia
gozaimasti kara, 0 kaeri ni natte kara, iku-do mo o yomi ni natte kudasai (D).
' 24. Kono tsugi no tokoro wo o uchi de ichi-do yonde o-ide nasai (C). 25. Moshi
shira-nai ji ga attara, jibiki wo goran nasai (C). 26. Ano kata wa anata no
. Nihon-go no sensei de gozaimasii ka? (D). 27. Tie, ano kata wa sensei no
0 td-san de gozaimasi (D).
1. Do you go to school? 2. What is the name of the school you go to? 3.
It is called the Japanese Language School; the teacher is called Tanabe. 4.
How many pupils are there? 5. There are about thirty. 6. Where does
today’s lesson begin? 7. It begins at page twelve. 8. I am going to read
it once; all of you pay great attention. 9. Mr Brown, please read that. 10.
Write the word ‘kden’ on the black-board. 11. Pronounce that word. 12.
That is not right ; the ‘kd’ of ‘kéen’ is pronounced long. Please say it again.
13. That is right now. Pronounce it over and over again so as not to forget it.
14. Mr Smith, write the word ‘konnichi’.’ There ts some chalk in that box. 15.
That is wrong. Mr Jones, you write it. 16. Yes, that’s right. ‘Konnichi’ has
two n’s. Mr Smith, remember it well so as not to make the mistake again.
17. Take some paper and write down what I’m going to dictate. 18. How
many mistakes have you made? 19. Seven. 20. I forgot to bring my
india-rubber ; will you please lend me yours? 21. Certainly. 22. We'll do
_ today as far as page fourteen. 23. As this part is difficult, when you go back
home, read it over several times. 24. Read over the next lesson once at home.
25. If there are any words that you don’t know, look them up in your dictionary.
26. Is that gentleman your Japanese teacher? 27. No, he is my teacher’s
father. :
EXERCISE 50.
The object of this Exercise is to draw attention to the: fact, notiecd no doubt
already by the student, that there are many words in Japanese pronounced alike
_ or nearly alike, and verbs which are alike in some inflexions but not in others.
hen : region. | ki : spirit.
shio : salt. ki wo tstike'ru : to take care; pay atten-
tomodachi : friend. tion.
yofiku : foreign clothes. * kanari : rather. :
1. Kuruma-ya ni ttle, ni-ji ni kuru yo ni itte o kure (A). 2. Hoteru ni iru to
kane ga iru kara, yado-ya ni iru hd ga i (B). 3. Mise de Yamada San ni atte,
han-jikan gurai hanashita ; “Yamada San wa shigoto ga takisan atte, nichiyé ni
mo yasume-nai to itte ita (B). 4. Toru hito ga kudamono wo toru kamo shire-nai
kara, ki wo tstikete o-ide (A). 5. Hana-ko San wa kind uchi e yoftiku wo kite kita
(B). 6. Ammari ti o tenki desi kara, sampo ni tko ja arimasen ka? (C). 7.
Ky6 wa atama ga itai kara, uchi ni itai (B). 8. Nii-san wa ni-san-nichi Hakone
ni iru to itte tegami wo yokoshimashita (C). 9. Akai empitst wo go-hon to kono
hon wo ko-zutsumi de Tar6é ni okutte yarimashé (C). 10. Jis-sen no kitte wo katte
kite kure ; sugu ni itte o-ide (A). 11. Anata wa Kyéto wo shitte imasi ka? (C).
12. E, kyo-nen no natsti ano hen wo ryoké shite, kanari yoku shitte imasi (C). 138.
Kono tsubo wo kudasaimasen ka ? (D). 14. Sore ni wa shio wo iremasi kara,
irimasti (C). 15. Tanaka San wa o kd-san ga go bydki de kesa go-ji no kisha deo
uchi e o kaeri nasaimashita (D). 16. Tard wo yonde sono tegami wo yonde kikase
nasai (A). 17. Tomodachi ni atiara, jibiki wa Naka-ya ni atta to itte kudasai (C).
18. Jiré no tokoro e itte, ky wa ame ga furu y6 da kara, ko-nai de ii to 0 ti nasai
(B). 19. Kono densha ni wa watashi no kirai na hito ga orimasi kara, orimast
(C). 20. Hana-ko San ga Amerika e iku to kiita ga, s6 daré ka? Hana-ko San
no 0 kd-san ni kiite kite kudasai (B). 21. E, kitite kite agemashé (C). 22. Tonari
no kodomo wa uchi no mae wo téru to kitto hana wo toru ; démo iya na ko da (B).
1. Go and tell the rikisha-man to come here at two o’clock. 2. If you stop
at a hotel it is very expensive (lit. a lot of money is needed) ; so you had better
stop ata Japanese inn. 3. I met Mr Yamada at the office, and we had about
half an hour’s talk. Mr Yamada has so much to do that he says he does not ~
rest even on Sundays. 4. Passers-by may pick the fruit, so take care. 5.
Miss Hana-ko put on foreign clothes yesterday and came to see me. 6. It’s
such lovely weather, let’s go for a walk. 7. I’ve godt a headache today, so I
want to stay at home. 8. My brother wrote saying that he was going to stay
two or three days at Hakone. 9. I'll send five red pencils and this book to Taro
by parcel post. 10. Go and buy a ten-sen stamp, and be quick about it. 11.
Do you know Kydéto? 12. Yes, I was travelling about there last (year in the)
summer, so I know it fairly well. 13. Please give me this jar. 14. I need it
as Luse it for putting salt in. 15. Mr Tanaka’s motheris ill, he went home this
morning by the five o’clock train. 16. Call Tard and read that letter to him.
17. If you meet your friend please tell him that I found the dictionary at Naka-
ya’s. 18. Go to Jir6é’s house and tell him that he needn’t come today as it
looks like rain.. 19. There’s a man I hate in this tram-car, so I'll get off. 20.
I’ve heard that Miss Hana-ko is going to America, I wonder if that is so? Go
_ and ask her mother. 21. Very well, T’ll go and ask her. 22. Whenever the
child from next door happens to pass in front of our house, he is sure to ee
some flowers ; he’s a most objectionable boy.
EXERCISE=51.
Article. Nouns : gender, number. Study 174—180.
gejo : maid-servant. oji : uncle.
geta : clogs. ondort : cock. ,
kunt: country; province; one’s shalu : foot (measure).
native place. tori : bird.
mendori : hen. wa : aux. num. for counting birds.
nen : year. hobo : on all sides ; everywhere.
oba : aunt.
1. Ano kago ni tori ga iru (B). 2. Kiné katta isu wo motte o-ide nasai (B).
3. Tamago wo hitotsi Saburé ni yatte kudasai (C). 4. Kono kire wa shaku de
go-jis-sen de gozaimast (D). 5. Watakishi wa tstiki ni ni-do haha ni ai ni kuni e
kaerimast (C). 6. Ushi to iu mono wa tsuyoi mono da (B). 7. Anata wa geta
_ to iu mono wo shitte imasti ka? (C). 8&. Hakodate to iu tokoro e 0-ide ni natta koto
ga gozaimasti ka? (D). 9. Hai, otdto ga imast kara, taitei nen ni san-do gurai
tkimast (C). 10. Kyonen oji to oba to watashi to san-nin de Fuji-san ni nobori-
mashita (C). 11. Oba no tokoro ni wa ondori ga sam-ba, mendori ga jia-shichi-wa
imast kara, itst de mo atarashii tamago ga arimasti (C). 12. Tonari ni wa me-
ushi ga ni-hiki iru ; o-ushi wa i-nai (B). 18. Kodomo-tachi wa hébé sagashi-
mashita ga, imasen (C). 14. Gejo ga bydki de nete imasi kara, wataktishi wa
zuibun isogashia gozaimast (D).. 15. Kamakura e iku ni wa Ofuna to iu tokoro
de nori-kaeru no dest: (C). 16. Yokohama e tabi-tabi o-ide nasaimasii ka? (1D).
17. Nanuka ni ichi-do iku (B). 18. Kono kire wa ikura desti ka? (C). 19. Shaku
de san-jit-has-sen de gozaimast (D). 20. Sore wo roku-shaku kaimashé (C). 21.
Shina to iu kuni wa zuibun oki na kuni de gozaimasti (D). 22. Amerika e o-ide
nasaimashitara, tsiki ni ichi-do wa kitto o tegami wo kudasai (D). 23. Wata-
ktishi no Ei-go no sensei wa Thompson to iu Igiristi no hito de gozaimast (D).
24. Jibiki ga arimashita ka? (C). 25. Hébé no hon-ya de kiite mimashita ga,
_ gozaimasen deshita (D). 26. Sono akai himo wa shaku de ikura? (B). 27. Sore
-wo san-jaku kudasai (C). 28. Ano uchi no kodomo-tachi wa minna riké na sé
desit (C).
1. There is a bird in that cage. 2. Bring the chair I bought yesterday. 3.
Please give Sabur6 an egg. 4. This cloth is fifty sen a foot. 5. Igo home twice
a month to see my mother. 6. The bull is a strong animal. 7. Do you know
what geta are? 8. Have you ever been to (a place called) Hakodate? 9. Yes,
my younger brother is living there, so I generally go there three times a year.
10. Last year I went up Mount Fuji with my uncle and aunt (three of us al-
together). 11. At my aunt’s house there are three cocks and seventeen hens,
so there are always fresh eggs. 12. My neighbour has two cows, but he hasn’t
got a bull. 13. I’ve looked for the children everywhere but I can’t find them.
14. I am very busy as the maid-servant is ill in bed. 15. To go to Kamakura
you must change at a place called Ofuna. 16. Do you go frequently to Yoko-
hama? 17. I go once a week. 18. What is the price of this cloth? 19.
Thirty-eight sen a foot. 20. I'll take six feet. 21. China is a very big country,
22. While you are away in America be sure to write to me at least once a month.
23. My English teacher is an Englishman called Thompson. 24. Did you find
the dictionary ? 25. I inquired at all the booksellers but I couldn’t find it.
26. What is the price a foot of that red cord? 27. Please give me three feet.
28. They say that all the children of that house are very clever.
_ " x. 1s ey an 8 ” ih
. : ¥ ae : es" 5
EXERCISE 52.
Derivative and compound concrete nouns. Study 181, 1--5.
fiikuro : bag. asobu : to play.
te-bukuro : gloves. _ asobi : game.
kuchi : mouth ; opening. asobi ni iku: to go (somewhere) for
de-guchi : exit. pleasure ; visit. ,
kugi : nail ; peg. hiku’: to pull; draw ; lead.
mado-kake : curtain. kake'ru : to hang.
wa ; wheel ; hoop. mawast (trans.) : to turn round.
yubi : finger. yogore'ru ; to get soiled, dirty.
1. Taré to Jiré ga wa wo mawashite asonde imasi (C). 2. Komban omoshiroi
asobi wo shiyé to omoimast kara, shichi-ji ni o-ide kudasai (D). 3. Anata nani
ka ii 0 kangae ga gozaimashitara, dézo 0 hanashi kudasai (D). 4. Yamada San
~ gaanata ni o hanashi ga arw to itte o-ide nasaimashita (D). 5. Ashita Kamakura
e asobi ni iku toki kono fiikuro e kudamono wo irete irasshai (C). 6. Te-bukuro
wo dashite o kure (A). 7. Hana-ko wa doko e ikimashita? (C). 8. Yubi ni kega
wo shite, ichi-jikan mae ni 0 isha e ikimashita (C). 9. Anata no yubi-wa wa tathen
kirei de gozaimastt (D). 10. Kesa roku-ji goro Sankichi ga kuruma wo hiite
’ t6rimashita (C). 11. Béshi no uke-tori wa tstikue no hidari no hikidashi ni trete
oki nasai (A). 12. Kimono wo ano kugi ni kakete ok6 (B). 18. Mado-kake ga
yogoreta kara, sentaku sashite o kure (A). 14. Kuchi wo akete goran nasai (C)..
15. De-guchi wa dochira de gozaimasti ka? (D). 16. De-guchi wa muko ni
arimastii (C). 17. Omae wa.uchi ni iru to jama da kara, kéen ni itte asonde o-ide
(A). 18. Kono mado-kake wa furuku natta kara, atarashii no wo kaé (B). 19.
Oji san ni kono yubi-wa wo itadakimashita (D). 20. Kore wa donata no te-
bulkwro de gozaimashé ? (D). 21. Hana-ko San no ka mo shire-nai (B). 22.
Oba san ga omoshiroi hanashi wo kikashite kudasaru s6 desti kara, itte mo yo
gozaimast ka? (D). 28. E, itte o-ide nasai (A). 24. Hana-ko San no tokoro de~
iro-iro no asobi wo shite, zuibun omoshirokatta (B). 25. Tstikue no hikidashi wo
s0ji shite, ira-nai mono wa minna siitete shimaimashé (C). 26. Mado-kake no —
sentaku wo shimashita ka? (C). 27. Hai, m6 sugu ni kawakimashé (C).
1. Tard and Jir6 are playing, rolling their hoops. 2. We are going to play an
amusing game this evening, so please come at seven o’clock. 3. If you have a
good idea please tell it to me. . 4. Mr Yamada came and said that he had some-
thing he wanted to tell you. 5.,.When you go to Kamakura tomorrow take
some fruit in this bag. 6. Get out my gloves. 7. Where did Hana-ko go to?
8. She hurt her finger and went to the doctor an hour ago. 9. Your ring is
really very pretty. 10. This morning at six o’clock Sankichi passed by here
pulling a rikisha.. 11. Put the receipt for the hat in the left-hand drawer of my
Gesk. 12. I’ll hang my dress on that nail.. 13. The curtains are dirty, have
‘them washed. 14. Open your: mouth please. 15. Where is the exit? 16.
The exit is over there. 17. (If you are) at home you are in the way, so go and
play in the park. 18. These curtains are old, 1’ll buy some new ones. 19. My
uncle gave me this ring. 20. Whose gloves are these? 21. I believe they are
Miss Hana-ko’s. 22. My aunt says that,she is going to tell us an amusing
story, may we go (to her house)? 23. All right. 24. I amused myself a great
deal at Miss Hana-ko’s house, we played several games. 25. I'll clean out the
drawers of my desk and throw away all the things I don’t want. 26. Have
you washed the curtains? 27. Yes, they will soon be dry.
EXERCISE 53.
Derivative and compound concrete nouns. Study from 181, 6 to the end of
the paragraph.
aka-gane : copper. niwa : garden.
_ aomono : vegetables. wasure-mono : a thing left behind,
fata : lid. forgotten.
inaka-mono : peasant. hiroi : wide ; large.
kawa : river. hiro-buta : tray.
keshiki : view. hataraku : to work.
ki : tree ; wood. kudaru : to descend.
‘
nabe : saucepan.
1. Kono nabe wa aka-gane de gozaimast (D). 2. Nabe ni fita wo shite o kure
(A). 38. Yamada San no niwa wa hirokiitte ki ga taktisan arimasi (C). 4. Kono —
sara to koppu wo hiro-buta ni nosete nikai e motte o-ide (A). 5. Hon-ya de Taro
San ni aimashita kara, nichiy6 no asa ku-ji ni kuru yd ni hanashimashita (C).
6. Sentaku-ya ga 0 kane wo tori ni mairimashita (D). 7. Watashi no gakko no
Ei-go no sensei wa Amerika-jin deshita (C). 8. Sono kata wa taihen Nihon-go ga
jozu de gozaimashita (D).. 9. Kyonen no natsii Fuji-kawa wo kudarimashita ga,
tt keshiki deshita (C). 10. Yokohama no siiteishon e wasure-mono wo shite
kimashita (C). 11. Kono hen wa aomono ga takai yo de gozaimasti (D). 12.
Uchi no jochi wa inaka-mono desti (C). 18. Asa hayaku kara, yoru osoku made —
isshokemmei ni hatarakimasi (C). 14. Yabin-kyoku ga chikaku ni gozaimasii ka?
(D). 15. Ame ga furu ka mo shire-nai kara, toku e asobi ni itte wa ike-nai (A).
16. Tamago wo katte kite 0 kure ; keredomo, atarashii no ga nakereba kawa-nai de ti
(A). 17. Wasure-mono wo shi-nai yo ni ki wo tsttke nasai (A). 18. Ano seiyd-jin
wa tts de mo Nihon no kimono wo kite imast (C). 19. Watashi wa aka-gane no
nabe.wa kirai dest, abunai kara (C). 20. Ano aomono-ya wa takai yé da kara,
kono tsugi kara hoka no mise de kai nasai (A). 21. Kono michi wa hirokiite ii
(B). 22. Ano mise no shujin wa doko no hito de gozaimashé ? (D).. 23. Shina-
jim da sé da ga, Nihon-go ga taihen jozu da (B).
1. This saucepan is made of copper. 2. Put the lid on the saucepan. 38.
Mr Yamada’s garden is large, there are a lot of trees in it. 4. Put this plate
and this tumbler on a tray and take them upstairs. 5. I met Taré at the
bookseller’s and I asked him to come on Sunday morning at nine o’clock. 6,
The washer-man has come for the money. 7. The teacher of English at our
school was an American. 8. He could speak Japanese very well. 9. I went
~ down the river Fuji last (year in the) summer, the scenery was very fine. 10, I
lost something at Yokohama station. 11. Vegetables seem to be dear round .
about here. 12. Our servant is a country girl. 13. She works very hard from
early in the morning till late at night. 14. Is there a post office near here?
15. I think it may rain so don’t go (to play) far. 16. Go and buy some eggs, |
however, if there are no fresh ones, don’t buy any at all. 17. Take care and
don’t lose anything. 18. That foreigner always wears a Japanese kimono.
19. I don’t like copper saucepans, they are dangerous. 20, That green-
grocer seems to be rather expensive ; in future buy at some other shop. 21.
This road is ‘wide and is in good condition. 22. What is the nationality of the
owner of that shop? 23. They say he is a Chinaman, but he speaks Japanese
very well.
ys
a » a
EXERCISE 54.
Abstract nouns. Study 182, 183.
ana: hole. _ - itami : pain.
ha : tooth. kaburu : to wear on the head. |
mizu-umi ; lake. taisd : very.
sun : 1/10 foot ; inch. mo---mo : a) in aff, sentences after nouns -
fiikai : deep. —both—and’; after verbs or adj.—
nigai : bitter. ‘whether—or’ ‘either--or’; b) in neg.
onaji ; onnaji : same. sentences— neither—nor’.
_ itamu : to pain.
)
1. Kasa-wo misete udasai(C). 2. Kore de wa ike-nai ; watashi wa ao ga kirat
da(B). 8. Kono mizu-umi wa taisé fuk6 gozaimast (D). 4. Ano ana no fiikasa
wa ni-shaku go-sun aru (B). 5. Kotoshi wa kyonen yori samusa ga tsuyoi yo de
gozaimast (D). 6. Sono himo no nagasa wa dono gurai aru ka, mite o kure (A).
7. Kore wa tais6 nigai kiisuri da (B). 8. Kono kudamono wa stikoshi nigami ga
arimast ne? nan to iu mono desti ka? (C). 9. Atsui no ni béshi wo kabura-nat
de aruite wa bybki ni naru (B). 10. Karada no yowai no ga ichiban komaru koto
da (B). 11. Taro ga yibe ha ga itamu to itte ita ga, naorimashita ka? (C). 12.
Mada itami ga tomara-nai to itte, kesa wa okimasen(C). 18. Watashi no kuni wa
samui koto wa gozaimasen ga, tathen kaze ga fiku tokoro de gozaimasti (D). 14. _
Karita empitsti wo nakushitara, onnaji mono wo katte kaeseba ii deshd (C). 15.
Ko iu kisuri nara, nonde mo, noma-nakitte mo onnaji koto desti (C). 16. Kore to
onaji Okisa no koppu wo yottst katte kite kudasai (C). 17. Sono koppu ga san-
jis-sen nara takai koto wa arimasen (C). 18. Ano nashi no ki no takasa wa ku-
shaku shika nai (B). 19. Kono kudamono wa nigakitte taberaremasen (C). 20.
Kono kire no nagasa wa nan-jaku gozaimasti ka? (D). 21. Has-shaku arimast
(C), 22. Kono mizu-wmi no fikasa wa ni-hyaku go-jis-shaku aru to kiki-
mashita(C). 23. Densha de itte mo, kisha de itte mo, o kane wa onaji koto dest ga,
densha wa tabi-tabi tomarimast kara, kisha de ikimashé (C). 24. Kono heya wa
hiroi koto wa hiroi dest ga, kurakitte fuben dest (C). £3
1. Please show me some umbrellas. 2. Thisone won’t do; I don’t like green.
3. This lakeis very deep. 4. That hole is two feet six inches deep (lit. the depth
of that hole). 5. It seems colder this year than last (lit. the cold of this year
seems stronger). 6. See how long that string is. 7. This is a very bitter
medicine. 8. This fruit is a little bitter, what is it called? 9. If you walk
about in this heat without a hat, you’ll get ill. 10. To be weak is a very great
trouble (lit. the weakness of the body). 11. Last night Taro said that he had a
toothache, is he better now? 12. He says the pain has not ceased yet; so he
did not get up this morning. 13. My native place is not cold, but it is very
windy. 14. If you’ve lost the pencil you borrowed, buy another just like it and
that will be all right. 15. If this is the kind of medicine, it doesn’t matter much
whether you take it or not. 16. Go and buy four tumblers the same size as
this one. 17. If that tumbler only costs thirty sen, I don’t consider it dear.
18. That pear-tree is only nine feet high. 19. I can’t eat this fruit, it is too —
bitter. 20. How long is this piece of cloth? 21. Eight feet. 22. I’ve heard»
_ that this lake is two hundred and fifty feet deep. 23. Whether you go by train
_ or by tram it costs the same, but as the tram stops so frequently let us go by —
train. 24. This room is large as far as that goes, but it’s dark and therefore
inconvenient. cree
eto EXERCISE 55.
_\ Diminutives and augmentatives. Study 184—186.
chtiimon : an order (for goods). kawaii : charming ; lovely.
katana : sword. _ kezurw : to plane ; sharpen ; scrape.
kogatana : penknife. kiru (trans.) : to cut.
6-kaze : gale. kire’ru (intr.) : to cut ; be able to eut.
dya : landlord, [6 big ; ya person]. | moru ; to leak.
yane : roof. taore’ru : to fall over.
daijdbu na: safe; calling for no togu : to sharpen.
anxiety. bakari ; bakkari : only ; about.
°
1. Abunai kara, kodomo ni katana wo motasete wa ike-nai (A). 2. Kogatana ga
kire-naku natta, toga-nakereba nara-nai (B). 8. Yamada San no uchi no ko-ushi
wa kawaii (B). 4. Empitsti wo kezuru toki ni kogatana de hidari no ko-yubi wo
kirimashita (C). 5. Uchi no neko no ko wa tonari e itte mo datjébu desi, itazura
wo shimasenkara(C). 6. Kiné no 6-kaze de taoreta no wa nashi no ki bakari desi
ka?(C). 7. Iie, hoka ni mo iro-iro taoreta ki ga aru (B). 8. Kondo no 6-ame de
yane ga hob moru y6 ni narimashita kara, dya ni hanashite naoshite moraimashd —
(C). 9. O-kaze de nashi no ki ga taorete shimatte, dai-stiki na nashi ga taberare-'
naku natta (B). 10. Tonari no ko-inu wa kitanakitte dai-kirai (B). 11. Oba —
san ni ttadaita hon wo daiji ni shite oki nasai (A). 12. Kiné no 6-kaze de Kébe-
yuki no kisha ga jii-go-fun bakari okureta s6 da (B). 18. Akai inki no ko-bin wo
hito-bin katte kite o kure (A). 14. Kono tstikue wa taihen benri de gozaimast ne ?
0 kai ni natta no de gozaimasti ka? (D). 15. Lie, chiimon shite koshiraesashita no -
desti (C). 16. O hanashi shitai koto ga aru no desi ga, itsiti agarimashé ka ? (C).
17. Nichiy6 no gogo wa taitei uchi ni imasti kara, sono toki ni o-ide nasai(€). 18.
O-kaze ga fuite mo kono uchi nara taoreru mon’ desi ka? (C). 19. Ko-neko ga
doko e itta ka, ni-san-nichi miemasen (C). 20. Ame bakari nara ti no desi ga,
kaze ga tsuyot dest kara, yane ga moru no desi (C).
1. Don’t let the child handle the sword, it’s dangerous. 2. My penknife is
blunt, I must sharpen it. 38. Mr Yamada’s calf is a pretty little thing. 4.
When I was making a point to my pencil, I cut the little finger of my left hand
(with my penknife). 5. Even if the kittens go next door, it doesn’t matter ;
they don’t do any mischief. 6. Was it only a pear-tree that was blown down
yesterday by the gale? 7. No, several other trees were also blown down.
8. The heavy rain (we have just had) has caused the roof to leak in several
places ; I must tell the landlord to get it mended. 9. The gale has blown down
the pear-tree, and now I won’t be able to eat those pears I’m so fond of. 10.
My neighbour’s puppy is a dirty beast, I hate it. 11. Be very careful with the
book your aunt gave you (and don’t spoil it). 12. On account of the gale
yesterday, they say that the train going to Kobe was about fifteen minutes
late. 13. Go and buy a small bottle of red ink. 14. This is a very convenient
desk. Did you buy it (ready-made)? 15. No, I had it made to order. 16,
_ There’s something I want to speak to you about. When could I see you? 17.
. Lam generally at home on Sunday afternoons, come then. 18. Even if a gale
does blow, it’s absurd to think that this house can be blown over. 19. I
wonder where the kitten has gone. I haven’t seen it for two or three days.
20. If it were only rain\it wouldn’t matter so much, but with this strong wind
the roof is leaking.
EXERCISE 56.
Adjectives. Study 187—191.
hashi : bridge. 26j6 na : obstinate.
(0) bd-san: old woman; grand- honto no : true.
- mother. semai : narrow ; small.
(0) jzi-san : old man; grandfather. shita : under ; below.
shésetst : a novel. ikura de mo ; any amount whatever.
\
1. Nichiyé ni nii-san to issho ni 071 san no uchi e asobi ni itte, omoshirokatta (B).
2. Kono shosetsti wa taihen omoshiroi to omoimast, mada 0 yomi ni nara-nakereba
_kashite agemashé (C). 38. Kono ko-neko wa dore no ko desi ka? (C). 4. Astiko
ni iru shiroi no no ko desti (C). 5. Nashi no oishti no ga arimast ka? (C). 6.
Hashi no shita ni neko no shinda no ga ita (B). 7. Shimbun no furui no ga gozai-
mashitara, go-roku-mai kudasaimasen ka? (D). . 8. Ikura de mo o mochi nasai
(C). 9. Tonari no wagamama na, goj6 na mustiime ga kono-goro miemasen ga, doko
e itta no deshé ? (C). 10. Ammari wagamama de shiyé ga nai kara, ano ko no
sensei no uchi e azuketa sé desi (C). 11. Mukai no 0 ba-san wa shodjiki na, shinse-
tsi na hito da (B). 12. Asiko no 0 jti-san wa honto ni jobu na, dkii hito desti (C).
13. K6 iu semai kurai heya wa iya dest, hoka no wo sagashimashé (C). 14.
Ammari takai j6t6 no bishi wo katte wa ike-nai (A). 15. Yamada San no uchi
ni wa iro-iro no seiyd no shésetsti ga arimast (C). 16. Jiré wa nashi no aoi no wo-
tabete onaka wo waruku shita no dest (C). 17. Ano onna no hito wa itsti de mo
kuroi 6ki na béshi wo kabutte imast (C). 18. Tamago no atarashii oki na no
wo itsutst kudasai (C). 19. Ima oki na no ga gozaimasen (D). 20. Ja, shikata
ga nai kara, chiisai no wo katte ikimashé (C). 21. Empitst no katai no wo katte:
o-ide (A). 22. Nani ka yasashii omoshiroi Ei-go no shésetst wo kashite kudasai-
masen ka? (D). 28. Sore de wa, kore wo yonde goran nasai, kitto omoshiroi °
desh6 (C). 24. Hana-ko San wa wakai kirei na hito desi (C). 25. Kono-goro
Hana-ko San kara o tegami ga kimashita ka ? (C).
_ 1. On Sunday I went with my brother to my uncle’s house, and I enjoyed
myself very much. 2. I find this novel is very interesting, if you haven’t read
it yet I’ll lend it to you. 3. Which is the mother of this kitten? (lit. Of which
is this kitten the child ?). 4. That white one over there (lit. It is the child of
that white one). 5. Have you got any nice pears? 6. There was a dead cat
under the bridge. 7. If you have any old newspapers, could you let me have a
few? 8. Take as many as you want. 9. I haven’t seen my neighbour’s self-
willed, obstinate girl lately, I wonder where she’s gone to? 10. She is so self-”
willed that I hear they have sent her to live with her teacher. 11. The old”
lady across the way is an honest, kind person. 12. The old man (who lives) over
there is a very healthy, big man. 18. I don’t like a small, dark room like this,
I'll look for another one. 14. Don’t buy a too expensive and high-class hat.
15. Mr Yamada has a lot of foreign novels (in his house). 16. Jird ate some
pears that were not ripe, and (the result is that) he’s got a stomach-ache. 17.
That woman always wears a big. black hat. 18. Give me five large fresh eggs.
19. I have no large ones now. 20. Well, it can’t be helped, I’ll take some small
* ones. 21. Go and buy a pencil, a hard one. 22. Would you please lend me an
English novel? I’d like it to be easy and amusing. 238. Well, try this one, I’m —
certain you'll find it amusing. 24. Miss Hana-ko is young and pretty. 25.
Have you had a letter from Miss Hana-ko lately ? boat
EXERCISE 57.
True adjectives. Study 192—199. The examples in this Exercise refer
especially to those points not previously studied.
byd-nin : sick person ; patient. stikunai : little (in quantity) ; few.
gaikoku : foreign countries. kawaru : to change.
karui : light ; not heavy. . umu : to give birth to ; (of an egg) to lay.
mittomonai : offensive to the sight; jibwn : self ; oneself. |
improper. | aida : between ; while ; during.
omot : heavy. naka : inside ; among.
sabishii : lonely.
1. Brown San wa Nihon-go ga o jézu desi ka? (C). 2. Hai, seiyd-jin no naka
_de ano kata gurai hanaseru kata wa stikuné gozaimasi (D). 3: Ani ga Rondon eé
uta koro wa Igiristi ni iru Nihon-jin wa zuibun stikunakattaré (B). 4. Ima wa
gaikoku ni benky6é ni iku hito ga stikunaku nai (B). 5. K6 shitara .mittomond
gozaimast. ka? (D). 6. Lie, mittomonaku nai (B). 7. O kd-san ga o rusu ~
no aida wa sabishikatta deshd? (C).. 8. E, sabishii gozaimashita ; tabi-tabi
_ tonari no Sonoe San ni uchi e kite moraimashita (C). 9. Chékichi wa jibun de
nimotsti. wo motte ikimashita ka? (C). 10. EH, 86 desi ; s6 omoku nakatia’ deshé
(C). 11. Kono nimotsi wa okii keredomo omoi koto wa nai (B). 12. Go byd-nin
wa tkaga de gozaimasti ka? (D). 13. Arigaté gozaimasu, yokattart warukatiari
' shite, ammari kawarimasen (D). 14. Kono tori no umu tamago wa akakattari,
shirokattari suru (B). 15. Nimotsi ga karukatta kara, kuruma ni nora-nai de
stteishon kara aruite kita (B). 16. Suzuki no kuru no wa osokattari hayakattari
shite komaru(B). 17. Ano inu wa kitané gozaimasti kara, 0 kamai nasara-nai de
kudasai (D). 18. Smith San ga konaida kuni e okutta geta wa san-yen gurai desho
ka? (C). 19. 86 takaku nakatta deshé (C). 20. Sengetsti made ita heya wa
semaku nakatta no dest ga, ano uchi ni byd-nin ga dekimashita kara, yameta no
dest (C).. 21. Sono kaban ga omokereba nii-san ni motte itte morai nasa. (A).
22. Kart gozaimast kara, jibun de motte ikaremast (1)).
1. Does Mr Brown. speak Japanese well ? 2. Yes, there are very few foreign-
ers who can speak Japanese as well as he can. 8. There were probably very few
Japanese in England at the time when my brother was in London. 4. Those
who go to study abroad are no longer a few (i.e. quite a lot). 5. If I do this
would it be considered improper? 6. No, that would be quite all right. 7. I
suppose you felt very lonely while your mother was away. 8. Yes, I did feel
lonely. I often asked my neighbour Miss Sonoe to.come and keep me com-
pany. 9. Did Chdkichi carry the bundle himself? 10. Yes, I don’t think it was
very heavy. 11. This parcel is big, but it is not heavy. 12. How is the patient ?
13. Thanks, he’s sometimes better and sometimes worse, (on the whole) there's
not much change. 14. This hen sometimes lays brown eggs and sometimes
white. 15. As the bag was not heavy I didn’t take a rikisha, but I walked here
from the station. 16. I am much inconvenienced by Suzukt’s coming some-
times late and sometimes early. 17. That’s a dirty dog, leave it alone.
18. I wonder if the clogs Mr Smith sent home the other day cost him about three
yen 7,19. I don’t think they were as dear as that. 20. The room I had until
the end of last month was not a small one, but there was a sick person in the
house, so I gave it up. 21. If that bag is too heavy for you, ask your brother
to carry it. 22. It’s not heavy, I can carry it myself. :
EXERCISE 58.
True adjectives. Study 200—211.
:
(0) yu : hot water. ore’ru (intr.): to break; be able to break.
hidoi : cruel ; violent. wakast (trans.) : to boil. .
-mazui : of insipid or bad taste. ——— jiki (nt) : immediately ; soon.
6i : (too) many ; (too) much. waza-waza : purposely ; expressly.
tsumetai : cold. ni chigai nai: at the end of a sentence
anna ; sonna ;: that kind of. expresses certainty.
konna : this kind of.
1. Ano mise no mono wa yastikitte shina ga y6 gozaimast (D). 2. Kono jibiki
wa chiisakiitte kotoba ga di (B). 3. Ano hito ga kaku shésetst wa mijikakiitte
-omoshiroi desti (C). 4. Kono empitsti wa katakiitte jiki ni oreru (B). 5. Konna
ni kaze ga hidokiitte wa totemo fune ga demastimai (C). 6. Ammari shio ga dkutcha
mazuku narimasi (C). 7. Sonna ni muzukashikutcha ano hito wa yome-nai (B).
8. Watashi ga Nihon e kita toki ni wa Yokohama ni iru Igirist-jin wa ima no yo
ni Oku arimasen deshita (C). 9. Mizu de sentaku suru no wa tsumetai deshé kara,
0 yu wo wakashite agemashé (C). 10. Kono hon wo kaeshi ni waza-waza o-ide .
nas tta no destika? Sonna ni isoide o kaeshi ni nara-nakiitte mo ti no deshita (C). _
11. Ano tsiikue wa ikura? (B). 12. Sonna ni takakitte wa totemo kae-nai (B).
13. Suzuki San no y6 na béshi ga hoshikatta n’ dest: ga, arimasen deshita kara, |
konna no wo katta no desti (C). 14. Anna nashi wa mazui ni chigai arimasen (C).
15. Dé shite oté-san ni shikarareta no de gozaimast ka? (D). 16. ‘Isogashii kara,
sugu kaette ki nasai’ to itte tegami ga kita no dest ga, sugu ni ko-nakatta no ga
warut no deshita (C). 17. Tegami ga kita toki sugu kaette ko-nakatta no ga waru-
katta no deshé (C). 18. Anata mo watashi no y6 na tstikue ga hoshii no deshitara,
issho ni chiimon shite ageru n’ deshita (C). 19. M6 atama ga itaku nai no nara,
okite hataraku hazu da (A). 20. Taré ga yonde iru hon wa sé muzukashii no ja
nakaré (B). 21. Tanaka San wa honto ni atama ga itai n’ ja nakatta-deshé ga,
watashi ni aitaku nai kara, anna koto wo itta no deshé (C).
1. The things of that shop are cheap and of good quality. 2. This dictionary
is small but it has a lot of words. 8. The novels that man writes are short
but they are interesting. 4. This pencil is hard but it is very fragile. 5. I think
it’s impossible that the boat should leave with this strong wind blowing. 6. If
you put in too much salt it won’t taste nice. 7. If it’s as difficult as that, he
won't be able to read it. 8. When I arrived in Japan there weren’t as many
English people in Yokohama as there are now. 9. I think you’ll find it cold
doing your washing in cold water, let me heat some water for you. 10. Did
_ you come expressly to return this book ? There was no need to be in such a _
hurry about it. 11. How much is that desk? 12. If it’s as dear as that, I can’t —
possibly buy it. 13. I wanted a hat like Mrs Suzuki’s, but as I couldn’t find
one I bought this one. 14. Those pears are not nice, I feel sure. 15. Why
did your father scold you? 16. My father wrote to meto come back immediate-
ly as he was busy, and I did wrong in not coming back soon. 17. I suppose I did
wrong in not returning as soon as I received the letter. 18. If I had known that
you wanted a desk like mine I would have given an order for two. 19. If your
head no longer aches you ought to be up and working. 20. The book Taré is
reading is probably not very difficult. 21. I don’t suppose Mr Tanaka really —
had a headache, he said that, merely becatise he didn’t want to see me,
s
4
Quasi-adjectives in Na or No. Study 212--226.
EXERCISE 59. SS oe ne
J
‘s
fuyu : winter. _ kosti : to change one’s abode.
kinu : silk. kurasit : to pass the time ; live.
attakai ; attaka na: warm. naru : to bear fruit.
hade na : bright ; gay. goku : very. :
suzushii : cool. toki-doki : now and then ; occasionally. tee
hajime‘ru (trans.) : to begin.
uchi wa shizuka de ti tokoro dest ga, kai-mono ni wa benri de nai tokoro desii (C).
3. Ano oku-san wa wakai no dest ga, hade de nai kimono wo kite imasit (C). 4.
Ano kata ga stiki de nai mono wa age-nai hé ga ti deshd (C). 5. Jochi ga fu-
shojiki de domo komarimast ; uchi e kaesé ka to omoimasti (C). 6. Tonari no
kodomo ni fu-shinsetsti na koto wo shite wa ike-nai (A). 7. Ano ko wa jobu na y6
na kao wo shite iru keredomo, toki-doki bydki ni naru (B). 8%. Kono kimono wa
watashi ni wa stikoshi hade na yé de gozaimast kara, iméto ni yarimashé (D). 9.
Kono ire wa chotto mireba kinu no y6 dest ga, honto no kinu ja nai no desi (C).
10. Hashi no soba no kudamono-ya wa kono-goro hajimeta mise da (B). 11.
Uchi no mae no nashi ga kotoshi wa taktisan narimashiia (C). 12. Chichi wa —
karada ga yowai dest kara, natsti wa suzushii tokoro e, fuyu wa atiaka na tokoro e
itte kurashimast (C). 13. Shiro no kinu-ito to hari wo ip-pon motte kite kudasai
(C). 14. Goku yawaraka na, j6t6 no empitst wo ni-hon kudasai (C). 15. Yamada —
San wa s6 Ki-go ga heta ja nai hito dest ga, jibun de wa hanase-nai to itie imasit
(C). 16. Ammari j6t6 de nai kami wo katte ki nasai (A). 17. Yoku hataraite mo
fu-shojili na gejo de wa iya desti (C). 18. Anata ni ageyd to omotte waza-waza
katte kita no desti (C). 19. Sore ga siki de nakereba hoka no wo o kai nasai (B).
~ 20. Jama da kara, daiji de nai tegami wa sitete shimau hé ga yokard (B). 21.
Kimi-ko wa yasashii yo na mustime desi ga, honto wa zuilnn goj6 na ko dest (C).
1. If you have a pencil which is not violet, please lend it to me. 2. The
house I’m in now is in a very quiet locality, but it is a very inconvenient place
for shopping. 3. That lady is still young but she wears clothes which are not
gay. 4. You’d better not give that person a thing which he does not like. 5.
I’m greatly troubled because my servant is dishonest, I’m thinking of dischar-
ging her. 6. Don’t behave unkindly to the children next door. 7. That child
has a healthy appearance, but he gets ill every now and then. 8. This dress_
seems too showy for me, so I’ll give it to my younger sister. 9. At first sight _
this stuff looks like silk. But in reality it’s not silk. 10. The fruit-stere near
the bridge is a shop which was opened quite recently. 11. The pear-tree in
front of the house bore a lot of fruit this year. 12. My father is weak, so he
goes to a cool place in summer and a warm place in winter. 13. Bring me
some white silk thread and a needle. 14. I want two, very soft pencils of good
quality. 15. Mr Yamada doesn’t speak English so very badly, but he himself
says he cannot speak it. 16..Go and buy some paper, it needn’t be of the best
quality. 17. I don’t like a dishonest servant even if she works very hard. 18. —
I bought this especially to give to you. 19. If you don’t like that one buy
another one. 20. You had better throw away all the unimportant letters, they
are in the way. 21. To look at her, Kimi-ko seems a very gentle girl, -but in
reality she is a most obstinate child.
1. Murasaki de nai empitsti ga attara kashite kudasai (C). 2. Kondo koshita
EXERCISE 60.
Adjectival phrases. Study 227—232.
gyogi : behaviour. oya : parents.
kenka : quarrel, naka : the relation between two persons.
kigen : temper ; feeling. tsugd : convenience.
kyédai : brothers and sisters, un : luck.
mimi : ear. kawaisé na : exciting pity.
moto : origin. wakare'ru : to be separated from.
1. Watakishi no kuni wa ame no 6i tokoro de gozaimast (D). 2. Ichi-do
. Yokohama e itte mitai to omoimasti kara, itsti ka go tsugé no wi toki ni tsurete itte
kudasai (C). 8. O-bd-san wa kigen no ti hito desti (C). 4. Hana-ko to Mitsti-ko
wa taihen naka no ti kyddai de gozaimast (D). 5. Ano ko wa yottst no toshi ni.
- oya ni wakareta, un no warui, kawaisd na ko desi (C). 6. Kai-mono ni benri
no ti tokoro e koshité gozaimast (D). 7. Tonari no mustime wa taisé gydgi ga wt
(B). 8. Yamada San ga raigetsti Kobe e o-ide nasaru s6 desi kara, watashi mo
issho ni ikareru to. taihen tsugd ga tui to omoimast (C). 9. Tanabe sensei wa
zuibun kigen ga warukatta ga, kono-goro naotta (B). 10. Ano kyddai wa taiso
. naka ga y6 gozaimashita ga, oya ga nakunatte kara, kenka bakari shite orimast
(D). 11. Ani wa iméto to wa naka ga yé gozaimast ga, otdto ga kirai de gozai-
mast, (D). 12. Tomodachi ga kind ‘ Kamakura e ikd’ to itta ga, tsug6é ga waru-
kiitte ikare-nakatta (B). 138. Tar6é to Jiré wa moto wa yoku kenka wo shite ita ga,
ima wa naka yoku kurashite iru (B). 14. O-jii-san wa mimi ga toku narima-
shita (C). 15. Uchi no jochi wa kigen yoku shigoto wo shimasti (C). 16. Kono
hen wa ji-ichi-gatstii wa kaze ga 61 toki da (B). 17. Watashi no kuni wa Nihon
de ichiban ame no siikunai tokoro desti (C). 18. Ano mustime wa oya mo kyddai
mo nakiitte kawais6 desii (C). 19. Ashita omae ga Toky6 e itte kureru to tathen
tsugd ga ii(A). 20. Suzuki San wa Mizuno San to naka ga wari gozaimashita
ga, mo yoku natta ka mo shiremasen (D).
1. My native province is a rainy place. 2. I’d like to see Yokohama once,
so when it’s convenient to you please be so kind as to take me. 3. Grand-
mother is a very good-tempered person. 4. Hana-ko and her sister Mitsu-ko
are very fond of each other. 5. That child is very unlucky and worthy of pity,
he lost his parents when he was four. 6. I want to change to a more convenient ©
place for shopping. 7. The girl from next door is very well behaved. 8. They say
Mr Yamada is going to Kobe next month, it would be very convenient for me
if I could go with him. 9. Our teacher Mr Tanabe was very bad-tempered,
‘but lately he has improved. 10. Those brothers used to live on very good terms
with each other, but now they ’ve lost their parents, they do nothing but quarrel.
11. My elder brother is very fond of my little sister, but he doesn’t like my
younger brother. 12. My friend invited me yesterday to go to Kamakura, but
it was inconvenient and I couldn’t go. 13. Formerly Taré and Jiro were
always quarrelling ; now, however, they are on good terms with each other.
14, My grandfather is now hard of hearing. 15. Our servant is always working
and always in a good temper (lit. works good-temperedly). 16. In this part of
the country the windy season is in November. 17. My native province is the
least rainy part of Japan. 18. That girl is to be pitied, she has neither parents
nor brothers nor sisters. 19. It would be very convenient for me if you were
to go to Téky6 tomorrow. 20. Mr Suzuki and Mr Mizuno used to be on bad
terms with each other, but I believe they have made it up.
~
ao ee eee ee Pe ey
x i ; ¢
ding Tat tsi
ve EKER CISE: 61;
Verbs used as adjectives. Study 233—235.
doku ; poison. yaseta ; thin. le
_keisatst : police. haku: to put on; wear ; (refers to legs
urayamashii : envious. or feet, as boots, trousers).
fiitoru : to become fat. hirow : to pick up. ;
fitotta : fat’; stout. dan-dan : little by little.
yase'ru : to become thin.
1. Kore wa doku no aru sakana da (B). 2. Kono kutsu wa furuku natte hake-
naku natta (13). 2. Hachi-gatsti ryoké shiyd to omoimashita ga, byd-nin ga dekite,
ikare-naku natte shimaimashita (C). 4. Kawata San wa ‘karada ga yowakittte,
_ mise wo yame-nakereba nara-naku natta’ to itte tegami wo yokoshimashita (C).
5. Ei-go ga hanaseru ni-jii-go gurai no otoko wo hitori yatoitai no dest (C). 6.
Astiko de shimbun wo yonde iru fitotta hito ga Nakamura Sar, da(B). 7. Watashi
wa yaseta hito ga urayamashii (B). 8. Kono sakana wa doku ga gozaimastt (D).
9. Ano hito wa futotie iru yd ni mieru (B). 10. Nihon de mo ydfiku wo kiru hito
‘ga dan-dan chu natte kimashita (C). 11. Ano hito no bydki wa naora-nai bydki da
86 dest (C). 12. Suzuki San no oku-san wa ano shiroi yofiku wo kita hito de
— gozoimast (D). 13. Hashi no ue ni tatte iru hito wa watashi no gakké no sensei
dest (C). 14. Ytibe hirotta tokei wo keisatsi e todokete o-ide nasai (B). 15.
Paro ni twa-nakereba nara-nai koto ga aru kara, koko e kuru y6 ni itte o kure (A).
16. O t6-san no tonari ni koshi-lealete iru hito wa o té-san to onaji mise ni iru hito
desh6 (C). 17. Inaka ni ita haha ga nakunatte, watashi wa kanai to issho ni
kaera-nakereba nara-nai koto ni narimashita (C). 18. Konaida jochit ga hirotta
yubi-wa wa otoshita hito ga wakatta sé de gozaimasi (D). 19. Sonna furukiitte
hake-nai kutsu wa stitete 0 shimai nasai (A). 20. Anata no 0 uchi de Ei-go no
shimbun wo o yomi nasaru kata wa donata de gozaimast: ka? (D).. 21. Amerika
ni go-nen bakari ite kita ani ga yomu no dest (C). 22. Kono bishi mo mé kabure-
naku natta kara, atarashii no wo hitotst kawa-nakereba nara-naku natta (B).
1. This is a poisonous fish. 2. These boots are old, I can no longer wear —
them. 3. J thought of going travelling in August, but I was prevented from ~~
doing so by somebody falling ill at home. 4. Mr Kawata writes saying that
he’s very weak and has found himself obliged to discontinue going to the office.
5. I wish to engage a young man about twenty-five years old who can speak
English. 6. That stout man over there reading the newspaper is Mr Nakamnra.
7. I envy thin men.~ 8. This fish is poisonous. {. That man looks stout.
10. In Japan also, péople who wear foreign clothes are gradually increasing in
number. 11. I hear that his illness is incurable. 12. Mrs Suzuki is the lady
wearing that white foreign dress. 13. The man standing on the bridge is a
teacher at my school. 14. Go and hand over to the police, the watch you found
last night. 15. Go and tell'Tard tocome here, there’s something I must tell him. _
16. The man sitting next to my father is in the same office as he is. 17. My
mother who was living in the country has died, and so it has become necessary
for my wife and myself to go home. 18. It seems they have found the owner
of the ring my servant picked up the other day. 19. Throw away boots like
that which are so old you can no longer wear them. 20. Who isitin yourhouse
who reads the English newspapers ? 21. My elder brother who was five years _
in America. 22. I can no longer wear this hat, so 1 must buy a new one.
ee
PXER CIS B62
Compound and derivative adjectives. Study 236--245.
ie : house. erabu ; eramau.: to choose.
ishi ; stone. ktisai : malodorous.
wake : reason ; cause.
1. Kono sakana wa kiisai kara, tabete wa ike-nai (A). 2. Uchi no jochii wa
Tokyo ni kite san-nen ni naru keredomo mada inaka-kisai (B). 3. Yamada San —
no ji wa taisd yomi-ii ji de gozaimastt (D). 4. Ano saka wa ishi ga atte, taihen
aruki-nikui (B). 5. Tonari no Kanekichi San wa karada wa 6kii keredomo
kodomorashii kao wo shite iru (B). 6. Oda San wa zvibun nagaku Igirist ni ita
no dest ga, Ei-go ga hanase-nai-rashii dest (C). 7. Watashi no oji wa dé iu wake
deshO, taisd wasureppoku narimashita (C). 8. Ashita wa tenki ni nari-s6 da (B).
9. Ano kodomo wa riké-s6 na kao da ga, karada ga yowa-s6 da (B). 10. Kono
uchi kara yosa-s6 na no wo erande kudasai (C). 11. Katé San no tokoro ni wa ano
— pibiki wa nasa-s6 desti-kara, kari ni itte mo dame deshé (C). 12. Umi-tate no
tamago wo yottsi kudasai (C). 13. Ano hito wa bydki de gakké wo yameru no da
to itte ita ga, nani ka hoka ni wake ga ari-sé da (B). 14. Kono ie wa seiyd-kusai
ie desti ne? (C). 15. Hana-ko San no uchi wa wakari-niki gozaimasti kara, go
issho ni itte agemashé (D). 16. Kondo kita jochtii wa taisd j6bu-s6 dest (C). 17.
Anna okorippoi. hito wa mezurashia gozaimast (D). 18. Inaka wa fuben de
gozaimast. ga, tori-tate no aomono ga taberareru no ga y6 gozaimast (1). 19.
Watashi. wa kono-goro wasureppoku natie komatta (B). 20. Tegami wa yasashii —
kotoba de wakari-yoku kaite kudasai (C). 21. Kono byéki wa pnaori-nikti gozai-
mast (D). 22. Kono himo wa kire-yasui kara, hoka no motto jobu nano wo motte
kite kudasai (C). 23. Ano hon-ya ni wa seiyd no hon wa nasa-s6 da (B).
1. Don’t eat this fish, it smells bad. 2. It is now three years since my servant
came to Tokyo, but her appearance is still that of a country girl. 3. Mr Yama-
da’s writing is very easy to read. 4. That hill is very stony, walking there is
very difficult. 5. Master Kanekichi from next door is very big, nevertheless
he has got a very childish face. 6. Mr Oda was in England a good many years,
but he doesn’t seem to be able to speak English. 7. My uncle for some reason
or other is always forgetting things now. 8. I believe it’ll turn out fine to-
morrow. 9. That child has an intelligent face but he seems weak. 10. Choose
the one you like best from among these (lt. the one which is probably best).
11. I think it likely that Mr Kato has.not got that dictionary, so it would be
useless to go and ask him to lend it to you. 12. Please give me four new-laid
eggs. 13. He says he is going to leave school on account of his health, but
there’s probably some other reason. 14. This house in some of its details is
built in European style. 15. Miss Hana-ko’s house is rather difficult to find,
may I accompany you there? 16. The servant who arrived recently seems to —
__bea very healthy person. 17. Persons as bad-tempered as that man are scarce.
18. The country is inconvenient (in many ways), but you have at least the
advantage of being able to eat fresh vegetables. 19. I’ve become so absent-
minded lately, I really don’t know what to do. 20. Please write the letter
using simple words so that it can be easily understood. 21. This is an illness
from which one seldom recovers (completely). 22. ‘This cordis too weak (easily —
broken), please bring me a stronger one. 23. There are probably no foreign
books at that bookseller’s. ?
| EXERCISE 63.
Comparison of adjectives, Study 246—252.
omocha : toy. : 2 hae‘ru : to grow ; spring up.
sakura : cherry-tree. | kare’ru : to wither ; die (of plants).
shiikan : week. 746 : more than, |
taku : house. sendatte : the other day, -
hai : aux. nuns. for glassfuls, cup- yoke : more.
fuls, ete.
1. Kono yama ni wa moto wa motto ki ga haete ita no desti ga, dan-dan karete
stkunaku natta no desi (C). 2. Kono hon wo yakushite shimau made ni wa mé
ni-shikan kakarimast (C). 3. Ammari nodo ga kawaita kara, mé ip-pat o cha
wo o kure (A). 4. Sendatte katta saté ga mada aru ka? (A). 5. Mé ky6é wa
kudamono wo tabete wa ikemasen (A). 6. Q cha wa m6 nai ka? (A). 7. Mada
tsubo ni gozaimast (D). 8. Kisha de iku no to fune de iku no to dotchi ga yoket
0 kane ga kakarimast ka? (C). 9. Kune no ho ga yokei kakarimasti (C). 10.
Yamada San no o taku ni wa kono kéen yori yokei sakura no ki 84 gozaimast (D).
11. Ano ginké ga dekite kara san-ji-nen ij6 ni naru (B). 12. Kono shiroi tori
wa ano Oki na tori yori yokei tamago wo umu (B). 18. Watashi no gakké ni wa
_ Shina-jin ga go-ja-nin tj6 orimast (C). 14. Hana-ko wa Kinu-ko yori omocha wo
_ taktisan motte iru deshé (C). 15. Mitstio ni motto chichi wo o yari nasai (A). 16.
Kono kami wo mé sam-byaku-mai motte kite kuremasen ka? (C). 17. San-sen no—
kitte wa. mada arimast kara, kawa-nai de ti dest (C). 18. Shio ga mé gozaimasen
kara katie mairimashé (D). 19. Akai empitsi ga mada aru ka? (A). 20. Mada
ip-pon gozaimast (D). 21. Ano bin wa kore yort yokei hairu deshé (C). 22.
Go-nin kuru hito ga aru no da kara, isu wo mé fitatsi motte kite kure (A). 23.
Kono heya e wa ni-hyaku-nin yori yokei wa haire-nai dard to omou (B).
24. Isogashikitte shiyd ga nai kara, m6 hitori jochii wo yatou koto ni shiyd (B).
25. Tard wa onaka ga warui no dest kara, nashi wo hitotsi yori yokei yara-nai
de kudasai (C). 26. Saté wo m6 fiita-saji irete o kure (A).
1. Formerly there used to be a lot of trees growing on this mountain, however,
little by little they have died, and there are only a few left. 2. It’ll take me >
_ two weeks more to finish translating this book. 3. I’m so thirsty, bring me
ee ee ae eT
another (one more) cup of tea. 4. Is there any of the sugar you bought the
other day left? 5. You mustn’t eat any more fruit today. 6. Is there no
more tea? 7. There’s some in the jar. 8. Which costs more, to go by train
or by boat? 9. By beat costs more. 10. There are more cherry-trees in Mr .
Yamada’s place than there are in this park. 11. It is more than thirty years
since that bank was established. 12. This white hen lays more eggs than that
big one. 13. There are more than fifty Chinese scholars at my school. 14. I
think Hana-ko has more toys than Kinu-ko. 15. Give Mitsuo some more milk.
16. Bring me three hundred sheets more of this paper. 17. You needn’t buy
any more three-sen stamps, I have some still. 18. I’ll go and buy some more
salt, there’s none left. 19. Have you got any more red pencils? 20. I’ve—
got one more. 21. I think that bottle holds more than this. 22. There are
five people coming, so go and fetch two chairs more. 23. I don’t think more
than two hundred people can get into this room. 24, Iam so busy that I shall
engage another servant. 25. Please don’t give Taro more than one’ pear, his ~
stomach is out of order. 26. Put in two more spoonfuls of sugar.
EXERCISE 64.
He Comparison of adjectives. Study 253—259. _
itoko : cousin. hakurai-no : foreign-made.
kazu : number. © tari'ru : to be enough ; sufficient. pee
kin : pound (Ib.). > hodo: approximate’ quantity; «word
nedan : price. used in comparisons.
sewa : assistance. zutto : very much.
Shoku-nin : artisan.
1. Sat6é wa ik-kin de wa tari-nai, ni-kin katte kite o kure (A). 2. Koko kara
stiteishon made densha de ikeba san-jip-pun kakarimastimai (C). 3. Kono kawa
no fikasa wa has-shaku wa nai dard (B). 4. Ano tstikue wa chimon shite koshi-
raesashita no desi ga, roku-ji-yen tara-zu de dekimashita (C). 5. Uchi no shoku-
nin no kazu wa ano mise yori sikunai dest (C). 6. Itoko wa watakiishi yori
fiitatsti ue de gozaimasi ga, watakishi yori wakaku miemast (D). 7. Haruo San
wa omar yori toshi ga shita dest kara, iro-ire sewva wo shite yara-nakereba tkemasen
(A). 8. Ano hito wa tabun watashi yori mitisi gurai shita deshé (C). 9. Watashi
wa Yamada San hodo Ei-go ga jézu de wa arimasen (C). 10. Taré kara mireba —
Gord San wa zitto karada ga 6kii (B). 11. Kono béshi wa hakurai no to onajt
gurai yoku dekite iru (B). 12. Ano empitst wa hakurai to onaji gurai no nedan
desti ga, hakurai hodo shina ga yoku arimasen (C). 18. Ani to ane wa onaji gurai -
_Ki-go ga hanasemasti (C). 14. Kobe yori toi tokoro e wa ika-nai hé ga yokaro (B).
15. Kikeba kiku hodo kawaisé na mustime da(B). 16. Kyédto wa Nara hodo
shizuka na tokoro ja arimasen (C). 17. Saté San wa mi-tstiki tara-zu de ano
shésetsii wo yakushite shimatta s6 da (B). 18. Ano koppu to kono koppu wa okisa
wa onaji gurai dest ga, nedan wa taihen chigaimast (C). 19. Keno himo wa naga-
sugimashé ka? (C). 20. Lie, nagakereba nagai hodo ti no dest (C). 21. Kono
asobi wa hito ga dkereba 6i hodo omoshiroi no de gozaimast (D). 22. Iméto wa
watashi yori hitotsi shika shita ja arimasen (C). 28. Kyonen wa kotoshi hodo
atsiku nakatta to omoimast ga, dé deshé ? (C). :
1. One pound of sugar will not be enough, buy two pounds. 2. I think it
takes less than thirty minutes from here to the station by tram-car. 3. I think
this river is less than eight feet deep. 4. I had that desk made to order, it cost
less than sixty yen. 5. We employ less men than they do at that factory. 6. ~
My cousin is two years older than I but he looks younger. 7. Haruo is younger
than you, so you rust take care of him (and do what is necessary). 8. I dare
say that man is about three years younger than I. 9. I can’t speak English
as well as Mr Yamada. 10. Compared to Tard, Master Gord is a very big boy.
11. This hat is as well made as a foreign-made one. 12. That pencil is the
_ Same price as a foreign-made one, but the-quality is not as good. 13. My elder
sister speaks English just as well as my elder brother does. 14. You had better —
not go further than Kobe. 15. The more I hear about that poor girl themore
_ I think she’s to be pitied. 16. Kyéto is not such a quiet place as Nara. 17.
They say that Mr Satd translated that novel in less than three inonths. 18.
These two tumblers are the same size, but the prices are very different. 19.
Will this string be too long? 20. No, the longer the better. 21. The more
people there are who play at this game, the more amusing it is. 22. My sister |
_ Is only one year younger than I. 23. I believe last year was not as hot as this, -
however, I may be wrong.
-— * >
it Baer ORE CPSE
K
-
a 65.
Superlative. Study 260-—270.
a fits : fact. : “mura: village.
kane-mochi : a rich man. nare’ru : to become accustomed.
-makoto : truth. yohodo ; yoppodo : very.
1. Kore wa Nihon ichi no nagai kawa de gozaimasii (D). 2. ‘Kyoto ichino
yado-ya wa doko deshé? (C). 3. Ano kata no o té-san wa kono machi-ji denoo
isha de gozaimashita (D). 4. Watashi no mura de no kane-mochi wa Tamura to iu
hito desi (C). 5. Watashi no kyédai no uchi de yasete iru no wa ani dest (C) 2 sz
Dono tori ga yoket tamago wo umimast: ka? (C). 7. Ano hito no tegami wa naka-
naka yomi-nikut kara, yoppodo nareta hito de nai to wakara-nai (B). 8. Tstikue
wo hitotst: koshiraete moraitai, naru-take yastiku koshiraete kudasai (C). 9. Iro-
iro shigoto ga aru kara, dekiru dake hayaku kaette kuru tsumori da (B). 10. Yama-
da San no 0-j0-san-tachi wa makoto ni gydgi ga yo gozaimasit (D). 11. Kyé wa
baka ni atsui ne (B). 12. Koyama San ga Hakone de kaitae wa jitsi ni yok: > 5 5%
dekite iru (B). 13. Tard wa ammari gakké e iku no ga siiki ja nai yé da (B). os
14. O-kaze de taoreta no wa daibu 6ki na ki da (B). 15. Uchi no musiiko wa
kanari muzukashii Ei-go no hon wo yomu y6 ni narimashita (C). 16. Kutsu wo —
_chiimon shitai no dest ga, naru-take jébu ni koshiraete moraitai dest (C). - 17.
Kono mise wa Toky6 ichi no kutsu-ya da (B). 18. Kyéddai-ji de ano musiime ga
ichiban riké da to minna itie iru (B). 19. Kono hon no uchi de siiki na no ga
attara agemastii kara, 0 mochi nasai (C). 20. Anata no ji wa kono-goro yohodo —
yomi-yoku natte kimashita (C). 21. Kono himo wa goku jébu de gozaimasti (D). ct
22. Tenki ga warui kara, sakana ga baka ni takai (B). 23. Yamada San ga
kondo koshita tokoro wa jitst: ni shizuka de ti tokoro dest (C). 24. Sensei ga kigen a
ga warukitte okotte bakari ita ga, kono-goro daibu naotta yé da (B). 25. Kyi wa
_ byd-nin ga taisé wart gozaimast kara, dekiru dake hayaku o-ide kudasai (D). A ae
iS 1. This is the longest river in Japan. 2. Which is the best inn in Kyéto? -
3. That gentleman’s father was the best doctor in the town. 4. The richest ~~
man in my village is a man called Tamura. 5. The thinnest of us all, brothers
and sisters, is my eldest brother. 6. Which of these hens lays most eggs? 7
that man’s letters are very difficult to read, only those who are thoroughly _
accustomed to his handwriting can make them out. 8. I want to have a desk ©
made, please make it as cheap as possible. 9. As I have a lot to do, I intend to
come back as soon as possible. 10. The Misses Yamada are really very well- —
behaved young ladies. 11. It’s awfully hot today, isn’t it? 12. The picture _
which Mr Koyama painted at Hakone is very well done. 13. Tard doesn’t
seem to care very much for school. 14. The tree that was blown down by the
wind was rather a big one. 15. My son is now able to read fairly difficult books a
in English. 16. I want to have some boots made, and I wish them made as
strong as possible. 17. This is the best bootmaker in Tokyo. 18. Everybody = —
says that that girl is the cleverest of all her brothers and sisters. 19. If there’s
any book among these you care for I’ll give it to you. 20. Your handwriting
has improved very much lately. 21. This cord is very strong. 22. As the
weather is bad, fish is very dear. 23. The house that Mr Yamada has just
moved to is in a very quiet neighbourhood. 24. Our master used always to be
in a bad temper, however, his temper seems to have improved a good deal
lately. 25. The patient is much worse today so please come as soon as possible,
bo vg ne ee aE
»
‘ : . Rae
EXERCISE 66. \ 37
Cardinal numbers. Study 271—280. |
abura : oil. hen : num. for times.
fiita-go : twins. ma : room.
(0) tsuri : the change, (money return- soroz : suit (of clothes).
ed as balance of that tendered for soroi no : of the same pattern.
an article). ijime’ru : to tease ; worry.
hatachi : twenty years of age. mitstike’ru : to find.
1. Ani wa hatachi no toshi ni oji ni tsurerarete Igirisii e mairimashita (D).
2. Kono nashi wa hitotsi yon-sen, hito-hako ji-ni de yon-jis-sen ni uri nasat (A).
3. Nana-sen no empitsti wo ja-ni-hon katte o-ide, kyii-jis-sen yaru kara, roku-sen
no o tsurida(A). 4. Kono abura wa o ikura deshita? (C). 5. Hito-bin go-jis-
sen de kaita (B). 6. Ano tana ni aru bin wo fittats% motte kite, kirei ni aratte o
kure (A). 7. Kono hen ni wa ni-sam-ben kita koto ga arimasti kara, kanari yoku
_shitte imasii (C). 8. Kono uchi wa mi-ma shika nakiiite, semai desi kara, mo
stikoshi oki na no wo mitsiikemashdé (C). 9. Ano mise ni wa onna ga san-nin,
otoko ga yottari iru (B). 10. Hashi no ue de fittari no kodomo ga ip-piki no inu wo
ijimete ita (B). 11. Ano fiitatsi no isu wa Amerilca de dekita mono de gozaimast
(D). 12. Taré wa kesa tamago fiitatsi to chichi wo koppu ni ip-pat nomimashita —
(C). 13. Raigetsi gaikoku e iku made ni yofiku wo hito-sorot koshirae-nakereba
nara-nai (B). 14. Koko kara Nagasaki made wa fitsiika fiita-ban kakarimasi
(C). 15. Ano fita-go wa itsi demo soroi no kimono wo kite imasti (C). 16. Kono
shigoto wa otoko go-nin de is-shiikan l:akaru daré (B). 17. Hito-hako yon-jis-sen
no nashi wo mi-hako sugu ni todokete kudasai, kane wa ima haraimasho (©). 18.
Nikai ni fita-ma arimasi ga, tstikaimasen kara, dare ka ni kashitai to omotte
orimasti (C). 19. Ano seiyd-jin wa Nihon e kite yo-tstiki gurai ni shika nari-
masen ga, m6 Nihon-go ga yohodo hanaseru y6 ni narimashita (C). 20. Jochit
fittari de wa shigoto ga 6-sugimast kara, m6 hitori yatowa-nakereba narimasen (C).
- 21. Ano hito wa hatachi dest ga, ni-ji-ni-san ni mieru (B).
1. When my brother was twenty my uncle took him to England. 2. Sell
these pears at four sen each, or forty-sen the box of twelve. 3. Go and buy
twelve seven-sen pencils, I’m giving you ninety sen, so the change will be six sen.
4. What was the price of this oil? 5. It cost fifty sen a bottle. 6. Bring, two
_ of those bottles that are on the shelf and wash them carefully. 7. I’ve been two
or three times in this neighbourhood before, so I know it fairly well. 8. This
house is small, it has only three rooms. I must look for a bigger one. 9. There
are three women and four men in that shop. 10. Two children were worrying a
dog on the bridge. 11. Those two chairs are American made. 12. This
morning Taro had two eggs and a cup of milk. 13. I must have a suit of
clothes made before I go abroad next month. 14. It takes two days and two.
nights to go to Nagasaki. 15. Those twins always wear clothes of the same
pattern. 16. I think it would take five men a week todo this work. 17. Please
send to my house immediately three boxes of pears at forty sen a box, Ill pay
for them now. 18. There are two rooms upstairs and as I don’t use them, I was
thinking of letting them to somebody. 19. It’s only four months since that
foreigner arrived in Japan, nevertheless he can already speak quite a lot of
Japanese. 20. The work is too much for two servants, I must engage one more.
21. That man is twenty, but he looks twenty-two or twenty-three.
%
| EXERCISE 67.
- Auxiliary numerals. Study 281—283.
hana-ike : flower-vase. shinrut : relation ; relative.
vazoa : side. tori : street ; road.
kinjo : neighbourhood. wataru : to cross over.
naifu : knife. ; dake : only.
- ni-guruma : hand-cart.
1. Kono ktisuri wo ip-puku nondara atama no itai no ga naotta(B). 2. Wata-
shi wa nen ni san-zoku kuisu ga irimast (C). 3. Kono kinjo ni yado-ya ga gozai-
mashé ka? (D). 4. Kono téri ni wa gozaimasen ga, ano hashi wo wataru to migt
kawa ni san-gen gozaimast(D). 5. O rusu ni ko-zutsumi ga ni-ko mairimashita
kara, o tsiikue no ue ni motte itte okimashita (D). 6. Ashita hoshimast kara,
ni-guruma wo ni-dai tanonde kudasai (C). 7. Yon-sen no hagaki go-mai, jis-sen
no kitte ju-mat katte kite o kure (A). 8. Naifu wo ni-ché motte kite kudasai (C).
9. Ogawa ni omoshiroi 0 hanashi no hon ga arimashita kara, yon-satsi katte, inaka
no shinrui ni-okutte yarimashita (C). 10. Kono hana-ike wa ikura? (B). 11.
Tsui de ni-ji-yen de gozaimast. Hitotst dake wa urimasen (D). 12. Ashita no
gogo Igirist no fune ga ni-so tstiku hazu de gozaimast (D). 13. Tard no kutsu ga
ammari furukw natta kara, is-soku katte yaré(B). 14. Tabako wo ip-puku ikaga — |
de gozaimasti ka? (D). 15. Arigaté, ‘tabako wa karada ni warui’ to isha ni iwarete
kara, noma-nai koto ni shite iru (B). 16. Kono nimotst wo san-ko Sendai made
azuketai (B). 17. Seiyd no hon wo uru mise ga arimasti ka? (C). 18. Kono
machi ni wa seiyd no hon wo uru tokoro wa nai no dest (C). 19. Nodo ga kawaita,
' 0 cha wo ip-pai o kure (A). 20. Kuruma wa san-dai yobimashé ka? (C). 21. Tie,
nimotsi ga sonna ni 6ku arimasen kara, ni-dai de takiisan desi (C). 22. Kore to
_onnaji kugi wo rop-pon motte kite kure (A). 23. Kodomo ni wa kono kiisuri wo
ip-puku no hambun nomase nasai (A). 24. Tegami wo san-shi-hon kaitara,
Ueno e sampo ni iku tsumori da (B). 25. Kimura San no kyédai wa yottari atte,
-minna onna bakari desi (C).
1. As soon as I’d taken a dose of this medicine, my headache was better. 2.
I use three pairs of boots a year. 3. I wonder if there’s an inn in this neigh-
bourhood ? 4, There are none’ in this street, but as soon as you cross that
bridge you'll find three on your right. 5. While you were out two parcels came
for you, I have put them on your desk. 6. As I’m going to move to another
house tomorrow, order two hand-carts. 7. Go and buy five four-sen postcards
and ten ten-sen stamps. 8. Please bring two knives. 9. There were some
interesting story-books at Ogawa’s; J bought four and sent them to my relations
in the country. 10. How much is this flower-vase? 11. Twenty yen the pair.
I can’t sell one by itself. 12. Two English steamers are expected tomorrow
in the afternoon. 18. Tard’s boots are worn out, I'll buy him another pair.
14. Have a smoke. 15. Thanks, the doctor says it’s bad for my health, so I
have given up smoking. 16. I want to check these three pieces of luggage to
Sendai. 17. Is there a shop where they sell foreign books? 18. In this town
there’s not a single place where you can get foreign books. 19. I’m thirsty,
get mea cup of tea. 20. Shall I call three rikishas? 21. No, two will he quite
enough, I haven’t got much luggage. 22. Bring me six nails like this. 23.
Give the child half a dose of this medicine. 24. When I’ve written three or
four letters, I intend to go for a walk to Ueno. 25. The Kimuras are four —_
altogether, and they are all girls.
, Pers,
We EOS SY DS PRE ORT met |
| ic _ Ordinal numbers. Study 284—289. . Ce ee
kaisha : a company (commercial); ato: after; behind. — Pu ee
offices of a company. aa ippat : full. Je
tansi : chest of drawers. shijt: always.
to ; door. yaito : at last.
tazune’ru. : to visit ; inquire. .
*
“1. Brown San ni aitai to omotte, san-do tazunemashita ga, shijii_o rusu de, yo-
- tabi-me ni yatto au koto ga dekimashita (C). 2. Sam-bam-me no musiiko wa Kobe
_ de gakk6é no sensei wo shite orimast (C). 3, Ato kara ni-dai-me no kuruma ni
notte ita no ga kondo gaikoku kara kaette kita Tanaka San no o-j6-san desti (C). —
4. Kono hako wa minna tamago ga haitie iru no de gozaimasti ka? (D). 5. Tie, -
ni-bam-me no wa tamago no hako ja arimasen (C). 6. Ytibin-kyoku kara rok-kem-
meno uchi ga tomodachi no uchi da (B). 7. Migi kara roku-satsti-me no hon wo
yokoshite kudasai (C). 8. Yottsti-me no isu ni koshi-kakete tru no ga Sugita to
itte, watashi no kaisha ni iru otoko dest (C). 9. T'e-bukuro wo dashite o kure ;
tansti no shita kara ni-bam-me no hikidashi ni haiite iru (A). 10. Toékyd-e kite
_ mi-bam-me ni 6-kaji ga arimashita (C). 11. Ima tabeta nashi wa hajime no wa oi-
shikatta ga, tsugi no wa mazukatia (B). 12. Kono densha wa ippai desi kara, ato
no ninorimashé (C). 13. Mae no Ei-go no sensei wa Amerilka-jin deshita ga, ima
no wa Igirist-jin desi (C). 14. Ichi-ban shimai ni deru hito wa to wo shimete
kudasai (C). 15. Tsugi no teishaba de oriru no de gozaimast (D). 16. Siiteishon ~~
e wa dé ikeba y6 gozuimastt ka? (D). 17. Ni-bam-me no kado wo hidari e magatte,
hashi wo wataru to sugu ni stiteishon dest (C). 18. Tana ni aru, migi kara mittsti- .
me no Oki na tsubo wo moite o-ide nasai (A). 19. Fiita-hako-me no nashi wa
kisatta no ga mitts atta (B). 20. Asa okitara ichi-ban hajime ni to wo akete —
o kure (A). 21. Kono densha wa Shinagawa e ikimasit ka? (C). 22. Tie, Shi-
nagawa-yuki wa kono ato dest (C). 23. Go-bam-me no musiiko wa isha ni naritat
_to itte benky6é shite imasi (C).
1. I wanted to see Mr Brown so I went to his house three times, but he- was
always out ; I was able at last the fourth time to see him. 2. My third son is
teaching at a school in Kobe. 3%. The person riding in the last rikisha but one, —
is Miss Tanaka who arrived recently from abroad. 4. Are all these boxes full
ofeggs? 5. No, the second one is not a box of eggs. 6. The sixth house from
the post office is the house of one of my friends. 7. Hand me the sixth book
from the right, please. 8. The man sitting on the fourth chair is called Sugita,
he goes to the same office as Ido. 9. Get me my gloves; they are in the chest
of drawers, the second drawer from the bottom. 10. The third night I was in
_ 'Poky6 there was a big fire. 11. The first of the pears I’ve just eaten was very
nice, but the next one was no good. 12. This tram-car is full, let’s take the
next one. 18. Our former teacher of English was an American, our present —
teacher is an Englishman. 14. The last one who leaves, please close the door.
15. We get off at the next station. 16. How can I get to the station? 17.
Take the second turning to the left and cross the bridge. 18. Bring the big
jar from the shelf, the third from the right. 19. There were three bad pears in
the second box. 20. Open the door as soon as you’ get up in the morning. 21.
Does this tram-car go to Shinagawa? 22. No, the following one is the Shinaga-
oy oheenaiagl 23. The fifth son says he wants to be a doctor, he is studymg ~
medicine. i)
Z ae thy ae > pt a4 -
ar I eo Pats ‘i : Ms { re
: Se eK ERICA SB B 465:
Dates. Study 290—297.
5
hi: day. odoroku : to be astonished.
jishin : earthquake. tats : to start.
senso : war. tmare'ru : to be born.
hajimaru (intr.) : to begin. hajimete : for the first time.
1. Metji ni-ji-roku-nen ku-gatst ni-jii-ni-nichi wa watakishi ga timareta hi de
gozaimasi, (DD). 2. Yéroppa no dai-sensd wa Taishé san-nen hachi-gatst ni
hajimarimashitia (C). 8. Watakishi ga hajimete Nihon e kita no wa Meiji san-
ja-ni-nen no roku-gatst tsuitachi deshita (C). 4. Kébe ni san-ka-nen ite, Meiji
san-ji-go-nen ni Yokohama e kimashita (C). 5. Ano ko wa Taishé ni-nen
shégatsti hatsika ni timareta no desi: (C). 6. Yokohama ni tsuite mikka-me ni-
6-jishin ga atte zuibun odorokimashita. Watashi wa jishin ga dai-kirai desi kara
totemo nagaku koko ni iru koto «wa deki-nai to omoimashita (C). 7. Watashi wa
Rondon ni ni-ka-nen orimashita ga, yoku Ei-go ga hanasemasen (C). 8. Nihon
e kite fita-tstiki-me ni bydki ni natta (B). 9. Brown San wa Nihon e kite hachi-
nen-me de kondo kuni e kaeru no da 86 dest (C). 10. Chichi wa Meiji shi-jii-san-
nen no 6-misoka ni shinimashiia (C). 11. Anmari karada ga yoku arimasen kara, —
ni-ka-getsi gurai Kydto no hen de asonde kuru tsumori desit (C), 12. Yamada San |
wa son-gatsi toka ni Rondon zwo tatte, Nihon e kaeru to itte yokoshimashita (C).
13. Roku-nen-me de kaette kuru no desi kara, iro-iro kawatte iru no ni odoroku
desho (C). 14. Nii-san ga Amerika e.o-ide nasaru sé de gozaimast ga, itst o tachi
nasaimast ka? (D). 15. Ji-gatstt yoka ni tats to ite orimashita (C). 16.
Atama ga itaku natte kara, mikka-me ni isha ni mite moraimashita (C). 17.
Nihon e kite mi-tsttki-me ni Nihon-go no gakké e haitta (B). 18. Kono bydki
ga sukkari naoru made ni wa ik-ka-getst 6 kakaru (B). 19. Ano ginkd wa Tai-
sho san-nen ni-gatsi yokka ni hajimeta no dest (C). 20. Nihon e kite kara ju-
nen-me ni narimasi ga, watashi ga kita koro koko wa honto ni sabishii tokoro
deshita (C),
1. I was born on the 22nd of September, 1893. 2. The great war in Europe
began in August, 1914, 3. I arrived in Japan for the first time on the Ist of
June, 1899. 4, L was three years in Kobe and came to Yokohama in 1902. 5.
‘hat child was born on the 20th of January, 1913. 6. On the third day after
my arrival in Yokohama there was a big earthquake which frightened me a
great deal. I hate earthquakes so I thought I would never be able to live long _
in this place. 7. I was in London two years but I cannot speak English well.
8. The second month after my arrival in Japan I fell ill. 9. It’s eight years
since Mr Brown arrived in Japan. He’s going back home for the first time now. -
10. My father died on the 31st of December, 1910. 11. Iam not very well so
Lintend to go to Kydto for a couple of months. 12. Mr Yamada writes saying
that he is corning back to Japan and is starting from London on the 10th of
March. 13. Asit’s six years since he was here he will be surprised to find many
things changed. 14. I hear your brother is going to America, when does he
start? 15. He said he was starting on the 8th of October. 16. I had a head-
~ ache three days before I went to see the doctor. 17. The third month after I
arrived in Japan, I entered a school fer learning Japanese. 18. It will be more
than a month before you recover completely from this illness. 19. That bank
‘was founded on the 4th of February, 1914. 20. It is now ten years since I
came to Japan, this was a very lonely place at that time.
ae
Pe heer = ¥ ots Sve fh a eet ee
gees EXERCISE 0. “232 3:
Time. Study 298304.
hiru-mae : forenoon. mukae'ru :; to go out to meet ; welcome.
hiru-sugi ; hiru kara : afternoon. a(t)chi ; achira : there ; in that place.
mon : gate. ko(t)chi ; kochira : here ; in this place.
taiyd : sun. sakki ; a short time ago.
yaktisoku : promise. mai- ; (in compounds) every.
nanni mo (with neg.) : nothing.
1. Nan-ji de gozaimasti ka? (D). 2. Watashi no tokei wa tomatie ite wakari-
_- masen ga, ytibin-kyoku no mae wo salcki totta toki go-fun de ku-ji deshita (C).
3. Kono-goro wa roku-ji han goro ni taiyd ga deru (B). 4. Mai-ban ja-ji ni
mon wo shimete o kure (A). 5. Ashita asa no shichi-ji no kisha de oji san ga
irassharu 86 da kara, stiteishon e mukae ni itte o-ide (A). 6. Haha wa roku-ji-
go ni narimast ga, taisd jébu de go-nen-kan ichi-do mo isha ni ikimasen (C).
7. Mise e toi desi kara, asa shichi-ji ni uchi wo de-nakereba ma ni oimasen (C).
8. Asada San wa ban no ku-ji no kisha de atchi wo tatte kuru no da kara, kotchi
e tsiiku no wa gozen rei-ji ni-jip-pun da (B). 9. Anata Tokyé e nichiyd ni tku
_- nara issho ni ikimashé ka? (C). 10. Hiru-mae ni o-ide nasaimast ka? hiru-sugi
de gozaimasti ka? Wataktshi wa hiru-mae wa tomodachi no uchi e tku yakiisoku
’ wo shimashita kara, mairemasen (EP). 11. Kono ko wa muika-kan nanni mo
tabe-nai de chichi bakari nonde imashita (C). 12. Chichi 7a kind gogo rei-ji go-
jip-pun ni Kobe ni tsutta to itte dempé wo yokoshimashita (C). 13. O-j6-san wa
nan-ji no kisha deo laeri nasaimast tea? (TD). 14. Hiru no ji-ichi-ji no kisha
de kaeru hazu de gozaimasi (1). 15. Omae wa hiru kara yiibin-kyoku e itie
hite, sore kara nikai no s6ji wo shi nasai (A). 16. Mai-asa go-ji ni okite, ichi-
jikan haw Ei-go wo benky6é shite kara, mise e iku no desi (C). 17. M6 hachi-ji
jip-pun mae desi kara, isoide o-ide nasai (B). 18. Konaida no nichiyd wa hirw
kara 6-ame deshita (C). 19. Yokka-kan yama-nai de aie ga futia kara yane
ga moru yo ni natta (B).
1. What o’clock is it? 2. My watch has stopped ; however, when I passed
in front of the post office a few moments ago, it was five minutes to nine. 38.
The sun is rismg now at about half past six. 4. Close the gate every night at ten
o’clock. 5. As your uncle (says he) is coming tomorrow morning by the seven
o’clock train go and meet him at the station. 6. My mother is sixty-five, but
she is so healthy she hasn’t seen a doctor once in five years. 7. The office is
far (from my house), so I have to leave home at seven o’clock if I want to be
in time. 8. Mr Asada is leaving by the nine o’clock train, so he'll arrive at twenty
past twelve midnight. 9. If you are going to Toky6 on Sunday, let’s go
together. 10. Are you going in the marning or in the afternoon? I can’t go
in the morning as I’ve promised to ge to a friend’s house. 11. This child has
been eating nothing for six days, he has only been drinking milk. 12. My
father sent a telegram saying he had arrived at Kobe yesterday at 12.50. 15.
By what train is your daughter coming hack? 14, I am expecting her by the
eleven o’clock train, 15. After lunch goto the post office, and then do the
rooms upstairs. 16. [ get up at five o’clock every morning, I study English
_ for an hour and a half and then I go to the office. 17. Itis already ten minutes
to eight, so hurry up and go (to your work). 18. Last Sunday it rained very
heavily in the afternoon. 19. It rained four days without stopping so the
roof started leaking. .
~% i , i
EXERCISE 71.
Various numerical expressions. Study 305—318.
heikin : average. ~ oki : omitting.
sakunen : last year. ichi-nichi oki : every other day.
mazeru : to mix. no tame ni: on account of ; for—sake. -
_mokaru : to be earned (of money). —zuésté : each.
hotondo : about. - :
1. Kono machi no sam-bun no ichi wa gaikoku-jin no mise de gozaimasi (D).
2. Kind inaka kara okutte yokoshita kudamono no hako wo akete mitara hambun wa
kisatte ita (B). 3. Sakunen wa bydki no tame ni hotondo han-toshi nete kurashi-
mashita (C). 4. Akambé ni yaru chichi wa chichi shichi-bu ni mizu sam-bw
mazete yatte o kure (A). 5. Kono hon wa nan-wari mékarimast ka? (C). 6.
Ni-wari go-bu méokarimast (C). 7. Mai-nichi ichi-jikan zutsi Ei-go wo naraé to
omoimashita ga, ichi-jikan wo bai no ni-jikan ni shite, ichi-nichi oki ni shimashita
(C). 8. Kono hako wa ano hako no sam-bai hairu (B). 9. Taré San wa kazoe-
doshi no ji-san de gozaimast ka? (D). 10. Lie, maru jii-san de gozaimasi (D).
11. Ano mise ni wa maru roku-nen orimashita ga, kono-goro démo karada ga yoku
arimasen kara, yamemashita (C). 12. Raigetsti no go-roku-nichi goro ni Kytshit
no hd e ryoké ni dekakeru tsumori dest (C). 13. Astiko no hashi wo jii-ni-san-nin |
no otoko ga naoshite ita (B).. 14. O kyaku ga taktisan aru ka? (B). 15. Ichi-
nichi heikin hak-ku-nin gozaimast (D). 16. Taihen 6ki na hon da kara, minna
yakust ni wa go-rok-ka-getsti wa kakaru daré (B). 17. Koppu ni mizu wo shichi-
bu hodo irete motte kite kudasai (C). 18. Ammari atama ga itai kara, ni-san-
jikan nete iy6 (B). 19. Kono kami wa sendatte no kami no hotondo bai no nedan
dest ga, shina ga sé yoku nai yé dest (C). 20. Konaida no 6-jishin de uchi ga
hyaku ni-san-jik-ken taoreta to shimbun ni dete imast (C). 21. Ano mustime wa
ju-go-roku daré (B). 22. Kyonen me ga warukatta toki wa mi-tstiki-kan yomu
koto mo kaku koto mo dekimasen deshita (C).
1. A third of the shops in this town belong to foreigners. 2. When I opened
the box of fruit that came from the country yesterday, I found that half were
bad. 3. Last year I was ill in bed about six months. 4, The milk for the baby
is to be seven parts milk and three parts water. 5. How much per cent. do you
make on this book? 6. Twenty-five per cent. 7. I thought of studying Eng-
lish one hour every day, but instead of that I’ve decided to study two hours
every other day. 8. This box holds three times as much as that one. 9. Is
Master Tar6 thirteen according to the Japanese way of counting ? 40. No, he.
has turned thirteen (European style). 11. I was six (complete) years in that
office, but I left because I have not been well lately. 12. I intend to start on
the 5th or the 6th of next month on a trip to Kyiishi. 13. There were twelve
or thirteen men mending that bridge. 14. Have you got many customers ?
15. On an average eight or nine a day. 16. It is such a big book that I expect
it’ll take me five or six months to translate it all. 17. Bring me a tumbler
about three quarters full of water.. 18. I shall lie down for two or three hours,
I’ve got such a headache. 19. This paper is almost twice as dear as what I had
last time, but the quality is not'so very good. 20. The newspaper says that a
hundred and twenty or a hundred and thirty houses were wrecked by the big
earthquake the other day. 21. I think that girl must be about fifteen or sixteen.
22. Last year, when my eyes were bad, I wasn’t able to read or write for three
‘months.
-—
Pete os eS! “EXERCISE ee Rea,
“a A 4
~ Personal, possessive-and reflexive pronouns. Study 319397.
e re ae shinyd : confidence. : nan to mo (with neg. ): nothing.
cae shitaku ; preparation. faigai : generally.
yo *s nun > to sew. tambi : as often as ; whenever.
ry 4. Boku no uchi no mon no soba ni aru nashi no ki wa shizen ni haeta no dato
iu hanashi da (B), 2. Kimi wa Ei-go ga hanasemast ka? (C). 3. Sono hako wa
oe omae san ni yaru kara atchi e motte o-ide nasai (A). 4. Uchi no Hana-ko wa
See jibun de kimono wo nutte kimast (from: kitru to put on). 5. Kimi to boku to issho
mi sampo ni deru tambi ni ame ga furu yo da (B). 6. Sensei-gaia wa yo-ji made
pa o-ide nasaimast ga, seito wa taigai san-ji made ni kaette shimaimdst (C). 7. Kono
_ nashi wo mitts zutsii ano kodomo-tachi ni yatte kudasai (C). 8. Yattsti no Teruo |
' wa mai-asa hitori de shitaku wo shite gakk6é e ikimast (C). 9. Ano hito-tachi wa
Chosen e iku no da sé desi (C). 10. lsogashii toki wa o tagai ni tetstidatte agetari, _
. . tetstidatte’ morattari shimashé (C). 11. Yamada San ga Sendai de bydki ni natta
_ to iu hanashi desti ga, honto deshé ka? (C). 12. Boku no hé e wa nan to mo itte
- yokosa-nai kara, wakara-nai ga, sonnu koto wa nai daré (B). 13. Ano mise wa
“ammari shinyd ga nai to iu hanashi da (B). 14. Kono byéki wa kamawa-nakitte
mo shizen ni naorimast (C). 15. Watashi wa Suzuki wo shinyé shi-nai (B). 16.
| Ano kiwa shizen ni karete shimatta (B). 17. Omae wa byéd-nin da kara, hitori de
AK kisha ni nottari shite wa ike-nai (A). 18. Sono hon wo kashite kudasaimasen ka?
— - (D). 19. Kore desi ha? Jibun no mono nara kashite agemasi keredomo, kore
- wa tomodachi no desi kara, kashite ageraremasen (C). 20. Ano oku-san wa minna
jibun de-kai ni ikimast (C). 21. Karada ga warukereba shizen benkyd ga deki- —
naku naru (B). 22. Taré wa kono-goro uchi e tegant ~o yokosa-nai sod da (3).
23. Nagasaki no chikaku ni shinrui ga ik-ken aru kara, kotoshi no nats itte miyo
to omotte iru (B).
pts 1. They say the pear-tree by our gate grew by itself (i.e. was not planted). 2.
a Can you speak Knglish ? 3. ‘I’ll give you that box, you may take it. 4. My
daughter Hana- ko sews bel own avons 5. Whenever you and I go out —
together for a walk it’s sure to rain. The teachers stay until four, but the’
dren three pears. &
pupils leave at three o’clock. 7. Give mee of those chil
: Myson Teruo is only eight but he gets ready and gees to school all by himself
TAR. every morning. 9. I hear that those men are going to Korea. 10. Let’s help
» each others when you’ve got a lot to do I’ll help you and when I’ve got a lot of
work to do please help me. 11. I hearthat Mr Yamada has fallen sick at Sendai,
I wonder whether it’s true. 12. I haven’t heard from him so I don’t know, but
a I don’t think it’s true. 13. It seems that that shop doesn’t enjoy the con-
fidence of the public. 14. You’ll get over this illness without any special
_ treatment (N ature will do the work for you). 15. 1’veno confidence in Suzuki.
16. That tree died of itself (nobody did anything to it). 17. You are an invalid,
and you can’t go travelling about by yourself. 18. Would you please lend me
_ you, but it belongs to a friend, so I can’t. 20. That lady does ali her shopping
and marketing herself, 21. When one doesn’t feel well one naturally becomes
-ineapable of ‘studying. 22. They say that Tard hasn't written home lately.
_ 23. I have some relatives in the ieidahiontooed of Nagasaki (one house of.
___ relatives), 1 am thinking of g.iing to see them thik: summer. :
-
that book? 1. Isthisthe one youmean? If it were my own i’d lend it to |
ad Se, * ay! on
OR eBags a i! Srhek Siete ¥ ee ye Cheek tees es r =
ee te A PY ee en Gil Re > 4 - SIEBER ap re . Ss A oe Nd halt Fe 6 4 aY,
< * - oe LG es vo ty SS hee . “i > ¥ Lag , a” 3 wy) Mid
5 BR z 5 phtigy 5 Mey pga see + ‘ ; ER ; “t 2 “ MWS SS ee
af as eee = 7 . ; eae thy i! raged
eat ; 5 ; 3 5 x
| O BXERCISE. 73,
Relative pronouns and adverbs. Study 328—335.
aki-ya ¢ empty, unoccupied house. kowagaru : to be afraid.
-kashi-ya: house to let. ; _ naku : to ery ; sing (of birds).
poketto : pocket. waku (intr.) : to boil.
shibai : theatre ; theatrical play. yake'ru (intr.) : to become destroyed by
su: nest. fire, burnt.
betst no (or na) : different.
1. Yabe no kaji de yaketa uchi wa aki-ya datta s6 da (B). 2. Konaida Saté
San ga hanashita kashi-ya wo mi ni itte kimashita ga, ammari semai desi kara,
_betsii na no wo sagast tsumori dest (C). 3. Koko wa natsi Yamada San to Suzuki
San ga kita tokoro desti (C). 4. Sakki iwareta koto wo mo wasurete shimatie, wata-
shi wa dé shita no dard? (B). 5. Poketto ni aru mono wo o mise nasai (B). 6.
Ano hito no tu no wo kaite kudasai (C). 7: Kobe ni ita jibun ni ni-san-do ano hito
no uchi wo tazuneta koto ga arimashita (C). 8. Igirist ni ita toki sono shibai wo
mimashita ga, s6 omoshiroi to omoimasen deshita (C). 9. Kimura San ga kuru
made ni sono tegami wo kaite shimai nasai (A). 10. Ano ko wa junsa no kao wo
miru to kowagatte nakimast (C).. 11. Taiyd ga hairu to tori ga su ni kaeru (B).
12. Taiyé ga deru to tori ga naku (B). 13. Sono hon wo yonde shimattara, kondo
wa m6 stikoshi muzukashii no wo agemasho (C). 14. O yu ga waitara sé itte o kure
{A). 15. Shimbashi e istiku to Taré to Jiré ga mukae ni kite ita (B). 16. Sono
hanashi no aru hon ga arimast kara, kashite agemashé (C). 17. Uchi kara o kane
ga kitara ryoké ni dekakemast (C). 18. Ima otéto ga itta koto wa tabun machigat
daré (B). 19. Are ga Yamada San no irassharu kaisha de gozaimast (D). 20.
Kore wa uchi no Hana-ko ga kowagaru inu daré ka? (B). 21. Lie, sore ja ari-
masen. Hana-ko ga kowagaru no wa Suzuki San no inu dest (C). 22. Ano kata
no kaita mono wa shijii yonde orimast (C). 23. Tone-gawa wo wataru to ame ga —
futte kite, ni-jikan hodo nurete aruita (B).
1. They say that the house that was burnt by the fire last night was unoccu-
pied. 2. I went to sec the house to let which Mr Sato told me about the other
day, however, it is toq small, so I intend to look for another one. 3. This is
where Mr Yamada and Mr Suzuki came in the summer. 4. I’ve already for-
gotten what I was told just now, I wonder what’s the matter with me.. 5,
Show me what you’ve got in your pocket. 6. Write down what that man says.
7. When I was in Kobe I went to (visit him at) his house two or three times. — :
8. When I was in England I went to see that play, but I didn’t think it so very
amusing. 9. Have that letter written when Mr Kimura arrives. 10. When
that child sees a policeman he is afraid and starts erying. 11. When the sun
sets, the birds return to their nests. 12. When the sun rises, the eock crows.
18. When you’ve finished reading that book, I’l! lend you one a little more dif-
ficult. 14, When the water starts boiling, let me know. 15. When I arrived at
Shimbashi, Tard and Jiro were there to meet me. .16. I have the book in which
that tale is to be found, I’ll lend it to you. -17. When funds arrive from home,
I'll start on my journey. 18. What my brother said just now is perhaps a
mistake, 19. That is the office Mr Yamada goes to. 20. Is this the dog Hana-ko
is afraid of ? 21. No, that’s not the one. Mr Suzuki’s dog is the one Hana-ko
is afraid of. 22. I always read what that man writes. 23. When we crossed
the river Tone it started raining, and we had to walk two hours in the rain.
e- e ae
EXERC PSE Fa Oe ee
Reds ccernioe, interrogative, and indefinite pronouns and adverbs. Study
Table I of 336, and 337—353.
~
kane-ire : purse. hakkiri : clearly. * a)
_ shimpai : anxiety ; worry. _ shibaraku : some time ; a short while; a
tsumara-nai ; worthless ; foolish. long while. |
_ aki‘ru : to get tired of.
1. Shibaraku Ei-go wo benky6 shite kara Igirisi e iku kangae desti (C). 2. Sore
wa tsumara-nai ja arimasen ka? Muké e tsuite kara benkyd suru hé ga zutto haya-
_-ku oboerareru deshé (C). 3. Kore kara Yamada San ni henji wo katte dashi ni iki-
mast (C). 4. Kono hon wo yonde shimatte, sore kara hoka no wo goran nasai (B).
5. Shujin wa yo-ji han ni kaette mairimast kara, déz0 sore made o machi kudasai-
-masen ka? (D). 6. Saté wa dono gurai ireru no de gozaimast ka? (D). 7. Sore
~ dake o kane wo motte ittara, takiisan daré (B). 8. Are hodo itte kikasete mo mada
wakara-nai no ka? (A). 9. Konna yado-ya ni iru no wa akite shimatta (B). 10.
Kono bin wa ké shite okureba daijobu daré ne? (B). 11. E, 86 nasareba mé shim-
pai wa arimasen (C). 12. O karada wa kono-goro ikaga de gozaimasti ka? (D).
_18. Anata wa doko no siitetshon kara o nori nasaimashita? (D). 14. Doko-ira de
kane-ire wo otoshita n’ desi? (C). 15. Koko-ira datia to omoimast ga, hakkirt
wakarimasen (C). 16. Kind gakké kara o kaeri ni natte, nani wo nasaimashita ?
(D). 17. Are kara konaida katta Igirist no shésetsti wo yonde iru to tomodachi ga
kite, fittari de sampo ni ikimashita (C). 18. Koko-ira ni o isha san ga arimasho
ka? (C). 19. Ano hito wa t6 no toki ni omoi bydki wo shite, sore kara tate-naku
-natte shimatta no dest (C). 20. Kore made iku-do mo li-go wo oshieta koto ga
arimast ga, Hana-ko San no y6 ni hayaku oboeta hito wa arimasen deshita (C). 21.
Sonna hon wo yonde wa ike-nai (A). 22. Anna hanashi wa mé akite shimatta (B).
23. Mikka bakari atama ga itakitte nanni mo dekimasen, isha ni mite moraé ka to-
omoimast (C).
1. After I have studied English for some time, I am thinking of going to Eng- —
land. 2. Surely that’s not the way to do it. Go and study there, that’s the
‘way to learn quickly. 3. I’ll now (write and) send Mr Yamada an answer (to
his letter). 4. Read this book through, and after that, read another one. 5.
My master will be back at half past four, please wait until then. 6. How much
sugar shall I put in? 7. If you take as much money as that, it will be quite
enough. 8. Don’t you understand yet after having been told so often ? ~9. I’m
sick of bemg in an inn like this. 10. If | send this bottle (packed) like this it
will be quite safe, don’t you thmk so? 11. Oh yes, if you pack it like that. you
needn’t worry about it. 12. How have you been lately ? 13. At-what station
did you get on the train? 14. Whereabouts did you lose your purse? 15. I
think it was somewhere about here, but I don’t know for certam. 16. What —
did you do yesterday after you came back from school ? 17. (After that) _
I read the English novel I bought the other day, and then a friend eame and we
both went for a walk. 18. I wonder if there’s a doctor round about here? 19. —
That man had a serious illness when he was ten years of age, and since then he
hasn’t been able to stand. 20. (Up to now) I’ve very often taught English,
but I’ve never found a person who learnt it as quickly as Miss Hana-ko.
- 21. Don’t read a book like that. 22. I’m tired of a tale like that. 23. I’ve
_ had such a headache for three days, I haven’t been able to do anything; I’m
thinking of seeing a doctor. Me seks.
EXERCISE 75.
Demonstrative, interrogative and indefinite pronouns and adverbs. Study ‘
the second column of Table II in 336.
botan : button. nokoru : to remain ; be left over.
nets: fever. sagaru : to descend ; go down.
shina-mono : articles ; goods.
1. Rusu ni dare ka kitara, toka ni kaeru to itte o kure (A). 2.-Dare ka boku no
jibiki wo motte itte shimatia (B).. 3. Donata ka Ei-go no dekiru kata ni yonde o — ms :
morai nasaru to yo gozaimasti (D). 4, Ddzo kono hana wo dore ka hitotsii kudasai- —
masen ka? (DD). 5. Shina-mono wo kaesti ka, kane wo harau ka dotchi ka ni shi-
nakereba nara-nai (B). 6. D6 ka shite ichi-do Fuji-san e nobotte mitai (B). 7.
Konna atsui tokoro ni wa iraremasen kara, doko ka suzushii tokoro e ikimashé (C).
8. Ko iu botan ga hoshii no destt ga, Tokyé ni aru deshd ka? (C). 9. Tokyoj
sagashitara, doko ni kaaru daré (B). 10. Mada Ueno e itia koto ga arimasen kara,
itstt ka o hima no toki ni tsureie itte kudasai (C). 11. Saté wa mé nai ka? (A).
ee
Ry xt
ine
pom
12. Mada ikura ka nokotte imast (C). 18. Go byd-nin wa dé nasaimashita ka ? ee:
{D). 14. Netst wa ikura ka sagarimashita ga, atama no itai no wa kawara-nai to &
itte imasti (C). 15. Kimura San ga inaka e o kaeri nasaru s6 dest kara, nani ka
inaka ni nat mono wo katte Hana-ko San ni motte itte moraimashé (C). 16. Dare oF
ka o isha san wo yobi ni itte kite o kure (A). 17. Dare ka ni michi wo o kiki nasai
{A). 18. Donata ka kane-ire wo otoshiia kata wa arimasen ka? (C). 19. Itsi ka
go tsugd no wi toki ni Enoshima e itie kimashé (D). 20. Sono hon wo yonde
shimattara Jiré ka dare ka ni 0 yari nasai (B). 21. Kono kami wa hakurai yori
yast gozaimast ga, shina ga ikura ka warui yo de gozaimasti (D). 22. Nodo ga
kawaita ; nani ka nomu mono wo o kure (A). 23. Ei-go ka Fuiransi-go ka, dotchi
ka hitotst narau tsumori dest (C). 24. Yamada San wa moto doko ka kono kinjo
ni ita koto ga aru sé desi (C). =
1. If anyone comes while I am away, tell him that I’ll be back on the 10th.
2. Somebody has taken my dictionary. 3. You had better get somebody who
knows English to readit to you. 4. Will you please give me one of these flowers?
5. I must either return the goods or pay the money. 6. I would like to manage
somehow to go up Mount Fuji once. 7. I can’t live in a place as hot as this,
let’s look out for a cooler place. 8. I want some buttons like this, I wonder =~
whether there are any to be had in Tokyo. 9. If you look all over TokyO you~
will probably find some like it somewhere. 10. I have never been to Uenoyet.
Some day when you are free please take me there. 11. Is there no more sugar?
12. There’s still a little left. 13. How is the patient ? 14. The fever is some-
what less, but he says his headache is as bad as ever. 15. I hear that Mr Kimura
is going back to his house in the country, I must buy something which they
haven’t got in the country for Miss Hana-ko, and ask him to take it to her. 16,
One of you (servants) go and call the doctor; (or: Go and call any doctor). 17. —
Ask somebody the way. 18. Has anybody lost his purse? 19. Some day
when convenient to you let’s go to Enoshima. 20. When you’ve finished read-
ing that book give it to Jird or somebody or other. 21. This paper is cheaper
than the foreign article, but the quality is somewhat inferior. 22. I’m thirsty, « . ee
bring me something to drink. 238. I intend to study either English or French. _
24. They say that Mr Yamada formerly used to live somewhere in this neigh-
bourhood. :
re
BXERCISE 76,
- Demonstrative, interrogative and indefinite pronouns and adverbs. Study
__ the third column of Table IT in 336. -
arashi : storm. karappo no : empty.
- chawan : teacup. korobu : to fall down.
kan : tin-ean. soto : outside ; exterior.
rosoku : candle. ura : the back ; rear.
téburu : table.
1. Uchi de wa dare mo tabako wo noma-nai (B). 2. Dare ka kimashita ka? (C).
.. 8. Ky6 wa donata mo o-ide ni narimasen deshita (D). 4. Kono nashi wa dore
mo kisatte ite taberare-nai (B). 5. Ano fiitatsti no teburu wa dotchi mo chiimon
shite koshiraesashita no dest (C). 6. Sendatte no arushi de ura no ki ga ni-sam-
bon taoremashita ga, uchi wa dé mo narimasen deshita (C). 7. Otdto san ga sakki
mon no soto de koronda s6 desti ga, doko ka kega wa shimasen deshita ira? (C). 8.
Arigaté gozaimast, doko mo itaku wa shimasen deshita (C). 9. K6 iu chawan wo
kaitai to omotte hobé kiite mita ga, doko ni mo nakatta (B). 10. Itst mo kau mise
de o kai nasai (B). 11. Shio wa ano tsubo ni tkura mo aru (B). 12. Omae wa
. ikutsi mo nashi ga aru no da kara, stikoshi Mitsti-ko San ni o age nasai (A). 13.
Hakodate e wa iku-do mo mairimashita kara, yoku shitte imast (D). 14. SO iu
rosoku nara nam-bon mo aru (B). 15. Ano kan ni wa nanni mo gozaimasen ;
karappo de gozaimast (D). 16. Kononaka ni dore ka anata no hon ga arimast ka?
(C). 17. Lie, dore mo watakishi no de wa gozaimasen (D). 18. Watashi wa Ei-
go mo Firansti-go mo dotchi mo hanasemasen (C). 19. Ano kata no 0 niwa ni wa
sakura no ki ga iku-hon mo gozaimast (D). 20. Suzuki Tama-ko to. tu hito no
koto wo shitte imasti ka? (C). 21. Lie, watashi wa nanni mo shirimasen (C). 22.
Ryoké shita koto ga arimasen kara, Téky6 no hoka wa doko mo shirimasen (C). 23. —
Furui shimbun wo go-roku-mai kudasaimasen ka? (D). 24. E, ikwra mo arimast |
kara, hoshii dake o tstikai nasai (C). 25. Ano hito wa itsi mo mise e iku toki
densha de au hito da (B).
1. At home nobody smokes. 2. Did anybody come? 3. Nobody has come
today. 4. Every one of these pears is bad, not one is fit to eat. 5. Both of
those tables were made to order. 6. The storm the other day blew down two or
_ three of the trees at the back of the house, but no damage was done to the house
itself. 7. I hear that vour brother fell down outside the gate, has he hurt him--
self (anywhere)? 8. Thanks, he didn’t hurt himself at all. 9. I wanted to
' buy some teacups like this and I asked everywhere, but I couldn’t find any
anywhere. 10. Buy it at the same shop you always go to. 11. There’s any
amount of salt in that jar. 12. As you’ve got any amount of pears, give a few
to Miss Mitsu-ko. 13. I know Hakodate quite well, I’ve been there any number
of times. 14. If that’s the kind of candle (you are referring to) I’ve got any
number. 15. There’s absolutely nothing in that tin-can, it’s empty. 16. Are
any of these bocks yours ? 17. No, none of them are mine. 18. I can neither
speak English nor French. 19. ‘There are any number of cherry-trees in that
gentleman’s garden. 20. Can you give me any information about a person
ealled Tama-ko Suzuki? 21. No, I know nothing at all about her. 22. As
I’ve never travelled, 1 know no place outside of Toky6. 23. Would you please
give me a few old newspapers ? 24. I’ve got any amount, so take as many as
you want. 25. That’s the man I always meet in the tram-car when I’m going
to the office: ;
EXERCISES: 77:
Demonstrative, interrogative and indefinite’ pronouns ‘and adverbs. Study
the fourth column of Table II in 336. | gst
fude : writing-brush. teinei na : polite ; careful. . hens,
hasami : scissors. mitstikaru : to become found ; be found.
kanshin ; admiration. ossharu (polite) : to say ; speak.
katte : convenience. ya: a copulative particle ; and.
rambo na: disorderly ; unruly.
1. Ano mustime wa yoku otdto yo indto no sewa wo shimast kara, dare de mo
- kanshin shite mast (C). 2. Donata de mo omae wa rambé da to ossharu (A)... 3
Koko ni aru hasami wa dore de mo tstikatte ii no desi ka? (C). 4. Fude de mo,
pen de mo, dotchi de moo tstikai nasai (C). 5. Ueno e doyé-bi ni ikimashé ka,
nichiyo ni ikimashd ka? (C). 6, Dé de mo omae no katte ni nasai (A). 7. Nihon
wa doko de mo roku-gatst ame ga furu no destt ka? (C). 8. Ashita ichi-nichi hima
wo yaru kara, doko ni de mo katte na tokoro e itte asonde o-ide (A). 9. Hon no
wakara-nai tokoro wo oshiete itadakitai no dest ga, itst: agareba yo gozaimashé ? (D).
10. Gogo nara its de mo uchi ni imasti kara, o-ide nasai (C). 11. Bydki nara
ikura de mo kane wo tstikatte ii (B).. 12. Koppu wa ikutst de mo ano hako ni. aru
(B). 18. Lku-do de mo oboeru made yoma-nakereba nara-nai no dest (C).. 14
Chitsa na kashi-ya nara nan-gen de mo atta no dest ga, 6ki na no ga mitsiikarimasen
(C). 15. Ano hito no suru koto wa nan de mo teinei da (B). 16. Kono niwa wa
dare de mo hairemasti ka? (C). 17. Hai, donata de mo haitte goran ni natte yo
gozaimast (DD). 18. Ano hito wa watashi ga iku to its demo hon wo yonde iru (B).
19. Akai empitst ga gozaimast ka? (D). 20, Kuroi no wa nam-bon de mo aru ga,
akai no wa ip-pon mo nai (B). 21. Oji san ni itadaita o kane de hon wo katte yo
gozaimasti ka? (D). 22. Nan de mo omae no stiki na mono wo o kai nasai (A).
23. Kono hasami wa Toky6 ni aru deshé ka? (C). 24. E, doko ni de mo arimasi
(C). 25. Dore de mo yé gozaimast kara, kono e wo ichi-mai kudasaimasen ka ?
(D). 26. EF, dore de mo ti no wo agemashé (C).
1. Everybody admires that girl, she takes such care of her little brother and
sister. 2. Everybody says you are very unruly. 3. May I use any of the
scissors here ? 4. Use either a brush or apen. 5. Shall I go to Ueno on Satur-
day, or on Sunday ? 6. Do just as you like. 7. Does it rain everywhere in —
Japan during the month of June? 8. I’ll give you a holiday tomorrow, you can
go and enjoy yourself wherever you like. 9. I wish you’d explain to me some
_ things I don’t understand in my book, when can I go to see you? 10. Come
some day in the afternoon, I’m always in. 11. In case of illness, it doesn’t
matter how much money is spent. 12. There are any number of tumblers in
that box. 13. You must read it over and over again until you know it (by heart).
14. There were any number of small houses to let, but I couldn’t find a big one:
15. Everything that man does, he does carefully. 16. May anybody visit.
this garden? 17. Yes, anybody may go in and see it. 18. Whenever I go,
that mam is always reading. 19. Have you got a red pencil? 20. I’ve
_ any number of black pencils, but I haven’t got a red one. 21. May I buy a book
with the money my uncle gave me? 22. Buy whatever you like. 23. I wonder
whether I can get scissors like this in Tokyo? 24. Oh yes, you can get them
anywhere. 25. Would you please give me one of these pictures ? I don’t mind
which. 26. Certainly, I’ll give you the one you like best.
=,
EXERCISE 78.
' Honorifie verbs. Study 354—363. |
shashin : photograph. kekké na : splendid ; excellent.
yoroshii (hardly ever used attribu- iadaima: at present ; soon; just now.
tively) : good. zehi : by all means ; without fail.
1. Nani shimbun wo goran ni narimasti ka? (D). 2. Yamada San no banchi
wa o t6-san ga go zonji de gozaimast (D). 3. Nii-san wa inaka e o-ide nas‘tte
kara, taihen o fiitori desi ne (C). 4. Saito San wa Ei-go wa go zonji de (wa)
gozaimasen ga, Firansti-go wa taisd yoku o deki no hazu de gozaimastt (D). 5.
Tegami wo kakimashite gozaimast ga, kore de yoroshiti gozaimashé ka? (D). 6.
Yamada San wa ku-ji ni wa o yasumi no hazu de gozaimast kara, ima o-ide
nasaimashite mo, 0 me ni kakaru koto wa dame de gozaimashé (D). 7. Oku-sama
wa tadaima shimbun wo yonde irasshaimast (D). 8. Konaida Hana-ko San wo o
tazune itashimashitara, Ftiransti-go no hon wo o yomi de trasshaimashita (D). 9.
Kondo o-ide kudasaimast toki zehi 0-j6-san wo o tsure méshite kudasai (D). 10.
Nani wo go shimpai nas’tte irasshaimast ka? (D). 11. Yamada San ga Rondon ~
no shimbun wo totie o-ide no hazu da kara, sengetst no téka no wo karite kite o kure
(A). 12. Sendatte gaikoku ni iru ane ga shashin wo yokoshimashita kara, 0 me ni
kakemashé ka? (D). 13. Hai, haiken titashimashé (D). 14. Kin6é chédai itashi-
mashita kudamono wa makoto ni kekké de gozaimashita (D). 15. Tard no sensei
ni o me ni kakatte, sono koto wo méshi-agete kudasai (C). 16. Byd-nin ga taisé
netsti ga demashite gozaimast kara, sugu ni o-ide kudasuimast yo 0 tanomi moshi-
mast. (D). 17. Kono tegami wo 9 to-san ni o me ni kakete kudasai (C). 18.
Danna sama wa nan-ji no kisha de o kaeri de irasshaimast ka? (D). 19. Mada
tegami ga mairimasen kara, wakarimasen (D). 20. Kono-goro Suzuki San wa
isshokemmei de Furansti-go wo go benkyé de irassharu sé de gozaimast (D). 21.
Watashi wa Ité dest ga, go shujin ni o me ni kakaritai desi (C). 22. Dézo ano
hon wo haiken sashite kudasaimasen ka? (D). 23. O té-san wa atama ga itakiitte
trassharu kara, jama wo shi-nai y6 ni o shi nasai (A).
1. What newspaper do you read? 2. Your father knows Mr Yamada’s
address. 3. Your brother has become much stouter since he is in the country.
4. Mr Saito doesn’t know English, but I understand that he knows French very
well. 5. I have written the letter, will it do? 6. I understand Mr Yamiada -
goes to bed at nine, so you couldn’t see him even if you went to his house now.
7. My mistress is reading the newspaperynow. 8. When I went to see Miss
Hana-ko the other day, she was reading a French book. 9. When you come
next time be sure to bring your daughter with you. 10. What are you worrying
about ? 11. I have reason to believe that Mr Yamada takes in a London
newspaper, go and ask him to lend me the paper of the 10th of last month. 12.
My sister who is abroad sent her photograph the other day, would you like to
see it? 13. Yes, please show it to me. 14. The fruit you kindly gave me
yesterday was simply exquisite. 15. Go to Tard’s master and tell him that, —
(what we’ve been speaking about). 16. The patient has developed a high fever ;
so I beseech you to come immediately. 17. Please show this letter to your
father. 18. By what o’clock train is your master returning? 19. I haven’t
received a letter yet, so I don’t know. 20. I hear Mr Suzuki is studying French
very hard. 21. My name is It6, can I see your master? 22. Would you
please show me that book ? 28. Your father has a headache, so don’t bother
him in any way.
Te = ee es en Te
‘ $
(Anata apres wet - aes
| EXERCISE 79.
Honorific nouns. Study 364378.
kur6 : trouble ; labour. sumu : to be easy in mind ; (especially
o-itoma : leave ; discharge. used in the neg. in sentences said to
(0) seji ; politeness ; civility ; beg somebody’s pardon),
flattery. ainiku : unfortunately.
sake-nomi : drunkard. wari nt : relatively ; comparatively.
1. Ano onna wa sake-nomi wo teishu ni motte shijit kuré shite iru (B). -2. Yado—
wa tadaima Kobe e mairimashite, rusu de gozaimasti (D). 8. Ano sentaku-ya no
o-kami-san wa 0 seji ga wi (B). 4. Taku wa nichiyd ni wa itsi mo kodomo wo
tsurete Ueno € sampo ni mairimast (D). 5. Dézo anata no o shashin wo ichi-mai
kudasai (DD). 6. Omae wa ikura itte mo o-shaberi ga naora-nakereba hima wo .
yaru (A). 7. Ky6 wa taihen 0 sami gozaimast (D). 8. Kono kutsu wa o yasui
wart ni jobu ni dekite orimasti (D). 9. Gaikoku-go wo go benkyé nasaru nara, o
wakai toki ni o hajime nasaru hé ga yoroshiai gozaimasti (D). 10. O-kage sama de
Taro ga taisé jobu ni narimashita (D). 11. Kiné wa O Kiku wo gakko e tsurete
itte kudas’tte démo o sewa sama deshita (C). 12. Go-kur6é sama dest ga, kone
nimotsi wo nikai e agete kudasai (C). 13. O jama itashimashita, mé o-itoma
ttashimashé (D). 14. Go-busata itashimashite, makoto na sumimasen (D). 15.
Ainiku tadaima kono kami wa gozaimasen, démo o kinodoku sama de gozaimast.
(D). 16. Moshi 0 isogashii gozaimasen deshitara kono tegami wo Ei-go na yaku-
shite itadakit6é gozaimasti (D). 17. Go-busata shite orimashita ga, mina-san o
kawari wa gozaimasen ka? (D). 18. Arigaté gozaimast, o-kage sama de minna
jobu de gozaimast (D). 19. Danna sama wa kaisha ni itte irasshaimast ka ?
(D). 20. Taku wa kono-goro karada ga warui to méshimashite, kongetsi kara,
khaisha woe yamemashita (D). 21. Ano onna no teishu wa daiku da (B). 22.
Tonari no o-kami-san wa o seji ga nakite stiki dest (C).
1. That woman has got a drunkard for a husband with the result that she
is always in some trouble or other. 2. My husband is not at home, he has gone
to Kobe. 3. That laundry-man’s wife is very civil and well-spoken. 4. My
husband always takes the children for a walk to Ueno on Sunday. 5. Please
give me your photograph. 6. It’s no use speaking to you, so if you don’t
correct yourself of talking so much, I shall have to dismiss you. 7. It’s very
cold today. 8. These boots are cheap and considering the price, they are
strongly made. 9. If you are going to study a foreign language you’d better
start while you are young. 10. Thanks to you Taro is now quite strong. 11.
Thank you for kindly taking Kiku to school yesterday. 12. I am very sorry to
trouble you, but would you please take these bags upstairs? 13. Excuse me
for having interrupted you; I will now take my leave. 14. I’ve been sadly
remiss about calling upon you, I am really quite ashamed of myself. 15. Tam
sorry but unfortunately I have no paper like this at present. 16. If you are
not busy now, I wish you would translate this letter into English forme. 17, T_
hope you’ll excuse my not having called upon you lately; how is every- -
body at home? 18. Thanks (to you) everybody is quite well. 19. Does your
husband go to the office ?. 20. My husband (says he) has not been well lately,
he left off going to the office from the beginning of this month. 21. That
woman’s husband is a carpenter. 22. I like that woman next door, she’s not
given to flattery.
EXERCISE 80. |
| Postpositions and Quasi-postpositions. Study 379—-388. ; a %
kagen : state of one’s health. norot : slow (in a bad sense).
shokuji : a meal. ; tachi-domaru : to stop while walking.
sédan : consultation. kawari : alteration ; instead of; on the
unchin : charge for transportation; . other hand.
carriage ; cartage.
1. Kono hon wa dare ni de mo hoshii hito ni-ageru no-desit (C). 2. Shinda no
_ wa dki na inu desi ka? (C). 3. Lie, ki na no de wa arimasen, chiisa na hé desi
(C). 4. Sono jibiki wo uru no wa nii-san ni sddan shite kara no koto ni nasai (A).
5. Kono nimotsi wo kisha de okuritai no dest ga, Niigata made no unchin wa ikura
desi? (C). 6. Sumimasen ga, shokuji wo shimast aida 0 machi kudasat(C). 7.
Kono empitsi wa takai kawari ni shina ga vi (B). 8. Chébei wa nani wo shite mo
norot koto wa noroi ga, sono kawari ni teinei da (B). 9. Hashi no ue de inu ga
kenka wo shite iru to soba wo téru hito ga minna tachi-domatte mite imashita ; (soko
no soba). (C). 10. O kagen ga warui nara watashi ga kawari ni kai-mono ni
itte kimashé ; (anata no kawari). (C). 11. Kono niwa wa dare ga mite mo ti no —
desi ka? (C). 12. Hai, yoroshiti gozaimast, haitte naka wo goran kudasai (D).
13. Tansii no ue no omocha wa tonari no 0-j6-san ni ageru tsumori de katte kita
no desi (C). 14. Kimi-ko San no uchi wa ano yibin-kyoku no ura da (B). V5.
Ginké wa hashi no muké ja nai, kotchi da (B). 16. Enoshima e wa Kamakura
kara de mo, Fujisawa kara de mo ikaremast (C). 17. Kore wa anata no toket
desti ka ?(C). 18. Lie, watashino wa sonna oki nan’ ja arimasen (C). 19. Kono
tegami wo dasti no wa Yamada San ni misete kara ni shiyd (B). 20. Ane yama
no ue ni yuki ga arimasti ka? (C). 21. EF, natst de mo arimast (C). 22. Hon-
ya no mae ni kuroi 6ki na inu ga ita(B). 23. Ane wa atama ga itai to moshimast
kara, wataktshi ga kawari ni mukae ni mairimashita (D). 24. Ano mise de kai-
mono wo shite kimasti kara, sono aida 0 machi kudasai (C).
1. Dll ane a copy of this book to whoever wants one. 2. Was it the big dog
that died? 3. No, it wasn’t the big one, it was the littleone. 4. Consult your
brother Na selling that dictionary. 5. I want to send this piece of luggage
by train, what would the charge be to Niigata? 6. Excuse me, but would you
mind waiting while I havemy dinner? 7. This pencil isdear, but on the other
hand the quality is good. 8. There’s no denying that Choébei takes a long time ~
about everything, but on the other hand he works very carefully. 9. Two dogs
were fighting on the bridge, and all the passers-by stopped to look at them. 10.
If you are not feeling well I’ll go and do the shopping for you. 31. May any-
body visit this garden? 12. Yes, please go inside and sce the interior. 13,
I bought the toy which is on the chest of drawers with the intention of giving
it to the little girl next door. 14. Miss Kimi-ko’s house is at the back of
that post office. 15. The bank is not on the other side of the bridge, it’s on
this side. 16. You can go to Enoshima either from Kamakura or from Fuji-
sawa. 17. Is this your watch? 18. No, mine is not such a big one. 19. I
won’t send this letter until I’ve shown it to Mr Yamada. 20. Is there any
snow on the top of that mountain? 21. Yes, there’s snow even in summer.
22. There was a big black dog in front of the bookseller’s. 23. As my sister |
(says she) has a headache, I have come to meet you in her stead. 24. a m -
going | to that shop to buy something, please wait till I come > back.
‘
i Pa
Oe eee Oe ee Re Re
t
Sie EXERCISE bi
Wa and Ga, Study 389—392.
(0) bon : tray. © _ushiro : the back ; behind,
garast : glass. koware’ru (intr.): to break ; be broken
kawa : leather. or ruined.
1. Kore wa chichi ga seiy6 kara tsurete kita inu de gozaimasti (D). 2. Mizu wa
dono gurai tremashé ka? (C). 8. Chichi shichi-bu ni mizu sam-bu irete o kure
~ (A). 4. Yamada San no ushiro de hon wo yonde iru hito wa donata deshé ? (C).
5. O bon wa mono-oki ni arimast kara, dashite kudasai (C). 6. Hoka no hito ga
ko-nakitte mo Suzuki San wa kitto kuru (B). 7. Kore wa anata no te-bukuro de
gozaimashd ka? (D). 8. Ite, ano kawa no ga watashi no dest (C). 9. Kore a
0-j0-san no o-ide nasaru gakké de gozaimasti ka?(D). 10. Tie, kore wa uchi no
mustime no gakké de wa gozaimasen ; Ueno kéen no shita ni aru no ga mustime no
tku gakko de gozaimast (D). 11. Dare ga ano mado no garast wo kowashita no
da?(A). 12. Jishin de kowareta no de gozaimast (D). 18. Watashi wa Hakone
yort (wa) Chiizenji ga zutto stiki de gozaimast (D). 14. Kane ga nakiitte ryoké
ga deki-nai no ka mo shiremasen (C). 15. Taré wa doko ga warui no dard ? (B).
16. Ha ga itai no deshé (C). 17. Fuji-san no takasa wa dono gurai arimasti ka?
(C). 18. Kono tegami wa Hakodate kara koko made yokka kakarimashita (C).
19. Saté ga m6 gozaimasen kara, katte mairimashé (D). 20. Tanaka San wa
trasshaimashita ga, Suzuki San wa mada o mie ni narimasen (D). 21. Dono
jibiki ga ti dard ? (B). 22. Kore ga ti yo da(B). 23. Kochira mo nichiyé ni ame
ga furimashita ka? (C). 24. Ame wa furimasen deshita ga, 6-kaze de soto e deru
koto ga dekimasen deshita (C). 25. Tatte iru no wa Yamada San ja arimasen ;
teburu no soba ni koshi-kakete iru no ga Yamada San dest (C). 26. Inu ga kaette
kimashita ka? (C). 27. Kurot no wa kaerimashita ga, shiroi no wa hobé sagasase-
mashita keredomo, mada miemasen (C).. 28. Inu ya neko gao stiki dest ka?
(C). 29. Inu wa stiki desti ga, neko waiya desi (C). 30. Dore ga anata no o kutsu
de gozaimasti ka? (D). 31. Sono akai no ga boku no da (B).
1. This is a dog my father brought from abroad. 2. How much water shall
I putin? 8. Put in seven parts of milk and three parts of water. 4. I wonder
who the gentleman is, reading a book behind Mr Yamada ? 5. There are some
trays in the pantry, take them out. . 6. Even if nobody else comes, Mr Suzuki
issure to come. 7. Are these your gloves? 8. No, those leather ones are mine. _
9. Is this the school your daughter goes to? 10. No, this is not the school she
goes to, she goes to the school at the foot of Ueno park. 11. Who broke (the
glass of) that window? 12. It was broken in the earthquake. 13. I much
prefer Chiizenji to Hakone. 14. I dare say the reason that he can’t go travel-
ling is that he has no money. 15. What’s the matter with Taro? 16. I think
he has atoothache. 17. How high is Mount Fuji? 18. This letter took three
_ days to come from Hakodate here? 19. There’s no more sugar, so I’ll go and
buy some. 20. Mr Tanakais here, but Mr Suzuki hasn’t come yet. 21. Which
dictionary is the best ? 22. ‘This one appears to be the best. 23. Did it also
rain here on Sunday ?. 24. It didn’t rain but the wind was so strong it was
impossible to go. out of doors. 25. Mr Yamada is not the man standing, he’s
the man sitting near the table. 26. Have the dogs come back? 27. The black
dog has come back, but the white one is not to be found anywhere. 28. Do |
you like dogs and cats? 29. I am fond of dogs but I don’t like cats. 30.
Which are your boots? 381. Those brown ones are mine.
EXERCISE 82. ss
De and Ni. Study 393.
hayashi : wood ; forest. ~ yasat : vegetables.
hiru-meshi ; lunch. osoroshii ; fearful.
kage : shadow ; shelter. ureshii : joyful.
tant : valley. same'ru (intr.) : to wake.
1. Ginké de jui-nen 76 awa-nakatta tomodachi ni atte, ureshikatta (B). 2.
Hakone ni is-shiikan hodo tomatte, sore kara héb6é aruku tswmori dest (C). 3.
Yasai wa itsti de mo ano kado no mise de kaimast (C). 4. Onaka ga swita ga,
_* doko de hiru-meshi wo tabeyé? (B). 5. Ano hayashi no naka de tabeyd ja nai ka?
(B). 6. Watashi no mura ni wa gakk6é ga arimasen kara, minna tonari mura no
_ gakkoeikuno dest (C). 7. Anata no tokoro ni ka ga takiisan imast ka? (C). 8.
Kagen ga warukereba aruite ika-nai de, kuruma de o-ide nasai (B). 9. O té-san
ni so wwaremashita(C). 10. Yabe no arashi de me ga samemasen deshita ka ? (C).
11. Anata-gata no naka ni (or de) Chosen e itta koto ga aru hito ga imast ka ? (C).
12. Sono hako wa ki dé dekite iru no desi ka ? (C). 18. Konaida o me ni kaketa
hana-ike wa ni-jti-yen de katta no de gozaimast ga, ni-jti-hachi-yen ni urimashita
(D). 14. Ano yama no kage wa fiikai tani de, osoroshii tokoro de gozaimasi (D).
15. Are wa kinu ni miemasti ga, honto no kinu ja nai no desi (C). 16. Kono
machi ni hoteru ga gozaimasti ka? (D). 17. Yado-ya nara gozaimast ga, hoteru
wa gozaimasen (D). 18. Ano ki no kage de shibaraku yasumé (B). 19. Aruite
mairimashé ka? (D). 20. Osoku naru to ikemasen kara, densha de mairimashé
(D). 21. Shina-jin ni wa Ei-go no jézu na hito ga takiisan arimasi (C). 22.
Kono koppu wa mutisi ni-yen de katta no desti (C). 28. Ano mise ni wa taihen
Ei-go no timai hito ga hitori iru (B). 24. Kesa mise e iku toki densha de Yamada
San ni atta (B). 25. Donata ka o ko san ga go bydki de irasshaimast ka ? (D).
26. Jiré ga shi-go-nichi mae kara kagen ga warukiitte nete imasti, keredomo shim-
pai, na bydki de wa arimasen (C).
1. I had the pleasure of meeting at the bank a friend whom I had not seen
for more than ten years. 2. I intend to stop about a week at Hakone and after
that to go touring on foot. 38. I always buy my vegetables at that corner shop.
- 4, I’m hungry, where shall we eat our lunch? 5. Let’s eat it in that wood. 6.
There’s no school in our village, so the children have to go to the school in the
neighbouring village. 7. Are there mapy mosquitos in your house? 8. If
you are not feeling well don’t walk, go by rikisha. 9. I was told so by my
father. 10. Weren’t you woken by the wind last night? 11. Have any of
you ever been to Korea? 12. Is that box made of wood? 13. The flower-
- vase I showed you the other day I bought for twenty yen, and I sold it for
twenty-eight yen. 14. On the other side of that mountain there’s a deep
ravine, it’s an awe-inspiring place. 15, That looks like silk, but it’s not
real silk. 16. Is there a hotel in this town? 17. There are native inns, but
there is no foreign-style hotel. 18. Let’s rest a while under that tree (in the
shade of that tree). 19. Shall we go on foot ? 20. As it wouldn’t do to arrive
late, let’s go by tram-car. 21, A great many of the Chinese can speak English
quite well. 22. I bought six of these tumblers for two yen. 23. There’s a
man at that shop who speaks very good English. 24. This morning, going to
the office, I met Mr Yamada in the tram-car. 25. Is one of your children ill?
26. Jird is not feeling well, he has been in bed four or five days ; however, it’s
nothing to worry about. ; ,
| EXERCISE 83.
Adverbs. Study 394—403.
mihon : sample. tate’ru : to set up; build.
sekitan : coal, - yaku (trans.) : to burn.
stitekki : walking-stick. chitto : a little ; bit. 7m
nige'ru : to escape ; run away. —darake : all over ; full of.
1. Kore wa mihon to maru de chigaimasi (C). 2. Uchi no neko wa shi-hiki ko ~ :
wo unda no dest ga, jobu de ikite iru no wa kono neko ip-piki kiri dest (C). 8.
Suzuki San ni wa ni-san-do atta kiri de, ammari yoku shirimasen (C). 4. Byd-
nin ga kite ita kimono wa nokora-zu yaite shimai nasai (A). 5. Kawa no muké ni —
bonyari to mieru no ga Suzuki San ga atarashiku tateta uchi da (B). 6. Dare ni
de mo wakaru yo ni hakkiri to katte okinasai (A). 7. Watashi wa Ei-go no hon wa
yomeru keredomo, hanast koto wa chitto mo deki-nai(B). 8. Doko kano otoko no
_ ko ga uchi no nashi wo totte, don-don nigete itte shimatta (B). 9. Kono michi wa
ishi-darake dest kara, soro-soro arukimashé (C). 10. Sekitan wa mé6 nai ka ? (A).
11. Lie, mada fiita-tsiki tstikau hodo gozaimast (D). 12. Sayéd de gozaimasti, mé
chitto mo gozaimasen (D). 138. Anna hidoi yiibe no jishin ni me ga same-nakatta
no desti ka? (C). 14. E, chitto mo shirimasen deshita ; nan-ji goro deshita ? (C).
15. Kino kono stitekki wo wasurete oite irash’tta no wa anata de wa gozaimasen -
ka?(D). 16. Lie, boku ja arimasen (C). 17. Kamakura e nichiyé ni ika-nakatta
no dest ne? (C). 18. Lie, itte kimashita; dare ga sonna koto wo timashita? (C).-
19. Lie, kéen de anata wo mimashita kara,,s6 hitori de omotta no desi (C). 20.
Konna ni ame ga fureba Hana-ko San wa irasshara-nai ka mo shiremasen ne ?
(C). 21. Lie, ano kata wa o tenki ga waruktitte mo kitto o-ide nasaimast (D).
22. Mé tamago wa mitisi kiri nai no? (B). 238. Hai, mé sore kiri de gozaimasi
(D). 24. Ashi ga itai kara, soro-soro ika-nakereba nara-nai (B). 25. Tard to
Jiré wa kyddai da keredomo maru de kao ga chigau (B). 26. Isshékemmei ni
shite mo deki-nakereba shikata ga nai kara, dare ka ni tetsidatte morattara wi
deshé (C).
1. This is entirely different from the sample. 2. Our cat had four kittens,
but this is the only one that is still alive and strong. 8. I don’t know Mr ~
Suzuki very well, I’ve only met him two or three times. 4. Burn absolutely all
the clothes used by the deceased. 5. The house you see dimly the other side of
the river is the one Mr Suzuki recently built. 6. Write it clearly so that every-
body can understand. 7. I can read English but I can’t speak it at all. 8.
Some boy I don’t know stole some of our pears and ran away as quickly as he
could, 9, This road is nothing but stones, let’s walk slowly. 10. Is there no
‘more coal left? 11. Yes, there’s enough for about two months. 12. No,
there’s not any left. 13. Do you mean to say that severe earthquake last
night didn’t wake you? 14. No, I didn’t feel it at all. What o’clock was it? | —
15. Somebody left a stick behind yesterday. Isn’t it yours? 16, No, it’s ©
not mine. 17. So you didn’t go to Kamakura on Sunday. 18. Oh yes, I did,
who said I didn’t go? 19. Nobody said so, but I thought I saw you in the
park. 20. If it continues raining like this, I don ’t suppose Miss, Hana-ko will
come. 21; Oh yes, she’s sure to come no matter how bad the weather is. 22.
What, are there only three eggs left? 23. Yes, that is all. 24. I can only walk
slowly, my feet hurt me. 25. Taré and Jird are brothers but they don’t look
like it. 26. If you can’t do it by yourself no matter how much you try, you
had better get somebody to help you. What else can you do?
ee ee. Te ess taal Re ee Re > ee We
‘ EXERCISE 84;
Conjunctions. Study 404; 405. ; fee
7
(0) kashi : sweets ; pastry. bimb6 na : poor.
kemono : quadruped. kau : to keep (of animals).
undé : movement ; exercise. utau : to sing. -
uia ; song ; poem. kawari-gawari : by turns.
1. Taré to Jiré wa kawari-gawari o-jii-san ni shimbun wo yonde kikasemasti
(C). 2. Ojt wa iro-iro no tori ya kemono wo katte imast (C). 3. Densha to ka
denwa toka iu yé na mono wa kono-goro dekita mono da (B). 4. Gmae wa ammari
: 0 kashi da no, kudamono da no wo tabe-nai yo ni shi nasai (A). 5. Brown San
wa Nihon-go wo hanasii koto mo kaku koto mo dekimasii (C). 6. San-sen no Ixtite
wo jui-mai ni, hagakt wo ni-ji-mai katte kite o kure (A). 7. Watashi wa asa-ban.
—und6é no tame ni ano kawa no tokoro made iku koto ni shiteimasti (C). 8. Yamada
San wa Rondon e itte, gakké e hairu no dato timashita (C). 9. Kono hon wa *
omoshirokitte, tame ni narimasi (C). 10. Omae ga watashi no rusu ni deta no de
doko e itta no daré to cmotte ita {A). 11. Asa hayaleu okiveba karada mo jobu ni
_ nari, benkyd mo yoku dekiru no desti (C). 12. Chichi wa shdsetsti mo kaku shi, ¢
mo kakimast (C). 13. Ano mise de wa hon mo ureba, shimbun mo uru (B). 14.
Hon wo yondari, uta wo utattari shite, omoshiroku asobimashé (C). 15. Ano hite
wa bimbéd dest, sore ni karada ga yowai no desi kara, donna ni komatte tru ka —
‘shiremasen (C). 16. Kono tegami wo motte Yamada San no tokoro e itte o-ide
nasai ; soshite, henji wo moratte kuru no dest (B). 17. Watashi wa Kyéto e mo
itta shi, Narae mo itta ga, mada Kobe e wa itia koto ga nai (B). 18. Kotoshi no
natst wa yama e nobottari, ryoké shitari shite, jitsti ni omoshiré gozaimashita (D).
19. Kono kire wa yasitkiitte jobu desi (C). 20. Tori wa stiki dest ga, inu ya neko
wa iya dest kara, kaimasen (C). 21. Chichi ni saté ni koppu wo fitatsi motte
o-ide (A). 22. Ano toki kara otéto ni wa atta koto mo nai shi, tegami mo kimasen
(C).
_ 1. Tard and Jird read the newspaper to their grandfather by turns. 2. My
uncle keeps several kinds of birds and animals. 3. Electric cars, telephones,
and such like things are all modern inventions. 4. Don’t eat too many sweets
and fruit. 5. Mr Brown can both speak and write Japanese. 6. Go and buy
ten three-sen stamps and twenty postcards. 7. For the sake of exercise, every
morning and every evening I go as far as that river. 8. Mr Yamada said that —
he went to London and entered college there. 9. This book is amusing and it is
instructive. 10. You went out while I was away, and I was wondering where
you had gone to. 11. If you get up early in the morning it would be good for
the health and you will be able to study better. 12. My father writes novels
and he also paints pictures. 13. At that shop they sell books and newspapers.
14. Let’s amuse ourselves by reading books and singing songs. 15. That man
is poor and his health is bad into the bargain: I really couldn ’t tell you how —
much he suffers. 16. Take this letter to Mr Yamada’s place and bring back
an answer. 17. I’ve been to Kyéto and I’ve been to Nara, but I’ve not yet
been to Kébe. 18. Last summer I climbed mountains and I went travelling, I
really had a very good time. 19. This cloth is cheap and strong. 20, I lke
birds, but I hate dogs and cats, so I don’t keep any. 21. Bring me some milk. —
- some sugar, and two tumblers. 22. Since then I haven’t seen my brother nor
heard from him. Voge
- (BXERCISE 85.
Conjunctions. Study 406; 407.
ban : guard. otonashit : quiet ; well-behaved.
kohii : coffee. mujaki na: innocent ; simple.
seis stature. | shimeppot : damp. |
akarui : well-lighted ; bright. shirase'ru : to inform ; tell...
hikut : low. . chanto : perfectly ; correctly ; exactly.
1. Kono 0 heya wa hirokiitie akari gozaimasii ne (D). 2. Tonari no Shinobu
San wa taihen mujaki de kawaii ko dest (C). 3. Ano hito wa yasete ite sei ga
takai (B). 4. Koko wa samukitte, shimeppoi tokoro desi kara, karada no tame ni
yoku nat deshd (C). 5. Isu ni koshi-kakete iru fitotta sei no hikui hito wa, watashi
no itoko de, Yamada to-iu no dest (C). 6. O cha ka kéhii ka agemashd ka? (C).
7. Ikitai nara, dempé ka, denwa de shirasete kudasui (C). 8. Toky6 e itiano wa
anata dest ka, nii-san desti ka, hakkirt itte kudasai (C). 9. Te ni aru mono wo
mise-nakereba kono hon wo yara-nai (A). 10. Ano onna wa teishu to wakarete
kara shichi-hachi-nen ni naru daré (B). 11. Tamago wa chitsahitte mo, dkihiitte
mo, atarashii no nara ti (B). 12. Anna. hito-iachi ga kite mo ko-nakiitte mo ka--
mau mon’ desi ka? (C). 13. Watashi wa ano hito no ban wo shite i-nai kara,
ats doko e itta ka shira-nai (B). 14. Sonoo kata wa doko no nan to ossharu o kata
de gozaimastt ka? (D). 15. Uchino nashi wo totta l:odomo wa doko no dare da ka
chanto wakatie iru (B). 16. Watashi no uchi wa semaliitte, fuben desi kara,
koshitai to omou no desti ga, naka-naka wi uchi ga mitstikarimasen (C). 17.
-Senoe San wa kirei na otonashii mustime san da (B). 18. Kimura San no 0-j6-
“san nio kashi ka, kudamono ka agete o kure (A). 19. Tetsiidatte moraitai koto ga
aru kara, O Matsii de mo O Yuki de mo yokoshite kudasai (C). 20. Onna ni wa
totemo motemasen kara, Taré ka Jiré ni tanomimashé (C). 21. Hachi-ji no kisha
ni nora-nakereba ma ni awa-nai ka mo shire-nai (B). 22. O Kiyo San wa mé
kodomo ga san-yo-nin aru s6 da (B).
1. This room is very big and bright, isn’t it? 2. Miss Shinobu from next
door is a very innocent and charming child. 3. That man is thin and tall. 4.
‘As this place is cold and damp I don’t think it’s good for the health. 5. That
fat, short man sitting in the chair is my cousin, he’s called Yamada. 6. May I
offer you some tea or some coffee? 7. If you wish to go let me know by telegram
or by telephone. 8. Please tell me clearly who it was who went to Tokyo, was
it you or was it your brother? 9. Show me what you’ve got in your hand, or
I won’t give you this book. 10. I think it’s about seven or eight years since that
woman has been separated from her husband. 11. So long as the eggs are _
fresh it doesn’t matter whether they are small or big. 12. What does it matter,
whether people like that come or not. 13. I’m not in charge of that man so I
don’t know when he went nor where. 14. Where is that man from and what’s
hisname? 15. I know exactly who the boy was who stole our pears and I know
where he lives. 16. My house is small and inconvenient so I want to move
somewhere else, but I cannot find a house to suit me. 17. Miss Sonoe is a very
pretty girl and she has a very gentle disposition. 18. Offer Miss Kimura some
‘sweets or some fruit. 19. I want somebody to help me, so send Matsu or Yuki
there. 20. It’s impossible for a woman to carry this, so I’ll ask Taro or Jiro to
carry it for me. ‘21. You must take the eight 0’clock train, or I am afraid you'll
be late. 22. I hear that Kiyo has already got three or four children, ©
1,
fa ae y a a;
ah Pa
r AST) CA ogee short ft ew wae
7 = ~
EXERCISE 86.-
Interjections. Study 408—410.
After a gerund —te wa and —de wa are familiarly porttrneted rexel in :
~cha and —ja.
hi : fire.
~~ ju koto : something which is said ;
* commands.
in koto wo kiku : to
machidé ; waiting a
tori : Way ; Manner.
heiki na ; undisturbed ; indifferent.
yatara na ; careless ; reckless.
butst : to beat (men or animals).
obey. t6t6 : finally ; at last.
long time. yappart : also ; too.
1. Kore, sé yatara ni hito wo waratcha ike-nai yo (B). 2. A, t6t6 futte kita (B).
no itta tori da (B). 4. De mo, anna ii tenki datta no desit
3. Sore goran, watashi
mono. Masaka furu to wa omoimasen deshita wa (C, fem.).
ga tsuyoi kara, hi wo ki wo tsiike-nai to ike-nai yo (A).
nai to buts zo ! (A).
_totemo fune wa de-nai
(B). 10. A, komatta:
- tegami ga ne, démo yome-nai no desi yo (C).
Dore, 0 mise nasai, yonde agemast kara (C).
yomi-nikui tegami desi ne (C).
(C).. 16. Yoshi, ja Saté San ni yonde moraé (B).
5. Komban wa kaze
6. Kora, iu koto wo kika-
7. O machidé sama ; sd, tkimashé (C). 8. Kono arashija
deshé né? (C). 9. Nani, kono gurai no arashi wa heiki sa ~
!(B). 11. Nani? Dé nas’tta no desti? (C). 12. Kono
13. Md, sonna koto dest ka?
14. Naruhodo ! kore wa mattaku
15. Sore, yappari wakara-nai ja arimasen ka ?
17. Ano ne, tonari no Haruo
San ga astiko no hashi no soba de koronde ashi ni 6ki na kega wo shita n’ dest yo
ka? kawaisé ni né (C). 19. Sonna abwnai koto wo shite,
(C). 18. Ma, sé desi
kega wo shitara, sore koso taihen da (B).
20. Ndni, daijébu sa! (B). 21. Ano
‘hon wo yonde mo y6 gozaimast ka? (D). 22. A, ii to mo(A). 28. Kimura San
wa nam-banchi desi ka ne ? (C).
24. Sayd. Asiiko wa, € to, hachi-banchi desho yo
(C). 25. Moshi, moshi, kore wa anata no ja arimasen ka? (C). 26. Aral
Ma, shibaraku (C). 27. Ma, ano tori no hayai koto ! (C).
Eipna-ko San deshoé ?
1. I say, you mustn *t go about laughing at people like that. 2. Whata pity.
After all it’s begun to rain. 3. There you are. It’s just as I told you. 4.
Well, but the weather was so fine ;
I thought it impossible that it would turn
out rainy. 5. As it is very windy this evening, you must be careful about the
fire. 6. Take care, if you don’t do what you are told, I’ll beat you. 7. Sorry
to have kept you so long; well, let’s be going.
-impossible for the steamer to leave ;
nothing out-of-the-way in a wind like this.
11. What is it? What’s happened ?
8. In this gale, I suppose it is
isn’t that so? 9. Oh nonsense, there’s
10. Oh, I don’t know what to do!
12. I eannot read this letter. 13.
What! Is that all your trouble ? Show me the letter, 1’ll read it for you. 14.
You are right ; this letter is really very difficult to read.
you can’t read it either. 16. Allright then ; let’s ask Mr Saté to read it. 17.
15. There you are ;
I say, Master Haruo from next docr fell down near that bridge and hurt his leg
badly. 18. Oh, you don’t say so! Poor fellow! 19. If you do a dangerous
thing I’ke that and hurt yourself, it would be a serious matter. 20. site there’s
no fear, 21. May I read that book? 22. Oh, certainly. 23. I say ! what’s
_ the number of Mr Kimura’s house? 24. H’m..
-why, I believe it’s number eight.
is st Miss Hana-ko ?
that bird flies !
Well, it is a long time since I saw you!
..that house,... let me see
25. I say, isn’t this yours? 26. What!
27. How fast
a Pa eas a OT Le ee ae ee a Nae tee SNe) Re 5 ts oe Bee 4
oe ee ie he RS pet BI Oe aE os Pt Fa ie er ret, gear
Tere ye eae ae hae ee ee ie be Vines Vite
ims
»
ay saat RG =P Bed a a ti Ri
| : EXERCISE 87.
Construction of sentences. Study 411—413.
te a
aki-chi : unoccupied ground. _atsumaru (intr.): to assemble.
kembuist : sight-seeing. kimaru (intr.) : to be settled, decided.
roe : voice. kime‘ru (trans.) : to settle; decide. =
koe wo kake’ru : to call out. ki ga suru: to be under the impression; _
zutsii : headache. believe.
kurushti : agonizing ; painful. sakuban : last night.
1. Muzukashit kono hon ga dé shite watashi ni wakarimashd? (C). 2. Anala
ni kono hako ga motemasi ka? (C). 3. Boku ni wa totemo mote-nai(B). 4. — g
Brown San ga kuni eo kaeri nasaru no de, ano 0 uchi wa Suzuki San deo kai
nasaru koto ni kimatta sé de gozaimast (D). 5. Yasuda ginké de wa ura no aki-chi
wo uru koto ni kimeta to iu hanashi da (B). 6. Ani mo ane mo Kyéto e kembutsi et
ni ikimashita ga, watashi dake ikimasen deshita (C). 7. Sakuban astitko e atsu-
matta hito wa ni-hyaku-nin gurai atta to omoimasi (C). 8. O Matsit wa zutsiga
suru to itte nete iru ga, yoppodo kurushi-s6 da kara, isha wo yonde mite morawa-
nakereba narumai (B). 9. Yamada San wa tabun sakana ga o kirai datia to
omou ga, halckiri shi-nai kara, kiite miru hé ga ii (B).. 10. Ano kata wa Nihon- se.
go ga wakara-nai kara, dare ka ni tanonde tegami wo Ei-go ni naoshite moratte 0
dashi nasai (B). 11. Tanaka San ni ni-do mo*tegami wo dashite mo mada henji
ga ko-nai ga, dé ka shita no ka mo shire-nai (B). 12. Ha ga itakiitte kind Tokyoe
ikimasen deshita kara, kawari ni kanai ga ikimashita (C). 18. Kyé uchi no mae —
_ wo totta mustiime ga dimo mita koto ga aru y6 na ki ga suru no de, koe wo kakete
miru to O Kiku San datta no sa(B). 14. Itsiti mo kau mise no nashi wa yastikitte _ o
mo timaku arimasen deshita kara, Kanda made itte kimashita (C). 15. Karita ee re
kogaiana wo otoshitara, onnaji no wo katte kaeseba ii desh6 keredomo, karita mono
wa daiji ni shite, otosa-nai yd ni ki wo tsttkeru hazu desi: ; tabi-tabi ittaja arimasen
_ka? (B). .
1. How do you expect me to understand a difficult book like this? 2. Can
you lift this box ? 3. Oh no, it’s much too heavy for me. 4. They say that ;
-_ as Mr Brown is returning home, Mr Suzuki has decided to buy his house. 5.1 0
hear that the Yasuda Bank have decided to sell the unoccupied ground at the =
back of their premises. 6. My brother and my sister both went on a trip to cag
Kyoto, I was the only one of the family who didn’t go. 7. I think about two)
hundred men must have collected there last night. 8. Matsu is in bed with a —
headache; as she seems to be in great pain I suppose we had better call a
doctor. 9. I believe Mr Yamada doesn’t like fish, however, as I’m not certain —
you had better inquire. 10. As that gentleman doesn’t understand Japanese =
get somebody to translate your letter into English (and sent it). 11. Mr Tanaka
hasn’t answered yet although I’ve written him two letters. Perhaps he’s ill or
something. 12. Ihad a toothache yesterday, soI didn’t go to Tokyo; my wife :0@
went instead. 13. A girl passed in front of our house today and I hada feeling =~
I knew her, and when I called out to her, she turned out to be Miss Kiku. 14,
The pears at the shop I usually go to were cheap but they weren *t nice, so I
went as far as Kanda (to see if I could get some better ones). 15. As you ve
lost the penknife you borrowed you must buy another one like it and return
that instead ; then it will be all right: however, you ought to take proper care =
of the things you borrow and not lose them; I’ve often told you so, haven’tl? =
/
EXERCISE 88.
Ellipses. Study 414.
basha : carriage. bushé na : lazy ; slovenly.
hon-dana : book-shelf. tashilca na : safe ; certain.
zasshi : magazine ; periodical. dempoé wo utsti : to send a telegram.
1. Kiné. Rondon kara kita zasshi wa doko... deine ka)? (C). 2. Nikai no
~~ hon-dana ni agete okimashita (C). 3. Basha yort kuruma no hé ga 2zutto sitki. .
(desit)(C). 4. Ashita made matte henji ga ko-nai nara, dempéd we uta-nakereba. .
‘ serge Saat 5. Dare ga anna hito no iu koto wo. (honto ni suru mon’
"desi ka)? (C). Moshi O Haru San ni 0 ai nasaimashitara, dozo yoroshiku...
(osshatte udasas) (D). 7. O tenki ga yokereba dekiru no de gozaimasti keredomo
.(0 tenki ga warukereba dame de gozaimasi) (D). 8. Démo sumimasen ga,
toka ni wa tashika nio kaeshi méshimast kara. . .(sore made déz0 0 machi kudasai)
(D). 9. Yamada San wa zuibun hidot yo ; boku wo butte. . .(B). 10. Omae ga
ike-nai no da, itsti de mo astiko no inu wo tyimeru kara... (butareta no da) (A).
11. Teishu ga jobu ni natte kurereba hoka ni nanni mo komaru koto wa nai no de
Spat agetin ga...(ainiku bydki de gozaimast) (D). 12. Jibun de sureba ti no
ni... (bush shite jochi niwsaseta) (3). 18. Anna kodomo ni kane wo motashite
yoru no wa yoku nai koto de. . .(gozaimast) (D). 14. Konnichi wa makoto ni ii a
tenki de... (gozaimast) (D). 15. Nani? T'aré no iru tokoro ga wakatta to...
(iu no dest ka)? Sore wa nani yort... (ureshii koto dest) (C). 16. Kore ga
anata-no o kaki nas’tta e... (de gozaimast ka)? Ma, konna ni o jozu ni...(o
deki nasaru no desti ka)? (D). 17. Hébé sagashita no da keredomo. . .(nale atta)
(B). 18. Ashita otdto wo tsurete agarimasti (D). 19. Iméto san wa.. .(ko-nai
no desit ka)? (C). 20. Iméto wa O Chiyo San to doko ka e iku yaktisoku wo shita
86 destt kara. . .(tsurete koraremasen)(C). 21. O kai-mono...(ni 0-ide nasaimasit
ka)? (C). 22. lie, ginko. . -(€ the no desi) (1). 23. Aruite dest ka. . .? (Ariite
o-ide nasaru no desti ka)? (C). 24. Tie, ashi ga ttai kara kuruma de...(iku) (B). -
1. Where’s the London magazine that came yesterday ? 2. I putit on the
‘book-shelf upstairs. 3. I much prefer a rikisha to a carriage. 4. If an answer
doesn’t come by tomorrow, I’ll have to send a telegram. 5. Whoever’s going
to believe what that man says? 6. If you meet Miss Haru please remember me
kindly to her. 7. I can do it if the weather is fine but. ..(if the weather is bad
-Icannot). 8. I am ashamed of myself, but I’ll return it to you on the tenth
o...(please wait until then). 9. Mr Yamada is very cruel, he beat me.
10. You are a bad boy ; you are always worrying his dog. That’s why...(he-
beat you). 11. If my husband were well I’d have nothing to worry me, how-
ever,...(unluckily he’s ill), 12. You ought to have done it yourself but...
(you are lazy and got the servant to do it for you). 13. You oughtn’t to give
a child like that money to carry. 14. The weather is really very fine today.
15. What? Do you say you know Taré’s address ? Nothing could give me |
greater pleasure. 16. Did you draw this picture ?_ I didn’t know you were so
clever. 17. I’ve looked everywhere, but...(I can’t find it anywhere). 18.
I?ll come with my brother to visit you tomorrow. 19. And what about your
sister? 20. My sister has promised to go somewhere with Miss Chiyo, so...
(I can’t bring her). 21. Are you going shopping ? 22. No, I’m going to the
bank. 28. Are you going to‘walk ? 24. No, my feet hurt me, so I’ll echt a
i rikisha.
a yee eo S478 | Fe _
Pte Oa eA See Cn
eh ~ ¢t : “ ‘ >
Mee BM BRCISE Be
Negatives ; Interrogations ; Ghiotations: Study 415—429.
basho: place. deki-agaru : to be finished. « eae 3 “4
benté : lunch; light refreshment, yurust, ; to pardon ; permit. ee
usually enclosed in a box. ucht : while ; within. eos
‘ud : business, . tte : he says ; they say.
1. Ano nimotsi wa omokiitte hitori de wa motte ikare-nai kara; dare ka ni
tetsiidatte morazea-nakereba nara-nai (B). 2. Yamada San ga kyé wa benté wo
motte ko-nai s6 da kara, uchi de gohan wo ageru shitalu wo shi-nakereba nara-nai 2
(B). 3. Kippu wo motte ika-nakereba asiiko wo mirare-nai no dest ka ? (C): 4
Motte ika-nakereba nara-nai koto wa nai ga, kippuno aru hito no hé gaii basho ni
irareri. no da (13). 5. Sono mustime no kawaisé na hanashi wo kiite, naka-nakatta
hito wa hitori mo nakatta (B). 6. Wake wo hanaseba yurushite kure-nai koto wa —
nai deshé (C). 7. Saiki koko ni atta mono wo shira-nati hazu ga nai ja nai ka?
(A). 8. Anoko no chichi wa ano ko ga timare-nai mae ni shinda no de, oyanokao
wo shira-nai no dest (C). 9. Said San no atarashii uchi wa yatto deki-agatte,
mada haira-nai uchi hi kaji de yakete shimatta no desi ’tte (C). 10. Oji sanga
raigetsit trassharu °tte tegami ga kita no Iai? (A). 11. Oji san ja arimasen yo;
“oba san ga o-ide ni naru’ to itte yokoshita no destt yo (C). 12. Akio San ga
*komban roku-ji niuchie kuru’ toitta (B). 13. O Matsti ni moshi y6 ga nakereba
kuru yo ni itte o kure (A). 14. Suzuki San ga mikka ni kuru yo ni hagaki wo
yokoshita ne de matte ita ga, ko-nakatta (B). 15. Doyd-bi no asa hayaku Hana-ko 3
_ San ga Kobe kara Amerika e o tachi nasarnu yé ni osshaimashita (D). 16. O té-san
kara tegami ga ko-nai uchi wa ryoké ni ikare-nai no kai?(A). 17. E, sé desi(€).
18. O rusu ni Gotd San ga irasshaimashite * kongetsti no owari goro Ky6te e tatsit’ ‘
to osshaimashita(D). 19. Kono kimono wo O Matsti ni sentaku sashite vo kure (A). _
20. Mutka made nt kono e wo kaite shimau y6 ni tanomareta no da ga,démoatama
ga italaitte shigoto wo suru ki ni nare-nai (B). oe
A 1. As that bag is too heavy for me to carry by myself I must get somebody to
_ help me. 2. As Mr Yamada didn’t bring his lunch with him today, you must .
; prepare some lunch for him. © 3. Can’t you go in and see that without
a ticket? 4. A ticket is not absolutely necessary, but. those who have tickets
‘are given better places. 5. When the audience heard the sad tale of that girl,
there was not a single person who did not shed tears. 6. If you tell him the s 8 ‘
reason I don’t think he will refuse to pardon you. 7. You can’t help knowing =~
about a thing that was here a few minutes ago (isn’t that so)? 8. That child
"never knew his father, he died before the child was born. 9. They say that Mr
‘ Sat6’s new house was finished, but was burnt down before he moved into it. 10.
Does the letter say that your uncle is coming next month? 11. No, it’s not
my uncle, it’s my aunt who’s coming, (that’s what the letter says). 12. Akio.
' says he’s coming at six o’clock this evening. 138. Tell Matsu to come if she’s
not busy. 14. I was expecting Mr Suzuki as he had sent a postcard saying he
“Was coming on the third; however, he did not come. 15. Miss Hana-ko said — A
“she was leaving Kobe for America early Saturday morning. 16. Can’t vou go 7 —
travelling until you receive a letter from your father? 17. No, I can’t. 18. — ae.
+ While you were away Mr Goté came and said he was going to Kyoto about the
- end of this month. 19. Tell Matsu to wash this dress. 20. I was asked to
| finish this picture by the 6th, but I have such a headache that I don’t feel like
work, IE
EXERCISE 90.
The Present, Probable Present and Future Tenses. Study 38—52.
hayari : fashion. oyogu : to swim.
kakko : ‘shape. ima-goro ; about this time ; now.
‘katappo : one of a pair. nanzo ; and such like things.
tokoro ; time ; when. sekkaku : with special pains or ica
umi : sea, expressly.
1. Oji san wa ima-goro inaka de ano shésetst. wo yakushite irassharu daré (B).
2. Nichiyé ni umi ni oyogi ni iké to omotte ita ga, ame ga furu no de ikare-nakatta
. (B). 8. Kesa sukkari shitaku wo shite, ryoké ni dekakey6 to shite iru tokoro e haha
ga abunai to iu dempo ga kita no dest (C). 4. Ikura kotoshi no hayari de mo,
konna kakké no boshi wo kabure wa shimasen (C). 5. Masaka ano hito ga
sonna koto wo ii ya shi-nai daré (B). 6. Go-ri ya roku-ri aruite mo bydki ni narya
shi-nai yo (B). 7. Yamada to iu hito ni wa mada ai koso shi-nai ga, iro-ire
hanashi wo ktite, yoku shitte iru tsumori da (B). 8. Sekkaku motte kite kureta no
de, arigaté to ii koso shita keredomo, boku wa ano kudamono wa dai-kirai (B). 9.
Sono hon mo hako ni iremashé ka ? (C). 10. Lie, kore wa hako ni tre-nai de o
kure ; kisha no naka de yomu no da kara, jibun de motte iku (A). 11. Ano hito
wa daiku ni naru no daré? (B). 12. Ie, daiku ni nanzo nari ya shimasen yo,
te ga katappo warui no ja arimasen ka? (C). 13. Nii-san ga trassharu kaisha no
soba ni oki na aki-ya ga ik-ken gozaimashé ? Suzuki San ga koshite irassharu no
wa ano uchi de gozaimast (D). 14. Taré ni yard to omotte kono hon wo katte
kita keredomo, muzukashi-sugiru kara yatte mo shikata ga nai (B). 15. Watashi
wa Ei-go wa yomi koso shimast ga, hanast koto wa maru de dame desi (C). 16..
Yamada San no ushiro ni sei no takai, fiitotta hito ga iru daré? Ogawa to iu ne
_ wa ano hito da(B). 17. Kono hanashi wa taihen omoshiroi kara, itsi ka hima no
toki ni Nihon-go ni yakushite miy6 to omou (B).
1. I believe my uncle is now in the country translating a novel. 2. I was
thinking of going for a swim in the sea on Sunday, but the rain prevented me.
8. Ihad everything prepared this morning for going on a journey and was just
about to start when a telegram came saying my mother was seriously ill. — 4.
I don’t care how fashionable it is, I’m certainly not going to wear a hat of this
extraordinary shape.. 5. Oh, it’s impossible he should have said a thing like
that. 6. There’s no fear of my being ill because I walk five or six ri (12—15
miles). 7. I have never met Mr Yamada. but I’ve heard so much about him
that I feel as if I knew him quite well. 8. Of course I thanked him for the fruit
he kindly brought me, but the fact is I don’t like that kind of fruit at all. 9.
Shall I put that book also in.the box ? 10. No, don’t put that in the box; I
intend to read it in the train so Ill take it with me. 11. I suppose that man will
be a carpenter. 12. No, he can’t be a carpenter or anything like that, don’t
you know that one of his arms is weak ? 18. You know there’s a big house to
let next to the office your brother goes to? Well, that’s the house Mr Suzuki is
going to move into. 14. I bought this book with the idea of giving it to Taré,
but it’s so difficult that it would be of no use even if I did give it. 15. It’s
true I can read English, but I can’t speak it at all. 16. Do you see that tall
stout man behind Mr Yamada? Well, that’s Mr Ogawa (of whom we were
speaking). 17. This tale is so very interesting that I intend to translage it “te
Japanese when I have time. \
ee Eee ee Pe ty ee Pe
i fires
Lo ee all i> 43 o 2 7. 5
mee a z = woe
Baek, j y : ’
Do EXERC ESE Of: Tee
Past and Probable Past Tenses. Study 53—57.
tro : colour. : hara wo tate’ru : to get angry.
miyage : a present (generally a _ hidoi me ni au : to be treated cruelly.
_ souvenir from some place). namake'ru : to be idle.
senjitst : the other day. yoru: to call in when passing.
kyii na : sudden. saki : before.
hara : belly.
1. Anata wa mada koko ni ita n’ desi ka? Boku wamé uchi e kaette shimatta ~~
_ koto to omotte ita no ni (C). .2. Shina-mono wo motte kita toki kane wo haraimashé
(C). 3. D6 shite ano ko wa watashi yori saki ni shinda no dard? (B). 4. Hajime —
omae ga Fuyuo wo baka ni shi-nakereba sonna hidoi me ni wa awa-nakattard (A). —
5. Ojt ga Igirisi kara o miyage ni motte kite kureta oki na jibiki ga atta deshé ?
are wo Tar6é ni kashite yatta n’ dest ga, kaeshite kure-nai no desti yo (C). 6.
Me ga waruku nakereba ano hito mo Ameria e ittaré ga...(B). 7. Aruita
no de nodo ga kawaita ; 0 cha wo ip-pai o kure (A). 8. Senjitsii go chiimon
no kutsu' ga dekimashita kara, komban o taku e motte mairimasi (D). 9.
Sakki made anna ni futie ita no ni kyti ni tenki ni natia (B). 10. Kono béshi wa
zuibun takakatta no da ga, m6 iro ga kawatté dame ni natte shimatta (B). 11.
Rokuz6 mo kita *tte kamawa-nai ; basho ga takiisan aru kara (B). 12. Ano hito
za nani wo twarete mo hara wo tate-ngi (B). 13. Kondo Tékyé e itta toki Goté
San no tokoro e yotte, hanashite kimashé (C). 14. Wakai toki ni namake-nai de
yoku benkyé shite okeba konna ni komara-nakattaré (B). 15. Atsui o yu wo ire-
nakereba koware-nakattaré ni ; kore kara ki wo tstikete o kure (A). 16. Anata wa —
ikura kiisuri wo nonda ’tte, undé wo shi-nakereba yoku nari wa shimasen (C). 17.
Hachi-ji no kisha de Suzuki San ga irassharu to iu hagaki ga kita kara, teishaba
e mukae ni itta ga, irasshara-nai no de tsumara-nakatta (B). 18. Inu ga kega wo
shita s6 desi ga, dé desi ? (C). 19. M6 shinimashita (C). -
* 1. Are you still here? I thought you’d gone back home. 2. When you
bring the goods, I'll pay for them. 3. Oh, why did the child die before me? 4.
If you first hadn’t played tricks on Fuyuo, he (probably) wouldn’t have hit you.
5. You know [had a big dictionary which my uncle gave me as a present when
he came back from England ? Well, I lent it to Taro and he hasn’t returned it
yet. 6. If his eyes hadn’t been bad, he also would probably have gone to
America, but. . .(unluckily he fell ill). 7. I’ve been walking, so I’m thirsty ;_
bring me a cup of tea. 8. The boots you ordered the other day are ready.
I'll take them to your house this evening. 9. It was raining hard until a
few moments ago, and new all of a sudden it’s fine. 10. This hat was very
dear, nevertheless the colour has already faded and it’s good for nothing.
11. Rokuzéd can come if he likes, there’s plenty of room anyhow. 12.
That man never gets angry no matter what I say to him. 138. Next time I
go to Toky6 I’ll call on Mr Got and tell him about it. 14. If I had studied
properly when I was young instead of waisting my time, I wouldn’t be in such
difficult circumstances now. 15. If yon hadn’t put in such hot water it
~ wouldn’t have broken; be careful in future. 16. No matter how much
medicine you take, you’ll never get well unless you take some exercise. 17. I
received a postcard from Mr Suzuki saying he was coming by the eight o’clock
train, so I went to the station to meet him, but was disappointed as he did not
come. 18. [hear your dog was hurt, how is he getting on ? 19. He died. .
EXERCISE 92.
Gerund. Study 58. Batis 93
anshin ; peace of mind. ayamaru : to beg pardon.
_ kaod-iro : looks: hikkost : to change one’s residence. -
yo-naka : midnight; during the . shaberu : to talk without Pan iagy
night.. dése : anyhow.
hazukashii : shameful ; ashamed. ittai : exclamation of wonder.
1. Kono ko wa yo-naka ni naite shiyé ga gozaimasen (D). 2. O Matst wa kodo-
mo ni iro-iro-na koto wo shabette, ddmo komaru (B), 8. Ano hito wa ikura aya-
- matte mo yurushite ure-nai daré (B). 4. Hana-ko San ni ni-do mo tegami wo
dashite mo mada henji ga ko-nai ga, ittai dé shita no daré ? (B).. 5. Ammari undd
wo shi-sugite mo karada ni doku dest ; % kagen ni shi-nakereba ike-nai no dest (C).
6. Inaka wa fuben dest ga, atarashii yasai ga taberarete vi dest (C). 7. Ddz0 kyo
san-ji goro itst mo no y6 ni anata no o heya de uta wo utatte kudasaimasen ka ? (D).
8. Dose betsti ni y6 mo arimasen kara, 0 taku e agaite utatte mo yoroshit gozaimash
(D). 9. Anata no koto wa chitto mo ‘waruke omotté wa imasen kara, go anshin
nas’tte kudasai (C). 10. Taisé 0 kao-iro ga 0 warui y6 de gozaimasi kara, o isha
ni mite 0 morai nas’tte wa ikaga de gozaimast ka? (D). 11. Inaka e hikkoshite
wa kodomo ga gakké e iku no ni tsugé ga waruku naru kara, yappari koko ni iru
hoka shikata ga arumai (B). 12. Tonari no ko wa uchi no hana wo totte komaru
kara, ano ko no chichi ni 86 itte, shikatte qnorarva-naktite wa nara-nai (B). 13.
Konna kao wo hito ni nirarete wa hazukashii kara, naoru made soto e de-zu ni 1y6
(B). 14. Ano ko wa shija itazura wo shite wa shikararete iru (B). 15. Kasa wo
mota-zu ni dekakete wa, ame ga futta toki ni komaru dard (B). 16. Watashi wa
kono-goro tathen woasureppoku natte, démo komarimast ; kiné mo kane wo mota-
zu ni kai-mono ni itte, zuibun hazukashiat gozaimashita (D).
1. This baby cries so much during the night I really don’t know what to do.
2. Ireally don’t know what to do with Matsu; she is always telling the children
lots of silly things. 3. No matter how much I beg his pardon, I don’t think
he’ll grant it me. 4. Although I’ve written twice to Miss Hana-ko, she hasn’t
‘answered me yet; I wonder whatever can be the matter with her? 5. If you
take too much exercise that also would be bad for you, (the same as if you take
too little), you must take a moderate amount. 6. The country is inconvenient
in many ways, but one has at least the advantage of being able to eat fresh
vegetables. 7. Would you kindly sing as usual in your room today at about
three o’clock ? 8. I have nothing special to do anyhow, so if you like, i can
go to your house and sing there. 9. I’ve got nothing against you, so you
needn’t be anxious in any way. 10. You are looking very pale, wouldn’t
it be a good thing to see a doctor? 11. If I were to go to the country it would
_be very inconvenient to send the children to school, so I suppose there’s no help
for it but to remain here. 12. I am much inconvenienced by the child from
next door who is alwayo picking my flowers, the child’s father must be told and
he must scold the child. 13. I’m ashamed to be seen with a face like this (e.g.
_ a boil) I must remain indoors and not go out until it gets better. 14. That child
is always up to mischief, that’s why he’s always being scolded. 15. If you go
out without an umbrella, you will be inconvenienced should it rain. 16. I’m
getting so absent-ininded lately I really don’t know what to do; (besides the
other silly things I’ve done) yesterday I went out shopping without taking aged
money with me, I felt quite ashamed of myself. Be sale
Dg ee EXERCISE 93.
The Imperative ; commanding and requesting. Study 59—64,
baai : circumstances. , damaru : to be silent.
bikkurt : surprise. kakure‘ru : to hide oneself.
hari-shigoto : sewing ; needlework. — yuki:uri : leisurely.
tenugut : (Japanese) towel. i
1. Ky6 wa tathen isogashii kara, dare mo watashi no heya e yokosa-nai de o kure
(A). 2. Anata wa koko ni kakurete irasshai, soshite Taré ga kitara kyit ‘ni dete
bikkurt sashite 0 yari nasai (C). 8. Omae ga kuchi wo dast baai ja nai, damatte
tnasai (A). 4. Kyd wa nichiy6 de, betst ni go yé ga gozaimastimai, go yukkurt
asonde irasshai (I). 5. Kondo Toky6 e itta toki ii no wo katte kite agemast
kara, sore made kono hasami wo tstikatte irash’tte kudasai (D). 6. Omae wa
otonashiku shite o-ide nasai ; sugu kaerimast kara (A). 7%. Anata wa me ga
sukkari naoru made hari-shigoto wo shi-nai de irasshai (C).. 8. Ano hito no
tokoro e wa shibaraku henji wo dasa-zu ni o-ide nasai (C). 9. Sonna ni onaka
ga warukitte komaru nara, kyo wa gohan wo tabe-nai de ite goran (A). 10.
Ame ga furi-s6 da kara, sentaku suru no wao yoshi nasai (A). 11. Anna hito
no tw koto wo shinyd shite wa dame desi (C). 12. Shdsetst bakari yonde i-zu
ni, sogashii toki wa stikoshi tetstidai nasai (A). 18. Sono kitte wa o stite ni
—naru nara, watashi ni chodai (C). 14. Tenugui wo kashite chédai (C). 15. Ni-
san-nichi shizuka ni nete o-ide nasai (C). 16. Sono ki e nobotte wa dame, abunai
kara (B). 17. Ano gaikoku-jin wa kitto kotoba ga wakara-nai no de komatte iru
no dard; omae itte donna y6 ka kiite o-ide (this 0-ide means ‘come’) (A). 18.
Watashi ga kawari ni mise ni ite yaru kara itte gohan wo tabete ki nasai (A). 19. .
Sono hon wa Jiré ga mitai to iu ka mo shiremasen kara, mada siite-nai de oki
nasa (B). 20. Haruo, inu nanzo tjimete i-zu ni, Ki-go wo benkyé nasai (A).
21. Omae no te no kitanai koto! Kirei ni aratte irasshai (A). 22. Watashi no
tegami wo yoma-nai de kudasai (C).
1. As I am very busy today, don’t let anybody come to my room. 2. You,
hide yourself here, and when Tar6d comes, jump out and give him a good fright.
3. You’ve no business to meddle, be silent. 4. I don’t suppose you’ve got
anything special to do today as it’s Sunday, please stay here and don’t hurry
-away. 5. I’ll buy you a good pair of scissors next time I. go to Toky6, in the
meantime try to manage with these. 6. Remain here and behave well, F’ll
soon be hack. 7. Don’t do any sewing until your eyesight has completely
recovered. 8. Don’t give him any answer for some few days. 9. If your
stomach is so painful don’t eat anything today. 10. Don’t do your washing
(today), it looks like rain. 11. Don’t believe a word a man like that says. 12.
Instead of (wasting your time in) doing nothing but read novels, when I’m
busy ‘help me a little. 13. If you are going to throw away that stamp, please
giveit tome. 14. Please lend me a towel. 15. Stay in bed quietly for two or
three days. 16. Don’t climb that tree, it’s dangerous. 17. I expect that
foreigner is in difficulties because he doesn’t understand what people are saying —
to him, go and see what he wants. 18. Go and have your lunch, I’ll remain
in the shop instead of you. 19. I dare say Jiré will want to read that book, so
don’t throw it away yet. 20. Haruo, you study your English instead of worry-
ing the dog. 21. What dirty hands you’ve got! Go and wash them, 22.
Please don’t read my letters. .
EXERCISE 94.
| Conditional. Study 65—68.
annai : guide. nemuru : to sleep.
nami : wave. asatte : the day after tomorrow.
arai : rough. | ototot : the day before yesterday.
muri na : unreasonable. jubun : enough.
1. Doyé-bi nara ikaremasi ga, nichiyd ni wa tioko wo annai shite hobo e tka-
nakereba narimasen kara, mairemasen (C). 2. Astiko wa nami ga arai nara,
doko ka hoka no ti tokoro wo sagashite oyogeba yol-aré (A). 3. Ototoi chiimon shita
- _kutsu ga dekite itara motte kite 0 kure (A). 4. Asatte de nai to deki-nai s6 de gozai- _
mast ; kutsu-ya ga kega wo shite shigoto wo fitsiika yasunda no de gozaimast ‘tte
(D). 5. Otonashiku shi-nakereba doko e mo tsurete itte agemasen yo (A). 6.
Ikitaku nakereba muri ni ika-nai de mo ii no desi (C). 7. Yoru o cha wo nomeba
nemure-nai no wa wakatte iru no desi (C). 8. O kane wa san-ji-yen mo motte
ikeba jiibun deshé to omoimast (C).. 9. Yamada San wo yonde kite kudasai ;
moshi trasshara-nakereba otto san de mo ti kara kite morau yé ni itte kite kudasai
(C). 10. Omae ni sono hon ga yomeru ‘nara yaré (A). 11. Watashi no iu koto ga
muri da to omou nara, dare ni de mo kiite goran nasai (A). 12. Ano hashi no ue
ni-iru to dare ka watashi no na wo yobu no de, miru to san-ji gurai no shira-nai
_ hito datta (B). 13. Ano hito no uchi e iku to its de mo Kydto no hanashi ga dete
kuru (B). 14. Watashi wa Toky6 e ikimast to atama ga itaku narimasi (D). 15.
Nareta hito de nai to s6 hayaku wa dekimasen (C). 16. Ju-ji nara o yasumi nasai
(B). 17. Sampo ni irassharu nara, sumimasen ga, konotegami wo dashite kudasai-
masen ka? (D). 18. Ima sugu ni dekakereba ku-ji no kisha ni mani au deshé (C).
19. Wake wo hanaseba misete kure-nai koto wa nai deshé(C). 20. Kono tegami wo
katte shimaeba hima ni narimast kara, dolo e de mo go issho ni ikaremasi (C).
1. I can go on Saturday, but on Sunday I can’t go as I’ve got to take a cousin
of mine round to several places. 2. If it is rough there, look out for some
other quiet spot and bathe there (lit. and if you swim there, it will probably be
all right). 3. If the boots I ordered the day before yesterday are ready, bring
them. 4. The bootmaker says he hurt himself and was not able to work for two
days ; they will not be ready until the day after tomorrow. 5. If you don’t
behave yourself, I won’t take you anywhere. 6. If you don’t want to go, you
needn’t (go against your will). 7. I know I can never sleep well when I take
tea in the evening. 8. If you take thirty yen I think that will be plenty. 9.
Please call Mr Yamada; if he is not at home ask his brother to come instead.
10. If you can read that book, I’ll give it to you. 11. If you think what I say
is unreasonable, ask anybody you like. 12. While I was on that bridge some-
body called my name. On looking round I found it was an unknown person
about thirty years of age (who was calling me). 13. Whenever I go to that
man’s house we always drift into talking about Kyéto. 14. Whenever I go to
Tokyo I get a headache. 15. It can’t be finished as soon as that unless it’s a
person accustomed to the work, 16. Ifit’s ten o’clock go to bed. 17. Excuse ~
me for troubling you, but if you are going for a walk, would you mind posting
this letter for me ? 18. If you start immediately, I think you'll catch the nine
o’clock train. 19. If you give your reasons, I’ve no doubt they ’ll show it to
you. 20. I shall be free as soon as I have finished writing this letter, and L
shall then be able to accompany you wherever you may wish to go. |
A: Fb ois. St, a fe i a» eae | EES Pye >.
ay Bie eae tS one
. > .o ‘ m
ees - EXERCISE 95,
Conditional. Study 69—75.
_gakkari : tired ; dejected. tki'ru : to live. 3
jo-bukuro: envelope. saku : to blossom. ae ae
aku (intr.) : to open. yorokobu ; to rejoice. oe i.
kaze wo hiku : to catch a cold. a
1. J6-bukuro ga kore de tari-nakattara, ano hako ni takisan huitte imast (C).
2. Yube kara baka ni me ga itai kara, ky6 isha ni mite moratiara, shimpai shi-nai e
de ii to iu koto datta (B). 3. Ame no naka wo ni-jikan bakari aruitara kaze wo ae
hitte, nodo ga itakiitte shiyd ga nai. Shi-go-nichi tattara naoru daré ga... (BR). ae
4. Ueno no sakura ga saitara mi ni ik ja arimasen ka? (C). 5. Oba gakind kuru
to ute yokoshita no de, yorokonde matte imashitara, kimasen kara, gakkari shimashi-
ta(C). 6. Ky6 koso wa tenki ni naru daré to omottara, mata futte kita (B). 7.
Oku-sama ga o-ide nasaimashitara dozo denwa e yonde kudasai (D). 8. Tegami
wo katte shimattara, sugu ni dashite kite o kure (A). 9. Kono tegami wo Yamada
San no tokoro e motte itte, henji wo moratte ki nasai ; moshi o rusu dattara oite kite
ino da(A). 10. Rusu ni moshi dare ka kitara, yo-ji ni kaeru to itte o kure (A). a
11. Moshi hachi-ji no kisha ni ma ni awa-nakattara densha de iku hé ga yokaré
({B). 12. Kane sae arya donna koto de mo dekiru to omou to 6-chigai da (B). 18. ot
Chichi sae ikite orimashitara konna ni komari ya shi-nai no de gozaimasit ga...
(D). 14. Kono ko wa gohan wo tabe sae sureba kitio onaka ga itaku naru no dest
‘tte ; destt kara, kyo o isha ni tsurete iku tsumori desitt (C). 15. Dé shitara kono
mado ga akimasti ka? (C). 16. Sono himo wo hiki sae sureba alu no desi (C). ~
17. Ano akai hon wo kiné mite itara Taré ni okoraremashita (C). 18. Hana-ko
San ga o kaeri ni narimashitara, sugu ni uchi e o-ide kudasaimast yé ni osshatte
kudasai (D). 19. Ky6é wa shi-nakereba nara-nai koto ga atte, dare ni mo aitaku
nai kara, moshi hito ga kitara, i-nai to itte o kure (A).
1. If these envelopes are not enough, there are plenty more in that box. 2.
My eyes are very painful since last evening ; however, when I went to see the
doctor, he told me it was nothing to be anxious about. 3. AsI was walkingin — -
the rain for two hours, I caught a cold and my throat is very painful. ILexpect
T’ll be better in a few days. 4. When the Ueno cherry-trees are in blossom, 3
let’s go and see them. 5. My aunt sent word she was coming yesterday ; I was
awaiting her coming with pleasure, but she disappointed me as she didn’t come.
6. I thought at least it would be fine today, however, it’s raining again. 7. If
your mistress is in, please call her to the telephone. 8. Send your letter as soon
as it’s ready. 9. Take this letter to Mr Yamada’s house and wait for an answer ;
if he is out you needn’t wait but leave the letter there. 10. Supposing some- °*
body were to come while I was out, tell him that I’ll be back at four. 11. If
you don’t catch the eight o’clock train you had better go by tram-car. 12. It’s
a great mistake to think that provided you have money you can do everything.
13. If only my father were alive I wouldn’t find myself in such straits. 14,
This child says that he has only to eat something to make his stomach ache,
that is why I intend to take him to the doctor today. 15. How do you open-
this window ?. 16. You’ve only to pull that cord and it will open. 17. I was
_ reading that red book yesterday and Taré got angry with me. 18. When Miss
Hana-ko returns please ask her to come to my house as soon as she can. 19. |
_I’ve got a lot of work. which must be done today, so I don’t want to see 2a
anybody. Should anybody come, say I’m not at home,
%
=
ee in ee Pl a
EXERCISE 96.
The Frequentative and Desiderative. Study 76—80.
eda ; branch. nama no : raw.
hige : beard. moke'ru : to gain ; earn.
mushi : insect. soru ; suru ; to shave.
tstikai : errand ; messenger. ' suwaru : to squat down.
_ jiyt na : free. c nanka : and such like things.
fu-jiyt na : not free.
1. Brown San wajiyii ni Nihon-go wo yondari hanashitari shimashita (C). 2.
' Yamada San wa ashi ga warukiitte, tattari swwattari suru no ni fu-jiyt da to itte
yokoshimashita (C). 38. Sonna aoi kudamono wo nama de tabetari. suru to bydki
ninaru(B). 4. Anna chiisa na kodomo wo hitori de tsikai ni yattari nanka shite wa
abunai (B). 5. Watashi-tachi fittari ga mokeru o kane wa tabetari kitari suru ni
wa jibun desi (C). 6. Goran nasai, tori ga atchi no eda ni ittari, kotcht no eda ni
kitari shite, mushi ka nanka tabete imasi (C). 7. Nii-san wa kesa hayaku okite
- hige wo suttari, o yu ni haittari shimashita ; doko ka e iku no deshé (C). 8. Ano
hito wa sakki kara uchi no mae wo ittari kitari shite iru keredomo, nani ka yo ga
aru n’ daré ka? (B). 9. Suzuki San ga mada gakké ni ita koro wa yoku uchi e
kitari, boku ga ano hito no uchi wo tazwnetari shita no desi ga, Hokkaido e itte kara
wa, tegami wo yokoshita koto mo arimasen (C). 10. Ano fiitari wa itsi de mo
omoshiro-s6 ni uta wo utattari, warattari shite iru (B). 11. Jiré ga anata to go
issho ni Kobe e ikitai to mésti no de gozaimasi ga, tsurete itte itadakemashé ka ? (D).
12. E, ii dest to mo, tsurete itte agemashé (C). 18. Ano ko wa uchi e kaeritasa ni
shujin no tokoro wo nigete kita no da s6 da(B). 14. Hana-ko mo Ueno e ikitai to
iu nara o yari nasai (A). 15. Kono kata wa anata no e wo mitasa ni toi tokoro
kara waza-waza o-ide ni natta no desi (C). 16. Byd-nin ga nashi ga tabetai to
iimasi ga, tabesashite yoroshii gozaimashé ka? (D). 17. S6 dest ne... ky wa
naru-take tabesasetaku nai no dest (C).
1. Mr Brown used to read and speak Japanese quite fluently. 2. Mr Yamada '
writes and says 19 as his legs are painful he can only stand up and squat down
with difficulty. 3. If you eat green fruit like that raw, you'll be ill. 4. It’s
dangerous to aby a little child like that on errands and such like things. 5. The —
money we two earn is quite enough for our food and clothing. 6. Just look at
that bird, it goes from one branch to another eating insects or something. 7.
My ‘brother got up early this morning, shaved himself, and had his bath. I
suppose he’s going somewhere. 8. That man has been walking backwards and
forwards in front of the house for some time, I wonder whether he wants (me for)
anything. 9. When Mr Suzuki was at school he often used to come to my house,
and I used to go to his; however, since he’s gone to Hokkaid6 we haven’t even
written to each other. 10. -Those two men seem always to be in high spirits,
laughing and singing. 11. Jird says he would like to go to Kobe with you;
would you be kind enough to take him ? 12. Certainly, of course I will. 18.
They say that child was home-sick, and ran away from his master’s house and
went back home. 14. If Hana-ko also says that she wants to go to Ueno, let
her go. 15, This gentleman was so desirous of seeing your picture, that he came ~
especially from a long distance with that object. 16. The patient says that he
wants to eat some pears, may [let him? 17. H’m.:.as far as poem I wish
you wouldn’t let him eat any today.
ae ey
oe oe. BR CYS E 9%
- "The Verbal Stem. Study 81; 82.
ase ; perspiration. fiku : to wipe.
kékoku : advertisement. - wukagau : to hear. :
taikutst : tedium ; weariness. omoi-gake nai : unexpected.
stiteki na : fine ; remarkable.
1. Go-busata shite imashita ga, mina-san 0 kawari wa arimasen ka? (C). 2.
Kiné katta niku no nokori ga aru kara, ky6 wa kawa-nai de ii (B), 3. Sumimasen
ga, kono hon wo kashite kudasaimasen ka? Ashita no ban 0 kaeshi shimasiit (D).
4. O hanashi wa uchi e itte 0 cha de mo nomi nagara yukkuri ukagaimashé (C).
5. Kisha no naka de omoi-gake naku onnaji gakké ni ita Motono to iu otoko ni atte
iro-iro hanashi nagara kita no de, chitio mo taikutst shi-nakgtia (B). 6. Shi-
baraku mie-nakatta ne ? kawari wa nai dard? (A). 7. Arigaté gozaimasii, o-kage — |
sama de nan no kawari mo gozaimasen. Agaré to omoi nagara, isogashti no de,
taisd. go-busata itashimashita (D). 8. Ano hito wa tabi-tabi Tokyd e ki nagara,
uchi e wa chitto mo yora-nai ga, nani ka okotte de mo iru no dard ka? (B). 9.
Niku-ya no mae de hitori no hito ga ase wo fiki nagara, dki na koe de shabette iru —
kara, dé shita no ka to omottara, kisuri no kékoku wo. shite tru no da (B). 10.
Yiabin-kyoku e iku nara kaeri-gake ni tokei-ya e yotte, konaida naoshi ni yatta no ga
dekite itara, motte kiteo kure (A). 11. Ashita wa mise e iki-gake ni Yamada San
no uchi e yoru kara, san-jip-pun hayaku shokuji ni shite kudasai (C). 12. dno @
hito wa e mo keki, shésetstii mo kaki, uta mo utaimast ga, dore mo stiteki ni timai
to wa iwaremasen (C). 13. Otaku no Haruo San ga kasa wo wasurete tkimashita
kara, kaeri-gake ni 0 yon nasai (C). 14. Amerika e mo itte mi, Yéroppa e mo
itte mimashita ga, yappari jibun no timareta tokoro ga ichiban y6 gozaimast; anata
wa dé o omot ni narimasi ka? (D).
1. I have been sadly remiss about calling upon you ; is, everybody. well at
home ? 2. You needn’t buy any meat today, there’s some left from yesterday.
3. Excuse me, but would you kindly lend me this book? I will return it to-
morrow evening. 4. Come to my house, and I’ll hear what you’ve got to say,
leisurely, over a cup of tea or something. 5. I met unexpectedly an old school-
fellow of mine in the train, a man called Motono ; we talked about all sorts of —
things so the time didn’t hang at all heavily-on my hands. 6. It’s along time _
I haven’t seen you; I hope you’re well. 7. Thanks, I am quite well. I was
thinking of going to pay you my respects, but I was so busy that I put it off,
-and have been very impolite. 8. Although that man comes to Tokyo frequent-
ly, he never comes to see me; I wonder if he’s put out about anything. 9%
There was a man standing in front of the butcher’s, talking away in a loud voice
and wiping the perspiration from his face ; I was wondering what it all meant
and it turned out he was advertising some medicine. 10. If you are going to the ~
post office, call at the watchmaker’s on your way back ; if the watch I gave to
be mended the other day is ready, bring it. 11. As I intend to call tomorrow
at Mr Yamada’s on my way to the office, please get my breakfast ready half an
hour earlier than usual. 12. That man paints, writes, and sings, but I can’t
say that he does anything very well. 13. Your son, Master Taro, left his um-
brella here ; on your way back please call for it. 14. I’ve been to America,
and I’ve been to Europe, but after all, I like my native land best ; what are
i your feelings ?
T) — = — ae... be 5 = + te Mars ~ i >
Ft Lee = Soe con r “ ‘2
EXERCISE 98.
The Infinitive (English). Study 83. _ :
jimen : ground ; plot of land. twaku : to tie.
sumi : corner. kotowaru : to refuse.
yoso : another, a different place. muku : to peel.
butstiharu : to hit, bump against. tsubust : to crush ; smash.
_ 1. Sono himo wa nani ni o tstikai nasaimast ka? (D). 2. Ko-zutsumi ya
nanka iwaku no ni tsikau (B). 8. D6 shite 0 kega wo nasaimashita? (D). 4.
_ Nashi no kaza wo muké to shite itara, kodomo ga butstikatta no dest (C).. 5. Ano
hito wa ammari tabi-tabi tanomi ni kuru no de kotowari-nilcui (B). 6. Yamada
San wa uchi wo tateru tame ni jimen wo kaimashita (C). 7. Tanaka San ni aé to
omotte itkimashitg ga, yoso e dekakeru tokoro deshita kara, sugu ni kaette kiinashita
(C).. 8. Ano 6ki na hako wo sumi e yaré to omotte, ashi wo tsubushimashita (C).
9. O Matsi_wa iru kai? (A). 10. Tadaima tegami wo dashi ni ikimashita (C).
11. De wa, kaetiara, kuruma wo yobi ni yari nasai (A). 12. Hayaku kuni e
kaerité gozaimasti(D). 18. Sono shigoto wa itsitti made ni nasarebaii no desti ka 2
—(C). 14. Doyd-bi no hiru made ni shi-nakereba narimasen (C). 15. Ano hito no
ji wa yomi-nikui (B). 16. O Hana San wa Tokyé ni kitai to timashita (C). 17.
Nii-san wa nani shi ni Rondon e irash’tta no desti ? (C). 18. Hi-go wo benkyé
shi ni itta no de gozaimast (1D). 19. Yoru osoku made okite iru no wa karada ni
doku da (B). 20. Naze mai-asa sampo wo nasaru no dest ? (C). 21. Asa no
gohan ga oishiku taberareru y6 ni desit (C). 22. Ashita no asa shichi-ji no kisha
mi ma ni au y6 ni, hayaku okoshite kudasat (C). 23. Teishaba e iku ni wa dono
michi ga ichiban chil:ai deshé ? (C).. 24. Ano kado wo hidari e magatte massugu
iku to ichiban chikai (B). 25. O hitori de ryoké wo nasaru no wa tsumara-nai
deshé (C). 26. Kono jibiki wa taihen hiki-ii (B). 27. O mise no kinjo e hikkoshi
nasaru hé ga benri deshé {C). 28. Hibiya kéen e iku no ni nam-pun kakarimasi —
ka ? (C).
1. What do you use that’string for? 2. I use it to tie up parcels. 5. How
did you cut yourself? 4. I was going to peel a pear when the child bumped
up against me. 5. That man has come so often to request me (to do something) —
that it is difficult to refuse him. 6. Mr Yamada bought a plot of land to build
ahouse. 7. 1 went to see Mr Tanaka, but, as he was on the point of going out,
I immediately came back. 8. I was going to move that big box into the corner
_and I hurt my foot. 9. Is Matsuin? 10. She hasjust gone out to post a letter.
11. Well, when she comes back, tell her to call a rikisha. 12. I would like to
return soon to my native land. 13. When have you to finish that work? 14.
I have to finish it by Saturday midday. 15. His writing is very difficult to read.
16. Miss Hana says she would like to come to Tokyo. 17. What did your
brother go to London for? 18. He went to study English. 19. It is bad for
the health to stay up late at night. 20. Why do you go for a walk every morn-
ing? 21. I go to work up an appetite for my breakfast. 22. Please wake me
up tomorrow morning early enough to catch the seven o’clock train. 23.
Which is the nearest way (to go) to the station? 24. Turn to the left at that
corner and go straight on ; (that’s the nearest way). 25. It would be very
uninteresting for you to travel about by yourself. 26. This dictionary is very
‘convenient to use. 27. Wouldn’t it be more convenient for you to move
somewhere near your office ?_ 25. How long does it take to go to Hibiya park ?
4 EXERCISE 99.
Various Verbal Phrases, Study 84—$91.
‘jibun : time. : mend6-ktiisai ; troublesome.
_ kimochi ; feeling. oshit : deplorable ; regrettable. |
saisoku : urging. oinot-dasti : to call to mind ; recollect.
shitstirei : rudeness. kesshite : an emphatic negative particle.
uso : lie; falsehood.
1. Yamada San ni kashita hon wo saisoku suru no wa shitstirei deshd ka? (C).
2.. Saisoku nas’tte mo betsti ni shitstirei ja nai deshé ; wasurete iru no ka mo shire-
masen(C). 3. D6 iu wake de O Mats ni hima wo o dashi ni natta n’ dest ka ?
(C). 4. Are wa shigoto wa isshdkemmei ni shite kurete, taihen yokatta no desi
keredomo, domo o-shaberi de, iro-iro komaru koto ga atta mono desi kara, hima wo
yatia wake desi (C). 5. Ano hito wa ichi-do chichi ni uso wo itta mon’ desi kara,
sore kara uchi de wa kesshite shinyd shi-nai no dest (C). 6. Smith San ni wa
Kyoto ni ita jibun ni ni-san-do atta koto ga aru n” dest ga, td gurai no toki deshita
kara, donna hito datta ka chitto mo omoi-dasemasen (C). 7. Hon wo yonde itara
atama ga itaku natte kita kara, soto e dete kodomo-tachi. ga asonde iru no wo mite
ita n’ dest (C). 8. Kakitai koto wa ikura de mo aru n’ dest ga, kaku no ga mendo-
kiisai desi (C). 9. O isha ni 0-ide nasaimast ka? Doko kao warui no de gozai-
mast ka?(D). 10. Tie, watashi ga mite morau no ja arimasen ; ane ga kind kara
kimochi ga warui to timast kara, 0 isha wo tanomi ni kita n’ dest (C). 11. Wata-
kiishi no kuni wa ‘Sendai de wa gozaimasen keredomo, ju-go no toshi kara orimast
no de, yoku shitte iru no de gozaimast (D). 12. Tenki ga yokattara haha mo iku
no deshitaré ga, ano ame de, yameta no desti (C). 13. Anata ga ano hon wo yomu
no dattara stitete shimawa-nai de totte oku no datta (B). 14. Ammari ti tsiiki de
neru ni wa oshii kara, stikoshi aruké ja arimasen ka? (C). 15. Asonde bakari
i-nai de, benkyé wo suru ga yokaré (A). 16. Kono kami wa shujin ga tegami wo
kaku ni tstikaimasi (C).
1. Do you think it would be rude for me to ask Mr Yamada to return the
book I lent him ? 2. I don’t see why you shouldn’t ; I dare say he’s forgotten
all about it. 3. Why did you send Matsu away? 4. She was a very good
servant, and she worked very hard ; however, she was such a chatterbox that
several times she made things very inconvenient for me, so I had to discharge
‘her. 5. That man once told my father a lie, and since then, we have no con-
fidence in him. 6. I met Mr Smith two or three times when I was in KyCto,
but as I was only ten years old then, I don’t remember at all what kind of a man
he is. 7. I was reading a book and I got a headache, so I went out and looked
at the children playing. 8. There are any number of things I would like to
write, but I find writing such a nuisance. 9. So you are going to see the doctor?
what’s the matter with you? . 10. No, it is not I who am going to consult the
doctor; my sister is not feeling well since yesterday, that is why I have come
for him. 11. Sendai is not my native town, but as I’ve lived there since I was
fifteen, I know it quite well. 12. My mother would have gone if the weather
had been fine, but with rain like that, she gave up the idea. 18. I wouldn’t
have thrown that book away if I’d known you wanted to read it. 14. It seems
a pity to go to bed yet with such a beautiful moon shining ; let’s go for a stroll.
15. Instead of wasting your time you’d better study. 16. My master uses this
paper for writing letters.
.
“EXERCISE 100. |
Irregular Verbs. Study 92—97. |
akari : a light. kuyashii : regrettable ; annoying.
gaman : patience ; fortitude. chirakast ; to disarrange ; scatter.
- gmi : meaning. katazukeru : to put away (in its place) ;
kutsu-shita : socks ; stockings. put in order.
mendoé : trouble ; bother. kutabire’ru : to be tired.
son : loss. tsuide : opportunity ; at the same time.
1. Taihen kuré gozaimasti ne, akari.wo o tstike nas’ttara yoroshii: gozaimashd
-(D). 2. O kao-iro ga 0 wart gozaimasi ga, muri ni gaman wo nas’ tte trash tle
wa doku de gozaimast kara, mite o morai ni natte wa ikaga de gozaimastt ka? (1).
3. Kono mae anata ga o-ide kudas’tte kara hito-tstiki gurai ni narimashé ga, byd-
nin wa sendatte to stikoshi mo kawatta koto ga gozaimasen (1)). 4. Nikai no sdji wa
O Matst ni sashite, omae wa chotto watashi no heya e kite o kure (A). 5. Astiko
wo téru. to otoko no ko-tachi ni itazura wo sareru kara, betsti no michi wo tétte iki-
mashé (C). 6. Anna hito ni baka ni sareta to omou to kuyashilitte shiyd ga nai
'(B). 7. Konna ni iro-iro chirakashite oite, o kyaku sama ni korareru to hazwkashii-
kara, katazukete o kure (A). 8: Yamada San wa nan-ji goro irasshaimashita ka?
(D). 9. San-ji han ni irash’tte chichi to jii-go-fun bakari o hanashi nas*tte 0 kaeri
nasaimashita (D). 10. Kono ji no imi wo go zonji de irasshaimashitara, ddzo
oshiete kudasaimasen ka? (1). 11. Anata wa sensei wo okorashite wa son ja ari-
masen ka? (C). 12. Maru-ya e irash’ttara, tsuide ni watashi no kutsu-shita
wo katte lite kudasai (C). 138. Stiteishon kara zutto aruite irash’tta no dest ba?
Zuibun kutabire nas’tta deshé ; 0 cha de mo agatte o yaswmi nasai (C). -14. Jibun
de henji wo kakuno ga mendé nara Taré ni kakashite hayaku o dashi nasai (3).
15. Senjitst wa kekké na nashi wo kudas’tte démo arigaté gozaimashita ; taisd
oishia gozaimashita (1)). 16. Yube anata no tonari ni koshi-kakete irash’tta no
wa donata deshita ?(C). 17. Ano yofiku wo kite irash’tta onna no kata desi ka ?
Ane no tomodachi de, konaida gaikoku karao kaerinas’tta Hatano tou tata desi (C).
1. It’s very dark, I think you’d better light the lights. 2. You are looking
pale; it’s no good trying to bear your illness without taking any medicine.
hadn’t you better see adoctor ? 3. I think it’s about a month since you called ;
since then the patient is much about the same. 4. Tell Matsu to.sweep upstairs, —
and you, come to my room. 5. If I go that road the boys will play tricks on me,
so [’ll go another way. 6. I’m awfully put out to think that a man like that
has made a fool of me. 7. 1’d be ashamed for visitors to come and see things
all in disorder like this, so put everything away. 8. At what time did Mr
Yamada arrive? 9. He arrived at half past three, and left again after fifteen
minutes’ talk with my father. 10. If you know the meaning of this character,
please explain it tome? 11. It’s to your own disadvantage to be always ma-
king your master angry. 12. As you’re going to Maru-ya’s, would you mind buy- -
ing me some socks? 13. Did you come walking all the way from the station
here? You must be very tired ; have a cup of tea and rest awhile. 14. If you
find it too much trouble to write (the letter) yourself, ask Taré to write it for.
you, and send it quickly. 15. Thanks very much for the beautiful pears you.
sent me the other day ; thev were delicious. 16. Who was it sitting last night
next to you? 17. Do you mean that lady in foreign clothes ?. She is a friend
of my sister’s who arrived recently from abroad, her name is Mrs Hatano,
Pe 1 a | oe
|
CT Be he MO
el
EXERCISE wk
Auxiliary and Terminal Verbs. Study 98—110.
kanjé : reckoning ; account. kui-tstiku ; to bite (as an attack).
ktisa : grass. migaku : to polish ; clean.
megane :; spectacles. sawagu.: to make a noise, disturbance.
tatemono ; building. tatamu : to fold. :
_ kuu : to bite ; eat.
1. Yamada San wa byoki wo naoshi ni is-shiikan bakari mae kara Hakone e itte
iru 86 da({B). 2. Sakki kite trush’tta kata wa go shinrui no lata de gozaimast ka 2?
(D). 3. Tie, s6 ja nai desi, tomodachi desi (C). 4. Anata no kimono wa tatande
arimast (C). 5. Danna sama no kutsu wo migaita kai? (A). 6. Hai, mé migaite—
gozaimast (D). 7. Watakishi mo ane to issho ni kind Ueno e mairimashite
gozaimast (D). 8. Konaida Taré San ga jibiki wo kashite kure to itte kita kara,
kashite yattara, sugu ni motte kwru to ti nagara, mada kaeshite ko-nai (B). 9.
Hana-ko San wa ha ga itai kara komban irasshara-nai to tegaini de itte lkimashita
(C). 10. Yamashita Sen ga Nikké de kaite kita e wa jitsi ni yoku kaiie aru (B).
11. Sakki kodonio-tuchi ga 6-sawagi wo suru no de, nan dard to omotte mite mita
tokoro ga, hitori ga inu ni kui-tsiikarete naite iru no datta (B). 12. Kondo anata
ga irassharu made ni lore wo yakushite kirei ni kaite oite agemastii(D). 13. Sugu
ni henji wo dashite shimawa-nai to wasurete shimau kara, ima katte dasd (B). 14.
Wataleiishi wa taihen leimochi ga wari gozaimast kara, megane no kanjé wo tori ni
Chokichi San ni itte moratte yd gozaimast ka ?(D). 15. Kono mae kita toki wa
kono hen wa kiisa ga haete ite sabishii tokero datta no ni, m6 konna ni oki na tate-
mono ga ikutsi mo tatte iru (B). 16. Itoko ga kotchi e kuru no de, hito-tsiki bakart
_ tomatie itai to iu no da ga, nikai ga aite iru kara, watashi wa ii to omou keredomo,.
onae no kangae wa dé da? (A). 17. S6 de gozaimast ne, yoku kangaete okimashd
(D). 18. Watashi no te-bukuro wo motte kite o kure ; tanst no hikidashi ni irete
oita kara (A). 19. H6b6 sagashite mimashita keredomo gozaimasen (D).
1. Mr Yamada has been in Hakone a week recovering from his illness. 2. Was ~
the gentleman who was here just now a relation of yours? 3. No, he’s only a
friend. 4. Your dress is folded. 5, Have you cleaned your master’s boots ? ~
6. Yes, I have (lit. they are cleaned). 7. I went with my sister yesterday to
Ueno. . 8. Master Tara came a few days ago to ask me to lend him my dictionary.
I lent it to him; and although he said he’d bring it back soon, he hasn’t returned —
it yet. 9. Miss Hana-ko has written to say that she can’t come this evening as
she has a toothache. 10. The picture Mr Yamashita painted when he was in
Nikko is really very well painted. 11. The children were making such a noise
just now that I wondered what had happened. I went to see and found that
what had happened was that one of them had been bitten by a dog, and was —
crying. 12. I’ll translate this, write it out and have it ready for you when |
you come again. 13. As I’m sure to forget it if I don’t answer the letter soon,
I'll do it atonce. 14. As I’m not feeling at all well would you mind if Master
Chokichi were to go instead of nie to collect the bill for the spectacles? 15.
When I was here last, all this neighbourhood was all grass and there were no
_ houses ; and now, just look at all the big buildings there are. 16. My cousin
is coming and he says he would like to stay a month here. As the top floor is
unoccupied I think we could put him up, what do you say? 17. I don’t exact-
- ly know, I'll think it over. 18. Bring me my gloves, I left them in the chest
of drawers. 19. I’ve looked for them in every drawer, but I can’t find them.
EXERCISE 102.
Transitive and Intransitive Verbs. Study 111—118.
ambai : condition ; manner. kobore’ru (intr.) : to get spilt.
hashigo-dan : staircase. kobost (trans.) : to spill.
kane : bell. narast (trans.): to causé to sound ; ring.
tetstiibin : kettle. naru (intr.) : to make a noise ; ring.
urusai : annoying. orost (trans.) : to take down.
_ attamaru (intr.): to become warm. watast (trans.): to hand over.
attame’ru (trans.) : to warm. chédo ; exactly ; just.
~ 1. Ano kane wa nichiyd-bi no asa shichi-ji ni naru no de gozaimast (D). 2.
Chédo ji-ji ni kane wo narashite kudasai (C). 3. Mizu ga ippai haitte imasi
kara, kobore-nai y6 ni shizuka ni motte irasshai (C). 4. Hashigo-dan e inki wo
- koboshita no wa dare desi Koboshita hito wa jibun de fuite oki nasai (B). 5.
O yu wo saki ni wakashite, sore kara chichi wo attamete o kure (A). 6. Chichi ga
attamaitara akamb6 ni o yari nasai (A). 7. Sono hashi wo wataru to Kanda desi
(C). 8. Kono shashin wo otéto san ni o watashi kudasaimasen ka? (D). 9.
Benky6é shite ite akiru to uchi wo dete, kien no naka wo shibaraku aruite kuru koto
. ni kimete imasti (C). 10. Ano ame no naka wo aruka-nakereba nara-nai no ka
to omotte shimpai shite kimashita ga, kisha wo oriru to sugu ni ame ga yande, ti
ambai deshita (C). 11. Tetsiibin ni 0 yu wo ippai wakashite moraitai (A). 12. O
yu ga waitara sé itte okure (A). 13. O yu ga wakimashita (C). 14. O yuwa mo
waite iru (B).° 15. O yu wa m6 wakashite arimast (C). 16. Sumimasen ga,
tana kara ano hako wo oroshite kudasaimasen ka? Watakishi wa sei ga hikukitte
todokimasen (D). 17. Omae wa urusai kara shita e orite o-ide (A). 18, Kono
kudamono wo o bon ni nosete danna sama no tokoro e motte o-ide nasai (A). 19.
_ Kyé wa atama ga itai kara, densha e nora-zu ni kuruma de ikimast (C). 20. Hon
wa minna sono hako ni irete kudasaimasen ka ? (C). 21. Minna wa hairimasen ;
nokotta no wa kaban ni iremashé ka ? (C). 22. E, ja, s6 shite kudasai (C).
Mise no kaeri-gake ni Hibiya de densha wo orite, Tanaka San no tokoro e chotto
yotte kimashita (C). 24. Jochii ga m6 mitstikarimashita ka? (C).
1. That bell rings every Sunday morning at seven o’clock. 2. Please ring
the bell exactly at ten o’clock. 3. This (jug) is full of water; you must
earry it very carefully so as not to spill it. 4. Who has spilt ink on the stairs ?
Whoever has done it must wipe it clean. 5. First boil the water and after
that warm the milk. 6. When the milk is warm give it to the baby. 7. When
you cross that bridge you will be in Kanda. 8. Would you kindly give this
_ photograph to your brother? 9. It’s now a fixed habit of mine when I get
tired of studying, to go out and walk about the park for a while. 10. I was feel-
ing anxious (in the train) thinking I’d have to walk in the rain, but luckily I’d
hardly got off the train when it stopped raining. 11. Boil a kettleful of water
forme. 12. When the water boils let me know. 13, 14and15. The water is
boiling. 16. Excuse me, but would you mind getting me the box from the
shelf ?, I (am so short that I) cannot reach it myself. 17. You are a nuisance,
go and stay downstairs. 18. Put this fruit on a tray and take it to your master’s ~
room. 19. As I’ve a headache today instead of going by tram-car, I'll take a
rikisha. 20, Please put all the books in that box. 21. They won’t all go in;
shall I put what’s over in the trunk? 22. Yes, please do so. 23. On my
_way back from the office, I got off the tram-car at Hibiya and I made a short
call on Mr ‘Tanaka. 24. Have you found a servant yet ?
ae
kee FUE om EXERCISE 103. .
Passive Verbs. Study 119—125.
‘ ft : way ; manner. keru : to kick. %
waru-kucht : evil-speaking. nusumu. : to steal.
atarimae no : usual ; ordinary. osowaru : irreg. passive of oshie‘ru to
fui no: sudden. teach. 7k a
okashii ; okashi na : laughable ; ‘shimaru (intr.) : to shut. i ae
strange. shiran (corr. of shira-nai): having no
gomakasit : to deceive. _ knowledge ; feigning ignorance. — Ros 2
_home’ru : to praise. - shiran kao: not to betray one’s know-
kamu : to bite. - ledge by the expression of the face. Le
1. Sono kimono wo kirwto Shina-jin to machigaerareru daré (B). 2. Sonnafi
wo shite aruku to hito ni warawaremasii (C). 3. Waru-kuchi wo iwarete mo shiran
kao de trasshai (C). 4, Anna kote wo saretara okoru no wa atarimae da(B). 5.
Inu ni yubi wo kamaremashita (C). 6. Fui ni watashi ga itta kara, oba san ga
bikkuri shita(B). 7. Nikaino mado we shimatteirukai? (A). 8. Kiné wa saka- nem
na ga taktisan toremashita (C). 9. Takeo wa kind ima ni kerarete kega wo shita
(B). 10. Kuruma-ya ni gomakasare-nai y6 ni ki wo tstike nasai (B). 11. Ano
ko wa itst mo sensei ni homeraremasi (C). 12. Yabe dorobé ni yubi-wa wo
nusumaremashita (C). 18. Nihon-go wo donata ni osowari nasaimashita ? (D).
14. Tanabe San ni osowarimashita (C). 15. Sonna okashi na fai wo sureba
. warawareru no wa atarimae da(B). .16. Koko ni nan to kaite arimasi ka? (C).
17. Watashi wa shira-nai (B). 18. Sono chawan wa doko de dekita no dest? (C).
19. Kyéto de dekita no de gozaimast (D). 20. Danna ni shikarareru kara hayaku
okaeri (A). 21. Kodomo ni nakareru no ga ichiban urusai (B). 22. Ano fiitotta
hito wa nan to iu hito desi? (C). 23. Suzuki to iu hito dest (C). 24. Kore wa
nan to iu kudamono de gozaimasi ? (D). 25. Nashi to iu no da (B). 26. Ano
~-yaseta hito wa Koyama to iu hito desi (C). 27. Kami wo kai ni ikimashttara, mo
) mise-ga shimatte imashita (C). 28. Ano hito wa shujin ni yobarete mo shiran kao
wo shite iru(B). 29. Jibun no koto we hito no sewa ni nara-nai de suru hé gat (B).
Ss
Pe eet he a ey
- 1. If you put on that dress, you may be taken for a Chinese. 2. If you go
out (dressed) like that, people will laugh at you. 3. Even if people speak ill of
you, don’t take any notice. 4. It isonly natural that he should get angry when e
they behave like that to him. 5. My finger was bitten by adog. 6. AsT went =
unexpectedly, my aunt was surprised. . 7. Is the window upstairs closed? 8. :
A lot of fish was caught yesterday. 9. Takeo was kicked by a horse yesterday
and was hurt. 10. Take care and don’t Jet the rikisha-man cheat you. It.
That child is always praised by his teacher. 12. Last night a robber stole my =
ring. 13. Who taught you Japanese? 14. Mr Tanabe taught me. 15. Of eee
course people will laugh at you if you go about in that strange way. 16. What “2
is written here? 17. I don’t know. 18. Where was that tea-cup made? 19. as
It wasmadein Kyéto. 20. Come back quickly so as not to get scolded by your ty
master. 21. It is very annoying to hear children crying. 22. What’s that =
stout man called? 23. He is called Suzuki. 24. What is this fruit called? seh
25. It is called a pear. 26. That.thin man is called Koyama. 27. I went to
buy some paper but the shop was already closed. 28. Even when his master
calls him, he pretends not to hear. 29. You had better do your own things .— ny
yourself and not be helped by others.
ae Ee Oe ra
o)
EXERCISE 104.
Passive Verbs (continued). é ats |
hori ; ditch ; moat. hikkomu : to draw back ; retire. —
namake-mono : a lazy person. horu : to dig.
yostt : condition. korost : to kill.
kowai : fearful ; afraid. yaru.: to do.
damast : to deceiv e ; cheat. abekobe : the other way about.
1. Hitio ni tware-nakite mo ii koto wo twareru no mo minna ano bo no tame da
(B). 2. Tabako wa karada ni warui to isha ni twarete kara noma-nai koto ni
.-kimemashita (C). 3. Omae ni sono dki na koe de uta wo utazeareru to atama ga
itaku naru (A). 4. Miraretara taihen ‘dest kara, isoide hilskomimashita (C). 5.
- Haruo wa Akio kara damasarete kuyashikiite shikata ga nai no dest (C).
Sonna tokoro e hori vo horarete wa watashi no hé de taihen tsugi ga warni desi (C).
Ano 0 kashi wa tabetai, keredomo, danna ga kaette kite shikarareru to kowai (B).
8. De mo, kimi ga okorare-nakereba ti no daré? Boku ga timaku yaru kara,
fitari de are wo tabete shimad (B). 9. Sakki butstkatta otoko ni kane wo torareta
no ni kimatte imasi ga, uchi ga bimbé desi kara, watakishi ga totta to omowareru
ni chigai arimasen (C). 10. Ano otoke wo damashite yaré to omotte ite, abekobe ni
~~ damasarete shimatta (B). 11. Konna yosit wo shite iru tokoro wo hito ni mirareru
to hazukashia gozaimast kara, soto e detal:u gozuimasen (1). 12. Ima made iro-
iro no koto wo iwarete mo gaman shite ita ga. dorobé to iwarete wa mé yurust koto
wa deki-nai (A). 13. Ano otoko wa ammari namake-mono desi kara, 0 t6-san ni
uchi wo oi-dasareta no dest (C). 14. Hito kara nani ka twareta toki wa kitto o
henji wo shi-nakereba ikemasen yo. Nani ka kikareta toki damatte iru no wa
- taihen shitstirei na koto desi kara ne (B). 15. Inu zo korosareta hito wa ano mi-
"ey. Le ~ S .\
~
se no shujin dest (C). 16. Anata ni twareta tori ni shimashitara, ha no itai no ga
sukkari tomarimashita (C). 17. O t6-san ni mitstikaru to butareru kara, doko ka e
kakurete irasshai (3B).
1. It’s all that child’s fault that people are saying things about us they ought |
not to. 2. I’ve decided to give up smoking as the doctor says it’s bad fer the
health. 3. If you keep on singing songs in a loud voice like that, you'll give
me a'headache. 4. As it would be a very disagreeable thing if he were seen, he
hurriedly went into the house. 5. Haruo was very much annoyed at being
deceived by Akio. 6. If you dig a ditch there it would be extremely incon- »
venient for me. 7. I’d like to eat those sweets but I’m afraid of the scolding
I’d get when my master comes back. 8. Well, but it would. be all right,
wouldn’t it, if he didn’t get angry with you? I’ll arrange it cleverly, so let’s
eat them up between us. 9. I’m certain that the man who bumped against me
just now took the money, but as my family is poor, there’s no doubt people
will think that I stole it myself. 10. I thought of deceiving that man but it
ees out the other way about, I was taken in by him. 11. I don’t want
to go out as I’m ashamed people should see me like this. 12. Up to now he’s
called me many things and I’ve put up with it, but I can’t allow myself to be
_. ealled a thief. 18. That man is so lazy that his father turned him out. of the
house. 14. Be sure to answer whenever you are spoken to ; it is very rude to
remain silent when you are asked a question. 15. The nian whose dog was killed
is the owner of that shop. 16. I did-as you told me, and my toothache has
entirely stopped. 17. As your father will beat you if he finds you; hide ange
somewhere.
EXERCISE 108.
Potential Verbs. Study 126—136.
dzidokoro : kitchen. suberu : to slip.
hankechi : handkerchief. torikae'rn, : to change.
hashigo : ladder. ueru: to plant. -
kura : godown. uke-toru : to receive.
shiawase na : lucky ; fortunate. »
1. Yube wa kono ko ga naite bakari ite totd nemure wa shimasen deshita (C). 2.
Sumimasen ga, 0 mise no kaeri ni hankechi wo roku-mai katte kite kudasaimasen ~
ka? watashi wa kaze wo hiite ite, soto e deraremasen kara (C). 8. Anata no yé@ na ~
kata ga dé shite kono omoi mono wo motte ikaremashé ?. Dése otéto ga asonde
imast kara, go issho ni motashite agemast (C). 4. Sakki o té-san ni ‘kimono wo
naoshite kure’ to iwvareta toki * isogashikiitte naose-nai’ to wa itta keredonio, 86 hima -
no iru koto de wa nai kara, chotto naoshite ageyd (B). 5. Mustko san ga naotte
hatarakeru y6 ni natte 0 shiawase desi (C). 6. Sono ki wa suberu kara, hashigo
wo kake-nakereba noboremasen (C). 7. Chédo ky6 0 me ni kakarete konna wreshii
kote wa gozaimasen (D). 8. Uchi no tori ga kesa yoso no inu ni korosareta no desi
ga, kd tu toki ni inu no shajin kara kane wo toru koto ga dekimasii ka? (C). 9.
Soko e ki wo uerarete wa watashi no hé de komaru no desi ga, yoso e uete itadaku,
koto wa dekimasen ka? (C). 10. Anata ga jibun de ginko e ika-nakereba 0 kane
wo uke-torw koto ga deki-nai to iu hanashi deshita (C). 11. Yado-ya de doroho
ni kane wo torarete shimatte komatta keredomo, tomodachi no o-kage de yatto kaette
kuru koto ga dekita (3). 12. A16 astiko e kura wo tate-hajimemashita kara, ima
kara basho wo torikaeru wake ni wa ikimasen (C). 13. Sore wa watashi ga oteshita
_kane ja nai kara, uke-toru wale ni ika-nai to itta ja erimasen Ika? (C). 14. Ano
_ ko wo hitori de tsitkai ni yatte wa ike-nai to itta ’tte, daidokoro wo kamawa-nai de
watashi ga issho ni itte yaru wake ni wa ika-nai deshd ? (C).
1. Last night this child did nothing but cry, so I wasn’t able to sleep the
whole night. 2. I am sorry to trouble you, but would you mind buying me half
a dozen handkerchiefs on your way back from the office? I’ve caught a cold
and I can’t go out. 8. How can a weak person like you possibly carry this
heavy thing? Anyhow, as my brother has got nothing to do for the moment, he
can go with you and carry it. 4. When my father asked me just now to mend
his kimono I said I was so busy I couldn’t do it ; however, it won’t take long
so I’ll mend it for him after all. 5. 1 am glad to hear that your son has recovered
and is able to work again. 6. That tree is slippery, you won’t be able to climb
it unless you’ve got a ladder. 7. It has been a very great pleasure for me
(to have been able) to see you today. 8. This morning one of my fowls was
killed by a (strange) dog ; in such a case can I claim money from the owner of
the dog?) 9. If you plant the tree there, you will inconvenience me a great deal,
couldn’t you plant it somewhere else? 10, They said that if you yourself
don’t go to the bank, you can’t get the money. 11. My money was stolen at an
inn and I found myself in a very awkward position ; however, at last, thanks toa
friend, I was able to return home. 12. As I have already started building the
godown there, [cannot now change the place. 13. I told you I can’t receive that
money as it wasn’t I who lost it. 14, Although you say I oughtn’t to send that
child alone on errands, you can well understand I can’t go with him and leave
_ the kitchen.
EXERCISE 106, ei
Causative Verbs. “Study 137—148.
go-chiso : feast. stitdbu : stove.
hokori : dust. make'ru : to lose: reduce the price.
kufii : plan ; scheme. nigast : to let escape.
sake: gicoholic drink made from ochiru : to fall.
rice. taku : to kmdle.
shitate-ya : tailor.
1. Anata wo komaraseys to iu tsumori ja nai no dest kara, ddka waruku omowa-
& an de kudasai (C). 2. O sami gozaimashitara, siitdbu ni hi-wo takasemashd (D).
3. Ano mise wa baka ni tukai kara kondo ittara makesashite yara-nakereba. .
(B). 4. Taré no inu ga Haruo no inu to kenka wo shite makemashita (C). 5.
Ototo wa karada ni warui kara sake wo noma-nai y6 ni to twarete mo yappari nonde
komatia mono da ; dé ka shite yamesaseru kufti wa nai daré ka? (B). 6. Kono-
kimono wa shitate-ya de nuita no de gozaimast ka? (D). 7. Lie, wchi no Hana ni
nuwaseta no de gozaimast (1)). 8. O tstikue no ue ga hokori-darake de gozaimast
kara, jochi ni fiikasemashé (D). 9. Kodomo ni kega wo sase-nai yo ni shijt ki
wo tstikete ite o kure (A). 10. Watashi ga uchi e itie kurnaida kono inu wo nigasa-
pat y6 ni ban wo shite ite kudasai (C); 11. Watashi sae soba ni itara, sonna shigoto
- wa sase-nai no desi ga, wake ga atte kochira e kite imast no de, omou y6 ni ika-nai
no desi (C). 12. Watashi ga yatta inu wo kodomo ni ijimesaseru nara inu we
kaeshite kudesai (B).. 13. Kitto onaka wo stikashite o kaeri daré to omotte, go-
chisd wo koshiraete matte imashita (C). 14. Kind Taré ga yane e agatte, dé iu
wake ka ashi wo suberasete achite kega wo shimashita (C). 15. Kimono ga yogo-
reta kara jochi ni arawashite o kure (A). 16. Koppu wa watashi ga kowashita
no dest kara. watashi ni harawasete kudasai (C). 17..Konna hon wo kodomo —
ni yorrasete wa ike-nai ja nai ka? (A). 18. Anata wa dé iu wake de kono ko wo
nakashitari suru no desi ? (C). :
1. As I had no intention of putting you in an awkward position, please don’t
think ill of me. 2. If you are cold, I’ll have the stove lit. 3. As that shop |
always charges so dear, next time I go there I must beat them down. 4. TarG’s
dog had a fight with Haruo’s and was beaten. 5. We are very anxious about
my brother. Although he’s been told not to drink sake because it’s bad for his
health, ke nevertheless goes on drinking. What could we do to make him stop ?
6. Did a tailor make this kimono? 7. No, my daughter Hana made it for me
(lit. | had it sewn by my daughter Hana). 8. Your desk is all dusty, Ill tell
the servant to wipe it (with a duster). 9. Be alwavs careful so that the children
may not hurt themselves. 10. 1’m just going to my house for a moment,
please don’t let the dog run away in the meantime. 11. If I had only been there
I wouldn’t have let you de (heavy) work like that, but I was obliged to be here,
so I couldn’t do as I wanted. 12. If you are going to let the children worry the
' dog I gave you, you’d better give it back to me, 13. 1 thought vou would be
surc to be hungry when you came back, so I prepared a good dinner for you. 14,
_ ‘Taro got on to the roof yesterday, and for some reason ‘or other his foot slipped
and he fell and hurt himself. 15. As my dress is dirty, get the servant to wash
it. 16. As I broke the tumbler, let me pay for it. 17. You ought to know
that you shouldn’t let children read a book like this. 18. What are — ma-
king that child cry for ? ;
a
—
EXERCISE 107. | rant ea. :
Reflexive Verbs ; Compound Verbs. Study 149-155. Da 5
= - kogoto : scolding. furue’ru : to tremble, sa
mart : ball. kake*ru : to run. $
yuiata ; yigata : evening. nage’ru : to throw. fe
hosot : thin.
akeppanast : to leave open.
tobu : to jump ; fly..
1. 0 t6-san wa Haruo no kao wo miru to 6ki na koe de kogoto wo iimast no de.
Haruo wa furue nagara to no kage ni kakurete imashita (C). 2. Tard wa mariwo
nagete asonde iru no desti ka? (C). 3. Sonna hosoi eda e nobotte, eda ga oretara
kega wo suru ja nai ka? (A). 4. Kono tori wa kega wo shite yoku tobe-nai no desi 7 ae
(C). 5. Hana-ko wa nani wo shite imasii? (C). 6. Tadaima kimono wo kite —
trasshaimast (D). 7. Todana wo akeppanashite oite wa ikemasen (A). 8. Kino
no yttkata kowai inu ga ushiro kara kita no de, isoide kake-dashitara, ki ni butst- aia
katte kega wo shimashita (C). 9. Daibu kutabiremashita ne, asitko e koshi-kakete
0 yasumi nasai (C). 10. Yubin-kyoku e itte dempo wo utte kite o kure, isogi da
kara, kakete itte o-ide (A). 11. Kono tegami wa ammari imi ga hakkiri shimasen
kara, kaki-naoshite kudasaimasen ka? (C). 12. Yatto tenki ni natta to omotte .
itara, mata furi-dashimashita yo (C). 13. Michi ga fitatst ni wakarete ite, dotchi
wo itte 1 ka to omotte komatte iru to, tori-kakatta hito ga oshiete kuremashita (C). a
14. Hana-ko no bydki wa yatto kono-goro naori-kakarimashita (C). 15..Yomi-
kaketa hon wo yonde shimatie kara, hoka no wo kashite ageyd (A). 16. Jivd San
wa densha kara tobi-orite taihen na kega wo shita s6 desi (C). 17. Kono kugini
béshi wo kakete yo gozaimasti ka? (D). 18. Iie, soko wa béshi wo kakeru tokoro 2
ja arimasen ; tonari no heya ni vite kudasai (C). 19. Kono ko wa shira-nai hito
no kao wo miru to kitto naki-dashimasi (C). 20. Yabe mado wo akeppanashite .
netara kaze xeo hiite shimatta (B).
tT. A
Pao, § Sea
5) 1. When my father saw Haruo he scolded him in a loud voice, and Haruo
| trembling hid himself behind the door. 2. Is Tard amusing himself by throwing
a ball about? 3. If you get on a thin branch like that, and the branch were .
to break, you would hurt yourself. 4. This bird hurt itself and can’t fly pro- se
perly. 5. What is Hana-ko doing? 6. She is dressing herself. 7. Don’t ta
leave the cupboard open. 8. Yesterday evenirg a fierce dog was followmg me,
so I started to run as fast as I could; I knocked myself against a tree and hurt
myself. 9. You must be very tired, sit down there for a while and rest yourself.
10. Go to the post office and send a telegram, as the affair is urgent go there eT s-
running. 11. The meaning of this letter is not quite clear, please write tt again.
12. I thought that at last the weather was going to he fine, and now, it has
begun raining again. 13. ‘he road branched into two, and as I didn’t know
which to take, I found myself in an awkward position ; but aman who happened - ae
to pass kindly told me the way. 14. At last Hana-ko is beginning to recover
from her illness. 15. When you’ve finished reading the book you’ve begun to
read, I’ll lend you another. 16. They say that Mr Jiro got off the tram-car
while it was still in motion, and hurt himself badly. 17. May I hang my hat on
this nail? 18. No, that’s not the proper place to hang your hat, go and leave by
it in the next room. 19. Whenever this child sees a strange face, he s sure to fi
start crying. 20. I slept last night with the window open and [’ve caught
a cold. soi
EXERCISE 108.
The Verb Suru. Study 156—163. Ge aie ae ee
aisatsti : salutation. _ . gshabon : soap.
enryo : reserve ; regard for another’s shdbai : occupation.
feelings. . shéchi : consent ; knowledge.
jiman : self-praise. negau : to ask ; request.
niot ; smell. tsiikare’ru :.to get tired.
1. Anata no yé na shobai wo shite iru hito wa mai-nichi san-jip-pun gurai undo
_wo shi-nakereba tke-nai dest (C). 2. Ano kyddai wa yoku kenka wo suru ga, sone
kawari sugu ni naka ga yoku naru(B). 3. Watanabe wa Ei-go ga hanaseru no wo
taisd jiman shite iru n’ dest (C). 4. Yokohama e hikkost: no «wa chichi ni sddan
_ shite kara no koto ni shimashita (C). 5. Kore wa sendatte mo hanashita hanasht
dest kara, go zonji no kata mo aru deshé (C).> 6. Kono shabon wa iya dest, nioi
ga shimast kara (C). 7. Kesa Suzuki San ni atta kara, aisatst: shitara, shiran
kao shite itte shimatta ; tabun ki ga tsika-nakatia no.daré (B). 8. Zutst ga suru
nara, enryo shi-nai de nete iru ga ti (A). 9. Chichi wa ikura negatte mo watashi ga
Amerika e iku koto wo shéchi shi-nai no de, komatte imasti (C). 10. Taré no naki-
~. goe ga shimast ne, dé shita no ka itte goran nasai (B). 11. Shibaraku no aida
byd-nin ni dare mo awase-nai yo ni shite moraitai desi ; hanashi wo suru to dé
shite mo tstikaremast kara (C). 12. Jiman suruno wa mittomonai mono da (B).
13. Nii-san no go benkyé no jama wo shite wa ike-nai kara, naru-take nikai e ika-
nai y6 ni o shi nasai (A)... 14. Kore kara o hanashi suru hanashi wa Momotaro
no hanashi desi (C). 15. Yamada San ga go byéki no koto wa shéchi shite ori-
mashita ga, masaka konna ni kyt ni o nal:unari nasaré to wa omoimasen deshita
(D). 16. Shujin ga, ‘anata ni go sédan shitai koto ga aru kara, sugu o-ide kudasai’
to méshimashita (D). 17. Anata.mo Kyéto e kembutsii ni iku nara, boku mo issho
ni iku koto ni shiyé (B). 18. Ammari enryo suru hito wa siki ja arimasen (C).
19. Ikura itakiitte mo gaman suru hoka shikata ga nai (B).
1. A man occupied like you, needs to take half an hour’s exercise every
day. 2. Those brothers are always quarrelling, but on the other hand they
soon make it up again. 3. Watanabe is very proud of being able to speak
English. 4. I’ve decided not to move to Yokohama until after I’ve consulted
my father. 5. I already told this tale some days ago, so I suppose some of you
will know it. 6. I don’t like this soap, the scent is too strong. 7. I met Mr —
Suzuki this morning and I raised my hat to him, but he went by without taking
any notice; perhaps he didn’t see me. 8. If you’ve got a headache, don’t
stand upon ceremony, lie down. 9. My father will not consent to my going
to Ainerica, no matter how much I ask him; so I don’t know what to do. 10.
Taro is crying, go and see what’s'the matter with him. 11. For some cays I
don’t want the patient to see anybody ; talking is sure to tire him. 12. To go
about boasting is not at all a nice thing to.do. 18. You mustn’t interrupt your
brother while he’s studying, so as far as possible don’t go upstairs. 14. The
tale [am about to tell you is the tale of Momotaré. 15. I knew that Mr Yamada
was ill, but. I never dreamt that he wonld die so suddenly.. 16. My master says
that he has something he wants to consult you about, so please come immediate-
ly. 17. If you are going on a trip to Kyoto, Ill arrange to go with you. 18. I
don’t care for people who stand too much upon:ceremony. 19. No matter how:
great the pain is you must put up with it, as there’s nothing else to be dene. «
ee EXERCISE 109 ae
The Verb Naru. Study 164. | |
hi : sun ; sunshine. mamoru : to protect ; defend. CE
katachi : shape. yaktsokn wo mamdru: to keep one’s —
yaku : service. word. :
yaku ni tatst ? to be of use. metta ni (with nég.) : Seldom.
raku na : easy ; comfortable. nante : and such like thifigs.
suppai ; sour. sen : former ; previous.
ataru : to strike against. yoyo : at last.
hayaru : to be fasliionable.
1. Kono 0 kashi wa suppal-u natte imusi kara, takeraremasen (C). 2. Ano hito - ae
7a itst de mo yaktisoku wo mainora-nai kara, m6 iya ni natte shimatta (B). 3. O :
cha ga nomitaku nattara, its de mo 86 itte kiudasai (C). 4. Hana-kd San no yo
ha bishi ga hayaru 86 da kara, watashi mo kaitaku natta(B). 5. Anata ga Ameri- |
ka e wrasshareba wehi no Gord mo kitto ikitaku naru desho(C). 6. Kono-goro wa ko
tu katachi no boshi wa hayara-naku natta yd desi ne, metta ni kabutte iru hito ga
imasen (C). 7. Soko e€ ki wo werareru to boku no heya é hi ga atara-naku natte —
komara no dest (C). 8. O Kiku ga i-naku natia tte? Sore wa taihen da, sign ni
hb6 sagasa-nakereba (B). 9. Sono kire wa atsui o yu ni nante iretara sukkari ~
yaku ni tata-naku naru (B). 10. Chichi wa watalishi ga mittsi no toki ni shinde, -
haha wa shijii bydki de gozaimashita kara, fittari wa gohan wo taberu koto mo deki-
naku natte shimaimashita (D). 11. Oji kara moratta kane de shdbai wo hajimete,
haha to watashi ga raku ni kuraseru yo ni natta no dest (C). 12. Hana wa yoyo
kind kara ohité sitkoshi arukeru yo ni natta bakari dest (C). 18. Kuni e kaera-
nakereba nara-nai koto ni natta kara, rusu no aida yoku ki wo tsiikete, kodomo ni ~
_ kéga natizo sase-nai yo ni shite kudasai (B). 14. Watashi-tachi ga sen ita wehi wa.
aru koto ni narimashita (C). 15. Suzuki San wa o to-san ga Nara e irasshart no
* de, issho ni iku koto ni natta sé da (B). 16. Watashi ca yotto Ei-go no shimbun
ga yomeru y6 ni natta bakari desi (C).
1. This ptidding is (has turned) sour, I can’t eat it. 2. That man never keeps
his promises, I’m disgusted with him, and I’ll have nothing more to do with
him. 3. Whenever vou are thirsty, let me kriow. 4. They say that hats like —
Miss Hana-ko’s*are fashionablé now, I also would like to buy one. 5. If you
go.to America, (ftiy son) Gord is sue to want to go also. 6. Lately hats of this
shape have gone out of fashion, haveri’t they ? You hardly ever see anybody”
wearing them now. 7. If you plant frees there, fiy roof won't get the sun,
ahd I'll be greatly ifconvenienced. 8. Do you say Kiku is tnissing? That’s —
very serious, We must immediately look for her everywhere: 9. If you put that
cloth into very hot water or do other silly things like that, you ‘ll spoil it entirely,
and it will bé good for nothing. 10. My father died when I was three, and my
mother has always been sick, that is why we became so pocr that we hadn’é —
enouvh to eaf. 11. With money miy uricle gave ime I opened a small shop, an
now; My fiiother and mivself can live comfortably.
ot come to any harm. 14, The howise we uséd to live in is now for sale. 15.
They say that Mi Suzuki‘s father is going to Nara, it has been arranged that Mr
Suzuki shall go with him, 16, At last I’m able to read English newspape! - “3
iv. At last Hana’ was abe.
t6 get up esterday and walk about a little. 15. I find I am obliged to rettitn
home; while I’m away, take great care that the children don *t hurt theniselvés
Ja
A
%
a
“yy
i =
PC an: S * TER aint -.
FE One it B iy ; F 7
rs.
EXERCISE THO: > ooo @
The Verb ‘To Re’. Study 165.
akindo : merchant. wi-tsitke’ru : to command.
botchan : polite term for little boy. nekast : to put to sleep.
hana : nose. niau ; to suit; fit.
mekura.: blind person. nuke’ru : to come off ; get left out.
nadakai : famous.
1. Ano gakké ni wa mekura no gaikoku-jin ga hitori iru (B). 2. Anata no
~ gakki ni melura no seito ga arimast ka? (C). 8. Hai, hitori gozaimasit (D). 4.
Watashi no tomodachi ni nadakai isha ga hitort arimast ga, wna Amerika e itte
orimastt (C). 5. Ani wa isha ni naru tsumori deshita ga, mada gakké ni iru uchi
- ni shinde shimaimashita (C). 6. Jochti ni watashi ga kaeru. made kono heya ni iru
yo ni ti-tstihete kudasai (C). 7. Anatano tokoro ni kono jibiki ga gozaimashita ne?
woatashi no wa nukete iru tokoro ga atte komarimashita ; sumimasen ga, chotto
- kashite kudasaimasen ka? (C). 8. Nihon no onna de ydfiiku wo kiru hito mo
arimast ga, démo niaimasen ne (C). 9. Botchan wa doko ni irasshai:nast ka ?
_(D). 10. Nikai ni nekashite arimast (C). 11. Ano inu wa nige-nai y6 ni hako e
-4arete arimust (C). 12. Jii-go ni nattara, sono gurai no koto wa dekiru hazu da (B).
- 18. Goré San ni ‘nani ni naru tsumori dest ?’ to kiite mitara, ‘akindo ni naru
kangae da’ to itte imashita (C). 14. Chichi wa nagai aida hana ga warukiitte isha
ni ttte imashita ga, kono-goro daihu yoku narimashita (C). 15. Kono kinjo ni
omocha wo koshiraeru hito ga aru (B). 16. Omocha wo koshiraeru hito ga kono
kinjo ni imasi (C). 17. Kono gakké ni wa seito ga go-jii-nin aru no dest ga, uchi
e kaette shimatte, ima iru no wa go-nin dake dest (C). 18. Kono heya ni Fikoku-
jin ga fittari imasi (C). 19. Kono heya ni iru hito no naka ni Eikoku-jin ga
fitari aru (B). 20. Ano uchi ni ni-t6 ni noru hito mo.aru (B). 21. Ni-t6 ni
noru hito wa ano heya ni imast (C). 22. Kono machi no hito no kazu wa ji-shichi-
man-nin dest ga, sono uchi gaikolu-jin ga sam-byaku-nin arimasi (C).
1, At that school there is one blind foreigner. 2. Are there any blind scholars
at your school? 3. Yes, there isone. 4. One of my friends is a famous doctor, |
he is now in America. 5. My brother had the intention of being a doctor, but
he died while he was still studying. 6. Please tell the servant to remain (Ut. be)
in this room until I come batk. 7. You used to have a dictionary like this, I
believe; as some pages are missing from mine, would you please lend me yours?
‘8. There are some Japanese ladies who wear foreign clothes, but there’s no
denying it doesn*t suit them. 9. Where’s the child? 10. He is asleep up-
stairs (lit. I put him to sleep). 11. I’ve shut that dog up in a box so that it
can’trun away. 12. As you are fifteen, you ought to be able to do a thing like
that. 13. I asked Mr Gord what he was thinking of being, and he said he was
thinking of being a merchant. 14. My father went tothe doctor for a long time
on account of some trouble in his nose; however, he is much better now. 15.
There’s a man in this neighbourhood who makes toys. 16. Theman who makes
toys is in this neighbourhood. 17. There are fifty scholars at this school,
but for the moment there are only five here as the others have returned home.
18. There are two Englishmen in this room. 19. Among the men who are in
this room, two are Englishmen. . 20. Among these people there are some second-
elass passengers. 21. The second-class passengers are in that room, 22. There
_ are 170,000 people in this town, 300 of them are foreigners. .
i
EXERCISE 11. 7
Doubt, probability, possibility, ‘perhaps’, supposition, opinion, keciblation |
report. Study 166. | ;
hakujé : confession. mitat na : like ; similar.
momen : cotton. hikaru : to shine. .
- moyé : pattern ; condition. kumoru : to be cloudy.
6zet : crowd. ni'ru : to be alike.
sora : sky. okkochi'ru : to fall. \
hen na : strange.
1. Tamura San wa irassharu ka shira (PB). 2. Irasshara-nai to mo ie-nai
keredomo, kono arashi ja... (B). 8. Hashi no ue ni anna ni 6zei hito ga iru ga,
dare ka kawa e okkotta no ka shira (B). 4. Wake wo hanashite o negai shitara,
misete kudasara-nai mono de mo arimastimai (C). 5. Kono sora-moyd de wa itst
ame ga furi:mai mono de mo nai kara, kasa wo motte iku hé ga vi dard (B). 6. Kyt
ni kumotte kimashita ne, mata ame ga furu (no) ka mo shiremasen(C). 7%. Hen ni
attakai kara, arashi ga kuru (no) ka mo shire-nai (B). 8. Kaeri wa osoku naru
ka mo shire-nai kara, rusu wa yoku ki wo tsiikete kudasai(C). 9. Kono kire
wa momen dest ga, hikatte, kinu mitai dest (C). 10. Ano fitari wa ammari yokw
nite tte, maru de kyddai mitai de gozaimasti ne (D). 11. Hana-ko San ga naite
“tru ; mata itazura wo shite o kd-san ni shikarareta to mieru (B). 12. Ano otoko
wa dorobé shita no. wo hakujé shita to iw hanashi dest ne? (C). 13. E, sukkari
hakuj6 shita s6 dest (C). 14. Kono hen ni yado-ya ga ari-sé na mono da;
dare ka ni kiite miyé (B). 15. Mé Taré ga kaeri-sé na mono da ga, dé ha shita
noka shira? Jochii wo sagashi ni yatte miyé (B). 16. Anata wa it ka mo shire-
masen ga, watashi wa kesshite shochi shimasen kara, sono tsumori de ite kudasat
(C). 17. Ikura isogashii to itta "tte, chotto tegami wo kaku gurai deki-sd na mono
ja arimasen ka? (B). 18. Ano halo wa tathen kirei desi ne? O kai ni natta no
ka shira? (C). 19. Nan de mo jozu na hito desi kara, tabun jibun de koshiraeta
no deshé (C).
1. I wonder whether Mr Tamura will come. 2. I can’t be absolutely certain
he won’t come, but just consider the storm there is. 3. Just look at all those
people on the bridge, I wonder if anybody has fallen into the river. 4. Ifyou
tell him the reason, I don’t think he’ll refuse to show it to you. 5. With the
sky as it is, it may rain at any moment, so you had better take an umbrella. €.
It’s become cloudy all of a sudden, I dare say it will rain again. 7. Itis strange-
ly warm (for this time of the year), I dare say we shall have a storm. 8. As it
may be late before I return, be careful (about things in general) while 1 am away.
9. This cloth is cotton, but it shines so that it looks like silk. 10. Those:two
_ persons are so like each other they look exactly like brothers. 11. Miss Hana-ko
is crying ; it looks as if she’d been up to mischief again, and got scolded by her
mother. 12. They say that man has confessed his theft, don't they? 18. |
Yes, they say he has confessed everything. 14. There ought to be anion in this
neighbourhood, let’s inquire of somebody. 15. It’s time Tard was back, I
wonder whether anything has happened to him. I'll send the servant to look
for him. 16. You may think it all right for all I know, but I ll never give my
consent, so make. up your mind to that. 17. No matter how busy you were,
you might at least have dropped mea line. 18, What a pretty box! I wonder if
he bought it? 19, I dare say he made it himself, he’s clever at everything. —
EXERCISE 112.
Certainty ; emphasis. Study 167. |
_ chi: blood. burei na : rude. -
ti-wake ; excuse. rippa na: splendid.
jijitst : fact. kurabe'ru ; to compare.
jO:lock. | mochiron : of course,
1. Taré wa kyé Tanaka San ni burei na koto wo itta kara, o t6-san ni okorareru
ni chigai nai (B). 2. Anata ga Nikké e irasshareba oku-san mo o-ide ni nari-
. mashé? (1). 3. Sore wa mochiron no koto dest (C). 4. Rokuré San wa isogashii
kara, ashita korare-nai to itte yokoshimashita yo (C). 5. S6 dest ka? Isogashii
nante ti-wake ni chigai nai, boku ni aitaku nai no dest yo (C). 6, Sakki kogatana
_ de yubi wo kitie, chi ga naka-naka tomara-nai no desii ; dé shitara ti deshé ? (C).
1%. Anata no o uchi mo konna ni kirei desi ka? (C). 8. Boku no uchi nante,
_konna ni rippaja arya shi-nai(B). 9. Anata no ossharu koto wa maru de jijitst
to chigatie imasi (C). 10. Hachiré San to boku to nichiyé ni Kamakura made
aruite iké to omou no dest ; anata no otdto san ni mo irassharu yo ni osshatte kuda-
_. saimasen ka? (C). 11. Are wa yoyo toka bakari mae ni okirareru y6 ni natta n*
dest kara, mada sonna ni aruku koto wa totemo dekimasen (C). 12. Kesa deru
toki tashika ni j6 wo oroshita tsumori da ga, dé shite aite iru no daré? (B). 18.
-Hana-ko San no 0 uchi wa kore yori okii dest ka? (C). 14. Okti dest to mo!
-konna uchi to nante kuraberaremasen(C). 15. Yamada San wa Ei-go no shimbun
ga yomeru deshé ka? (C). 16. Yomemasi to mo, Rondon ni ni-nen mo ita hito
ja avrimasen ka? (C). 17. Konna ni hidoku futcha Suzuki San wa ko-nai desho
ne?(C). 18. Iie, tashika ni 0-ide nasaimast yo, ano kata wa. Ame nanzo ni
makete irassharu y6 na hito ja arimasen mono (C). 19. Koko kara suteishon made
ni-jikan de iku no wa naka-naka raku ja arimasen ; hidot michi dest kara ne (C).
| 20. Kore wa anata no kasa ja arimasen ka? (C). 21. FE, watashino ni chigat
arimasen ga, d6 shite koko ni atta no deshé ? (C).
1. Tard was rude to Mr Tanaka today, you may be sure he’ll get a scolding
from his father. 2. If you go to Nikké, will your wife go with you? 3. Oh,
of course. 4. Rokur6d writes to say that he is busy and can’t come tomorrow.
5, Is that what he says? You may be sure that’s only an excuse. The fact
is that he doesn’t want to meet me. 6. I cut my finger just now with a pen-
knife, and it won’t stop bleeding; what had I better do? 7. Is your house as
_ pretty as this one? 8. Oh, no, my house is not nearly as fine as this. 9. What
you say is in complete disaccord with the facts. 10. Master Hachiré and I are
thinking of walking to Kamakura on Sunday, won’t you tell your brother to
- come with us? 11. Why, it’s only ten days since he’s been able to get up, so a
walk like that is entirely out of the question. 12. I feel certain I locked (that
door) when I went out this morning ; how does it happen to be open now, I
wonder? 13. Is Miss Hana-ko’s house bigger than this one? 14. Of course
itis. Why, you can’t compare the two. 15. Can Mr Yamada read English
newspapers? 16. Of course he can, why he was two years in London. 17. I
don’t think Mr Suzuki will come with this heavy rain. 18. Oh, yes, he’s sure
to come. He’s not aman to be beaten by the rain or anything like that. 19.
It’s not an easy thing to walk to the station from here in two hours ; the road is
bee very bad, 20. Isn’t this your umbrella? 21. Yes, there’s no doubt about
it’s being mine, but I can’t think how it got here.
eee oe So re Se =
ieee hn Pb Veer Wing es, Pah eee oe tk
y ae
~ — 3
ae te EXERCISE 113.
Obligation ; permission. Study 168; 169.
amai : sweet. ; azukaru : to receive in trust.
fitsa no : ordinary. kaku : to seratch.
kati : itching. _ sawaru : to touch.
zonzai na : careless. myd-— (in comp.) : tomorrow.
1. Kondo Takeo ni tegami wo yaru toki, anna zonzai na ji wo kaite wa ike-nai to
itte yatte kudasai(C). 2. Yamada San no orusu no aida kono inu we azukatia no
desi ga, wchi ni nare-nai kara, nige-nai y6 ni ki wo tsikete ite kudasai (C). «Se
Abunat kara, mado kara kao ya te wo dashite wa ikemasen (B). 4. Kono bin ni
wa doku: ga haitte iru kara, kodomo ni sawarase-nai yé ni yokw mite ite o kure (A).
5. Kono o tegami wa kaki-tome ni suru no de gozaimasi ka? futsii de yoroshitt
gozaimastt ka? (D). 6. Betst ni daiji na tegami de mo arimasen kara, futst de it a
desti (C). 7. Kaku to nao kaiku naru bakari desi kara, gaman nasara-nai to ike-
masen (C). 8. Mydasa wa shichi-ji no kisha de ikw kara, go-ji ni okiru no da;
wasurete wa tke-nai (A). 9. Haha ga abunai to itte mairimashita kara, makotoné
_sumimasen ga, dozo futsika o hima wo itadakitd gozaimasi (D). 10. Sore wa
ike-nat ; ja itte o-ide (A). 11. Enryo shi-nai de, don-don Nihon-go wo hanasa-nai
to itst made mo jézu ni wa nare-nai no desi ; machigatte mo kamaimasen kara (C).
12. Kyd wa uchi ni byd-nin ga arimasi kara, hayaku kaera-nakereba narimasen
(€). 18. It o tenki da kara, minna de Ueno e iké to omou ga, omae wa ikitaky
nakereba ika-nat demo ii (A). 14. Kono hon wa kashite yatte mo ii ga, mé kae=
nai mono da kara, daiji ni. shite, nakusa-nai yd ni shi nasai (A). 15. Oisha san
ga kono ko ni wa ammari amai mono wo tabesase-nai yé ni to osshaimashita (C).
16. Kyw na y6 ga atte, Kyéto e iku kara, myéban wa ko-nakiitte mo ii (A). IT.
Sonna rippa na kimono wo ki-nai de, fudan no wo kite o-ide nasat (A).
1. Next time you write to Takeo please tell him that he mustn’t write sucha
careless hand. 2. Mr Yamada asked me to take care of this dog while he was
away; as the dog is not accustomed to this house, be careful he doesn’t run away.
3. Don’t put your hedd or your hand out of the window, it’s dangerous. 4.
There’s some poison in this bottle, sotake great care the children don’t touch it.
5. Do you want me to register this letter, or shall I send it by ordinary post ?
6. It’s not a specially important letter, so ordinary post will do. 7. If you
scratch it, it will only itch the more, so bear the itching with patience. 8. As
we are leaving by the seven o’clock train tomorrow morning, yon must get up:
at five, and don’t forget it. 9. I have received news that my mother is danger-
ously ill; I ara sorry to inconvenience you, but would you be kind enough to give’
me two days’ leave ? 10. I am sorry to hear that (your mother is ill); yes,
you may go. %1. Don’t mind what other people think, and don’t hesitate to a
speak Japanese; otherwise you will never learn to speak it well; itdoesn *t matter .
how many mistakes you make. 12. As there’s somebody sick at home, [must ——
return early. 18. As the weather is fine we are all thinking of going to Ueno;
however, you needn’t go if you dom’t want to. 14. I don’t mind lending you
this book, but take great care of it and don’t lose it as it (is out of print, and).
can no longer be bought. 15.. The doctor said that you mustn’t give this child’
too many sweet things toeat. 16. Something unexpected has happened which —
obliges: me to go-to. Kyéto, so you needn’t come tomorrow evening. 17. Don’t .
put on such good clothes; go in your everyday things.
z
EXERCISE 114.
Advice ; preference ; judging of two lines of action.” Study 170.
hana-mi : flower-viewing. toku : advantage.
hiru-ne : midday nap. yakamashii : noisy. .
jédan : joke. dossart : plenty.
yasu-mono : cheap article of inferior waza to ; on purpose.
quality.
1. Ano hito wa sugu ni hara wo tateru kara, jédan wo iwa-nai gawi(B). 2. Ban
ni yoku nemure-nai no nara, hiru-ne wo shi-nai hé ga ti ja arimasen ka? (C). 3.
' O kane ga aru no nara, motta jat6 no bishi wo o kai ni nareba vi ja arimasen ka?
sonna yasu-mono de naku (C). 4. Torarete shimatta no nara, ikura kangaete tta
. *tte, shikata ga nai ; hayaku shujin no tokoro e kaetie, wake wo hanashite, ayamaru
(hé) ga ii (B). 5. Abunai kara sore wa shi-nai hé ga ii deshé (C). 6. Tathen i
o tenki dest kara, kodomo-tachi wo tsurete, hana-mi ni o-ide ni nattara tkaga dest ?
(C). 7. Ky6 wanan da ka arukitaku nai kara ikumai (B). 8. O kane wo motte
kite yokatta ; moshi motte ko-nakereba, asiil:o e haire-nakatta no dest (C). 9.
- Watashi no rusuni wa nani mo sawatte wa ike-nai to itst mo its mo itte aru no ni,
hito ga tometa koto wo suru. M06 ichi-do k6 iu koto wo shitara, yurusa-nai yo (A).
10. T6i tokoro wo waza-waza irasshaimashita no ni, o kamai mo itashimasen de,
makoto ni shitstirei itashimashita (D). 11. Ky6 «a uchi wo akete wa ike-nai to
itta noni (B). 12. Yoku jikushita nashi ga dossari natte iru no ni, waza to aot
no wo totte Saburé ni yarimashita (C). 13. Watashi ga itara kesshite sonna koto
wa sase-nakatia no ni (B), 14. Konna yakamashii tokoro nara, koshite ko-nai —
hé ga y6 gozaimashita(D). 15. Kaeri mo densha ni noru nara, ofiiku wo kau hé
ga toku deshé (C). 16. O kutabire de gozaimashé ; sikoshi o yasumi ni natie wa
tkaga de gozaimasi ka ? (D). 17. Ano hito no iu koto wo shiny shi-nakatiara,
konna koto ni wa nara-nakatia no ni (B).
1. You had better not joke with that man as he easily gets angry. 2. If you
can’t sleep at night you had better not sleep during the day. 3. If you have
money enough, instead of a cheap hat like that you might buy abetterone. 4. If
they have stolen it (the money), thinking over it will do no good at. all; you had
better go back to your master quickly, tell him what has happened, and ask his
pardon. 5. You had better not do that, it’s dangerous. 6. As the weather is
so fine, what do you say to taking the children, and going flower-viewing? 7.
I dun’t know what’s wrong with me today, but I don’t feel inclined to walk ; so
I don’t think I’ll go. 8. Lam glad I brought my purse with me; if I hadn’t, I
woulcin’t have been able to goin there. 9. I’ve told you time after time that
when I am away you are not to touch anything. What do you mean by doing
what you’ve been forbidden ?_ I won’t forgive you next time you doit. 10.
‘Although you have come to such an out-of-the-way place on purpose (to see me),
‘Ihave offered you no entertainment, and I have been very impolite. 11. Didn’t
I tell you not to leave the house today? 12. Although there are plenty of ripe
. pears, he purposely picked a green one and gave it to Saburo. 13. If I had been
there I should never have allowed such a thing to happen tv you. 14. I wishI
_hadn’t moved to such a noisy place as this. 15. If vou are coming back by
_ tram-car, it would be to your advantage to buy a return ticket. 16. You must
be tired, won’t you rest a while? 17. If I hadn’t believcd what that man said,
this wouldn’t have happened. s ze
Wee eR ae a
pale BXERCISE 115.
Desire, wish, want, need. Study 171.
-
ama-do : outside shutters. istiben : interpreter.
furo : hot bath. - atsui : thick.
hantai : opposition. hij6 na : extraordinary ; extreme.
haru : spring. usut : thin.
iri-yd : use ; need. au : to suit.
ry6-hé : both. rai-(in comp.) : next; coming.
1. Watashi wa isha ni naru tsumori de benl:y6 shite itara, me ga waruku natte
nare-nakatta kara, sono kawari ni Tari wo isha ni shitai mono da(B). 2. Démo
koko wa watashi no karada ni aimasen kara, rainen no haru kuni e kaerw yd ni
shitai mono desti (C). 3.. Michi ga warui kara, akarusé uchi ni kaeru yé ni shitat
mon’ da(B). 4. Zuibun yoku furimashita ne ; desti ga, kondo wa tenki ni naru
deshé6 (C). 5. Kane ga san-ju-yen hodo tri-yé dest ga, kashite kudasaimasen ka?
Misoka ni o kaeshi itashimasti(D). 6. Nan demo iri-yé na mono ga attara, enryo
naku s6 itte kudasai (C). 7. Anata wa ii o koe da to kikimashita, doka itst ka o
utai ni naru no wo kikitat mono desii (C). 8. Komban wa kaze ga tsuyoi kara,
ama-do wo shimete moraitai (B). 9. Hijé ni me ga itaku natte kita no de, isa
ni mite moraitai to omotte ittara, rusu de dame datta (R). 10. Sore wa ikemasen
desti ne. Dotchi nome ga itain’ desti? (C). 11. Ry6-hé tomo itai dest (C). 12. on
Ky6 wa roku-ji ni keeru kara, sugu ni furo ni hatireru 6 ni shite oite morattat (B).
18. Atsui thick no hantai no kotoba wo oshiete itadalzitai no dest (C). 14. Sore
wa usut dest (C). 15. T'stiben wo tsurete o-ide ni nattara ikaga de gozaimast ?
(D). 16. Kono bé wa naga-sugiru kara, ni-sun bakari mijikaku shitai (B). 17.
Ammari kutabireta kara, siil:oshi neru. Yo-ji ni okoshite morattai (A). 18.
Ashita wa doko ka e asobi ni iku tsumori desi kara, 0 benté wo koshiraete moraitat
desit (C). 19. O kd-san wa omae wo bydki ni shitaku nai kara, a osshatia n’ desi
yo (A).
1. I was studying to be a doctor but my eves got bad, and I had to give it up;_
so I want to make (my son) Taré a doctor instead. 2. Somehow or other this
~ locality does not suit my health, so I want to return to my native country next
spring. 8. As the road is bad I want to return home while it is still light. 4.
It has rained a great deal, hasn’t it? I hope, however, we are going to have fine
weather now. 5. I’m in need of thirty yen, would you please lend ittome? I
wili return it at the end of the month. 6. If you are in need of anything, please _
say so without standing upon ceremony. 7. I hear you have a very beautiful ~
voice, I’d like to hear you sing some day, if possible. 8. As there’s a strong
wind this evening, I want to have the outside shutters closed. 9. My eyes were
hurting me very much, so I went to see the doctor, but he was out. 10. Iam
sorry to hear you are not well. Which eye is painful? 11. Both. 12. I shall
be back teday at six, and I want to have my bath as soon as I come ; (get
everything ready by that time). 13. I wish you would tell rne what’s the op-
posite to atsui thick? 14. It is usui. 15. Would you care to take an inter-
_ preter with you? 16. This stick is too long, I want it made two inches shorter.
17. I’m so tired I’m going to sleep awhile, I want to be woken at four o’clock. —
18. I’m thinking of going on a pleasure-trip tomorrow, get some lunch ready for
me to take with me. 19. Your mother said that to you because she doesn’t want
you to get ill.
4 t
‘
.
oad
pes eee
hart
oP Oa eewee Te
Fear ; Intention. Study 172; 173.
. chikara: strength. | mekki : plating. ;
‘hom-mono : genuine article. nise-mono ; thing which is not genuine.
i-ma : sitting-room. ryori : cooking ; food.
“kagi: key. shokudd : dining-room.
kari : debt. z0ge : ivory.
kenyaku : economy. ki-kae‘ru ; to change one’s clothes.
mama ; original condition or state. ki ni iru : to like.
matst. : pine-tree. oru (trans.): to break ; fold.
1. Ky6wa kaeri ga osokunarukamo shiremasen kara, 0 sakie ban no gohan wo
meshi-agatte kudasai (D). 2. Matsti-ko San ni hoka ni nakatta no de, kono bishi
wo katie kimashita ga, 9 ki ni ira-nai kato omatte, shimpai desi (C). 3. Ima o-tde.
~ ni natie mo ma ni. awa-nai daré to omoimast (C). 4. Yamada San wa ky5 mise
kara kaeru to damatie.nete o.shimaini natta ; nani ka atta no. ka mo.shire-nai (B).
5. Matsiio wa sono hako wo,motte iku hodo chikara ga arumai(B). 6. 0 t6-san ga —
daiji ni shite iru matst no eda wo otta kara, okorareru daréto omotte itara, betst ni
_ nan to mo iware-nakatia (B). 7. Ikura kenyaku shite-mo, rainen no.uchi: né kart
wo kaeshite.shimau koto wa dekimai to omoimast (C). 8%. Imako-nai nara, Suzuki
San wa. ky6 wa ko-nai to omoimasi (C). 9. Kono yubi-wawamekki ka mo shire-
nai ne(B). 10. Kono z6gewahom-mono ka shira?(B). 11. Ammari yasud desi
kara, tabun nise-mono. deshé to omoimast (C). 12. Kisha no naka e kagi wo
otoshite kita ka mo shire-nai; h6b6 mite mo nai(B). 13. Kimono.wo ki-kaete iru
to. jikan ni ma ni: awa-nai ka mo shire-nai kara, sono mama de. o-ide nasai (B).
14. Yoshio wa Ginza de rydri-ya wo hajimere tsumori da to itte.imashita (C). 15.
Kono heya wo watashino i-ma ni shite, astiko wo shokudé ni:shiyéto omou(B). 16.
. Nagasaki e fune de. irasshaimast ka? (D). 1%. Tie, watashi wa fune wa kowai
kara, kisha de iku koto ni-shimashita (C). 18. Mina-san o.joibu de irasshaimast
ka? (D). 19. Arigaté, haha ga stikoshi netsi ga atte, nete imast ; waruku nara-
_ nakereba vi ga to omotte imast (C).
1. I am afraid I may be late. this evening, so,don’t wait dinner forme. 2. 1
E hought this hat, for. Miss, Mitsu-ko. as there was no other.; but I am afraid; she.
_ may notlikeit. 3, Lam,afraid you won,’t bein time even if you,start immediate-
ly. 4. Mr Yamada went to. bed, today as soon as. he came. back. from, the
office, without saying.anything to anybody, I am.afraid something is. the matter,
with him, 5, 1 am afraid Matsuo. is not strong,enough to, carry. that box. 6.
As I broke a branch of the pine-tree my father is so, fond of, I was, afraid he
would. scold me, but he didn’t say anything. 7. I am,afraid I won’t be able to.
_ pay all my debts. next year.no, matter. how. much. I try. to reduce: my, expenses.
8. If Mr Suzuki hasn’t come. yet I am. afraid, he won’t, come today. ¥. L am,
afraid this. ring, is only plated; 10. I wonder whether.this is. genuine ivory ?.
11. As it’s so cheap 1 am afraid that perhaps it’s, only imitation. 12. I am,
afraid, I must have lost, my, keys, in the train, I can’t find|them.anywhere., 13,
I am afraid youll, be late if you.change your. dress, go,as youare. 14, Yoshio.
says, he intends to, start. a, restaurant.on the Ginza. . 15. I am thinking, of mac.
king this my sitting-room, and that, the dining-room, 16, Are, you going. y
boat to Nagasaki,?, 17, No, I’m, afraid of, travelling, by boat, L have, decided
. togoby train, 18. Is eyeryhody well at home? 19, Thanks, my mother is in
1 ae bed with a little fever, nd a a nks, my 5 '
I-am afraid she may get worse.
: re
Coos a Sra et
‘cr ? is
EXERCISE 117,
This and the following Exercises consist of anecdotes. and stories. Those Boe.
who have mastered the first fifty Exercises may find it profitable and interesting =
to try their hand occasionally at these more difficult construetions ; words and
phrases which are not known, may be looked up in the V oeabulary, Part IF.
Rokur6é wa shio to iu mono wo shirimasen deshita. Hito ga tabe-mono ni shio
wo treru no wo mite fishigi ni omoimashita.
**Sankichi San, sono shirot mono wa nan to iu mono desi ?’?
**Kore? Kore wa shio to iu mono desit yo.”’
“*Hé? Soshite, sore wa ittui nan ni suru mono deshé ?””
**Jédan ja nai. Shio wa nani ni suru mono la shira-nai nante? Anata we
yoppodo. nonki na hito dest ne. Tabe-mono wo koshivaeru ni wa nakitte nara-
_ nai mono ja arimasen ka? Shio wo ire-nakereba niku de mo sakana de mo oishiku
nara-nai n° destt yo.””
**S6 iu benri na mono desi ka? Chitito mo shiriinasen deshita. Ja, déka
stikoshi kudasaimasen ka ?°’ ;
“BE, &, 0 mochi: nasai. Md, tameshite goran nasai yo.”’ SS ee
Rokuré wa shio wo moraimashita. Tabe-mono niireru to sonna ni oishikunarw
mono nara, shio. dake tabetara nao. timai ni chigat nai to omotte, Sankichi ni.
moratta no wo hito-kuchi ni tabey6 to shite odorokimashita. Karakiitte, kara~
kittte, dé: suru koto.mo dekimasen. . Taisé.hara wo tatete, Sankichi no tokoro e itte
moshimashita: ‘‘ Anata wa uso-tstiki desti ne, Sankichi San.*’
“*i'? Nan desi *tte? Burei na koto wo itte wa ikemasen. Watasht ga*itsi —
anata ni uso. wo timashita ?’’ :
_ §*Desit ga, sakki watashi ni shio wa taisé imai mono da nante osshatta desho?
_Konna iya na mono wo oishii nanie, uso ja arimasen ka ?’’
** 4, shiono hanashi dest ka? Anata wa baka desi ne. Mono ni wa hodo ga
- arimasti. Dé shite sonna ni takiisan no shio wo ip-pen ni tabemashita ?””
Rokur6, didn’t, know what salt was.. He thought it very strange when he saw
, people putting it into their food.
**I say, Sankichi, what do you call that white stuff ?’’ . ce 7
*“This ? Why, this is, salt.”’ i 3
**Eh ? And what do you use it for ?”’ i
*“You are joking. Do you,mean to say you don’t know what salt is used
for ? Well, you, are a funny fellow! It’s. always used) in cooking, isn’t it?
Whether it’s fish, or whether it’s meat, if it has no salt, it tastes flat,’’ ee
**Is it such a useful thing as that? I hadnt the slightest idea, Please: eee
let me have a little.”’ 4
**Certainly! Take some. Try and see how you like it.”’. -
Rokurd. took the salt with him, Hf salt when, added to food.improves the =
taste so much, he thought that without doubt it would be still nicer if eatem
by itself. So he. put into. his mouth, alb at once the salt he had received’ froni
Sankichi, but was. disagreeably surprised. It was so salty he-didn’t know what;
te.do. He got very angry, he went to.Sankichi ’s house and, said’: ‘*‘What a
liar you are, Sankichi !”’ Say ae ee igen
| **What are you:saying.? Don’t be rude. When you-a lie ? ;
: “Didn't sity tell eS : short time ago that:salt had a, very niece taste ?, Andy
_ isn’t it a lie to say that beastly stuff like this is nice RY aide . =
j ‘*Oh, are you referring, to,the salt ?) You,are a fool, Things must beused
_ with moderation. Why ever did you eat so much salt at one time ? pees
EXERCISE 118.
Ha no warut hito ga ha-isha ni ikimashita.
**Konnichi wa.’’ f
** Sa, dézo kochira e 0 kake kudasai.”’
-**Démo ha ga itamimasi kara, mite kudasaimasen ka ?”’
. ** 86 desi ka? Dotchi no hé desi ?’’ —
** Hidari no ue desi.”’
** 4, kore desh6? Naruhodo warui. Kore ja itamimashé.’ ‘
**Taihen warui dest ka? Dé shitara ti deshé? Umete ‘loddheonas deshé ka?’’.
**S6 desti né....K6 natte wa timete mo dame dest. Yappari nuka-nakereba
narimasen ne ?”’
' ** S86 destt ka. Ja, nuite itadakimashé. Itaku nai y6 ni ktisuri wo tsikete nuite
kudasai.’’
**E, sore wa daijdbu ; chitto mo itaku nai y6 ni yarimast to mo.’’
K6 shite nukimashita. !
‘<4, itai! Kore de mo itaku nai to ossharu n’ desti ka? A, itakatta.”’
Yubi de sawatte miru to, tonari no ha ga nuite arimast kara, taisd hara wo
_ tatete :
** Ma, zuibun hidoi ja arimasen ka? Anata wa tonari no jobu na ha wo o nuki
~nas’tta n’ deshé ?”’
** Pore? Kore wa domo. Machigaete, honto ni o kinodoku sama deshita. M6
ip-pon nuite agemasho.”’
‘* ii ? sore wa tathen !”’
** Tie, 0 kane wa ip-pon no dai shika itadakimasen kona go shimnpai nasara-nai
de kudasai.’
A man went to see a dentist on account of a decayed tooth.
**Good day.”’
**Please sit down in this chair.’’
**One of my teeth is very painful. Would you kindly examine it ?’’
**Is that so? Which one is it ?’’ :
**One of the top teeth on the left-hand side.’’
**Oh, it’s this one I suppose. Yes, it does look bod; it must pain you a
great deal.’’
**Is it very bad? What had I better do? Can you stop it ?’’
‘*H’m....This tooth is too far gone to be stopped. I'll have to draw it.’’
‘Ts that so? Well then, please draw it ; but apply some medicine so that the
extraction may not be painful.”’
**Have no fear. I'll do it so that you'll feel no pain at all.”’
And then he pulled out the, tooth. .
**Oh, how painful! Is this ‘what you call a painless extraction? It hurt me
very much.”’
He felt the place with his finger and found that it was the next tooth which
had been drawn (and not the bad one). So he got very angry:
**Oh, that’s too bad. You’ve gone and pulled out the next tooth which was
perfectly sound.,’’
**Let me see. Well I never! Yes, I made a mistake ; 1 am indeed very sorry
for you. I’ll draw the other one.
**Oh, this is terrible !’’
“You needn’t be anxious. I shall only charge you for one!’’
ot get 4 rs heey Saris ry 4 \ x,
EXERCISE ‘119. ‘
Aru mise ni kono-goro inaka kara dete kita kozd ga arimashita. Shujin ga
sono koz6 wo yonde : - !
**Chématst, omae yibin-bako no aru tokoro wo shitte iru ka???
** Wai, shitte orimasi.’’ ‘
‘*Doko ni aru ?”’
** Kono 6-dért wo migi no hé e itie, ktisuri-ya no kado wo magatte sitkoshi ilu
to, hidari-gawa ni gozaimast.’’
** De wa ne, kono tegami wo dashite kite 0 kure ; jis-sen yaru kara, san-sen no
kitte wo ichi-mai kau no da yo, T suri wa ilura da ka shitte iru kai???
Chématst wa stikoshi kangaete imashita ga:
. **Nana-sen de gozaimast.’’
**S6 da ; ja, machigae-nai yo ni yoku ki wo tsiikete itte o-ide ; isogashti no da
kara, tochi de asonde ite wa ike-nai. Wakatta ka ?’’
** Hai, wakarimashita, Itte maivimasi.’’*
Chématsi wa tegami to jis-sen no o kane wo motte dete ikimashita.
Kaette kite shujin ni:
** Danna sama, tadaima kaerimashita.’’ ©
To itte, o-jigi wo shimashita. Shujin wa:
** Hayakatta ne ? tegami wa dashite kita kai ?”’
** Hai, tashika ni dashite mairimashita ; kore wa o tsuri to uke-tori de gozai-
mast’?
To ii nagara, nana-sen to san-sen no kitte wo ichi-mai shujin no mae ni dashi-
mashita.
At a certain shop there was an errand boy who had recently arrived fro
the country. The master of the shop called the boy : /
**Ché6matsu, do you know where the pillar-box is ?’’
**¥ es; 1 do.’
“*Where is it ?”’
‘*(Going out from here) you go to the right along this big road, you turn
at the chemist’s shop and go a little further on; it is on the left-hand side.”’
‘*Very well then, go and post this letter; here is ten sen, you must buy a —
-three-sen stamp. Do you know what the change will be ?”’
Chématsu thought a little while (and said) :
**Seven sen.’”’ :
**That’s right ; well then, take care and don’t make a mistake. As there is
a lot of work to be done, don’t waste your time on the road. Do you under-
stand ?”’
** Ves, I understand.’’
Chématsu went out with the letter and the ten sen.
When he came back (he said to his master) :
**Master, I am back.’’ .
And saying this, he bowed to him. The master (said): :
‘*You are back quickly. Did you post the letter ?”’ ayy
‘*Yes, certainly I posted it ; here is the change and the receipt.
And saying this, he gave his master seven sen and a three-sen stamp.
* Itte mairimasi, (lit. 1 go and come). A salutation said on leaving one’s house ; it
- cannot be translated into English.
a
z oe . $< - . a :
¥ 4 . : a ‘ Pa 25
EXERCISE 120.
Aw hito ga teat wo kat ni ikimashita. Shi-hiki katte, sono ae no elias
jibun ga notte uchi ni kaer6 to shimashita. Tochi de ima wo hanjé shite mimasit
to, sam-biki shika ortmasen. Machigaete sam-biki yokoshita no daré to omoi-
mashita. Sore de, utta hito no tokoro e¢ laette ikimashita. Uma kara orite, shujin
wo vonde k6é méshimashita :
““Sakki watakishi wa shi-hiki dake no o kane wo haratta no ni, ima wa sam-
biki shika orimasen ; nani ka machigai ga aru no ja nai deshé ka ?”’
Shuyin wa :
‘“*S6 dest ka? Sore wa fushigi dest ne. De wa, fiitari de kanjé shite mima-—
sho.’’
' To itte, tima no tokoro e ikimashita. Ip-piki, ni-hiki...... to kanjé shite .
:mimasi: to shi-hil-i orimast.
Katia hito wa
‘* A, sore nara ti no desi.’ |
To itte, mata ip-piki ni sib de notte kaette ikimashita. Siikoshi tatte kara, mé
ichi-do kazoete mimashita ga, yappari ip-piki tarimasen. Taihen okotte, utta
hito no uchi ni iku to, utta hito wa odoroite :
** Mata kaette o-ide nas’tta no desti ne? Dé ka nas’tia no desit ka ?’’
** * D6 ka nas’tia no desti ka’ "tte, ima wa dé-shite mo sum-biki shika i-nai ja
arinasen. ka???
**Sonna koto ga aru mon’ dest ka ?’’
“* De mo, goran nasat ; sam-biki, shtka i-nai deshé.?”’
**Tie. Jibun ga notte ‘o-ide ni naru no wa dé shita no desi? Sore mo isshoni
kanjo nasara-nakereba ike-nai de wa arimasen ka ?’’
A certain man went to: buy some horses. He bought four, got on to one of —
them and started for home. On the road he began to count the horses, but only
found three. He thought that by mistake they had only given him three. So
he went back to the house of the man who sold him (the horses). He got off
the horse, called the master, and said :
**Didn’t I pay just now for four horses.? nevertheless there are only three.
Isn’t there some mistake ?’”
The man answered:
**Is that so? That is very extraordinary ; well, let’s count them both
together. ”’
And saying so, they went to the place where the horses were. ‘One, a
_ two......”’ and counting thus, they found there were four.
The buyer said :
“*Oh, if that is so, it’s all right.”’
And with these words he again got on to a horse, and went on his way. After -
a little while, he counted them again and found there was certainly one wanting.
He got very angry; when he got back to the seller’s house, the seller was very
much surprised :
“Have you come back again ? What’s the matter now ?”’
*What’s the matter now ?’ de yousay ? There is no getting over it that
2 are only three horses.’’
**Don’t talk nonsense. ’’
**Well, but look ; there are only three aren’t there ?”’
**Oh, no. What ‘about the horse you are riding yourself? You must count
é that one, mustn’t you ?’’
‘
EXERCISE 121.
Aru tokoro ni atama no hagete iru hito ga arimashita. Ke ga chitto mo arimasen. .
Dé ka shite ke ga haeru y6 ni shitai mono da, to shiji shimpat shite imashita.
Aru tcki tomodachi ni timashita : ie
‘Domo watalishi wa atama ga hagete ite komarimasiti. D6 shitara ke ga
haeru deshé ?”’ ;
**S6 dest ne, Nakamura San ni 0 mise ni natie goran nasai.””
‘* Nakamura San desi “ite? S6 iw namae no o isha san wa hajimete kiki-
mashita. Dé tu kata na no dest ?”’
**Nakamura San wo go zonji nai no dest ka? Zuibun nadakai 0 isha san —
dest yo.”
** Doko ni trassharu o kata desi? Kono machi ni desi ka ?’’
“* Tie, Kyéto ni o-ide ni natte, toki-doki kochira e irassharu no desi. Tathen
erai sensei de, iro-iro fiishigi na bydki wo taktisan 0 naoshi ni narimashita. Shi-
go-nichi no uchi ni o mie ni naru hazu dest kara, hitotst mite o morai nasai.”’
‘*$6 desi ka? S6 iu jozu na o isha san ga trassharu nara, motto hayaku mite —
moraeba y6 gozaimashita. Ii koto wo ukagaimashita. Démo arigaté gozaimasi.””
Nakamura sensei ga o-ide ni naru to, hageta hito wa sugu ni tkimashita :
“* Sensei, konaida tomodachi kara, sensei wa iro-iro no bydki wo taihen j6z ni o
naoshi kudasaru to iu koto wo kikimashita no de, 0 negai ni agarimashita. Wata-
kiishi wa atama ga hagete komatte orimast. Iro-iro tameshite mimashita ga, d6
shite mo naorimasen. Ddzo ke ga haeru y6 ni shite kudasai.’’
O isha san wa damatte, kabutte ita béshi wo nuide :
**Goran no tori watashi mo hagete imast ; moshi, anata no atama wo naoshite
agerareru nara, jibun no we sali ni naoshitat mono dest.’’
In a certain place there once lived a man with a bald head. He had no hair
at all. He was always thinking of how he could manage to make his hair grow.
One day he said to a friend :
** I am so bald, I am really in great trouble. What would you advise me to _
do to make my hair grow ?”’
**Well, why don’t you see Nakamura and see how you get on ?”’
‘Did you say Nakamura? I don’t know any doctor of that name. What —
kind of a man is he ?”’
‘‘What, haven’t you heard of Nakamura? He is a very famous doctor.”’
**Where does he live ?} Does he live in this town ?”’
**No, he lives in Kydto, but he occasionally comes here. He is a very re-
markable doctor and has obtained some extraordinary results. As he is due
to arrive here in four or five days, just go and consult him.’’ | ge
‘You don’t say so? If he is such a clever doctor, it’s a pity that 1 didn t
go and consult him before. You have given me a good piece of news. Thanks
very much.’’ ) :
As soon as Dr Nakamura arrived, the bald man went to see him :
‘* Doctor, a friend told mea few days ago that you were very clever at curmg
all sorts of illnesses, that is why I have come to make a request of you. Iam.
bald and on that account I am greatly inconvenienced. I have tried all sorts
of remedies, but they have been of no use. Please do something to make my
hair grow.”’
The doctor said nothing, but took off the cap he was wearing. :
** As you see I also am bald. If I were able to cure your head, I would begin
by curing my own.”’
EXERCISE 122.
Yamada San wa taihen kechi desi. Yabuketa uwa-gi wo, ttsti made mo kite
imastt kara, musiko-tachi wa kimari ga warukiitie tamarimasen. |
**0 té-san, uwa-gi ga zuibun furulu narimashita ne? Atarashii no wo 0 kai
ni natte wa ikaga dest ?’’
** Nani, kore de tal:isan, mada kirareru yo. Ni-ji-yen kakete uwa-gt wo ichi-
mai koshiraeru yori, sono kane wo motile iru hd ga yoppodo wi.’
**O té-san wa itsti de mo sé osshaimasti ga, sono kimono wa anmari hidoi ja
_arimasen ka? Zehi, atarashti no wo o kai nas’tte kudasai. Watashi-tachi ga
hazukashiltitte shiys. ga arimasen.”’
** Kimono ga furuku natta ’tte, hazulkashigaru koto wa nai.”’ ;
Musiiko-tachi wa dé shite mo, uwa-gi wo ichi-mai kawaseyé to omoimashita.
Yastixereba kau ni chigai nai to omotte, shitate-ya ni sddan shimashita. Soshite,
_ni-jii-yen no wo o td-san ni wa shichi-yen ni utte moratte, jii-san-yen wa jibun-tachi
~ ga harau koto ni kimemashita.
**O to-san, ky6 shitate- ya ni ittara, baka ni yasui wwa-gi ga arimashita yo.
Shina wa goku ii n’ desi ga, wake ga atte, tokubetst 1 yastike uru no dest *tte.
Dare ka katte shimau to ikemasen kara, sugu ni katte irasshai.’
**'86 ka? yastikitte ti no ga areba, katte mo ti ne.”’
Yamada San wa shitate-ya ni itte, sono uwa-gi wo roku-yen go-jis-sen ni make-
sashite l:aimashita. Keredomo uchi e kaetta toki ni wa mé sono kimeno wo motte
i-nai no dest.
** Matiaku omae-tachi no iu tori yasiikatta, roku-yen go-jis-sen de katte kita yo.”’
** Roku-yen go-jis-sende? Ja, doko ni arun’ dest ? masele kudasai.’
‘*Kaeri ni densha no naka de tomodachi ni misetara, * Jivyen de utte kure’ to wu
kara, utta no sa. San-yen go-jis-sen mokete kita.’
Mr Yamada was a miser. He used to wear his coats until they were so worn
out and torn that his sons could bear the shame of it no longer.
: uF ather, your coat is very old, isn’t it? Hadn’t you better buy a new one ?’’
**Oh, this one will do, I can wear it still. It is a great deal better to have
twenty yen than to spend it on a new coat.’’
**You always say that, father, but really your clothes are too awful. Do
buy yourself some new ones. We all feel very much ashamed.”’
‘Even if my clothes are old, there is no reason to be ashamed of that.”’
The sons thought that they must, somehow or other, make him buy a new
coat. They thought he would, no doubt, buy one, if it were cheap, so they
went to the tailor and talked it over. They arranged with the tailor that he
should sell their father a twenty-yen coat for seven yen, and they themselves
would pay thirteen yen.
** Father, we saw avery cheap coat at the tailor’s today. he quality is very
good, but for some reason or other, he is selling it very cheap he says. Go and
buy it quickly or else somehody else may get it.”’
“You don’t say so! I don’t mind buying it if it’s cheap and good.”’
Mr Yamada went to the tailor’s and after beating the price down to six yen
fifty, he bought the coat. Tlowev er, when he returned home, he had not the
eoat with him.
““Tt was really as cheap as you said, so I bought it for six yen fifty.””
“*For six yen fifty ? - Well, where is it? Please show it to us.
“Oni my way back, I showed it to a friend in the tram-car, and as he asked
me to sell it to him for ten yen, I did so. So I gained three yen fifty sen.’
6G
EXERCISE 123.
Jochi ga arimashita. Shiji oku-sama no o ki ni iritai mono da to omotte ori-
mashita ga, baka dest kara do shitara ii ka shirimasen. Aru toki tomodachi ni
atte Sy y F
** D6 sureba oku-sama no 0 ki ni iru koto ga dekiru deshé ?”’
To kiite mimashita. Tomodachi wa:
** Sore wa nanni mo muzukashii koto ja arimasen. Oku-sama no nasaru koto
- ~ppete mo sono téri mane wo sureba ii no dest, Sore ga ichiban ii shi-kata
é.
** $6 destt ka? ti koto wo oshiete kudas’tie arigaté. Hitotst yatte mimashé.’’
Jochii wa, mane wo shiyd to omoi nagara, oku-sama no nasaru koto wo ki wo —
tstikete mite imashita. Kono oku-sama ni wa yoku akubi wo suru kiise ga arimasii.
Jochii wa :
<4, ii koto wo mitsiiketa : akubi wo suru mane gurai nara yasashii koto da.
Dare ni de mo dekiru.”’
To kangaemashita. Sore kara wa, oku-sama no mae ni deru to kitto 6lei na kuchi
wo aite isshdkemmei ni akubi wo shimashita. Oku-sama wa fiishigi ni 0 omoi ni
natte :
**Omae wa kono-goro yoku nemure-nai no kai ?”’
*“Tie, betsti ni nemure-nai koto wa gozaimasen.”’
** Sore ja, naze s6 tabi-tabi akubi ga deru no daré ne ?”’
** Sore wa oku-sama ne 0 ki ni iritai kara de gozaimasti. Nan de mo oku-same —
no nasaru koto wo mane sureba ti to omoimashite.....- - »
Oku-sama wa o okori ni natte :
** Nante omae wa baka daré. Ii koto nara ikura mane wo shite mo ti ga...”’
There was once aservant. She was always thinking how she could please her
mistress ; but as she was a silly girl she didn’t know how to set about it. One
day she met a friend.
- **What shall I do in order to please my mistress ?”’
Thus she inquired. The friend (answered) :
**There’s no difficulty about that. Imitate your mistress in everything she
does : that’s the best way to please her.’’
‘*Ts that so? Thanks very much for giving me such a good idea. I'll just
try it.”’
The servant, with the idea of imitating her mistress, took particular notice of
all her mistress did. Now, this lady had the bad habit of yawning frequently.
The servant (said to herself) :
‘*Ah, I’ve found a good thing. To imitate yawning is easy enough; anybody
can do it.’’
Thus she thought. And from that time whenever she was in the presence
of her mistress, she never missed yawning, opening her mouth as wide as she
could. The lady thought this very strange.
‘*Aren’t you sleeping well of nights lately ?”’
‘* Yes, I’m sleeping all right.”’
**Then, why are you always yawning ?”’ : tet
‘It’s because I wanted to please you, madam. I thought it would be a
good thing to imitate you in yi mtd you did...... fe
The lady got an and said) : : :
“What a dk vaste pa It is always a good thing to imitate something good,
but... (do not imitate another person’s bad habits). ”’
Re | : EXERCISE. 124, 2
a. ‘ } Se a ee : DPA ren Se bo 4 ee 4,
x ; an Cy - ul
= “et i ae
ans?
- Dorobé ga sabishii tokoro de, ki no kage ni kakurete hito no toru nod wo matte
imashita. Shibaraku suru to hitori no otoko ga téri-kakarimashita. Dorobd wa
sugu ni tobi-dashite, kowai kao wo shite vimashita : Pu
** Motteru lane wo minna 0 dashi nasai.’”
** Kane wo ? aru koto wa aru ga, kanai ga bydki de nete iru no da. Kitsuri wo —
kattari, oishii mono de mo tabesaseyd to omotte motte kita kane da kara, totemo
_omae ni yaru koto wa deki-nai.’’
**Guzu-guzu twa-nai de, arittake no kane wo minna o dashi nasai. Kanai ga
bybki da nante uso ni chigai nai.’’
‘*Uso da to omou nara issho ni kite goran. Shiy6 ga nai, sore ja, sttkoshi dake
' nokoshite ato wi omae ni yar6d.””
, ‘*Wakara-nai hito desi ne? Kanai no bydki nante watashi no shitta koto ja
nai. Kane wo minna o dashi nasai to itteru n’ dest yo. Inochi ga oshikerya,
_ otonashiku watashi no iu koto wo o kiki nasai.’’
Dorebé wa teppd wo mukemashita. Otoko wa tétd kane-tre wo dorobé ni
yatie :
‘« 4, watashi wa nanni mo nakunatte shimatta. Sore de wa, kawari ni, sono
tepp6 de mo kure-nai ka ?’’ .
~ ** Kane wo toreba hoka ni y6 wa nai ; teppd ga hoshtkereba agemast yo.”’
Dorobé wa iké to shimashita. Otoko no hite wa yobi-tomete :
**Sa, kondo wa watashi no ban da: ima no kane wo kaesi ka, omae no inochi
wo yokost ka, dotchi ka ni 0 shi.”’
Dorobé wa heiki de: .
**O kinodoku sama, sore wa kara-depp6 da.’’
A robber hid himself behind a tree in a lonely place waiting for people to pass.
. After a little time a man happened to come along. The robber immediately
jumped out and with a threatening face, said :
**Give me all the money you’ve got.’’ eee
‘*Money ? I have some, it is true, but my wife is ill in bed. I intend with
this money to buy medicine and some dainties for her to eat, and therefore, it is
entirely impossible for me to give it to you.’’
**It’s no use talking; give me all the money you’ve got: It is sure to be a
lie, your wife being ill and all that.’
‘*If you think it is a lie, come with me and see. I don’t know what to do;
well, I will just keep a little and give you all the rest.”’
** Will you never understand what I say ? Your wife’s illness is noné 6f my
business. I’ve told you to give me all the money you’ve got. If you want to-
-- save your life, do quietly as I tell you.’’
The robber aimed his gun at him. The man at last gave the robber his
purse. .
‘*Ah, I’ve lost everything! ‘Therefore, in exchange for what I’ve given
you, won’t you at least let me have that gun ?’’ :
**T’ve got the money and that’s all I want. If you want the guii here it is.’’
The robber was about to go away. The man éalled him: ’
“*Ha, it’s my turn now. You'll return the money I just gave you or I'll
have your life ; one of the-two.”’
_ The robber unconcernedly said :
. **Lam very sorry for you, but that gun is not loaded !’’
- Mukashi, taisé ki no yowai hito ga arimashita. Sensé ga okotte, dé shite mo-
_ika-nakereba nara-naku narimashita. Sore de, shikata nashi ni, kuroi tima ni
tru: hito no chi wo kao ya karada ni nuri-tsiikete, kega wo shita furi wo shite nete
ae A, 86 da, ‘tima wa sens6 shiteru uchi ni korosareta’ to itte yard. Sono shdko
inochi wo stitete mo oshiku wa nai.’’
_ And as you see I have been wounded and I am all covered with blood.’’
ee ATA sh Poke ete eee Sake we
Some eae a Pas pe Pee
nae ees
_ BXERCISE
:
6 eee
notte demashita. Keredomo, sensd ga kowakiitte delzimasen. Solco-ira ni taorete
imashita. Sono uchi ni dare ka ni ima wo nusumarete shimaimashita. 2
_ Sens6é ga o shiraai ni natte kara, soro-soro kaeré to omoimashita; keredome:
** Moshi dare ka ni ‘ tima wa dé shita’ to kikaretara dé shiyi? Kore wakomatta — 4
ni wa shippo wo kitte motte ikeba it.”’ : ss
_ To kangaete, soba ni shinde ita shiroi wna no shippo wo kitte motte kaerimashita.
Suru to tomodachi ga : Bet
** Kimi, ky6 wa dé datia ?”’ ae
** Isshokemmei hataraita yo ; kataki no kubi wo yottst, itsutst totte yatta. Kono
téri kega wo shite, chi-darake da.”’ ;
** Sore wa taihen datta ne.”’ = =e
‘* Nani, kono gurai no kega nante nan to mo omowa-nai. Kuninotameniwa
**T oki ni, tima wa dé shita ?”’ §
**Uma kai? Kega wo shite taorete shimatta. Honto ni kawaisd na koto wo
shita yo. Itst made mo wasure-nai yé ni shippo wo motte kita.’’ 3 ae
‘* Jodan wo itcha ike-nai yo; kimi no ima wa kuroi ima ja nai ka? Kyi ni :
shiroku naru wake wa nai.”’ oa ve
Ki no yowai hito wa nan to mo henji ga dekimasen deshita.
Once upon a time, there was a very timid man. His country was at warand
he was obliged to go to the war together with the others. And so, asitcouldn’t
be helped, he set forth on a black horse. However, he was so frightened that —
he could not fight. He bedaubed his face and body with the blood ofa man who:
had fallen near there ; and he pretended to be wounded and lay down. In the
meantime, somebody stole his horse,
After the battle was over, he thought of returning home. However:
‘*Supposing somebody were to ask what has become of my horse, what shall
Tsay? I really don’t know what to do. Ah, I have it! I'll say that my
horse was killed in the battle. And asa proof of that, it will be sufficient to.
take a horse’s tail along with me.’’ :
And with this idea, he cut off the tail of a white horse that was lying dead —
near him, and started to join the others. A friend said : ~
**T say, how did you get on today ?”’ et a.S
‘*I’ve done my very best. I cut off the heads of four or five of the enemy.
‘<1hat was very brave of you.’’ Lt
‘*Oh, I think nothing of a wound like this. I don’t grudge even my life in
the service of my country.”’ Saye
‘<By the way, what’s become of your horse ?”’ ye,
‘*My horse? He was wounded and fell dead. I was really sorry for him.
And so I brought his tail as a souvenir.”’ : ae
**Don’t joke. Yours was a black horse, wasn *the? He can’t possibly have cage
turned white all of a sudden.’’ ’ = Oe
The coward didn’t know what to answer,
/
.s a ne . : : < "y FN ears Gras : ee ete or
‘ : x iF io : . .
EXERCISE 126. |
O jii-san ga tima ni notte, kodomo ga sono ato kara tsuite mairimasi to, kore
wo mita hito ga: ‘‘Goran nasai, nan to iu hidoi a jii-san deshd!' Kodomo wa
arulashite jibun wa wma ni notte ikimast yo.”’ Y
O jii-san wa : ‘‘ A, ano hito no iu koto wa déri da. Kodomo wo nosete yara-
' makereba nara-nai.’’ To kangaete, wma kara orimashita. Soshite kodomo wo
nosete yarimashita. :
Shibaraku suru to: ‘‘M4&, ano musiiko wa burei n1 yatsti dest ne? Anna —
_ bshiyori wo arukashite, jibun wa notte iku nante, akireru ja arimasen ka? Ano
gurat Ookiku nattara, tkura de mo arukeru no ni.’”
_ Musiiko wa: ** Naruhodo, ano hito no iu koto wa honté da.’’ To omoimashita.
+ Sore de ima kara orite, fiitari to mo aruite tkimashita. .
Sitkoshi iku to tori-kalatta hito ga: ‘‘ Baka na hito-tachi! chotto goran nasai,
ano jobu-s6 na tima ni nanni mo nose-zu ni tada hiite iku no dest ; anna baka ga
- aré to wa yume ni mo omowa-nakatta.”’
Fiitari wa sore mo s6 da, to omoimashita. Sol:o de kondo wa fitari de notte
mairimashita.
Aru hito ga mite: ‘‘A, nan to iw fu-shinsetst na hito-tachi daré! Kazwaish
ni, in-piki no ima ni fittari noru to wa ammari da. Uma ga maru de aruke ya
~ shi-nai ja nai ka ?’’ -
- Oya-ko wa kore wo Ieiite cima kara orimashita. Soshite ari-awaseta himo de
b6 ni ima no ashi wo shibatte, fiitari de motte ikimashita. Hashi no ue ni kuru
to, dzei no hito ga kono ydsit wo mite 6-sawagi wo shimashita kara, tna wa
odoroite ugokimashita. S06 shite, totd kawa ni ochite, shinde shimaimashita.
An old man and his son were going along-a road ; the old man was riding a
horse, and his son was followimg on foot. When people saw this, they said :
ie ia at that cruel cld man! He makes his son walk while he himself is
riding.’’ ak,
The old man thought: ‘‘Ah, what those people say is right. IT must make
the boy ride.’’ So he got down from the horse, and he told the child to get on
to it.
After a while: ‘‘ Look, what a rude boy that is!: He makes an old man like
that walk while he himself is riding ; it’s enough to disgust anybody. As he is
fairly big, he ought to be able to do any amount of walking.’’ 2s
The lad thought: ‘‘By Jove! What those people say is true.’’ So he got
down from the horse and he and his father continued on foot. i
After they’d gone a little distance somebody who was passing said: ‘‘ What
fools those men are! Just look! Without making use of that strong horse in
any vty Saat are just pulling it along. I would never have dreamt such fools
-existed.”’
They felt that that was true. So now they both got on the horse.
A certain man seeing this, said: ‘‘What hard-hearted fellows those are!
It’s too bad for those two men to be riding on that peor horse, Why, it can
hardly walk.’’
Father and child when they héard this, both got down from the horse. And
then with a cord which happened to be there, they tied the horse’s legs to a
pole, and they carried him along. When they eame to a bridge, a lot of men
saw this strange sight. And as they laughed and made a great noise, the horse
got pegntened and began to move. .The result was, that it fell into the river
and died. .
Oo
é
EXERCISE 127.
_ Aru hito ga yoso no hatake ni wa mugi ga yolu dekiru no ni, jibun no mes, no
wa mai-toshi stikoshi shika toremasen kara, fishigi ni omotte, tonari no shujin
ni tazunemashita.
‘*Konnichi wa. Ky3 wa stikoshi 0 ukagai shitai koto ga atte agarimashtta.
O taku no hatal:e kara wa itsti de mo mugi ga taktisan toreru yo de gozaimast ga,
uchi de wa ikura ti tane wo maite mo dame de gozaimast. Dé iu wake de gozai-
~mashé 2’?
** Sono koto desti ka? =Nani, hetsti ni wake wa nai no desi yo.”’
‘‘De mo, watashi no hé wa domo simaku ikimasen kara, doka hitotst oshiete
kudasaimasen ka ?’’
**Nanni mo nuzukashiku wa arimasen. Tsuchi ga kataktitte wa dé shite mo
\
mugi ga yoku haemasen kara, tsuchi wo yawaraka ni shite, sokoe ii tanewoo maki
nasareba, kitto yoku dekimasi.’’
‘“‘Domo arigaté gozaimashita, sore de wakarimashita. Kotoshi koso wa jézxu
ni yarimast.’?
Oshiete moratta tori, isshdkemmei ni hatake wo hotte, tsuchi wo yawaraka M
shimashita. Keredomo, tane wo maku toki ni hitotsi komaru koto ga dekimashita,
** Moshi watashi ga hatal:e ni haitte tane wo makeba, mata tsuchi ga kataku
’
.
< gal
natte, sekkaku no hone-ori ga muda ni natte shimau. Nani ka ii koto ga arumai
~ka 2???
To kangaete ii kufi wo shimashita. Uma ni notte tane wo makeba jibun no
ashi de tsuchi wo fuma-nai de mo 2% to omotta no dest. Soshite langaeta tort ni
shimashita. Suru to, naruhodo, jibun no ashi wa hatake ni tstikimasen deshita
ga, sono kawari ni time no shi-hon no ashi ga hatale wo mecha-mecha ni funde
shimaimashita.
A certain man thought it strange that other people’s fields should yield good
erops of corn, while every vear his own should only yield a little. So he went
to make inquiries of his next-door neighbour.
**Good day! I have come today because there is something I want to ask.
you about. It seems that you always have a good crop in your field; but I
ean do nothing with mine no matter how good the seed may be, I wonder
what the reason is ?”’
**Ts that all you want to know? Oh, there’s no special reason. ”’
‘*Well, but as I cannot get good results, won’t you please tell me what
to do ?”’
‘*Oh, there’s no difficulty about the matter. If the ground is hard the corn
will not grow well. So loosen the soil, and if you then sow gocd seed you will be
sure to get a good crop.”’ ;
*“T am very much obliged to you; now I understand. 1 will be sure to go
~ about it properly this year.’’
So following the advice he had received, he dug the field as hard as he could
and loosened the soil. However, when the time came to sow the seed, a difficulty
arose.
my labour will have been in vain. I wonder what I can do.’’ :
And thinking over it he struck on a good plan. He thought that if he got
on a horse to sow the seed, he would avoid treading the earth, So he did as
he had planned. But then, though he did not as a imatter of fact press the
ground with his own feet, the horse trod all over the field with his four feet.
‘If T go into the field to sow the seed the soil will again become hard and all
EXERCISE 128, es Soh
ee ps3 << Hanshichi San ja arimasen ka? Shibaraku dest ne, yotte o-ide Hosal.? ;
x “** Konnichi wa. Chokichi San desi ne. Ky6d wa isogimast kara, kondo
— yukkuri kimasho.’
. **Ma, chotio 0 yori nasaimasen ka ?’’
— §§ Arigaté. Kyo wa mattaku isoide iru no dest. Mata bomba dete kimastt atl:
—. §§ Demo ti ja arimasen ka? ~ Waza-waza o-ide nasaru no wa taihen dest kura, —
. . t6ri-kakatta tsuide ni yotte o-ide nasai yo.”’
-**Selkaku desi ga, ato de kimashé. Ima wa honto ni isogashikiitte totemo —
ae yotte wa irare-nai no desti. Sayonara.’’
_ -_ -§* Hanshichi San, dé ka nas’tta no desi ka? O taku ni go byé-nin de mo o art
. - destt ka ?”’
at ** Tie, sonna shimpai na koto ja nai n’ desit.”’
** Ja, vi deshd? Nagaku wa tomemasen kara....
** Dest ga, kyo bal:kari wa y6-ji ga atte, sugu ni lkaera-nakereba narimasen kara,
sumimasen ga, gomen nasai.’’
** D6 shite s6 isvide o-ide nasaru no daré? Metta ni awa-nai no dest kara,
* chotto yotte kudas’tte mo yosa-s6 na mono dest ga........ f
= §*Go shinsetst wa arigatat desti ga, ky6 wa yotie iraremasen ; mata chikai uchi
ni kitto kimastt yo.’
e - **Déimo hen desti ne. Titai dé nas’tta no desi ?”’
“ ** Jitsti wa, ima kanai no kimono wo katte kita no dest.”’
oe **S6 dest ka? Ja, nani mo isoide o kaeri nasaru wake wa nai ja arimasen ka ?
Hayaku kaera-nai to, oku-san ni shikarareru to de mo ossharu no dest ka ?”’
‘*Masaka! Hayari ni olure-nai uchi ni motte itte yaritai to omotte..... . ie
:
99
**Why, it’s Mr Hanshichi, isn’t it? It’s quite a long time since I met you.
Come in a moment.’’ 4
**Good day. MrChokichi, to be sure. As I am in a hurry today, 1’ll come
again when I have some spare time.’’
**Won’t you come in for just a moment ?’’
‘*Thanks. Iam really very busy today. I1’ll come again another day.’’
**Oh, but you might come in. It would be a great trouble for you to come
especially to see me ; and as you are passing now, please come in.’ .
**It’s very kind of you, [am sure. I will come later on. I am really so
busy now that I cannot possibly stop. Good-bye.”’
: **Mr Hanshichi, what’s the matter? Anybody ill at home ?’’
Spe **Oh, no, nothing as serious as that.’’
ae **Well then, why don’t you come in? I’m not going to keep you long.”’
on **Yes, but I have some special business today, I must get back soon. Iam
sorry to appear uncivil, but please excuse me.
__ **What are you in such a hurry about, I wonder ? As I hardly ever meet —
~—.. you, I think you might stop when I do happen to see you.’
iota **I am very much ‘obliged to you for your kindness, but I cannot stop today.
IT will come again in a few days without fail.’’
‘“'This is very strange. Tell me what’s the matter with you.’
**The fact is, I’ve just bought a dress for my wife.’’
‘*Youdon’t sayso? Well, that’s no reason for getting back in such a eifey:
Do ou mean to say that your wife will scold you if you’re not back soon ?’”
onsense! I want to give it to her before the fashion changes !”’
Hat
= SaOTN
3 » nakunaite, omoi-gake naku, sono hito no nokoshite itta o kane wo hyaku-yen
nani ka aru ni chigat nai. Hitotsti Kichibei San no rusw ni itte mite yaré.”’
_ kane ga chanto kami ni tsutsunde oite arimashita.
ae I
| EXERCISE 129, |
- Mukashi, Kichibei to iu mame-ya ga arimashita. Aru toki shinrui no hito Pe :
moraimashita. Kichibei wa hitori de kurashite imashita. O kane wo uchi ni
otte shdbai ni deru wake ni wa ikimasen shi, mata, mai-nichi sonna takiisan no o
kane wo motie aruku koto mo dekimasen. Dé shitara yokaré, to kangaemashita.
Soshite, tatami wo ichi-mai haide. sono shita ni o kane wo kakushite okimashita,
Keredomo, yappari shimpai dest kcra, uchi wo deru toki to, kaetta toki to wa kitto pc
tatami wo agete miru koto ni shite imashita. :
mai-nichi, mai-nichi shiteru no daré?...... Da ga, ano tatami no shita ni wa
Kono mono-zulit na hito wa, Kichilei ga itsi mono téri mame wo uri ni demasit
. - is. hd ° -
to, aru toki, sdtto hditte, tatami wo agete mimashita. Suru to, hyaku-yen no o
** Naruhodo, kore de xakatta. Kore hodo no kane wo tada koko e oku no wa ~
muda na koto da. Watashi ga tstikatte yaro.”’ he
Namake-mono wa niko-niko shi nagara, o kane wo totte, tatami wo moto no tori -
- ni shiite, doko e ka nigete itte shimaimashita. \
Rusu ni konna koto ga atta no wo yume ni mo shira nai mame-ya wa ky6 mo |
kaetie Inte tatami wo agete mimashitara, daiji na, daiji na takara wa kage mo es
katachi mo miemasen. :
‘* A, kore de yatto anshin shita. Kuré ga nakunatte yokatta !”’ oe
Many years ago, there was a hean-vender called Kichibei. Once a relation of
his died, and he unexpectedly received a hundred yen out of what that man left
when he departed this life. Now Kichibei lived all by himself. On the one hand
he couldn ’t go to his work and leave the money behind him. On the other, he
couldn ’t go out every day with so much money on him. ‘‘What hadI better =
do ?”’ he thought ; and he lifted up one of the mats, and hid the money under-
neath. However, as he was still anxious, before going out and after returning ee
home, he would lift the mat to see if the money was safe. ‘2
It happened that just in front of his house, there lived a man who never had
any fixed work to do. When this man saw these strange proceedings :
**This is very curious. Now, why does Mr Kichibei do such an extraordinary
thing every day ?...... No doubt he’s got something under that mat. When
underneath. When he did so, there were the hundred ven wrapped up in paper. res : }
idle. I’li use it for him.’’
The idle man, smiling, took the money, replaced the mat, and made off. ;
The bean-vender who hadn’t got a notion of what had happened during his
absence, as usual, when he came back, lifted up the mat and looked underneath, =
When he did so, he found that nothing was left of his precious treasure. Ke
**Ah, I can enjoy peace of mind at last! My anxiety has disappeared.
What a good thing !’’ (he said). .
ene Ne a all a! ON A, JS pen > a eran ee fine MELT
’ 77> => ‘
4 ae
i
. EXERCISE 130,
O ba-san ga mekura ni narimashita. Soko de, 0 isha san wo yonde :—
_ **Senset, moshi anata ga wataktshi no me wo naoshite, mata mieru y6 ni shite
kudasareba, o rei wo takisan itashimasi ; keredomo, naoshite kudasara-nakereba,
manni mo agemasen. K6 iu koto ni shite wa ikaga de gozaimashé ?”’ be
- To moshimasi to, 0 isha san wa shéchi shimashita.
O isha san wa toli-doki 0 bd-san no uchi ni kite, me ni ktisuri wo sashite yari-
mashita. Soshite, uwru tambi ni o bd-san no dogu wo hitotst zutsti, sdtto jibun no
- yuchi ni motte ikimashita.
_ Shibaraku tatie o bd-san wa me ga naorimashita.
« ‘*Sd, dé desi? Yoku mieru deshé? De wa, sendatie 0 yakisoku nas’tta o
' kane wo itadakimasho.’’
_ Keredomo, 0 ba-san wa mae ni atta iro-iro no dégu ga chitto mo miemasen kara
_odorokimashita. Nani ka ii-wake wo shiie, o isha san ni kane wo haraimasen.
0 isha san wa okotte :
**O ba-san, anata wa uso wo tsikimashita ne? Naottara o rei wo suru to chanto
osshatta ja arimasen ka? D6 shite mo o yaktisoku no tori ni nasara-nakereba,
keisatst ni s6 timasi.’’
Keisatsii-sho de wa sugu ni o bd-san wo yonde hikimashita :
‘* Anata wa o isha ni ‘ bydki ga naoreba o rei wo suru’ to itta 86 desi ga, naze
yakisoku no kane wo haraimasen ka ?’’
*“Sayo de gozaimasi ; watakiishi wa tashika ni ‘navreba o kane wo taktisan
haraimasti: ga, naora-nakereba nanni mo age-nai’ to méshimashita, Konaida 0
isha san ga naotta to osshaimashita ga, mae ni uchi ni atia tstikue ya, nabe ya,
sara ya, naifu nanzo ga, hitots% mo mie-nai no de gozaimasit.’’
_ An old woman lost the use of her eyesight, so she called a doctor.
** Doctor, if you cure my eyes and make me see the same as I used to former-
ly, I will pay you handsomely ; however, if I do not get better I will give you
nothing at all. Do you agree to this arrangement ?’’
This is what she said and the doctor agreed to it.
The doctor went occasionally to the old woman’s house and put some medicine
in her eyes. And every time he went he took away with him, without the old
woman knowing it, one of her utensils. :
After some time the old woman’s eyes got better.
_**Well, how are you? You can see quite well, can’t you? So please pay
me what you promised.’’
However, the old woman was very much surprised as she could not find
several of the utensils and pieces of furniture which she had before she was ill.
So she made an excuse and did not pay the doctor any money. The doctor
got angry :
** Old lady, you are cheating me. Didn’t you expressly promise to pay me
if you got well? Anyhow, if you don’t do as you promised, 1 will complain to
the police.’’
The police called the old woman to the police station and questioned her:
-**It seems that you promised to pay the doctor if he cured you. Well, why
don’t you pay what you promised ?’’
**You are right ; I certainly did promise to pay a lot of money if I got well,
_ but if I did not get well, I was to pay nothing. The doctor said the other day
that I was well. However, I cannot see my desk, pots, plates, knives, and other
things which were formerly in the house.’’
ae ae,
ee oh en CR XERCISE. 13%
- Gejono O Take wa bonyari-mono de, shiji sara dano, koppudano,chawandano
wo kowashimast. Aru toki oku-san ga: ; Yan
**Take ya, omae wa are hodo watashi ga ‘ setomono wa yoku ki wo tsitkete kowasa-
nai yo nt’ “tte, tts mo itte kikashite aru no ni, honto ni wakara-nai de komaru ne. S
M6 stikoshi shikkari shite kure-nakucha shikata ga nai ja nai ka? D6 shite ano’
daiji na sara wo watte shimatta no ?’’
**Oku-san, makoto ni swmimasen...... K6 shite watta no de gozaimast.”’ ree
To ti nagara, m6 ichi-mai no sara wo yuka ni otoshite mecha-mecha ni watte ——
misemashita. — rs
A servant called Take was very careless. She was always breaking plates, =
tumblers and tea-cups. One day her mistress said : ed
**Look here, Take, although I am always telling you to be careful not to =
break the crockery, you don’t seein to understand, so I don’t know what to ee
do with you. Don’t you see that you must really be more careful? However
did you manage to break a good plate like that ?’’ } *
**Madam, 1 am very sorry. This is how it happened.’’ helo
And with these words she let fall another plate and smashed it into pieces. .
Aru hito ga tomodachi kara okuri-mono ni siitekki wo moraimashita. Stiteki ni ae
haikara na siitekki dest lara, 6-yorokobi de motte aruite miru to, stikoshi naga-
sugimast. Sore de kimori-gasa wo uru mise ni itte :
**Konnichi wa. Kono sititekki ga nagalitte komaru kara, siikoshi kitte kure-
nai ka? Ni-sun mo mijikaku shite morad.’’
‘*Trasshai. Rippa na mono de gozaimast ne. Naruhodo, kore ja stikoshi
nagai yo de gozaimast. Shéchi itashimashita. Tadaima sugu ni kirimast kara, —
dézo shibaraku o machi kudasai.’’
Koz6 ga siitekki no shita no hé wo kiré to shimast to o kyaku wa bikkuri shite +
** 4, kimi, nagai no wa shita no hé ja nai, ue no hé da yo.”’
A certain man once received a walking-stick as a present from a friend. As os
_ it was a splendid and fashionable stick he was very pleased. But when he was ste fees
going out for a walk and wished to use it, he found it was a little too long. So
he called at an umbrella-shop. se
“Good day. This stick is too long. Would you kindly cut a piece off? I Soet
would like it two inches shorter.’’ cee ey
‘*It’s a very fine article, isn’t it? Yes, I see! It does seem a little too long. es
I willdo as you wish. | will cut it immediately so just wait a moment, please. aes.
As the shop-assistant was about to eut off the lower part of the stick, the
guest in a great hurry stopped him. Pea. he
‘‘T say, hold on. The long part is not at the bottom, it’s at the top. : ee
THE END.
& Mi
BEARERS
a meet &
Bie Wl rmeilaese &
Hi tt+ilr+Ahurke H & B
HHWesilr+tKe cr RAR Bee
HY il rte orok H & B
AHYSs I REXKTRAMNERSE
SURORER ER ttt tae
: :
x R RF
Pt. se
Sk « &
*¢ ag
ROR SE
Bia
AT BF
R
i
SMEKKRE KSEE WN CKH+ RR
KR— wR —* ge KK? w© HK
*—* @ @B Ake & K + 1
>» —” ee Nm oD
E iy
¥ ANS Ko ® Ho & 2 Fe RK
«6 @€ @ Ae & P+ KX
deol RAE RRA D EK Se
CONVERSATIONAL JAPANESE
FOR BEGINNERS BY
ARTHUR ROSE-INNES
PART .iL
ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
OF TRE
JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE
NEW EDITION
KELLY & WALSH, LID.
YOKOHAMA, SHANGHAI, HONGKONG and SINGAPORE.
(All rights reserved.)
The Fukuin Printing Co., Ltd., Y-kohama.
Contents.
Page Exercises in Part I.
I WRITING AND PRONUNCIATION... 5
Be VS oid ee aso eee ee
LONMIZRGIOR.. -.4- hb SS eee ee os) ose
moods and Tenses... és "Ss wee ee ae ee
General remarks... . ae
Present and Probable Piesent 0 or Futute. 18 5) 35h Je OB, TST ee
Past and Probable Past. 2. «3 <:. “s» 36" See a
Gerund . one 14 220. Dae ea ee
Imperative ; : commanding ‘and. requesting 16. 5+, ee Sette oe
Conditional . lm hnd ths «§.- ted iok FICE Es “18, 29, 94, 95
Frequentative oe Ait ee ek ee ee RY Ge ae 96
Desideratives. 6/46 <a) ss 0s) ant SO as eee ee 21, 96
Second base or Stem’... ..- os ss +s 20 30 -S/'Sa0 eee
Infinitive .. cok eet eth ses 2) 66. ae Ge Steere
Various Verbal Phrases on pe oe. wp. BB o iow. a oe
Irregular Verbs... oe tee. os BA le se ee 5 eee
Auxiliary and Terminal Verbs sk ee ee BO* ee ee ae
Transitive and Intransitive Verbs op ies, 20-04 Wi Phe Bo eee
Passive Verbs ..0 (<< os «8 Sas 4s ee BO “St - eee
Potential Verbs... cs ee ew oe oe BE SR, 1
Causative Verbs) =... 1... s¢ tes se) ws ~SB osu Ses pee
Reflexive Verbs... re: Meee
Compound and Derivative V exbs. . as 0s (She 6s) sabre Se
The Verbs Suru and Naru .. .. .: .. 85 .. ... 9, 87, 108, 109
ane Verb*To be” as: Gis) cat sat 20 gen Blea aeee 4, 5, 110
Miscellaneous Translations .. 38
Doubt, probability, possibility, ‘ ‘perhaps’,
supposition, opinion, semblance, report 38 .. .. .. 41, 43, 111
Certainty, emphasis 4.04550 065 ood OO 2 Se; es
Obligation. 25. (660 6s vt Re a BR OE Oy gS
Permission ie ie SE i? en i ee
Advice, preference, judging of two lines of
action me oe Meo. tk) SE es Ag ae
Desire, wish, w nat. need Ser ew ce WB Se aR ee
Pear 60 0s ce Fea neee eed ce os QB RRE ea eee ee
Intention .. (LT L. FAP TAW.. vy... VSS 662 as
BRON 5s as 4s * t9 Beweeey ws. Sel
ALUM: ise Rss y5. ee ere ie «ta Se eee bee a
ae CP REESE) MN FG eh aly ied egal ee
Number .. .. Mls tebe cs 6 6 5}
Derivative and Compound Concrete Nouns. 45 ..-.. .. 38, 52, 53
Derivative and Compound Abstract Nouns. 46 .. .. .. .. «. 54
Diminutives and Augmentatives..... .. 47 .. .. «+ «2 «- SS
Page Exercises in Part I,
Be AC ee eT ee ag Pee OR are io eee
True Adjectives .. ne pe 00s OLS OR eS eee
Quasi-Adjectives in NaorNo .. . on eR oe Se i a
PCCLINGE BRENIG ys: 85s og radia) par ee « BAe at cei ) eee
Verbs used as Adjectiv ee Sa ea BRR Ge ete ie ol ga coe
Compound and Derivative Adjectives -« O60 25 Sy ieee ee
PENNE re a: ea Vane cle. eer ak, COE Ge eee 28, 63, 64
TIRE i ge Se ee cee SD © 3G
ER SUN REN RS Usk eee al mad Phe a. OL
CIP IETS oc) ds ee ke ee SN OR Ge es 13, 14, 15, 66
Auxiliary Numerals be tae! ee jee ee BR pe acecne hee ee
Cwrdial Numer. 3.5 0 <5 66 as ke a OR 2. eee eee
. Dates yee ee ee ee aay Ae
Time. ae <<) ee et OF nc. ae See ee
Various Numerical Expressions oa ert Soe Oe
Mractiogal Nambers ... 220 26. 26 “sy 68.005. fa eee
ROVCEMBUGs Fic es os sk ee nw, OO. are Seek a
WRU es 5 hes ay, 0, Log ue os, Sat oe OD, ten coe abel, Pa ee
Age as Se eer ee fee wa we IO oes.) hee car ee
Wiobse Nicest). o-. 25 sees Matas 99%. Av pig Nee
Blaude WIOrCYS os oe ee Tee tae ce OO Na Se ee ee
WeOMCNeNe Fo ages tok 46 Nesey 69s ek OD ne A teaecente eee
VI PRONOUNS = 70
Personal, Possessive and Reflexive ‘Peanuts 10. ccc. 40 bee eeee
Relative Pronouns and Adverbs. on Ti wa hoes Ca
Demonstrative, Interrogative and Indefinite
‘Pronduns‘and Adverbs .. .. ... -. 73's. «. ~T4, TS, TET
VII HONORIFICS AND POLITE PHRASES 75 .. 22, 23, 24, 33, 78, 79
VIII POSTPOSITIONS- ERERQSHTIONS. ws 80 nv we eet (a
Quasi-Postpositions aa os Bl, 44. sac oe eee
Wa dad Ge). acl ee So a Te NOR Ae
De and Ni Be be dn late wi ele NISMO, Say re
IX THE OTHER PARTS OF SPEECH .. 85 i
Adverbs...) 9.<...- A ae BE aa ee 9S
Conjunctions 87 84 2
Interjections 89 vi
Me PENTA: se.5:-::. ss es 22 90 ; he
Construction of the Seatenne . eens ak. Cale uae
Ellipses ee ee ee eee a A =
NGS) at as, oe sk ae ee oes 2 ease) ed
Interrogations... .. «+ «2 4 «+ (ss Pee Se ally aise
Quotations Se eee a Me PAE ge he
The author's thanks are due to his friend
Dr. H. V.'S. Peeke, of Saga, for many
valuable suggestions and criticisms.
ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
OF THE
JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE
CHAPTER I.
WRITING AND PRONUNCIA TI ON.
1. The Japanese characters are of two kinds :
a) The Kanji (or Honji), a collection of several thousand signs or ideographs
_ of Chinese origin. Each of these Kanji signs corresponds not to a sound but to
an idea. Two or three thousand of these characters are known to persons of
moderate education, and this number is sufficient to read the newspapers and
write about everyday matters.
b) The Kana, a collection of signs and diacritical marks in which each sign
corresponds to the sound of a syllable.
2. No signs in Japanese correspond to our notion of letters.
3. The simple syllables of the Japanese language are :
a | ka gaj|sa zaj|ta dajnaj{|ha ba pa Ee ya;|ra/| wa
i ki gi | shi jc | chi j¢ | ni | hi Bt pi | mi ri n
uj ku gu | su zu | tsu zw | nu; fu bu pu | mu! yu! ru x
e | ke ge | se ze | te de|ne|he be pe | me re =
e@ | ko go | so 2¢ | to do} no} ho bo po Bogs yo|;ro|wo| =
}
4. The consonant part of the syllables in each column is theoretically sup-
posed to be the same ; and though the initial sound certainly varies, the average
Japanese does not perceive the irregularity. It will be readily understood,
why it is natural in a verb ending, say, in tsu, like tatsu, to find such forms as
tata-nai, tachitai, tateba, tato. ;
5. The syllables in italics to the right of the black-type ones in 3, are only
distinguished from the latter in Japanese by diacritical marks. They are not
to be considered as entirely different sounds, but only as modifications of the .
preceding ones. These modified sounds are called nigori. It is very common,
especially in compound words, td pass from, say, ta to da and sometimes back-
wards from da to ta. Thus we have to-dana from to and tana ; naru-take from
naru and dake.
6 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
6. The following syllables are written in Japanese kana with two characters
each, but they are not really dipthongs —
sha ja cha ja
shu ju chu ju
sho jo cho jo
7. The dipthongal syllables in Japanese are :
kya gya | nya hya bya . pya mya rya
kyu gyu nyu hyu byu pyu ryu
kyo gyo | nyo | hyo byo pyo | myo ryo
8. Kwa, kwo, gwa, gwo, are frequently written ; but as the w sound in these
combinations has been entirely dropped by the inhabitants of the centre of
Japan, we write in this work ka, ko, ga, go.
Ye is practically never heard now in Tokyo or central provinces, we there-
fore write e. The y has been retained, however, in the word yen (Japanese
dollar), as it is printed so on the bank-notes and cheque forms.
Wo is generally pronounced o ; but the w is sometimes sounded slightly.
9. Outside the syllables above mentioned, the average Japanese cannot pro-
nounce anything else. For instance, he can say, ta; but he cannot say the
English words, ‘tea’ or ‘too’.
10. Japanese is pronounced approximately as follows :
a a in father. 7 i in machine.
ai__—aiiin aisle. ) o in more.
au = ow in cow. ou ou in though.
ch ch in child. $s ..s.in sat.
e e in pen. u u in put.
ei _—s ei in rein.
g sometimes as in goat; some- The other letters as in English,
times the sound of ng in king.
11. The component elements of double consonants must each be given its
value in pronunciation. The following are found in Japanese: kk, ss, tt, nn,
pp, mm ; also : ssh (=shsh), tch (—chch), tis (=tsts). Even in English we have
some words with the double consonants sounded ; book-keeper, unnatural,
mis-spel, ete.
12. The long vowels (4, é, 6, i) must be pronounced long. They are about
equivalent to double an ordinary vowel. Thus bd-san is about equal to ba-a-
san ; Osaka to O-osaka.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 2 Ys
13. The i and wu are often hardly audible ; they are then written in this book
i, i. With regard to these short vowels, it must be observed that, though there
is in Japanese a clear and sharp distinction between an ordinary vowel and a
long one, and this difference is indicated in the kana writing. no such clear dis-
tinction exists between an ordinary vowel and a short one. There is a gradual
falling off in the length of the syllable until we reach vanishing point, ‘and it is
difficult to determine when you should begin using the short mark. Authors
are not agreed on the subject and the average Japanese fails to recognize any
difference at all. Note also that these short vowels are not pronounced equally
short by everybody ; and that they are often lengthened on account of the
following sound or for the sake of emphasis.
14. Besides the frequent changes due to nigori, note the following vagaries
of pronunciation : .
1) There is a growing tendency in Tokyo to use double consonants :
mitist for mitst. ammari for amari. tatta - for tada.
yotist » yotstit. onnaji >> ONnajt. dokka ., doko ka.
mutts » mutst. minna » mina. bakkari » bakari.
yatist » yatsi nanni » nani. koreppakari ,, kore bakart.
atchi 3 achi. sakki » saki. sorekkiri » sore kiri.
kotchi » kochi. sonnara » so nara. attakai ,, atatakai.
sotchi + sochi. yappari »» yahari. okkakeru ,, oi-kake'ru.
dotchi »» dochi. yoppodo », yohodo. tronna », iro-iro na.
In the gerundial termination of adjectives :
—kiitte for —kiite.
2) Contractions and corruptions :
a) Ira after asoko, koko, soko and doko, may lose the 7, as:
sokora for soko-ira.
b) Itrw (and less frequentiy iku and irassharu) after a gerund may lose
the 7, as:
shiteru for shite iru.
c) The final e of the gerund,may be dropped when followed by the verb
oku, as:
kaitowta for kaite oita.
d) The final te of a gerund followed by the postposition wa may be con-
tracted to cha, as :
necha for nete wa.
e) The final de (the nigori of te) of a gerund or the postposition de, followed
by the postposition wa, may be contracted to ja (the nigori of cha), as :
yonja for yonde wa.
f) The final syllable te or de of a gerund and the first two syllables shima
of the verb shimau are contracted to cha or ja, as:
8 ; ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
kaichatta for kaite shimatta.
shinjaimashita .,, shinde shimaimashita.
g) The a before tt in the verbs kudasaru, nasaru and irassharu, is often
dropped, as:
nas’ tte for nasatte.
h) Fhe termination eba of the conditional of verbs and adjectives is often
contracted to ya, as:
kurya for kureba. atsttkerya for atstikereba.
i) We also have :
da, ete. for de aru, ete. (See 94) keredo or even kedo ,, keredomo.
watashi or even kya 3, iri shika.
atashi - ,, watakishi. mon’ 3» mono,
san ss sama. n’ 3; no or Ni.
nan » nani. o tanomdshimastt »» 0 tanomi moé-
fuji. » fu-jiyt. shimast.
3) Additions, the reason for which is generally not apparent :
tambi for tabi. yon for yo.
karappo »» kara. henteko »» hen.
okkochi'ru » ochi'ru. okkotosit » otost.
4) Long vowels for short ones and vice versa : |
sotto for sotto. nant for nani.
soshite 5, 86 shite. honto . hontd.
5) Saying shi for hi or vice versa ; é for ei ; also using one vowel for another :
shirot for hiroi. kiré na for kirei na. ibi for yubi.
chigae » chigai. kairu » kaeru. thu » yuku.
diya ae > astiko ;, asoko. igoku »» ugoku.
Some of these last changes are admissible, but others (especially the very
common use of shi for hi) are decidedly incorrect and should be avoided. If,
however, an e is found at the end of the first component in a compound word
it often not only may, but must be changed to a:
ama-mizu from ame mizu.
6) Besides the cases mentioned above in 2), wa suffers contraction after many
words ; the following are a few samples :
nya for ni wa. konda for kondo wa. atsika for atsiiku wa.
na >» no wa. sorya 3s» sore wa.
7) The above lists are incomplete even as regards common words ; however,
_ they are enough to show the student what to expect, _ to put him on his
guard.
15. Japanese words are pronounced with an equal or almost an equal stress
on each syllable. However, there is sometimes a slight accent on the syllable
preceding a double consonant, and on the syllable containing a long vowel. A
Vee ee ee
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 9
short vowel makes the syllable short, and, as a consequence, often throws an
accent on a neighbouring syllable.
16. It must be remembered that written explanations about pronunciation
are generally of little use, and that the only way to acquire a good accent is to
try to imitate a native and, if possible, forget how the word is written.
17. The Japanese have nothing to correspond to the idea of ‘word’ as we
understand it ; and in their writing, whether kanji or kana, there is no separa-
tion between the words.
18. Compound words are extremely numerous in Japanese and are to be
found in all stages of coalescence. Considerable disagreement scems to exist
between the best writers as to whether certain words should be written separate-
ly, joined by a hyphen or amalgamated into one word. In this work a word
like tabe-mono (tabe‘ru to eat, mono a thing) anything to eat, is written as a
compound ; on the other hand kakemono (kake*ru to hang, mono a thing) which
is not any hanging thing, but is the name given to hanging scrolls only, is written
in one word. The honorific 0 has sometimes entirely lost its meaning as in
onaka (o honourable, naka inside) belly ; in thts case we write one word. Some-
times it still retains its meaning at least vaguely, but is almost inseparable
from certain words: 0-jigi (o honourable, jigi salutation) a bow ; these words
we write as compounds. In combinations like o cha (o honourable, cha tea)
we find that the honorific is used in the majority of cases, but sometimes the
word cha in this same meaning, is used without the 0 : in this case we write the
words as separate.
19. It frequently happens that the meaning of a compound is not equal to
the sum of the meanings of the components, but has a specific or proper mean-
ing of its own. We have already seen the case of kakemono ‘a hanging scroll’ ;
again aomono ‘vegetables’, from aoi ‘green’ and mono ‘thing’ is not the same
as aoi mono. A green anything would be an aoi mono, but not necessarily an
aomono ; on the other hand a carrot, which is reddish, is an aomono but not an
aoi mono, : =
20. Words very frequently suffer modifications in their sound when they
enter into composition. The most common case of all, is to change the first
syllable of the second component into its corresponding nigori’ed syllable. (5).
Note also that the final n of the first component is pronounced m before 6, m
or p. The euphonic changes of the numerals are explained in 280.
21. Numerous examples of how compounds are formed may be found in nn.
151 et seqq.; 181; 182; 236-245.
22. Our grammatical notions and terminology do not apply well to Japanese,
any more than do the words carriage or cart correspond to a rikisha. This
must be borne in mind throughout, when the Japanese language is explained
in terms of English (or any other European) grammar.
CHAPTER II.
VERBS,
CONJUGATION,
23. Japanese verbs have no person or number.
24. Negation is not expressed as in English by adding a negative adverb ;
_ there is a complete negative conjugation in Japanese.
_ 25. There is no form of the Japanese verb that really corresponds to our
infinitive. We shall however apply this name to the inflexion by which the
-verb is usually named by Europeans. |
26. Most verbs are capable of forming by means of certain terminations, in-
finitives of the passive, potential and causative voices. All these infinitives
are then conjugated regularly.
27. The following is not an attempt at giving a complete or scientifie con-
jugation of the Japanese verb ; this is long and complicated. The author has
only endeavoured to show the easiest way of forming those parts of the verb
in most common use.
28. TABLE I. (Bases)
1 ae aes, 4 5 6
bu bi nd ba b b
mu mi nd ma m m
nU ni nd na n n
gu gi id ga g &
ku ki it ka k k
su shi shit sa Ss 8
tsu chi tt ta t t
au ai att awa a a
1U Wi att wa a a
ou ou ott owa a) 0)
UU Ur utt UWA U U
aru ari att ara ar ar
eru eri ett era er er
iru art itt ira ir ir
oru ori ott ora or or
Uru Ure utt ura ur ur
eru e et e er ey
aru a it a ir iy
IRREGULAR VERBS.
iku thi att tka tk ik
! kuru ki kit ko kur koy
suru shi shit shi sur shiy
29. ' TABLE IL. ‘
AFFIRMATIVE. NEGATIVE.
Infiniti
WYODU. 2... cee decceiececewccs ara 4 yoba-Nat
V YOOU... 2 cccceedcccisccccess Present 4 yoba-N At
‘B YONGE VRU 22... eee eee eeees eall, or 3 yonder I-NAtI
2 YODIMASU......eeeecessenees am. 2 yobiMASEN
83 yondE IMASU ....-+---eeees calling 3 yondE IMASEN
6 YODR PT rece eee we
83 yondE IYO ..... paletedmatereiene
1 yobu DARO Or DESHO......--
8 yondE IRU DARO...........--
2 yobiMASHO....... ena a Secs
3 yondE IMASHO..........----
8 YONA... « o.0.0205 pace saa 05,8
3 yondE ITA Paka ose so
2 yobDiMASHITA ...... Bata asepaes
83 yondE IMASHITA .........--
3 yondaRO ...... ec mines haters
3B YONdE ITARO ...ceceeseeees
3 yondA DARO ...
3 yondE ITA DARO
oeeeeeeeeee
2 yobiMASHITARO..... eee tree
8 yondE IMASHITARO.........-.
8 yondE eeeee ceoeoereereeeeeeeee
B.YONdE ITE .ocigcccscccccces
2 yobiMASHITE
eoeoeeereeeee eee
DO: ADI wi kG-0's of Glare eB eve css
BP AMIEN iiie. Bb 546
8 yondE (0) KURE....--eeeee>
2 (0) yObt-NASAT ......ceeeeee
83 yondE KUDASAI .....+-+e+¢>
2 O yobt KUDASAI .......e005.
5 yobEBA
3 yondaRA
3 yondE ITARA
2 yobiMASHITARA
3 yondE IMASHITARA......+-+-
B YONAARE: wis sive vececencvese
2 yOINTAL . cae
Prob. present
and future
shall ecal!, or
probably call
Past
called, or
was
calling
Prob. past
probably
called
Gerund
calling
Imperative
eall!
Pres. cond.
if call
Past cond.
if called
Frequentative
sometimes calling
Desiderative
wish to call
1 yobumat (see 33),
3 yondE IMAI
4 yoba-NAI DARO Of DESHO
3 wondE I-NAI DARO
2 yobiMASUMAI
3 yondE IMASUMAI
4 yoba-NAKATTA
3 yonder I-NAKATTA
2 yobiMASEN DESHITA
3 yond IMASEN DESHITA
4 yoba-NAKATTARO .
3 yondE I-NAKATTARO
4 yoba-NAKATTA DARO
3 yondE I-NAKATTA DARO
2 yobiMASEN DESHITARO
3 yondE IMASEN DESHITARO
4 yoba-NAI DE
3 yondE I-NAI DE
4 yoba-ZU NI
4 yoba-N AKUTE
1 yobu NA
4 yoba-NAI DE O KURE
3 yondE WA IKE-NAI
4 yoba-NAI DE II
4 yoba-NAI DE KUDASAL
2 0 yobi KUDASAIMASU NA
4 yoba-N AKEREBA
3 yond I-NAKEREBA
4 yoba-NAKATTARA
3 yondE I-NAKATTARA
2 yobiMASEN DESHITARA
3 yondE IMASEN DESHITARA
4 yoba-NAKATTARI
2 yobiTAKU NAI
12 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
30. With regard to Table I, the column 1 gives the termination of the verbs
as found in the vocabularies of this work (also as in Hobart-Hampden and_
Parlett’s English-Japanese Dictionary, and in the author’s . English-Japanese
Conversation Dictionary).
31. As all verbs ending in eru and iru do not form their bases in the same
way, some have been distinguished by a decimal point. (eru; ru). Those
which, as written in this book, end in e’ru, belong to the 2nd conjugation in
Prof. Chamberlain’s classification ; and those in iru, to the 3rd conjugation.
. All other verbs belong to the Ist conjugation.*
32. Table II shows what terminations are to be added and to which base
they must be added. *
33. The first form of the negative future is magale in that, in the case of
verbs of the 2nd and 83rd conjugations, the termination mai is added to that
part of base 1 that comes before the point: thus, we have nemai and not neru-
mai for the negative future of ne‘ru ; mimai and not mirumai is the negative
future of mi*ru.
34. In order to conjugate any verb, first form the bases as per Table I; and
then add to the proper base the termination shown in Table II. Take the verb
yobu, for instance. According to the first line of Table I we have as bases:
1 yobu, 2 yobi, 3 yond, 4 yoba, 5 yob, 6 yob. Now add to the proper base the
termination shown in Table IT.
MOODS AND TENSES.
35. General remarks. Many tenses in Japanese, have a simple form as
yola, corresponding to the passing act, and a compound form (composed of the
gerund and the auxiliary verb iru or oru) as. yonde iru, which. corresponds to
the continued act or state. Thus yobu means ‘I call’ ; yonde iru ‘I am calling’ ;
kawaku ‘to dry’; kawaite tru ‘to-be dry’. The continuative forms are used in
Japanese more than in English: wakatte iru, I understand. (See 99).
36. Yobu and yonde iru have the same meanings respectively as yobimast
and yonde imast ; but the latter are more polite. In Table II (see 29), in each
ease in which a distinction is to be made, the polite forms are at the end of the
tense. (See also 359 et seqq.).
37. The Japanese sometimes use the negative where we use the affirmative :
ko-nai uchi ni, before he comes. (See also 415 et seqq.).
*The verbs in eru or iru which have not this decimal point, i.e. which belong to the Ist
conjugation are few. The following are the commonest :
heru to diminish ; shimeru to become hairu to enter; .. mairu to come, go ;
kaeru to return ; damp ; ajiru to meddle with ; negiru to cheapen ;
keru to kick ; suberu to slip ; iru to enter, need ; shiru to know.
shaberu to gossip ; teru to shine ; kiru to cut:
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 18
38. Present and Probable Present or Future. The dominant idea of the
Japanese present tense is the idea of certainty. It is used for the present, for
general statements, and for those things in the future which are considered
certain. It is also used for interrogations regarding the future of the 2nd per-
Son ; sometimes also of the 3rd_ person,
Arukimast ; he walks,
Nihon no shokuji wa tabemasen ; I don’t eat Japanese food,
Ashita Téky6 e ikimast ; I shall go to Toky6 tomorrow.
Ashita Téky6 e irasshaimasti ka ? are you going to Téky6 tomorrow ?
39. The Japanese probable present or future means uncertainty, and is used
when speaking of those things of the future which are considered uncertain ,
also when expressing or asking for an opinion and in interrogations of the 1st
person. future.
Ashita wa ame ga furu deshé ; it will probably rain tomorrow.
Mono-oki ni aru deshé ; 1 think there are some in the pantry.
Wataktishi ga mairimashé ka ? shall I go ?
40. By adding desh6 (or less politely daré).to the forms of the present we
obtain forms of the probable present.
Ano hito wa Ei-go ga dekiru deshé ; 1 expect that man can speak English.
41. Various forms of the probable present, especially those in dard or deshd
often have a quasi-interrogative force, about equivalent to ‘as you probably
know’ ‘as you will probably agree’ ‘isn’t that so ?’
Yabin-kyoku no mae ni 6ki na ktisuri-ya ga aru deshé? sono tonari dest ;
there is a big drug-store in front of the post office, isn’t there? well, it (the
place I am speaking of) is next door to that.
42. The forms yobd, yonde iyé, yobimashd and yonde imashé when used alone
refer generally to the Ist person.. They are often used to announce a decision
which has just been taken by the 1st person or to invite the 2nd person to co-
operate with the Ist ; in this latter case it corresponds to the Ist person plural
imperative. kd or ikimashé ; I'll go, or let us go.
43. These forms, however, followed by to omou or to shite may refer to any
person : ikd t» omou, I (you, he, ete.) intend to go ; iké to shite, being about to
go. 2 . ;
44. The forms yobu deshé and yoba-nai desho are generally used for the 2nd
and 83rd persons only ; however, when deshd has the quasi-interrogative force
mentioned in 41, they are used for any person.
45. The forms yonde iru daré and yonde i-nai dard are used for all persons
when the state and not the passing act is meant.
46. The following examples may serve to illustrate the difference between
the Japanese present and future : 4 ial 3 t
Ité San wa ashita Tokyo e tkimasit ka ? will Mr Ito go to Tokyo tomorrow ;
14- ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
Tté San wa ashita Toky6 e iku deshé ka? do you think Mr It6 will go to Tékyé
tomorrow ?
In the first case I inquire about the fact of somebody who, I think, ought
to know (e.g. Mr Itd’s employer); in the second case I ask for an opinion.
47. A common emphatic form of speech consists of a) the second base, b) wa
or koso, c) the verb suru. This idiom is especially common with suru in the
negative ; and more particularly so with suru in fhe negative present. The
_meaning may refer to the future, the present or even the past.
"Iki wa shi-nai ; I certainly will not go, (do not go or did not go).
48. When the negative past tense of suru is used, the meaning is past ; shimai
(negative future) is used in the 2nd or 3rd person in hypothetical cases.
49. Before the negative of suru, wa is often corrupted to ya.*
50. The Japanese present has sometimes a past meaning :
Shimbun wa mada mimasen ; I have not seen the newspaper yet.
Taihen ame ga furimast kara ikimasen deshita ; it rained so much I did not go.
See also 99.
51. The English present is often trained tend by the Japanese past. (See 56).
52. For the Japanese present followed by to, see 67.
53. Past and Probable Past. Just as there is a certain present and a prob-
able present in Japanese, there is also a certain past and a probable past.
54. By adding deshé (or less politely dard) to the forms of the past tense, we
obtain forms of the probable past.
55. Deshé (or daré) may again have the quasi-interrogative force mentioned
in 41.
56. The certain past is often used in Japanese when we in English use the
present. Wakarimashita may mean: ‘I understood’ or ‘I understand’.
Bikkuri shita ; ‘1 was surprised’ or ‘I am surprised’. This is especially com-
mon with inchoative verbs, (114).
57. The first form of the past tense followed by *tte may be translated by
‘even if’: Ame ga futta °tte ikimast ; I shall go even if it rains.
The corresponding construction in the negative is slightly irregular : Ko-
nakitta *tte ; even if he doesn’t come ; see 200, 5, foot-note.
58. Gerund. The gerund is perlinps the inflexion that is in most frequent
use.j (Compare 200).
1) It is used before auxiliary verbs, as: motte iru to be carrying; kaite aru
it is written ; (98 et seqq.).
*Before ya the final i of the base is often dropped : ikya shi-nai, for iki ya shi-nai.
+The gerund ending in mashile may be used only in cases similar to those noted under
3), 4); 5); 7), 9), 10), 11), 12) and 14).
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 15
2) The first of two verbs when they do not form a compound is put in the
gerund : motte kuru to bring. (Compare 151).
3) The verb that endsa clause, or is followed in English by ‘and? is put in
the gerund : Hon wo katte kaerimashita ; he bought a book and returned home.
4) After the translation of the gerund, we must sometimes use other con-
junctions besides ‘and’: Hajime atte owari ga nai ; there was a beginning but
there is no end.
5) It sometimes expresses instrumentality : Kuruma wo hiite kurashimasi ;
he makes his living by pulling a rikisha.
6) It may signify the reason or cause: Ame ga futte ika-nakatta ; as it was
raining I did not go.
7) It often corresponds to ‘so’ in English : Ashi ga itande shiyéd ga nai ; my
feet hurt me so. I don’t know what to do.
8) It is sometimes translated by a preposition: Himo wo motte iwaku; to
tie with a string.
9) Followed by mo it means ‘even if’ ‘although’* : Ame ga futte mo sige: ;
I will go even if it rains.
10) Followed by ii, it has a slight imperative force* : Tabete ii ; eat it. Ima
itte yo gozaimast ka ? shall I go now ? do you wish me to go now ?
11) Followed by mo ii it means permission, concession* : after an affirmative
gerund it may be rendered by ‘may’; after a negative gerund by ‘ need not’.
Kaetie mo ti ; you may return home : tka-naktite mo wi ; you needn’t go.
12) Wa following the gerund is emphatic ; itis often used in sentences that
contradict what another person has said, or that express a protest, doubt,
threat, regret, etc. Note that —te wa, —de wa, are familiarly contracted respec-
tively into —-cha and —ja. Nete wa(necha) i-nai; oh, no, he is not asleep. Tite
wa (itcha) dé desi ka ? what do you say to going there ?
13) The affirmative gerund followed by wa, or the negative gerund in nakiite
followed by wa. has often a sort of conditional meaning : Yokohama e hikkoshite
wa fuben de gozarmast ; it would be inconvenient for me (if I were) to move
to Yokohama. Ame ga futte wa komaru ; (a) if it were to rain I would be incon-
venienced ; (b) 1 am inconvenienced by this rain.
Wa after a gerund sometimes means repetition . Itazura wo shite wa shi-
karareru ; (a) if you get up to mischief you’ll be scolded ; (b) he is often scolded
as he is always up to mischief.
The wa is sometimes dropped when the meaning is repetition : Hana wo
totte komaru ; I don’t know what to do as he is (you are) always picking my
flowers.
=
*The meanings of mo, ii and mo ii after a gerund are not always as indicated above :
consult the words mo and yoi in the Vocabulary, Part IU.
16 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
14) The gerund followed by wa and ike-nai, (less often nara-nai or dame),
means that it is wrong or useless to do something. It often corresponds to the
negative imperative, or to ‘must not’. $6 shite wa ike-nai; ‘you must not
do that’, or ‘don’t do that’, (lit. if you do so it won’t do). Sonna ni sawaija
(sawaide wa) ike-nai, ‘don’t make such a row’, (lit. if you make such a row it
won’t do).
15) The negative gerund in nakiite followed by wa and ike-nai (or nara-nai)
indicates an obligation, and may be translated by ‘must’: Kaka-naliite wa
ikemasen ; you must write; (lit. if you do not write that won’t do). The
verb ike-nai (or nara-nai) is sometimes omitted : Ika-nakucha ; I have to go. .
16) The negative gerund, especially that in -zu, is often translated by ‘ with-
out’: Kutsu wo tora-zu nt haitte mo ti; you may go in without taking off your
boots. Chichi ga nokora-zu koborete shimatia ; every bit of the milk was spilt,
(nokora-zu, without any remaining over). Kdbe wa san-nen bakari mi-nai de iru
aida ni taihen kawarimashita ; I have been three years without seeing Kobe
and during that time it has changed very much.
17) Instead of yoba-nai de and yonde i-nai de you occasionally hear the
corresponding constructions in the mast terminations: yobimasen de, yonde
imasen de.
18) The gerund is often used elliptically :
To wo akete....(kure).; open the door.
Shitte iru no ni omae wa uso wo tsuite. . . .(‘ shira-nai’ to iita) ; although you knew,
you tell a lie. ...(and say you don’t know).
Besides this elliptical use of the gerund, common to men and women, women
have another, peculiar to themselves, in which the gerund is equivalent to the
past tense.
O té-san wa m6 o kaeri ni natte ? (=natta ka ?); is father back already ? E, 0
kaeri ni natte yo ! (=natta yo !) oh, yes!
Kono shésetsti wo yonde ? (=yonda ka ?) have you read this novel ?
19) The following constructions are interesting :
Aruite desi ka ? are you going on foot ?
Gohan wo tabete (kara) no koto ni nasai ; put it off until after dinner.
20) The use of the gerund with auxiliary and terminal verbs is shown in
98 et seqq.
21) Various contractions of the gerund are noted in 14, 2.
59. The Imperative; commanding and requesting. The forms shown in 29 are
a selection from among the numerous ways of commanding, forbidding or request-
ing. The forms in kudasai are the only polite ones; the others, especially the
first ones, savour more or less of a command and should be used only to inferiors.
The imperative is rendered still more polite by beginning the sentence by
déka or better still by dézo. Yonde kudasai, is about equivalent to ‘please
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 17
call.’ Dézo yonde kudasai, ‘please be so kind as to call.’
60. An order to do and continue to do something is often expressed by the
gerund followed by the imperative of i*ru, viz. o-ide, o-ide nasai, i nasai or
irasshai according to the degree of politeness.
Koko de matte o-ide ; wait here.
Mizu wo motte kimast kara sono aida kore wo motte irasshai ; please hold this
while I fetch some water.
An order to continue not doing something is sometimes expressed by the
negative gerund followed by the imperative of i*ru.
Oki-nai de irasshai ; don’t get up.
Kono tegami ni wa shi-go-nichi henji wo dasa-zu ni o-ide nasai ; don’t answer
this letter for four or five days.
61. In the negative imperative dame is often’ heard instead of ike-nai.
Otoshiie wa dame ; don’t let it drop.
62. Instead of kudasai children (especially girls) often say chddai. Kudasai
(or chédai) by itself means, ‘please give it to me’, not simply ‘please’. Pan wo
kudasai ; please give me some bread.
In Japanese, as in English, a request often takes the form of an interrogation :
Hon wo kashite kudasaimasen ka? ‘would you be kind enough to lend me
your book ?
63. As stated in 42 the first person plural imperative is often rendered by
the Japanese future: Dekakeyé or dekakemashé ; ‘let us be going’, To the
first of these forms is often added in familiar speech ja nai ka? Dekakeyé
ja nai ka? let us be going, eh?
64. In the imperative, the special honorific verb, if there is one, is generally
used instead of the corresponding simple verb : thus, practically, o-ide nasat or
irasshai is the imperative of i*ru to be, kuru to come, and iku to go; and goran
nasai, the imperative of mi*ru to look.
The expressions studied under the titles ‘Obligation’ ‘Permission’ and
‘Advice’ in 168, 169 and 170 are related to the present subject.
65. Conditional. The conditional present is often used instead of the past
and vice versa. Stikoshi ki wo tsitkereba koware-nai no ni; if you had been
more careful it wouldn’t have broken. Dekitara motte kite kudasai ; please bring
it with you if it is ready.
In Japanese the conditional and expressions equivalent to a conditional,
have not only the ordinary conditional meaning, but also serve to express other
relations between two events, especially that of time. Shigoto ga sumeba nant
wo shimast ka 2 what are you going to do when you have finished that work ?
When two conditionals are used in Japanese the second may have the meaning
of ‘so long as’ ‘provided’, Karita empitst wo nakushitara, onnaji mono wo katte
kaeseba ii deshd; if you’ve lost the pencil you borrowed, it will be all right
18 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR ms
provided you buy another one like it and return that.
66. The idea of the conditional is sometimes expressed in Japanese by pla-
cing nara* after the present or the past (more especially after the less polite
forms). Nara is also placed after the desiderative form of verbs, after adjectives
and after nouns: Aite iru nara kashite kudasai ; if you have no use for it at
present,, please lend it to me. Mitai nara tsurete ikimashé ; if you wish to see it,
I will take you. Oishii nara o agari nasai ; if you like it, please take some. Neko
nara oi-dashite o kure ; if it is a eat, drive it away. Note also sé nara (corrupted
to sonnara) ‘if things are so’ ‘in that case’: Sonnara ikimashé ; if that is so,
I'll go. ¢
67. The present tense followed by to is about equivalent to the present con-
ditional ; it often refers to time and may then be translated by when, while
as soon as, ete. Taberu to 0 kd-san ni shikararemast ; if you eat it, your mother
will scold you.
Kane ga naru to kisha ga deru ; when the bell rings, the train starts.
The above construction is especially common with the less polite forms of
the present but it is sometimes used with the mast forms. Note that if to is
followed by iu to say, kiku to hear, omou to think, etc., it serves to indicate a
direct quotation and has nothing to do with the conditional. (See 427).
68. The gerund followed by wa has frequently a conditional meaning, see
58, 13, 14, 15.
The following expressions are therefore more or less equivalent :
nomeba = nomu nara = nomu to = nonde wa
noma-nakereba = noma-nai nara = noma-naito = noma-nakiite wa
69. The past conditional, like the present, may express other relations besides
that of condition ; the relation of time is especially common and the translation
may then be: when, after, as soon as, while, ete.
Ky6 wa ame ga fura-nai to omottara mata futte kita; although I thought it
wouldn’t rain today, it has started to rain again.
Aruitara kutabireta ; I’ve been walking and I’m tired.
Hi ni atetara iro ga samete shimatta ; it has been exposed to the sun and the
colour has entirely faded.
Dekitara (sugu ni) okutie kudasai ; please send it as soon as it is ready.
Sore ga sundara sampo shimashé ; when (after) you’ve finished let’s go for a
walk.
Tsuitara sugu ame ga futte kimashita ; he had hardly arrived when it. began
to rain.
70. By prefixing moshi to the conditional present or past we give it a dis-
tinctly hypothetical meaning : moshi kitara ; supposing he came.
*You may say naraba instead of nara ; likewise as sometimes hear as the termination
of the past conditional -araba for -ara:
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 19
71. The termination eba of the present conditional is sometimes contracted
to ya in familiar speech : K6 surya (sureba) ii ; you had better do like this.
72. The negative present conditional followed by ike-nai or nara-nai may
be translated generally by ‘must’ : K6 shi-nakereba narimasen ; it must be done
in this way, (lit.: it won’t do if you don’t do it thus). :
73. The present conditional preceded by sae means ‘if only’ ‘provided’.
Ai sae sureba anshin suru ; if I could only see him my mind would be at ease.
Toki (nt) wa has sometimes a hypothetical meaning : Moshi tegami ga naku-
natta toki (ni) wa dé shimashé ? what shall I do if the letter should be lost ?
74. We have already seen that in Japanese the conditional is used in many
eases in which there is no conditional in English: here are some more
examples :
Kuru to omotte yorokonde imashitara kimasen deshita ; 1 was rejoicing at the
idea of his coming, but it turned out that he didn’t come.
Kore wo mireba-yasashii yo da keredomo honto wa taihen muzukashii ; to look
at it, it seems easy, but it really is very difficult.
Sono toki toket wo mimashitara ja-ji sugi deshita; on looking then at the
clock, I found it was past ten.
Nihon-go mo hanaseba ji mo kakemast ; he ean not only speak Japanese but
he ean also write it. :
Kiite mireba riké na hito da; judging from what one hears, he must be a
clever fellow.
Kikeba byéki datta sé dest ; 1 hear that he has been ill.
Ato de kiitara uso deshita; 1 inquired afterwards and it turned out not to
be true.
Nippon mo kawareba kawaru mon’ da ; how Japan has changed !
Dé oshietara ii deshé ; how shall I explain it to them ?
Ikeba ikareru ; you can go (but. ...I1 think you had better not).
Mi mo shi-nakereba kiki mo shi-nai ; I neither saw nor heard anything.
Nedan mo yasiikereba shina mo ii ; the price is cheap and the quality good.
Yoku mireba miru hodo kirei dest ; the more carefully I look at it the prettier
1 find it.
75. The Japanese are very fond of elliptical idioms. In these a conditional
is often found. See 414, 4.
76. Frequentative. ‘The frequentative form is used when aets or states
oceur by turns. It is frequently used in pairs, the second member being general-
ly followed by the verb suru. An. ‘and’ is often introduced between the two
verbs in the English version : Shabettari warattari shite ita de wa arimasen ka?
weren’t you talking and laughing ?
The frequentative is sometimes used when there is no repetition :
Dé shite watashi no hana wo tottari shimasit ka ? what do you mean by picking
20 ELENENTARY GRAMMAR
my flowers ?—Note that in English you use the plural (a kind of repetition)
though only one flower may have been picked.
The frequentative is occasionally used in a distributive sense :
Kodomo-tachi wa hon wo yondari, e wo kaitari, kitte wo mitari shite imast ;
‘some of the children are reading books, some are drawing pictures, and some are
looking at postage stamps.
77. Desiderative. The desiderative form is an adjective and has all the
inflexions of-one. (See 192 et seqq.).
78. Like an adjective it has also a corresponding abstract noun in —sa; e.g.:
from ikitai, ‘wishing to go,’ we get ikitasa, ‘the wish to go’. This abstract
noun, generally followed by ni, refers to the reason or cause of an action.
O ka-san no kao ga mitasa ni toi tokoro kara kimashita ; 1 have come from very
far beeause I was longing to see my mother.
79. The desiderative is not used in the 3rd- person unless followed by: to iu,
to most or no desi. ‘
The object of the desire often, but not always, becomes the subject and takes
ga: Kamakura ga mitaku wa arimasen ka ? don’t you wish to see Kamakura ?
80. By changing the final 7 to garu we form a verb; e.g.: from ikitai, “wishing
to go’, we get ikitagaru, ‘to wish to go’.
81. The Second Base or Stem. The second base of a verb is very a
and has to be referred to frequently : we will call it the stem.
82. The stem of a verb: 1) is very often used as a noun as may be seen
in several of the following cases.
2) Followed by suru it sometimes takes the place of the ordinary inflexions
of the verb: (0) hanashi suru uchi ni ; while we were talking.
3) Preceded by o and followed by certain verbs, it forms polite substitutes
for the ordinary inflexions of the verb. See 359-360.
4) Followed by wa and suru it is emphatic. See 47-49.
5) Followed by ni, it signifies the motive or object of an action: Port | ni
kimashita ; he came to fetch it.
6) Followed by nagara, it generally means that two actions are carried on
simultaneously : Warai nagara kodomo ni omocha wo yarimashita; laughing,
he gave a toy to the child.
7) Followed by sagara it sometimes has an adversative sense: Warui to
shiri nagara shita ; he did it, ae ee he knew it was wrong.
8) Followed by gake ni, it means ‘on the way’; this construction is especial-
ly common in connection with the verbs iku to go, and kaerw to return : Kaeri-
gake ni yorimashita ; I called on my way back.
9) When a sentence is composed of two or more parallel propositions, we
may use the stem of the verb at the end of each member except at the end of
the last one which takes an ordinary verbal inflexion : Shirot hana mo ari, akai
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 21
no mo ari, aoi no mo arimast ; some flowers are white, some red, and some
blue.
10) When the stem ends in ri and is followed by the verb nasaru, the final ri
of the stem is sometimes changed to n : 0 yan nasai for 0 yari nasai, give it.
83. The Infinitive. There is no real infinitive in Japanese, The English
infinitive is translated in a variety of ways :
1) When it is the subject or object of another verb,—by the first forms of
the present or past followed by koto, to iu koto, no or hd; all these words serve
to substantivize the verb :
Hitori de iru to iu koto wa yoku nai koto dest; it is a bad thing to live by
oneself,
Kasa wo motte iku hé ga ti ; it would be better to take an umbrella.
Hima wo tsubust no wa warui ; it is bad to waste time.
Uma wo kawa-nai koto ni kimemashita ; 1 have decided not to buy a horse.
2) When it follows a verb of motion and signifies ‘for the purpose of? or
‘in order to’,—by the stem of the verb and ni:
Tori ni kimashita ; he came to fetch it.
3) When it follows a verb which is not ef motion, and signifies ‘for the
purpose of’ or ‘in order to’,—by the first forms of the present followed by
fame ni:
Komaraseru tame ni shimashita ; he did it to annoy me.
' 4) When it follows the means, instrument or agent, by the first forms of the
present and (no) ni; the no is sometimes emitted :
Tegami wo kaku ni kami ga iru ; | want some paper to write a letter.
Ko-zutsumi wo iwaku no ni tsikaimasi ; I use it to tie up parcels.
Kore wo ageru no ni tetstidatte kudasai ; help me to lift this.
5) When it is equivalent to ‘for’ followed by the present participle,—by
the first forms of the present and (no) ni; the no is sometimes omitted :
Kono nimotst wo teishaba made motte iku no ni, ikura harattara ii deshé ? how
much ought I to pay to have (for having) this parcel taken to the station ?
Mada neru ni wa hayai ; it is still too early to go to bed.
6) When it signifies ‘with the intention of’,—by the future and to omotte
or to shite:
Dekakeyé to omotte béshi wo kaburimashiia ; I put on my hat to go out.
7) When equivalent to a supposition and accompanied by ‘it will’ or ‘it
would’,-—by some construction with a conditional meaning :
Ano hito ga okoru to ike-nai kara 0 yoshi nasai ; it wouldn’t do to make that
man angry so don’t do that.
Tite mo dame ; it is useless to go. ;
Yokohama e hikkoshite wa fuben de gozaimasi ; it would be inconvenient for
me to move to Yokohama.
22 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR.
8) After verbs of speaking as: telling, requesting, promising, advising, re-
fusing, etc., the infinitive is translated by to following the direct quotation or
by 6 ni following the present : :
‘Ko-nai’ to kotowarimashita ; he refused to come.
Ashita kuru y6 ni itte kure ; tell him to come tomorrow.
9) Sentences belonging to the above class are sometimes translated by the
causative, sometimes they are entirely changed before*translating :
Tell Shige to call a rikisha—cause Shige to calla rikisha ; Shige ni kuruma
wo yobashite kure.
I’ll get (tell) the carpenter to make one ; daiku ni koshiraesaseyo.
Tell O Haru to come=call O Haru ; O Haru wo yonde kure.
Tell O Haru to go=send O Haru ; O Haru wo yatte kure..
10) After ‘wish’ ‘want’ or ‘would like’, the infinitive is translated by the
desiderative form of the verb: ratty
Yobitai ; I wish to call.
11) After ‘easy’ or ‘difficult’ ete., the infinitive is translated by the stem
and yasui or ii (easy), or nikui (difficult) :
Wakari-nikui ; difficult to understand.
Koko wa sumi-ti tokoro dest ka? is this a pleasant place to live in?
12) When the infinitive has the meaning of ‘must’ it is translated in various
ways:
Shi-nakereba nara-nai shigoto ga aru ; I have work to do (which I must do).
Dono michi wo ikeba ii ka wakarimasen ; I don’t know which road to take.
Harai ga arimast ka ? is there anything to pay ?
13) When the meaning is intention, see 173. ’
14) Note the following ways of translating the infinitive :
Kaku hima ga nai ; I have no time to write.
Chichi wo akambé ni nomashiie o kure ; give the baby some milk to drink.
Kono heya ni hon wo oku basho ga arimasen ; in this room there’s no place to
put my books.
Yomu mono ga nai ; I have nothing to read.
Sara wo ireru hako ; a box to put plates in.
Naki-dast ; to begin to ery.
84. Various Verbal Phrases. The first forms of the present or past when
followed by koto become substantivized and generally have a meaning in the.
Japanese mind akin to our infinitive, (83,1); but they are not always to be
translated by the infinitive in English :
Kurakiite yomu koto ga dekimasen ; it is so dark I cannot read.
Mita koto ga nai ; I have never seen it.
Kobe e itta koto ga arimast ka ? have_you ever been to Kobe ?
Ita koto ga gozaimast ; yes, I have been there.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 23
85.,The rhirst forms of the present and past may also be made substantives by
adding mono, mon’ or no. The no is often equivalent to mono or koto :
Kesa itta no wa machigai deshita ; what I said this morning was a mistake.
It is worthy of note that koto, mono and no may refer not only to the act of
the verb itself as in the above examples, but also to the thing which is the
object or subject of the verb. Compare the following examples :
Ky6 wa isogashikitte sore wo suru koto ga dekimasen ; I am very busy today
I can’t do that ; (the act of doing is impossible).
Suru koto ga taktsan arimast ; I have a great deal to do ; (things to do).
Anata no tegami nanzo yomu mon’ (or mono) dest ka? Yd never dream of
reading your letters.
Yomu mono ga nai ; I have nothing to read.
Dare ga kita no dest ? who came ?
Kesa kita no wa kono tegami dest ; this is the letter that came this morning.
86. Especially common is the no dest, (no deshita, etc.) so often heard after
the verb : it sometimes serves merely to round off a sentence and forms expres-
sions the meaning of which is practically indistinguishable from that of the
ordinary inflexions of the verb; sometimes, however, it has a distinct force
of its own. The following are some of the commonest combinations with sug-
gestions for their translation.
PRESENT. Iku no dest (or da) : go ; shall (will) go ; am going ; should (would)
go ; must go ; have to go ; am to go; ought to go.
PROBABLE PRESENT AND FUTURE. Iku no deshé (or daré) : shall (will) probably
go ; shall (will) probably have to go.
past. Itta no desi (or da) ; ikimashita no dest : did go ; should (would) have
gone.
Iku no deshita (or datta) ; itta no deshita (or datta) : should have gone ; ought
to have gone ; was to go ; was to have gone.
PROBABLE Past. Iku no deshitaré (or dattard): probably did go; probably
would (should) have gone ; probably ought to have gone.
Itta no deshitaré (or dattaré) : probably did go-
CONDITIONAL. Iku no deshitara (or dattara) : if—go ; if—ought to have gone ;
if I had known you were going.
Similar constructions may be formed with the compound inflexions, such as,
yonde iru no dest ; yonde ita no dest ; etc.
In the case of negative verbs, the negative element may be either in the
first component or in the second; e.g. ika-nai no dest or iku no ja arimasen,
etc.
87. Examples :
Ototo wa ashita Toky6 e iku no dest ; my (younger) brother is going to Téky6
tomorrow ; my’(younger) brother has to go to Tokyo tomorrow.
24 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
Kiné ame ga fura-nakereba iku no de gozaimashita ; I would have gone yester-
day, if it had not rained.
Kimi ga iku nara boku mo itta no daré ; if you had gone, I would probably
have gone also.
Watashi mo astiko e itta no deshita ga samui kara sugu kaetta no dest ; p I also
went there, but as it was cold I soon came back.
Kane sae areba watashi mo itta no dest ; if I had only had money, I also would
have gone.
Ani to issho ni iku no deshita ga, kaze wo hiita no de, yameta no desi ; I ought
to have gone with my brother, but as I caught a cold I had to give up the
idea.
O kyaku no kuru no ga wakatte iru no deshitara, ika-nakatta no deshé ; if he
had known that a visitor was coming, he probably would not have gone.
Anata ga uchi e kuru no deshitara, watashi wa mise e iku no ja arimasen deshita ;
if I had known you were coming to my house, I wouldn’t have gone to the
office.
88. Women often say no elliptically for no dest, no dest ka ? ete.
Kippu wa aru no ? have you got your ticket ?
E, aru no ; yes, I have.
89. On the other hand the no is sometimes corrupted into mn’ or even droped
altogether :
Toky6 e iku n’ dest ; J am going to Tokyo.
Soko kara mo ikeru dest ; you can also go from there.
90. Verbs may sometimes, like nouns, take a postposition without the words
no, koto or mono intervening :
Motte kuru ga wi ; you had better bring it.
91. Observe the constructions of which the following are examples :
Hau dokoro ja nai, yoku arukimasté or hau no hawa-nai no tte, yoku aruki-
mast ; it is no case of creeping, I can tell you ; why, he walks beautifully !
Okotia no okora-nai no ja nai, 6-okori ni okotta ; he didn’t simply get angry,
he got into a towering rage.
IRREGULAR VERBS.
92. The verbs suru, kuru and iku form their bases irregularly as shown in
28; but the common inflexions of these verbs are formed regularly from the
bases. However, the passive infinitives of swrw and kuru are sare‘ru and
korare'ru, and the causative infinitives sase‘ru and kosase*ru respectively,
See Vocabulary, Part IIL: suru ; kuru $ iku.
93. The verb aru ‘te be, to have’, is especially noticeable on account of its
negative forms.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 25
AFFIRMATIVE
NEGATIVE
aru Infinitive nai
aru nati
arimast Present arimasen
ar6 arumai (or nakaré
arimashé Pred: fate : . t arimastiimai )
aru deshé nai deshé
atta Past nakatta
arimashita arimasen deshita
attaré nakattaré
atta deshé Prob. past nakaita deshé
atte nakiite
arimashite Gerund nai de
areba Cond. present nakereba
attara Cond. past nakattara
attari Frequentative nakattart
There are no desiderative forms.
84. The verb aru is frequently preceded by the postposition de; it is then
generally contracted as follows :*
AFFIRMATIVE NEGATIVE
de aru Infinitive de wa nat
de aru ratty de wa nai
; 3 : Present Be ;
de arimastt dest mwa arimasen
de wa arumai (or nakaré)
de aro —=daro Prob. present de wa arimastimai
de arimash6 —=deshé and future dh we nak dee
de aita =datta Pp de wa nakatta
de arimashita =deshita ast.e de wa arimasen deshita
t de wa nakattaré
de attaré =datiaro Prob. pas de wa nakatia dewe
d de (wa) nakiite
de atte =de Gerun de (wa) naku
(nara) Cond. present de nakereba
de atiara =dattara Cond. past de nakattara
*De followed by aru cannot always be contracted to da; e.g. Tokyé de aru hi hige no are
kuruma-ya ni aimashita, one day in Tokyd I saw a rikisha-man with a beard ; Tard to Haruo
ga kyodai de aru koto wa shira-nakatia, I didn’t know that Tard and Haruo were brothers.
26 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
95. It will be noticed that in the negative, de is. generally followed. by wa:
de wa is often contracted to ja.
96. The polite verbs gozaru, ossharu, nasaru, kudasaru, and ‘irassharu drop
the letter r of their last syllable when the suffix masi is used, as it generally
is: the verb gozaru, indeed, is practically never heard except in the mast in-
flexions. The last three verbs have as imperative nasai, kudasai, and irasshai ;
they often drop the letter a before tt ; thus : trash’tie for trasshatte, nas’ttara for
nasattara. Note that in this case irassharu also drops one of its ss.
97. Causative verbs end in —se’ru : their 3rd base is irregular, viz. —shit ; but
the regular form —set is also sometimes used.
AUXILIARY AND TERMINAL VERBS,
98. The verb i’ru (or orw) following the gerund serves to form inflexions that
indicate a state or a continued act. The verb i‘ru is generally preferred in the
centre of Japan, but in the provinces, orw is often heard, Instead of 7@’ru, the
honorific verb irassharu or o-ide nasaru may be used,
Kutabirete iru ; I am tired.
Naite iru ; he is crying.
Hon wo yonde irasshaimasit ; he is reading a book.
The 7 of 7’ru is often dropped colloquially after a gerund, thus: naiterw for
naite iru. fe
The gerund of an intransitive verb followed by «ru (or orw) is generally
translated into English by means of the past participle or an adjective, some-
times however by the present participle, but in either case the English must
express the idea that the subject has reached a certain state and continues in
that state. ‘To be moving’ means that the subject has reached the state of
motion and continues in that state, it is therefore the correct translation of
ugoite iru; but ‘to be dying’ means that the subject is approaching death,
and therefore is not the translation of shinde iru, the proper translation is ‘to
be dead’. Likewise, ‘to be lying down’ means that the subject has attained
the horizontal position and continues in that position, it is therefore the correct
translation of nete iru ; but ‘to be drying’ means to be approaching the state
of dryness, and therefore is not the translation of kawaite iru, the proper trans-
lation is ‘to be dry’.
Amerika e itta and Amerika e itte iru both mean ‘he went to America’, but the
second form implies that he is still there, the first form gives no information
on that point. y
99. It is interesting to nbs that a verbal phrase like -yonde iru may mean
not only ‘is reading’ but ‘has read’.
Ano hito wa seiyé no shésetsti wo taktisan yonde iru ; that man has read a great
number of foreign novels. .
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 27
Ano o jii-san wa hige wo sotte iru ; that old man has shaved off his beard.
100. The verb aru (or gozaru) following the gerund of a transitive verb means
that the action of the verb was completed and that things remain in that state ;
it can generally be translated by the passive in English.
Furoshiki ni tsutsunde arimasi ; it is wrapped up in a cloth.
Note also the construction of the polite gerund of an intransitive verb followed
by gozaru : naorimashite gozaimast is a very polite equivalent of naotta I have
recovered.
101. When two verbs, one intransitive and the other transitive, have cor-
responding meanings (see 111), the gerund of the intransitive verb followed by
iru (or oru), and the gerund of the transitive verb followed by aru have almost
identical meanings. Thus: rampu ga kiete iru and rampu wo keshite aru both
mean ‘the lamp is out (not lighted)’. However, rampu ga kiete iru may be
said either when the lamp has gone out naturally (e.g. want of oil) or when it
‘has been intentionally put out by somebody ; whereas rampu wo keshite aru is
said only when the lamp has been put out.
102. Daré (or deshéd) following the present tense, makes it into a probable
present ; following the past tense, it makes it into a probable past. It may
also have a quasi-interrogative force. See 40; 41; 54; 55.
103. The verb kuru, (irassharu, o-ide nasaru or mairu) following the gerund,
adds to the first verb the idea of motion towards the speaker or person addressed ;
it is, however, often translated by ‘go’ in English :
Kippu wo katte kimashé ; 1 will go and buy a ticket ; (lit. I will buy a ticket
and come). -
The complex action of buying may be said to consist of three parts: the
going, the buying, the coming back. In English you mention the first two ;
in Japanese, the second and third.
Occasionally the verb kuru which is the second of the two verbs ought logically
to be the first :
Omoshiroi koto wo itte kita ; he came and told me a funny story.
Besides this meaning of motion towards the place where one is speaking,
kuru after a gerund often means ‘coming into being or into existence’:
Ame ga futte kita ; it has begun to rain.
104. The verb mi‘ru (or goran nasaru) following a gerund, means that an
action is to be attempted ; there is a doubt as to whether the action can be
accomplished or whether the result will be satisfactory :
Mado wo akete mimashé may mean, ‘I will try to open the wifidow (which
has stuek)’ or ‘I will open the window and we will see whether i@ is more agree-
able so’.
105. The verb okw following a gerund indicates the full and complete settling
of 2 matter for the time being with a view to its future use ; it is used generally
28 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
with transitive verbs : the gerund and oku are sometimes contracted colloquially
as explained, 14, 2, c.
Chémen ni tsiikete okimashé ; I will put it down in my note-book.
106. The verb shimau following a gerund indicates the completion of an
action, or is merely emphatic :
Itte shimaimashita ; he has gone away (and will not come back).
Tots bydki ni natte shimaimashita ; ‘at last he finished by falling ill’, or
‘at last he fell ill’, not ‘at last he has finished being ill’.
The last syllable of the gerund and the first two syllables of shimau are often
contracted colloquially as explained, 14, 2, f.
107. The verb suru (or itasi) following the stem of a verb and wa, is merely
an emphatic form of expression. See 47—-49.
The verbs naost, dasti, kakaru, kake'ru and hanasi after the stems of verbs
have special meanings which are explained in 151.
108. The verb morau (or itadaku) following a gerund, adds the idea of ‘re-
ceiving in answer to a request’, and forms an idiom resembling the passive or
the causative :
Shimbun wo yonde morau ; to have the newspaper read to one.
Asa hayaku okoshite moraitai ; I wish to be called early in the morning.
Tokei wo sdji shite moraitai ; I want to have my watch cleaned.
Anata ni kaite itadakitai ; I wish you would write this for me.
109. The verb ayant, (age'ru, kure’ru or kudasaru*) following a poate adds
the idea of ‘giving’. The choice of the verb will depend on the considerations
governing the use of honorific and humble verbs. If the giving -is the act of
the 1st person to an inferior, use yaru ; to a superior, use age’ru: if the giving
is in favour of the 1st person or somebody connected with the 1st person, use
kure’ru if the act of an inferior, kudasaru if the act of a superior.
Butte yarimashé ; I will give him a beating...
Yonde agemashé ka ? shall I read it to you ?
Yonde kudasaimashita ; he read it to me.
110. Terminal verbs sometimes retain their ordinary meanings instead of
the special meanings mentioned in the above paragraphs.
Kiné Taré no gakké e itte mimashita ; yesterday I went and saw Tard’s school.
It thus happens that sentences of this kind may have more than one meaning;
katte itadaita may mean, (a) he bought it and gave it to me, or (b) he bought it
for me (as I was busy and could not go out); in this latter case, the favour
received is not the thing itself (for which I pay) but the act of going and buying it.
You may s@metimes find two terminal verbs used, the one affecting the other:
naoshite agete okimashé I shall mend it for him (and leave that settled).
*Kudasaru is also used after the stem of a verb ; see 362.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 29
TRANSITIVE AND INTRANSITIVE VERBS.
111. In English the same verb is often transitive or intransitive according
to circumstances ; in Japanese there are generally two different verbs with a
common root ; e.g. kaest (trans.) and kaeru (intrans.), to return.*
Ashita hon wo kaeshimast ; I will return the book tomorrow.
Kesa kaerimashita ; 1 returned this morning.
112. The gerund of the intransitive verb followed by iru has a meaning very
similar to the gerund of the corresponding transitive verb followed by aru;
see 101.
113. Many intransitive verbs are used as potentials: especially those in
which the final u of the transitive is replaced by e’rw in the intransitive. See
127.
Kono empitsi wa yoku kakemasi ; ‘this pencil writes well’, or ‘you can
write well with this pencil’.
Nihon-ji ga kakemasen ; I cannot write Japanese characters.
114. Many intransitive verbs are inchoative, i.e. they mark the beginning
of a condition. Some of these are frequently translated by a quasi-passive but
their primary meaning should.not be lost sight of. Thus:
Kawaku is not properly ‘to be dry’, but ‘to get dry’. ‘To be dry’ is ex-
pressed by kawaite ru.
Kutabire'ru is not properly ‘to be tired’, but ‘to become tired’. ‘To be
tired’ is expressed by kutabirete tru.
115. These verbs are often used in the past in Japanese when we, in English,
employ the present ; kawakimashita it is dry ; kutabiremashita I am tired.
116. Transitive verbs sometimes have a quasi-causative meaning: kawa-
kasti ‘to dry” i.e. ‘to cause to dry in the sun or before the fire, ete.’ See 143—
144. :
-117. Though it may seem paradoxical, some intransitive verbs take an
object with the postposition wo. This complement with wo designates the
locality at which or from which the action takes place. Watasi means ‘to
take (something) across’ and-is therefore transitive; wataru means ‘to go
across oneself’? and is therefore intransitive ; kawwa wo wataru means ‘to go.
across the river’ or ‘to cross the river’. Likewise: kisha wo ori'ru, to get
down from a train.
118. Some Japanese intransitive verbs correspond to English reflexives :
asobu to amuse oneself, (to play) ; hataraku to exert oneself, (to work).
*The Vocabulary at the end of this book gives the transitive verb corresponding to an |
intransitive one and vice versa. vsukt tegues
30 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
PASSIVE VERBS.
119. The passive voice is formed by adding re*ru to the 4th base In
verbs ending in e‘ru or tru, add rare‘ru to the 4th base. E.g.: korost to
kill, 4th base korosa, korosare‘'ru to be killed; tabe'ru to eat, 4th base
tabe, taberare’ru to be eaten.
120. The verbs suru, kuru and oshie'ru form the passive irregularly ; thus:
sare'ru, korare’ru and osowaru.
121. The passives of compound verbs and of such combinations as motte
kuru to bring, are formed by changing only the last component. Thus: motte
_ korare’ru to be brought.
122. The noun, which in English takes the preposition ‘by’ in the passive
construction, is generally followed in the Japanese passive by the postposition
ni.
123. It often happens that the English passive is not translated by the passive
in Japanese ; it is sometimes translated :
1) by an intransitive or potential verb: odoroita, I was astonished ; nezwmi
ga toreta, a mouse is caught (in the trap).*
2) by a transitive verb followed by mono (degii) or no (dest) : Kore wa ko-
gatana de kitta no (dest) ka? hasami de kitta no (desit) ka? was this cut with
a knife, or with scissors ?
3) by an active though subjectless construction: Ristike to iu hito ; a man
called Risuke, (lit. a man they call Risuke). Mado kara kao wo dasa-nai y6 ni
negaimast ; you are requested not to put your head out of the window.
Kono kutsu wo naoshi ni yarimashé ; Vl send these boots to be mended,
4) by the gerund of an. active verb followed by aru: Kaite aru ; it is written.
5) by the gerund of an active verb followed by morau: Hayaku okoshite
moraitai ; I wish to be called early. .
6) by the gerund of an intransitive verb followed by «ru (or oru): To ga
shimatte iru ; the door is shut.
7) by a noun followed by ni naru : O sewa ni naru ; to be assisted.
8) by the verb deki‘ru ; to be finished, made: Astko de setomono ga dekiru ;
porcelain is manufactured there.
Note also the following examples :
Kega suru ; to be wounded.
Kono ji wa —to yomasemast ; this character is read thus—(lit. we are caused
or taught to read this chacracter thus—).
All the above examples serve to prove that the English passive is often
*You can also say: nezumi ga neko ni torareta, a mouse was caught by the cat: The
intransitive construction is used when there is no reference to an outside agent, (the mouse
caught itself in the trap); the passive construction, when an outside agent is referred to:
OF THE JAPANESE SPCKEN LANGUAGE 31
translated into Japanese by other constructions than the passive. On the
other hand the Japanese often use the passive where the active would be
more natural in English.
S6 suru to 0 kd-san ni shikarareru ; if you do that your mother will scold you.
124. The Japanese passive construction differs considerably from the Eng-
lish. In English, the subject of the passive verb is the object of the transitive
verb ; in Japanese, the subject of the passive verb is the person affected by the
action of the verb. Thus, ‘a thief stole my father’s watch’ becomes in the
English passive construction ‘my father’s watch was stolen by a thief’; in
Japanese we would have ‘my father got his watch stolen by a thief’ chichi ga
dorobé ni toket wo nusumareta. From this peculiarity of the Japanese construc-
tion it follows that (as in the above example) the passive verb may govern an
objective case ; it also follows that intransitive verbs may be used in the pas-
sive. ‘To die’ is an intransitive verb and utterly incapable of being used in
the passive in English : however, the dying of one person may affect another,
and therefore we may have the passive construction in Japanese, wataktishi
wa kyonen kanai ni shinaremashita ; I lost my wife last year.
125. Besides this sense, the Japanese passive has often a potential meaning ;
see 126.
POTENTIAL VERBS.
126. The Japanese passive is often used in a potential sense. Thus okare'ru
may ntean either ‘to be put’ or ‘to be able to put’.
127. Many verbs (not those ending in e'rw) have also another potential
formed by changing the final u into e’ru.* This potential is always intransitive
and is often identical with the ordinary intransitive verb (111), as in the follow-
ing common cases :
kake'ru ‘to write (intr.)’ or ‘to be able to write’.
kire'ru ‘to cut (intr.)’ or ‘to be able to cut’.
toke’ru ‘to melt (intr.)’ or ‘to be able to melt’,
tore'ru ‘to take (intr.)’ or ‘to be able to take’.
ure'ru ‘to sell (intr.)’ or ‘to be able to sell’.
yome'ru ‘to read (intr.)’ or ‘to be able to read’.
128. Thus, kinu ga yoku wremast may be translated by the intransitive,
‘silk sells well’; or by the potential, ‘you can sell a lot of silk’; it may also
be translated by the passive, ‘a lot of silk is sold’. All three translations are
not always possible in English, sometimes one, sometimes another will suit the
case ; but do not forget that verbs of this kind are intransitive in Japanese.
*Verbs ending in —teu, change ésu into te-ru.
\
382 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
129. When the English potential has an objective case, this generally becomes
the subject with ga (or wa) of the Japanese verb.
Ei-go ga yomemast ; I can read English.
The English subject sometimes takes ni.
Watashi ni wa Ei-go ga yomemasen ; I can’t read English.
- 130. The potential may also be expressed by adding koto ga deki‘ru to the
infinitive.*
131. We thus see that kake’ru, kakare'ru and kaku koto ga deki*ru may all be
used as the potential of kaku. There seems to be a slight tendency to prefer
the intransitive potential in the sense of ‘can’, and the passive potential in
the sense of ‘may’. On the whole, the intransitive potential is decidedly the
most used.
132. The verbs mi‘ru to see, and kiku to hear, form the intransitive potential
irregularly, viz. mie‘ru and kikoe'ru,
133. Deki‘ru by itself often has the meaning of ‘can do (something)’.
Kore ga dekimast ka ? can you do this ?
Ei-go ga dekimast ; I can speak English.
Dekiru koto nara ; if it is anything I can do; (when asked: will you do me
a favour ?)
134. The word tofemo is frequently placed before the negative Se mg in |
order to emphasize it.
Totemo kore hodo wa kake-nai ; I cannot possibly write all this.
135. The negative potential when used in a moral and not in a physical
sense is sometimes translated by wake ni wa ika-nai (or mairimasen) :
Isogashii kara sé hayaku iku wake ni wa ika-nai; as I am busy I cannot
possibly go so soon.
136. The following emphatic construction is interesting :
Yomeru ni wa yomeru ga... ; Tcan read it but...(it is extremely difficult).
Other ways of translating the idea of moral ability or inability, ‘may’ and
‘must not’, wil! be found in 168 and 169.
CAUSATIVE VERBS,
137. Causative verbs are formed by adding se’ru to the 4th base; in verbs
ending in e’ru or iru add sase‘ru to the 4th base : yomu to read, 4th base yoma,
yomase'ru to cause to read ; tabe’ru to eat, 4th base tabe, tabesase’ru to cause to
eat, i.e. to feed.
138. Causative verbs generally form their 8rd base irregularly as rvietitteitt
in 97.
——
*This constenction seems to be less used by the Japanese tixemselves than by foreigners
who are beginning to speak a little Japanese;
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 33
-
139. The verbs kuru, suru and mi‘ru form their causatives irregularly, thus ;
kosase'ru, sase’ru and mise‘ru (3rd base regular, miset),
140. Some causatives may be translated by special verbs in English.
mi'ru to see ; mise’ru to cause to see, i.e. to show.
kiku to hear ; kikase’ru to cause to hear, i.e. to tell.
shiru to know ; shirase’ru to cause to know, i.e. to inform.
tabe'ru to eat ; tabesase’ru to cause to eat, ice. to feed.
141. The fundamental idea of the causative is that the action is done by one
person (or thing), but another person decides whether the action is to be done
or not. The causative may have two meanings : (a) to cause to do ; and (b) to
allow something to be done: the latter meaning is especially common in the
negative imperative. The causative may generally be translated by make,
Ict, have, get or tell.
Stikoshi matashite o oki nasai ; make him wait a moment.
Kondo Haru ni nuwase nasai ; |ct Haru sew it next time.
W atakitishi no hon wo kodomo ni ijirasete wa ike-nai; don’t let the child meddle
with my books. ;
Hitotsti koshiraesashite ; have one made.
Kono hako wa doko de koshiraesasemashita ka ? where did you get this box
made ?
Shige ni kakase nasai ; tell Shige to write it.
142. The causative is sometimes used in Japanese, when the causation is
purely imaginary.
Ashita furasetaku nai ; I hope it will not rain tomorrow, (lit. I do not wish
to make it rain tomorrow).
Kane ga nai no de naoru byd-nin wo naosa-nai de shinashite shimatta ; he had to
let the patient die because he had no money to buy the proper remedies,
(shinase’ru to cause to die).
Sentaku wo sumasete uchi e kaerimashita ; she finished her washing and re-
turned home.
143. Sometimes when the idea logically corresponds to a causative, an ordi-
nary transitive verb is used: the action of the subordinate is attributed to the
principal agent, or an action which is merely allowed to happen is considered
as having been positively performed.
Uchi wo tate’ru ; to build a house ; meaning ‘to have a house built’.
Hige wo suru ; to shave one’s beard ; meaning ‘to get one’s beard shaved’,
Inu wo dashite o kure ; put the dog out ; meaning ‘let the dog go out’.
Neko wo mono-oki ni irete o kure; put the cat in the pantry ; meaning ‘let
the cat get into the pantry’.
Hi wo kesa-nai de okure ; don’t put the fire out ; meaning ‘don’t let the fire
go out’.
34 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
144. Some transitive verbs have.a quasi-causative meaning. Thus, hire
wo kawakasti, ‘to dry a cloth’ really means, ‘to cause the sun, lfre or wind,
etc.) to dry the cloth’,
145. In the case of the causative of a transitive verb, the person to do the
action takes the postposition ni, the object upon which the action is performed
takes wo. Mon wo daiku ni naosasemashé ; I will have the carpenter mend
the gate.
» In the case of an intransitive verb, the person who performs the action takes
the postposition wo. O kd-san wo nakasemashita ; he made his mother ery.
146. The idea of the causative is sometimes rendered politely by the gerund
followed by morau ;
Tokei wo naoshite moraitai ; I want to get my watch mended,
147. From the causative is formed the passive of the causative, rarely met
with. There is no causative of the passive.
148. The causatives of compound verbs and of such combinations as motte
kuru to bring, are formed by changing only the last component : motte kosase’ru,
to cause to bring.
REFLEXIVE VERBS,
149. There are no reflexive verbs in Japanese. English reflexives are trans-
lated :
1) sometimes by intransitives : asobu, to amuse oneself, (to play).
2) sometimes by compounds with suru: shitaku suru, to prepare oneself,
(to get ready).
8) sometmes, when there is a clear action of the agent on himself, by a transi-
tive verb : hige wo suru, to shave oneself ; mi wo nage*ru, to drown oneself.
150. When it is desired to lay stress on the ‘self’, the Japanese add hitori
de or jibun de:
Kodomo ga hitori de asonde iru; the child is amusing himself, (i.e. playing
alone).
Jibun de hige wo surimast ; he shaves himself, (i.e. not shaved by another).
COMPOUND AND DERIVATIVE VERBS.
151. A very large group of compound verbs is formed by adding one verb
to the stem of another. They correspond sometimes to English prepositional
verbs, or serve to express a more or less complex idea. The meaning of these
verbs is generally easily understood, if the meanings of the components are
known.
tobi-agaru, to jump up, (lit. jump-ascend),.
tobi-dasti, to jump out, (lit. jump-put out).
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE : 35
tobi-komu, to jump in, (lit. jump-enter).
mi-otost, to overlook, (lit. look-drop).
buchi-korosti, to beat to death, (lit. beat-kill),
shi-naost, to do over again, (lit. do-mend).
152. Some verbs when used thus in compounds after the stem of a verb have
special meanings worth while noticing :
Dast means to take out or refers to the beginning of an action: tobi-dast
to jump out ; furi-dast, to start raining. '
Hanast suffers certain euphonic changes and becomes —ppanasi ; it denotes
that something has been left in a certain state : akeppanasi, to leave open ;
dashippanast, to take a thing out and leave it out.
Kakaru shows that an action is about to commence or else that it is accident-
al : kare-kakaru, to begin to wither ; tdri-kakaru, to happen to pass.
Kake'ru signifies the beginning of an action: hanashi-kake'ru to address,
accost ; yomi-kake'ru, to begin to read.
Naost means to do over again by way of bettering or correcting : kaki-naosi
to write over again ; kangae-naost, to change one’s mind. .
153. Compound verbs are also formed by a noun and a verb; e.g.: koshi-
kake'ru, to sit, (lit. loins, hang).
Instead of a noun we may have the stem of an adjective, which is often used
as a noun, and a verb; e.g.: ama-sugi'ru, to be too sweet, (amai sweet, sugi'ru
to exceed).
154. The termination garu added to the stem of adjectives (or the desidera-
tive form of verbs) or occasionally to nouns, forms a considerable nu nber of
) verbs :
kawaigaru to pet, from kawaii charming.
ikitagaru to want to go, from zkitai wishing to go.
kinodokugaru to feel sorry for, from kinodoku sorrow.
155. The compounds of suru are explained in the next paragraph.
THE VERBS Suru AND Naru.
156. The verb suru oceurs very frequently in Japanese. The primary mean-
ing of suru is ‘to do’ ‘to make’; it governs the accusative case with the post-
position wo:
Shitaku wo suru ; to make preparations.
Jama wo suru ; to make obstruction, i.e. to be in the way.
* 157. This accusative may be modified by an adjective or by a clause.
Anata nojama wo suru ; to be in your way.
158. The postposition wo is very frequently omitted, and suru then becomes
hardly more than a suffix serving to verbalize the noun, The combination
36 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
thus formed may be transitive (with an accusative and wo), intransitive or
passive.
Jochii wo sewa suru ; to procure a servant (for another),
Shitstirei suru ; to be impolite.
Kega suru ; to be wounded.
159. Instead of a noun before suru, we may have the second base of a verb
(which often acts as a noun), or an adverb,
Nui wo suru ; to embroider.
Bikkuri suru ; to be astonished.
160. Compounds of suru, whether written in one word or two,* are conjugated
like suru. However, not all verbs that end in suru are compounds of suru >
thus : sassuru is a compound of suru and makes sasshimast, ete.; kosuru is not
a compound of suru and makes kosurimasiti, ete.
The final ru of suru is sometimes dropped in compounds ; thus : nakusuru or
nakust to lose, yakusuru or yakust to translate. ;
161. Sometimes suru when used independently resembles aru in construction
and.meaning ; it takes ga instead of wo, and means ‘to be’ or ‘to have’ :
Nioi ga suru ; there is a smell.
Zutstii ga suru ; I have a headache.
162. A very common construction is the following. The second base of a
verb, wa, and the verb suru. See 47—-49. For other uses of suru, see the
Vocabulary, Part III.
163. The humble verb itasiti may be substituted for surw in practically all
cases in which suru is written as a separate word ; the corresponding honorific
verb is nasaru.* .
164. Naru ‘to become’ may be considered the type of an inchoative verb
(114). It is generally used after an adverb or an adverbial construction, and
some of the combinations deserve special attention. Note in particular its use
after the desiderative verbal adjective and after the negative verbal adjective.
‘The past tense of naru may be translated into English by either the past or the
present ; the context will indicate which is to be used.
Atstiku natia ; (after being cold) it turned out hot (yesterday); it has turned
out hot (today) ; it is hot now..
Atstiku naru deshé ; I expect it will turn out hot.
Ikitaku natta ; I now wish to go (formerly I didn’t care about going).
Sono koto ga deki-naku natta ; it is now impossible. :
The use of nara-nai after the negative conditional has already been mentioned
(72); for other uses of naru see the Vocabulary, Part III.
*It is usual to attach suru to the preceding word when this consists of only one Chinese —
character ; as jikusuru, nakusuru. In this case suru cannot be replaced by the polite verb-
‘nasaru or the humble verb itasi.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 37
THE VERB ‘TO BE’,
165. The verb ‘to be’ is translated in various ways :
1) When a noun is predicate, ‘to be’ is translated by de aru, ete., the con-
tractions da, desti, ete. (94), or the more polite de gozaimasi, ete.
It was a lie ; uso deshita.
What is this ? kore wa nan da ?
2) Aru means properly ‘there is’, ete.; it is always used when referring to
inanimate objects, it is also used when the simple existence of a living being is
spoken of, or when we wish to pick out from a group one or more individuals
who possess. a certain quality.
Is there any bread ? pan ga arimasti ka ?
There are some cats without tails ; shippo no nai neko ga aru.
There are two carpenters among these men ; kono uchi ni daiku ga fiitari aru.
When aru is used attributively, it still has this meaning of ‘there is’, or ‘there
was’; it can often be translated by ‘a certain’: aru hito, a certain man, (there
Was a man) ; aru hi, a certain day, one day, (there was a day).
3) Gozaru takes the place of aru in polite speech ; it is not used attributively
in the sense of ‘a certain’. :
4) I‘ru (less commonly orw) is used when speaking of animate beings that are
present in a place; they are generally conceived, at least vaguely, as having
gone or come there.*
There are many flies in Yokohama ; Yokohama ni hai ga taktisan imast.
5) The verb ‘to be’ followed by the participle signifies a continued act
or state, it is translated by the gerund followed by i‘ru (or oru). See 35.
6) Irassheru and o-ide nasaru are polite substitutes for tru.
7) The translation of the passive ‘to be’ is shown in 98-101; 119-124; 128.
8) When the Japanese predicate is a true adjective (191), the verb ‘to be’
need not be translated.
That flower is red ; ano hana wa akai.
9). Suru though properly ‘to do’ has sometimes the meaning of ‘to be’.
(See 161).
10) Occasionally ‘to be’ has a meaning of ‘to become’ and is translated
by naru:
I don’t think it will be much of a fire ; dki na kaji ni wa nara-nai desho.
I am going to be a doctor ; isha ni naru tsumori dest.
*Things like a rikisha, a carriage, a train, a ship, the sun, the moon, etc. that appear to
have proper motion, are often treated like living beings and are construed with the verb
tru instead of aru.
The other rikisha is a. long way behind ; mé ichi-dai no kuruma wa zutto ato ni imasia.
The moon is behind the pine-tree ; tsuki ga mals% no kage ni iru.
38 ' ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
11) ‘Isn’t ?’ expecting ‘yes ’ for an answer, is often translated by de wa
arimasen ka ? placed at the end of the sentence :
Isn’t the doctor ill ? 0 isha san wa bydki ja arimasen ka ?
MISCELLANEOUS TRANSLATIONS,
166. Doubt, probability, possibility, ‘ perhaps’, supposition, opinion, sem-
blance, report.
- 1) Bare possibility with practical certainty of the contrary :
There may be a house to let in Kamakura (but I feel nearly certain there
isn’t); Kamakura ni kashi-ya ga nai to mo ie-nai keredo ; (lit. I ean’t say there
is not a house to let in Kamakura, nevertheless. . .).
2) Probability, ete. beginning with the least probable :
a) The first form of the present followed by ka shira (less commonly ka
shiran) :
I wonder whether it will rain ; ame ga furu ka shira.
b) The negative followed by mono de mo nai:
_ It may rain ; ame ga furumai mono de mo nai.
I don’t think (but it’s possible) he will refuse to show it to you if you tell
him the reason; wake wo hanashitara misete kudasara-nai mono de mo ari-
mastimat.
c) Ka mo shire-nai or no ka mo shire-nai at the end of a sentence :
I dare say it will rain ; ame ga furu ka mo shire-nai.
I dare say there has been an accident ; nani ka atta no ka mo shiremasen.
d) Tabun at the beginning of the sentence and the verb in the ae
present or past ; fabun may be omitted :
Probably it will rain ; (tabun) ame ga furu desho.
e) The first form of the present followed by to omou :
I think it will rain ; ame ga furu to omou.
f) Kitto placed at the beginning of the sentence and the verb in the future :
It is sure to rain ; kitto ame ga furu desho.
3) Semblance, appearance.
a) Verb or adjective and yé da:
It looks like rain ; ame ga furu yo da.
It seems to be raining ; ame ga futte iru yo da.
These mats seem to be dirty ; kono tatami wa kitanai y6 da.
b) Quasi-adjective in na followed by yé da.
- That seems to be a pretty house ; ano uchi wa kiret na y6 da,
c) Noun followed by no yé da:
He looks like a thief ; are wa dorobé no yé da.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 389
d) Adjective stem and —s6 da:
These mats seem to be dirty ; kono tatami wa kitana-sé desi,
e) Stem of the verb followed by —sé da:
It looks like rain ; ame ga furi-s6 desi.
f) The termination —rashii ; see Part IIT: |
It seems to be finished ; dekita-rashii.
g) To mie’ru or mitai at the end of the sentence :
It seems to be finished ; dekita to mieru.
That man looks like a foreigner ; ano hito wa seiyd-jin mitai da.
h) Adverbial form of an adjective followed by mie‘ru :
This spoon looks dirty ; kono saji wa kitanaku mieru.
4) Report, hearsay, ‘they say’ etc. may be expressed by :
a) S6 da, sé dest or sé de gozaimasti added to a verb, adjective, or quasi-
_ adjective in na.
They say the mats are dirty ; tatami ga kitanai s6 desi.
They say the mats are clean; tatami ga kirei da s6 desti, or tatami ga kiret
na 86 dest.
b) To iu hanashi da added to a verb or true adjective :
They say he is ill ; ano hito wa bydki da to iu hanashi da.
c) ’tte (in this case equivalent to to cimast or to timashita) added to a verb
or true adjective: ;
They say it is cheap ; sore wa yasui ‘tte
5) Probability founded on some special reason :
a) Verb followed by hazu da :
He ought to be here directly now (because he said he was coming by the
5 o’clock train) ; mé jiki kuru hazu desi.
b) The stem of the verb followed by —s6 na mono da.
He ought to be here directly now ; mé jiki ki-s0 na mono da.
6) The foregoing constructions may all be used in a past sense by changing
the present tense into the past; or the future (i.e. the probable present) into
the probable past.
167. Certainty and emphasis may be expressed by :
1) Words or phrases like, kitto, tashika ni, ni chigai nai, mochiron, to mo,
naka-naka.
2) Kesshite, used in connection with a negative verb.
8) Totemo, used to emphazise the negative potential, 134.
4) Wa after many words is emphatic; two of its uses are especially im-
portant : (a) after a gerund (58, 12); and (b) after a verbal stem (47—49).
5) Koto wa nai used after verbs and especially after adjectives is often em-
phatic :
Takai koto wa nai ; it is not dear.
40 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
Deki-nai koto wa nai; I certainly can do it (lit. it is not a fact that I can’t
do it).
6) The use of the present tense when referring to a future time means certain-
ty:
Ame ga futie mo ikimast ; I shall go even if it rains.
7) Mon’ dest ka ? is an ironical question which serves to protest emphatically
against the absurdity of the sentence after which it comes.
Taré wa Ei-go ga wakaru deshé ne ; I suppose Tard can understand English,
Wakaru mon’ dest ka ? what an absurd idea ; of course he can’t understand it.
168. Obligation. :
1) Obligation to do something is expressed by :
a) The negative present conditional followed by ike-nai, (less often nara-
nat) ; the verb ike-nai (or nara-nai) is sometimes omitted in familiar speech :*
I must go ; ika-nakereba narimasen.
b) The first form of the negative present followed by to and ike-nai (or
nara-nat) :
You must be careful ; ki wo tstike-nai to ike-nai.
c) The negative gerund in nakiite followed by wa and ike-nai (or nara-nai);
the verb ike-nai (or nara-nai) is sometimes omitted in familiar speech :
You must study ; benkyd shi-nakiite wa (ike-nai).
d) The first form of the present followed by no desi.
You must change trains at Nagoya; Nagoya de nori-kaeru no desi,
e) Hazu da at the end of the sentence ; this construction is used generally
in the 2nd or 3rd person :
One ought to speak the truth ; hito wa makoto wo iu hazu da.
2) Obligation to abstain from doing something is rendered by :
a) The negative imperative :
Don’t talk ; hanashite wa ike-nai.
b) The first form of the present followed by to and ike-nai (or nara-nai):
You mustn’t move ; ugoku to ike-nai.
3) Obligation to prevent something from happening is translated by :
a) The negative verb, y6 ni, and the imperative of suru:
Don’t let the fire go out ; hi ga kie-nai yé ni shi nasai.
b) By a causative or quasi-causative construction, 141 et seqq.
Don’t let the child meddle with my books; wataktshi no hon wo kodomo ni
ijirashite wa ike-nai ; (lit. don’t cause the child to touch my books),
Don’t let the fire go out ; hi wo kesa-nai de o kure ; (lit. don’t put the fire out).
*Nara-nai is used in the case of merely pointing out or stating an obligation; ike-nat
when the sentence partakes of the nature of a command, a scolding, a threat or a warning
that something disagreeable will happer. unless a certain act is performed. In a general way,
nara-nai is commoner in the Ist person and ike-nai in the 2nd.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE - 41
Don’t let any dogs get in ; inu wo irete wa ike-nai ; (lit. don’t introduce any
dogs). :
4) Negation of an obligation, i.e. the statement that no obligation exists, is
translated by the negative gerund in nakiite followed by mo ii:
You need not go ; ika-nakitite mo ii.
169. Permission.
1) Permission to do something is translated by the gerund followed by mo
ii ; mo is sometimes omitted :
You may go ; ite mo i.
2) Permission not to do something, by the negative gerund in nakitite followed
by mo ii:
You need not wait ; matte i-nakite mo ii.
3) To permit something to happen, or not to permit it, is sometimes trans-
lated by a causative or quasi-causative construction ; see 141 et seqq.; 168,
3, b. ‘
4) The indicating of a wish is often equivalent, in Japanese as in English, to
asking permission :
Futstika no hima wo itadakité gozaimasi ; I would like to have two days’
leave.
5) Permission is occasionally expressed by the potential ; see 126 et seqq.
170. Advice, preference, judging of two lines of action.
1) Asking for advice is translated by the past conditional and 7 daré (or
desh6) :
Which road shall I take ? dono michi wo ittara ii deshé ?
Asking about preference may be translated as follows :
Mizu to o yu to dotchi ga y6 gozaimast ka? which do you want, hot or cold
water ?
Hosoi no to fiitoi no to dotchi ga hoshii no dest ? do you want a thin one ora
thick one ?
2) Giving advice :
a) The conditional (or first forms of the present and to) followed by wi; or
the present or past of the verb or the adjective, and hé ga ii; this savours of a
command :
You had better take an umbrella ; kasa wo motte ikeba ti ; kasa wo motte iku
to ii; kasa wo motte iku hé ga ti.
b) Ja arimasen ka? ‘isn’t that so?’ is sometimes added to the foregoing
constructions :
It would be better to take an umbrella, wouldn’t it ? kasa wo motte iku ho
ga ii ja arimasen ka ? j
c) Advice may be given politely by adding deshé to the constructions given
under (a):
42 : ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
Perhaps it would be better to take an umbrella; kasa wo motte iku ho ga ti
» desho. ‘
d) In the above cases we have always had the idea of ‘better’; other ad-
jectives have similar constructions :
Perhaps it would be shorter to go straight on; massugu no hé ga chikai
desho. ,
e) Advice disguised as a polite suggestion may be given by the past con-
ditional followed by tkaga dest ka? or dé desti ka ?
Would you care to take an umbrella ? kasa wo motte itiara ikaga desti ka ?
3) Approval of past line of conduct is expressed by the gerund followed by
- yokatta :
It was a good thing you took an umbrella ; kasa wo motte itte yokatta.
It was a good thing you didn’t take an umbrella; kasa wo motte ika-nai de
yokatta.
4) Disapproval of past line of conduct is rendered, besides other possible
ways, by any of the following combinations, which are often but not always
used elliptically :
The present, hé ga yokatta (no nt)
The present conditional | and ' yokatta dar6 (ni)
The present, to vi no ni
You ought to have taken an umbrella ; kasa wo motte iku hé ga yokatta.
You ought not to have taken an umbrella ; kasa wo motte ika-nai hé ga yokatta
no ni.
The word hé which appears in many of the constructions mentioned in this
paragraph, though generally used, is sometimes omitted.
171. Desire, wish, want, need.
1) A simple desire that a thing is or will be, is translated by :
a) Ni shitai (mono da) following a noun :
I hope it will be fine tomorrow ; ashita tenki ni shitai (mono da).
b) Y6 ni shitai (mono da) following a verb :
I hope it will be ready tonight ; komban dekiru y6 ni shitai.
c) Shitai (mono da) after the adverbial form of an adjective :
I hope it will be shorter ; motto mijikaku shitai mono da.
d) Some form of the future in deshé (or dar6) :
I hope you will soon be better ; jiki yoku o nari deshé.
2) Desire coupled with doubt, fear or regret is translated by the present con-
ditional, or present and to, followed by ii (or yokatta for the past). Doubt is
emphasized by adding ga or keredomo ; regret by adding no ni:
I wish it wasn’t raining ; ame ga fura-nakereba ti no ni.
8) Desire in the sense of ‘would like to have’, is translated by hoshii :
' Taro wants a pear; Taré wa nashi ga hoshii.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 43
_ 4) Desire, in the sense of ‘need’ ‘require’ is translated by iru or art-yo
da ; (of business) y6 :
I want a rikisha early tomorrow morning ; mydasa hayaku kuruma ga iru.
5) Desire to do something is translated by the desiderative form of the verb,
often followed by mono da:
I wish to go ; ikitai.
6) Desire that somebody may do something for me, is translated by :
a) The gerund and moraitai :
I want to have my watch mended ; tokei wo naoshite moraitai.
b) The imperative :
Please call a rikisha for me ; kurwmawo yonde kudasai.
7) A desire may be suggested by a question :
a) The past conditional followed by ikaga desti ka? or dé desti ka?
Would you care to take an umbrella? kasa wo motte ittara ikaga dest ka? -
b) A noun followed by wa and ikaga dest ka? or dé desti ka ?
What do you say to a walk ? sampo wa ikaga dest ka ?
c) If the action refers to the 1st person plural, the desire may also be
suggested by the interrogative future :
Shall we go fer a walk ? sampo ni tkimashé ka ?
172. Fear. 8
1) In the sense of real fear, it is generally translated by. means of the adjec-
tive kowai or the verb kowagaru :
Are you afraid ? kowai no dest ka ?
2) In the sense of anxiety that something disagreeable has happened or will
happen, by :
a) Shimpai suru or shimpai da:
I am afraid of dirtying my dress ; kimono wo yogost no ga shimpai desi.
b) An elliptical construction consisting of the negative present conditional
followed by a ga:
I am afraid it will rain ; ame ga fura-nakereba ii ga; (lit. if it does not rain
it would be a good thing but....).
c) The probable present or probable past :
I am afraid you are tired ; kutabireta desho. ;
I am afraid he is not strong enoguh ; sonna ni chikara ga arimastimai.
d) Kamo shire-nai :
I am afraid that something has happened ; nani ka aru no ka mo shire-nai.
e) To omou.
I am afraid he won’t come today ; kyé wa ko-nai to omou.
I was afraid he would get angry ; ano hito ga okoru daré to omoimashita.
173. Intention may be expressed in two ways between which there seems
no practical difference :
44 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
1) The first form of the present followed by tsumort :
I intend to go to Tokyo ; Téky6 e iku tsumori desi.
2) The future followed by to omou :
I intend to go to Toky6 ; Téky6 e iké to omoimast.
3) When referring to an action which is about to be performed you may use
to-suru or tokoro dest, thus :
Twas going to peel a pear when a child bumped up against me ; nashi no
kawa wo muké to shite itara kodomo ga butstikatta no dest,
I am about to start ; dekakeru tokoro dest.
CHAPTER III,
NOUNS.
ARTICLE,
174. The Japanese noun is preceded by nothing that corresponds to an
article. It has in itself no gender or number; and these circumstances are
gencrally entirely ignored in speaking.
175. The English article is sometimes translated :
1) When ‘a’ means ‘one’, it is translated by the equivalent of ‘one’. Please
give me a pear ; nashi wo hitotsti kudasai.
2) When ‘a’ means ‘each’, it is sometimes translated by ni or de. Four
times a month ; tstiki (ni) yo-tabi : how much a foot ? shaku (de) tkura ?
3) When ‘a’ or ‘the’ refers to a whole class, the phrase to iu mone is some-
times placed after the noun. The dog (or a dog) is a clever animal ; inu to iu
mono wa riké na mono da ; but we could also say : inu wa riké na mono da.
4) The difference like that between ‘a’ and ‘the’ may somnbtimay be expressed
by the correct use of wa and ga ; see 392. : if
5) ‘The—the—~’ e.g. ‘the sooner the better’ is translated hy hodo ; see 259.
GENDER.
176. Gender is to be found in some nouns that refer to relatienship or to the
occupations of men and women. E.g.: chichi, father; oba, aunt; genan, male
servant ; geisha, singing girl.
177. In other rare cases, when it is necessary to call attention to the sex of an
animal it may be done :
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 45
-_—— eS
.1) By prefixing o (or on) for the male, and me (or men) for the female ; thus
o-ushi, bull. ox ; me-ushi, cow; ondori, cock; mendori, hen. All vases of
animals are not eapable of receiving these prefixes.
2) By prefixing otoko no for the male, or onna no for the female.
NUMBER.
178. A Japanese noun of itself is either singular or plural according to cir-
‘cumstances. The idea of plurality may be expressed, though it is rarely
necessary to do so, by adding the suffixes —-domo, -tachi or —gata ; the last of
these is more polite.
179. The words kodomo and tomodachi were originally plural, but they have
lost the special idea of plurality and like any other Japanese noun may be used
indifferently in singular or plural. Kodomo-tachi may be used for the plural of
kodomo ; tomodachi has no special plural.
180. The idea of plurality is sometimes expressed by doubling the word,
thus : h6bd everywhere, from hé a side ; kuni-guni various countries, from kunt
country.
DERIVATIVE AND COMPOUND CONCRETE NOUNS.
181. Many concrete nouns are derivatives or compounds :
1) The stem of a verb is very frequently used as a noun : hanashi a conversa-
tion, from hanast to speak.
2) Compound nouns are formed of two nouns : fe-bukuro gloves, from te hand,
and fikuro bag ; tstiki-hi months and days, time.
3) Occasionally the words are abbreviated before forming the compound :
sak-kon, yesterday and today, i.e. recently, from sakujitsti and konnichi.
4) The stems of two verbs : hikidashi a drawer, from hiku to pull, and dast
to take out.
5) Noun and stem of verb or vice versa : mado-kake a curtain, from mado a
window, and kake'ru to hang; tatami-isu a folding chair, from tatamu to fold
and isw a chair.
6) Stem of adjective and noun : aka-gane copper, from akai red, and kane
metal: ‘
7) Stem of adjective and stem of verb : niga-warai a sneer, from nigai bitter,
and warau to laugh. : :
8) The suffix —ya a house, added to a noun serves to form a large number of
compounds that mean the names of shops, and secondarily, tradesmen. Kii-
suri-ya, from kiisuri medicine, means a chemist ’s shop or the chemist. If we
want to show clearly we are speaking of the man and not of the shop, we may *
46 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
add San Mr. Some of these compounds in ya refer only to the person : kuruma-
ya a rikisha-man.
9) Words like —jin man, —go language, ae river, —shima island, and many
others are added to nouns to form compounds: Igiristi-jin an Englishman ;
Furansii-go the French language.
10) The particle no places after an adjective is equiv alent to a noun with
the meaning of ‘one’: chiisai no a small one; akai no the red one. See 188.
11) The word mono thing or person, used as a suffix serves to form a very
large number of compounds :
a) It may be added to the stem of a verb: kimono a dress, from ki‘ru to
- put on.
b) An adjective stem : aomono vegetables, from aoi green.
c) A noun: inaka-mono a rustic, from inaka the country.
d) Compounds in mono often have a special meaning as explained, 19.
e) Mono is often contracted to mon’, no, or even n’.
12) The adverbial form of certain adjectives is sometimes used as a noun:
hayaku kara osoku made from early morning until late at night; stiteishon no
chikaku ga ii (a house in) the neighbourhood of the station would be preferable.
13) A great many Japanese nouns are merely mispronounced European
words, especially English.
DERIVATIVE AND COMPOUND ABSTRACT NOUNS.
182. Abstract nouns are formed i in various ways :
1) The stem of adjectives : aka scarlet (noun), from akai scarlet (adjective),
Kono moyé wa aka ga katte iru ; there is too much scarlet in this pattern.
2) The stem of an adjective to which -sa is added : nagasa length, from nagai
long. These nouns refer to the degree of a quality.
Occasionally the noun part of quasi-adjectives in na is used in this same way :
jobusa strength, from jébu na strong.
3) The termination -mi added to the stem of an adjective, forms nouns that
mean a tinge of a quality, or sometimes the quality itself: akami a tinge of
red ; amami sweetness.
4) Two words (verbs, adjectives or nouns) meaning opposite things : aru-
nashi is-isn’t, i.e. the question of the existence of a thing ; stiki-kirai the ques-
tion of liking or disliking.
5) An adjective followed by the postposition no is sometimes equivalent to
an abstract noun : Samui no wa-ii ga atsui no ni wa komarimast ; I don’t mind
_ the cold, but I find the heat very trying. Takai no ni wa odoroita ; I was
astonished at the dearness of it.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 47
6) Adjectives not followed by no are occasionally used as abstract nouns.
207.
7) The stem of verbs : itami pain, from itamu to ache.
8) An adjective followed by koto: hayai koto velocity, from hayai rapid;
This form is used as an exclamation: hayai koto! what velocity! It is also
often used when we deny the existence of a quality: It is not dear; takai
koto wa nai, (lit. there is no dearness).
183. Mono and koto both mean ‘thing’; but koto always denotes an abstract
idea, a fact, an act, ete., while mono generally refers to something concrete and
tangible. Thus onaji mono means ‘the same thing’ ‘the identical article’,
whereas onaji koto means ‘the same sort of thing’ ‘something equivalent’.
If somebody complains that he was given two five-sen stamps instead of one.
ten-sen one, we might say : onaji koto ja arimasen ka? ‘well, isn’t it the same
thing ?’ Speaking ofa picture or a book, etc., we might call it omoshiroi mono
an amusing thing ; but we would say ryoké suru hodo omoshiroi koto wa nai,
there is nothing more amusing than travelling.
DIMINUTIVES AND AUGMENTATIVES.
184. Diminutives are often formed by prefixing ko child or small. Ko-
gatana a penknife, from katana a sword ; ko-ishi a pebble, from ishi a stone.
185. Ko is sometimes used as a prefix to form the names of the young of
animals, but all animals cannot take ko as a prefix while they can all be followed
by no ko with the same meaning: we may say, ko-inu or inu no ko a puppy ;
but speaking of the young of a fly we cannot say ko-hai. but only hai no ko.
186. Augmentatives are sometimes formed by prefixing 6 big, less frequently
dai (or tai) : 6-kaze a gale, from kaze wind ; daiji importance, from ji thing.
CHAPTER IV.
ADJECTIVES.
1&7. Japanese adjectives have no gender, number or case. .
Many adjectives are used in two senses : they may refer to the objective
quality of a thing or to the subjective feeling of a person. Oishii kudamono
nice fruit ; anata no kudas’tta kudamono wo oishiku tabemashita ; l ate with pleas-
ani feclings the fruit you kindly gave me. Likewise : omoshirot koto an
48 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
amusing thing (i.e. a thing which produces amusement), and omoshirokatia I was
amused; arigatai koto a thing to be grateful for (i.e. which ought to produce —
gratitude), and arigatai I am grateful.
188. Any adjective may be given the force of a noun by cling the particle
no which then has the meaning of ‘one’. From chiisai small. we have chiisai
no a small one; from kirei na pretty, we have kirei na no a pretty one. How-
ever, if the adjective ends in no, another no is not added: hoka no another,
hoka no another one. Two no may sometimes follow each other when the first
one means ‘one’ and the second ‘of’: chiisai no no hanashi dest ; we are talking
of the small one.
A similar construction of no is found after verbs used attributively (233) ;
mita no the one I saw.
No is also used in an inverted construction not infrequently heard. Kitte
no furui no (lit. old ones of postage stamps) is about equivalent to furui kitte
old postage stamps. There is a slight difference between these two expressions
more easily felt than defined ; the difference is something like that which exists
between ‘postage stamps, old ones’ and ‘old postage stamps’. Likewise neko
no shinda no and shinda neko both mean a dead cat. ;
189. The joining of two or more adjectives will be treated later on (406), but
we will remark here that Japanese adjectives, like the English, may sometimes
foNow each other without any conjunction or special construction : Ano wakai
kirei na hito ; that handsome young man, (lit. that young handsome man).
190. An adjective may be used in four ways:
1) As an attributive, in which case it is placed before the noun: takai uchi
a high house. .
2) As a predicate in ordinary sentences: kono uchi wa takai ; this house is high.
3) As a-predicate in polite sentences with the verb gozaru : kono uchi wa také
gozaimast ; this house is high.
4) As an adverb, when it may refer either, a) to the verb itself: hayaku
arukimast he walks quickly ; yoku mieru I can see it well; or b) to a noun
through the verb : ano uchi wa 6kiku mieru that house looks big ; kire wo akaku
somemast I will dye the cloth red. In English, case a) is generally translated
by an adverb (as: quickly, well), and b) by an adjective (as : big, red) ; indeed
case b) might often be considered and called a predicate. But the two cases a)
and b), though logically distinct, are included here under one heading as they
correspond to one and the same form in Japanese, not only in the case of true
adjectives built also in the case of quasi-adjectives in na or no, and adjectival
phrases like ki no hayai impulsive.
191. There are various classes of adjectives :
1) True adjectives, these always end in ai, ii, oi or ui.
2) Quasi-adjectives formed by adding na or no to nouns, ete.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 49
\
3) Adjectival phrases composed of a noun (or its equivalent), the post-
position no and a true adjective. ‘
4) Various tenses of verbs and verbal phrases used as adjectives. —
TRUE ADJECTIVES.
192. True adjectives end in ai, ii, oi or ui. These terminations are changed
according to the way in which the adjective is used, as shown in the following
table :
attribute taka yasashit shirot samvul
predicate takai yasashit shiror samvul
predicate }
with gozaru
adverb takAKU yasashikU shiroKu samuKU
193. What remains after taking away the final 7 of a true adjective is called
the stem : taka, yasashi, shiro and samu are the stems of takai, yasashii, shiroi
and samui. The stem is equivalent to a noun and is used sometimes alone ;
it is to be found very frequently in compounds. See 181, 6, 7; 182, 2 ; 153;
154.
194. Nai non-existent, and its inflexions which, as we have seen (93), serve
as the negative of the verb aru ‘to be’ ‘to have’ is in reality an adjective
which is often found alone but more frequently still, is used to form the nega-
tive of adjectives. When used by itself we have the following forms :
tako yasashiu* shird samo
attribute nar
predicate nar
adverb naku
195. The negatives of true adjectives are derived from the adverbial form
as follows :
attribute takaku nai
predicate takaku nai
adverb takaku naku
Another construction of adjectives used predicatively in the negative was
noted in 167, 5.
196. Ordinary negative adjectives in nai are not used in combination with
gozaru ; in these polite sentences the negation is to be found in the inflexion of
the verb itself : :
It is not dear ; takaku nai or také gozaimasen : never takaku no gozaimasi.
However, there is no objection to using ordinary adjectives which happen
to end in nai, as kitanai dirty, before the verb gozaru : kitané gozaimasi.
*Shia is pronounced shw.
50 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
197. We cannot say naku nai for the negative of nai; the only form that
can be used is nai koto wa nai.
Other adjectives, however, ending in nai, whether compounds of nai or not:
as stikunai, kitanai, mittomo-nai, deki-nai, form their negatives in the ordinary
way : stikunaku nai, kitanaku nai, mittomo-naku nai, deki-naku nai.
198. True adjectives, especially when used as simple predicates (190, 2),
partake of the nature of verbs and enclose in themselves the meaning of ‘to be’;
thus, takai means not only ‘high’, but ‘is high’, It is not surprising then, that
they should have a conjugation analogous to that of the verb, and behave in
many ways like verbs. All the inflexions may be formed from the stem.
199.
AFFIRMATIVE ' NEGATIVE
takai Present takakU NAI
takakar6 Prob. pres. | takaku NAKARO (or ARUMAI)
' takal DARO (or DESHO) and future | takakU NAI DARO (DESHO)
takaKATTA | Past takakU NAKATTA
takaKATTARO Prob ‘nt takakU NAKATTARO
takaKATTA DARO (DESHO) P takaKU NAKATTA DARO (DESHO)
takaKkUTE takakKU NAKUTE
takaKUTTE a Sores takakU NAKUTTE
takaKEREBA (See 71) takakU NAKEREBA
takal NARA one: pave: takaKU NAI NARA
takakaTTARA (See 66, note) Cond. past | takakKU NAKATTARA (ARIMASEN
[DESHITARA)
takaKATTARI Frequentative | takakU NAKATTARI
200. The gerundial form of the adjective has great similarity to the verbal
gerund. (Compare 58, 3, 4, 6,7, 9, 12, 13, 14, 18).
1) The adjective that ends a clause or is followed in English by ‘and’ is
put in the gerundial inflexion: Tegami wa nagakitte omoshiroi ; the letter is
long and interesting.
2) After the translation of the adjectival gerund we must sometimes use
other conjunctions besides ‘and’: Nagasaki wa yasai ga takakiite sakana wa
yasui ; in Nagasaki vegetables are dear but fish is cheap,
8) It may signify the reason or cause: Omokiite ikemasen; as it is heavy
it won't do, i.e. it is too heavy.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE | 51
4) It often corresponds to ‘so’ or ‘very’ in English: Itakdte shiyd ga nai ;
it is so painful I don’t know what to do.
5) Followed by mo it means ‘even if’ ‘although’: Yastktte mo kaimasen ;
I won’t buy it even if it is cheap.*
6) Wa following the adjectival gerund is emphatic : the final -e of the gerund
and wa, may be contracted to -cha: takaktite wa or takakiitte wa becomes
takakucha or takakutcha.
7) The adjectival gerund followed by wa has sometimes a conditional force :
Omokucha itkemasen ; if it is heavy it won’t do, i.e. it mustn’t be too heavy.
8) The adjectival gerund is sometimes used elliptically by both men and
women :
Kono heya wa semakiitie.. . .(iya da); this room is so small... .(I don’t like it).
Women have another elliptical use, peculiar to themselves: Omoshirokiitte ?
is it amusing? E, omoshirokiitte yo ! oh, yes !t
9) The polite verb trassharu or o-ide nasaru after an adjectival gerund imitates
a common verbal construction : Sei ga takaktte irasshaimast ; he is tall.
201. We have seen that no following an adjective may mean ‘one’, (188),
202. When the adjective is used predicatively one may sometimes wish to
employ a construction less curt than the plain adjective, but less stiff than the
formal gozaimast. In the negative, this can be done by substituting a*imasen
for nat, and arimasen deshita for nakatta in 199.
203. In the probable present and past, affirmative or negative, this result
may be obtained by using deshé instead of dard.
204. In the present tense you may add to the adjective no dest (often ab-
breviated to n’ dest, desi or even no). Kore wa chiisai no dest ; this one is
small. (Compare 86).
205. In the past tense, no desti may be added to the past inflexion of the
adjective, or no deshita to the plain adjective : Omoshirokatta no dest or omo-
shiroi no deshita ; it was amusing.
Other combinations met with are : omoshiroi no daré (or deshd) ; omoshiro-
katta no deshita ; omoshiroi no dattaré (or deshitaré) ; omoshiroi no dattara (or
deshitara) ; omoshiroku nai no da (or desit), omoshiroi no de wa nai (or arimasen) ;
omoshiroku nai no daré (or deshé), omoshiroi no de wa nakaré (or arumai) ;
*In verbs the past tense may be formed from the gerund or the gerund from the past tense,
by changing the final ¢ into a or vice versa. In adjectives this is not so : but we obtain a) a
sort of past inflexion by changing the final e of the gerund into a; and b)a sort of gerund
with a past meaning, by changing the final a of the past inflexion into e. The quasi-past (a),
followed by ’tte has like the past tense of a verb followed by ‘te, a meaning of ‘even if
(compare 57) : Yasikita (or yasukitta) ‘tte kaimasen ; I won't buy it even if it is cheap, (from
the gerund, yasukile or yasukutte). The quasi-gerund (b) is used elliptically by women like
the true gerund : Yasizkatte ? was it cheap ? (from yasukatta, the past inflexion); (compare
58, 18).
{See preceding foot-note.
52 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
omoshiroku nai no datta (or deshita), omoshiroi no de wa nakatta {or arimasen
deshita); omoshiroku nai no dard (or deshé), omoshirot no de wa nakattard (or
nakatta desh6); omoshiroku nai no nara, omoshiroi no de nakereba ; omoshiroku
nai no dattara (or deshitara), omoshiroi no de nakattara (or arimasen deshitara).
206. Adjectives are often used interjectionally in Japanese. Ureshii, ure-
shii ! Oh, Iam glad ! (lit. joyful, joyful). Abunai !/ take care ! (lit. dangerous).
207. True adjectives are occasionally, though very seldom, used as nouns :
Amai mo karai mo shitte iru; he is a man who knows what’s good, (lit. he
knows the sweet and the pungent).
208. The adjectives stikunai scarce and 6: plentiful, are not used attributively.
209. The adjective yoi good, used attributively, is usually corrupted to 7 ;
but all the other inflexions such as y6, yoku, yokatta, etc. suffer no alteration.
210. The two adjectives yot good, and nai non-existent, are sometimes used
colloquially in one of their literary forms, yoshi, nashi. Nashi is usually follow-
ed by the postposition ni or de and then means ‘without’; however it is oc-
casionally used alone.
211. The following idiom is worthy of note :
Atsui no atstiku nai no tte, yake-sé deshita; talk about heat! It seemed
as if I were burning. (Compare 91).
QUASI-ADJECTIVES IN Na or No.
212. Many nouns and stems of verbs, followed by xa or no are used attribu-
tively as adjectives: baka na hito a foolish man; kin no tokei a gold eee
kiret na hon a pretty book ; shimai no peiji the last page.
213. In the negative, na (or no) is replaced by de nai: baka de nai hito, a
not-foolish man. Sometimes fu not, is prefixed : fu-shinsetst na unkind, from
shinsetst kind.
214. In many cases the noun may be used separately like an ordinary noun .
Kesa kéen de baka wo mita, I saw a fool this morning in the park ; kin gold.
215. In many other cases although the word is logically a noun and is treated
grammatically as such, it generally has the meaning of an adjective, as kirei
pretty.
216. Some nouns may take either na or no. The former makes the meaning
more general, the latter more concrete: baka na hanashi is ‘a foolish story’;
but baka no hanashi means ‘the story of a fool’. In some cases na or no may
be used almost indiscriminately.
217. When quasi-adjectives are used predicatively, na (or no) is changed to
de and followed by the verb aru or gozaru. Ano hana wa kirei desti(=de
arimast), ano hana wa kirei de gozaimast ; that flower is pretty.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 53
In negative sentences, wa is put after de. Ano hana wa kirei de wa nai
ano hana wa kiret de wa gozaimasen ; that flower is not pretty. (See 94).
218. When used adverbially (190, 4, a, b) na (or no) is replaced by ni. Shin-
setst ni shimashita he behaved kindly ; kirei ni mieru it looks pretty ; baka
ni mieru he looks a fool.
I the negative, de naku may be substituted for na (or no) ; but perhaps it
is more common to use nt and put the verb in the negative: Baka de naku
nieru he looks anything but a fool ; baka ni mie-nai he does not look a fool.
219. The quasi-adjective is used as a gerund, very much like a true adjective
(200); ma (or no) is then replaced by de. Kono hon wa kirei de omoshiroi this
book is pretty and interesting ; sore wa ammari hade de kiraremasen that is so
showy, I cannot wear it.
In the negative, de (wa) nakiite or de (wa) naku (94) takes the place of na (or
no) : kirei de naktite mo ii even if it is not pretty it will do; kono hana wa kirei
de nakiite nioi ga warut this flower is not pretty nor of pleasant odour ; omae
no iu koto wa buret de wa naku machigatte iru what you say is not impolite
but it is not correct.
220. The nouns from which quasi-adjectives are formed when used as ordina-
ry nouns may take any postposition.
221. Among the quasi-adjectives formed by na, y6 na is of special importance.
Examples of its use will be found in the Vocabulary, Part ITI.
222. A great many quasi-adjectives in no are formed from the names of
countries, materials, and nouns (adverbs) of time and place: Amerika no hon
an American book ; kin no tokei a gold watch ; kind no tegami yesterday’s letter ;
asoko no uchi yonder house. .
223. We have seen that the stem of a true adjective is equivalent to a noun
(193). This noun-stem may sometimes be followed by the partiele na and
become a quasi-adjective. The most common cases are :
Oki na big, from dkii;
chiisa na little, » chiisai;
okashi na ridiculous, » Okashii;
yawaraka na soft, + Yyawarakai ;
attaka na warm, . attakai;
komaka na minute, . komakai ;
ki-iro na yellow, . ki-irot;
masshiro na snow-white, ». masshiroi ;
makka na flaring red, »s makkai ;
makkura na pitch dark, » makkurat;,
makkuro na jet-black, » makkuroi;
massao na completely green, _ 3, Massaot ;
mammaru na perfectly round, + mammarui.
54. ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
Something similar is found in some compound adjectives, as :
iji-waru na bad-tempered, from wi no warui.
The first three of the above quasi-adjectives are only used attributively.
224. Occasionally the stem of a true adjective followed by no is used as a
quasi-adjective. You sometimes hear aka no instead of akai, shiro no instead
of shiroi, ete.
225. Sometimes instead of using the quasi-adjective attributively, we may
place the two nouns together, forming a compound; for instance: kara no
kuruma or kara-kuruma an empty rikisha; kin no toket or kin-dokei a gold
watch.
226. Do not confound quasi-adjectives ending in ai, like zonzai na careless,*
with true adjcctives, like kitanai dirty. You cannot say zonzai hito, neither
can you say kitanai no hito : kirei hito instead of kirei na hitoa handsome man,
would be altogether inexcusable as there are no true’ adjectives ending in ei.
Beginners are very apt to make mistakes like these.
ADJECTIVAL PHRASES.
227. A great, number of adjectival phrases composed of a noun (or its equiva-
lent), the postposition no, and a true adjective are used attributively. E.g.:
genki no ti means literally ‘good of spirits’, i.e. lively, vigorous; genki no ti
kodomo means ‘a lively child’. -
228. When used as predicates these phrases change no into ga and they re-
semble ordinary sentences ; e.g.: Ano kodomo wa genki ga wi; that child is
lively, (lit. as for that child his spirits are good).
229. In the past tense iz would be changed to yokatta. In a polite sentence
ii would be changed to yé gozaimasti. Other adjectives are treated in this
same way. .
The gerundial construction will be understood from the following example :
Tsugé ga warukitte ikare-nakatta ; it was so inconvenient I was not able to
go.
230. When used adverbially (190, 4, a, b), no is changed to ga or sometimes
suppressed and the adjective is put in the adverbial inflexion. Kigen ga yoku
narimashita he is now good-tempered ; ano hito wa genki yoku hatarakimasi
that man works vigorously ; ano hito wa genki yoku mieru that man looks
vigorous.
231. A great many of these adjectival phrases are formed oy means of the
adjective. 7i good, and their opposites by means of warui bad, or nai, the nega-
tive adjective.
*Other quasi-adjectives in ai are: hakurai no imported, hantai no opposite, kirai na
hateful, shimai no last, shimpai na causing anxiety, tagai no reciprocal, common.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 55
232. The number of these adjectival phrases is practically unlimited. The
following are only a few of the commoner ones :
un no Vi lucky, opposite warui ;
naka no wi intimate, fe warui ;
benri no vt convenient, ne warui ;
tsugd no tt convenient, Ps warui ;
iji no tt good-tempered, $9 warui ;
kigen no wv good-tempered, us warui ;
genki no w lively, teh Nai ;
ki no hayar impulsive, af noroi ;
ki no chiisai pusillanimous, a Okit ;
ki no nagai patient, “ mijikai ;
ame no 61 rainy, a stikunai ;
mimi no toi hard of hearing.
When no corresponding adjective exists in English these Japanese adjectival
phrases must be translated. by relative clauses.
VERBS USED AS ADJECTIVES.
233. Many verbs and verbal phrases may be used attributively in Japanese ;
they are sometimes rendered into English by an adjective, sometimes by a rel-
ative clause, (see 328—330). The following are a few examples out of a large
number that may be rendered by an adjective.
Tsumi no aru onna; a guilty woman.
On wo shira-nai kodomo ; an ungrateful child.
Fitotta hito ; a fat person.
Deki-nai_ shigoto ; an impossible work.
234. When these adjectives are used predicatively in English, in Japanese
the verb resumes its ordinary functions : no where it occurs, is changed to ga.
Ano onna wa tsumi ga aru ; that woman is guilty.
Ano kodomo wa on wo shira-nai ; that child is ungrateful.
Ano hito wa fiitotte imast ; that man is fat.
The negative of negative verbal adjectives in nai, like deki-nai, mie-nai, ete,
is formed as in 197.
235. Some of these adjectives may be used adverbially in English (190, 4,
a, b); but no general rule can be given as to how to treat the corresponding
verb or verbal phrase in Japanese. Each case must be considered individually.
He looks guilty ; tswmi ga aru yo ni mieru ; tsumi ga ari-sd da.
To act guiltily ; tswmi na koto wo suru.
Negative verbal adjectives in nai take the adverbial form nakw when used in
56 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
connection with the verb naru: deki-naku natta it has become impossible, it is
now impossible.
COMPOUND AND DERIVATIVE ADJECTIVES,
236. Compound adjectives may be composed of :
1) A noun and an adjective : nadakai famous, from na name, and takai high.
2) The stem of an adjective followed by an adjective : hoso-nagai slender,
from hosoi narrow, and nagai long.
3) The stem of a verb followed by an adjective: wakari-nikui difficult to
understand, from wakaru to understand, nikui difficult.
237. The adjective ktisai malodorous, offensive, added to a noun, means
~ that one is reminded of the noun, often in an objectionable way: inaka-kiisai
rustic, (lit. stinking of the country).
238. If zi (occasionally yasui) is added to the stem of a verb, it means that
the action is performed easily ; if instead, nikui is added, it means that the
action is performed with difficulty : wakari-ii easy to understand; wakari-
nikui difficult to understand.
239. Nearly all verbs have a desiderative form in —{ai which is a true adjective.
(See 77). ;
240. By adding —rashii to a noun we get an adjective which often corresponds
to our adjectives in ‘ish’ or ‘ly’; it may sometimes be translated by ‘seems
to be’. E.g.: kodomorashii childish ; otokorashit manly ; jézurashii seems to
be skilful. (See Part IIT).
241. The termination —ppoi added to certain nouns, stems of adjectives or
verbs, makes an adjective and generally means that the noun is in excess :
mizuppot watery, okorippoi quick-tempered.
242. An important group of quasi-adjectives in na is formed by adding —sé
(appearance) to the stem of true adjectives or verbs, or to the noun part of
quasi-adjectives: these adjectives have a meaning of probability. E.g.:
omoshiro-s6 na likely to be amusing, furi-sd na likely to rain, jdbu-sd na
apparently healthy. :
243. The adjective yot good, and nai non-existent, are irregular when they
take the —s6 of probability ; they become yosa-sé and nasa-s6. The compounds
of nai may either follow nai in this irregularity or be formed regularly.
244. Quasi-adjectives in no formed by adding -tate to the stem of a verb,
refer to an action which has just taken place. Thus: wmi-tate no new-laid (of
eggs), from wmu to lay.
245. The negative of quasi-adjectives is sometimes formed by prefixing fu
(or bw) ‘not’: this ccrresponds nearly to our prefix ‘un’.
From shinsetst na kind, we have fu-shinsetst na unkind.
From shiawase na fortunate, we have fu-shiawase na unfortunate.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 57
COMPARISON,
246. There are no inflexions of the Japanese adjective (or adverb) correspond-
ing to our comparative and superlative degrees.
247. When only one of the things compared is mentioned, the sentence may
be treated in various ways in Japanese :
1) The quality is merely affirmed or denied.
Kore wa yasui ; this is cheaper, (lit. this is cheap).
Kore wa yastiku nai ; this is not cheaper. ‘
Dan-dan 6kiku naru ; he is growing bigger little by little.
2) The foregoing sentences are sometimes ambiguous :
Kore wa yasui, for instance, may mean, ‘this is cheap’ or ‘this is cheaper’
All ambiguity is dispelled by using hé side.
Kono hé ga yasui ; this is cheaper.
Nagai ho ga stiki ; I prefer the long one.
3) Sometimes motto more, is used :
Motto ti no wo motte o-ide ; bring a better one.
Motto omoshirot hon wo kashite kudasai ; please lend me a more amusing book.
4) M6 stikoshi a little more, is also sometimes used.
M6 stikoshi 6ki na no ga hoshii ; 1 want one a little bigger.
5) When we wish to express an intensified quality like ‘still better’, we may
use nao :
Kore wa nao ii ; this one is still better.
248. Explicit comparisons, when the things compared are both named, may
be of two classes : 1) the word ‘than ’ is not used ; 2) the word ‘than’ is used.
1) Hé is generally repeated in Japanese :
Kono hon no hé ga omoshiroi ga mé hitotst no hé ga yasui ; this book is more
amusing but the other one is cheaper.
2) ‘Than’ may be translated by yori ; this construction is generally avoided
in Japanese ; the implicit form of comparison (247, 1, 2) is usually preferred :
Asama yori Fuji (or Fuji no hd) ga takai ; Fuji is higher than Asama.
249. ‘More’ ‘some more’ or ‘ any more’ is translated as follows :
1) When it means ‘a greater quantity’, and the amount is designated :
a) in a vague way—wmotto :
I want some more nails ; motto kugi ga irimast.
b) in a definite way—mo :
I want six more nails ; kugi ga m6 rop-pon trimast.
2) When it means ‘left’ or ‘remaining’ in an affirmative sentence—mada :
Have you any more nails ? kugi wa mada arimast ka?
There are some more in my room ; watashi no heya ni mada arimast.
3) In all negative sentences—mo -
58 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
I don’t want any more ; m6 irimasen.
250. ‘A little more’ is translated by m6 stikoshi.
Bring me a little (some) more water please ; mizu wo mé stikoshi motte kite
kudasai.
251. ‘The more’ may be translated by yoket, sometimes taktisan :
Which box holds the more ? dochira no hako' ga yokei hairu daré ?
252. ‘More than’ may generally be translated by 7j6 or by yori yokei :
It will cost more than five yen ; go-yen 1j6 kakarimast.
It is not more than one pound ; ik-kin yori yokei de wa nai.
I have more pears than you ; watashi wa anata yori nashi wo yokei motte imasii-
This small hen lays more eggs than that big one ; kono chiisai tori wa ano okt
na tori yort yokei tamago wo umu.
That is a great deal more than is necessary : sore ja taihen yoke da.
253. ‘Less than’ may be rendered by :
1) A negative sentence :
There is less than a pound of sugar in the bag; fiikuro ni aru sat6 wa ik-kin
wa nai ; (lit. there is not a pound of sugar in the bag).
It is less than three feet long ; nagasa wa san-jaku wa nai.
You will need less than five yen ; go-yen kakara-nai desho.
2) Tara-zu :
There is less than a pound of sugar in the bag; saté ga ik-kin tara-zu fikuro
ni haitte iru.
It is less than three feet long ; nagasa wa san-jaku tara-zu dest.
You will need less than five yen ; go-yen tara-zu kakaru deshé.
3) Sometimes by yori stikunai :
There is less than a pound of sugar in the bag; saté ga ik-kin yori stikunaku
fiikuro ni haitte iru.
It is less than three feet long ; nagasa wa san-jaku yori stikunat.
254. The comparison of ages, as ‘so many years older’ or ‘younger’, is
translated by toshi ga ue, toshi ga shita, or simply ue, shita.
Chichi wa haha yori mittstt (tosht ga) ue destt ; my father is three years older
than my mother.
255. Several constructions relating to comparatives are mentioned in 170.
The following construction is ako interesting: Tdkyd kara mireba Kyéto wa
semai ; Kydto is small compared to Tokyé.
256. When we compare A to B in regard to a certain quality, we may find
that 1) A has the quality in a greater degree than B, as in the examples given
in 247 and 248; 2) A may have the quality in a less degree than B, as: Nara
is less important than Kydto ; or 8) A and B may be equal.
257. In the second case the beginner had better turn the sentence into one
of the first class, and say : ‘Kydto is more important than Nara’. Or a con-
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 59
struction with hodo may be used thus: Nara wa Kyéto hodo 6ki na tokoro de wa
nai ; Nara is not as big as Kyoto.
258. Comparisons of equality are often rendered by the words onaji gurai
or hodo as shown in the following examples :
O Kiku San wa O Yuki San to onaji gurai kirei desti ; Miss Kiku is as pretty
as Miss Yuki. .
Yumoto wa Ashinoyu to onaji gurai takai tokoro desi ka? is Yumoto as high
as Ashinoyu ?
W atakiishi wa anata to onaji gurai kane ga aru ; | have as much money as you.
Anata wa watakishi to onaji gurai sei ga takai ; you are as tall as I.
Tatte iru no mo kakete iru no mo nedan wa onaji ; it is as cheap sitting as
standing.
In the first four examples to onaji gurai may be replaced by hodo.
259. ‘The—the—’, may be rendered by hodo, thus :
Hayai hodo ii ; the sooner the better.
Okiku naru hodo waruku naru ; the older he grows the worse he becomes.
Omoeba omou hodo kanashii ; the more I think of it the more sorry I feel.
SUPERLATIVE.
260. The simple adjective in Japanese often means implicitly the superlative :
Dore ga ii ? which is the best ?
Kore ga ii ; this is the best.
261. The superlative may be rendered explicit in various ways :
1) Ichiban ‘number one’ is often placed before adjectives:
Koko de wa nan to iu yado-ya ga ichiban y6 gozaimastt ka? which is the best
inn here ?
2) By means of the words ichi, —jui de or de, after a noun of place :
Nippon ichi no yama ; the highest (most famous) mountain in Japan.
- Tokyd ichi no hoteru ; the best (largest, finest) hotel in Tokyo.
Kyéto(-ju) de no isha ; the cleverest (most skilful, famous) doctor in Kyoto.
It will be seen that the adjectival idea is vague unless made clear by the con-
~ text : it can however be clearly stated : .
Nippon ichi no takai yama ; the highest mountain in Japan.
3) By means of uchi :
Kono uchi de no omoshiroi hon ; the most amusing book from among these.
262. ‘The most’ meaning ‘the greatest of several quantities’ is translated
by yokei, sometimes taktsan :
Which box holds the most ? dono hako ga yokei hairu daré ?
263. ‘Very’ when translated, may generally be rendered by taihen (nt),
zuibun, taisd, naka-naka, yohodo or goku. Sometimes any one of these may be
60 S ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
used, sometimes only one suits the case and it is not easy to know which one to
select.
Taihen ii ; it is very good.
Naka-naka muzukashii ; it is very difficult.
Goku chiisai kodomo ; very small children.
264. The gerund of an adjective or verb followed by shiyé ga nai or shikata
ga nai which means literally, ‘there is nothing to be done’ ‘there is no help
for it’ is a very common Japanese idiom and corresponds to ‘exceedingly’
‘awtully’:
Atstikiite shiyé ga nai ; it is awfully hot.
- Kutabirete shikata ga nai; ‘1 am awfully tired’ or ‘I am so tired I don’t
know. what to do’.
265. When other negative verbal expressions follow the iehanl we often
have sentences with a superlative meaning which may be translated by ‘so’
or ‘too—to’.
Ano hito wa bydki de arukemasen ; he is so ill he cannot walk.
Kurakiite mie-nai ; it is too dark to see.
266. ‘Too’, followed by an adjective, after which an infinitive is not found
(as it is in the last example), is translated by : a) amari followed by the adjec-
tive ; or b) the stem of the adjective and the verb sugi‘ru.
_ This bottle is too big; kono bin wa amari okii, or kono bin wa oki-sugimast.
‘Too much’ is translated by yokei, sugi*ru, or ammari :
This is too much; kore wa yokei da.
You drink too much tea; anata wa o cha wo nomi-sugimasi.
Don’t drink too much tea ; ammari o cha wo nonde wa ikemasen.
267. ‘As—as possible’ is translated by dekiru dake or naru-take :
Run to the house as fast as you can; dekiru dake hayaku uchi e kakete itte o
kure.
268. Other expressions with a superlative meaning are to be found in the
Vocabulary, Part III, under the words, konna, sonna, anna, donna, makoto,
jitst, baka, démo, zutto.
269. ‘Not very’ ‘not so very’ may be rendered by amari, sonna ni or sé with
a negative verb : be
It isn’t very interesting ; amari omoshirokwu nai:
He is not so very old; sonna ni toshiyori de wa arimasen.
270. ‘Fairly’ ‘moderately’ ‘rather’, etc. are translated by daibu or kanari.
It is pretty cold this morning ; kesa wa daibu samui. Z
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE
CHAPTER V. |
NUMERALS.
CARDINAL NUMBERS,
le
271. In the first ten numbers there are three different sets of numerals.
1 ichi hitotsit hii
a 8 fitatsi fii
3 san mitst (coll. mittsii) mii
4 shi (or yo or yon) yotst (coll. yottsit) yo
5 go itsutsti 72 or (itstt)
6 roku mutst (coll. muttsii) mi
7 ~~ shichi (or nana) nanatst nana
8 = hachi yatst (coll. yatisi) ya (or yawa)
9 ku (or kyii) kokonotst kokono (or kono or koko}
10 ju to (fo in comp.) t6
ll jui-ichi ju-tchi jui-ichi
12 jui-ni Ja-ni ju-ni
ete, ete, ete.
20 ni-ju 100 hyaku
21. ni-jui-ichi 200 ni-hyaku
22. ni-jui-ni 300 sam-byaku
23 = ni-jui-san 600 rop-pyaku
30 san-ju 800 hap-pyaku
31s san-jti-ichi 1000 sen .
32. san-jai-ni 2000 ni-sen
40 shi-jui (or yon-jit) 3000 san-zen
50 go-jti 10000 ichi-man
60 roku-jii 20000 ni-man
70 shichi-jti (or nana-jit) 100000 = jai-man
80. hachi-jit 1000000 hyaku-man
90 = ku-jit (or kyti-jit) oO ret
272. Shi four, is often avoided on account of its being homonymous with
shi death. The combination shi-nin is.particularly objectionable and is never
used in the sense of four persons ;* see 281.
The following nouns are also preceded by yo instead of shi: ban number,
*However if any other numeral — enes between shi and nin, shi may be rod 5 e. g
shi-go-nin, four or five persons. :
62 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
dai auxiliary numeral for carriages, do times or degrees, ji o’clock, nen
year, ri Japanese mile. The word rin 1/10 sen, takes either yo or yon; and
the word sen 1/100 yen, generally takes yon.
273. On account of the great similarity of the sounds shi four and shichi
seven, yo (or yon) is often used instead of shi, (see 272), and nana instead
of shichi in order to avoid the possibility of a mistake: this is especially the
‘case when speaking of money. In like cireumstanees, ku is often replaced by
kya, perhaps on account of its similarity with roku.
274. Remnants of the second set of numerals above ten are to be found in
the words, hatachi twenty years, hatstika the twentieth day, and misoka the
_last day of the month (lit. the thirtieth day).
' 275. The third set of numerals is used in counting over things, e.g. linen to
be sent to the wash: one, two, three....hii, fi, mii.... — -
276. In other cases the set to be used depends on the noun to which the
numeral refers : |
1) A few nouns take the first set without any auxiliary numeral ; in this
case the numeral precedes the noun: e.g. two yen ni-yen ; fifty sen go-jis-sen ;
three o’clock san-ji; six hours roku-jikan. These nouns are all units of time,
money, weight, or measure; the commonest are: nen year; shtikan week;
jikan hour ; ji o’clock ; fun minute ; byd second ; yen ; sen; rin 1/10 of a sen ;
ri Japanese mile; shaku foot; sun inch; bu 1/10 of sun or other units ; kin
pound (Ib.) ; wari 10 per cent ; hen, do, tabi a time ; kai storey ; gyd row.
2) Most nouns take the first set with an auxiliary numeral ; in this case the
usual order is : noun, numeral, auxiliary numeral: e.g. six men hito roku-nin ;
eight plates sara hachi-mai ; three books hon san-satst. You may also say :
roku-nin no hito, ete. ; in complete sentences the no may be dropped, Ano heya
ni roku-nin hito ga iru there are six men in that room.
3) A good many nouns take the second set ; the numeral is generally placed
after the noun: e.g. two eggs tamago fiitatsti ; three chairs isu mitts; four
boxes hako yotisi. You may also say : ftitatsti no tamago, ete.
4) A few nouns take the second set after suppressing the final ist; 1 hito,
2 fiita, 3 mi, 4 yo, 5 itsu, 6 mu, 7 nana, 8 ya, 9 kokono, 10 to : the numeral comes
before the noun ; e.g. two nights futa-ban ; three boxfuls mi-hako ; eight months
ya-tstiki. The commonest nouns used in this way are: tstiki month; ban
night ; ma room ; féikuro bagful ; hako boxful ; yama heap ; sorot set ; suji line ;
kumi set ; kire slice ; sara plateful ; saji spoonful ; ashi step; tsutsumi packet ;
hari stitch ; shina article; ivo kind; tokoro place; bin bottleful.; tabi time.
Certain nouns, used figuratively like anshin, kuchi, lurd, me, ete. may take
hito-, but never fiita—, mi-, ete.
277. Questions relating to number are asked in different ways according
to how the numerals are used in the simple affirmative (276). In general when
OF THE JAPANESE SPOK&N LANGUAGE 63
the first set of numerals is used in the affirmative, it may be replaced by either
iku or nan in the interrogation ; the second set is replaced by ikutsit ; the ab-
breviated second set by tku. Taking the same examples as above, we have;
1) iku-yen ? how many yen ? nan-sen ? how many sen ? iku-ji ? what o’clock ?
nan-jikan ? how many hours? 2) hito iku-nin? how many men? sara nam-
mai ? how many plates ? hon iku-satsti ? how many books? 8) tamago ikutst ?
how many eggs? isw ikutsti? how many chairs? hako ikutst? how many
boxes ? 4) iku-ban ? how many nights ? iku-hako? how many boxfuls? iku-
tstiki ? how many months ? "
278. Some nouns may be used in more than one way; thus: we have hako
hitotsti, and hito-hako. There is, however, a slight difference in the meanings
of these two expressions ; the first means ‘one box’, the second ‘one boxful’.
279. When a postposition is used, it comes immediately after the noun:
isu wo fiitatst katta ; I bought two chairs.
280. When a numeral of the first set is followed by a noun or an auxiliary
numeral (276, 1, 2), the end sound of the numeral and the first sound of the
noun (or auxiliary numeral) may either or both suffer modifications as shown
in the following table :
Before ch, t or ts ichi becomes it-
hachi\\{ hat-
ju 9 jut-
Before f or h ichi zs ip-; the f (or h) itself changes to p
san Fa SINE ie Te Os 3 » porb
roku ra TORRES Dest ape Gy) PEGS 4 #2
ju 3? jip-s Cs dae Lei ie +) 9 » P
hyaku 9 hyap-; 99999999 2? ” » P
sen bi shapes 46: ACY, ve i » porb
Before k ichi ik-
roku as rok—
hachi 5 hak— (seldom)
ju As jik-
hyaku $5 hyak-—
k after san or sen generally changes to g
Before m or b san becomes sam-—
sen ve sem—
Before sor sh —ichi . is—
hachi ‘i has-
ju ra jis—
s after san or sen generally changes to 2
sh ‘after san or sen generally changes to j
64 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
For the purposes of these letter changes, w is sometimes. treated like an h
as in ichi-wa or ip-pa, sam-ba, rop-pa, jip-pa, hyap-pa and sem-ba, from wa the
auxiliary numeral for birds, and bundles of things tied together.
The interrogative pronoun nan and the word han half, are treated for the
purposes of these letter changes like san. ;
AUXILIARY NUMERALS.
281. The following are the commonest auxiliary numerals. In each case
the irregularities or special euphonic changes are noted :
NIN for men: 1 hitori, 2 futari, 3 san-nin, 4 yottart or yo-nin, 5 go-nin, 6 roku-
nin, etc., ikutari ? iku-nin ? nan-nin ?
HON for long cylindrical things, such as sticks, trees, pens, bottles, etc.,
also for letters : 1 ip-pon, 3 sam-bon, 6 rop-pon, 10 jip-pon, 100 kyap-pon, 1000
sem-bon, nam-bon ?
MAI for flat things such as sheets of paper, boards, coats, rugs, plates, ete.:
8 sam-mai, 1000 sem-mai, nam-mai ?
HIKI for animals : 1 ip-piki, 3 sam-biki, 6 rop-piki, 10 jip-piki, 100 hyap-piki,
1000 sem-biki, nam-biki ?
wa for birds ; also for bunches of things tied together: 1 ichi-wa or ip-pa,
8 sam-ba, 6 roku-wa or rop-pa, 10 jip-pa, 100 hyap-pa, 1000 sem-ba, nam-ba ?
pal for jinrikishas, carriages, ete.: 4 yo-dai.
cH6 for things with handles, knives, tools, jinrikishas, ete.: 1 it-chd, 8 hat-
cho, 10 jit-chd.
HAI for glassfuls, cupfuls, ete.: 1 ip-pai, 3 sam-bai, 6 rop-pai, 10 jip-pai, 100
hyap-pai, 1000 sem-bai, nam-bai ?
FUKU for scrolls, sips of tea, whiffs of tobacco, ete.: 1 ip-puku, 3 sam-buku,
6 rop-puku, 10 jip-puku, 100 hyap-puku, 1000 sem-buku, nam-buku ?
satsu for books : 1 is-satsti, 3 san-satsti, 8 has-satsti, 10 jis-satsti, 1000 sen-
satsii, nan-satst ?
KEN for houses, buildings, ete.: 1 ik-ken, 3 san-gen, 6 rok-ken, 10 jik-ken, 100
hyak-ken, 1000 sen-gen, nan-gen ?
soKu for pairs of boots, clogs, socks, ete.: 1 is-soku, 8 san-zoku, 8 has-soku,
10 jis-soku, 1000 sen-zoku, nan-zoku ?
tTsuI for pairs of things such as vases, etc.: 1 it-tswi, 8 hat-tsui, 10 jit-tsui.
so for boats, ships, etc.: 1 is-s6, 3 san-26 or san-sd, 8 has-s6, 10 jis-sd, 1000
sen-z0, nan-z6 ? nan-sé ?
KO (less commonly ka) for various things that have no special auxiliary
numeral, as bundles, parcels, ete.: 1 tk-ko, 3 san-ko, 6 rok-ko, 10 jik-ko, 100
hyak-ko, 1000 sen-ko, nan-ko ? 1 ik-ka, 8 san-ka, 6 rok-ka, 10 jik-ka, 100 hyak-
ka, 1000 sen-ka, nan-ka ?
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 65
282. The construction with the noun is usually as follows: noun, (post-
position ga, mo, wa, or wo, if used), numeral, auxiliary numeral, (postposition
ka or yori, if used) ;* e.g.: six postcards hagaki roku-mai ; please give me two
postcards, hagaki wo ni-mai kudasai ; Vl give him two pencils or two note-
books, empitst ni-hon ka choémen (wo) ni-satsi ageys.
283. When you don’t know which is the proper auxiliary numeral to use, you
had better employ the second set of numerals. It may not be correct J apanese,
but you will be understood ; whereas if you use an incorrect auxiliary numeral
you may not be understood at all. For instance, if instead of sara ni-mai (two
plates) you say sara fiitatsi, it is not usual, but it is intelligible: sara ni-hon
would be unintelligible.
ORDINAL NUMBERS.
284. Ordinal numbers are not much used in Japanese: the cardinals are
often used instead.
285. Ordinal numbers are formed by adding bam-me to the first set of nu-
merals or me to the second : sam-bam-me the third ; nanatsti-me the seventh.
286. These ordinals may both be followed by postpositions : sam-bam-me
kara shichi-bam-me made or mittsti-me kara nanatsti-me made, from the third
to the seventh.
287. When the ordinal number is used before a noun, we may again classify
the cases as in 276.
In the case of the nouns that belong to classes 1) and 4), me is added to the
noun : roku-jikam-me the sixth hour ; mi-hako-me the third boxful.
In classes 2) and 8), the ordinal number derived from the first set-of numerals
is put first, then the postposition no, and after that comes the noun : e.g. roku-
bam-me no hito the sixth man ; hachi-bam-me no sara the eighth plate; sam-
bam-me no isu the third chair. In the case of class 2) the auxiliary numeral is
often used instead of ban, thus : roku-nim-me no hito the sixth man ; ni-kem-me
no uchi the second house. Sometimes, especially in the case of class 3), instead
of using the ordinal number derived from the first set of numerals, the ordina!
derived from the second set is used and followed as above by no and the noun ;
e.g. mittsti-me no isu the third chair.
288. Ichi-bam-me no, ni-bam-me no, etc., hitotsti-me no, fiitatsti-me no, ete.
when not followed by a noun, mean ‘the first one’ “the second one’ ete. (188).
289. The following expressions are related to this subject : hajime no the
first one ; ichi-ban shimai no the last one ; tsugi no the next one ; ato no the one
after ; mae no the one before.
*When the postposition is de, e, made, or ni the construction is as follows: two dogs
barked at me ni-hiki no inu ni hoerareta.
66 : ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
DATES.
290. Dates are expressed in Japanese by naming first the year, then the
month and then the day. E.g.: 26th of July, 1917; Taishé roku-nen, shichi-
gatst, ni-jui-roku-nichi.
291. The Japanese count their years by eras which einiestiona to the reign
of each sovereign. The present era is called Taishé and began on the 31st
July, 1912. To pass from the Christian era to the era of Taishé and vice versa,
subtract or add 1911. Before the T'aishé era was the era of Meiji, which
began in 1868 and ended at the death of the late Emperor on the 30th July,
1912. To pass from the Christian era to the era of Meiji or vice versa, sub-
tract or add 1867. The year is expressed by naming first the era, then the
cardinal number of the year and then the word nen year; thus A.D. 1917 is
Taisho roku-nen.
292. In a cardinal sense we may say either ichi-nen or ik-ka-nen one year,
ni-nen or ni-ka-nen two years, etc.
293. The months of the year (excepting January) have no proper names in
Japanese: they are distinguished merely by a number. We give below the,
numerals combined with month (tstiki, getst or gatsti) in both a cardinal and
an ordinal sense.
CARDINAL ORDINAL
shé-gatst Janua
Hito-tstiki or tk-ka-getst 1 month | ichi-gatsi (1st month of
ichi-getst the year)
Fiita-tstiki or ni-ka-getst 2 months | ni-gatst February (2nd)
Mi-tstiki or san-ka-getst 3 months | san-gatst March (3rd)
Yo-tstiki or shi-ka-getst 4 months | shi-gatsti April (4th)
Tisu-tstiki or go-ka-getst 5 months | go-gatsi May (5th)
Mu-tsiki or rok-ka-getst 6 months | roku-gatsti June (6th)
Nana-tstiki or shichi-ka-getsi 7 months | shichi-gatst July (7th)
Ya-tstiki or hak-ka-getst 8 months | hachi-gatsi August (8th)
Kokono-tstiki or ku-ka-getst 9 months | ku-gatst September (9th)
To0-tstiki or jik-ka-getst 10 months | ji-gatst% October (10th)
Ji-ik-ka-getst 11 months | ja-ichi-gatsti November (11th)
Ji-ni-ka-getsti 12 months | jié-ni-gatsi December (12th)
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE
67:
294. The day of the month is named as follows:
ichi-nichi 1a jii-ichi-nichi 11th ni-jii-ni-nichi 22nd
tsuitachi 5 ja-ni-nichi 12th ni-jii-sa(n)-nichi 28rd
futstika 2nd ju-sa(n)-nichi 18th ni-jai-yokka 24th
mikka 3rd ju-yokka 14th ni-jti-go-nichi 25th
yokka 4th ju-go-nichi 15th ni-jii-roku-nichi 26th
itstika 5th ju-roku-nichi 16th ni-ja-shichi-nichi 27th
muika 6th ji-shichi-nichi 17th ni-ji-hachi-nichi 28th
nanuka 7th ji-hachi-nichi 18th ni-ji-ku-nichi 29th
yoka 8th ju-ku-nichi 19th san-jti-nichi 30th
kokonoka 9th hatsiika 20th san-jii-ichi-nichi 31st
toka 10th ni-ju-ichi-nichi 21st
The last day of the month (whether 30th or 31st) is called misoka and the
last day of the year 6-misoka.
285. The numerals for the days of the month are used also in a cardinal
sense: thus ichi-nichi means ‘one day’; futsiika ‘two days’; ete.
iku-nichi ? or ikka ? ‘how many days ?’ or ‘what day of the month ?’
Note : you cannot say tsuitachi for ‘one day’.
Nan-nichi 2?
296. When speaking of years, months or days in an ordinal sense but without
reference to date, the suffix -me is used; thus: the second year ni-nem-me ;
the third month mi-tstiki-me or san-ka-getsti-me ; the fourth day yokka-me.
‘The first? may be translated by hajime no.
297. The week has not as much importance in Japan as it has in Europe ;
the names of the days of the week are :
Nichiy6(-bt)
Getstiyo(—bi)
Kay6(-bi)
Suiyd(—bi)
Mokuy6(-bi)
Kiny6(-bi)
Doy6(-bi)
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
from nichi
from getst
from ka
from sui
from moku
from kin
from do
TIME.
sun.
moon,
fire.
water.
tree.
metal.
earth.
298. The time of day is rendered by means of the words ji, fun, byé, hour,
minute, second.
Ichi-ji ji-go-fun (sugi) ; fifteen minutes past one, i.e. a quarter past one.
Ni-ji san-ji-go-fun ; two thirty-five, i.e. twenty-five minutes to three.
299. The word sugi past, is used more frequently when the number of minutes
is small, rarely when the number of minutes. is large.
68 : ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
When only a few minutes are wanting to the hour we may also use a construc-
tion with mae before, thus : ichi-ji go-jip-pun or ni-ji jip-pun mae ; ‘one fifty’
or ‘ten minutes to two’.
The following expression is also worthy of note : jip-pun de ni-ji ten minutes
to two. The idea here seems to be that ‘only ten minutes are wanting’.
300. When the time is so many minutes past twelve, the Japanese often say
zero o’clock (rei-j) instead of twelve o’clock (ja-ni-ji). Ten past twelve ;
rei-ji jip-pun or ju-ni-ji jip-pun.
301. Ante meridian and post meridian are expressed respectively by gozei
and gogo. Asa morning, hiru middle of the day, ban evening and yorw night,
are also used. All these words, often followed by the postposition no, are
placed before the number of hours.
Gogo no shichi-ji ni-jii-go-fun or ban no shichi-ji ni-ju-go-fun ; 7.25 P.M.
The expressions, hiru mae forenoon, and hiru kara or hiru sugi afternoon, are
often used to express the time of day, but rarely when specifying the hour.
302. The word fun preceded by a numeral has the following irregularities ;
1 ip-pun, 3 sam-pun, 6 rop-pun, 10 jip-pun, (See 280).
303. Except when speaking of a railway time-table, or such like. things,
instead of ‘thirty minutes’ you say ‘half’ in Japanese just as in English :
san-ji han, ‘half past three’, A ‘quarter’, however, is always ‘fifteen minutes’
ju-go-fun, in Japanese.
304. When speaking of duration, the word kan must be added to jis aime:
byd : san-ji-kan three hours ; jip-pun-kan ten minutes. Kan may also be added
to other units of time when used in this sense: mi-tstiki, mi-tstiki-kan, san-ka-
getsti and san-ka-getsti-kan all mean ‘three months’.
VARIOUS NUMERICAL EXPRESSIONS,
305. Fractional numbers. The way to express fractional numbers will be
understood from the following examples :
1/3 sam-bun no ichi
3/4 shi-bun no san
A/B B-bun no A
306. The word ‘half’ is han, or hambun when used substantively. The
following examples will illustrate how these words are used :
han-gin, half a pound (Ib.).
han-nichi, half a day. —.
han-jikan, half an hour.
ichi-jikan han, an hour and a half.
ichi-ji han, half past one.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 69
hambun de taktsan ; half will be enough.
bin ni mizu ga hambun arimast ; the bottle is half full of water.
ano nashi wo hambun tabete, hambun tomodachi ni yarimashita; 1 ate half
that pear and I gave half to my friend.
307. The word bu, when not otherwise qualified, means the tenth part of
another unit.
308. Per centage. The Japanese unit wari is not a ‘per cent’ but a ‘per
ten’. Thus ichi-wari, ni-wari, ete. mean ‘one per ten’ ‘two per ten’, ete. i.e.
‘ten per cent’ ‘twenty per cent >, ete. The tenth part of the wari is a bu which
therefore corresponds to our ‘per cent’; ichi-bu, ni-bu, ete. is ‘one per cent’
‘two per cent’, ete.
309. Multiples are expressed by the word bai, thus: bai double; sam-bai
three times as much ; shi-bai four times as much ; ete.
310. Age. The second set of numerals is used in speaking of ages ; excep-
tionally : ‘twenty (years of age)’ is hatachi.
O ikutst dest ka ? yattst (ni-jii-ichi) de gozaimast ; how old are you? Iam
eight (twenty-one).
311. The Japanese count their ages by adding 1 on the first of January. A
baby is 1 from birth until the New Year ; it becomes 2 then, even if only one
day old.*
312. This is the usual way of reckoning one’s age ; it is called kazoe-doshi
[kazoe'ru to count, toshi year]. If you wish to refer to complete years, in the
European style, you prefix, maru: maru ju-roku, sixteen (complete) years of
age. :
313. House numbers. ‘The first set of numerals is used; they are followed
by ban if referring to the European part of the town, or by ban-chi if referring
to the Japanese part.
314. House stereys. The storeys or floors of a house are named by means
of the first set of numerals and the word kai ; ni-kai two floors, means in English
‘the first floor’ i.e. the floor above the ground floor ; san-gai is ‘the second
floor’, ete. °
315. Vagueness is often expressed in Japanese as in English by means of
two numerals. In English these are joined by the conjunction ‘or’, in Japan-
ese, as a rule, no conjunction is used. This construction is found in both the
first and second set of numerals. E.g. two or three ni-san or fitatsti mitts ;
thirty-four or thirty-five san-jii-shi-go.
316. The words ‘several’ and ‘few’ may often be translated in this way ;
e.g. bring me a few pears nashi wo mitts yottst motte kite kure.
317. When two numerals are thus combined to indicate vagueness, the
ast units in the reckoning; ‘oka kara
* i the first and |
The Japanese generally include the onth is 11 days, not 10 days.
haisuka made from the tenth to the twentieth of the m
70 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
ordinary numerals often take the place of special words; thus, although you
never say ni-nichi for futstika two days, and never san-nichi for mikka three
days, you may say either ni-san-nichi or futsiika mikka for ‘two or three days’,
etc.
318. ‘About’ before a numeral, is usually translated by kurai, hodo or bakari
when it means approximate quantity; by goro when it means approximate
moment or date. E.g. about ten yen ju-yen gurai; about three o’clock san-ji
goro ; about the second of next month raigetsti no futstika goro.
CHAPTER VI.
PRONOUNS.
PERSONAL, POSSESSIVE AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS,
319. Personal and possessive pronouns are very little used in Japanese.
The use of honorific or humble words, or the context shows what person is
meant. 4
' 320. In isolated sentences such as those found in dictionaries, grammars,
ete., personal pronouns are used more freely than they are in real life.
321. When necessary, the personal pronouns may be translated as follows :
I: watakiishi (polite), frequently contracted to watashi, or even (by women)
to atashi ; boku (used by young men and boys).
WE: (others and I) watakishi-domo ; (you and I) anata to watakishi (to).
you: (singular) anata (polite); kimi (corresponding to boku) ; omae san ;
omae (used only to one’s inferiors).
you : (plural) anata-gata, omae-tachi, omae-san-tachi.
HE, SHE : ano (0) kata (polite) that person ; ano hito that person; ano otoko
that man ; ano onna that woman ; are that man (or woman).
IT : are, kore, sore.
THEY : (persons) ano hito-tachi ; (things) are, kore, sore.
In the 3rd person kono ‘this’ or sono ‘that’ (near) may be substituted for
ano ‘that’ (far). _
322. ‘They say’ is rendered by sé da or to iw hanashi da. See 166, 4.
323. Personal pronouns are nouns and may be followed by any of the post-
positions. :
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 71
324. Possessive pronouns are formed by adding no to the personal pronouns :
they beeome quasi-adjectives. Thus: anata no means ‘your’; it may also
mean ‘yours’. See 188.
325. ‘My’ and ‘our’ are often translated by uchi no (lit. of the house) ;:
uchi no inu our dog.
326. The word ‘self’ is often not translated into Japanese (149). When
necessary it may be rendered by jibun or hitori used as adverbs, and usually
followed by de. In speaking respectfully to or of a person, we say go jibun
or 0 hitori, ‘Of itself’ meaning ‘spontaneously’ may be translated by shizen
ni:
Shizen ni ktisa ga haemashita ; the grass grew of itself, (I didn’t sow any
seed).
327. Reciprocity may be expressed When necessary by (0) tagai :
O tagai ni naka yoku shimashé ; let us be on good terms with each other.
RELATIVE PRONOUNS AND ADVERBS.
328. There are no relative pronouns in Japanese.
Sentences with relative pronouns are generally translated as follows: the
relative pronoun is omitted, and the relative clause is placed before the noun
to which the pronoun refers. It thus becomes a verbal phrase used attribu-
tively (233). The subject of the relative clause, if expressed, is followed by
the postposition no or ga.
Ano yama no ue ni haete iru 6ki na matsi ; the large pine-tree which grows
on the top of that mountain.
Shi-nakereba nara-nai koto desii ; it is a thing which must be done.
Watakishi no mita hito wa, or watakishi ga mita hito wa; the person that I
saw.
329. The following examples will serve to show how to translate a relative
clause preceded by a preposition :
That is the company for which I am working ; are ga watakiishi no hataraite
tru kaisha desi.
That is the town to which I am going ; sore ga watakiishi no iku machi dest.
I have read the book in which that tale occurs ; sono hanashi no kaite aru hon
wo yomimashita. ,
The steamer by which he sailed is the biggest of the company ; ano hito no
notta fune wa sono kaisha no ichiban 6kit fune dest.
330. In the relative clause only verbs in the present and past tenses are
used ; and of these tenses, the polite forms, i.e. those ending in mast, are not
often met with. .
72 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
331. The passive is not often used in Japanese in this kind of construction ;
when a passive verb is found in English in a relative clause, the sentence is
generally changed to avoid this construction in Japanese :
1) The passive may be changed into the active :
The tree (that was) planted by my father ; chichi ga ueta ki, i.e. the tree that
my father planted.
2) Especially worthy of notice is the translation of ‘called’ or ‘named’ by
to iu:
Suzuki to iw hito ; a man called Suzuki, (more lit. a man they call Suzuki).
3) The passive is, however, occasionally used :
Inu wo korosareta hito wa ano hito desi ; that is the man whose dog was killed.
Taré ni kowasareta koppu wa kiné katta bakari no desi; the tumbler
which Tard broke was the one I had only just bought yesterday.
332. Relative clauses are often translated in other ways, some of which are
shown in the following examples :
Mune no waruku naru hanashi ; a story which it makes one feel sick to listen
to.
Sono meishi no kata ; the gentleman who left that card.
Musitime ga hitori atte O Haru to méshimast ; he has one daughter whose
name is O Haru. ’
333. The relative pronoun ‘what’, which is equivalent to ‘the thing which’,
is translated by koto or mono (sometimes contracted to no) ¢
Kiné mita koto ; what I saw yesterday.
Anata no ossharu no wa honté dest ; what you say is quite true.
334. ‘Where’ as a relative is often translated by tokoro :
Is this where we take the boat ? koko ga fune ni noru tokoro dest ka ?
335. ‘When’ as a relative is translated in various ways :
1) In the sense of ‘at the time’, by toki (ni) or jibun (ni) :
When I lived in Yokohama ; Yokohama ni ita toki (ni).
2) In the sense of ‘by the time’, by made ni:
It will be done when you come ; 0-ide nasaru made ni kitto dekite imast.
3) In the sense of ‘after’ or ‘as soon as’.
a) In general statements—first form of the present and to.
When the bell rings the train starts ; kane ga naru to kisha ga deru.
b) Referring to the future—past conditional.
When you have finished come to my room ; sundara watashi no heya ni o-ide.
c) Referring to the past—generally by first form of the present and to;
sometimes by the past conditional.
When he arrived it started to rain ; ano hito ga kuru to ame ga furi-dashita.
When I told him what you said he got very angry; oshatta koto wo ittara
taihen okorimashita,
73
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE
sary Suryy r0y}0
-Aioao ‘BuryyAue ow epunu| -ou (‘Bou yt) ou vupu 10 Zuryyouros py vupu 4 oq g vupu
TOAOYVOYA out ap'u'e UDU ou. "ae UDU i, “ure wou
pom Aue em ap “ue nye eequrna, A { ou ‘ue Nyt ¢ Anwar soy { 4 ‘ue nye
IOAO}CYM :
Joquinu Aue = ous ap NSyNYr ‘ gequmu Aue ou nemyr i Aweur Moy é nemyr
TOAO}yeyM
qgunoure Aue oul ap nunyr gunoure Aue ow Danyt| qyuNoUre UTeZI00 B= vy DuNnyr 4 yonur Moy ¢ Dany
sABM]V “OA
-yeym ourry Aue ou op ney |skemye ‘our, Aue owl 1871 | 1BY}O IO OLUT) eUOS Dy ney i vey é nen
aroun e104 r0q}0
-A1oA0 ‘oroymAue ou ap wu oyop| -ou (‘Bou YyIM) ow WU OYop IO @IOYMOUIOS Dy 1U OYOp 4 er0eym g Wu oyop
e10yM oIOy A 10430
-A10A0 foroymMAue ow ap oyop| -ou (‘Bou 49TH) out oyop I0 o1oyMOUTOS Dy OYOp { OIOTTAR g oyop
moyhue oul ap op MOYOUIOS Ow Op} J0y}40O 10 MOYouTOS DY Op 4 Moy é op
euo roy}1Ieu : *
Aue ‘oroymAue out ap vysop |(‘Sou yATA) “YI0q ou Woop| «TeY40 eY4 10 OUD DY Vydop |i, TOT 7% OTOYAK g (D4)yoop
euo euou (‘Sou Suryy ouo ,
Aue ‘euo Joeyjz1e out ap a.op | YIM) ‘“ouo AioAe OUL aLOp | BULOS ‘190 TO CUO Dy aLop 4 Yoru § aLop
(oy770d) Apoq (oy170d) Apoq (oy1[0d) aoyyo
-£10A0 ‘ApoqAue ou op pyouop}| -ou (‘Sou y}IM) OU, DIDUOp io Apoqowos ny Dyouop| (aod) 4 oy. ¢ DyDUOp
Apoq Apoq Ioyyo
-£10A9 ‘kpoqdue Ou ap aipp| -ou (‘Sou yyTM) ou app 10 Apoqoutos Dy app 4 oy ¢ adpp
(aqrjod) ; oym ¢ DyDUOp no& pynuD
i SyNoqvoer0yM ¢ Dl1-oyop \(re}) synoqRereyy pii-oyosn | (reo) syNoqReroYyy Dl-OYO8 s}noqvo10y DlL-OYOY
s (9.4)vyoo 9.t)’Yo08 D4)
4 o10yM { é( ! Secs (aBj) e104} { si (avou) e104 { hae pi e10t {' pe
§ Moy é OP FOU} OFT] D 7OY} OFT] 98) sty} oy] ‘snyy 2°
i pu sou } { gm op yey} se sons | ne Dp qeyg SB yons } nm os sy} 8B weet { me oy
4 jo pury yey j DuUuop ‘JO pury yeuy { puwp Jo pury yevyy Duuos ‘Jo pury styy DUUoY
(‘fpe) ¢ qorgas g ouop | (fp) (avy) yeu oun| (fpr) (aeou) yey} ouos (‘fpe) sep ouoy
(unou) 4 yor ¢ a4op \(unou) (xez) 4844 avo |(unou) (avou) yey} | a408 (unow) stq4 aloy
2 S$9]Qe} SULMOTIOJ
dy} UL UMOYS dB sqiaApe pu sunoUosd oyUYyopUT pu dATZeSOLIO}UL ‘OATZVAysUOWp [edioulad oYT, "9EE
‘SHUMACV GNV SNNONOUd ALINIAAGNI GNV GALLVDOUNALNI ‘AAILVULSNOWAG
74 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
337. The English translations given in the above tables only show very
imperfectly how these pronouns are used in Japanese. The numerous exam-
ples found in the Vocabulary, (Part III), and in Exercises 74, 75, 76 and 77
(Part I), should be carefully studied. In the Vocabulary under the word dare,
for instance, examples of the other expressions in that line, dare ka, dare mo
and dare de mo will be found; in Exercise 75, for instance, examples of dare ka,
donata ka, and the other expressions in that column are grouped together so as
to show clearly the force of ka in these combinations.
338. Kochi, sochi, acht, and dochi are generally pronounced kotchi, sotchi,
atchi, and dotchi.
339. Asoko is very often corrupted to astko, and nani is frequently contracted
to nan.
340. The nouns dore and dotchi both correspond to the interrogative ‘which ?’
but dore is used when referring to more than two, and dotchi when speaking of
two things only. Dono is an adjective, it also means ‘which?’ and refers to
more than two things.
Nihon de dore ga ichiban takai yama dest ka? which is the highest mountain
in Japan ? .
O cha to kéhii to dotchi ga o stiki dest ? which would you like, tea or coffee ?
Dono hon wo yondara ii deshé ? which book would you advise me to read ?
“341. Interrogatives in connection with numerals are explained in 277.
342. Interrogative pronouns, when used as subject, take ga, never wa : dare
ga kimashita (ka) ? who has come ?
343. Kore, kono, ete. refer to things near the speaker; sore, sono, etc. to
things at some little distance or things connected with the 2nd person ; are,
ano, etc. to things still farther away. Sore is used when referring to something
just said or done by the 2nd person.
344. Kore, sore and are may be followed by any postposition.
345. Kore, sore and are may denote time: kore is the present moment, so
kore kara ‘from now on’ means ‘in future’; sore kara ‘after that’ may refer to
past or future ; are kara ‘after that’ refers always to the past. ron
346. Kono, sono, ano and dono are often equivalent to kore no, ete.
347. Kono denotes time in the common expressions :. kono aida (or konaida)
‘a short time ago’, (something recent, but past); kono-goro ‘of late’ (some-
thing recent which still continues).
348. Kono gurai ‘about this much’, kore dake ‘this much’, kore hodo ‘so
much as this’, and the corresponding expressions in sono, sore, ano, are, dono,
dore are often met with.
349. Konna, sonna, etc. used attributively, are often contemptuous.
The meaning of the adverbialforms, konna ni, ete. is similar to a superlative
and may be inferred from the following examples :
®
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 75
Konna ni muzukashii shigoto wa deki-nai ; I cannot do such difficult work
as this. .
Sonna ni muzukashii no dest ka ? is it as difficult as all that ?
Sonna ni muzukashiku nai ; it is not so very difficult.
350. K6 generally refers to something which is going to be said or done ; 86
to something which has just been said or done.
W atakishi wa ké kangaemasti....; this is what I think....
Dare ga 86 iimashita ? who said so ?
S6 shite wa ikemasen ; don’t do it like that.
351. Dé as an interrogative, can generally be, and often is, replaced by ikaga
which is more polite.
Ika hodo is a polite substitute for ikura. .
352. When inquiring about a place, doko no is generally used instead of
dono :
Doko no gakké e ikimast ka ? to what school are you going ?
353. To ask the name of a thing we use nan to :
Kono kudamono wa nan to iimasit ka ? what do you call this fruit ?
CHAPTER VII.
HONORIFICS AND POLITE PHRASES.
354. The Japanese have the habit of distinguishing in their speech the ac-
tions and things of the 1st person (or related to the Ist person) to which they
apply humble words, from the actions and things of the 2nd person (or related
to the 2nd person) and to these they apply honorifics. They also take into
account whether the act of the Ist person is related or not to the 2nd person,
and whether the act of the 2nd _ person is related or not to the Ist. Thus,
itadaku is ‘I eat (something you have given me)’; but you would say kesa
gohan wo taberu to dekakemashita I went out this morning immediately after
eating my breakfast.
Even the relation of superiority or inferiority between the 2nd and 8rd
persons is sometimes taken into consideration. Thus : 0 td-san ni 0 me ni kakete
kudasai please show it to your father ; but mustiko san ni misete kudasai please
show it to your son.
355. We may divide all verbs and nouns roughly into three classes : plain
words, honorifics, and humble words,
76 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
The difference may exist in the words themselves which are depreciatory or
exaltative, or in certain adjuncts which modify the meaning of the principal
word,
356. Speaking broadly, humble words are used for the Ist person, honorifics
are applied to the 2nd person and plain words are employed for the 3rd
person. :
_ Each case, however, must be judged on its merits. Thus, if a man is speaking
to his own servant, he would probably use plain words for both the 1st and 2nd
persons. On the other hand we often apply honorifics to the 8rd person if we
want to show special respect, or if that 8rd person is present.
_ $57. In this way, humble and honorific words ina great measure take the
place of our personal and possessive pronouns, which, as before mentioned
(319), are not much used in Japanese.
358. The following lists will give an idea of the more common humble and
honorific verbs :
HUMBLE PLAIN HONORIFIC
“. ., o-ide nasaru
ru (or :
Be iru (oru) iru (oru) bstaat one
eas pals i ie Bee nasaru
agaru irassharu
suru
D { od } nasaru
2 atasu 3
, itadaku - meshi-a
Drink i ey } nomu { iba
chédai suru agaru
itadaku tabe’ru meshi-agaru
Eat ig
chédai suru kuu agaru
kudasaru) (action in favour of
: kure’ru* [1st person)
Gi : 4 é ‘
ue OE gore 0 yari nasaru (not in favour of .
[1st person)
i , o-ide 4
Go pena } aku { y-ide nasaru
agaru irassharu
. , . ( tazune'ru o tazune nasaru
Inquir ukagau { ° } { eg
Te a8 kiku 0 kiki nasaru
Know zonjiru shiru go zonji de irassharu (de aru,
Look haiken suru ~ me'ru goran nasaru [or de gozaru)
Meet o me ni kakaru au 0 ai nasaru
‘ ttadaku uke'ru ;
R { ageyit } { . } 0 mora
seapules chédai suru morau aged oe!
*Kure'ru is used only when speaking of the giving of an inferior, and in this sense it
* cannot be called an honorific ; it corresponds, however, to this column, inasmuch as it refers
always to the act of the 2nd (or 3rd) person, and is never used in the Ist person. -
€
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 77
HUMBLE PLAIN HONORIFIC
i Oo mise nasaru
Show o me ni kake*ru mise’ru o mise kudasaru } (action in fa-
: haiken sase‘ru 5 vourof1stp.)
mosh Ee { iu i
Speak { most hanasti ossharu
macs ukagau
Visi { } zune ru z
isit agaru tazune ru o tazune nasaru
In the above table nasaru where it occurs may be replaced by ni naru, de
gozaru, or, somewhat less politely, by de aru. The combination goran de gozaru.
however, is not in-use. ,
The above verbs in nasaru are polite but the plain. imperative in nasai as
o-ide nasai, 0 yari nasai, goran nasai, ete. is decidedly familiar. Say kudasai
instead of nasai.
359. A plain verb may be made honorific by replacing the ordinary inflexions
by the following periphrases: 1) 0, 2) the stem of the verb, 3) nasaru, ni naru
or de gozaru; e.g. mé o kaeri nasaimashita ka ? m6 o kaeri ni narimashita ka ?
or m6 o kaeri de gozaimasi ka ? have you already returned ?
Instead of de gozaru, de aru may be used, but the sentence is then appreciably
less polite. O dekake desti ka? ‘are you going out ?’ is, so far as politeness is
concerned, about midway between dekakemast ka? and o dekake de gozaimasi
ka ?*
360. In the negative, the constructions in de gozaru and de aru are not much
used ; when employed it is usual to put wa after the de. .
Between the verbal stem and de gozaru or de aru you sometimes find no hazu
or no yd : o deki no hazu de gozaimasi he ought to be able to (I expect he can)
do it.
361. Verbal inflexions containing i‘rw may be made honorific by changing
iru to irassharu. Yoku hon wo yonde imasiti ne ‘you do read a lot, don’t you ?’
may be said more politely thus, yoku hon wo yonde irasshaimasi ne.t
Verbal constructions in which suru occurs can be made honorific by replacing
suru by nasaru ; if itasit is put instead of suru they are made humble. Benkyo
suru, benky6 nasaru (polite), to study ; 0 hanashi suru uchi ni, 0 hanashi taste
uchi.ni (humble), while I was speaking.
362. When the action of the 2nd (or 8rd) person is performed in favour of
the 1st person you use the honorific 0, the stem of the verb, and the verb kuda-
*A polite construction of gozaru after the gerund was noted in 100.
+De irassharu sometimes takes the place of de gozaru after a verbal stem or noun : hon wor
yomi de gozaimasis ka ? (or de irasshaimasi ka ?) ; go benkyo de gozaimasu (or de irasshaimast).
The polite construction of irassharu after the adjectival gerund was noted in 200, 9-
78 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
saru ;* or else, the gerund followed by kudasaru. Kono tegami wo o yomi
kudasaimasen ka? or kono tegami wo yonde kudasatmasen ka ? would you please
read this letter for me ?
However, if the performer of the act is one’s inferior (e.g. one’s servant) use
the gerund followed by kure'ru. Jochti ga yonde kureta ; the servant read it
forme. (Compare 109).
363. The verb age’ru placed after the gerund has the result of making the
verb humble; occasionally also mést is placed after o and the stem of a verb
for this same purpose :
Yonde agemashé ka ? shall I read it to you ?
O tanomi méshimast ; I request you.
364. The following are some of the more common humble and _ honorific
nouns : ?
HUMBLE PLAIN HONORIFIC
Father chichi chichi o t6-sama
Mother haha haha o kd-sama
| yado |
Biciand taku tail (lower class) \
| uchi danna (upper class) danna-sama
shujin { ;
kanai (lower class) ;
Wife kanai | o-kami-san .,, } { o-kami-san (lower class)
. oku-san (upper class) oku-sama (upper class)
Son mustiko mustiko mustiko san
Daughter mustime mustime 0-j0-san
amet ani ani nii-san
Elder sister ane ane né-san
365. Plain nouns may be made honorific by prefixing the words 0 or go :
O tegami wo uke-torimashita ; I have received your letter.
366. Custom has tacked the honorific prefixes on to certain nouns in such a
way that the exaltative idea has become very vague: thus o cha tea, 0 yu hot
water, etc. are generally though not always used with an honorific, whosesoever
the tea or the hot water may be : expressions like 0-j6-san daughter ; 0-shaberi
chatterbox, are hardly ever heard without the honorific. (See 18).
367. Sometimes indeed the honorific has entirely lost its meaning as in onaka
the belly (lit. honourable inside) ; omae (lit. honourable in front), is an im-
polite way of saying ‘you’.
368. The honorific 0 is sometimes placed before an adjective. O isogashia
gozaimast ka ? are you busy ?
*Kudasaru may only be used after the stem of a verb, if the stem has two or more syllables;
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 79
369. We may also make some nouns honorifie by adding the word Mr san
(or sama which is more polite). Thus: imdto means ‘my (or his) younger
sister’, 7mdto san will be ‘your younger sister’.
370. In Japanese you put the surname before the personal name when calling
a person by his full name.
371. The equivalent in Japanese of our Mr, Mrs, Master, or Miss is Sama
generally abbreviated to San. It is put after the name.
372.-Periphrases like: Tanaka San no oku-san Mr Tanaka’s wife, Tanaka
San no mustiko san Mr Tanaka’s son, are employed when the simple use of san
might be the cause of ambiguity.
373. When calling a woman by her personal name o is generally prefixed
when we wish to be polite. However the 0 must not be used if the name has
more than two (Japanese) syllables: O Yuki San. Miss Snow. O Take San
Miss Bamboo. You cannot say : O Sonoe San, nor O Kin-ko San (Ki-n-ko).
374. Besides this use of humble words and honorifics, which serves to dis-
tinguish my things which are inferior from yours (or his) which are superior,
there are certain polite inflexions of the verb which must be used when speaking
to anyone to whom we owe courtesy, irrespective of the person who performs
the action of the verb. If you wish to be polite always use the inflexions of
the verb in mast, mashita, mashé, instead of those without ; and what is the
same, use desti, deshita, and deshé instead of da, datta and daré. By frequently
replacing the verb aru by the verb gozaru, a thing which women especially are
very fond of doing, we can make our conversation still more markedly polite
and respectful.
375. The honorifics are often used in ways which at first strike the foreigner
as strange. Here are a few of the more common polite phrases in which honori-
fics are to be found :
Gomen kudasai ; excuse me, (lit. august pardon grant).
O-kage sama de ; by your kind influence, (lit. by Mr honourable shade).
O sewa sama deshita ; thanks for your kind assistance, (lit. it was Mr honour-
' able help).
O kinodoku sama ; I am very sorry for your sake, (lit. Mr honourable regret).
O sasshi méshimasti ; I deeply sympathize with you, (lit. I say honourable
sympathy). ;
Go-iur6 sama deshita ; thanks for your trouble, (lit. it was Mr august trouble).
O machidé sama ; excuse me for keeping you waiting so long, (lit. Mr honour-
able long-waiting).
Go taikutst: de gozaimashitaré ; you must have felt bored, (lit. it probably
was august tedium).
O jama itashimashita ; excuse me for having interrupted you, (lit. I hive
done honourable obstacle).
80 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
Go busata itashimashita ; I have been sadly remiss about calling upon you,
(lit. I have done august remissness).
376. In regard to “honorifics, there are two things to be careful avoided :
1) Never apply San or any other honorific to yourself.
2) Do not mix up polite and impolite turns of phrase in one sentence. In-
stead of ikimashita ga dame datta, say ikimashita ga dame deshita, or itta ga dame
datta.
377. The question of speaking with the proper degree of politeness is of the
utmost importance in Japanese, so to help the foreigner to form his judgment
a letter, 4, B, C, or D, has been placed after each sentence in the Exercises,
Part I, and also in the Vocabulary, Part III. A means that the tone of the
' sentence is one of authority or anger, B familiarity, C ordinary politeness, D
respect.
378. This classification must not be taken too literally ; however, it gives a
rough idea of the subject and so may be of some help. In speaking to an
ordinary acquaintance do not use style B and still less A ; in speaking to your
servant, C would probably be too polite and D would be ridiculous. In case
of doubt it is better to be too polite than not polite enough.
CHAPTER VIII.
POST POSITIONS—PREPOSITIONS.
379. The words that in Japanese serve to mark the relation of one word to
another are placed after the word to which they refer and not before as our
prepositions. The Japanese equivalents of our prepositions are, therefore,
called postpositions.
380. The principal postpositions are: de, e, ga, ka, kara, made, mo, na, ni,
no, shi, to, wa, wo, ya, yori. For the way each one is used, consult the Vocabu-
lary, Part IIT.
381. Postpositions generally are placed after nouns or words equivalent to
nouns ; they sometimes follow adverbs.
382. Two or even three postpositions may follow cach other in Japanese.
The principal of these combinations may be found in the Vocabulary, in their
respective places ; see the words de, made, ni, no, to, yori, ete. As examples
of three postpositions following each other, these may serve :
Watashi no de wa arimasen ; it is not mine,
Dare ni de mo o kiki nasai ; ask anybody.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 81
383. Quasi-postpositions. Certain nouns preceded by the postposition no
are used very much like postpositions and may therefore be ealled quasi-post-
positions. The principal nouns used in this way are the following: aida, ato,
hoka, kage, kami, kawari, mae, mawari, muké, naka, omote, saki, shimo, shita,
soba, soto, tame, tsuide, uchi, we, ura, ushiro.
384. These words drop the postposition no after a verb or adjective. They
also follow kono, sono, and ano without the no ; (remember that kono, ete. are
equivalent to kore no, ete. as stated in 346).
S6 suru hoka (or sono hoka) shikata ga nai ; there is nothing else one can do ;
(not no hoka).
Kino furimashita kawari ni kyé wa ti o tenki de gozaimast ; it rained yesterday
but the weather is fine today ; (not no kawari).
Ano uchi wa semai hoka ni kitanai ; that house is small and besides it is
dirty.
Sometimes the noun to which the quasi-postposition refers and the no are
- both omitted.
(Hako no) naka wo goran nasai ; look inside (the box).
Omae ga (watashi no) kawari ni ayamari ni itte o kure ; go and apologize (for
me).
385. Here are a few examples of nouns followed by quasi-postpositions :
tstikue no ue, on the table ;
mon no soto, outside the gate ;
hashi no shita, under the bridge ;
hako no naka, inside the box.
386. Phrases like these, i.e. a noun followed by a quasi-postposition, behave
very much like the nouns (e.g. atarimae, asoko, ete.) from which quasi-adjec-
tives in no are formed (212 et seqq.).
1) When they come before a noun they take no :
ATARIMAE no kami ; ordinary paper ;
HAKO NO NAKA no kami ; the paper inside the box.
2) As predicates they take de -
ATARIMAE dest (—de arimasi) ; it is usual ;
HAKO NO NAKA desii ; it is in the box.
3) As predicates in a negative sentence they are followed by de wa:
ATARIMAE de wa nai ; it is not usual ;
HAKO NO NAKA de wa nai ; it is not in the box.
4) If the verb aru has the meaning of ‘there are’, they take ni:
ASOKO ni aru ; there are some there ;
HAKO NO NAKA ni aru ; there are some in the box.
5) Before other verbs they take ni or any other postposition according to
the sense:
82 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
ASOKO ni mieru ; I can see it there ;
HAKO NO NAKA ni mieru ; I can see it in the box.
AsoKo wo mimashita ; I looked there ;
HAKO NO NAKA wo mimashita ; I looked in the box.
AsOoKO kara deta ; it came out from there ;
HAKO NO NAKA kara deta ; it came out from inside the box.
387. As mentioned in 58, 8, the gerunds of verbs sometimes correspond to
our prepositions.
388. Likewise, in 151 we showed that English prepositional verbs may often
be translated by Japanese compound verbs.
389. Wa and Ga may both be used after the subject of the verb and the
problem of determining which is the correct one to use in each particular case
is an ever-recurring puzzle to the foreigner.
It is doubtful whether it is worth while learning a lot of more or less eom-
plicated rules on the subject, or whether it is not better to learn a few easy rules
and trust to your luck, and later on to your instinct, in the cases not determin- -
ed by these rules. :
The beginner may derive some consolation from the fact that there is a good
deal of variety among the Japanese themselves in the use of wa and ga.
Some of the following rules or observations may prove useful.*
390. Wa is used : 1) when it is a question of selecting a predicate i.e.the sub-
ject is known and we wish to find out or wish to inform somebody what pred-
icate should be applied to it. The state of mind may be represented by ‘A is
X’. For instance, if I am taking a friend round Toky6 to see the sights, and
we come across a big building ; the subject is there before his eyes, but he does
not know whether it is the Foreign Office, the Post Office or what it is. He
asks :
Kore wa nan dest ka ? what is this ?
Kore wa Nippon-Ginko desi ; this is the Bank of Japan.
2) Similar to the above is the rule that wa is used when the Japanese con-
struction requires the subject to be placed by itself first, and then followed
by a question in regard to it, beginning with an interrogative pronoun or
adverb :
Ano hito wa dare desi ka ? who is that man ?
Shio wa dono gurai mazatte imasit ka ? how much salt is there (in this) ?
3) Wa has the effect of separating from the rest of the sentence what comes
before it and calling especial attention to what follows. It is as if we said :
‘I am speaking of,A, and what I want to say (er ask) is this’.
Nashi wa mono-oki ni arimast ka ? iie, shokudé ni arimasti. Are the pears
*For further information see Imbrie’s Wa and Ga.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 83
in the pantry ? no, they are in the dining-room. (I am speaking of the pears,
are they in the pantry ?)
As a consequence of this, wa is not used after the subject in a subordinate
clause.
4) Wa is generally used when there is a contrast, at least an implied one :
Watakishi wa mairimast ; I shall go, (others may go or not as they please).
5) Wa is specially common in negative sentences.
6) Wa is used in elliptical interrogative sentences with only a noun, (414, 5) :
Inu wa ? how about the dog ? or, what of the dog ?
391. Ga is used : 1) when it is a question of selecting the subject ; i.e. the pred-
icate is known and we wish to find out, or wish to inform somebody, to which
subject that predicate should be applied. The state of mind may be represent-
ed by ‘X is B’. For instance, a friend may ask me to take him to the bank ;
on coming to an imposing-looking building he might ask :
Kore ga ginko desi ka ? is this the bank ?
He does not mean ‘if this is not the bank, please tell me what it is’; but —
‘if this is not the bank, please tell me which is the bank’.
Are ga ginké dest ; that is the bank.
a) We may consider as a particular case of the above that interrogative
pronouns, (dare, donata, dotchi, dochira, dore, dono and nani, who ? which ?
what ?) are all followed by ga:
Dare ga sé itta ka ? who said so ?
b) Another application of the above rule is, that in sentences containing a
formal comparison, the subject takes ga, and the thing with which the subject
is compared, is generally separated off by wa:
Kore yori wa are ga ii ; that is better than this,
2) Except in the case of contrast, ga is used with the subject of aru when it
has the meaning of, ‘there is’ ‘ have (got)’ :
Kane ga arimast ka ? have you got any money ?
3) Except in the case of contrast, ga is used before deki‘ru (in the sense of
‘ ean’), iru (to need), and hoshii.
Nihon-go ga deki-nai ; I cannot speak Japanese.
4) Ga (or no) is used with the subject of a subordinate clause ; see 328.
392. In the following examples wa and ga are contrasted.
Ano kata wa Yamada San dest ka? is that gentleman Mr Yamada ? (if not,
who is he ?). The answer might be : Jie, ano kata wa Suzuki San desi ; no, he
is Mr Suzuki. 2
Ano kata ga Yamada San desi ka ? is that gentleman Mr Yamada ? (if not,
which is Mr Yamada ?). The answer might be : Jie, ano ki no shita ni tatte iru
kata ga Yamada San desi ; no, Mr Yamada is the gentleman standing under
that tree. :
84 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
Kore wa gink6é desti ka ? is this a bank ? (if not, what is it ?).
Kore wa ginké dest ; this is a bank (and not a post office).
Kore ga ginké dest ka? is this the bank (for which I am looking ; if not,
which is the bank ?).
Kore ga ginko desi ; this (and not that building over there) is the bank.
Kore wa iti no dest ka ? is this a good one ? (or a bad one ?).
Kore wa ii ; this is a good one (not a bad one) ; this one is good.
Kore ga ii no desti ka? is this the good one? (or is the other the good
one ?),
Kore ga ii ; this (not that) is the good one ; this one is the best.
Some of these examples show that the difference between wa and ga may
sometimes be rendered by the proper use of ‘a’ and ‘the’.
393. De and Ni may both be translated by : at, in, by, of, for.
1) In the sense of ‘at’ or ‘in’, de refers to the place where an action is per-
formed ; ni to the place where a thing exists.
Toéky6 de kaimashita ; 1 bought it in Tokyd.
Toéky6 ni taktisan arimast ; there are a great many in Tokyo.
2) In the sense of ‘by’, de is used when speaking of the instrument, ni are
speaking of the agent :
Kisha de iku ; to go by train.
Daiku ni koshiraesasemashita ; I had it made by a carpenter.
3) In the partitive sense of ‘of’, either de or ni may be used :
Nihon no fujin ni (or de) ydfiiku wo kiru hito mo gozaimast ; some of the
Japanese ladies wear foreign clothes.
4) When speaking of price, ‘for’ is translated by de when buying is spoken
of ; by ni or de when we are talking of selling.
Ni-yen de katte san-yen ni urimashita ; I bought it for two yen and sold it
for three.
5) When a noun is used as a predicate or in constructions imitating a gerund,
it takes the postposition de. (Compare 217; 219).
Inaka de fuben da ; it is such a country place that it is not convenient.
Ame de mo iku tsumori desi ; 1 intend to go even if it rains.
This de is often used after the no which serves to substantivize verbs and
adjectives :
Kono kami wa Nihon de dekita no de “été dest ; this paper was made in Japan,
it is very good. .
Kyaku ga kita no de ikare-nakatta ; a visitor came to see me so I wasn’t able:
to go.
6) When a noun is used adverbially it is saeviche-ee by the postposition né..
(Compare 218).
Kin ni mieru ; it looks like gold.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 85
CHAPTER IX,
THE OTHER PARTS OF SPEECH,
ADVERBS.
384. Words which in Japanese do duty as adverbs are generally derived from
other parts of speech. The principal are the following :
1) True adjectives in their ku terminations. (190, 4; 192),
2) Nouns which serve to form quasi-adjectives in na or no become adverbs
when they change the na or no into ni. (218).
3) In some eases the adverbial form in ni is in use but there is no correspond-
ing adjective : sugu (ni) immediately.
4) Occasionally a noun followed by de is equivalent to an adverb : maru de
guite.
5) Nouns without any postposition : konnichi today ; astiko that place, i.e.
there. Like ordinary nouns, these adverb-nouns may take any. postposition :
konnichi made until today.
6) A few ordinary nouns may be converted into adverbs by reduplication :;
hébé everywhere, from hé side ; tabi-tabi often, from tabi time ; ete.
7) Stems of verbs: amari too, from amaru to be in excess; kiri only, from
kiru to cut.
8) Gerunds of verbs: hajimete for the first time, from hajime'ru to begin ;
hokora-zu all without exception, from nokoru to be left over.
395. There is a large class of adverbs to which to is some:imes added ; as:
bonyari (to) dimly, hakkiri (to) distinctly.
396. The to which is found at the end of other adverbs and which forms now
an integral part of the word itself, is perhaps often of the same origin : chanto,
chitto, chotto, jitto, kitto, motto, sotto, zutto. ;
397. Onomatopes form a very important class of adverbs in Japanese. They
are extremely numerous, several hundreds in fact, and each one has its own
special use. The beginner will not find it worth his while to learn many of
them at first. They are often formed by reduplication as may be seen by the
following few examples :
don-don, in rapid succession ;
guzu-guzu, (of loitering, or grumbling) ;
mMmago-Mago, (of being bewildered) ;
mecha-mecha, (of confusion) ;
niko-niko, (of smiling) ;
£0ro-soro, slowly.
86 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
398. Adverbs in Japanese as in English may modify verbs, adjectives or
other adverbs.
Hayaku aruku, to walk quickly.
Osoroshiku warui, dreadfully bad.
Zuibun warui, very bad.
Zuibun hayaku aruku, to walk very fast.
399. There is no word in Japanese which corresponds to ‘yes’. The usual
way of replying in the affirmative is to say, hai, e or he and to repeat the verb,
using the humble verb when necessary :
Go hon wa arimashita ka? did you find your book? E, arimashita ; yes, I
found it.
E wo goran nasaimashita ka? have you seen my picture? Hai, haiken
shimashita ; I have seen it.
It can hardly be said that hai, e or he by itself means ‘ yes’. We get
a nearer approach to ‘yes’ in the capeciion s6 desi (or more politely, sayd
de geuntmast) which means at is so’; and which sometimes takes the place
of our ‘ yes’.
400. ‘No’ may be translated by die ; but it is better to repeat the verb in
the corresponding negative inflexion.
401. It must be borne in mind that the Japanese ‘ yes’ or ‘ no’ refers not to
the objective fact nor to what you have said, but to what they think is in your
mind. You may often héar things like this: Doko de katta no dest ka ?—ITie
jibun de koshiraeta no dest, Where did you buy it ?—No, I made it myself;
i.e. your question supposes that I bought it somewhere, that is not so, I made ~
it myself.
The result of this custom is, that when answering a negative question they
often, but not always, say ‘yes’ sayé de gozaimasti, where we would say ‘no’,
and ‘no’ zie, where we say ‘yes’. Supposing you ask somebody : Ky6 tkimasen
ka? ‘aren’t you going today ?’ If he does not intend to go he will say : Sayd
de gozaimast, and his meaning will be: ‘The suggestion implied in your negative
question is correct ; Iam not going’. If on the other hand he does intend to
go, he will answer : Iie, and he means : ‘ It is not as you suggest ; I am going’.
However, if the question is: Tetstidatte kudasaimasen ka? won’t you kindly help
me ? he will think you are counting on his help, and his answer may be: £,
tetstidaite agemast to mo yes, of course I will; or Tie, tetstidaimasen no, I won’t.
Besides the case mentioned, of answering to what is in the mind rather than
to the words themselves, it is well to notice that the Japanese, especially those
of the lower class, say ‘ yes’: (a) when they think you expect the answer yes ;
(b) when they think it impolite or inconvenient to contradict what you say or
what they believe is in your mind: (c) when they haven’t understood what
you said and they think ‘ yes’ is practically the safest answer to give.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 87
402. When answering a question, therefore, the best plan is to repeat the
verb in the affirmative or negative as the case may be. When asking a ques-
tion the beginner should prefer the affirmative form ; and, when he really wants
to get a true answer, avoid showing in the question what his own opinion is.
However, should he use the negative form and be in doubt as to the meaning
of the reply, he must try to obtain an explicit answer and not merely a sayd
de gozaimast or an iie. |
Ky6 kimasen ka ? aren’t you coming today ?
_ Tie yes (?), no (?).
Kimast ka? kimasen ka ? are you coming or are you not ?
This last question will probably produce the desired result.
403. The interrogative adverb, ‘why’ is translated by naze or dd shite.
Some other adverbs were mentioned in the chapter on Pronouns; see 334
et seqq.
CONJUNCTIONS,
404. The conjunction ‘ and’ between nouns is translated :
1) By placing to after each noun ; the last to is generally omitted :
Saté to, pan to, niku wo kaimashita ; I bought some sugar, bread and meat.
2) Ya placed after each noun except the last, is often used especially when
the list is not given as a complete one :
Inu ya neko ga stiki ; I am fond of dogs and cats (and other animals).
3) Da no or to ka may also be placed after each noun, including the last.
Inu da no neko da no ga stiki or Inu to ka neko to ka ga siiki; 1 am fond of
dogs and cats (and other animals).
4) Mo is placed after each noun when the idea is ‘ both—and’:
Sakana mo niku mo kaimashé ; I will buy both fish and meat.
Toky6 ni mo Yokohama ni mo ; both in Tokyo and in Yokohama.
5) Ni may be used in enumerations after each noun except the last; it
‘has the meaning of ‘ and also’ :
Pan ni, sakana ni, niku wo motte ikimashé ; I will take bread, fish and also
meat.
6) Between nouns which are habitually coupled together ‘ and’ is often not
expressed in Japanese : oya-ko parent and child ; asa-ban morning and evening.
405. The joining of verbs or clauses is effected as follows : :
1) The verb or adjective at the end of each clause, except the last, is put in
the gerundial form: remember that a noun followed by de is construed like a
gerund (393, 5) :
Hon wo katte tomodachi ni agemashita ; I bought a book and gave it to my
friend,
8s. >. ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
Shina ga yoroshikite, nedan ga yasui ; the quality is good and the price is
cheap.
2) The stem of the verb may be used at the end of each clause, except the
last (82, 9).
3) Shi is used after verbs, and after adjectives ; the last verb or adjective
does not take shi. This shi is generally used in conjunction with mo—mo,
~ thus:
Ano hito wa Nihon-go mo hanast shi, ji mo kakimast ; that man can speak
Japanese and he can also write the characters.
Shina mo ii shi nedan mo yasui ; the quality is good and the price cheap.
4) The conditional is used as shown in these examples :
Kiki mo sureba mi mo shita ; 1 both heard and saw.
Shina mo yoroshikereba nedan mo pate the quality is good and the price
is cheap.
5) The frequentative : |
Shabettari warattari shite ita de wa arimasen ka? weren’t you talking and
laughing ? ;
6) After verbs like ‘ go’ and ‘ come ’, when ‘ and’ means purpose or object,
it is translated by the stem of the verb and ni :
Tori ni o-ide nasai ; please go and fetch it.
7) Sentences may sometimes be joined by such phrases as s6 shite (soshite),
‘having done so’, sore ni, sono ue, ‘ besides that’. These expressions are
also used occasionally after clauses ending in a noun or ni or to.
8) Sometimes no conjunctival word nor special construction is used :
Doko no, nan to iu o kata da? where is he from, and what is his name ?
Natsti wa suzushii, fuyu wa attakai, jitsti ni it tokoro da; it is really a very
nice place, cool in summer and warm in winter.
Kane wa nakusii, shigoto wa namakeru, to iu wake de Chébé San sukkari bimbé
ni natta; what with losing money and doing no work, Chobe beeame quite a
poor man,
406. ‘And’ between adjectives is treated as follows:
1) The gerundial form (200, 1 ; 219) is used for all the adjectives except the
last.
Shirokite kiret ; white and pretty.
Kirei de shiroi ; pretty and white.
2) It is sometimes necessary to employ two clauses in Japanese where in
English we only use two adjectives coupled by ‘and’:
The article is good and cheap; shina ga sieisapucait: nedan ga yasut, (lit.
the quality is good, and price cheap).
3) When an adjective is at the end of a clause which is not the end of a com-
plete sentence it may be treated as above, 405.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 89
4) In Japanese as in English adjectives are sometimes put one after another
without any conjunctive word :
Kirei na wakai hito ; a handsome young man.
407. ‘Or’ is translated :
1) generally by ka repeated after each noun: what is one sentence in English
often becomes two or three in Japanese :
Kore ka are ka ; this or that.
O taku ni neko ka inu ka ga imast ka ? have you a cat or a dog in your house?
Atsui no ga o stiki dest ka ? tsumetai no ga yo gozaimast ka? do you like it
hot or cold ?
Dotchi wo goran nasatta no dest ka? dkii no dest ka? chiisai no dest ka?
which did you see, the big one or the small one ?
2) To ka is sometimes put after each noun :
| Pen to ka fude to ka dotchi ka de 0 kaki nasai ; write with a pen or a brush
(but don’t use a pencil).
3) When equivalent to ‘if not’, by the negative conditional, or by the nega-
tive present followed by to :
Tsoga-nakereba osoku narimast or isoga-nai to osoku narimasit ; hurry up or
you will be late.
4) When ‘or’ refers to an approximate number it is generally not translated
(315; 317):
Go-roku-nen ; five or six years.
5) ‘Either—or’ ‘whether—or’ in the sense of ‘no matter which’ is translated
by mo—mo after a gerund or construction equivalent to a gerund :
Fune de mo kisha de mo ikaremast ; you ean go either by boat or by train.
O tenki ga yokttte mo warukiite mo ikimast ; I will go whether the weather is
good or bad.
INTERJECTIONS.
408. As in most languages, the meaning of Japanese interjections varies con-
siderably according to circumstances, tone of the voice, expression of face, ete.
This is especially noticeable in elementary exclamations such as a, e. he.
409. The principal interjections may be roughly classified as follows :
Surprise, wonder, admiration : md, naruhodo, nani, are (corrupted to ara),
86 desti ka, koto (after a verb or adjective).
Perplexity, hesitation : démo, é to, s6 dest ne.
Assent : hai, sayd, s6 dest, mattaku, naruhodo.
Dissent : die (sometimes corrupted to diya), uso, nant,
Reprimand : kore, sore (often corrupted to kora, sora).
Calling attention : moshi, moshi moshi, ano ne-
96 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
Joy, exultation : banzai.
Protest, complaint : masaka, mono (generally after desi),
. Emphasis: démo, koso, ne, sa, wa.
Final emphasis: ne, sa, to mo, wa, yo, zo (for threats).
410. Interjections like a, e, ne, he, etc. are pronounced sometimes long and
sometimes short.
CHAPTER X,
SYNTAX.
411. Construction of the sentence. In Japanese, qualifying words come
before the word they qualify*. Postpositions, of course, come after the word
or clause to which they belong.
Akai hon ; the red book.
Akai hon no ; of the red book. ;
Akai hon no nedan ; the price of the red book.
Kiné mita hito; the man I saw yesterday.
412. The order of a Japanese sentence is generally as follows: adverbs of
time or place, or any word on which emphasis is laid ; subject, when expressed ;
clauses ; dative ; accusative ; adverb: verb: 1Komban ( 2watakishi wa) *hima
dattara *0 kd-san ni *tegami wo %kitto *kakimashé; ‘this evening, *if I am
free, I Scertainly ‘will write °a letter 4to my mother.
When one clause depends logically on another, the dependent clause is put
first and the principal verb last. You do not say ‘I cannot go because I am
busy’ but ‘as I am busy I cannot go’; isogashii kara ikaremasen. The regular
order is, however, often inverted and then the dependent clause partakes of the
nature of an afterthought : ikaremasen,... isogashii kara; 1 can’t go,... I’m
busy.
413. The Japanese subject takes the postposition ga or wa, (389-392), oc-
casionally de. Sometimes, however, these words are not used; this is particular-
ly the case when the subject is qualified by a word like mo also, dake only, ete.
Sore de taktisan ; that is enough.
Ginké de katia ; the bank bought it.
*Adjectives are sometimes placed in an order which sounds strange to Western ears ;
thus you may hear both kono onaji hako and onaji kono hako this same box ; likewise. anata
no daiji na o-j0-san and daiji na anata no o-jo-san your daughter, of whom you take such
great care.
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE ot
rd
Taktsan arimasi ; there is plenty.
Fiitari kimashita ; two persons came.
Watashi mo ikimashé ; Vl go also.
Watashi dake ikimashita ; only I went.
In verbal phrases used attributively, the subject takes ga or no (328). Ganku
no (or ga) kaita e a picture painted by Ganku.
The object in Japanese takes the postposition wo, in cases of contrast
occasionally wa ; these however, are omitted if the object is qualified by such
words as mo also, dake only, ete.
Tamago wa kaimashita ga, niku wa arimasen deshita ; I bought some eggs but
there was no meat to be had.
The English objective case often becomes the subject in Japanese. The
following are the principal cases in which this happens :
1)' The accusative of a potential verb. See 129; 133.
2) The accusative of a desiderative form often, but not always, becomes the
subject in Japanese.
Kamakura ga mitaku wa arimasen ka? don’t you wish to see Kamakura ?
3) The verbs wakaru to understand, irw to need; and the words hoshii desi-
rous, stki fondness for anything, and kiraz dislike.
Ei-go ga wakaru ; I understand English.
Kane ga irimast ; it takes money ; I need money.
Taré wa nashi ga hoshii ; Taro wants a pear.
Kudamono ga stiki ; I like fruit.
Tabako ga kirai ; I dislike tobacco.
4) See also suru used independently, 161.
In the above cases the English subject, when expressed, takes wa, ni, or nt
wa in Japanese..
Kimi ni fune ga dekiru ? can you make a boat ?
Watashi ni wa Ei-go ga wakarimasen ; I don’t understand English.
414. Elipses are very frequently met with in Japanese.
1) Personal and possessive pronouns, whether as subject or otherwise, are
very often omitted in Japanese.
S6 timashita ; he said so.
Kanai ga bydki da ; my wife is ill.
2) In answering a question, the words of the question are often not repeated.
Kore wa dare no hon dest ?—Wataktshi no ; whose book is this ?—mine.
3) The suppression of the final verb.
Sore wo goran (nasai) ; look at that.
Ika-nakiite wa (narimasen) ; I must go.
Shibaraku (o me ni kakarimasen deshita) ; (it is) a long time (since we met).
Watashi no boshi wa doko (ni arimast ka) ? where is my hat ?
92 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
Sonna baka na koto ga (dekiru mono ka)? I’m not going te do such a silly
thing as that. ;
Nani! ano hito ga shinda to (iu no dest ka) ? what ! is that man dead ?
Makoto ni 0 kinodoku sama de (gozaimashita) ; I am very sorry for your sake.
Doézo O Kin San ni yoroshiku (méshi-agete kudasai); please remember me
kindly to Miss Kin.
' Moshi, né-san chotto (o-ide nasai); I say, waitress, just come here a
moment.
Kimi no tokoro wa doko (desi ka)? where do you live ?
Achira e (0 iki nasai) ; go away.
The following construction is also worthy of note :
Ano kata ga ikeba watashi wa ika-nakatta no dest ; if I had known that man
was going, I wouldn’t have gone ; (ikeba=iku to wakareba). .
4) Japanese sentences often break off after keredomo, ga, no ni, ni, or mono
wo, which is the same as if we finished an English sentence with a word like
‘but’ or ‘nevertheless’—ete. (See 75; 166, 1; 170, 4 ; 171, 2; 172, 2, b).
Sore wa s6 desti keredomo... ; what you say is true no doubt, but (there is a
great deal to be said against it).
Areba yé gozaimasti ga... ; I wish there were some but (I hardly think there
are).
K6 sureba dekiru no ni or ké sureba dekiru mono wo ; you eould do it in this
way if you tried but (you haven’t tried, although you ought to have done so).
Tenki ga yokereba iku no deshita ga ; I would have gone if the weather had
been fine but (it was raining).
5) A noun followed by wa may be used elliptically in an interrogative sense.
Inu wa? how about the dog ? what of the dog ?
This may mean: ‘where is the dog?’ ‘has the dog recovered?’ ‘will you
bring the dog along with you ?’ or almost anything according to circumstances,
6) Dest ka ? is used elliptically after a noun (followed or not by a postposi-
tion), an adverb, the adverbial form of an adjective, ora gerund. The difference
between this construction and the one just mentioned in 5) is, that the con-
struction in wa serves to introduce a new subject of conversation about which
we want information, whereas dest ka? serves to supplement or complete our
knowledge which is imperfect.
If you meet a child on the road you might ask : Gakko dest ka ? I see you are
going somewhere ; is it to school ?
Somebody might say to me : $6 shitara iya deshéd ? if I do such and such a
thing, it would probably be disagreeable. I might answer : Watashi dest ka?
are you referring to me ?
Sono nimotst wo wwaite kure tie up that parcel. Kitstiku dest ka? do you
want it tied up tightly ?
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 93
Ashita Ueno e iku I am going to Ueno tomorrow. Aruite destti ka? Are you
going to walk there ?
The reader will notice that these questions have an Irish flavour about them:
Is it to school (that you’re going)? Is it myself (you’re speaking of)? Is. it
tightly (that you want it tied)? Is it on foot (that you’re going) ?
7) The gerund is often used elliptically ; see 58, 18; 200, 8. Remember
that a noun followed by de is often equivalent to a gerund ; 393, 5.
Sore wa ammari yoku nai koto de...(arimasii) ; I don’t think you ought to
have done that.
8) It is worthy of note that when the Japanese say certain polite set phrases,
they begin by pronouncing clearly, but finish with an unintelligible mumble
entirely lost in the profundity of the bow with which they accompany the
words. The result cannot be represented properly in print :
Senjitst wa domo arigatd goraimashita ; thanks very much for your kindness the
other day.
415. Negatives. There are no negative pronouns in Japanese : instead, the
verb is put in the negative and the pronoun in the positive :
Nanni mo shira-nai ; I know nothing, (lit. I don’t know anything, or I ignore
everything).
The negative of combinations like motte kuru to bring, is always obtained by
putting the second verb in the negative and leaving the first one as it is. Thus
‘he did not bring it’ is motte ko-nakatta (lit. carrying it, he did not come),
though logically we often might expect mota-nai de kita (lit. not carrying it, he
came). The result is that these negative sentences are sometimes ambiguous.
The above example may mean, according to circumstances, (a) he did not come
at all, or (b) he came but did not bring it. :
416. In Japanese as in English two negatives destroy one another or are
equivalent to an affirmative.
Deki-nai koto wa nai ; I can do it (but it is difficult), (lit. it is not a fact that
I cannot do it).
417. Double negatives are employed very frequently. The commonest con-
struction of all is a verb in the negative present conditional followed by ike-nai
or nara-nai. This conveys a meaning of obligation and may generally be
translated by ‘must’.
K6 shi-nakereba narimasen ; it must be done in this way, (lit. it won’t do not
to do thus).
418. You may even find three negatives in Japanese :
‘Shi-nakereba nara-nai koto de wa nai ; it is not an obligatory thing, (lit. it is
not a fact that it is a thing which it won’t do not to do).
419. An English affirmative sentence is sometimes translated by the negative
in Japanese : Ko-nai uchi ni ; before he comes, (lit. during his not coming).
94 ELEMENTARY GRAMMAR
420. Interrogations are formed by adding ka at the end of the sentence.
However if the sentence contains an interrogative pronoun or adverb, ka is not
necessary at the end :
Samui dest ka ? is it cold?
Dare ga kita? who came ?
In familiar speech kai or kae is sometimes used instead of ka.
421. Various interrogative pronouns and adverbs are mentioned in 336 et
~seqq. ; 403. Questions regarding numbers are explained in 277.
422. In Japanese as in English, a request is often made in the form of a
question. :
Hon wo kashite kudasaimasen ka? would you be kind enough to lend me your
~ book ?
423. What is one question in English may become two or three in Japanese.
407, 1).
424. Negative interrogations which in English expect for answer ‘yes’ are
sometimes made, in familiar Japanese, by putting the principal verb in the
affirmative and adding ja nai ka ? isn’t that so ? (165, 11; 63).
425. Ne which is often heard at the end of a sentence, especially in the speech
of women, frequently has a quasi-interrogative force and may often be trans-
ated by ‘isn’t that so ?’
426. Women sometimes ask questions by finishing the sentence with a gerund
pronounced with a rising inflexion of the voice. (58, 18 ; 200, 8).
427. Quotations. The repetition of another’s words or the expression of one’s
own thoughts is generally done in Japanese in the form of a direct quotation.
A direct quotation is expressed by to, kd, or sé, and a verb like itu, hanasi,
kiku, omou, ete. To is used always after, ké generally before, and sé generally
after, the words quoted.* ,
‘Nichiyo made ni kaeru’ to iimashita ; he said : ‘I shall be back on Sunday’.
O tenki daré to omoimasit ; I think it will be fine.
Yamada San ni, ‘ sugu ni o-ide kudasai’ to itte kite o kure; go and ask Mr
Yamada to come immediately.
Yokohama no densha ni ké kaite arimast : ‘Mado kara kao ya te wo dasa-nai
yO ni negaimast’ ; the Yokohama tram-cars have this notice : ‘You are request-
ed not to put your head or your hands out of the window’,
‘Jibun no nimotsi wa minna jibun de motte iku hé ga ii’ ; watashi wa sd
omoimast ; ‘Everyone had better take his own parcel’ ; that’s what I think.
The words quoted, however, are not necessarily the very words of the
original speaker. The person who is quoting will change, if needs be, the
*Sometimes none of these words are used : ‘ Fune ga tsikimashita ka? kiite goran nasai,
go and ask if the boat has arrived. On the other hand a pleonastice construction with both
to ard 8) is sometimes employed : Suzuki San wa, ‘doyd-bi ni kaeru ’ to 86 iimashita, Mr Suzuki
said he would return on Saturday. :
OF THE JAPANESE SPOKEN LANGUAGE 95
honorifics and humble words into plain words or vice versa, and pronouns may
be used instead of a proper name, ete.
A servant will say to her mistress : Danna sama wa ‘Téky6 e irrassharu’ to
osshaimashita the master said ‘I am going to Tokyd’; although the actual
words were Téky6 e iku.
Yamada San ga ‘anata ni o hanashi ga aru’ to itte kimashita Mr Yamada
came and said he wished to speak to you, (lit. Mr Yamada came and said ‘I
wish to speak to you’). Mr Yamada’s actual words were perhaps Danna sama
ni o hanashi shitai koto ga gozaimast 1 wish to speak to your husband.
The colloquial ’tte which is often equivalent to to iimasi% or to iimashita, is
used frequently after a quotation.
Kirei desti ’ite ; he says ‘it’s pretty ’.
428. An indirect quotation is sometimes rendered by means of yé ni ‘so
that’ :
Ashita kuru y6 ni (sd) itte kure ; tell him to come tomorrow, (lit. tell him in
such a way so that he will come tomorrow).
429. Although indirect quotations are occasionally employed, the Japanese
generally prefer not to use them, and turn the sentence in such a way as to
avoid them :
-Tell O Haru to come here—call O Haru; O Haru wo yonde kure.
Tell Shige to call a rikisha—cause Shige to call a rikisha; Shige ni kurwma
wo yobashite kure.
EE
fe Sp 4p oe 46 4p
«A
AK
ar ar &
we WE He TE
IK
m & Bey
—-
—_—
-_—
KRAHKAEEK
i.e ik. eee
AAR AA HBA
's = fe = Oo = >
K+
pg
Bike
AT
BR
Ep
F
AR Bt ME WK
hal
hal
te
i at tr wT
At
Paeaes LERELE RELL ES
RESET
aS . SSCS eS
BMEKR REL MN aGA+ eS
R—pRRKZr pK Kee IK
MMEKR EW bo<+ Re
z Ez ee 4d
See Re RR ORR R
SereEEz cme #
* €@ ef ABakke YP + <P
He"RD) era rs kK
CONVERSATIONAL JAPANESE
FOR BEGINNERS BY
ARTHUR ROSE-INNES
PART. Hit
VOCABULARY
OF
COMMON JAPANESE WORDS
WITH
NUMEROUS EXAMPLES & NOTES.
NEW EDITION
KELLY & WALSH, LTD.
YOKOHAMA, SHANGHAI, HONGKONG and SINGAPORE.
(All rights reserved.)
List of Abbreviations.
a. n., auxiliary numeral
- abb., abbreviation, abbreviated
acc., according, accusative
act., active
adj., adjective(s), adjectival
adv., adverb(s), adverbia!
aff., affix, affixed, affirmative
attr., attributive, etc.
aux., auxiliary
caus,, causative
cogn., cognate
comp., composition, compound(s)
cond., conditional
conj., conjunction, conjugation
contr., contraction, contracted
corr., corruption, corrupted
dat., dative
der., derivative(s)
desid., desiderative
ell., ellipsis, elliptical(ly)
Eng., English
esp., especial(ly)
excl., exclamation
expr., expressing
f,, from
fem., feminine, used by women
fig., figurative, ete.
foll., following (word), followed
freq., fyequent(ly), frequentative
gen., generally, genitive
hon., honorific
hum., humble
i., intransitive
_impol., impolite
ind., indicative
inf., infinitive
infl., inflexion
interj., interjection
interr., interrogation, interrogative
irreg., irregular
lit., literal (ly)
n., noun(s)
neg., negative, negation -
nom., nominative
num., numeral, numerical
pass., passive
pers., person(al), etc.
phr., phrases
pl., plural
ppn., postposition
pol., polite
pot., potential
prec., preceding (word)
pred., predicate, etc.
pref., prefix, prefixed
pres., present
prob., probable
pron., pronoun, pronounce, pronunciation
q., quasi—
q. adj., quasi-adjective
q. ppn., quasi-postposition
refl., reflexive
rel., relative
sing., singular
subj., subject
suf., suftix, sutfixed
sup., superlative
t., transitive
term., termination, terminal
usu., usual(ly)
v., verb
v.i., verb intransitive:
v.t., verb transitive.
w., with
Black-face numbers refer to the paragraphs of Part IT.
The letter A, B, C or D, found after each example gives an idea of the degree of polite-
ness: ‘A’ sentences should be used to inferiors only ; ‘ B’ are familiar; * C’ are polite in
an ordinary way; and ‘ D’ are somewhat formally polite.
A, 4.
abekobe.
abunai,
abura.
achi, achira, (achi is gen. pron. atchi).
achi-kochi,
VOCABULARY |
Interj.
sorrow, pain, dislike, ete.
a. Like that.
diu ; & iu fi na ; & iu yo na: that kind of ;
that sort of ; like that.
expr. surprise, admiration,
The wrong way; the other way
about.
Dangerous.
abunai koto wo suru: to do something
dangerous ‘or risky.
abunai koto deshita (C): it was a narrow
escape.
abunai koto wa nai (B) : there is no danger.
_ ano bydki wa abunai (B): that illness is
very serious.
abunai me ni au : to be exposed to danger.
abunai tenki : doubtful weather.
abunai hanashi : a doubtful story.
abunai (yo) / take care ! look out !
Fat ; oil ; grease.
abura wo uru : to waste time.
abura wo toru : to expose a person’s faults
(as before others) ; to mortify ; to tease.
Comp.
abura-e : an oil painting.
abura-kami : oil-paper.
abura-jimi : grease-spot, [shimi a stain].
aburakkoi : greasy (of taste), [koi thick].
There.
atchi e o iki nasai (B) : get away ; be off.
Comp.: a(t)chi-ko(t)chi : here and there.
(pron. also atchi-kotchi), [achi
there, kocht here]. Here and there ; every
where.
achi-kochi wo sagast : to seek everywhere. .
achi-kochi ni aru : found everywhere.
agaru, v.i. [cogn. w. age ru v.t.].
1) To rise ; go up ; ascend.
agattari-sagattari suru: to move up and
down.
2) To enter a house. (The Japanese mats
are higher than the level of the ground,
so you ascend when you go in).
0 agari nasai (B): please come in (into the
house).
3) Used humbly when speaking of one’s own
going to another’s house.
kind agarimashita ga o rusu de gozaimashita
(D): you were out when I called yester-
day.
4) Used politely when speaking of eating,
_ drinking or smoking of the 2nd person.
0 agari nasai (B): please help yourself ;
(drink or eat what has been served you).
nani ka o agari nasaimasen ka ?*(D): may
I offer you some refreshment ?
5) To be completed ; be finished.
ame ga agarimashita (C): the rain has
stopped and the weather has cleared
up. :
ou
6) Various. ioe
on agara-nai (B): they can find no
proo
te ga agaru: to make progress (in manual
accomplishments).
gakké e agaru : to enter school (said of child — - =
who goes for first time).
kome ga agarimashita (C): rice has gone up
(in price).
ikura de agaru? (B): how much would
cover the expenses ?
Comp.
meshi-agaru : like 4) but more polite still ;
said of eating and drinking.
deki-agaru : to be completed.
tobi-agaru : to jump up.
age’ru, v.t. |[cogn. w. agaru v.i.].
1) To raise ; lift up.
agetari-sagetari suru ; to move up and down. —
2) Used humbly of the giving of the Ist
person ; used also of the giving of the 2nd
and 3rd persons, but not if the gift is to
me or mine.
nani ka agemashé ka ? (C) : may I offer you
anything ?
dare ni agemashita ka ? (C): to whom did
you give it? :
3) Used humbly after a gerund when an
action is performed in favour of another.
yonde agemashé ka ? (D): shall I read it to
you?
4) To finish ; complete.
shigoto wo age-ru : to finish the work.
5) Various.
nedan wo age'ru : to raise the price.
koe wo age'ru : to raise the voice.
kami wo ageru : to do up one’s hair,
nedoko wo ageru : to put away a bed.
Comp.
ageru-mono : a gift.
moshi-age-ru : to tell.
mochi-age'ru : to lift up.
yobi-ageru : to call out.
kaki-age’ru : to finish writing.
shi-age'ru ; to finish doing.
aida, q. ppn.
1) Interval of time or space;
while ; during.
go to roku no aida : between five and six.
yoru no aida ni shinimashita (C): he died
during the night. -
futa-tsiiki no aida : for two months.
mikka no aida bydki deshita (C): 1 was Ml
* for three days.
futari no aida ni kenka ga okotta (B): a.
quarrel has arisen between the two.
fitari no aida ni kodomo ga hitori mo arima-
sen deshita (C): they (a married couple)
had no children. <
tomodachi no aida ni : among friends,
between >
3
i“ ee
NEL, wate. 4
4 eas 4 - - a i,
Fy, ETERS Ae oe tes es ER ae ee
’ eat Pe eer en"! a hae
<a tes 24 tN ata 1 tty
nf Sa pay 3 a
5
ey
,
4
ee
the
a
*
% Re aos : eae os >
iia hs yh AND oe
BO ski raat eh 8
2
7
fey.
* spade
e
¢
nee
| <
Be a
te a
bee
1s
(Tee
te Tl
eee
SOS Se Gee taht
aida FS
23% Yamakita to Gotemba no aida wa yama no
Bones ‘keshiki ga naka-naka ii (B): between
oe Yamakita and Gotemba the mountain
ee scenery is very fine.
eu kodomo-tachi wa ki no aida ni kakureta (B) :
“ee the children hid themselves among the
: trees.
kisha ga deru made ni wa mada san-jip-pun
mo (or no) aida ga arimasté (C): it still
wants thirty minutes for the train to leave.
2) Used without no after a verb : while.
86 suru aida : while he was doing’so.
Amerika ni ita aida ni: while I was in
America.
3) Various.
nagai aida:
distance.
stikoshi no aida ;
while.
sono aida :
time.
Comp.
aida-gui :
eat].
' kono-aida ; ai-no-ko ; q.v.
ainiku, [a interj., nikui odious].
nately.
ainiku no ame: a rainy day coming just
when it is not wanted.
o ainiku sama! (C): that was very un-
§ fortunate !
-. ai-no-ko, [ai(da) between, no of, ko child]. A
Eurasian ; a half-caste.
aisatsi. Salutation ; greeting.
aisaisti suru : to salute ; greet.
aita, [past of aku to open]. Vacant ; empty.
aji. Taste ; flavour.
aji no nai : flavourless.
aka, n. 182. [akai, adj. red]. Red.
aka-gane, [akai red, kane rnetal]. Copper.
akai, adj. Red.
akaku naru : to blush.
Comp. and der.
aka, n. red.
aka-gane, q.v.
makkai, see ma2.
_ akabé : railway porter, [bdshi cap ; porters
wear red caps].
akamb6, [akai red}. Baby.
akari, n. !akarui, adj. bright]. . A light.
akari wo kest : to put out the light.
akari wo tstike-ru : to light the light.
akari wo miseru : to show a light.
£ akarui.
We 1) Bright ; clear.
for a long while ; for a long
chotto no. aida : a little
in the meanwhile ; during that
eating between meals, [kuw to
~
Unfortu-
4 sukkari akaruku narimashita (C): it is’ al-
ready broad daylight.
rampu wo akaruku suru: to turn up the
ae Fia wick of a lamp.
Spa.) > 2) Clever.
a eee ano hito wa Nihon-go ni akarui (B): he is
very learned in Japanese.
Der. ahd q- Vv.
akeppanastt, [akeru to open; hanasit to
leave]. To leave open. - ‘
akeru, [cogn. w. aku v. i.}.
1) v. t. To open.
to wo akete kure (A) : open the door,
bin no kuchi wo ake-ru : to open a bottle.
nimotsti wo ake'ru : to open a bag, (trunk,
parcel, ete.) ; to unpack. ;
ana wo ake-ru : to make a hole.
2) v. t. To empty ; make vacant.
téburu wo ake-ru : to clear the table.
—no tame ni basho wo akeru: to make —
room for—
michi wo akeru: to make room on the
road ; to open a new road. ;
mi-euji zutsti akete kaku : to write on one
line and leave three in blank.
te wo ake-ru : to leave a house empty.
bin no mizu wo ake-ru : to empty the water
out of a bottle.
3) v.i. To be over.
yo ga ake-ru : the day dawns, (lit. the night
is Over).
Comp.
akeppanast : to leave open, [see —ppanasi}.
yo-ake : dawn, [yo night}.
aki. Autumn.
aki-, [f. aku to open]. Empty ; open.
aki-bin : an empty bottle. .
aki-ma : an unoccupied room.
aki-ya : an unoccupied house.
aki-isu : an empty chair.
aki-chi : unoccupied ground
aki-mekura : &@ man with eyes open but
blind ; an illiterate person.
akindo. A merchant ; trader.
akippoi, [f. aki-ru to get tired of, -ppoi q. v.].
Soon wearied of ; changeable ; fickle.
akireru. To be astonished ; surprised.
aki‘ru, v.i. 114. To get tired of.
sore ni akimashita (C) : I am tired of it.
ano hito ni hanasi no ni akite shimatta (B) :
I am tired of telling him.
Comp.: akippoi, q. v.
aku, v. i. 114, [cogn. w. ake-ru, v. t.}.
1) To open.
nan-ji ni akimast ka ? (C) : at what o'clock
does the door open ?
kuchi wo aite (or akete) goran nasai (C) :
open your mouth ; (note the exceptional
use of aku as a Vv. t.).
2) To become vacant.
kono heya wa ashita akimasu% (C): this room
will be vacant tomorrow.
kono hon wa akimashita ka ? (C): have you
done with this book ?
3) Aite iru + to be open ; be vacant.
aite iru heya : an empty room.
bin wa aite imasi (C) : the bottle is empty.
koko wa aite imasi ka ? (C) : ae:
gaged ? is ous place taken ?
honk heaseec ae i bad B): ore yom using
_ this book ?
= 4): Various. .
‘ima «wa te ga aite imasi (C): I have a Satie
spare time now.
omae no kimono ni ana ga aite iru at ~
there is a hole in your dress.
Der.
aita ; aki— ; q. v.
akubi, Tf. aki-ru to get weary]. A yawn.
akubi (wo) suru ; akubi ga de-ru : to yawn.
amai, [f. maz of nice taste].
1) Sweet.
2) Deficient in salt.
mada shio ga amai (B):
enough.
3) Soft ; weak ; stupid.
amaku suru ;: to spoil (a child).
onna ni amai hito: a man easily led by
women.
amai yatst : a silly, weak person ; a soft.
4) Amai mo karaz mo shitte iru : he is a man
who knows what’s good.
Der. _
_amasa : (degree of) sweetness, [—sa q. v.].
amami : sweetness, [—mi q. v.].
amari, (gen. pron. ammari); [f. amaru to be
in excess].
1) Before an adj.: (far) too.
kore wa ammari takai (B) :
dear.
ammari taktisan : (far) too much (many).
ammari sikunai : (far) too little (few).
_. 2) Before gerund or noun : so ; too—to.
ammari benkyd shite bydki ni narimashita
| (C) : he studied so much he fell ill.
sae ammari kirei da kara dé shite mo kaimashé
ines (C) : it is so pretty I really must buy it.
kono kimono wa ammari furukite kirare-
masen (C): these clothes are too old to
wear.
3) After a quantity : at least ; more than.
go-yen amari kakarimast (C) : it will cost at
- least five yen.
4) Followed by a,neg.: not very ; not many ;
not much.
ammari yoku nai : not very good.
gyinyt wa ammari siki de wa arimasen (C):
I don’t like milk much.
kono-goro ammari aimasen (C): I have met
him but seldom lately, (not very often).
86 iu hito wa ammari nai (B): hardly any
one says so, (not many people) ; there are
not many people like that.
‘i ammari mita koto wa nai (B) : I hardly ever
see any, (not many times).
amaru. To be in excess ; be over.
it is not salty
this is (far) too
_ kane ga amarimasi (C) : the money is more
than is wanted.
:
P ano kodomo wa watakishi no te ni amaru
| (beyond my control).
,
a
(B): that child is too much for me,
amaru hodo : more than aioe
ambai.
1) The seasoning or taste of food as the! re- ;
sult of artificial preparation.
o sakana no.ambai wa ikaga de
ka ? (D, fem.): how dows the fish aad
2) Condition ; ; Way ; Manner.
dé iu ambai ni shimashé ? (C): how shall I ;
do it ?
kono ambai de ittara yokard (B): I
things will continue as they fs ne
ambai wa dé desi ka? (C):
feeling ?
0 yu no ambai wa ikaga desi ? (C): how is Ss
the bath ? (is it hot enough ?)
chédo ii ambai desii (C) :
a ambai deshita (C):
thing.
Der.
shio-ambai :
ame. Rain.
ame ga furu : to rain.
it is just right. ©
same meaning as 1).
ame ga furu deshd ka ? (C) :, do you think it fe
will rain ?
ame ga futte kimashita (C): it has begun. to
rain.
ame ga fura-nakereba wi (B): I nope it
won't rain.
ame ga futte mo, kaze ga fuite mo, ashita
Toky6 e iku (B): rain or fine, no matter ~
what happens, [ shall go to Toky6é to- :
morrow.
ame futte 71 kataku naru: after rain the
ground gets hard, (after a quarrel friend-—
ship becomes deeper).
ame ga yamu : to stop raining,
ame wo yoke-ru : to shelter oneself from the
rain.
ame no 6i kunt : a rainy country.
Comp.
d-ame : heavy rain, [6— big].
ame-furi : rainy weather, [furul to fall).
ama-do’: outside shutters, [tol door}.
ama-gasa ; Japanese umbrella, [kasa um-
brella].
ama-mizu : rain-water, [mizu water].
Amerika. America ; United States of Ameri- a )
ca.
Amerika-jin : an American, [-jin man].
ammari, usu. pron. of amari, q. V- :
ana. Hole; pit ; cave.
ana wo ake-ru : to make a hole, ‘
ana wo horu : to dig a hole.
anata. You, sing. (polite).
anata-gata ; anata-tachi :
-tacht ; q. v-]-
ane. Elder sister.
me daughter].
ani. Elder brother.
- such as that ; like that ; so.
that was a good
ae
you, pl. [-gala 5 See
ane-mustime : the eldest daughter, mua 4
anna, [contr. of ano yd na}. That kind of ; :
Kes oe
ms ee
‘ anna
1) Used attr. immediately before a noun.
it often has a contemptuous sense.
anna hon wa yonde wa ike-nai (A):
read a (silly) book like that.
anna koto / (B): don’t mention it, (a little
thing like that !) ; (said after being thank-
- ed).
don’t
‘it 2) Has a sup. sense before an adj. or its
Se der.; anna ni also has this sense.
anna ureshii koto wa nakatta (B): I was
never so pleased in my life.
anna ni nagaku Nihon ni ite mo mada chitto
mo Nihon-go ga wakara-nai (B) : although
he has been in Japan such a long time, he
can’t understand a word of Japanese.
annai. Guide ; invitation.
annai suru : to guide.
anata wa koko-ira wa yoku go annai deshd
(C): I suppose you are familiar with this
neighbourhood
Comp.
annai-j6: letter of introduction ; written
invitation, [764 letter].
fu-annai : ignorance, [fu—neg.].
~ano, adj. [often=are no]. That (referring to
‘ things far off ; 336 ; 343).
es -ano (0) kata ; ano hito : he ; she.
Ss ano otoko : he.
ano onna : she.
ano hito-tachi : they.
ano naka : inside that, (ano—are no).
par ano is sometimes used at the beginning of a
‘sentence when the speaker feels rather
embarrassed or wishes to introduce a
new subject. ,
ano ne! (B): (used to call attention); I
say ; look here.
anshin. Peace of mind.
anshin suru : to be free from care ; not to
be anxious; not to worry; not to fee]
, uneasy.
anshin saseru :
mind.
- anshin o shi nasai (C):
_ your mind at ease.
anshin shimashita (C): that is a great re-
- lief ; I am much relieved to hear it.
4 naka-naka anshin wa deki-nai (B): I cannot
help worrying about it.
ammari anshin wa narimasen yo (B) : don’t
be too sure.
aes anshin no deki-nai hito : a person one can-
not have confidence in. °
; kore de yatto hito-anshin (B): well, I’m re-
_. -. lieved at last of that anxiety.
to relieve somebody’s
don’t worry ; put
a ao, n. 182. [aoi, adj. green]. Blue ; green.
ist iS aoi, adj. Blue; green ; inexperienced un-
a ripe ; (of the face) pale.
Comp. and der.
~~ * .- ao, n.: blue ; green.
—-. g@omono : vegetables, [mono thing].
: ao-zora : blue sky, [sora sky].
massaoi ; massao na : sup. of aoi, [see me2].
arai. Coarse ; rough ; violent. |
Der.
arappoi : see -ppoi.
arashi : peor:
are-ru : to become rough.
arashi, [f. arai violent]. A storm ; tempest.
arau. To wash nee
moto wo arau : to investigate somebody's
past. '
are,n. That (referring to things far off ; 336:
343) ; that person (impol.); he; she; it;
they. :
are / interj. of wonder, gen. corr. to ara /
are kara : after that (time, in a past sense
only).
areru, v.i. 114, [araz rough].
stormy ; laid waste.
wumi ga arete imas% (C): the sea is rough.
niwa ga arete iru (B): the garden is neglect-
ed.
ari-ai, [aru to be ; au to meet]. Happening
to be present ; incidental presence.
uchi ni ari-ai de ii (B): whatever there may
happen to be in the house will do.
ari-awase'ru, [aru to be; awase-ru to join}.
To happen to have ; happen to be.
ari-awaseta, b6 : a stick which happened to
be there.
ima ari-awase wa kore shika nai (B): this i is
all that I have now.
uchi ni ari-awase no mono : what one has in
the house.
arigatai, [arw to be;
To be rough ;
katai hard, difficult :
kindness is rare, we are thankful there- —
fore when we find it]. Thankful ;
ful.
arigatai to omou ; arigataku omou :
grateful.
arigatai koto da (B):
grate-
to feel
it is a thing to be
grateful for.
arigatd (gozaimasi) (C): thank you; see
foll.
arigaté, [pol. pred. form of arigatai), Thank
you.
démo arigats oomtioniastt (D); 6ki ni arigato ~
gozaimast (D) : thank you very much.
senjitsit wa arigaté gozaimashita (D) : thanks
for your kindness (present) the other day.
arigaté to itte kudasai (C). please give him
my best thanks.
ari-sd (na), adj. [arw to be ; —s6 q.v.]}.
Probable ; likely to be (exist) ; appear- “
ing to be.
ari-86 mo nai : unlikely ; improbable.
aru. The subject of aru takes the ppn. ga.
The neg. of aru is irreg. nai ; see 93. De —
aru ete. is gen. contr. to da q.v.; see also —
de3) — 94. A polite substitute eared
is goza
1) There a0 ieee (got) : this idea is con-
tained in all the following examples al- —
ae ee a eee
—
aru Se 7
by
though the translation may be, find, get,
happen, last, etc.
pan ga arimasti ka? (C): have you any
bread ?
o t6-san ga arimast ka ? (C): is your father
alive ? (have you a father ?)
sei no takai Nihon-jin mo aru (B): some
Japanese are tall (although most are
short).
béshi ga arimasen (C): I haven’t got a
hat ; I can’t find my hat.
arimashita (C) : I’ve found it ; here it is.
tsikue no ue ni aru deshd (C): you will
probably find it on the desk ; I think it is
on the desk
anata no béshi wa koko ni arimasi (C):
your hat is here.
pan wa doko ni arimast ka ? (C): where can
I get some bread ?
rusu ni nani ka kawatia koto ga atia ka ?
(B): has anything happened in my
absence ?
donna koto ga atte mo : whatever happens.
moshi, dare ka o kyaku ga attara : if a visitor
should come.
atte mo naktte mo : with or without; wheth-
_er there is any or not.
nan-nichi gurai aru deshd ka? (C): how
many days will it last ?
mada arimast ka ? (C) : are there any left ?
jibiki ga o ari desi ka ? (C): have you got
a dictionary ?
ushi ni (wa) tsuno ga aru (B): cows have
horhs ; (note that the Eng. subj. takes nz
like a dative in Jap.: horns belong to
cows).
2) Aru still has the meaning of ‘there is’
when used as an adj.: it can be translated
by, certain, one. ‘
aru hito : a certain man. (there was a man).
aru hi : a certain day ; one day.
3) After the gerund of transitive verbs it
refers to a completed act and may often
be translated by a passive idiom.
furoshiki ni tsutsunde arimast (C): it is
wrapped up in a cloth.
hon ni kaite arimast (C): it is written. in
the book.
4) Aru in the neg., after the adv. infl. of a
true adj., gen. means ‘to be.’
tsuyoku arimasen (C) : he is not strong.
When aru means to last, it may be used in
both the afi. and neg. with the adv. infl.
of a true adj. :
kono shabon wa nagaku arimasté (C): this
soap has lasted a long time.
sonna ni nagaku arimasen (C) : it doesn’t
last very long (time) ; it isn’t very long
(length).
5) —koto ga aru ; sometimes ; once.
—koto ga aru ka ? ever ?
'—koto ga nai : never.
Nagasaki ni itta koto ga arimasit ka? (C):
? .
have you ever been to N:
itta koto ga arimast (C): I have been there
(sometimes). ae
itta koto ga arimasen (C): I have never been
there.
Kagoshima demo yuki no furu koto ga arima-
st (C): it does snow sometimes also in
Kagoshima.
amari mita koto ga nai (B): I have seld
seen any. 5
6) De wa arimasen ka ? see de 4),
Comp. and der. ;
ari-ai ; ari-awase'ru ; ari-86 ; q.v. :
aru-nashi : the question of the existence of
a thing, [nashi non-existent]. .
arittake=aru dake, see dake -
da=de aru, see da.
aruku. To walk.
aruite ikimasi (C): I will go on foot.
aruite ni-jikan kakarimasti (C): it is a two
hours’ walk.
niwa wo arukimashita (C): I walked about
the garden. Tred 3
shiji arwite imasi (C): 1 am always travel-
ling.
Comp. é
aruki-mawaru : to walk round ; walk about,
[mawaru to turn]. i
aruki-kata : manner of walking, [kata man-
ner].
aruki-kata ga haya-sugimasi (C): you walk
too fast. ;
asa. Morning. ‘
asa kara ban made: from morning till
evening. /
kind no asa : yesterday morning.
Comp. and der.
kesa : this morning, [kono2 this ; asa}.
myéasa : tomorrow morning, [see myo-}.
asa-ne : sleeping late in the morning, [neru
to sleep].
asa-han ; asa-meshi : breakfast, [han3 food ;
meshi rice}.
asa-oki : early rising ; an early riser, [okitru
dekite kara hi ga asai (B): it was only
finished a short time ago. Ra
asatte. The day after tomorrow.
ase. Perspiration.
ase ga de-ru :; to perspire.
Comp. 5
hiya-ase : cold perspiration, [hiyast to cool}.
ase-darake : covered with perspiration, [see —
1) Leg ; foot.
2) Used after the abb. 2nd set of numerals
(276, 4) : step.
/
*
it
\
ay
SATS Beh or SY ae te A SONS
a
H
-
eee
wie
Ese
oa We
at aii
As
; - ashita.
3) Phrases.
sam-bon ashi no
table.
ashi no ura : the sole of the foot.
ashi no hayai hito : a quick walker.
ashi ga tstiku ; to be tracked.
ashi ga b6 no yb ni naru made arukimashita
(C): I walked so much I could no longer
move my legs.
téburu: a three-legged
~~ Comp.
doro-ashi : muddy feet, [doro mud].
ry6-ashi ; both legs, [see 7/6].
kata-ashi : one leg, [see kata}.
_ashi-ato : footprint, [ato after].
ato-ashi : hind Jeg, [ato after].
mae-ashi : foreleg, [mae before}.
ashi-kake ; used of incomplete units of time
(years, months),
ashi-kake san-nen: three years (not com-
plete ; e.g. from November 1914, to March
1916 ; the first and last are not complete
years).
ashi-moto ; muda-ashi ; q.v.
ashi-moto, [ashi foot; moto originj. The
place where one steps or is standing.
ashi-moto ni ki wo o tstike nasai (C): take
care where you step.
Tomorrow.
ashita no hyaku yori ky6 no go-j%: fifty to-
day is better than a hundred tomorrow ;
a bird in hand is worth two in the bush.
asobi, n. [asobu to play]. Play ; a game.
asobu.
1) To. play;
pleasure).
asobi ni iku : to go somewhere for pleasure,
Suzuki San no uchi e asobi ni tkimashita
(C) : IL went to visit Mr Suzuki.
chitto 0 asobi ni irasshai (C) : come and see
me now and then.
kéen de asonde kimashita (C) :
for a stroll in the park.
2) Asonde i-ru : to be.idle ; be out’ of work.
asonde aruku : to gad about.
Der.
asobi, n.: play, a game.
asoko, (gen. pron. astiko).
336 ; 343.
astiko wa doko dest ka ? (C):
that ?
Der.
' asoko-ira : about there; thereabouts, [see
/ ara).
assari. Plainly ; simply.
assari shita : plain, simple.
astiko, see asoko
atama. Head.
atama ga itai (B): I have a headache.
- atama wo itaku suru: to rack one’s brains.
atama ni haira-nai (B): I cannot under-
' stand it, (get it into my head). 4
—atama no vi hito : a clever man.
amuse oneself; visit (for
I have been
There ; that place ;
what place is
atama no nai hito : a a silly man. .
atama kara ashi no saki made: from head :
to foot.
jibun no atama no hai wo ot nasai : ities
_the flies off your own head ; mind your
own business. :
atama kakushite shiri kakusa-zu : to hide
the head but not the body.
atarashii. Fresh ; new.
atarashii tamago : fresh eggs.
atarimae (no or na). Usual;
proper.
ataru, v.i. [cogn. w. ate ru v.t.).
1) To strike against ; to hit the mark.
wataktishi no itta koto ga atatta (B):
words have come true.
2) To warm oneself.
hi ni ataru : to warm oneself at a fire; to—
remain in the sun.
hi ni ataru to kuroku naru (B) : if you re-
main in the sun you will get sunburnt.
3) Various.
kesa tabeta sakana ga atatta (B): the fish L
had this morning has disagreed with me.
ano hito wa anata no nani ni atarimast ka?
(C) : what relation is he of yours ?
bachi ga ataru : to be punished hy heaven.
jochi ni hidoku ataru : to maltreat a ser-
vant.
Shina wa Nihon no nishi ni ataru (B):
China is to the west of Japan.
Der.: hi-atari, q.v.
atashi. Abb. of watakdshi (q.v.), used esp.
by women.
atatakai, (gen. pron. attakai).
Der. and comp.
attaka (nd): warm.
aitaka-sugi‘ru : to be too warm, [see sug? ru |.
attamaru, V.i.: to get- warm.
attame'ru, v.t.: to make warm.
atchi, see achi.
ate, [ate-ru to hit].
ordinary ;
my
Warm.
Expectation ; aim ; pur-
ate ni narimasen (C): he is not to be de-
pended upon.
ate ni suru : to rely on.
ate ni shite wa ikemasen (C):
count upon me,
ate ni naru, adj.: reliable.
ate ni nara-nai, adj.: unreliable.
Comp.
ate-na ; na-ate : an address, [na name].
ateru, v.t. [cogn. w. ataru, v.1.].
1) To hit ; strike ; touch.
atsui ka, teumetai ka, te wo atete goran (Br
touch and see whether it is hot or cold.
2) To expose to heat.
kimono we hi ni atete kawakashite o kure (a):
dry my dress at the fire.
3) To guess.
atete goran nasai (0): guces what it is.
Der.: ate, q.v.
you mustn v9
+
‘ayamaru
ato.
1) Mark ; impression ; place.
kore wa inu no kami-tsuita ha no ato desi
(C) : this is the mark left by a dog’s bite.
téburu wo katazukete sono ato e isu wo o oki
nasai (B) : put away the table and put a
_ chair in its place.
2) After ; behind.
- anata no ato ni mairimashita (C): I came
after you.
ato kara ikimashé (C): I will go later on.
ichiban ato no dempé : the latest telegram.
téka ato ni: ten days after ; ten days from
now (either before or after).
ato no : the one after : the remaining one.
shokuji wo shita ato ni kyaku ga kimashita
(C) : after we had eaten, visitors came.
sonna ni ato kara oshite wa ike-nai (A):
don’t push from behind like that.
3) A successor.
watakishi no ato wa mada kimarimasen (C) :
my successor has not yet been appointed.
4) The remainder ; what is left.
sore de wa ato no mono ga komaru (B) : that
would put those remaining behind in a
difficulty.
ato ni-hon kaka-nakereba nara-nai (B): I
have still two (letters) to write.
5) Various.
ato wo katazuke'ru : to clear away things.
ato wo tstike ru : to follow in another’s track.
Comp.
ashi-ato : footprints.
yubi-ato : finger-marks.
kizu-ato : scar.
ato-ashi : hind legs.
ato-oshi , q.v.
ato-oshi, [ato behind ; osi% to push]. A man
who pushes behind any vehicle ; a rikisha
push-man ; a backer.
ato-oshi wo suru: to push
vehicle) ; (fig.) to incite.
atsuil. Hot.
ky6 no atsui koto / how hot it is today !
atstikite shiyd ga nai (B): it is awfully hot.
atstiku suru ;: to heat.
Der. and comp.
atstisa : heat, [see —sa].
atsti-sugi-ru : to be too hot.
atsui2, Thick ; cordial.
(behind a
atstiku o rei wo méshimasi (D) : thank you
very much.
Der. and comp.
atstisa : thickness, [see -sa].
aisii-sugi,ru : to be too thick.
atsumaru, v.i. [cogn. w. atsumeru v.t.]. To
assemble. y
_ atsumerru, v.t. [cogn. w. alsumaru v.i.}. To
~ assemble ; collect.
atama wo atsumete sddan suru: to consult
. together (said of several).
attakai, see atatakai.
,
ov
attamaru, v.i. [f. atatakai warm ; cogn. w.
attame-ru v.t.|. To become warm. se
attameru, v.t. [f. atatakai warm; cogn. w.
atiamaru wv.i.|. To warm.
au, v.i. [cogn. w. awase-ru v.t.].
1) To meet ; see. Aw is a plain verb: the —
corresponding humble verb is o me ni
kakaru. (358). ”
shujin ni aitai (B):
master. yee Nae
itsi Tanabe San ni aemasti ka ?(C): when
can I see Mr Tanabe ? ~
itstt o ai nasaimashita ka ? (D): when did
you see him’? :
au wa wakare no hajime: the meeting is —
the beginning of the separation. Py
2) To fit; suit; agree. ; a
kono kutsu wa watakishi no ashi ni awa-nai see. Pu.
(B) : these boots do not fit me: 5 eae
Nihon no o cha wa wataktshi ni aimasen
(C).: Japanese tea does not agree with me. oa
kono tokei wa atte imasi (C): this clock is , pS
right. ae
kanjé ga awa-nai (B): these accounts do Lag
not agree. "Lie aaa
3) Various. goal
hidoi me ni au : to be treated cruelly. iS
ea
Ve
ma ni au : to be in time.
Comp.
ari-ai : happening to be there..;
+
¢
bei
ww
deki-ai : happening to be made; ready- a
made. ' 4
hanashi-au : to talk together. Reo
niau, q.Vv. reek
awase’ru, v.t. [cogn. w. au v.i.}. To join;
unite.
awase-mono wa hanare-mono ; things which
have been artificially united are easily
separated ; (said of husband and wife who
disagree).
Various.
ima jibun awaseru kao ga nai (B): IT am —
now ashamed to show my face..
iro wo awase'ru : to match colours.
tokei wo awaseru: to put a clock right.
Note.—Awase'ru is a qausi-causative of
au to meet ; the 3rd base is gen. @
sometimes awaset. is
In comp. awase-ru gen. has the meaning of =
‘ together’ or ‘ happen to.’ : ewig
maze-awaseru : to mix together,
dene ae
Fr.
fa beet
[mazerrus \ ;
to mix]}..
nui-awase'ru: to sew together, [nu to sew]. Ms)
kiki-awaseru: to make inquiries, [kiku =~
to ask]. eee 5
ari-awaseru : to happen to have, [aru to
have]. a
j-awaseru: to happen to be present, [¢ru
to be]. Rede! =
tori-awaseru: to happen to pass by, [ru =
to pass}. :
ayamaru. To apologize ; beg pardon.
— ayashii-
: mashé (€):
ayashii. Suspicious; questionable; doubt-
ful
\ azukaru, v.t. [cogn. w. azukeru also v.t.].
To receive in deposit ;
responsible for.
kaeru made kore wo azukatte kudasai (€):
please take charge of this till 1 come back.
kono kenka wa watakishi ga azukatte oki-
leave this quarrel for me to
settle.
Comp. :
azukari-kin : money reeeived in depesit.
_ azukari-mono : thing received in deposit.
azukari-nin : person with whem. a thing
is deposited.
azuke‘ru, v.t. [cogn. w. azukaru, alse v.t.].
To (give in) deposit ; entrust.
teishaba ni azukemashita (C) : I left it in the
cloak-room at the station.
Comp.
' azuke-mono : thing given in deposit.
azuke-nin : depositor.
ba. Place ; room.
sono ba de; in the very aet ; on the spot ;
then and there.
Comp.: baai.; basho ; furoba ; teishaba ; q.v.
baai, [ba place ; > au to meet. Circum-
stances ; ease.
baai ni yotte ; baai ni yoru to: according to
circumstances.
sore wa baa ni yorimast (C) : that depends
on circumstances.
masaka no baai ni : in case of need.
kono baai ni wa yaku ni tata-nai (B): it is
of no use in this ease.
baai wo kangae-nakereba nara-nai (B): you
must take the circumstances into account.
donna baai ni mo uso wo itte wa ike-nai (A) :
under no circumstances must you tell a
lie.
bachi, [batsc% punishment].
flicted by heaven).
_ bachi ga atatta no da (A):
“right.
bai. Double ; twice as much.
bai no okisa ; bai hodo dkii : twice as big.
bai ni suru : to (make) double.
san-nen no (or wo) bai no roku-nen ni shi-
mashé (C): let’s make it six years, the
double of three.
bai ni naru : to (become) double.
sam-bai : three times as much.
baka. A fool.
baka na : foolish.
baka na hanashi :
baka no hanashi :
Punishment (in-
it serves you
a foolish tale.
the tale of a fool.
baka na koto wo itte wa ike-nai (A): don’t
_ talk nonsense.
sore hodo baka ja nai (B): I know better
_ than that ; I’m not sueh a fool as all that.
ammari baka ni shite iru (A): you are mak-
ing a fool of me; you are cheating me.
take charge of; be
ano hito wo baka ni meh tbcianied a fool of
him. <s
baka ni sareru no wa iya desi (C): I don’t
like to be made a fool of. ua
baka ni suru nara shite goran nasai (A): I
am not to be trifled with.
nan to iu baka daré ! (A): what a fool heist —
baka na mane wo shite wa ike-nai (A) : don *t
be a fool ; don’t play the fool.
ammari atsui no de atama ga baka ni natta
(B) : I feel half silly in this hot weather.
ashi ga baka ni natta (B): my leg is asleep.
36 baka ni shita mono de mo nai (B): it is_
not quite such a triflmg thing as you
imagine.
baka ni nomitai (B): I am awfully thirsty.
baka ni osoroshii mono nashi : fools rush in
where angels fear to tread.
baka ni tstikeru kisuri wa nai : there is no
medicine can cure a fool.
Der.
takarashii : ridiculous ; foolish, [see Bese ie
bakari, (often placed after verb).
1) Only ; just ; (gen. pron. bakkari).
kore wa onna no gakké de bakkari tstikau
hon desi (C): this is a book used only in
girls’ schools. f
koko ni wa onna no gakké bakkari de, otoko
no we arimasen (C) : there is only a girls”
school here, there is no boys’ school.
sore ga dekiru no wa ano hito bakkari da
(B) : he alone can do it.
kore bakkari wa agerare-nai (B): this is the
one thing I cannot give you. .
tomodachi ga bydki de aru forties de Kobe e
kimashita (C): I have come to Kobe only
because my friend is ill.
kin tsuita bakkari dest (C) :
yesterday.
gohan wo taberu bakkari ni shite obienahlie
(C) : dinner is quite ready, (the only thing
wanting is the eating of it).
anata wa mada imashita ka ? wataktishi wa
m6 uchi e kaette shimatia koto to bakari
omotte ita no ni (C): what, are you still
here ? I made sure you had already gone
back home, (that was the enly thing I
thought, the only supposition I thought
possible).
2) About.
mi-tsiki bakari aimasen (C): I have not
seen him for about three months.
hyaku-nin bakari no seito ga ita (B):
were: about a hundred scholars.
3) —bakari de naku—mo >: not only—but
I only arrived
there
also—. }
mita bakari de naku tabeta koto mo arimast
(C) : I have not only seen it (e.g. that kind ©
of fruit), but I have eaten it.
bakkari, see bakari 1).
sar > [batst. 2 emote kin n money) ge
° » +
Pe te es
am-me,
—ban3: A num. suf. used after the first set of
Pee Ke ee ee
4 te eee ae 5 he ces ¥ > = :
bam-me Se ll
7
suffix added to the first set of car-
dinal numbers to form the ordinals; see
271 ; 285-288.
bani. A guard ; watchman.
ban wo suru : to keep watch.
Comp.
ban-nin : a watchman, [nin man].
rusu-ban: care-taker of a house during
master’s absence, [rusu absence].
- yo-ban : night-watchman, [yo2 night}.
ban2. Evening ; night.
ashita no ban : tomorrow evening.
iku-ban tomarimashita ? (C): how many
days did you stay there ?
Comp.
komban : this evening, [see kono21.
mydban : tomorrow evening, [see my0—}.
sakuban : yesterday evening, {see saku-].
Note. Ban is used in connection with the
abb. 2nd set of num. 276, 4).
numerals.
1) Number : turn. {
o mise no denwa wa nam-ban desit ka ? (C) :
what is the number of the telephone in
your office ?
san-zen nana-hyaku jti-hachi-ban desi (C) :
three thousand seven hundred and
eighteen.
watakushi no ban da (B) : it is my turn.
2) -ban is used after the number of a house |
if in the foreign part of the town ; if in |
the Japanese part banchi (q.v.) is used
instead.
np ook apie by the suf. -me (-bam-me), it is
for forming certain ordinal numbers ;
see 285-288.
4) Ichiban (q.v.) is gen. used in @ sup. sense.
. Comp.
kawari-ban : by turns, [kawaru to change!.
Note. Before ban, yo (four) is gen. used
instead of shi.
-panchi. Number (of a house in the Japanese
part of a town ; see prec.).
_ banchi ga chigatta tegami: a wrongly ad-
dressed letter.
banzai. Excl. of salutation, triumph, joy:
long live ; hurrah !
ba-san, [haha mother ; san Mrs}.
1) Old woman ; (the honorific 0 is often
_ prefixed).
2) Grandmother ; (the honorific o is almost
. always prefixed).
basha, [ba horse; sha carriage].
coach.
_ basho, [ba place]. Space ; place ; room.
koko ni basho ga arimasi: (C) : there is room
here. .
basho ga nai (B) :-there is no room.
basho wo toru : to take up room.
Carriage ;
—no tame ni basho wo. akeru : to make
room for—. :
batsi. Punishment.
Der. and comp. :
bassuru : to punish, [surul to do}.
bachi ; bakkin ; q.v.
Bei-koku, [—kokuw country].
America, .
Beikoku-jin : a citizen of the United States,
[jim man}. ;
benky6. Learning ; assiduity.
1) Benky6 suru < te study.
benkyd desti (C): he is studying; he is
diligent.
2) Benkyé suru : to sell cheap.
yoso yori benkyd itashimasi (D): I sell
cheaper than elsewhere.
benri. Convenience. ;
benri no tame : for convenience’ sake.
benri na: convenient.
benri no ii : convenient.
benri no warui : inconvenient.
bentd. Lunch; light refreshments usu. en-
closed in a box.
betsii (no or na).
1) Different ; another ; other.
sore wa betsit na koto desi (C): that is an-
other thing ; that is not the point.
betst no mondai : a different question.
2) Betsii ni : especially; used also elliptically
as a neg..answer to a question. 3
kutabiremashita ka ?—betsi ni (kutabire-
masen), (C): are you tired ?—nothing to
speak of.
kore wa bets ni harau no destt ka # ({C): is
this charged for extra ? \ :
betsii ni nani mo arimasen deshita ka ? (C):
have you any news ?
betsti ni wake wa gozaimasen {D): I have
no particular reason.
betsti na kotoba de ieba : in other words.
Comp.
betsii-ma ; a separate room, [mal room].
betsti-mondai : a different question, [mon-
dai question |.
betsii-mono : a different thing, [mono thing].
betsiu-betsi ; see foll.
betsti-betsi (no or na), [f. prec.]. Separate.
betsii-betst ni ikimashd (C): let us go one
by one.
betsti-hetsti ni uremasen (C): they are not
sold separately.
bijin, [jim a human being]. A pretty wo- ,
man.
bikkuri. Surprise. : ;
bikkuri suru: to be surprised, astonished.
bikkuri shimashita (C): I am (was) aston-
ished ; you frightened me.
bikkuri sase’ru : to surprise. st
bimbé. Poverty.
bimbé na : poor.
bimbé suru : to be badly off. :
bimbd hima nashi: poor people have no
spare time.
if i tn
LS ee! s
ae gt
United States of
nigh Cole
eae Ty
Pg ly
stain, j +
ae
iB ee
4
yaaa
c r
fing
ie
rd
‘a
ey
bee sy
te
es eae
Pind cr
+
Pe
rs, 2 Fas
>»
P lo
el
ai
A lage
- buji, [bu— neg.; ji4 thing].
bimbé-nin : a poor person, [nin man].
bimbé-nin no ko takiisan : poor people have
many children.
bin. Bottle.
Comp.
6-bin : a big bottle, [6— big].
ko-bin : a small bottle, [kol small}.
aki-bin : an empty bottle, [aki- empty].
tetstibin : a kettle, [tetst iron].
Note :—used after the abb. 2nd set of num.
(276, 4), bin means a bottleful.
bo. uae
boku. (used principally by young men
and by
bon. Tray ; (the honorific o is gen. pref.).
bonyari. Dully ; dimly ; distractedly.
bonyari shita : dull ; dim ; absent-minded.
bonyari shite i-ru : to be dull ; dim ; absent-
“minded.
bonyart shite yoku mie-nai (B)
ting dark I can’t see.
san-jikan mo bonyari matasareta (B): they
made me wait like a fool for three hours.
yibe hito-ban-ji okite ita no de atama ga
bonyart shita (B): I am not feeling very
bright as I was up all night.
fune ga téku ni bonyari mieru (B) : I can see
_ a ship dimly in the distance. .
: as it is get-
Comp.: bonyari-mono: an absent-minded
person. [mono person],
boshi. A hat.
béshi wo toru ; bishi wo nugu: to take off
one’s hat.
Comp.: akabé: railway porter, [akai red ;
porters wear red caps].
botan, [f. Spanish or Portuguese]. Button.
botchan, [chan Mr]. A respectful term for a
little boy ; your son.
bu, [cogn. w. bun]. :
1) Part.
-sam-bu wa mizu, ichi-bu wa shio:
parts of water, one part of salt.
(2) One tenth part of another thing.
koppu ni mizu wo shichi-bu irete kure (A):
fill the glass seven tenths (three quarters)
_ full of water.
3) Especially one tenth of the wari (10%),
therefore : per cent, 308.
Note.—bu is preceded by the Ist set of
num.
Comp.: gobu-gobu : equality of two things;
three
half and half ; six of one and half-a-dozen |
of the other, [go five].
bu-.. Neg. pref., a modified pron. of fu-,
q.y.
bu-enryo (na), [bu— neg.; enryo reserve].
Unreserved ; bold
Free from acci-
dent ; peace
buji na : safe ; happy.
go buji de (C): a pleasant journey to you.
go buji ni itte irasshai (C): ¥ ais you a
pleasant journey.
mina-san go buji dest ka ? (C): are they all
well at home ?
bun, [cogn. w. bu].
1) Part ; share. a
watashi no bun wa dore hodo destt ka ? ): :
what is my share ?
futstika bun : enough for two days.
2) Used for expressing fractions.
shi-bun no san : three quarters.
hachi-bum-me : eight parts out of ten.
3) Kind ; quality.
kono bun wo mitts okutte kudasai (C):
please send me three of this kind.
Comp.: hambun ; jaibun ; q.v.
burei (na); [bu~ neg.; re politeness]. Im-
polite ; rude. ’
burei na koto wo iu : to use rude language.
busata. Neglecting to write or visit ; (seldom -
used without the honorific pref. go).
go-busata itashimashita (C): I have been
sadly remiss about calling upon you.
bushd (na). Lazy and dirty ; slovenly.
Comp.: de-bush6 : a stay-at-home, [de-ru to
go out].
butsil, [corr. of utsti, q.v.].
animals) ; strike ; knock.
Comp. ‘
buchi-komu : to knock in, [kKomu to put
into].
buchi-korost%i : to beat to death ; kill ; [ko-
<_
To beat (men or ©
rost to kill}. ;
buchi-kowast : to knock to pieces, ihorne®
to break],
buchi-waru : to break by a blow, [ware to
split].
butsitkaru, (sometimes pron. buttstikaru), v.i.
[butst% to strike ; tstikaru to touch ; cogn.
w. foll.]. To hit, strike, bump against.
butsiikeru, (sometimes pron. b6buttstike-ru),
v.t. [butsti to strike ; tstke-ru to apply ;
cogn. w. prec.]. To throw (ace.). at (dat. 3
knock (acc.) against (dat.).
by6. Second (of time).
the lst set of num.
byd—. Lllness ; sickness.
Comp.
bydki, q.v.
by6-nin : a sick person, [nin man].
bydki, [byd— illness ; ki spirit]. Illness ; sick-
ness.
90 a de irasshaimast ka ? (D):
bbe dest (C): 1 am ill.
chotto shita bydki dest (C): it is only a
slight indisposition.
bydki no furi wo suru ; to feign illness.
byoki de uchi ni «ru: to remain at home
on account of illness.
bydki de nete i-ru : to remain (be) in bed on
account of illness,
are you~
Byé is preceded by —
13
_chikara —
utsuru bydki : an infectious disease.
cha. Tea: (the honorific o is gen. pref.).
_ @ cha hitotsti ikaga de gozaimasi ka? (D):
may I offer you a cup of tea ?
o cha wo treru : to make tea.
hito wo cha ni suru: to make a fool of
somebody ; slight a person.
Comp.
cha-iro : light” brown, [iro colour].
cha-ya : a tea-house, [yal house].
chawan : a tea-cup.
chan, [corr. of sani}. Mr; Mrs; etc.; (used
especially by and of, little children, par-
ticularly girls).
Comp. botchan, q.v.
chanto. In good order ; perfectly ; correctly ;
exactly.
chanto shita, adj.: serious ; correct.
kore wo chanto shimaite kure (A): put this
away in its proper place.
chanto o shi nasai (A) : do it properly.
chanto o ii nasai (A) : tell me frankly.
m6 chanto shitaku ga dekita (B): the prep-
arations are all complete.
chanto wakatte iru (B): I understand it
perfectly.
kono tokei wa chanto atte iru (B) : this clock
is exactly right.
sore wo chanto kaite itadakitai (B) : I should
like to have that clearly put down in
writing.
chil. Blood.
chi ga de-ru : to be bleeding.
chi ga tomaru : to cease bleeding.
chi wo tome-ru : to stop the bleeding.
Comp.: chi-suji : pedigree.
hana-ji : blood from the nose, [hana nose}.
chi2. Ground.
Comp.
aki-chi : unoccupied ground, [aki empty].
ji ; Jimen ; jishin ; q.v.
chichil. Milk ; the breasts.
ushi no chichi : cow’s milk.
chichi wo nomu : to suck the breast.
nama no chichi : fresh miik, (not boiled).
wakashita chichi : boiled milk.
ano hito wa mada chichi kiisai (B): he is
"very green, (inexperienced).
Comp.: chichi-ya: a dairy ; the milk-man,
[see yal].
chichi2. A non-polite word for father (364) ;
my father.
chigae'ru, v.t. [cogn. w. chigau v.i.]. To
make different ; mistake.
Comp.: kiki-chigae-ru: to misunderstand,
[kikul to hear].
_ chigai, [f.foll.]. Difference.
sore ni chigai nai (B): there is no doubt
about it. :
totta (no) ni chigai arimasen (C): there is
no doubt he took it. :
ano hito wa dé ka shita ni chigai nai (B):
|
a must be something the matter ‘with
m.
honto ni chigai nai (B) : it must be true.
kono hon ni wa ji no chigai ga takiisan aru
(B) : there are a great many misprints in —
this book.
maru de yuki to sumi to no chigai (B): as ,
different as black and white.
chigau, v.i. [cogn. w. chigaeru v.t.]. To be
different ; be mistaken ; be wrong.
sore wa chigau (B) : that is a different mat-
ter ; that is not the question.
sukoshi mo chigawa-nai (B): it is exactly
the same.
watakushi no kangae wa chigaimast (C): T
think differently.
maru de chigaimast (C): it is altogether —
wrong.
basho ga chigau : out of its place.
chigau no : the wrong one. ;
. chigatta bishi wo kabutte i-ru : to have on a
different hat.
shall to will to wa dé chigaimasi ka ? (C) :
what is the difference between shall and
will ?
anata wa ki de mo chigatta no desi ka ? (C) :
have you taken leave of your senses ?
Comp. and der.
chigai : difference ; see prec.
kangae-chigai : misunderstanding,
gae'ru to think}.
tki-chigat : passing each other on the road,
[tku to go].
kichigai : madness, [ki2 spirit}.
machigau q.v.: to make a mistake.
tori-chigae-ru : to take by mistake, [toru —
to take]. ‘
kiki-chigae-ru : to hear incorrectly, [kikul
to hear].
chiisai ; chiisa na ; (223).
chiisai koe : a low voice.
chiisai toki : when I was little.
kokoro no chiisai : timid.
Note :—the q. adj. chiisa na is only used
attributively.
Little ; small.
chika-goro, [chikai near; koro about the ~
time]. Recently ; lately ; now.
chikai. Near ; close by.
chikai shinrui : a near relation.
chikai uchi ni : soon ; before long.
Note :—the adverbial form chikaku behaves
at times like a noun and may be foll. by
a ppn.; com ti.
kajt wa chikatu desit ka ? (C): is the fire
near here ? ‘
Comp.
a short cut.
chika-goro , q.v.
chikara. Power ; strength. ;
chikara ga nuketa (B): his strength failed
him.
[kan- |
FB 5
chika-michi ; chikai michi : a shorter road ; —
<2
e
=
bay?
+
4
4
5
=p Me
es ti Ee *
PPD ap. a Ladateteg ser
eo,
eee
Ye re a
Seay aes
Ee of
*
ty
mag»
-
et
7
2
%
a
ee
ee
ia ae
¢
oe
St, b
re nw
¥en
iiss
We
ane,
ces
ee
Paaer a
chikara no aru : powerful. /
chikara no nai : powerless.
jitst ni chikara no aru shésetsi de gozai-
mast (D) : it is really a powerful novel.
ano hito wa sore wo yaru chikara ga nai (B) :
he has no ability to do it.
chikara no tsuyot : strong.
chikara no yowai :; weak.
hito no chikara wo kari-ru :
by somebody.
' chikara wo tsike-ru : te encourage.
chikara wo otost : to lose heart.
sazo o chikara otoshi de gozaimashd (D):
you must be feeling very down-hearted,
(said as an expression ‘of condolence).
chikara ni suru : to depend, rely upon.
chikara ni naru :; to become the support.
Comp.: chikara-shigoto : rough’ work, [shi-
goto work].
~chin. Hire ; fare.
- Comp.
yachin : house rent, [yal house].
unchin : charge for transportation.
chirakaru, v.i. (114), [cogn. w. chirakasi
to be assisted
v.t.]. To get in disorder; get scatter-
_ ed about.
chirakatte i-ru : to be in disorder ; scattered
. about.
chirakasi, v.t. [cogn.
Pras To disarrange ; scatter.
Piet tay chisd. Banquet ; feast ; entertainment ; (sel-
pre dom used without the honorific pref. go).
Pick, go-chisd sama deshita (C); makoto ni go-
= chisé, sama de gozaimashita (D): thank
you, (after partaking of any food or re-
; freshment).
ge nani ka go-chis6é itashimashd (C) :
to offer you something.
chito ; chitto ; (gen. pron. in this latter way).
A little ; bit : few.
_ chitto o asobi ni irasshai (C) :
me now and then.
_chitto mo kamaimasen (C): it doesn’t matter
a bit.
Note.—chitto is practically synonymous with
stikoshi q.v
chél. Head ; principal.
Bete s2/ “Oomp.
ro senché : captain of a ship, [sen4 ship].
Psy _ shiché : mayor of a town, [shil town].
_ -—s-¢hé2, «A. n. used for things with handles ;
a S knives, tools, rikishas, ete.
Note :—1 it-ché ; 8 hat-chd ; 10 jit-cho.
‘chidai. Please ; please give me ; (used thus
by itself it is a childish substitute for
kudasai).
chédai suru : synonymous with itadaku q.v.
chido. Exactly ; just.
chédo ii : just right.
chédo onaji : exactly the same.
_ chido hachi-ji de gozaimast (D) : it is exact-
ly mont o’clock.
w. chirakaru v.i.].
allow me
come and see
Ss
I have just —
it is
chido dekakey6é to suru tokoro deshita (C): I
was on the point of going out.
chédo ni shite o oki nasai (B):
it a round sum.
chédo ima keerinitielia (C):
returned.
chédo hoshii to omotta mono desi (C) :
the very thing I wanted.
please make :
choito. Same as chotto (q.v.) but less com-
mon. :
chémen. An account book ; note book.
sore wa chimen ni tstikemashita (C):
4t down in my account book.
Chosen. Korea.
chotto, (sometimes pron. choito). A short
time ; just: (used as an exclamation for
calling attention) I say ; just a moment.
chotto o-ide nasai (B): just come here a
moment.
chotto matte kudasai (C):
ment please.
chotto o henji ga dekimasen (C) :
give you an answer at once.
chotto no koto de kisha ni nori-okureta (B) :
I just missed the train.
chotto no ma ni taisé 6kiku natta (B)
tall he has grown in this short time.
chotto shita koto kara fitari no naka ga wa-
ruku natta (B): the two men fell out over
a trifling affair.
I put
ees ;
just wait a mo-
I cannot
: how
cha.
1) Middle.
- chit no shina-mono : an article of medium
quality. 4
2) During ; in the course of.
shokuji chi itazura wo shite wa ike-nai (A):
you must behave properly during meals.
denwa wa ima o hanashi chi dest (C): the
telephone is engaged at present.
Comp.
chité : middle class; second class ;
class].
tocha : on the way.
In its nigori’ed form ja, it in ana Ae
suf. and has the meaning of ‘entire’ ; see —
—IU.
chiimon. An order (for goods).
chiimon suru : to order; give an order.
chiimon wo tori-kesti : to cancel an order.
[t62
chiamon shite koshiraesaseru: to have ie
made to order.
chimon de koshirae-ru : to make to order.
konna mono chiimon shi ya shi-nai hs 8
didn’t order this.
ima made anata no tokoro ni ohiietih shita
mono wa minnay okatta (B): the articles
you have made for me have always been
satisfactory until now. ‘
are wa anata no chiimon no tori ni mairi-
mashita (C): that matter has been settled
_ eecording to your wishes.
yea tomake,
aimon-déri : according to order.
tion see 94). ,
1) De aru may gen. be substituted for da,
and it is somewhat more polite. However,
2 occasionally as in 7), see below, this sub-
stitution cannot be made.
- 2) Desti, a corr. of de arimasii, is used very
much like da ; it is somewhat more polite.
_ Dest is, however, used sometimes where |
_ da would be inadmissible : see below, 4),
6), 8), also under the word no 14). On
the other hand desi cannot always take
the place of da : see below 7).
3) Da, dest, etc. are gen. used after a noun
whichis a predicate; occasionally they
are used after the stem of a verb.
uso deshita (C) : it was a lie.
__ kirei da (B) : it is pretty.
_ sunda koto nara yame da (B) :
it is already done.
4) No dest, (see under no 14) is often used
_ after verbs and true adj.: the no is some-
times dropped.
soko kara mo ikeru dest (C) :
go from there.
kore wa akai desti.(C) : this one is red.
5) Daré or deshé gen. conveys the idea of
---~—s uncertainty or probability. They are
added to the present and past ef verbs,
is and also to adj.; they sometimes have a
quasi-interrogative force ; 40; 41 ; 54; 55.
_ 6) Dest after a verbal stem preceded by
an honorific, forms an alte-native for the
ordinary verbal inflexions, (359).
0 dekake desti ka ? (C): are you going out ?
Suzuki San wa o-ide destt ka ? (C): is Mr
Suzuki here ?
a Da no is used in enumerations, especially
_-when the list is not given as a complete
one.
neko da no, inuda no ga suki (B): I am
fond of cats and dogs, (and other animals).
8) Dest ka ? is used elliptically after a noun,
an’ adverb, or a gerund, (414, 6). On
meeting a “child on the road you might
ask, gakkd dest ka ? (ie. gakko iku no
dest ka ?) are you going to school ?
9) Various.
da kara : therefore.
da ga : nevertheless ; still ; and yet.
. - dachi, [nigori’ed form of —tachi q.v- ]t
dail.
let us stop if
you can also
‘
2A)-A stand ; pedestal.
: ; 2) A.n. for jinrikishas, carriages, ete.
“daidokoro, q.v.
1] Note—Botore ee ar ae is + gon.
~ dai2.
its, | [cha middle ; #62 class]. Middle class ; |
_second class.
a, [contr. of de aru}. To be; (for conjuga-
dai—, (sometimes tai).
daibu, [dai- great ; bu part}
daidokoro, [dail a stand ; tokoro place}. ‘Kit +3
- nedai ; a bedstead, ine to sleep]
instead of shi,
yd Price.
i-wo harau : to pay the price. EOE Rise
hon (no) dai wo md haraimashita (C): 1
have already paid for the book,
Comp.: kuruma-dai : rikisha fare.
_ big.
Note :—dai has the meaning of ‘ very mu
before sizki to like, and kirai to dislike.
Comp.: daibu ; daijébu ; daiji ; taigai ; |
hen ; taisetst ; taisd ; taiyd;q.ve
Much ; ag
deal ; a good many ; pretty ; fairly.
ky6 wa daibu kimochi ga ti (B) : I feel =e
better today. e
mada daibu nokotte iru (B):
mains a good deal.
kesa wa daibu samui (B) : it is pretty cold
this morning.
veo
ona precious.
daiji de nai : unimportant.
daiji ni: carefully ; like roonasiaadae im-
portant.
o daiji ni nasai (C) : take care of yourself.
daiji ni suru : to take care of.
kaji ga daiji ni nara-zu ni sunda (B):
fire was put out before it became serious. —
sore wa ichi-daiji da (B): that is a aceiie eee
matter. :
daijdbu (na), [dai— great ; jobu strong].
1) Safe ; all right ; requiring no anxiety.
daijobu dest (C): itis all right; you needs os
be anxious ; you can depend uponit.
anata ga koko ni irasshareba daijobu destt ;
(C): L shall feel quite safe if you are.
here. 3
2) Daijdbu without a ppn. is sometimes used
adverbially.
daijébu gozaimast (D): there are sure:
be some. é
kisha ni wa daijabu ma ni -aimast (C): we
shall certainly be in time for the train.
daiku, [dai- big]. Carpenter. ioe
dake. the, ty
1) Only. Aaa
hitotedt dake : only one." qi
kore dake : only this (one) ; this piciolets e
kondo dake : only this once.
fitari dake de ikimashita ka ? (C): did y
two go all by yourselves ? 4
kore dake dest ka ? (C) : is this all ?
sore dake dest (C): that’s all.
pan dake shika nai (B): I heen only
some bread.
sore no aru no wa T'dkyd dake death ©) i
to be found only in Téky6. +
o cha dake de naku saté mo o kai nasai
dake
16
buy not only some tea but also some
sugar.
—to dake kaite arimast (C) ; —-to kaita dake
desti (C) : that was all that was written.
2) At least.
i wataktishi dake wa:
piers am concerned.
te shitaku dake wa shite oite kure (A) : make at
ome ‘ least preparations.
sore dake wa tashika desti (C) : that much is
certain.
ano uchi wo kau dake de i (B): if I could
only buy that house that would be
enough.
- 3) That much ; (sometimes not translated).
~ abura wo jis-sen dake katte o-ide (A): go
and buy (as much as) ten sen’s worth of oil.
is-sun dake watakishi yori sei ga takai (B) :
he is an inch taller than I.
hito-tstiki dake Rondon ni ita (B):
ie London one month.
Sam kore dake itte kikaseru no ni mada wakari-
masen ka ? (B) : don’t you understand yet
poe after having explained it to you so much ?
rk: are dake yatte areba takisan daré (B): as I
have given him that much f think it will
be enough.
ano otoko ni wa sore dake no kane wa nai
by es (B) : he is not rich enough.
he 4) The—the.
takakereba takai dake shina ga yoku nari-
mast (C) : the dearer the article the better
it is.
kakeba kaku dake jézu ni naru (B): the
more you write the better you'll do it.
benky6 suru dake omoshiroku natte kuru
x (B) : the more I study it the more interest-
* ing I find it.
_ 5) As—as.
dekiru dake hayaku o kaeri nasai (B) : come
back as quickly as you can.
iru dake o tori nasai (B): take as much as
; you want.
Mire aru dake (or arittake) tstikatte shimaima-
ue ; shita (C) : I used all I had.
: I at least : as far as I
I was in
sagaseru dake sagashite miyé (B): I'll try
af ¢ my best to find it.
nak yomitai dake o yomi nasai (B): read as
much as you like.
6) But; on the other hand ; therefore.
takai dake atte shina mo ii (B): it is ex-
fet _' pensive but it is good.
eee | kane mo tstikau dake (ni) shigoto mo suru
(B): he spends money but he works (and
earns it himself).
nagaku Igirisi ni ita dake atte, dbmo Hi-go
ga timai (B): as he has been in England
so long, he naturally speaks English very
well.
Note -—dake sometimes has the sound take,
as naru-take (q.v.) and arittake (=aru
dake).
daku. To hold in the arms ; embrace ; “et: a
hen) sit on eggs ; brood.
damakasii, corr. of damast q.v.
damaru, [tomaru to stop]. To be meats hold
one’s tongue.
o damari nasai (A) : hold your to:
damatte itte shimaimashita (C):
without saying anything.
hito no heya e damatte haitte wa ike-nai
(A): you mustn’t enter people’s rooms
without leave.
it left
damasi, (often corr. to damakasi). To de-—
ceive ; cheat ; mislead. :
damasareru no wa iya da (B}: I don’t like
to be cheated.
dame (na). Useless ; wrong.
dame dest (C) : it’s no use.
minna dame deshita (C) : it was all in vain.
86 shite wa dame da (B): it’s no use doing
it like that ; you mustn't do it so.
dame ni naru : to become useless ; to come
to nothing.
watakishi wa m6 dame desi, uchi e kaeri-
mashé (C): as I can continue no longer
(doing my work), I’ll go back home.
byd-nin wa mb dame desi (C): there is no
more hope for the patient.
dan. A step.
Comp.
dan-dan, q.v.: step by step.
hashigo-dan : a staircase, [hashigo ladder].
dan-dan, [dan a step]. By degrees ; gradual-
ly ; little by little ; step by step.
danna. Master (of a house) ; husband.
danna sama wa irasshaimasi ka? (D): is
your master at home ?
dara, {corr: of Eng.]. Dollar.
-darake. All over; covered with
(gen. used in a bad sense).
Comp.
chi-darake : all over blood, [chi blood].
doro-darake : covered with mud, [doro mud].
ana-darake : full of holes, [ana a hole}.
ishi-darake : stony, [ishi a stone]. -
ete,
dare.
1) Not foll. by ppn.
kono hito wa dare da ? (B) : who is this man?
dare da ka seiyé-jin ga anata no rusu ni ki-
mashita (C): some foreigner or other
came while you were out.
2) Dare ga.
dare ga kesa kimashita ka ? (C):
this morning ?
dare ga ii to omou? (B): whom do you
recommend ?
dare ga nan to itte mo kamawa-nai (B):
don’t mind what anybody says.
3) Dare no.
kore wa dare no desi ka ? (C) : whose is is?
dare no kakari dest ka? (C): lee duty
is it ? ae
; full of ;
who. came
re ee en ee
vig re
4) Dare ni ; dare ni— mo.
kono tegami wa dare ni kita no desti ka ? (C) :
to whom is this letter addressed ?
dare ni kore wo yaru no dest ka? (C): to
whom must I give this ?
dare ni itta ni shite mo yoku nai (B) : whom-
ever you may have told it to you did
wrong.
dare m4 kiite mo s6 iu hanashi dest (C) : such
is the story ask whom you will.
5) Dare ka ; dare ka no ; dare ka ni.
dare ka soko ni orimasti (C): somebody or
other is there.
dare ka kimasen deshita ka? (C): hasn't
anybody come ?
mata dare ka kimashita (C) : somebody else
has come.
koko ni dare ka no chémen ga aru (B): here
is somebody’s note book.
_ fittatsa aru kara hitotsti dare ka ni agemashé
(C) : as I have two I'll give one away.
6) Dare mo ; dare ppn. mo ; dare ppn.—mo.
dare mo shira-nai (B) : nobody knows.
dare mo shira-nat mono wa nai gurai desi
_ (C): hardly anybody ignores ; practically
everybody knows.
dare mo shinji-nai deshé (C): people won't
believe it.
hoka ni wa dare mo tsurete tite wa ikemasen
(B): besides that person you mustn't
bring anybody else.
dare no kangae mo onaji koto desi (C):
everybody else’s opinion is just the same.
dare ni mo aimasen (C) : T met nobody.
dare ni mo hanashite wa ikemasen (B): you
mustn’t tell (it to} anybody.
dare kara mo waruku omowarete imasti (C) :
everybody has a bad opinion of him.
7) Dare de mo ; dare—de mo.
dare de mo kane ga stiki dest (C): all men
love money.
dare de mo s6 vimasti (C) : everybody says
so.
dare de mo haireru no desi ka ? (C): is this |
open to the public ?
dare de mo kite ti (B): any one at all may
come.
dare no de mo ii kara hitotsi kashite kuda-
sai (B): never mind whose it is lend me
one.
kongetsti-ja wa dare ni de mo misemasti (C) :
during this month it will be shown to
anybody.
dare ga o tori de mo kamawa-nai (B): I
don *t care who passes by.
8) Various.
dare-dare is a kind of plural of dare.
dare-dare ga kita ka shirabete kudasai (B) :
please find out the names of those who
came
- dare mo ka mo: everybody.
uchi no kodomo wa dare mo ka mo. kaze we
:
Py : i
é
hiite imasi (C) : every” one of the children 453 .
has (got) a cold.
Note :—donata is a polite substitute for _
dare.
dashippanasi, [dasi to take out; hanasti to
leave]. To leave out.
dast. To take out ; put out; expose ; pro- se
duce ; send ; send away ; let out.
tansii kara kimono wo dashite kure (A): get
my dress out of the chest-of-drawers.
Ei-koku wa erat hito wo takisan dashita (B) :
England has produced many great men.
mo tegami wa dashimashita ka? (C): has
the letter already gone ?
inu wo dashimashé ka ? (C): shall I let the
dog out ? :
ano hon wa doko de dashimasi ka ? (C):
where is that book published ?
ikura o dashi nasaimast ka ? (D) : what do
you offer ? how much are you prepared to
pay ? (compare the slang, fork out).
tegami wo dast : to send a letter (by post).
cha wo dast : to bring in tea. :
chikara wo dasi : to put forth strength,
mise wo dast : to open a shop.
te wo dasii : (lit.) to put out one’s hand ;
(fig.) to try one’s hand at or start some
new work.
yatoi-nin wo dasti: to discharge an em-
ployee. r
shippo wo dasi : to reveal unintentionally
one’s true (bad) character.
ni-ban kara hi wo dashita (B): a fire broke —
out at number two.
o kyaku sama ni o kashi wo dashimashita
(C): he set some cakes before the guest.
In comp. it often refers to the beginning of
an action as in some of the foll.
furi-dast : to start raining, [furul to rain].
ii-dast : to begin to speak, [i to speak}.
kake-dasti: to run out; start running,
[kake-ru to run].
naki-dasi : to start crying, [naku to ery].
nige-dast : to run away, [nige-ru to run
away].
omoi-dast : to recollect, [omou to think].
uke-dast : to ransom, [uke'ru to receive].
mochi-dastt : to carry away, [mots to — "
carry |. ‘ :
tobi-dasi : to jump out, [tobu to jump].
oi-dast : to drive away, [ou to pursue].
hikidashi : a drawer, [hiku to pull).
leave].
datte, [corr. of da to itte, or de atte mo after
dropping the mo], often equivalent to
de mo, see de 7). :
dé datte, watakisht wa kamawa-nai (B): let
it be how it will I don’t care.
& itai ! nan datte hito wo butsti n’ da (A):
oh, you hurt.me ! why do you bump up —
against people like that.
datte
rd
r
dashippanasit : to leave out, [hanasi to — me
datte.
datie, sonna hazu wa nai (B) : but that can-
not be.
datte sa, isogashikatta n’ dest mono (B,
fem.) : yes, but I was so busy.
kimono datie, obi datie, ima aru dake de
takiisan da (B): you’ve got quite enough
' dresses and sashes (without buying any
more).
. * watashi datte dekimast (C) :
aa it ; I can do it also.
ee watashi datte sono kitsuri ga areba sugu
agemasi ga (C): if I had that medfcine
I’d soon let you have some.
See also “te.
2 de. (See 393 for a comparison between the
gat uses of de and ni).
1) A ppn. showing the’relation of situation,
position, cause, reason, means, instru-
ment, condition, circumstance, measure,
value, time, etc.; it may be translated
by : at, by, in, for, with, of, on, from, ete.
o taku de : at your house.
onaji nedan de : at the same price.
o tanomi de : at your request.
koko de setomono wo yaku no desti ka? (C):
do they make pottery here (at this place)?
fune de : by boat.
yubin de : by post.
jikan de yatoitai (B) :
by the hour.
even I can do
I want to engage you
Toky6 de shinimashita (C): he died in
Tokyo.
Si Ei-go de itte kudasai (C): say it in English
ve please.
ni-yen de katta (B): I bought it for two
yen,
kore wa t6 de ikura desi ka ? (C): what is
the price for ten of these ?
himo de shibaru : to tie with a string.
empitst: de kaku ; to write with a pencil.
| Nihon no fujin de yofiku wo kiru hito mo
| gozaimast (D): some of the Japanese
: ladies wear foreign clothes.
Y - ano hashi wa tetsi de dekite imast (C) :
Se _bridge is made of iron.
michi de - on the way.
hito no kimochi wa kao-iro de wakaru (B):
men’s feelings can be told from their
looks. »
shaku de ikura ? (B) : how much a foot ?
it-t6 de o-ide desi ka ? (C): are you going
first class ?
fiitart de kimashita (C):
a together.
BUSY ni-fun de hachi-ji :
that
they came both
two minutes to eight.
i téka de ichi-nen ni naru (B): in ten days
sae it will be one year (since that happened).
and so
Oe de, asa hayaku delkakemashita (C):
he set out early in the morning.
watakishi wa watakiishi de ikimashita (C) :
I went of my own accord (nobody forced
me).
maru de : entirely ; we
2) A noun foll. by de often becomes the sub-
ject in English ; but in the Japanese mind
it is conceived as the means whereby, or
the place in which the action or state
occurs.
mittst de takisan (B) : three will be enough.
yasui no de it (B): a cheap one will do.
(No here means ‘one’; do not confound
this no de with no de meaning ‘because’;
see no 19).
ano jimen wa ginké de kaimashita (C): the
Bank bought that plot of land.
3) De may indicate the predicate of the verb
aru or gozaru. Remember that de aru,
etc. is usually contracted; see 94. In
neg. sentences de is usu. foll. by wa; not
so, however, in adj. phr. De wais freq.
contr. to ja.
koko de arimasé (or desti) (C) : this is the
place.
san-ji han de gozaimast (D): it is half oo
three.
sayd de gozaimast (D) : that is so.
kiret de wa arimasen (C) : it is not pretty.
86 ja nai (B): that isn’t so.
anata ja nai, O Kei San wo yonda no desi
(B) : it was Miss Kei I called, not you.
j 6bu de aritai (B) : I wish I were healthy.
o isha san wa bydki ja arimasen ka? (C):
isn’t the doctor ill ?
baka de nai hito : a not-foolish man, |
de wa sayonara (C) : well then, good bye.
de wa gozaimast ga— : that isso no doubt,
however—
De foll. by aru cannot always be contract-
ed to da ; for instance :
Taré to Haruo to ga kyddai de aru koto wa
shira-nakatta (B): I didn’t know that
Tard and Haruo were brothers.
4) De wa arimasen ka ? is often used at the
end of a question that expects the answer
‘yes’,
o ha san wa bydki ja arimasen ka ? (C):
isn’t the doctor ill ?
omae wa chitto mo shira-nai ja nai ka ? (A):
isn’t it a fact that you know nothing at all
about it? ~
kasa wo motte ikeba ii ja arimasen ka ? (C} :
hadn’t you better take an umbrella ?
ik6é ja arimasen ka ? (C) : let’s go.
De wa arimasen in constructions like the
foll. has an emphatic force :
aru no de wa arimasen (= arimasen) : there
is not. ;
yomu no de wa nai (=yoma-nai): I (ho)
do not read ; you must not read. .
5) De after the neg. pres. forms the neg.
gerund ; it may often be translated by
without (58, 16, 17).
nanni mo iwa-nai de itte shimatta (B):
went away without saying a word.
‘
ry De eilewing @ noun, may mark eu end
of a clause which is not the end of a sen-
tence: it is often translated by ‘and’,
- and resembles several gerundial construc-
traction of de atte. In the neg. it becomes:
de (wa) naktite ; de (wa) naku or de (wa)
nai.
kono hen wa shizuka de ii tokoro desti (C) :
this neighbourhood is quiet and nice.
Taré wa t6 de Jiré wa yattsti destt (C) : Tard
‘i. is ten and Jiré is eight years old.
<i: ame de (or ame ga futte) dekakeru no wo no-
_ -—sbashita (B): I have postponed my depar-
~~~ ture on account of the rain.
‘A sore wa ammari hade de kiraremasen (C) :
that is so showy I cannot wear it, (58,
7).
watashi no haratta no wa ni-yen de wa nai
- san-yen datta (B): it was three yen that I
paid and not two.
k6 iu hon ga yome-nai yo de wa Aoyama
gakké ni haire-nai (B): if your education
-is not sufficient to enable you to read
books like this you cannot enter Aoyama
college; (remember that a gerundial
construction foll. by wa has often the
force of a conditional).
7) De mo has several meanings: a) a con-
cessive force which may be often transla-
ted by ‘even’; b) qualified satisfaction, a
make-shift ; ¢) vagueness, which may es
translated ‘by ‘not exactly’, ‘such a
_ thing as’ or not translated at all. (Com-
pare 58, 9-11).
éya de mo shikata ga nai (B): even if you
don’t like it, it can’t be helped.
ima de mo kikoeru (B) : I can hear it even
now.
- ame de mo iku tswmori dest (C) : I intend to
; go even if it rains.
; rl de mo sonna hazu wa nai (B): still that can-
‘e not be.
oF de mo, mada roku gi ni nara-nai (B) :
Ee but it’s not six o'clock’ yet.
we Nihon de mo yéftiku wo kiru hito ga dan-
dan dku natte kimashita (C): in Japan
also, the number of people who wear
foreign clothes is gradually increasing.
_ dare ga 0 téri de mo kamawa-nai (B) :
don’t care who passes by.
_minna deki-nakereba aman de mo haratte
kudasai (B): at least pay half, if you
- ean’t pay all.
empitsti de mo ii (B): a pencil will do,
(though I’d prefer a pen).
kaette kara de mo ii (B): it will be time
enough when you come back, (though I’d
_ prefer it sooner).
machidé dest: kara cha de mo nomimashd
zs (C): as he is a oe time coming, let’s
ee b sae. tea.
ee ee. ee hee
sean eT
Be ee Pe ey ee Oe eee et
area) a
it Soh? Pee ee ee
or oe
well,
deb deki-nai koto de mo nai si (B): it’s 8 not
tions ; it may be considered as the con- |
an impossible thi
86 demo nai (B) : it s not exactly
g Mapes nayricehickimp irate :Is
e is again drinking sake (or something
the kind). :
hon de mo mimashé (C) : I'll read a book.
ano hito de mo itst kane-mochi ni
mono de mo nai (B): it is not exactly
possible that even that man may 80r
day become rich.
nani ka okotte de mo iru no daré ka? B
I wonder if he is put out about anything. 5
8) De mo—de mo in parallel clauses has the Ys
meaning of ‘ whether—or’, ‘ either—or es
in aff. sentences ; ‘not—nor’ in neg. |
Nihon-jin de mo gaikoku-jin de mo: €
one whether Japanese or foreigner. hashes
kore wa kin de mo gin de mo arimasen (Cc)
this is not gold nor silver. v
téka de mo hatstika de mo asonde o-ide (A
take ten day’s or a fortnight’s rest.
9) For de mo after dare, donata, dore, dochira, ya
dé, doko, itsti, ikura, ikutst and nan, nena oe
these words. ae
10) De wa kika-nai : more than. ;
jik-kin de wa kika-nai: more than ne ;
unds. nat
de-bushé, [de-rw to go out;
stay-at-home.
de-guchi, [deru to go out;
opening}. The way out ; ‘exit. ; si
de-iri, [de-ru to go out ; iru2 to go in}. Gotngs
in and out ; receipts and payments ; }
of incomplete units of time, same as ashi
kake, see ashi.
de-iri wo suru : to go or come frequently t
a house.
Comp.: de-iri-guchi :
trance and exit.
dekake'ru, [deru to go out; kake: rul qv. 3
To go out ; start.
itst o dekake de gozaimast ka ? (D): whet;
do you yee ? Bitar es 1
deki-agaru, “ru to 3 agaru
tated) To be completed ; be finished.
deki-ai (no), [deki-ru to be made ; au to
meet]. Ready-made. > Sea
deki-ai no kutsu : ready-made boots. eat
Comp.: dekiai-mono : ready-made things.
deki-ru, [de-ru to go out ; kuru to pease ; ie
Lit.: to come out ; forthcome.
a door used for en=
1) To be made, done, finished, ready. ‘
ode btaaats ka ? (C): isn’t it ray
yet ? ot
mé dekimashita (C) : it’s ready.
ano hashs wa teteti de delite imam (C): that ES ees
bridge is made of iro oe
asoko de setomono ga debicw (B): poreelait
is manufactured there.
dekite iru no ga arimasti ka # (C) : have you
any ready-made ?
dekitru
2) To be able ; can.
dekireba : if T can ; if péeabies as far as
_ _ possible.
— roku-jt ni shokuji ga dekimasi ka ? (C) : can
I have my dinner at six o’clock ?
_ kore ga dekimast ka ? (C) : can you do this ?
ky6 wa agaru koto ga dekimasen (D) : I can-
not go to see you today. (See koto 5).
3) To speak (can speak) ; know.
Ei-go ga dekimast ka ? (C) : can you speak
' English ?
Nihon-go wa sikoshi shika dekimasen (C) :
I only speak a very little Japanese.
4) Dekiru dake has a superlative meaning.
dekiru dake yoku nasai (A) : do it as well as
~
Res you can.
pec, dekiru dake hayaku henji wo shite kudasai
SEG _ (B): please let me have an answer as soon
a as possible.
dekiru dake itashimashé (D): I will do my
utmost.
5) As a verbal adj.
bak dekiru : possible.
ee deki-nai : impossible.
xo dekiru koto nara nan de mo itashimasii (D) :
I will do anything that is in my power.
deki-nai koto wa nai (B): it is not an im-
possible thing.
at ae sore wa dekiru koto dest ka ? (C)
et sible to do it ?
__ | i-go no dekiru hito : a man who can speak
Re ‘English.
, 6) Various.
o kuni de wa kome ga dekimasi ka?’ (C):
does rice grow in your country ?
ano fujin wa sengetsi kodomo ga dekima-
_shita (C): that lady had a baby last
month.
Ei-go no deki wa dé desit ka ? (C):
he getting on in English ?
_ ——s kodomo ga deki-ru : to give birth to a child;
oy be with child.
ae ti: kari ga deki:ru : to get into debt.
i" Note :—the subject of deki-ru gen. takes the
Rvaaie _ ppn. ga; this subject is often the object
sof the English potential verb.
Comp.
% deki-agaru :
Fete _ finished].
aes deki-sokonau :
Berrie <> Seen.
= deki-ai : ready-made, faw to meet].
demp6, [den- electricity}. A telegram.
demp6 wo ae ru ; dempo wo utst :
a telezra
bydki dda t to iio dempo ga kita (B) :
a telegram saying he is ill.
den-. Electricity.
Comp.: dempd; denki ;
: is it pos-
how is
to be finished, [agaru to be
to be a failure, [sokonau to
to send
I received
densha ; denwa;
q-V
~ denki, [den- electricity ; ki2 spirit]. Electric-
ity ; electric light.
densha, [den— soe: 3 sha - caret
Electric car ; tram-car.
denwa, [den— electricity].
denwa e yonde kudasai (C):
to the telephone.
Tanabe San, denwa de gozaimast (D) : M
Tanabe, you are wanted on the telephone.
o rusu ni Yamada San kara denwa ga kaka-
remashila (C): while you were out a tele-
phone call came irom Mr Yamada.
denwa wo kake-ru : to telephone.
deru.
1) To go out ; come out.
ima deru tokoro dest (C)
to go out.
ano hon wa raigetst demasti (C) : that book
will come out (be published) next month. —
2) To leave ; start. :
kisha wa nan-ji ni demast ka ? (C) : at what
o’clock does the train start ?
kesa _Kébe wo demashita (C): I left Kobe
this morning..
3) Deru has sometimes a humble meaning.
6-sama no mae ni demashita (C): he came
into the presence of the King.
negatte de-ru : to make a request of a person
constituted in authority.
moshi-de-ru : to say something to a person
in authority.
4) Various.
koko wo ikeba teishaba e demastii ka? (C):
does this road go to the station ?
ashita gakké e demasti ka ? (C): are you go-
ing to school tomorrow ?
kaji wa daidokoro kara deta 86 desti (C) + it
seems that the fire began in the kitchen.
abunai ! koko ni kugi ga dete iru (B): how
dangerous, there is a nail sticking out
here.
chi ga de'ru : to bleed.
ase ga de’ru ; to perspire.
namida ga de-ru : to ery.
seki ga de-ru : to cough.
shimbun ni deru: to appear in a news-
please call him
: I am just about
paper.
dete kuru ; to come out ; appear ; be found.
Comp.
de-guchi ; the way out, [kucht mouth, —
ing].
de-bushé : a stay-at-home, [bushd lazy].
hi-no-de : sunrise, [hi sun].
de-iri q.v. ;
desi, see da.
detarame. Nonsense ; random ; haphazard,
detarame wo iu : to talk at random,
detarame na, adj.: random ; nonsensical. '
detarame ni henji suru :. to answer at ran-
dom, ie a
do.
1)
nani-goto mo do wo sugite wa ike-nai (B) :
you must not go to exeess in anything.
- san-do ni ichi-do : once in n three times.
_ ni-do-me : the second time.
____ ichi-do mo (with neg.) : not even once.
____ ichi-do mo mimasen (C) : I have never seen
it, not even once.
Fa ee iku-do mo : any number of times; very
Tike 3): OFtem. é
BAe Gey ichi-do Nikké e itte mitai (B): 1 would like
; to see Nikk6 ; (compare hitotst 2).
mo ni-do to Kichiza ni au koto wa dekimasen
_(C) : she would never be able to see Kichi-
re za again.
: - Comp.
_ kondo : this time ; next time ; [see kono2].
mai-do : every time, {maz every].
Note : -—do is preceded by. the Ist set of
num.; before do, yo (four) is used instead
of shi.
dol. Copper.
62. “‘Interr. pron.
a 1) How ? what ?
3 dé suru no desi ka? (C):
how do you do
ates |Meat gs
dé shimashé ? (C); dé sureba it deshd ? (C) ;
dé shitara ii ka? (B): what shall I do?
_ what had I hetter do ?
dé suru no dard? (B):
how is he to proceed ?
dd shimasti ka? (C): what do you propose
to do?
dé sureba ti no desti? (C):
advise me to do?
anata ga i-nakereba dé shimashé ? (C) :
should I ever do without you ?
dé suru koto mo deki-nai (B) : I can’t pre-
' veut it.
Hakone e wa dé iku no desis ka? (C):
can you get to Hakone ?
gakké wo dete kara dé nasaru o kangae desi
ka? (C): what do you mean to do when
you leave school ?
-yoku kiite miru to dé daré ? (B): and when I
' Questioned her, what do you think she
said ?
what shall I do ?
<2 cy
ox
4
:
Se
:
ee
;
ORs.
3
'
eS
my ha,
what do you
what
epee
how
kyonen wa kotoshi yori atsui to omoimast ga,
‘dé deshé? (C): it seems to me that it’s
hotter this year than last, however I may
be wrong.
2) Dé dest ka ? (C) : how are you ?
koko wa dé desi ka ? (C) : how do you like
this place ?
- —heitai wa dé dest ka ? (C): how do you like
being a soldier ?
issho ni itte wa dé desti ka ? (C): what do
_.- you say to going with me?
3) Dé shita ?
:| ae aha ne da (C): T wonder what h
kaw a a the matter ?
Eee “d& shita no dest ? (C) : what has happened ?
happened ?. I wonder how it happen
dé nasaimashita ka ? (VD): what is mie
ter with you ? "
kodomo wa dé shita no deat ka ?(C
has happened to the child ? <3
how it pnb ni 3
dé fete: hito dest ? (Crs what kind of a man
is he ? y.
reason of that ? ¥
dé shita wake ka o-kami-san ga byaki
narimashita (C): somehow or pepe
wife fell ill.
dB ahlics koto ka. biter’ oa ‘eases eras
ochimashita (C): somehow or other ba
of them slipped and fell down. %
4) D6 shite. 5 ©
dé shite kyd ikimasen deshita ka ? (C): 2
didn’t you go today ? ap ieik
dé shite desh6? (C): 1 wonder how that <
happened ? We
dé shite 86 natta no destt ? (C) show did that i
happen ?
dé shite omae wa wataktshi no tometa koto :
wo shimasi: ka ? (A): how dare Mat do
what I have forbidden ?
dé shite ii ka wakarimasen (C): I am at
loss to know what to do. ~ Stas
Hakone e da shite iku no destt ka # (C): how eee
can you get to Hakone ?
5) Dé shite mo.
dé shite mo dekimasen (C):
impossible. .
dé shite mo dekakemasen (C): in any
T shall not go out. *,
dé shite mo ike-nai (B): that won’t dos
all. ie
dé shite mo ashita dekake-nakereba narima-
sen (C): it is absolutely necessary for
to leave tomorrow.
Kémoto San wa do shite mo jdeu da (B):
there is no denying Mr K6moto is very
clever.
dé shite mo ké shite mo d5 mo nara-nakereba,
kono kane wo agemashd (C): if there
absolutely no other way out of the «
culty I’ll give you this money. -
6) Dé mo; dé (gerund) mo ; as ni mos ;
also domo). 4
6-kaze ga fukimashita ga uchi wa domo 1
masen (C): a gale blew but nothing uae
pened to my house
dé mite mo ano hito ‘wa Nihon-jin da )
whichever way you look at him he
Japanese.
on T don’t
it is absolu
dé natte mo kamaimasen Oe
what ss rata
do
“doko
dé ni mo naru (B):
way.
dé mo ki mo shiyé ga nai (B):
can’t be help.
butarete mo naki mo dé mo shi-nakatta (B):
although he got a beating he didn’t cry
or do anything like that.
7) Di ka ; dé ni ka ; (see also déka).
dé (ni) ka dekimasen ka? (C): can’t you
manage it some way ?
dé (ni) ka shite o kwre (A):
please.
sono uchi ni dd (ni) ka narimashé (C):
sooner or later it will come to some satis-
factory conclusion.
ano hito no tokoro-gaki wo dé (ni) ka shite
shiritai mono desi (C) : I wish I could find
out his address somehow or other.
dé ka suru toaku no desi ga dé suru no da ka
wakarimasen (C): this must open: some-
how or other but I don’t know how.
dé ka shita no dest ka ? (C) : is anything the
matter with*you ?
dé ka shite kawa no muké e ikiiai (B) : I wish
I could manage somehow to get to the
other side of this river.
omae wa kyo wa yoppodo dé ka shite iru (A):
there’s no doubt about it, you are not
yourself today, (something has happened
to upset you).
8) Dé de mo ; dé ni de mo.
d6 (ni) de mo o shi nasai (B) : do it anyhow.
dé de mo y6é gozaimasti (D}: any way will
do ; it doesn’t matter how it is.
anata no kangae de dé de mo narimast (C) :
either of the things you suggest will do.
9) Doiu; diiu fina; dd iu yd na: what
kind of.
dé iu hito dest ? (C) :
he ?
sore wa dé iu wake desi ? ?(C): what is the
reason of that ? what do you mean by
that ?
dé iu wake ka kesa shimbun ga osoku kima-
shita (C): for some reason or. other the
newspaper came late this morning.
10) Various.
dé itashimashite (C): not at all (after being
thanked) ; don’t mention:it.
dé ka ké ka ; di ni ka k6 ni ka : somehow or
other.
dé (ni) ka ké (ni) ka shimashé (C) :
it somehow or other.
dé no ké no : something or other.
Note :—ikaga, a polite substitute for dé, can
be used in many of the examples in 1, 2
and 3.
dibutsi.. Animal.
dochi ; dochira ; saat is gen. pron. dotch?).
1) Where ? ?
_dotchi e o-ide ni narimasi ka ? (D): where
are you going ? j
it can be turned any
it really
attend to it
what kind of a man is
I will do
dochira kara o-ide nasaimashita ka ? @):
where do you come from ?
2) Which (of two) ?
dochira ga o stiki dest ka ? (C):
you prefer ?
mizu to o yu to dotchi ga y6 gozaimasi ka ?
(D) : is it cold water or hot water that you
want ?
shina-mono wo watast ka, kane wo harau ka,
dotchi ka o shi nasai (A) : either hand over
the goods or pay the money.
3) Dotchi no ; dochira no.
dochira no michi wo ikimashé ka? (C):
which road shall we take ?
dotchit no hé? (B): in which direction ? in
what part (of the town) ?
4) Dotchi ka ; dochira ka.
dotchi ka agemashé (C) :
of these (two).
kono uchi dochira ka o ki ni tirimasti ka ?
(D) : will either of these suit you ?
dotchi ka to ieba machi yori inaka no hé ga
stiki dest (C): if I must choose between
the two, I think I prefer the country to
living in town.
5) Dotchi mo ; dochira mo.
dotchi mo onaji da (B): they are both alike.
dochira mo ira-nat (B) : I want neither.
dotchi mo yoku nai (B) : neither is good.
6) Dotchi de mo ; dochira de mo.
dochira de mo 71 (B) : either will do.
sono kami nara dotchi de mo daijébu dard
(B): either of those pieces of paper would
be strong enough.
7) Dotchit ni shite mo:
which do
I will give you one
in either case.
digu. Tool; instrument; (piece of) fur-
niture,
Comp.: furu-dégu : second-hand furniture,
tools, [furut old}.
Doitsi, {corr. of the German].
Doitst%t no, adj.: German.
Comp.
Dottsii-jin : a German, [jin man].
Doitsii-go: the German language.
speech].
dika, [see dé ka under dé2|. The original
meaning is ‘somehow or other’; but it_
sometimes is about equivalent to ‘please’.
doka kore wo kaite kudasai (C) : please write
this,
dokeru, v.t. feogn. w. doku v.i.].
move ; take out of the way.
dokka, [contr. of doko ka, see doko},
doko, [dono which ; tokoro place].
1) Where ? which ?
o taku wa doko dest ka ? (C): where do you
live ?
koko wa doko destti ka? (C):
name of this place ?
doko ga iehiban ii hoteru deshé ? bide selieh
is the best hotel ?
Germany.
[-go
To re-
what is the
?
‘doko
ee A
28
Se ey ee ee
are wa doko no hito dest ka ? (C) : what na-
tionality is he ?
doko no kata ka shirimasen (C): I don’t
know who the man is. -
doko no gakké e ikimast ka? (C): what
school do. you go to ? (352).
doko ni aru no daré ? (B): I wonder where
it is.
doko e itta ka-shirimasen (C) : I don’t know
where he has gone.
kore wa doko e tku michi dest ka? (C):
where does this road go to ?
doko kara ikimast ka ? (C): by which road
are you going ?
doko made ikimashita ka ? (C): how far did
you go?
doko de katta no ? (B, fem.) : where did you
buy it ?
2) Doko ka (often abb. to dokka) ; doko, ppn.
ka ; doko ka, ppn.
doko ka (dokka) kono kinjoni sunde iru (B) :
he lives somewhere in this neighbourhood.
doko ka no otoko no ko ga uchi no nasht wo
torimashita (C): some boy I don’t know,
stole some of our pears.
doko ni ka (or ka ni) aru deshé (C): it must
be somewhere ; there must be some some-
where.
doko e ka (or ka e) iké ja arimasen ka ? (B) :
let ’s go somewhere.
mizu ga doko kara ka (or ka kara) morimasi
(C) : there’s a leak somewhere.
doko made ka ikimashé (C): I’ll go part of
the way.
3) Doko mo ; doko, ppn. mo.
doko mo shirimasen (C): I don’t know any
of those places.
kiné doko mo o warui yo de wa arimasen
deshita (C): there seemed to be nothing
the matter with him yesterday.
doko ni mo gozaimasen (D): there are none
anywhere.
ky wa doko e mo ikimasen (C) : I’m not go-
ing out today.
kesa wa yiibin ga doko kara mo kimasen (C) :
I haven’t received a letter from anywhere
this morning.
doko made mo ikimashita (C): I went ever.
so far.
doko made mo shinsetsti na hito dest (C):
there is no limit to his kindness.
4) Doko de mo ; doko, ppn. de mo.
doko de mo ii (B) : anywhere will do.
doko de mo arimast (C): you ean get it
anywhere.
Toiky6 de wa doko no mise de mo denki ya
gast wo tsiikaimasti (C): in Tokyo every
shop is lit by electricity or gas.
doko ni de mo itte irasshai (B) : go wherever
you like, ;
doko e de mo o oki nasai (B) : put it any-
where.
doko kara de mo kimast (C): they come
from all parts. ae
doko made de mo o tomo itashimashd (D) :
I'll. go with you as far as you like.
5) Doko, ppn., gerund, mo.
doko ni ite mo tabako wo nonde imas% (C) :
he smokes wherever he is.
doko e o-ide ni natte mo 86 yasiiku wa uri-
masen (C): go where you will you won’t
get it so cheap. '
doko kara mite mo: whichever way you look
at it.
doko made itte mo yama bakari dest (C) : no
matter how far you go there are only
mountains. ;
» doko e iku toki de mo inu wo tsurete ikima-
shita (C): he used to take the dog with
him whenever he went anywhere.
Comp.
doko-doko is a kind of plural of doko.
doko-doko e irasshaimashita ka? (D): to
what places did you go ?
doko-ira ? whereabouts ? [see —ira].
dokoro, nigori’ed form of tokoro q.v.
doku!. Poison; something bad for the
health.
doku na : poisonous.
doku ni naru : to prove injurious to health.
doku ni mo kiisuri ni mo nara-nai (B) : it is
neither good nor bad.
doku kueba sara made mo : in for a penny
in for a pound ; one may as well be hanged
for a sheep as a lamb; (lit.: if you take
poison, eat the plate also).
doku2, v.i. [eogn. w. doke-ru v.t.]. To get
out of the way ; move aside.
o doki nasai (A) : get out of the way.
—domo, [tomo companion]. Suff. used for
forming the plural of nouns, (178).
dimo, [dé how ; mo even ; see dé2 6). Has a
vague sup. meaning or serves to empha-
size a word.
démo nani wo suru ni mo nagaku kakaru
(B): how !ong he takes about everything !
domo kono-goro hima ga nakiite komarimastt
(C) : I have so little time now-a-days, I
don’t know how to manage.
domo o kinodoku sama dest: ne (C): I am
indeed very sorry for you.
osoroshiku domo michi ga warut (B) : what
an awfully bad road !
domo shiyd ga nai (B): there is really no
help for it.
sore wa démo (C): that is really too bad ;
that is very unexpected.
donata, [dono which ; kata person]. Who ; a
polite substitute for dare q.v., eS. used
in the 2nd person
donata de gozaimasii ka ? (D) : whom have I~
the honour of addressing * |
don-don, (397). Rapidly ; noisily.
donna, [corr. dono yd na what kind of].
donna
- donna
1) What kind of ? how ?
donna hon ga irimastt ka ? (C): opin kind
of book do you want ?
donna deshita ka? (C): how did you like
it?
donna ka mitai (B) : I would like to see how
it looks.
_ 2) Donna ni, donna gerund mo, have a sup.
meaning or a meaning of ‘absolutely with-
out exception.’
donna ni ureshii ka shiremasen (C) :
not tell you how very pleased I am.
donna ni itte mo : whatever you may say.
donna koto ga atte mo: whatever: may hap-
I ecan-
n.
fb hito de mo hairaremast (C) : absolute-
ly anybody may enter.
donna uchi ni de mo gozaimasi (D) :
to be found in every house.
dono.
1) Which ?
dono hon ? which book ?
dono michi wo iku ga chikakaré ? (B):
is the nearest: road to take ?
2) Dono gurai: about how
quantity ¢
dono gurai no bkisa ni shimashé ha? (C):
what size shall I make it ?
dono ygurai kakarimasi ka ? (C) : about how
long will it take ?
3) Dono—mo : universality.
dono michi wo itte mo: by whichever road
one goes.
dono isu mo tstikatie iru (B) :
+ occupied.
dono bin ni mo ippai haitte iru (B):
bottle is full.
dore.
1) Which ? (of more than two).
dore ? which one ? let me see it.
dore ga ii ? (B) : which is the best ?
2). Dore ka.
dore ka kaimashé (C):
(some) of them.
dore ka o ki ni irimashita ka ? (C):
them to your taste. ?
3) Dore mo.
kore wa dore me ikemasen ka? (C):
any of these do ?
dore mo kowarete iru {(B):
broken.
4) Dore de mo.
_dore de mo vi (B) : any one will do. ;
dore de mo Ii ni iru daré (B) : any of these I
think will please him.
5) Dore is used as a more or less meaningless
interj. at the beginning oi an action.
dore, kaeré ! (13): well, 1°11 go back home.
6) Various.
dore mo kore mo kowarele tru (B):
single one is broken.
dore dale ? dore hodo ? how much.?
it is
ipiick:
mueh ? what
every chair is
every
1 shall buy one
is any of
they are al!
every
won't |-
Jiré wa dore hodo shikatte mo kika-nai (B) :
Jird doesn’t take any notice no matter
how much I scold him.
dori, [ ? tori road}.
1) Reason ; right. ,
watakishi ni dori ga aru (B):
right.
déri de mie-nai (B) :
be seer.
kono-goro wa o tenki ga warui kara sakana
no taka’ no mo dori desi (C): as we have
had such bad weather lately fish is nat-
urally dear.
2) Nigori’ed form of /6ri q.v.
doro. Mud.
hito no kao ni doro wo nuru; to bring dis-
grace upon somebody.
Comp.: doro-ashi : rita feet, [ashi feet].
dorobé. Kobber ; thief.
dorobé wo suru : to rob.
dorobé ni au : to be robbed.
dors, [corr. of Eng.]. Dollar.
ddse. After all ; anyhow.
dése kono kisha wa okureru (B):
is sure to be late anyhow.
dossari.
anata wa dossari hon wo o mochi desit ne (C):
what a lot of books you’ve got.
dotchi, see dochi.
doy6, doy6-bi, [see y6-b7]. Saturday.
dizo. Please; a polite way of granting a
request ; most certainly ; you are welcome
to it.
dézo irasshai (C) : please come in.
ei,
1). Place : to ; towards ; at ; into.
doko e ikimasit ka ? (C) : - where are you go-
ing to ?
koppu e¢ mizu wo ireru : to pour water into
a glass.
Tdky6 e tstiku : to arrive at Tokyo.
ginké e yotte iku: to call at the Bank on the
T am in the
no wonder he is not to
this train
way.
Teikoku Hoteru e tomaru :
Imperial Hotel.
tana e ageru :, to put on the shelf ; fig. to
be oblivious of.
Nayoya 2 chiimon suru:
goya.
2) Time.
soko e : at that moment.
saki e mairimast (D): excuse me for going
first.
Note :—ni may practically always be used
instead of e; but e only sometimes may
take the place of ni.
ec, Handle.
e8, Picture.
eno yO na : picturesque.
e wo kaku ; to draw (paint) a picture.
e-kaki > an artist, [Kaku to write, paint}.
to stop at the
to order from Na-
ee pce Vago tnisting, ‘[abura oil].
oa €; interj. Has various more or less
"vague meanings ; surprise ; approval : yes,
all right, very well; it may indicate you
_ are following what the other man is , Say-
re _ing: yes, I see.
pee e408 see na see (when considering a ques-
Regex eda. A branch.
_ Comp.: eda-michi : a branch-road » [michi
% road].
‘Ei. In comp. England. .
_Ei-go : English (language), see foll.
_. Ei-koku : England, [—koku country j.
= Eikoku-jin : an Englishman, [jin man].
vt 33 _Ei-go, se England ; -go speech}. The En-
: -giish language.
_ Ei-go ga deki-ru : to speak (know) English.
_ Ei-go no dekiru hito : a man who can speak
_ Bi-go de hanasit : to say in English.
Bi-go ni yaku suru : to translate into En-
Saperyee
Set | Ev-go de wa book to itmasi (C): in English
we say ‘ book’.
empitsi. A lead-pencil.
empitstt wo keouru : to sharpen a pencil.
_ - engawa. Veranda.
_ _enryo. Reserve ; regard for another’s feelings.
3 enryo suru : to stand upon ceremony.
--- d6z0 go enryo naku (C) : please do not stand
Sate - upon ceremony.
_ amari enryo suru no ni mo komaru (B) : ex-
cessive formality and etiquette make us
: kono uchi kara erande kudasai (C): please
re _ feel uncomfortable.
Es Comp.
oe bu-enryo na: not bashful ; inconsiderate ;
a [bw— neg. ].
eisiaete “noe spate : careful; scrupulous; [ftikai
Bo -erabu, Se cadtenity the same as eramu}. To
P. we choose ; pick out ; select.
_. . choose from among these.
_-_ erai. Great ; remarkable. A term of praise
_ applied to anything which excites our
admiration and approval; even such
: things as, a little girl who takes good
eare of her little baby brother; a hen
feeding her chicks. Although generally
used in a good sense it may be applied
? to a storm, wind, rain, etc.
os erai / bravo ! well done!
are dake wakattara erai mon’ da (B):
ees | pageant
much as that.
fil. Way ; manner ; customs.
fii2, [jatatsa two}.
fuben na, [ju- neg. pret.; ben(rz) convenience}
fuchi.
fuda.
fudan no.
fude.
fiifu.
2 fu, (in its nigori’ed form bu—). A neg. pref.
a fuben.
na, Sante inconvenient.
acanrens ‘ilionank: (oma 6 2
fu-shinsetstii na : unkind, Ishinsetsit
ju-shiawase na: “unfortunate, [shi
Presse
‘U-80Tot Na net equal or uniform, loro RS
be arranged in cplee: ; Gre aa
kono chawan wa fu-soroi da (B) : these
cups are all odd ones. .
fu-jiya na, (often pron. fuja na): not =
[jivi free].
burei na : rude, [rei polisedsas) ee
buji : free from accident, [ji thing].
bu-enryo na : not bashful, [enryo oe oe
ké 1 fai ni suru hd ga é ié (B) : you had better
do it this way.
dé iu fa ni sureba ichiban deshé ? ©:
which do you think would be the pees.
to do it ? pe
chigatta fa ni : in a difierent way.
Nihon-fi (seiy6-j2) wo mane suru > to imi- pet 3h
tate Japanese (European) customs. | — ;
sore wo kiite tachen ni odoroita yo na fi wo
shimashita (C): when he heard that: he ah
pretended to be greatly surprised. — eee
Two (in the 3rd vet of
num.; see 271, 275).
Inconvenient. :
sore wa watakiishi ni fuben desti (C): “that
is inconvenient for me.
A rim ; border ; edge.
kawa no juchi : banks of a river.
megane no fuchi : spectacle frame.
fuchi wo nuu : to hem.
A countersign ; label.
fuda wo taike-ru : to label. ;
Everyday ; usual.
fudan no tori de arimashita (C): it was
usual.
fudan no kimono : everyday clothes. —
Writing brush ; pen.
ano hito wa yoku fude ya tatsti (B):
good writer.
kore wa Tamaki San no fude dest (C): this a
is a picture (writing) by Mr Tamaki.
K6b6 ni mo jude no ayamari : : even Kobo's
brush sometimes makes a mistake ; even
Homer nods at times ; (KGbO was ": cel
ebrated learned man).
A married couple ;
Tanabe San go fiiju : Mr and Mrs. ‘T'a
be is a
a se; Sudden. :
men ni : suddenly ; all at onee.
: fiikul.
fiku2.
\
fujin
fujin, [jin human being].
Tanaka fujin : Mrs Tanaka.
fiikai. Deep.
kirt ga fiikai (B) : the fog is thick.
imi no fikai, adj.: expressive.
Comp.
juikasa ; depth, [see —sa}.
- enryo-bukai : careful, [enryo reserve].
Clothes.
Weman : Jady.
Comp.
iohee -{tiiu : winter clothes, [fuyu winter].
natsi-jiku : summer clothes, [natsi sum-
mer}.
A.n. used for scrolls, sips of tea,
whifis of tobacco, ete.
Note :—1 ip-puku ; 3 sam-buku ; 6 rop-puku;
10 jip-puku; 100 hyap-pvku; 1,900
sem-buku ; nam-buku ?
Sée ip-puku.
fiku3. To blow.
kaze ga fuile imast (C) : the wind is blowing.
Comp.
juki-dasi : to burst out laughing.
fiki-kes% : to blow out.
faku4. To wi
fikureru. To swell ; be inflated ; be sulky.
_naze fikurete iru no da ? (A): what are you
sulking about now ?
fiikuro, [ ? fukure-ru to swell]. A bag.
fikuro no kuchi wo shimeru: to tie the
strings of a bag ; to have contra] of money.
fakuro no naka no nezumi: caught like a
mouse in a trap.
Comp.
j6-bukuro : envelope, {763 letter}.
te-bukuro : gloves, [te hand].
Note :—used after the abb. 2nd set of num.
(276, 4), fukuro means a bagful.
fumu. To step ; tread on.
hito no ashi wo funde wa ike-nai (A): don’t
tread on people’s feet.
ammari chirakatte iru no de ashi no fumi-
dokoro ga nai (B) : the place is in such dis-
order I cannot find a spot to step on.
fun. Minute.
ichi-ji ja-go-fun : a quarter past one.
iku-fun ? nam-pun ? how many minutes?
Note :—fun is preceded by the Ist set of
num., (276, 1) ; see 298 et seqq. The foll.
irregularities occur: 1 ip-pun; 3 sam-
pun ; 6 rop-pun ; 10 jip-pun.
fune. Ship 3 vessel ; ‘
fune de iku : to go hy boat.
fune ni noru : to get on board.
june wa o kirai desi ka? (C): don’t you like
the sea ?
watashi wa fune ni teuyoi (B) : I am a good
_ sailor.
Amerika ni iku fune wa itat demasi: ka ?
(C) : when does the boat for America sail ?
furi. Manner.
juri (wo) suru : to pretend.
furo. A (het) bath.
shira-nai furi (wo) suru : to feign ignorance.
bydki no furi (wo) suru: to pretend to be
sick. af
furo ni hairu : to take a hot bath.
juro wa nan-ji ni wakimast ka ? (C): when
will the bath be ready ?
Comp.: furoba : bath-room, [ba place}.
iuroshikt, [furo bath ; shiku to spread ; ori-
ginally a cloth spread in the bath-room to
step on]. <A cloth used to wrap up par-
cels.
juroshiki ni tsutsumu : to wrap in a furo-
shiki:
furul. To fall ; come down.
(hidoku) ame ga furw: to rain (heavily).
yuki ga furu : to snow.
myoasa shimo ga furu ka mo shire-nai (B):
I think we will have frost tomorrow
morning.
futte mo, tette mo mairimasti (C): rain or
shine, I will go.
futtari tettari iya ra tenki da (33) : now rain-
ing, now stopping, what beastly weather !
Comp.: furi-dast : to start raining, [dasi,
(in comp.) to begin].
furu2, v.t. [cogn. w. furues mu vi. S Te
shake ; swing.
bbshi wo furu ; to wave one’s hat.
atama wo furu : to shake one’s head.
6-cde wo jutte aruku : to walk swinging one’s
arms ; swagger ; [6— big ; fe arm}.
inu ga shippo wo futte iru (B): the dog is
wagging his tail.
Comp.: furi-muku v.i.:
wards ; [muku to turn].
furueru, v.i. [cogn. w. furu v.-t.].
tremble ; shiver.
furvi. Old.
furui tomodachi : an old friend.
Con:p-
furu-dégu :; second-hand articles, [dégu in-
strument |.
furu-hon : a second-hand book, - book}.
fishigi. A marvel : wonder.
fiishigi ga areba o kiki nasci (B):
don’t believe it, ask him.
fushigi na: marvellous : strange.
fushigi ni omou: to think (that something
is) strange.
fishigi na koto ni wa sakura no sakari ni
yuki qa fuitta (B): the wonder of it was
that snow fell while the cherry-trees were
in bloom.
fitta, [ ? fiitats% two]. A lid ; cover.
fiita (wo) suru : to cover with a lid.
fita wo toru : to uncover.
Comp.
hirobuta : a tray, [hiroi wide].
mabuta : eye-lid, [me eye}..
fitta—, [fatatsa two]. Two; abb. 2nd set of
num. (276, 4) ; see fitater.
to turn; face to-
To shake ;
if you
7 Bs
fiitari, [fditatsti two; oru to be]. Two per-
sons.
fiitari de ikimashéd (C): let’s both of us go.
fitatsi. Two. ae a
nt suru; fittatst ni wakeru: to
divide in two. |
kiisuri wo nomu ka byoki de iru ka no fitatsi
ni hitotst (1B): either you take the medi-
‘eine or you remain ill, one of the two.
kono kurai no mono wa Toéky6-j% sagashite
mo jititatsti to wa nai deshé (C): I den’t
think you could find two like this if you |
searched all Toky6.
-. In comp. fttatsii is abb. to futa ; see 276, 4.
fiita-go : twins, [ko child].
fiita-oya : both parents, [oya parent}.
Der.: futsika : two days, [see —ka].
fitoi. Thick ; big ; large.
fiitoi koe : a deep voice.
_ fiitoi kangae : wicked thoughts.
fiitoi yats% : an audacious rascal.
Der.
fiitosa : thickness, [see —sa].
fitoru : to grow large or fat.
fiiton. Bed-clothes; a quilt;
-eushion.
- fiiton wo shiku : to make a bed (Japanese).
fitoru, [fiitoi thick]. To grow larze or fat
futotia, adj.: fat.
fitsi. A usual occurence.
futst shimbun wa shichi-ji ni kimasa (C):
as a rule the newspaper comes at seven
o’elock.
- fitsai no, adi.: general ; usual ; ordinary.
fitsi no hito: an ordinary man (not an
aes official). ‘
) futsitka, [fdtates%t two ; -ka q.v.|-
mattress :
Two days;
come.
2) Ga gen. takes the placo of no in adj. phr.
used pred. (228 ; 234).
sei no takai kodomo : a tall child.
tsumi no aru hito : a guilty maa.
ano kodomo wa sei ga takai (B): that child
is tall; (lit. as for that child, his stature
is high). :
ano hito wa teumi ga aru (B): that man is
guilty ; (lit. as for that man guilt exists).
Note :—in these two last examples sei and
tsumi may be considered to he subjects.
J second day of the month.
: fuyu. Winter.
| Comp.
fuyu-fiiku ; fuyu-gi; fuyu-mono: winter
. clothes, {fiku clothes; kivru to put on;
mono thing}.
j juyu-muki no, adj.: for winter use, {muku
: - to suit].
ig gal, ppn. ie .
S 4) Sign of the nominative. For a compari-
a mp between the use of ga and «wa, see 389-
: 2.
sensei ga miemashita (C): the teacher has
2
;
4)
3) Before the verbs fa suru, wabare tele
iru (to need), and before potential verbs,
the noun foll. by ga often becomes in
English the object or pred. eae.
kane ga aru (B) : he has money.
zutsti ga suru (B) : I have a headache.
ntiot ga suru (B) : there is a smell. Re os
Ei-go ga wakarimasi (C): I understand — vas,
English. - mae
akai enpitst ga irimasi (C): 1 need a red
pencil. Pie
sore ga dekimasti ka ? (C): can you do that? —
Nihon-ji ga. yoremasi (C): I ean read
Japanese characters. ee
4) Ga is used before suki, kirai and hoshii,
also before the desid. adj. nae
tabako ga stiki desi (C): L like smoking; 1
am ford of smoking. Kare
fuyu ga kirai (B) : I don’t like winter. So Ss
mizu ga hoshii (B): I would like to have
some water. $3 eae
sono hon ga yomitai (B): I would like to
read that book. oa 3
ga2, conjunction. é =
1) Ga is gen. adversative : but ; vet. MAT ties
ikimashita ga dame deshita (C): l went but “e
it was no use. eee
da ga (at the beginning of a sentence): |
nevertheless ; still ; and yet. Fee
2) Ga is sometimes merely connective.
kore de san-do Shanhai e mairimashita ga
shi-awase ni its mo umi ga shizuka de go- —
zaimashita (D): this is the third time I~
make the trip to Shanghai and I have been _
lucky enough each time to have the sea —
smooth. :
kesa shimbun wo mite imashita ga fuinihen
na koto wo mitstikemashita (C): I was
reading the newspaper this morning when
I suddenly came across a strange piece =
of news. gs. Joe
ko-nai ga dé shiyd ka ? (B): he hasn *t come ©
so what shall I do ? nes
3) Sentences often finish elliptically by ga.
ano hito ga kyé kuru to ii ga...(B): I wahoo
he would come today but...() am
afraid he will not be able to).
4) Ga—ga : whether—or ; either-—or.
iké ga yosd ga watashi no katte da (B):
whether I go or not is no one’s business
but my own. 4 Be
gaikoku, [gat outside ; —koku country}. bor- i hi
eign a ; ae tiie saad pain
Comp.: gaikoku-jin : a foreigner, [77m Man}.
oie bn the way; whilst; suf. added to
stems of verbs, especially those meaning
coming and going. 1S ae
mise e iki-gake ni tomodacht nt aimashita ;
(C): I met a friend as I was going to the vis
office. :
kaeri-qake ni : on my way back home.
See omoi-gake.
ar
eM
‘Sa
,e
- gakkari- roe yim
Bon
gakkari.
1) Tired ; dejected ; disappointed
a ammari aruita no de gakkari shita (B): I
J am quite tired out as I have walked a
ee long way.
EK hitori-mustiiko wo nakushite gakkari shite
See iru (B): he is very sad as he has lost bis
bee only son.
2) Relieved from anxiety ; agreeably sur-
prised.
kono shigoto ga sundara zuibun gakkari
suru. daré (B): it will be a great relief
when this work is finished.
. gakké. School.
gakké ni agaru : to enter school.
gakk6é wo sagaru ; to leave school.
gaman. Patience ; fortitude.
‘ gaman no nai hito : @ man wanting in forti-
ma tude.
ss m6 stikoshi gaman wo nasai (B) :
a little longer.
FS gaman suru : to endure with patience ; con-
“ti tain oneself.
ie wataktshi wa sore de gaman shimashé (C):
---._- J will make the best of it.
i oh chiisai keredomo gaman suru yori hoka wa
i nai (B): it is very small nevertheless
it there is nothing to be done but to put up
with it.
7 dé shite mo gaman ga deki-nai (B) : I abso-
aut lutely cannot stand it.
ss gara. Kind ; quality ; pattern.
#y
_
be patient
ano ko wa gara ga ékii (B) : that. child is of a |
big build.
garasit, [corr. of Eng.]. Glass.
~garu. Suf. used for forming verbs.
1) Added frequently to the stem of adj. or
ais desiderative form of verbs.
kawaigaru: to pet, [kawaii charming].
ikitagaru : to wish to go, [ikitai wishing to
go}.
ete.
2) Added to a few nouns.
, kinodokugaru : to feel sorry for, [kinodoku
: * sorrow].
iyagaru : to have an aversion for, [iya re-
; pugnance].
er.
4 atsugari no : of a person sensitive to heat.
oe samugari no : of a person sensitive to cold.
Note :—these verbs in ~garu have also pas-
sive and causative forms.
Gasshii-koku, [—koku country]. United States
of America ; see also Bei-koku.
gasu, [corr. of Eng. }. Gas.
gase wo tatikeru : to light the gas.
gast wo keati : to put out the gas,
gast ga hiite arimast ka ? (C): is there gas
laid on (in the house) ?
—gata, [kata person]. Suf. used for forming
the plural of nouns, (178).
gatstt, [coon, w. getst]. Month.
shé-gatst ; seigatiale ; ete.: January 5 Feb- ‘
ruary ; ete. see 293, <
ge. Inferiority ; low class.
Comp.: gehin ; gejo 3 genan ; geta ; q.v.
—ge. Nigori’ed pron. of —ke q.v..
gehin na,[yge inferior ; hin sort]. Vulgar ;: in- ‘
ferior quality.
geishe. A singing girl. \
gejo, [ge inferior ; jo woman]. Maid-servant.
gekkyii, [gets month]. Monthly wages.
genan, [ge inferior]. Male servant.
genki. Vigour ; spirit.
genki na; genki no di ; vigourous ; high-
spirited. :
geta, [ge inferior]. Clogs.
geta wo haku : to put on clogs.
getsi, [cogn. w. gatst]. Month.
Comp.
ichi-getsi : January, [ichi one].
kongetsti : this mouth, [see kono2].
mai-getsi : every month ; monthly ; [mai-
every !.
raigetst : next month, [see rai—].
saraigeist the month after next, [see
sarai—|].
sengetst : last month, [see sen--]. te
getstiy6 ; getstiyd-bi : Monday, [see yd-b7}.
gin. Silver ; (compare kin gold). .
Comp.: gin-zaiku : anything made of silver,
[see —sarku].
ginké. A bank.
giri. Nigori’ed pron. of kiri q.v.
gol. Honorific pref. It may be placed be-
fore a great number of nouns ; it usually
is found before hdbi and kurd ; it practical-
ly always is placed before busata and chi-
86; it forms part of the words gohan, go-
men, goran and gozaru.
go2. Five.
-go. A word ; language ; speech.
Comp.
zoku-go: the colloquial language, [zoku
common].
Ei-go.: the English language, [#7 England].
Nihon-go : the Japanese 'anguage, [Nihon
Japan}.
ete.
gobu-gobu (no), [go five ; bu parts). Evenly
matched ; six of one ‘and half-a-dozen of
the other.
go-busata, see busata.
go-chis6, see chisd. F inide
gofiku. Cloth ; drapery ; dry goods.
Comp.: goftiku-ya : a draper.
go-gatsit, [go five ; gatsti month]. May.
gogo. Afternoon,
gohan, [go honourable ; han toad A meal ;
boiled rice.
gohan wo taku : to cook rice.
go hobi, see hdbi.
g6j6. Obstinacy. -
g0j6 wo haru. : to be obstinate.
a ae ee
-zomen, [go nonourable ; men pardon].
-gomi.
Lee ee Me ee
gojo 7 ee 9
goj6 mo ii kagen ni o shi nasai (B): don’t
_ be so obstinate and listen to reason.
g6j6 na : obstinate : stubborn.
g0j6 ni mo ayamara-nakatta (B): he stub-
bornly refused to apologize.
goku. Very.
goku chiisai kodomo : very small children.
go kurd, seo kuré.
gomakasa. _ To deceive ; to take in.
36 nan-do mo gomakashi ga kiku to omou ka ?
(A): do you think you can fool me time
after time ?
-sonna koto de gomakasareru mono destt Ica ?
{(B): i am not to be hoodwinked in that
way.
Par-
don : excuse.
gomen kudasai: excuse me; | beg your
pardon ; (used also for calling attention)
I say.
sono sddan nara gomen Jest (C): if that is
what you want to consult me about, I beg
to be excused. .
Dirt ; rubbish.
gomu, [corr. of Spanish or Portuguese goma
india-rubber, gum]. India-rubber ; gum.
Comp.: keshi-gomu : india-rubber (for era-
sing), [kest to extinguish].
goran, [go honourable ; ran look].
1) Used pol. of the looking of the 2nd (or
3rd) person. The corresponding plain
verb is mi-ru q.v.
goran no tori ashi ni kega wo shimashita
(C) : as you see I have hurt my leg.
goran ni ire-ru : to show (to the 2nd person).
Goran behaves like a verbal stem preceded
by an honorific (359) :
goran ni naru ; goran nasaru ; goran de aru
(less polite) : to look (of the 2nd person).
goran kudasaru : to look (of the 2nd person,
when tke action is in favour of the Ist per-
son).
goran nasai (C); goran (A): please look :
see here.
nani wo gorar nas‘tte irasshaimasti ka ? |
(D): what are you leoking at ?
shimbun wa mé goran desti ka? (C): have
you finished with your newspaper ?
2) After gerund : to try. See miru 2).
atsui ka tsumetai ka te wo atete goran
(nasai) (B) : touch it and see whether it is
hot or cold.
nonde goran (nasai) (B): drink it and see
(whether you like it or not).
mado wo akete goran (nasai) (B) : open the
window and let’s see (if it is nicer like
that).
goro. Nigori’ed form of koro q.v-
gozaru, [go honourable ;—; aru to be}. A
pol. form of the verb aru to be, which it
can gen. replace ; and, as da is equal to
de aru, in its place we may put de gozaru ;
see aru and da. Gozaru is used only in
the mast inflexions; the r is almost
always dropped, (96). When true adj.
are pred. of gozaru, they take special
terminations, (192). . The neg. adj. natis
not used with gozaru; instead, gozaru
itself is put in a neg. inflexion, (196). A
plain verb may be made honorifie by
putting o before the stem and de gozaru
after it, (359). It is also used very
politely after the gerund in -~mashite,
(100).
sayod de gozaimast (D) : that is so.
tkaga de gozaimasti (ka)? (D): how are
you ?
gozen. Morning ; forenoon.
guai. The working of the difierent parts of
an apparatus ; state of one’s health ; con-
dition.
kono tokei wa guai ga warui (B) : something
is wrong with this clock.
amado no guai ga warui (B): the sliding-
doors do not fit well into their grooves.
watashi wa konaida kara quai ga warui
(B): I have been feeling unwell for some
days past.
' kono-goro daibu guai ga yoku natta (B): he
is now quite well off.
kono tstil-we wa taihen guai ga yo gozaimast
(D) : this desk is very convenient.
kono isu wa guai ga warui (B) : this chair is
very uncomfortable.
ima-goro sonna koto wo iu no mo guai ga
warui ne (B): it would be very inconve-
nient to say such a thing now.
gurai. Nigori’ed pron. of kurai q.v.
guzu-guzu, (397).
1) Slowly (in a bad sense). ,
guzu-guzu suru: to hesitate ; dawdle.
quzu-guzu shite iru hima wa arimasen (C):
there is no time to hesitate.
sugu dekiru koto wo itsti made mo guzu.guzu
shite iru (B): he is dawdling over a thing
that can be done in no time.
2) Complainingly.
guzu-guzu iu: to complain ; grumble.
its made mo guzu-guzu iu. nara junsa wo
yobu zo! (A): if you continue bothering
me I'll call a policeman. ‘
nani wo guzu-guzu itteru n’ desi ka? (B) :
what are you grumbling about ?
gyd. A row; 4 line (as of writing or print-—
ing). 2
Note ae is preceded by the Ist set of num.
gydgi. Conduct ; behaviour ; manners.
gyogt no ti (warut), adj.: well- (badly—)
behaved.
omae wa gydgi ga warui (A): you behave
ve ;
gale [gyt cow ; niku meat}. Beef. ;
gyinyia, [gy% cow ; nyt milk]. Cow's milk ;
see chichil. :
bt
A
Fi " : rs : ,
7 r 4 ue
‘a ra Te m1
sah Me ee he
vs io *
2%
ty)
Laoe) fae
BH vega lig
BP) ON
he ape a
ax
-,”
es -
;
5
ea
%
ha
= - hajime :
hal. Leaf ; blade.
ha2. Tooth : edge (of knife, etc).
ha wo migaku : to brush the teeth.
ha wo nuite morau : to have a tooth drawn.
Comp.
ha-isha : a dentist, [isha doctor].
ha-migaki : tooth-powder, [migaku to pol-
ish].
mae-ba : the front teeth, [mae before].
oku-ba : the back teeth, [oku interior].
haba. Breadth ; width ; authority.
ano hito wa naka-naka haba ga kiku (B): he
has great influence.
hachi. Eight.
hachi no 7i wo yose'ru : to frown, (the wrin-
kles of the forehead make the figure eight
A). ;
Note :—hachi in comp. before ch, t, or és,
becomes hat ; before k, hak ; before s or
sh, has.
hachi-gatsi, [hachi eight ; gates month]. Au-
gust.
hadaka, [hada skin ; akai red}.
hadaka no : : naked.
hade (na), [hal leaf; deru to come out].
’ Gay ; bright ; showy.
haeru. To grow ; spring up.
pan ni kabi ga haeta (B) :
grown mouldy.
hige no haeta otoko :
tache.
- hagaki, [ha) leaf ; kakwl to write]. Postcard ;
when not otherwise qualified, it means
a 14 sen postcard.
Comp.: e-hagaki : picture postcard, [e3 pic-
ture].
hagane, | ? ha2 edge ; kane metal]. Steel.
hage'ru, v.i. [cogn. w. hagu v.t.]. To be
stripped of ; become bald ; fade.
ano hito wa atama ga hagete kimashita (C) :
he has become bald.
Nakedness.
the bread has
a@ man with a mous-
kono kimono wa iro ga hageta (RB): the col-
our of this dress has faded
_ hagu, v.t. [cogn. w. hageru v.i.|. To peel
off ; strip.
haha. A non-polite word for mother, (364) ;
my mother.
hai!. Ashes.
haiz. A fly.
hai3. In answer to a call, it may mean: I
have heard, I am coming, what is it? In
answer to a question, it has a meaning of
assent to what is implied in the question
and corresponds to yes, when in answer to
an aff. question ; and must gen. be trans-
lated by no, when the question is in the
negative : see 399,
hai4. A.n. for glassfuls, cupfuls, etc.
Note :—-1 ip-pai; 3 sam-bai; 6 rop-pai ;
10 TOD 5 i 100 hyap- “pat ; + 1,000 sem-bai ;
nam-bai ?
2. aa? ippai q.v. : full.
haikara (na), [corr. of Eng. high aes.
Smart ; up-to-date ; elegant in dress with
foreign. tendencies.
haiken. A humble word used for expressing
the looking of the Ist person at something
belonging to the 2nd person: the plain
verb is mi‘ru q.v.
haiken suru (D) : to look ; see.
haiken sase-ru (D) : to show (to me).
haiken (B); haiken sasete kudasai (D) :
' please show it to me.
haiken shimashita (D) ; haiken itashimashita
(D): I have seen it.
hairu. To enter ; get in ; go in.
o hairi kudasai (D) : please come in.
me ni nani ka haitte iru kai ? (B) : is there
anything in my eye ?
kore ni minna haitte iru no deshé (C): I sup-
pose this (charge) meludes everything
ano hako ni dono gurai hairu ka ? (B): “how
much will that case contain ?
sono naka ni nani ga haitte imast ka ? (C) :
what is there inside ?
mo hitotsi hairimast (C) : there is room for
one more.
hito no heya e damatte haitte wa tke-nai
(A): you must not enter people’s rooms
without leave. ;
haitte mo y6 gozaimasti ka? (D):
come in ?
dono hako nt mo heitai ga ippai haitie ima-
shita (C): all the (railway) carriages were
crammed full with soldiers.
te ni hairu ; to seeure to oneself ; sueceed
in getting ; obtain.
hajil, [nigort "ed pron. of hashi2 which is less
common]. End ; extremity ; border.
hajiz. Shame.
haji wo shira-nai ; shameless.
hito no mae de haji wo kakasareta (By: I
was put to shame in the presence of
others.
sonna baka na koto wo shitara watashi no
haji ni naru (B) : if you do asilly thing like
that it will be a disgrace to me.
sore wo haji to wa omowa-nai ka ? (A): aren't
you ashamed of it ?
hajimaru, v.i. [f. hashi2 the beginning ; cogn.
w. hajime-ru v.t.]. To begin.
hajime, [stem of hajime ru, f. hashi2 the be-
ginning]. The 3
hajime no : the first one.
hajime ni : at first.
ichiban hajime : at the very beginning ; the
very first.
hajime kara Tokyé ni sunde irasshaimasit
ka ? (D) : have you always (since your ar-
rival in Japan) lived in Téky6 ?
ano hito ga ichiban hajime da (B) : his tum
comes first.
- hajime ga areba owart ga aru : every begin-
ning has an ending.
may I
na
‘hajime'ru |
-
} hanashi ae
hajime'ru, v.t. [f. hashi2 the beginning ; cogn.
- w. hajimaru v.i.]. To begin.
ima hajimeru tokoro dest (C) : I am just go-
ing to begin. _
hayaku hajimete o kure (A): hurry up and
set about it.
shébai wo hajime'ru : to set up in trade.
Der.: hajime ; hajimete ; q.v.
hajimete, [gerund of hajime-ru ; f. hashi2 the
beginning]. For the first time.
Fuji-san ni noboru no wa kondo ga hajimete
dest (C): this is the first time that I am
going up Mount Fuji.
kore ga kotoshi no hajimete no yuki dest (C) :
this is the first snow of the year.
hajimete wakarimashita (C): I’d never un-
derstood it until now.
Nihon de hajimete seiyé e itta no wa dare
_daré ? (B): I wonder who was the first
Japanese to go abroad.
hajimete o me ni kakarimasi (D): I am
pleased to make your acquaintance.
hakari, [hakaru to weigh]. A pair of scales ;
balance.
hakari mi kakete mimashé (C): I will weigh
it in the balance (and find out how much
it weighs). — ‘
ano mise wa hakari ga ii (B): they give
good weight at that shop.
hakaru. To calculate; estimate ;
measure,
nan-jaku aru ka hakatte goran nasai (C):
please measure it and see how many feet
it is.
hashi wo kakete hito-bito no benri wo hakat-
ta (B) : they considered the convenience of
the people and built a bridge.
Der.: hakari : a pair of scales.
hakkiri. Clearly.
hakkiri o ii nasai (A) : speak distinctly.
ano hito wa kuru ka dé ka hakkiri wakari-
masen (C): I don’t know for certain whe-
ther he will come or not.
Ei-go de wa jibun no kangae wo hakkiri ha-
nasemasen (C): I find it difficult to ex-
press myself in English.
hakkiri shita, adj.: distinct ; clear.
hakkiri shita henji : a plain answer.
hako. Box ; case ; chest ; railway carriage.
Comp.
_ aki-bako : an empty box, [see aki~}.
hon-bako : a bookcase, [hon book].
yubin-bako : a letter-box, [yabin post].
Note :—used after the abb. 2nd set of num,
(276, 4), hako means a boxful.
hakul. To sweep.
haku2. To put on; wear; (refers to legs or
feet, as boots, trousers).
hakuboku. Chalk (for black-board).
hakujé suru. To confess ; own.
hakurai (no). Imported ; foreign-made.
hama. The sea-coast ; beach; shore ; used
weigh ;
by some Japanese of Tékyé district as an
abb. of Yokohama.
hamaru,v.i. [cogn. w. hame-ru v.t.]. To fit.
hambun, {han2 half ; bun part]. Half.
hambun de takiisan (B) : half is enough.
bin ni mizu ga hambun arimasi (C): the
bottle is half full of water. j
ano nashi wo hambun tabete, hambun tomo-—
dachi ni yarimashita, (C): 1 ate half that
pear and gave half to my friend.
omoshiro hambun : half in fun.
Note :—hambun is only used as a noun ; the
corresponding adj. is han2 q.v.
hameru, v.t. [cogn. w. hamaru v.i.]. To fit
into ; insert.
hant. A seal ; stamp ; block for printing.
han wo ost : to stamp.
han2, Half.
han-jikan : half an hour.
ichi-jikan han : an hour and a half.
ichi-ji han : half past one.
han-nichi : half day.
Note :—han is used as an adj. and refers to
a definite unit ; the corresponding noun
is hambun q.v.
han3. Food ; meal.
Comp. ;
gohan : food ; boiled rice ; [go honourable].
asa-han : breakfast, [asa morning].
hiru-han ; midday meal, [hirw midday].
ya-han : evening meal, [yz evencng].
hanal. Flower ; blossom.
hana ga saku : to blossom.
hana wo ike-ru : to arrange flowers in a vase.
Comp.
hana-ike: a flower-vase, [ike-ru to keep
alive].
hana-mi : flower-viewing, [miru to see].
hana2, Nose.
hana saki ni : under one’s nose.
hana ni kake-ru : to talk through the nose ;
to give oneself airs. '
hana ga aku : to be greatly astonished.
hana no takai hito : a man with a prominent
nose ; & proud man.
hana wo takaku suru: to
proud.
hana wo oru : to humble another.
Comp. :
hana-ji : blood from the nose, {chi blood}.
hana-ji ga demast (C) : my nose is rasan:
hanare'ru, v.i. [cogn. w. hanast v.t.}. To
part from ; get loose.
uchi wo hanareru : to leave one’s home,
(117).
hanashi, [hanasd to speak].
what is said.
hanashi dake da (B) : it is only talk.
kore ga 0 hanashi no hon desti ka ? (C): is
this the book you referred to ?
ano hito no hanashi ni wa: according to
him.
be boastful,
A tale ; story ;
pe Nee me ahs = e -
*
4%
4
a
4
_
Ss ie eS i
Pee Te ae a ne
We awe a
4s
owe
- hanashi | Be
&
a ano kata wa Beikoku-jin da to iu hanashi da hantai no hito wa itte kudasai (C): those
syns 4 (B) : they say he is an American. who object, please let me know. se
Reaes ai kagen na hanashi : a made-up story. hantai suru : to oppose.
ryok6 no hanashi wo suru: to talk about | hara. Belly ; abdomen.
travelling. hara ga tats; hara wo tateru: to get
hanashi ga tstiku : to come to terms. angry.
mi no ue banashi wo suru : to talk of oneself. hara de waray : to laugh in one’s sleeve.
domo o hanashi ni narimasen (C): it is a hara ga au : to be of the same mind.
thing I really cannot talk about, (it is too hara ga haru : to have a swollen belly ; to
silly, too terrible). be sated with food.
Comp. hara ga hetta (B): I am hungry.
muda-banashi : idle talk, [muda useless]. ano hito no hara wa yoku wakatte iru (B) :
naisho-banashi : something told in secret, I know his intention very well.
[naisho secret}. hara ni nani ka aru ni chigai nai (B): lam
hanashi-au, [hanasi to talk; au to meet]. sure he has got something up his sleeve.
.; To talk together. sore to naku ano hito no hara wo kiite miyd —
i hanasiil. To tell ; speak ; talk ; say. (B) : I will sound him in a casual way.
ae ano hito no hanasi no ni: according to hara no nai hito da (B): he is a poor-spirit-
him. ed man.
kore wa tabi-tabi hanashite oita (A): I have hara no kuroi yatst% : a scoundrel.
Beets. told you this several times. Comp.: hara-kiri : suicide by eutting open
r 86 (itte) hanashite o kure (A) : tell him so. the abdomen, [kiruz to cut].
of hont6é no koto wo o hanashi nasai (B): speak | harau. Fs
the truth. 1) To clear ; sweep away.
, stikoshi hanashita’ koto ga aru (B): there is yofiku no hokori wo haratte kure (A): brush
something I want to tell you. my clothes.
hanasti made mo nai keredomo— : 1 need hataki de tsikue no hokori wo haratte kure
mot say that—. (A) : get a duster and dust the desk.
Der. and comp. jama wo haratte anshin shita (B): my mind
hanashi q.v.: a story. is at ease now that I have removed the
hanashi-au : to talk together, [aw to meet]. obstacles.
hanashi-kake-ru : to address ; accost ; [see 2) To pay.
kake: ru}. kono kanjé wa m6 haraimashita (C): this
Note :—Hanasz is a plain verb; the corres- bill is already paid.
ponding humble verb for the Ist person ‘is kore wa haratta tsumori da (B): I think I
méoshi-age-ru or mést ; the exaltative verb have paid for this.
for the 2nd person is ossharu. Iu q.v. is taku e todokete moratte ote haraimasit (C) :
fice practically synonymous with hanasti and I will pay at home on delivery.
? is perhaps more used. Comp.
f hanasu2, v.t. [cogn. w. hanareru v.i.]. To saki-barai, q.v.
separate ; let go ; set free. harai-zumi : settling an account, [sumu2 to
kore wa hanasti no wa iya da (B): I don’t end}. ;
like to part with this. hare'ru. To swell.
ima chotto te ga hanasaremasen (C): I ean harete iru : to be swollen.
not leave it (the work) at present. - hari. Needle; thorn; the sting of an cies
mo stikoshi aida wo hanashitara w deshd hari hodo no koto wo b6 hodo ni iu : to speak
(C): you had better leave a little more of a needle as if it were a pole ; to make a
, space between. mountain of a mole-hill.
; Comp. hari no ana kara ten nozoku : to look at the
f? akeppanasti : to leave open, [akeru to | heavens through the eye of a needle, (re-
A open]. fers to a narrow-minded person).
5 dashippanast : to leave out, [das to take | Comp.
out]. hari-gane : wire, [kane metal].
(ag okippanast : to put a thing somewhere and hari-shigoto : needlework, [shigoto work}.
Ve leave it there, [oku to put]. Note :—used after the abb. 2nd set of num.
Bret, hane. Feather ; wing. (276, 4), hari means a stitch.
C9 hankechi, * aad of Eng.]. Handkerchief. harul. Spring ; beginning of the-year.
mony, -hantal. position ; contradiction. Comp.: haru-gi: spring clothes, [kirul to
LS _ long no of ae wa nan desti ka ? (C): what put on]. ‘ah
4 is the contrary of long? haru2, v.t. and i. Meanings vague and diffi-
hantai dest: ka ? (C): do you object to it ? cult to classify.
hantai de nakereba : if you dont object. | 1) To stretch ; spread over ; stick on.
\
_kono kékoku wo kabe ni hatte kure (A) : stick
_ this advertisement on the wall.
kono tegami ni kitte wo hatte dashite o kure
(Ay: put a stamp on this letter and post
it.
kesa wa atsui kori ga hatie imashita (C):
this morning there was a thick coating of
ice...
kire wo haru?> to stretch “ piece of cloth
(gen. on a board).
kt wo haru,: to exert ‘aeeaih intellectually.
2) To be swollen or distended.
hara ga haru : to have a swollen belly ; to
be sated with food.
kore wa chitto ni ga harimasti (C): this
package is a little too heavy.
ippai mizu wo hatte kudasai (B): please fill
- it with water.
_ 3) To display : exhibit.
mie wo haru : to keep up appearances.
mise wo haru : to expose one’s goods for |
sale.
mai-ban Ogawa-machi no kado e mise wo
harimast (C) : I keep a stall every evening
at the corner of Ogawa-machi.
4) Various.
atama wo haru : to squeeze (money).
it wo haru : to be obstinate.
ii mono wa nedan ga haru (B) : better arti-
cles are more expensive.
ki ga hatte shigoto wo shite ita kara jikan no
_tats%i no wo shira-nakatia (B) : as I was in-
tent on my work | did not notice how
quickly the time had passed.
- Der.
" hipparu : to pull, [hiku to pull}.
>) _ shibaru : to tie, [shime-ru to tie].
hasamaru, v.i. [cogn. w. hasamu v.t.]. To be
pressed, squeezed or pinched between
two things.
oku-ba ni mono ga hasamatta yo na mono no
ii-kata wo suru hito da (B): he is aman
who hasn’t got a frank and open way of
speaking his mind.
_ hasamu, v.t. [cogn. w. hasamaru v.i.]. To"
place, squeeze or pinch between two
things ; to cut with seissors.
hon no aida ni hasamu: to place (some-
_ thing) between the pages of a book.
Der.: hasami : scissors.
hashil. Bridge ; chopsticks (a bridge from
the dish to the mouth).
hashi wo wataru : to cross a bridge.
-hashi2, (usu. Sear ssigige End ; extremity ;
border ;
_ hashigo, [? year Teilap * ko child, small].
¢ : r.
hashigo wo noboru : to climb a ladder.
_ Comp.: hashigo-dan: a stairease, [dan a
step].
oe hata. ‘A flag.
: _ Comp.: hata-bi : a feast day, [hi day].
hatachi,
[cogn. w. hatstika nals dna
Twenty years of age.
hatake. A field. as
hataku. To dust. ;
sumi-zumi wo yoku hataite kure (A): dust 5:
the corners carefully.
kane-ire wo hataite mo kore dake ohiidoe hte ik
masen (C): even if you turned my teat .
inside out you wouldn’t find any more
money.
Der. , i. i
hataki : a duster. 7 (ate ae
hataki wo kake-ru : to dust. er Ki
hataraku. To work. a
Comp.: hataraki-mono : an inckutaliean -per-
son, [mono person].
hatoba, [ha waves ; to door ; ba place}.
wharf.
hatsiika, [cogn. w. hatachi twenty years of ae,
age ; see -ka]. Twenty days; the twen- — af
tieth day of the month. ia
hatsuon. Accent ; pronunciation.
hau. To craw! ; creep.
hayai. Quick ; fast ; early ; soon.
o hays (gozaimasi) (C) : good morning.
hayaku ! (A): make haste ; hurry up.
dekiru dake hayaku : as soon (early) ae pos-
sible.
asa hayaku oki-ru :
morning.
hayaku ieba : in a word. ee
hayaku oboeru mono wa hayaku wasurerus
what is soon learnt is soon forgotten.
ki no hayai hito : a quick-tempered man.
ashi no hayai hito : a fast walker. - Ba,
mimi no hayai hito : a man who has a ai e
ear.
Der.: hayasa : speed, [see sa].
hayari, [hayaru to be fashionable |}. Fashion}
hayari wa chotto no aida no mono dest (hes
fashions last but a short while.
ima wa sore ga 6-hayari dest (C): that is_
very fashionable at present. _ Sait
havaru, [hayai quick}. To be in great o +e
mand ; popular ; fashionable.
kono iro wa ima taihen hayarimasi (C):
this colour is very fashionable.
asoko de wa warui bydki ga daibu hayaru oa
da (B): they say there is a dreadful epi-—
demic there.
that shop _
Pier =
to get up early in the
ano mise wa taihen hayaru (B):
is largely patronized.
Der.: hayari : fashion. .
hayashi. Forest ; wood. :
hazu. Obligation ; ; fitness ; reqnemaiall ex:
tation ; conviction. urs
ond he iol £ah
komban roku-ji ni deru hazu desit (C):
to leave at six this evening.
hito wa makoto wo iu hazu da (B) : one ought
to speak the truth. ten
ame ga futta ‘tte kuru hazu destt (C) : oven if %
it-did rain you pout to have come. e
hazu
nan-ji ni kisha wa tstiku hazu dest ka ? (C):
at what time is the train due ?
iware-nai de mo suru hazu da (A): you
should do these things without having to
be told.
m6 tsuite iru hazu da (B) :
_ arrived by this time.
mo sugu kuru hazu da (B) :
here directly.
_ 86 suru hazu no mono dest (C) : we ought to
do so.
byéki ni naru hazu da (B) : it was only to be
_ expected that he would get ill.
sonna koto wo shite morau hazu de wa nakat-
ta (B) : I ought not to have been treated
like that.
ima koko ni oita mono ga hitori de nakunaru
hazu wa nai (B): I don’t see how a thing
that I put here only a moment ago could
disappear of itself.
deki-nai hazu wa nai (B) : there is no reason
why it cannot be done.
aru hazu da (B): there ought to be some.
aré hazu wa nai (B): there ought not to be
any.
yibe Yamada ga tsuita hazu de gozaimasit
(D): I understand Yamada arrived last
night.
o t6-san no mae de sonna koto wo ieru hazu ga
nai (A): you wouldn’t dare say such a
iF 2) thing if my father were present.
Ay sore wa sono hazu dest (C) : that is a matter
: = of course.
anata ga ichiban yoku shitte o-ide no hazu
dest (C): you ought to know better than
anybody.
fore wa Taré no empitsi no hazu da (B):
this must be Tard’s pencil.
ky6 wa doko demo yasumi no (or na) hazu
it ought to have
he ought to be
¥ da (B): you will find all the shops closed
bein acd today.
at “hazukashil, adj. [hajiZ shame]. Ashamed ;
=v rca shaineful.
a hazukashii hanashi desi ga. . -(C): > IT am
ee ashamed to say that. .
ee a he; hé; hei; interj. ‘Various meanings :
_ assent ; yes ; I have heard ; surprise.
hei. A fence ; wall.
heiki (na). Undisturbed ; unconcerned ; in-
different ; calm.
heiki na kao wo shite iru: not to betray
one’s feelings by the expression of the
_ face ; not to show in one’s face that one
has any knowledge of a certain thing ; an
expression of face as if nothing extraor-
dinary had happened.
kono gurai no kaze wa heiki da (B): a wind
like this is a common occurence, (leaves
me undisturbed).
heiki no Heizaemon : as cool as a cucumber.
heikin. Average.
heikin no nedan : the average price. -
heikin shite ichi-nichi j7-go-nin no 0 kyaku 4
sama ga gozaimasi (D): we have on an
average fifteen customers a day. .
heitai. Soldier.
henl. Region.
kono hen ni yabin-kyoku wa gozaimasi: ka ¢
(D): is there a post office hereabouts ?
hen2. Num. for times.
tp-pen yatte mimashd (C):
(compare hitotsi%2).
sora de oboeru made nam-ben de mo pene
goran (A): read it again and again until
you know it by heart.
Note :—1 ip-pen; 3 sam-ben ;
10 jip-pen; 100 hyap-pen ;
ben ; nam-ben ?
hen3 (na), (often corr. to henteko).
peculiar ; odd ; queer ; singular.
hen na hitc da (B): he is a strange fellow.
hen da keredomo...(B) : strange to say...
nani ga hen da ? (A): what is there wrong ?
ano hito wa ki ga hen ni natta (B) : his soled 5:
has hecome unhinged.
henji. Answer.
henji (wo) suru : to answer.
tegami de henji wo shite kudasai (C) :
give me a written answer.
hakkiri shita henji wo shite o kure (A): 1
want a plain answer.
shirabete kara henjt shimast (C) : 1 will an-
swer after inquiry.
go henji wa watakishi no kiite yatta koto no
henji ni natte imasen (C): your reply is
not an answer to my question.
I'll just hy.
6 rop-pen ;
1,000 sem-
Strange :
herasit, v.t. |cogn. w. heru v.i.]. To diminish ;_
reduce ; decrease.
heru, v.i. [cogn. w. herastt v.t.]. To diminish ;
reduce ; decrease.
karada no mekata ga daibu hetta (B) :
lost a great deal in weight.
hara ga hetta (B): I am hungry.
heta (na). Incompetent ; a bad hand at;
inexpert ; clumsy.
anuta wa heta na koto wo shimashita (B) :
you have made a mess of it.
ano sensei wa oshie-kata ga heta da (B):
isa poor teacher.
heta ni narimashita (C): I am out of prac-
tice. ‘
heya. Koom.
' aita heya : a vacant room.
hil.
1) Sun.
hi ga deru : the sun rises.
hi ga hairu; hi ga iru;
ga ochiru : the sun sets.
hi ga teru : the sun shines.
IT have
hi ga ataru : the sun shines on—
hi no hikari : sunlight. : a
2) Day.
kono tegami ni wa hi ga kaite nai +a: this
letter has no date.
please
hi ga kakureru ; hi
~
\
:
’ hi-atari no wi heya : a nice sunny room.
eet © ees Se re
35
- sono hi no kurashi ni mo komatte iru (B) : he
is hard up and lives from hand to mouth.
_— tatst no wa hayai mono da (B): time
es.
hi wo okuru : to pass one’s days.
Comp. and der.
hi-atart : sunshine, [ataru to strike].
hi-no-de : sunrise, [de-ru to come forth}.
hi-yasa : a parasol, [kasa umbrella].
hata-bi : 2 feast day, [hata flag].
hi-zuke : date (of letter, document, etc.),
{tstike-ru to write down].
hi-nichi ; hinata ; hiru ; hima ; y6-bi ; q.v.
hi2,[?Azsun]. Tire ; flame.
hi wo taku ; hi wo taki-tstikeru: to make a
fire.
hi wo tstike-ru : to set on fire.
hi ga tsiku : to catch fire.
abura-gami ni hi ga tsiku y6 ni: as quick to
catch fire as oiled paper, (irascible).
hi wo okost : to make a fire blaze up.
hi wo kesé ; to jut out a fire.
hi ga kieta (B) : the fire lias gone out.
hi ga kieta yO ni shizuka ni natta (B):
everything became as still as death.
hi ni ataru : to warm oneself at the fire.
hi wo kudasai (©): please give me a light,
(for a cigar).
ni-ban kara hi wo dashita (13): a fire has
broken out at num. 2.
hi no nai tokoro ni kemuri agara-zu : there
is no smoke without a fire.
Comp.: hi-keshi: a fireman, [est to put
out}.
hi-atari. [h¢ sun ; ataru to strike}.
exposure to the sun.
Sunlight ;
hidari. Left ; left-hand side.
Comp.: hidari-giki: left-handed, [kikw to
be efficacious].
hidoi. Cruel ; severe ; violent.
ame ga hidoku futte imasi (C): it is raining
hard.
_ hidoi atstisa ja nai ka ? (B) : isn’t it awfully
hot ? ;
hidot yatst : a rascal.
hidoi me ni au : to be treated with cruelty.
hidoi me ni awase-ru : to treat with cruelty.
higashi. East.
hige, [ke hair]. Beard ; moustache.
hige wo soru ‘or suru): to shave the beard.
hii, [Aitots% one]. One (in the 3rd set of
num.; see 271 ; 275).
hijé (na). Extraordinary ; extreme.
hijo na ame da (B) : it is raining very hard.
hikari, {hikaru to shine]. Light ; rays.
migaku to hikari ga deru (B): it shines
when polished.
hito no hikari wo kasa ni kabutte ibatie iru
(B): he gives .himeslf airs under the
_ shelter of another’s influence ; he struts
oF about in borrowed plumes.
ee hed,
hikaru. To shine.
Der.: hikari : see prec.
ppt A.n. used for animals. :
ote :-—1 tp-piki ; 3 sam-biki; 6 iki ;
10 jtp-pikt ; 100 hyap-piki ; Hen 90 ¢
biki ; nam-biki ?
hiki-uke'ru, [hiku to pull; ukereu to receive}.
To undertake ; be responsible for. Thee ok
anata wa sore wo hiki-uketa ja nai ka ? (B):
didn’t you undertake to do it ? me :
ano hito wo hiki-ukeru koto wa dekimasen
(C) : I cannot be responsible for him. ee
hikizuru, [hiku to pull; zuru as in kosurwto —
rub]. To drag along.
hikkakaru, v.i. [hiku to pull; kekarutohang: —
cogn. w. hikkake-ru v.t.]. To get hooked; eS
get caught. papi.
inaka-mono ga Téky6 e dete kuru to tabi-tabi
kuruma-ya ni hikkakatte kane wo tcrareru :
(B) : when country people come to Téky6
they are often cheated by the rikisha-
men.
hikkakeru, v.t. [hiku to pull; kakeru to —
hang: cogn. w. hikkakaru v.i. To
suspend ; hook on anything ; defer pay-
ment intentionally.
héb6 de hito wo hikkakete kane wo totte nige-
mashita (C): he cheated people all round
and ran away.
ano otoko.wa hébé no kanjé wo hikkakete yo-
nige shita (B): that man ran away one
night leaving all his bills unpaid.
hikkomu, v.i. [hiku to pull ; komu q.v.]. Teo
move ; draw back ; retire.
jimen ga hikkonda (B) : the ground has sunk.
ano hito wa shébai wo yamete inaka e hikko- .
mimashita (C): he has retired from busi-
ness and gone to live in the country.
sonna ni hikkonde bakkari iru to bydki ns
narimasi (C): you'll be ill if you stay
indoors like that.
omae no kuchi wo dasii tokoro ja nai, hik-
konde o-ide (A): this is no business of
yours, shut up.
hikkosii, v.i. [htku to pull ; kost% to cross ovor).
To change one’s residence.
hikkoshi san-do ni kaji ichi-do:
movals are as bad as a fire.
hikkuri-kaeru, v.i. [kaeru to return : cogn. w.
hikl-uri-kaesti v.t.}. To overturn; tumble
down. 4s
basha ga hikkuri-kaerimashita (C) : the car-
riage has upset. , pe
hikkuri-kaesi, v.t. [kaest to give back: cogn.
w. hikkuri-kaeru v.i.|. To overturn ; up- —
set.
hiku.
1) To pull ; drag ; draw ; lead. :
hito-me »co hiku : to attract attention.
suji wo hiku : to draw a line.
uma wo hiku : to lead a horse.
te wo hiku : to lead by the hand.
three re-
9 Psi
hike eR nn ee feo a
as To withdraw ; Ne diminish.
go kara, san wo "hikeba, ni ga rokoru (B):
three from five leaves two.
_ m6 go-sen hikimashé (C) : 1 will come down
another five sen.
_ kesa wa kawa no mizu ga yohodo hikimashita
_(C); this morning the water in the river is
very low.
ato e hika-nai : not to withdraw ; to hold
to an opinion.
3) Various.
kaze wo hiku: to catch a cold.
ji wo hiku : to tind a word (in a dictionary).
kashi wo hiku : to hand round. cakes.
mise uo hiku: to shut up shop.
densha ni hikare-ru : to be run over by a
tram-car.
denki ga hiite arimasti ka? (C):
electricity laid on (in the house) ?
Comp.
hikidashi : a drawer, [dasi to take out}.
jibiki ; hikkuri-kaeru ; hikkuri-kaesi; hiki-
uke-ru ; hikizuru ; hikkakaru ; hikkake-ru ;
hikkomu ; hikkost ; hipparu ; q.v.
In some of these comp. kiku is pleonastic or
at most serves to intensify the meaning
; of the toll. word.
hikui. Low: short.
hikui koe : a low voice.
sei no hikui hito : a man short of stature.
atama no kthui hito: a servile, obsequious
person.
hima, |/2 day ; ma interval].
1) Time ; spare time ; leisure ; opportunity.
hima ga ‘ dekitara : when I have time.
ima wa hima desi (C) : I am free now.
0 hima no toki ni : at your leisure.
hima ga nai (B): I haven’t time.
hima ga kakaru, (or tore-ru) : to take time.
hima wo tsubusi : to waste time.
kono-goro wa shébai ga hima de komarimasi
(C): at present, trade is so duli, I don't
know what to do.
hima na bito ; hima na karada : a person of
- leisure.
2) Cessation from occupation.
hima wo dasi, (or yaru) : to discharge from
serviee. ;
hima wo morau, (or toru) :
is there
to have one’s
resignation from office accepted; to be
allowed to leave one’s occupation.
déka o hima wo itadakitai desi (C): I wish
to leave your service.
_ futsika o hima wo itadakit6 gozaimas% (D) :
I beg to ask you for two days’ leave.
himo. Cord ; string.
himo wo shimeru (or musubu) :
string.
himo wo hodoku : to*untie a string.
himo de shibaru : to tie with a string.
hin. Quality ; kind.
hin no ii : “high- class ;
to tie a
refined ; superior.
hin no nai : undignified. .
hin no warui : low-class ; inferior.
nan da ka hin no nai hito da (B) : somehow
or other he doesn’t look a gentleman. —
hin ga ochita (B}: the quality has deterio-
rated. \
hin ga tsiku : to improve in quality or ap-
pearance.
Comp.
gehin : low-class, [ge inferior].
johin : high-class, [762 superior].
hinata, [hil sun]. Sunny place.
hinata de host : to dry in the sun.
hi-nichi, [hil day ; nicht day]. Day ; date.
hi-nichi wa dono gurai kakaru ? (B): how ~
many days will it take ?
kono tegami wa hi-nichi ga nai (B): this let-
ter has no date.
hipparu, [hiku to pull; haru to stretch]. To
pull ; make taut ; stretch.
junsa ni hippatte ikaremashita (C): he was
taken into custody by a policeman.
hirobuta, [Ahzroz large ; fita lid}. A tray.
hirogaru, v.i. [hivoi broad ; —garu q.v.: cogn.
w. hirogeru v.t.]. To spread.
sono hydban ga sugu hirogarimashita: (C) :
the rumour spread rapidly.
hiroge-ru, v.t. [hiroi broad : cogn. w. hiregaru
v.i.]. To spread out ; enlarge.
michi wo hiroge-ru : to widen a road.
hiroi. Wide ; broad ; large.
ano hito wa kokoro ga hiroi (B): that man
is magnanimous. (
Comp. and der.: hirobuta ; hirogaru ; hiro-
geru ; q.v.
hirou. To pick up.
hiru, [hzl day ; aru to be}.
lunch.
hiru kara : afternoon.
hiru mo yoru mo : day and night.
m6 jiki hiru ni narimashd (C): it will soon
be noon.
mé o hiru ni shimashé (C) :
lunch now.
Comp.
hiruma : day-time, |mal interval]. .
hiru-han ; hiru-meshi : midday meal, [hans
meal ; meshi meal }.\
hiru-mae : forenoon, {mae before}.
hiru-sug? : afternoon, [sugi past |.
hiru-ne ; midday nap, [ne-rw to sleep |.
hito.
1) Man ; person.
hito ni naru : to reach manhood. :
hito ni suru: to make a man of somebody.
shira-nai hito: a stranger, (not known to
me),
Yamada San wa Ky6to no hito desti (C): Mr :
Yamada is a native of KySto.
2) People ; somebody ; I.
_ hito wa nan ns iu davai? (B):
people say ?
Noon ; day-time ;
let us have
,
what will
es
ae ee ee oe
Pe ee eS
hito wa d6 itte mo kamawa-nai (B) : 1 don’t
care what people say.
—_to iu hito mo aru : some people say—
hito no kuchi ni to wa taterare-nai : you can-
not close people’s mouths.
hito ni hito-kiise : everyone has his peculiar-
ities.
hito no shiri ni tetiku : to follow somebody
about ; play second fiddle to somebody.
kore wa hito no mono dest (C): this belongs
to somebody.
hito to hanashi wo shite imashita (C) : he was
speaking with somebody. |
yoku mo hito wo baka ni shita ne (A): what
do you mean by making a fool of me like
that ?
4& itai !. nan datte hito wo buts: n” da? (A):
oh, you hurt me! why do you bump up
against people (me) like that ?
3) Personal disposition.
~
ano hito wa hito ga warui (B): he is a bad- |
natured man.
inaka ni wa hito no ii hito ga takiisan ari-
mast (C) : in the country there are a great
many good-natured people.
hito—, [hitotst one]. One; abb. 2nd set of
num. (276, 4) : see hitotsi.
hito-me.
1) Attention ; notice ; [hito people ; me eye}.
hito-me wo hiku : to attract attention.
hito-me wo nusumu: to do something on
the sly, unobserved.
2) A giance, [hitotst one - me eye}.
hito-me de sore to shitta (B): he took in the
situation at a glance.
hitori, [hitots% one ; aru to be}.
1) One person ; each.
tatta hitori kimashita (C) : only one person
came.
hitori (or hitori-hitori) ni fiitate% zuist o yart
nasai (B) : give two to each.
hitori no otoko : a man.
2) Hitori de : alone ; by oneself.
hitori de wa dekimasen (C) : I can’t do it by
rayself.
o hitori de o sabishiti gozaimashd (D) : I sup-
pose you must fee] lonesome being all by
yourself,
ima koko ni vita mono ga hitori de nakunaru
hazu wa nai (B): I don’t see how a thing
that I put here a moment ago could dis-
appear by itself.
hitori de ni naorimashita (C): 1 got better
all by myself (without taking any medi-
cine).
kono omocha wa omae hitori no ja nai (A):
this toy is not for you only. :
kodomo ga. hitori de asonde iru (B) : the ehild
is amusing himself.
Comp. | : i
- hitori-mono : a single (unmarried) person,
[mono person].
hitori-mustko : an only son, [mustiko son}.
hitori-mustime : an only daughter, [musi-
me daughter]. ps:
hito-tori, [hitots% one ; téri way]. Ina gen- “<
eral way. See
hito-tori wa shitte imast (C): I have a gen-
eral knowledge of it. ;
hito-tori o hanashi kudasai (D) : please give
me a general idea of it.
hito-téri no ningen : an ordinary person. ;
Ei-go mo hito-tori wa naratte iru (B) : Lhave ae
gone through the usual course in English,
sono kurushisa wa hito-téri ja nakatta (B):
the agony was something extraordinary. .
hitotsit. ;
1) One ; same. .
fitatst no uchi hitotst : one of two things,
tatta hitotsi ; hitotsi dake : only one. ;
hitotsi-hitotst : one by one.
hitotsu% oki: every other one.
hitotsi: mo arimasen (C): there is not a
single one.
hitots% mo deki-nat (B) : I can do nothing. 2
hitotst: kisha ni norimashita (C): we came
by the same train.
mo hitotst : another one.
mo hitotst no : the other one.
2) The meaning is sometimes vague.
0 cha wo hitotst o agari nasai (C): please
take a cup of tea,
hitots%i kaite mimashé (C) : I will just write
and see.
In comp. hitotsi is abb. to hito— ; see 276, 4 for
the list of nouns that take this abb. nam. _
hito-me ; hito-téri ; q.v-
hito-anshin ; hito-honeori ; hito-kuchi ; hito-—
kurd : see anshin ; hone-ori ; kuchi ; kuré.
hiyasi, v.t. To cool. ;
Der.: o-hiya : cold water, (fem.), fo honori- —
fic}.
ho.
1) Direction ; side.
dotchi no hé ni ? on which side ?
kotchi no hé ni : on this side.
white one. ee
basa wo motte iku ho ga ii (B) : you had bet-
ter take an umbrella.
sono hé ga ii (B) : that would be better.
sono hé ga stiki dest (C): I like that better. =
ii hd wo o tori nasai (C): take whichever =
—— says thie cheba ie
kono asur : one 18 . i
cavunen mans shdbai no hé ga sukkart dame i:
ni narimashita (C) : since lest year business _
is very bad. cine eed
Cages le 0 CASE Ses a
Pes aS ey ae
: y ip Pe ad
ho
~ Comp.
katappo : one of a pair, [kata one].
7yOh6 : both, [ryé— both].
hobi. Reward; prize; (the honorific go is
gen. pref.).
% go hdbi wo moraimashita (C): I won a prize.
-—~—s«*‘GHG, [26 side; repeated so as to signify
universality]. On all sides ; everywhere.
h6b6 no mise wo tazunemashita ga arimasen
deshita (C) : I asked at several shops but I
could not get it.
hodo.
1) Approximate quantity : about.
san-ka-getst% hodo : about three months.
go-kin hodo kaimashé (C) : I shall buy about
five pounds.
hari hodo no koto wo b6 hodo ni iu : to speak
a of a thing about the size of a needle as if
dnvtie it were about as big as a stick ; to make a
fe mountain of a mole-hill.
Lies? 2) Quantity ; price ; much.
ss dore hodo ? how much ? (quantity).
3s ika hodo? nani hodo? how much? (price or
quantity).
sore hodo ira-nai (B) : I don’t need as much
as that.
kore hodo itte kikaseru no ni mada wakara-
nai ka? (A): can’t you understand yet
after having heard it explained so much ?
ionene, sore hodo made ni shi-nakiite mo ii (B) : you
jad needn’*t go to that extent.
3) Comparisons of equality : as—as.
anata wa watashi hodo sei ga takai (B): you
are as tall as I.
aT ie = a
2 Yumoto wa Ashinoyu hodo kirei na tokoro
cee dest ka ? (C) : is Yumoto as pretty a place
- as Ashinoyu ?
4) Neg. comparisons.
sore hode waruku nai (B): not so bad as that.
Yokohama e wa sen hodo tabi-tabi ikimasen
Pe 7.” (C) : Ido not go to Yokohama as often as
i - I used to.
ae anata no omou hodo yasashiku wa nai (B):
it is not as easy as you think.
anata wa toshi hodo ni wa mie-ngi (B) :
we. don’t look your age.
> 5) An individual is compared to-all the other
i, individuals of the same kind.
J kisha hodo benri na mono wa nai (B) :
bie is. nothing so convenient as a train.
; ano hito hodo zurui hito wa siikunai (B):
FERS there are few men as cunning as he.
Se 6) So—(that).
ta - ugoke-nai hodo dossari tabeta (B); dossari
is tabete ugoke-nai hodo datta (B): he ate so
much (that) he could not move.
shinu ka to omou hodo kurushimimashita
-(C): the pain was so great I thought I
_ would die.
you
there
didn *t know what to do.
ureshikite, ureshikite, dd shite ii ka wakara- |
nai hodo deshita (C) : he was so happy he |
7) Enough.
raiharu made tstikau hodo sekitan ga aoe ;
mast ka ? (D): have you enough coal to
last till next spring ? ;
amaru hodo ; more than enough.
iku hodo yoku arimasen (C): 1 don’t feel
well enough to go.
iu hodo no bijin de mo nai (B): she is not
pretty enough to be talked about.
8) The—the.
6t hodo ii : the more the better.
6kiku naru hodo waruku naru (B) : the older
he grows the worse he becomes.
omoeba omou hodo kanashii (B) : the more I
think of it the more sorry I feel.
9) Moderation ; limit.
baka ni suru ni mo hodo ga aru (A): there
are limits to be observed even when you
make a fool of people (but you overstep
those limits).
mi no hodo wo shira-nai yatsi da (B): he is
a fellow who doesn’t know his own posi-
tion.
10) Time.
hodo naku kaeite kuru daré (B)
think, return before long.
saki-hodo mairimashita (C):
short time ago.
11) Various.
hodo no ti hito dest (C) :
dress.
vi hodo ni aisatst shite oita (B): 1
vague answer.
homerareru hodo no hito de wa nai (B):
is not a man who deserves praise. é
kane-mochi to tu hodo de wa arimasen de-
shita (C): he wasn’t exactly what you
would call a rich man.
iya to iu hodo buts : to give (somebody) a
good beating. ?
sakura no hana wa iya to iu hodo mimashita
: he will, [
he arrived. a
he has a good ad-
gave a
he ©
(C): I’ve seen cherry-blossoms until
I’m sick of them.
Comp.
saki-hodo : a short time ago, [saki before }.
yohodo, q.v.
hodokeru, v.i. [eogn. w. foll.].
tied ; come undone,
hodoku, v.t. [eogn. w. prec.!. To untie :
hoka.
1) Different ; other ; anode.
hoka no iro ; a different colour: ;
omoi no hoka : differently from what I ex-
pected.
hoka no wa is-shikan de dekimasii (C):
others will be done in a week. )
hoka de mo nai anata no o tanomi dest kara
hone wo otte mimashd (C): as the request —
comes from you and no other, I will do
my best.
hoka no hito nara tonikaku— :
may be with others-— .
To gét un-
undo.
the |
however it —
ey kono hoka ni wa nani mo nai (B): I have
nothing but this.
s6 suru hoka shikata ga nai (B): -there is
nothing else to be done.
kono hoka mada takisan arimasi (C): there
are a great many besides these.
hoka de mo nai ga— : what I want to say :s
only this— -
‘ iku yort hoka wa nat (B):
for it but to go.
hoka ni nani ga irimast ka ? (C):
do you want ?
sono hoka iro-iro : and so forth.
chiisai nimotsi no hoka wa minna motte o
kure (A): take all the luggage except the
_ small parcel.
_ hoka ni dare mo ¢-nakatia (B):
nobody else there.
hoki. A broom.
hokori. Dust.
hokori wo harau : to (clean off the) dust.
hokort ga tatst : the dust rises.
tstikue no ue ni hokori ga tamatte iru (B):
my desk is quite dusty.
_homeru. To praise. .
ammari hometa hanashi de wa nai (B) : it is
not a thing to be highly commended.
honl, Book.
Comp.
hon-bako : bookcase, [hako box}.
hon-dana : book-shelf, [tana she!f]}.
__hon-ya : bookseller, {yal q.v.].
furu-hen : second-hand book, [fruit oldi.
_hon2. A.n. used for long cylindrical things,
such as sticks, trees, pens, bottles, etc.,
also for letters.
Note :—1 ip-pon ; 3 sam-bon ; 6 rop-pon ;
there is nothing
what else
vip-pon ; 100 hyap-pon ; 1,000 sem (oy
nam-bon ?
hon3 (no), [hont6 truth], True : mere.
no jodan :; merely a joke.
hon no yasu-mono : merely cheap stuff.
Comp.
hon-nin : the man himself, (not a represen-
tative), [nin man].
hon-mono: a genuine article, (not imita-
tion), [mono thing}.
hon-gin : solid silver.
ver |.
(not plated), [gia sil-
hese to kawa bakkari : nothing but skin and
bones.
hone wo tsugu :; to set a bone.
-kasa no hone : the ribs of an umbrella.
hone dest (C) : it is very arduous work, (an
elliptical construction, see foll.).
_2) Hone wo oru: to strive hard; make
® strenuous effort; (lit.: to break the
_ bones).
"Rane ga ore ru : to need great efforts.
2) Béaidlee “except ; else. Ba
there was |
1
'
“Fone co tte mimaaht (©): ———
est ep
Comp.: hone-ori. see foll. Pea
hone-ori, [hone bones ; oru to break : see prec.
2)]. Effort ; labour.
(): my
hone-ori ga muda ni narimashita
efforts were in vain.
hito-honeori deshita ne (C) : thank you very 3
much for your trouble.
honeori-zon no kutabire-méke :
much labour lost,
honté (no) ; honto (no). True.
honto no hanashi : @ true story.
is it real ivory or imitation ?
honté dest ka ? (C): is it true ? are you in
earnest ? ;
honté ka, uso ka, wakara-nai (B): I don’
know whether it is true or false. tee
honto wa : to tell you the truth.
honto ni : in fact ; indeed ; upon my word.
as a matter of fact ; has also a sup. mean-
ing. A nee
honto ni kiret na mustime wo mimashita £
(C) : I saw such a pretty girl. 3
honté ni 86 nara : if it really proves to be. nah
so.
dare mo sonna koto wo honto ni shi-nai (B) = 5
nobody believes such a thing. j
honté de mo uso de mo : whether it is true .
or false.
Der.
hon3 q.v. re
hontorashii : apparently true, [see “rash :
horu. To dig ; carve ; engrave. 3
Der. and comp.
hori : a ditch ; moat.
hori-mono : a carving, [mono thing»
hoshi, (sometimes 0 hoshi sama). Star. .
hoshii, adj. Desirous of having ; want. igs,
Taré wa nashi ga hoshii (B) : Tard wants a:
hoshii no dest. ka? (C): would you: spe:
some ?
chédo hoshii to omotte ita mono dest (C): it
is just what I wanted. NS
Der.: hoshigaru : to desire, [see -garuj.—
hosoi. Thin (of cylindrical things) ; ; fine.
Comp.: hoso-nagai : slender, [naga long} —
host. To dry ; air; drain off. :
hinata de (or ni) hosti : to dry in the sun.
kimono wo host : to air clothes. ey
hi de host : to dry at a fire.
hoteru, [corr. of Eng.]. Hotel.
hotondo. Almost ; nearly ; about. me
hotondo dekimashita (C) : it is almost ready.
hotondo hyaku arimast (C): 1 pee
~pyaku ; 800 hap-pyaku. :
aks ake 400 pack i
ke
hydban.
‘ibi, common but less correct form of yubi
hyaka | sae 40
700 nana-hyaku for shichi-hyaku ; 900
kyti-hyaku for ku-hyaku.
Opinion ; reputation ; rumour.
' hydban no it hito: a man who has a good
reputation.
ano hito wa hydban ga warui (B) : that man
has a bad name.
hyéban no rikd mono dest (C): he is sup-
posed to be a very clever person.
hydban ni naru : to be talked about.
ano hito no hydban ga (chi ni) ochita (B):
his reputation has fallen (to the ground).
i-awase'ru, [2-rul to be; awase-ru to join].
To happen to be present.
i-awaseta hito: a person who happened to
be there.
ibaru. To be proud ; give oneself airs.
ibatte aruku : to swagger.
ano mise wa ima de wa ibatia mono da (B):
that shop is doing very well now.
1) One.
ichi-nicht : one day.
ichi-nichi-j% : all day long.
2) Superlative.
Nippon ichi no (takai) yama :
mountain of Japan.
the highest
3) Various.
ichi ka bachi (corr. of hachi) ka : at a ven-
ture.
ichi ka bachi ka yatie miyd (B): I will
chance it.
ichi mo ni mo naku shéichi shimashita (C):
he agreed without hesitation.
icht mo tora-zu, ni mo tora-zu-:
hares and getting neither.
icht wo kiite 7% wo shiru : to know all from
hearing one.
Note :—ichi in comp. before ch, it or ts, be-
comes i—; before f or h, tp-; before &k,
ik—; before s or sh,is—. Ichi is always
_ omitted before hyaku hundred, and general-
ly omitted before: sen thousand; but
always used before man ten thousand.
for numbers between 10,000 and 20,000.
Comp.
ichi-ichi : one by one.
ichi-ichi miru koto wa deki-nai (B) :
not look at every one of them.
ichiban ; ippai ; vp-puku ; it-t6 ; q.v.
ichiban, [ban3 number].
1) Number one.
Yokohama, Yamashita-ché, ichi-ban : mam-
ber 1, Settlement, Yokohama.
ichi-bam-me : the first.
2) Superlative.
reacted el ichiban (ii no desi) (B): this is the
t.
tert ichiban stiki dest: (C): I like this
t.
chasing two
IT can-
ii-tsuke*ru oe
Ye
Kobe de ichiban kirei na musiime : the pret-
tiest girl in Kobe.
dono hako ni ichiban hairimasti: ka? (C):
which box holds the most ?
Yamada San ga ichiban ni himashita (C):
Mr, Yamiada came first.
ichiban hajime kara : from the very begin-
ning. STEER
ichiban kisha : the first train..
nant wo suru ni mo karada ga ichiban da
(B) : in everything health should be the
first consideration.
ichi-gatsi ; ichi-getsit ; [gatst%, getsti month).
January.
ie. House ; (see uch). Buse
ieru, [potential of il to say]. To be able to
say.
Igiristi, [corr. of English]. England.
Comp.: Igirisi-jin :
man].
iil, [itsutsa five]. Five (in the 3rd set of num.;
see 271, 275).
ii2. Common form of yoi good, when used
attributively : see yoi.
ii-dasti, [71 to speak ; dast% q.v.].
to speak ; say. -
tchi-do ii-dashita kara ni wa ato ewa hika-
nat (B) : after I have said something I
* never go back on my words.
ima ni natte sonna koto wo ii-dashitie mo shi-
kata ga nai (B): it is no use speaking of
such things now.
iie, (sometimes corr. to diya). The true
meaning is ‘no’; but, as the Japanese
when answering neg. questions often say —
‘no’ where we would say ‘ yes’, ite must
rat be translated by ‘yes’: see
401.
tka-nai no dest ka ?—iie, iku no dest (C) :
aren ’t you going ?—yes, I am.
kore wa Yokohama de o kai ni narimashita
* ka, Kobe de o kai ni narimsahita ka ? (D)— _
tie, Tokyé de kaimashita (C): did you bay
this in Yokohama or in Kébe ?—in nei-
ther, I bought it in Toékyé.
wie chigaimast (C) : no, it is not so ; you are
mistaken.
ite (after being asked sar or thanked):
don’t mention it.
ii-sugi-ru, [2wl to speak; sugiru to exceed |.
To speak too much ; say things you ought
not to.
ii-tsiikesru, [iwi to speak ; tstike-ru to apply].
1) To order ; command.
naze it-tstiketa tori ni shi-nai ka? (A):
why don’t you do asT order you? —
2) To speak ill of somebody ; tell tales.
sensei ni ti-tstikemasi (B): I'll tell the
teacher about you.
3) To be accustomed to say.
Der.
ti-tstike : an order.
an Englishman, [jin
To bere
BO ta tie
ii-tsuke'ru
AL
_ dare no ii-tstike de shimashita ka? (B): by
whose order did you do it ? z
ii-wake, [il to speak ; wake reason: i.e. a
reason that consists only of words]. An
excuse : see wake.
jiya. Corr. of tie q.v.
iji. Temper.
igi no i : good-tempered.
iji no warui : bad-tempered.
iji no kitanai : greedy (of food).
ijt wo haru : to be stubborn.
Hi ni naru : to become obstinate.
k6 nareba 777 da (B): if things come to this
pass, it is a question of obstinacy.
ijime-ru, [ ? cogn. w. foll.]. To tease: vex;
annoy.
i To touch ; handle ; meddle with.
{6, [762 above]. Above ; beyond ; more than ;
over ; after.
go-yen 170 wa dasemasen (C) : [ will not give
more than five yen.
makesaseta 776 wa kawa-nakereba narumai
(B): as you have come down in the price
IT suppose I must buy it.
kitta 176 wa shira-nai to wa ie-nai (B) : now
that I have héard it I cannot pretend I do
' not know.
ikaga. How? what ?
ikaga dest ka ? (C) : how do you do ?
kore wa, ikaga itashimashé ? (D) : what shall
I do with this?
kore wa, tkaga dest ka ? (C): what do you
say to this ? how would this suit you ?
0 cha wa, ikaga de gozaimast ka ? (D) : may
I offer you a cup of tea ?
kasa wo motte ittara, ikaga desi ka? (C):
would you care to take an umbrella ?
Note :—ikaga may always be replaced by
d6 which is however less polite ; on the
other hand dé may often be changed into
_ ikaga as noted at the end of dé? q.v.
ika-hodo, [ikaga how; hodo about’.
How
much ?
_kore wa ika-hodo desti ka ? (C): how much
is this? ~
Note :—instead of ika-hodo you may say
ikura (less polite).
ike-nai; ikemasen; [neg. present of *ke-rul,
potential of ikul to gol. The real mean-
ing is ‘I (you, etc.) cannot go’; it is gen.
used to indicate disapproval, ‘that won't
>
1) After the neg. present conditional, the
neg. gerund in nakiite and wa, or the neg.
present and éo, it is often translated by
‘must’ or ‘ought’.
ki wo tstike-nakereba ike-nai (A) : you must
be careful; (lit. if you are not careful
that won’t do). ;
benkyé shi-naktite wa ikemasen (A): you
eught to study. aah
noma-nai to ike-nai (A) : you must drink it.
2) After the gerund and wa, or the present
and to, ike-nai often means ‘must not’ or
‘don AE x. : ba 2
hanashite wa ike-nai (A); hanasti to ikema-
sen (C) : you mustn’t speak; (lit. if you~
speak that won’t do). Pais
3\ The present foll. by fo and ike-nai is not
usually translated by ‘must not’ when it —
occurs in a subordinate clause.
sensei i mirareru to ike-nai kara o
nasai (B): leave off or your teacher will
see you ; (lit. as it wouldn't do if youwere
seen by your teacher, leave off). Rea
iru to ikemasen kara motte ikimashé (C): 1
wil! take it with me in case I need it. oie
osoku naru to ikemasen kara, densha de :
ikimashé (C): as it wouldn't do toarrive
late, let’s go by tram-car. Regs:
koko de wa dare ka otosit to ike-nai (B):
somebody may knock it down here (so put é
it somewhere else). :
4) [ke-nai after the gerundial form of an —
adj. may often be translated by “too”.
shirokiite ike-nai (B) : it is too white.
Compare : shirokiite wa ike-naz (B) = if it is
white it won’t do.
otoko no ko wa itazura de ikemasen (C):
boys are a nuisance, they are always up —
to mischief.
5) As an adj.
sore wa ike-nai koto desi ne (C) : | am sorry
tv hear that.
ike-nai koto wo shita (B) : you have made a
blunder. Sho
ike-nai koto ga arimasti ka? (C): 38 any-
thing wrong with it ? :
ike-nai ko : a mischievous child.
bydki ya dan-dan ike-naku narimastt (C):
the illness is getting more serious little =
by little. ea
6) Various.
sore wa ike-nai (B) : that won’t do. ie +.
sore de wa ike-nai (B): that one womtd=
ike-nai kara yoshimasné (C) : I will leave off. e
as it is of no use. : =
kaze ga fitku kara ike-nai (B) : as itis windy
I cannot go, (this is the original meaning
of ike-nat); you rmustn’t do thateonac- — —
count of the wind. Bere ES es.
Note :—ika-nai (do not go) is sometimes = ~
heard in the place of ike-nai. a
To beable —
ikerul, [potential of ikwl to go}.
to go. i
ike-nai ; tkemasen ; see prec. :
ikeru2, [iki-ru to live]. ‘lo keep alive.
Comp.: hana-ike : a flower-vase. [hana flow-
er].
iki, [iki-ru to live]. Breath.
iki wo suru ; iki wo taitku : to breathe.
iki ga kire'ru : to be out of breath. a
mada iki ga arimast (C} : he is still alive.
Der.: naga-iki : a long life. {nagar long }-
4
-iki-chigai
- iki- chigai, [ikul to go ; chigau to be different}.
Passing each other on the w ay ; a mutual
misunderstanding.
iki-chigat ni naru ; to miss or fai] to meet
somebody.
ano hito wa Ei-go ga wakara-nai kara iki-
chigai ga dekita (B): as he does not know
English very well there was a misunder-
standing.
ikirru. To live ; survive.
mada ikite imasi ka ? (C) : is he still living?
watakishi no ikite iru aida wa : as long as 1
Ao Uk live.
&-: Der.: the-ru2 ; iki ; q.v.
Sa ikka, [iku2 what ; ~ka day]. What day of the
* - month ?
kyo wa ikka desti ka ? (C); what day of the
month is it ?
ikul, [corr. of yuku] ; irreg. verb, see 28.
1) To go.
atchi e 0 iki nasai (B) : go away.
- itte kimas% (C): I am going but 1°}! come
hack again ; a common salutation said on
leaving one’s own house, and in other
rae eases where a return is intended. soon.
ae at ittari-kitart suru : to walk up and down.
bea f,'2 Nagasaki *ki no fune: a ship bound for
Nagasaki.
iki wa densha de kaeri wa arukimashé (C):
I shal! go by tram and come back on
foot.
kore wa doko e iku michi dest ka? (C):
_ where does this road go to ?
m6 gakké e iku jyikan desi (C): it is time
now to go to school.
michi wo iku hito: a man passing on the
: SPOR,
— . itst mo iku tokoro ; the place T usually go
rea gn to.
‘Y yobarete ikw: to go in answer to an invita-
tion.
2) Ni tku.: to go, foll. by infinitive ; to go
for, and.
ie aa béshi wo tori ni tkimashd.(C) : 1 am going to
as fetch my hat ; I am going for my hat,
Nae isha wo yobi ni ikimashita (C): he went to
eae call the doctor.
Bs mi ni tkimasho (C) : let us go and see.
3) Potential, passive and causative ; ike:rul;
tkare-ru ; ikase: ru.
ikereba ii (B): : I wish I could go.
kyo wa ikaremasen (C): | can’t go today.
‘kasete o yari nasai (B): let him go; allow
him to go.
oji kara moratta kane de shdbai wo hajimete
raku ni kurashite ikeru yo ni natta no desi
- (C): with the money I received from my
uncle | opened a shop and was thus able
to live in comfort.
tkare-naky. narimashita (C) : 1 am prevented
. now from going. :
See also 7ke-nai,
Note :—¥Yarw to send, is gen. clea as caus.
of tku. -
4) Ika-nai (or ikimasen) sometimes alk
‘cannot’; notice especially, (wake) ni wa iki-
masen used for forming the neg. potential.
36 wa ikimasen (C) : that is impossible.
omou yo nt wa ikimasen mone desit (C) :
you can’t always have things as you —
would wish.
d6 shite mo hakurai no yé (na wake) ni wa
ikimasen (C): in any case it cannot be ©
equal to a foreign-made article.
isogashti kara 86 hayaku iku wake ni wa
ika-nai (B): as I am busy I eannot. pos-
sibly go so soon, ‘
5) Various.
ano hito wa nan de kutte iku ka? (A):
what does he do for a living ?
‘oshi ga iku ; to grow in age.
rippa ni kwrashite iku : to live in splendid
style.
iku-do kaite mo omou yo ni themed (B): 1
can’t get it to my liking no matter how
often J] re-write it.
Note :—the humble form of iku, (pelite for —
the Ist person) is mairu, occasionally aga-
ru (q.v.): the honorific forms (polite for
the 2nd person) are irassharu, o-ide nasaru,
o-ide ni naru, o-ide de gozaru, and o-ide
kudasaru. The imperative of iku is gen.
taken from one of the honorifie forms.
Comp.
iki-chigai, G.v-
iki-gake, see —gake.
iku2: ikutst. Jku in questions takes the
place occupied in ordinary aft.. sentences —
by the first set of num. or the abb. second
set (276, 1, 2, 4): chuts% takes the place of
the second set of num. (276, 3).
1) How many ? My
iku-do ? how often ?
empitst iku-hon ? how many pencils ?
iku-tstiki ? how many months ?
isu ikutsi ? how many chairs ?
o ikutst dest ka ? (C) : how old are you ? 2
2) Lhu-—ka ; ikutsii ka : a good many. }
Yokohama e wa iku-tabi_ka mairimashita ga
yoku zonjimasen (D): I have been to
Yokohama. several times but I don’t know ~
it well. ;
hako wa ikutsi ka arvmast ga minna chiisa-
sugimast (C): I have a good many boxes
but they are all too small.
3) Iku—mo ; ikutst mo: any number; a
great many. ;
empitst ga iku-hon mo arimast (C) : 21 have —
any number of pencils. a
iku-do mo ikimashita (C): I have been
(there) any number of times.
tamago wa ip-pen ni ikutst mo katte wa ie.
masen (C}: don’t buy so many eggs at a
time.
.
» 4) Jku—de mo ; ikutsit demo: any number
va _ whatever.
_ iku-shaku de mo iru-dake o tstikai nasai (C):
use as many feet (of this cloth) as you
~ need.
nashi nara ikutsii de mo gozaimasii (D): if
it were pears (you were in need of) [ have
any number.
_ Cogn. words : ikka ; ikura ; ikutari ; q.v.
ikura, [cogn. w. tku2}.
1) How much ?
(minna de) ikura dest ka ? (C): how much
is it (all together) ?
ichi-nichi ikura desit ka ? (C): what is the |
price per day ”
2) Ikura ka : a certain amount.
ikura ka shiiteru (B) : I know it a little.
ikura ka o yari nasai (B): give him some-
thing (a little money).
ikura ka ano hito no on ni natte mast (C) :
T am under some obligation to him.
3) Ikura mo : any amount ; a great amount.
hagaki wa hikidashi ni ikura mo aru (B):
there are any amount of postcards in the
a
Soe ea
; i ae th eee
apanese who wear —
. yh
are a great many J
foreign clothes.
ima no hito wa taigai shi
people now-a-days
papers,
ima koko nt kite ita (B):
now.
ima dekimasti kara matte kudasai (C):
please wait as t will be ready in a mo-
ment. : Ua
ima (kuru) ka, ima (kurv) ka to matte imasé i
(C): I am expecting him every moment.
2) Ima made : hitherto. eae
# (C)z-
ima made nani wo shite ita no dest
what have you been doing ?
ima made mita uchi de kore qa ichiban ii
(B) : this is the best I have seen so far.
3) Ima kara : in future. ;
ima kara isshédkemmei benkyd shimasi {(C);: é
in future I will study as hard asTean.
ima kara is-shikan mo tateba naorimast (C) >
he will completely recover in about a —
week’s time. en
4) Ima ni: gen. refers to some future indef-
h
un wo yt :
generally read news-—
he was here just
drawer.
_ ikura mo nokotte i-nai (B) :
any left.
- 4) Ikura, gerund, mo : however mich.
ikura takakitte mo : however dear it may |
be.
ikura benkyd shite mo: however diligent
one may be.
ikura itte kikashiie mo dame da (B): how- |
ever much I explain it to him it is no use.
ikura nan to itte mo shiyd ga nai (B): no |
matter what you say, it’s no use.
"i ikura watashi ga baka de mo sonna koto wo
; shi ya shi-nai (B): I may do silly things
3 sometimes, but I would never do a thing
. like that.
- 5) Lkura de mo : any amount whatever.
ie hima ga ikura de mo arv (B): I have plenty |
Be _ of spare time.
_ ikura de mo ii kara motte o-ide (A) : bring as —
! much as you please. ’
Note :—ika-hodo is more polite than *kura |
Bi - and may take its place sometimes.
7 ikutari, [iku2 how many ? cogn. w. futari and
Ni -yottari two persons, four persons!. How
4 many persons ”
so ikutsii, see thu.
_ ima. Now.
Se 1) The present ; the near past; the near
future
in Kobe. ‘
sore wo yaru no wa ima dest (C): this is the
time to do it.
ima wa kore de ii (B): this will do for the
present. ; ; :
ima de wa Nihon de mo yottiku wo kiru hito
; me
MS eee 3 ;
there is hardly |
Bt ima Kobe ni itte imasii (C) : he is at present
"fa takiean arimasi (C) now-a-days there |
inite time. c :
| éma ni kuru ka mo shire-nai (B): ldaresay =
he will come later on. eae
ima ni kowast deshéd (C): he will end by —
breaking ‘it. i
ima ni mo furi-dashi-s6 da (B) : it threatens
to rain immediately. ij
ima ni natte sonna koto wo ii-dashite mo shi-
kata ga nai (B): it is no use speaking of
such things now (that it is too late). se
Comp.: ima-goro ; tadaima ; q.v. +e
i-ma, |i-7rvl to be ; mal room]. Sitting-room. —
ima-goro, [ima now; koro about]. About
this time. SN
chado sakunen no ima-goro deshita (C): it
was just about this time last vear. ie
| ashita no ima- made ni wa dekimasi
(C): it will be finished by this time tos
morrow. A
Fumi San wa ima-goro nani wo shite wu
dara ? (B): I wonder what Miss Fumi is —
doing now. tt,
imi. Meaning. a ad
| imi ga wakaru : to understand the meaning. ~
|. do iu imi dest ka ? (C) : what do you mean *
} imi wo tori-chigae'ru : to mistake the mean-
ing.
imo. Potato. 4
imdto. A younger sister.
inabikari, [ine rice in the field: hikaru to
shine : lightning was supposed to be ben
eficial to rice]. Lightning. Lily
inaka. The country ; rural parts.
inaka no hito ; peer ery Ja peasant.
English]. Ink. =e.
peel ps 73" uchi inside > = 9
“ % 4 - ae
a
inochi, [i(k7) breath ; no of;
Life. ee ape?
inochi wo stite-ru < to sacrifice one’s life.
\
inochi
- ip-puku, [chi one ;
—ira.
inochi wo hirou: to escape from death
(great danger).
_ inochi no oya : the preserver of one’s life.
inochi no sentaku : recreation, (lit. washing
one’s life).
_ inochi ni kakete mo : even at the risk of my
un life.
inochi ni kaeru takara nashi :
ean be compared to life.
inochi atte no mono-dane: things can be
done only if we have life, [mono things;
tane seed}.
nagai isiki-hi ni mijikai inochi -
long but life is short.
inoru. To pray.
inu. Dog. | ‘
- inu ni kamare-ru : to be bitten by a dog.
inu wo kau : to keep a dog.
kai-inu ni te wo kamare-ru :
your own dog.
inu mo arukeba b6 ni ataru : even a dog if he
roams about will come across something
worth having; if you give yourself pains
you will always derive some advantage.
inu wa mikka kawareru to san-nen wasure-
nai: feed a dog for three days and he
won't forget it for three years.
no treasure
: to be bitten by
- ip-pai, [¢chz one ; hai4 a.n.].
1) A glassful ; bottleful ; eupful.
mizu ip-pai : & glass of water.
ip-pai hito sake wo nomi, ni-hai sake sake
wo nomi, sam-bai sake hito wo nomu : at
the first bottle the man absorbs the wine,
at the second the wine absorbs the wine,
_ at the third the wine absorbs the man.
2) Ippar : full.
ippai ni suru : to fill, (transitive).
ippai nt naru : to fill, (intransitive).
ano bin wa tppai dest: (C): that bottleis full.
hokori ippai ; ippai no hokori : full of dust ;
eevered with dust.
_chikara ippai ni hippatta (B) : 1 pulled with
all my strength.
kono bin ni mizu wo ippat irete o kure (A):
fill this bottle with water.
_ rainen ippai kakarimasi (C) :
all next year.
- ippai kuwasareta (B):
taken in.
it will take
1 was completely
ftiku2 a.n.).
1) One dose of medicine ; one sip of tea;
one whift of tobacco.
kono kisuri wo ip-puku nonde goran nasai
_(C) : take a dose of this medicine.
_ 2) The idea of ‘one’ may be lost.
_tiypuku o agari nasai (B): have a smoke ;
take a cup of tea ; just rest a while.
A suf. used after asiko. doko, koko,
soko ; it adds the idea of vagueness,
astiko-ira : thereabouts.
_ doko-ira : whereabouts.
koko-ira : hereabouts.
time is |
: soko-i ira.: thereabouts.
.
The 7 is sometimes dropped : aalkoas do
kora ; ete.
irassharu, [eorr. of iraserare-ru, the pot. ‘of
the caus. of iru to enter], An honorific,
verb, used politely of the 2nd person ;
(358). It has a few irregularities: it
drops the final r+ before the mast ter-
minations ; the imperative is #irasshai ;
one s and the a after the h are often dropped
before terminations beginning wach tt, thus
irash’tte for irasshatte.
1) To he ; come ; go.
donata de trasshaimast_ka ? (D): who are
you ? whom have I the honour of address-
ing?
iyasshai (C) : come here : welcome,
mata trasshai (C) : please come again.
yoku. irasshaimashita (D): I am plead: to
see you.
dézo watashi ni wa kamawa-zu ni trash’tie
kudasai (D): please take no notice of me
and go on with what you are doing.
Téky6 e irasshaimashita ka? (D): did you
go to Tokyo ?
go shujin wa irasshavmast ka
master in ?
ima ehimbun wo yonde irasshaimasi (D)-:
he is reading the newspaper now.
2) Verbal inflexions which contain the aux-
iliary verb i-ru, may be made honroritic
by changing @ru into trassharu. :
nant shimbun wo totte irasshaimast ka ? (D)
==totte imast ka ?(C) = totte iru ka ? (B);
which newspaper do you take ?
matte irasshai (C) : please wait a moment.
3) Jrassharu is used after the gerundial form.
of true adj. although in this case ru to be
cannot be used, (200, 9).
atama ga italtite irasshaimasii (D) :
a headache.
anata wea sei ga takakiite irasshaimasi (D) :
you are tall,
4) Jrassharu is sometimes used instead of
gozaru oriaru in cases like the foll.
hon wo o yomi de irasshaimastii ka? (D):
is he reading a hook ?
o dekake de ivasshaimasi ka? (D): are you
going out 7?
shinsetst de irasshaimast (D) +: he is kind.
go benky6 de trasshaimasu ne (D): I see
you are studying.
o ikutst de irasshaimasti ? (D): how old are-
you? ‘
ikaga de ivasshaimast% ? (D) : how are you ?
? (D): is your
he has
ire-kaeru, [ireru to put into; kaeru2 to
change]. To replace ; substitute.
atarashii. no to ire-kaete kudasai (C): please F
replace it with a new one.
kore kara wa kitto kokoro wo ire-kaete ben-
kyo itashimasz (D) : I will turn over a new
leaf and henceforth ayy hard.
-
: ireru, v.t. [cogn. w. iru2 v.i.]. To put into:
allow to come in.
kore wo kanjo ni irete kudasai (C) :
put this down to my account.
_ watashi mo irete : including myself.
hito no koto ni kuchi wo irete wa ike-nai (A):
don’t interiere in other people’s affairs.
abura wo treru mono ga hoshit (B\: I want
something to-put oil in.
_ dare mo irete wa ike-nai (A): don’t let any-
one come in.
o cha wo ire-ru : to make tea.
negai wo ire'ru : to accede to a request.
kaze wo ire'ru : to ventilate.
’ nen wo ireru : to pay attention.
Comp.
_ kane-ire : a purse, [kane money].
ire-kaeru, q.v.
- iri-guchi, [7ru2 to enter; kuchi mouth, open-
_ ing]. Entrance ; way in.
iri-y6, [iru8 to need; yd2 use|]. Use; need.
kore wao (or go) iri-y6 de gozaimast ka ?
(D) : do you need this ?
_ tri-y6 dake o mochi nasai (C):
you need.
stikoshi kane no iri-y6 ga dekita (B) :
I need some money.
please
take what
I find
go (or 0) tri-y6 no toki wa itsi de mo o tsiilat
please make use of it when- |
kudasai (D):
ever you need it.
iro.
1) Colour.
-usui tro : a light colour.
koi iro : a dark colour.
kono iro wa kawarimastii ka? (C):
colour fade ?
kono iro wa aratte mo daijdbu desi ka? (C): |
does this colour wash well ”
shimpai wo iro ni mo dasa-nai (B) :
-does not betray his anxiety.
iro wo tstikeru : to colour (transitive).
2) Quality ; kind.
hito-iro shika arimasen ka ? (C):
only one quality ?
jai-nin to-iro : ten men, ten opinions.
- Comp.
tro-iro ; ki-iro ; q.v.
nezumi-iro : grey, [nezumi mouse}.
cha-iro : light brown, [cha tea}.
_kao-iro :
ance ; [kao face}.
Note :—iro is used in connection with the
abb. 2nd set ofnum. (276, 4).
jro-iro (no or na), (when used attrib., some
times corr. to ironna or irenna) ; liro kind,
repeated so as to signify plurality]. Vari-
ous.
ano hito wa iro-iro no koto wa shitte imast
(C) : he knows all sorts of things.
iro-iro yatte mimashita ga dame deshita (C) :
I tried arceral, things but it was all use-
his face
irrul.
1) To be in a place (said of men or animals) j
2) I-ru after a gerund indicates a state or a
does this |
have you |
the colour of the face ; counten- |
ira, v.i. [cogn. w. ireru v.t.|.
iro-iro go mendé na koto wo neji
(C): IT have put you to a great deal of
trouble. oh
iro-iro na no wo misete kudasai (C) ge
show me several. mes
live ; dwell.
go shujin wa imasi ka ? (C) : is your master
in?
uchi ni imast (C) : he is at home.
anata wa ima doko ni imasi ka ? (C): beers ;
are you living now ? )
ku-gatstt made Kyéto ni imashéd (C): T shall
ary remain in Ky6éto until Septem-
ber
Yokohama ni hai ga takisan imasi ©:
there are many flies in Yokohama. te
h6b6 sagashimashita ga imasen (C): 1 aan saa
looked everywhere but I can’t find him.
hoka no kuruma wa zutto ato ni imasi (C):
the other rikisha is a long way behind, —
(on account of its motion the rikisha is
treated like a living being 165, 4).
continued action, (see 98, 99 and 60).
i is often dropped colloquially. :
shimbun wo yonde imasi (C): he is reading :
the newspaper.
netemast (C) : he is sleéping.
kite imasti (C) : he has come (and the action cee”
continues as he is still here). Compare
“Ieimashita he came : nothing is said about
his being here now.
ima Kobe ni itte imasii (C) :
in Kobe.
nan da ka ki ga isoide Be shite irare-nai
(B) : somehow I feel flurried and cannot —
remain quiet. o
ano hito wa seiyd no shésetsi wo takisan — Bas: ‘
yonde iru (B): that man has read a great
number of foreign novels.
koko de matte i nasai (A) : wait here.
sulckari naoru made oki-nai de i nasai (A):
he is at present
recovered.
Note :—i:ru is a plain verb ; the cosa
ing honorific verb, polite in the 2nd per-_
son, is irassharu, o-ide nasaru, o-ide ni
naru, and o-ide de gozaru. The impera-—
tive of i*ru is gen. taken from one of the —
honorifie forms.
Comp.: i-awase'ru ; i-ma ; q.v.
To enter.
Comp.: de-iri ; iri-guchi ; hairu ; q.v-
do you still require this ? a
kore wa irimasen (C) : 1 don’t anni this. y:
hima ga iru : to take time. ete ea
te ga iru : to be in need of help. ‘
Comp.: ii-y6, q-V-
}
aie; “Deoteré physician.
9 isha wo mukae- ru: to send for a doctor.
hyaku-nin korosa-nakereba 1% isha ni nare-
nai: you can’t become a good doctor until
you have killed a hundred men : practice
makes perfect.
Comp.
ha-isha : a dentist.
me-isha : an oculist.
_ishi. A stone.
ishit wo nageru : to throw stones.
_ isogashii, [isogu to hurry}. Busy ;
urgent.
now.
o isogashiku arimasen ka ?
gaged ?
0. isogashii tokoro wo o jama itashimashita
(D): exeuse me for having interrupted
you when you were so busy.
isogashii shigoto ga dekita (B) :
business has turned up.
isogi, [stem of isogu to hurry}.
hurry.
(C) :
are you en-
Haste ;
hurry.
isogi no shigoto : pressing business.
isogu. To husten ; hurry.
isoga-nakereba osoku narimasti (C) :
‘haste or you will be late.
_ bets ni isogimasen (C) : there is no particu.
make
lar’ hurry.
isoide : in a hurry ; quickly.
isoide 7ku : to go quickiy.
isogeba koto wo shi-sokonau :
too much you will spoil it.
0 isogi nasai (C) : hurry up.
Der.: isogashii ; 1sogi ; q.v.
issaku-, [icti one: saku preceding).
last ; (used only in comp. )}.
ee issakuban : the night before last.
ie issakujitsti : the day before yesterday.
ay issakunen : the year before last.
issho, (gen. used as an adv.,
otherwise).
1) Adv.: issho ni : together with.
go issho ni ikimashd (C): I will accompany
you ; let us go together.
issho ni suru : to put together.
2) Otherwise.
go issho desi ka ? (C): am I to go together
with you %
issho no kisha de kimashita (C) :
_ the same train as I did.
isshOkemmei. With all one’s might and
_ main ; with concentrated attention.
isshékemmei (ni) shite imasi (C): 1 am do-
ing my very best.
ss iashékemmei matte iru :
isu. Chair.
_. Comp.: akt-isu > an empty chair, [see akt- |.
occasionally
he came in
to wait eagerly.
a pressing |
ima wa taihen isogashii (B): Tam very busy |
watash? wa 6-isogi desti (C): | am in a great ,
if you hurry |
One }
before the preceding one ; the one before |
Comp. . Pas: ia:\ MERE
ita-gami : pasteboard. #y
ita-basami : between the devil and the deep ats:
sea, [hasamu to Squeeze}.
itadaku. Jtadaku is a humble verb, used | po-
litely in the Ist person.
1) To receive ; to eat or drink something re- :
ceived from acother.
sensei ni itadaita no dest (C): my setae:
gave it to me; (lit. I received it from my
teacher).
itadaita no mo onaji desii (C) : | am as grate-
ful as if you had given it to me. oF
itadakimast (C) : thanks, I will take some ;
(said when offered food), a
itadakimasen (C): no thank you, I won’t |
take any ; (said when offered food).
2) Itadaku after a gerund shows that the ac-
tion is performed in favour of the Ist per-
son, in answer to his request : see 108.
haite itadakimashita (D): he kindly write
it for me.
wataktishi ga ikemasen kara Ité San ni itte —
itadakimashita (D): as I was unable to Ber: ie
{ got Mr Itd to go for me.
me wo mite itadakité gozaimast (D); 1 would
like you to examine my eyes.
sore wo oshiete itadakitai no dest (C) :
you would explain that to me.
3) Itadakimashd whether after a gerund or —
not, often means to ask, request.
asiiko no uchi de mizu wo stikoshi itadaki
mashé6 (D): I will ask for some water at
that house.
sensei ni yonde itadakimashé (D) : I will ask —
my teacher to read it for me.
Note :—the plain verbs corresponding to
itadaku are: morau to receive ; tabe-ru to
‘eat ; nomu to drink ; see these words.
itai, [tamu to hurt}. Painful.
mimi ga itai (13): I have an ear-ache.
itai, tai / (B): it hurts ; 1 am in pain.
itai tokoro : a painful place.
itaku suru : to hurt oneself,
itami, [stem of ztamu to hurt]. Fain.
itami ga tomatta (B): the pain has left
me.
mune no itami : (lit.) a pain in the breast ; :
(fig.) a deep grief. ;
kokoro no itami : a deep grief.
itamu, v.i. ‘lo hurt ; pain ; get snare
doko ga itamimasit ka? (C):
pain ?
sonna koto wo sureba itamimast (C) :
do that you will injure it.
itande «ru : to be injured. :
doko ga itande iru no desti ka ? (C): show
me where the damage is.
Comp.: itai ; itamé ; q.v.
itasit. To do.
dé itashimashite (C) : don’t mention it a pot
at all ; you are welcome.
pba pr
-
pee)
where is the —
if you —
-
Ane eee Se
itasu ;
‘ito.
Lae thee Je, tere Send
AT
tswi shitstrei itashimashita (D) : excuse me,
I didn’t do it on purpose.
Note :—itast is a humble verb used _ politely
in the Ist person; the plain verb is suru
q.v.
itazura. Mischief.
itazura na : mischievous ; naughty.
Thread ; string.
hari ni ito wo tds% : to thread a needle.
ito no y6 na koe de tvimashita (C) : she spoke
in an almost inaudible voice.
Comp. 3
momen-ito : cotton thread, [momen cotton].
kinu-ito : silk thread, [kinw silk}.
itoko. Cousin.
itoma, see o-ttoma.
itsiil.
1) fts% : at what time.
_ its dekimasi ka? (C): when will it be
ready 7 :
itstt da ka yoku oboemasen (C): I don’t quite
recollect when it was.
itst kuru ka mo shire-nai (B) : he may come
at any moment.
gejo wa itst no ma ni ka sdtio dete ikimashita
(C): the maid went out quietly no one
_knows when.
2) Itst kara : from what time.
its. kara Nippon ni irasshaimast ka ? (D) :
how long have you been in Japan ?
gakké wa its kara hajyimarimast: ka ? (C):
when does your school begin ?
3) Itst ka : some time or other.
itstt ka atta’ koto ga arimasti (C): I have
seen him once before.
its ka kaette shimaimashita (C): he went
back I don’t know when.
itst ka raigetsti no uchi ni: some day next
month.
4) Itst% mo : always ; usual.
itst% mo to onaji : the same as usual.
itstt mo no téri ni : in the usual way.
itsit mo no yofiku de ii (B): your ordinary
clothes will do.
itsti mo yori hayaku : quicker than usual.
itsti mo ki no ue ni kakete oku (B) : l always
leave it hanging on a tree.
_itsti mo nara: judging by the usual way
things happen. ) 5
5) Itst, gerund, mo : however often.
itstt itte mo imasen (C) : whenever I go he is
‘out. i
ano shibai wa its mite mo omdshiroi no dest
(C) : however often I see that play I al-
ways find it amusing.
6) Itst de mo : always ; whenever.
itst% de mo shichi-ji ni okimastt (C): I always
rise at seven. ‘
kongetst nara its de mo #i (B): any time
this month will do.
watashi ga iku toki wa its de mo rusu dest
(C) : whenever I go he is out.
4
isogashiku nakereba itsii de mo o-ide naegt
(C): if you are not busy come and see me
frequently. hg
7) Itsti made: until what time.
nt: by what time.
ways ; never.
list made irassharu o tsumori dest ka ? (C) ;
how long do you intend to stay here ?
itsti made ni dekimasti ka ? (C) : when will it —
be ready ?
itst made mo Nihon ni iru tsumori desi (C) »
I intend to settle in Japan for good.
soko de wa itst made mo atstiku narimasen
(C): (if you put it) in that place, it will
never get hot.
Its made
Iist made mo: al-—
a}
cee
uchi no jochit wa its mad: mo inaka-kusai
(B): my servant’s countrified manners
and appearance are still just as bad as Br
ever.
Comp.: ist-goro, q.v.
itsii2, [itswts five]. Five (in the 3rd set of
num.; see 271 ; 275).
itsii-goro, [¢és%il when; koro about].
what time. .
itst-goro uchi ni iru deshé ka? (C): about
what time will he be in ?
itstika, [itsuts% five ; —ka q.v.|.
fifth day of the month.
See also ztsul, 3.
itsutsi. Five.
In comp. itsutst is abb. to iti ; see 276, 4. |
Der.: itstika, q.v.
ittai.
1) Properly speaking ; really.
Five days :
ittai dé shite sd natta no desi ¢ (C): how
did that really happen ?
2) On the whole.
ittai ni karada ga chiisai (B) :
generally small bodies.
3) Exclamation of wonder.
they have
_ ittai dé iu imi da? (A): what in the world
do you mean ?
ittai doko ni ima made kakurete ita no da?
(A) : where on earth have you been hiding
all this time ?
ittai dotchi no hé ni itta no daré (B) : I won- :
der in which direction he has gone,
it-td, [icht one ; t62 class]. First class.
Kyéto no it-td ichi-mai : one first-class ticket
for Ky6to. . ;
kore wa it-té no shina-mono de gozaimast
(D) : this is a first-class’ article. #
kore ga ittd kirei da (B): this one is the
prettiest.
iul, (pronounced yi).
1) To say ; speak ; tell ; call. Spe
Ei-go de itte kudasai (C) = please say it in
English. ;
dé timashita ka? (C): what did you say
then ? ;
naze kite iimasen deshita ka ?-(C): why
didn’t you come and tell me *
About — ay
86 itte hanashite o kure (A): say this :—
dare de mo 86 iimast (C) : everybody says
- so.
ju made mo nai koto da (B)
saying.
iware-nai de mo suru hazw da (A): you
should do these things without having to |
be told.
ima hanashita koto wo O Ei San ni itte ku-
-dasai (B) : please tell Miss Ei what I have
just told you.
kuruma-ya ni kuru y6 ni itte o kure (A):
tell my rikisha-man to come.
sore wo suru yo ni dare ga iimashita ka ?
(C) : who told you to do this ?
sonna koto wo itta oboe wa nai (B) :
remember having said so.
itta no wa watashi de wa arimasen (C) :
was not I who said it.
ima itta téri : as | have just said.
anata no iu tori ni shimashé (C): 1 will do |
as you say. ;
2) Iu koto : something which is or has been
said ; commands.
anata no iu koto ga yoku wakarimasen (C) :
I don’t quite understand what you mean.
naze anata wa sonna ni iu koto wo kika-nai
no desi ka ? (B): why are you so disobe-
dient ? ‘
anata ni iu koto ga aru (B): there is some-
thing I want to say to you.
- 3) Jwis used in Japanese in cases in which
if rendered literally into English it would
look as if we doubted somebody’s word.
0 ka-san wa ?—zutsi ga suru to itte nete
imast (C): where is your mother ?—she
is in bed with a headache. ~
ikura isogashii to itte mo hagaki de henji
gurai yokoshitara ii deshé6 (C): no matter
how busy you were, you might at least
have sent me a postcard in reply.
4) Phrases.
86 ieba 86 da (B): from your point of view
you are right no doubt.
uso wo iu : to tell lies.
itte yaru : to send word.
——no koto wo iu : to speak of —
: it goes without
] don’t
it |
Yamada San no koto wo waruku iu: to
speak ill of Mr Yamada.
5) To iu see to2, 1, 4-7.
to ka iu see to2, 1, 16.
aiu;diiu; kiiu; sb iu; see G; dd; ko;
30. |
Note :—The potential of iu is ieru. Iu
is a plain verb: the corresponding hum-
ble verbs, polite for the Ist person, are
_ mos% and mdédshi-ageru; the honorific
verb, polite for the 2nd person, is ossharu.
Comp.: ti-dasi ; ii-sugi-ru ; ii-tstikeru ; ii-
, wake; v.
2, (pron. yit), To dress (ne the hair) ; do up.
vig Rie (or atama) wo iu: to do up the hair.
To bind ; tie up.
To celebrate ; congratulate.
iwae'ru ; iwaku.
iwau.
Der.: iwai : : celebration.
iya (na), [iie, no}.
1) Disagreeable ; disgusting.
iya na o tenki da (B) : it is divaisoueaell
weather. 3
iya na mono wo muri ni to wa iwa-nai (B) :
I don’t want to force you to do anys:
against your will.
iya da, o yoshi nasai (B, fem.) : I don’t like
it, leave off.
iya de mo yara-nakereba nara-nai (B) : even
if you don’t like it, you must do it.
2) Iya is used as a corruption of te in Besse)’ ;
sense of ‘no’.
Der.: iyagaru : to dislike, [see —garw].
ja. Contr. of de wa ; see de, 3. °
jama. Obstruction ; hindrance.
kore wa jama dest ‘ka ?(C): is this in your
way ?
jama wo suru ; to inconvenience anatiiet’s
obstruct another.
jamawo shi-nai de o kure (A): don’t bother
me.
shigoto no jama wo suru: to interrupt an- —
other’s work.
hito no jama wo shite wa ike-nai (A) :
get in people’s way.
“ jama ni naru : to be in the way.
o jama shimashita (C): excuse me for hav-
ing troubled you.
o isogashii tokoro wo o jiama itashimashita
(D): excuse me for having interrupted
you when you were so busy.
o jama ni agarimashita (D): IL have come
to pay you a visit.
ano mustiime ga watashi wo jama ni shite
imast (C): that girl considers that I’m
in her way.
jil. Letter ; character ; word,
ji wo htku : to look for a word (in a diction-
ary).
Comp.: 7ibiki ; Roma-72
ji2?. Hour.
don’t.
3 Q.v.
is it ? :
ichi-ji han : half past one.
yo-ji utta bakkari desi (C):
struck four.
Note :—ji is preceded ,by the Ist set of
num. (276, 1) ; see also 298 et seqq. Yo-ji,
four o’eclock, is apie sh used instead of
shi-ji.
Comp.: jikan q.v- hs
ji3, [chi2]. Ground.
Comp.: jimen ; jishin ; q.v-
ji4. Afiair ; thing ; (used only in comp.).
it has just
y6-ji ; Y.V.
jibiki, [711 word ; hiku to extract]. A diction-
ary.
pe
nan-ji (or iku-ji) dest ka ? (C): what time
Comp.: buji ; daiji ; jijiter: ; haji; shokuji 5
ey
-
jibunt, [ji2 hour ; bun part]. Time.
mo kaeri-s6 na jibun desi (C): it is time he
eame back
watashi wa kodomo no jibun Kyéto ni ima-
shita (C): I lived in Kyoto when I was a
child.
ima jibun nani shi ni kita ? (A) : what have
‘you come for now ?
ima jibun yuki-ga furu to wa mezurashii koto
da (B) : it is a rare thing for it to snow at
this time of the year.
kita no wa san-ji jibun deshita (C) : it was
about three o’clock when I arrived.
jibunz. Self ; oneself.
| jibun de tsikau no dest (C): it is for my
own personal use.
jibun de o iki naszi (B) : go yourself.
jibun de hige wo surimasi (C): he shaves
‘himself.
ano hito wa jibun de ko-nakereba ikemasen
(C) : he must come in person.
anata ga go jibun de nasaimashita ka ? (D) :
did you do it yourself ?
jibun no koto wo iu: to speak about one-
self.
jibun no ni irimasit (C) : I need it myself.
jibun no atama no hai wo o oi nasai (A):
frighten the flies off your own head ;
mind your own business.
ano hito wa jibun no koto wo tana ni agete,
hito no koto wo iu (B): he is fond of find-
‘ing fault with others but he forgets his
own failings. ,
Comp.: jibun-gatie, q.v.
jibun-gatte, [jibun2 self ; katte convenience}.
Consulting one’s own convenience ; self-
ishness.
jibun-gatte wo shiyd to suru : to try to get
one’s own way.
jibun-gatte na yatst dest: (C): he is a very
selfish fellow.
jigi, see o-jigi.
jii-san, [chichi2 father ; san! Mr].
1) Old man; (the honorific 0 is often pre-
fixed). ‘
2) Grandfather ; (the honorific o is almost
always prefixed).
jijitst, [7/4 affair ; jits% fact]. Fact.
jijitst da (B) : it is a matter of fact.
jijitstt atta koto ka mo shire-nai (B): as a
"matter of fact it may have happened.
sonna koto wa jijitst aru hazu ga nai (B):
such a thing is, as a matter of fact, im-
possible.
jikan, [ji2 hour ; kan2 interval]. An hour;
time
fune nara iku-jikan (or nan-jikan) kakari-
mast: ka? (C): how many hours does it
take if you go by steamer ”
san-jikan : three h
_ jikan ga gozaimasen (D): there is no tame.
=. md jiki jikan dest (C) : it will soon be time.
jikan ni narimashita (C) : it is time now. — ee
jikan ni tstikimasi ka ? (C) : shall we arrive
on time ? Bsc voam
sttkoshi jikan ga hayakatta (B): it was a
little too early. .
jikan wo muda ni suru : to idle away time.
jikan de yatou : to hire by the hour.
jikan ni okure-ru : to be late.
jitkan wo mamoru : to be punctual. Bee :
Note :—jikan is preceded by the first set
of num. (276, 1). You say yo-jikan in-
stead of shi-jikan four hours. es
jika (ni), [ecorr. of jiki immediately]. With-—
out intermediary ; directly ; personally.
anata kara jika ni hanashite kudasai (C):
please speak to him you yourself. :
jiki. Immediately ; soon ; directly. ee
jiki (ni) dekimast (C) : it will be ready im-
mediately. oom
jiki (ni) kaerimasti (C): I will be back
soon. re
jiki chikai : quite near.
gakké no jiki soba: just by the school.
iki soba no gakké : the school in the im-
mediate neighbourhood. 5
jiki roku-ji ni narimast (C) : it is close upon —
six o’clock.
Der.: jika ni, q.v.
jiké. Season ; climate ; weather.
yoi jikd ni narimashita (C): the weather
has turned out fine.
jiku. Stalk ; stem ; axis.
Comp.: pen-jiku : a penholder.
jikusu(ru). ‘To become ripe.
jikushite i-ru : to be ripe.
jikushita kudamono : ripe fruit.
jiman. Self-praise.
jiman (wo) suru : to be proud of ; boast. tae
sonna-koto wo shita gurai de wa jiman ni mo,
nara-nai dard (B): there is nothing to
boast of in doing such a thing
jimen, [ji ground]. Ground ; lot of ground;
land.
jimi (na). Plain ; not gay or ornamented.
jimi ni kurast:
ostentation).
jin, (used only in composition). Man ; per-
son,
Comp. es
Amerika-jin ; Eikoku-jin ; ete.: see Ameri-
ka ; Ei ; ete. :
bijin ; fujin ; onjin ; shujin ; q.V.
to live simply (without
jirettal. Provoking ; irritating ; you 2
me. as
jishin, [773 earth]. Earthquake. Sie ie
jitsil. A fact. mle
jitst wa : as a matter of fact. pees
anata wa jitsi ga nai (B) : you are unkind, aS mi at
jitst no oya : one’s real parents. © te
ky6 wa jitst ni attakat (B): it is very warm
today. _ meee
Comp.: jijitsti, q-V- SF ee
jitsii2, (used only in composition).
Comp.: sakujitst ; senjitstt ; q.v.
‘jitto. Firmly ; fixedly.
_ jitio shite trasshai (B) : please be still.
_ jitto mirru : to look fixedly.
jiyii. Freedom ; liberty.
jiyh ga kika-nai (B):
(to do so). _
jiya na : free.
itte mo tka-nakiite mo jiyt da (B): 1 am free
to go or not.
jiytt ni shite mo 7% (B) : do as you like.
jiyt ni sasete o oki nasai (B): let him do as
he likes.
go jiya ni (C) : make yourself at home.
ano hito wa jiyi ni Ei-go wo hanashimasii
{C) : he speaks English fluently.
naka-naka jiyt ni nara-nai_ (B):
manage him at all.
Der.: fu-jiya% na, (often pron. fujz na): not
free, [fu— neg. pref. ].
jo, (used only in composition).
Comp.: gejo ; jochi ; q.v.
j6l. Lock.
706 wo kake-ru ; 76 wo orost : to lock.
46 wo ake-ru : to unlock.
_ j02. Upper side ; above ; best.
j6 no shina : a superfine article.
76 no 76 de wa arimasen keredomo 71 shina-
mono de gozaimast (D) : although it is not
of the very best quality nevertheless it is
Day.
I am not at liberty
I cannot
Woman.
a good article; (compare: créme de la
créme).
Comp.: a6 ; jdhin ; 70t6 ; jOzu ; q.v.
j03, (used only i in composition). Letter.
Comp.
annai-j6: letter of introduction ; written
invitation ; [annai guide].
j6-bukuro : envelope, [fukuro bag].
_ jobu (na). Strong ; ; solid ; robust ; healthy.
j0bu.de nai : not strong ; weak.
mada jobu ni narimasen (C): I am still
weak.
go j6bu de gozaimast ka ? (D) : are you well?
jobu ni koshiraete kudasai (C): make it
strong please.
Comp.: daijobu, q.v.
jochi, [jo woman; chi middle]. Maid-ser-
vant.
jédan. Fun ; joke ; jest.
hon no jodan : nothing but a joke.’
jodan (suru no) wa o yoshi nasai (B) : don’t
play jokes.
jodan ni iimashita (C) : I said it in fun.
jodan deshé (C) : you are joking surely.
jodan da to omotta (B) : I took it for a joke.
jodan hambun ni kiite mimashita (C): I
asked him half in fun.
’ johin (na), [762 best ; hin quality}.
high-class.
_ johin na mono no ii-kata : a refined way of
speaking.
Refined, ;
_ joki.
Steam.
Comp.: jokisen : steamer, [sen4 ship].
jO-san, see 0-j6-san.
jOtd (no or na), [762 best ; to2 class].
class ; best quality.
ichiban 000 : the very best.
j6zu (na). A good hand at ; good at ; ski
ano hito wa nan de mo jézu desi (C):
is good at everything.
ano hito wa Ei-go ga j6zu da (B) : he speaks.
English very well.
Kémoto San wa dé shite mo j6zu da (B) : there
is no denying Mr Komoto is very clever.
jozu no te kara mizu ga moru: even the
wisest make mistakes ; even Homer some-
times nods ; (lit. even from the hand of
the expert water leaks).
jozu wo tsikau : to flatter.
ji. Ten.
ju-nen hito- mukashi : ten years is a long
lapse of time rea brings about many
changes).
ju-nin to-iro ; ju-nin to-hara :
opinions.
Note :—7% in comp. before ch, ¢ or ts, be-
comes jit-; before { or h, 7ip—; before k,
jik-; before 8s or sh, jis-. One often
hears: yon-ja for shi-ji, forty ; nana-ja
for shichi-ji, seventy ; and kyi-7a% for ku-
qu, ninety.
—jii, [cha (q.v.) middle]. The whole; all;
entire ; also used to form. the bow. tia irioo)
ichi-nichi- -j% : all day long.
nen-ja : all the year round.
kongetst-j% : the whole of this month.
sekai-ja% : the whole world.
karada-ju : the whole body.
seito-ji de (kore ga) ichiban rikd desi (C):
this is the cleverest of all the students.
Ky6dto-ja de no isha desi (C): he is the
cleverest doctor in Kydto.,
Ky6to-j% no isha : every doctor in KySto.
jiibun, [ja% ten ; bun parts : the Japanese think
in tens; jibun therefore means ten parts
in ten, ie. 100 per cent: compare 308).
Enough ; sufficient ; full.
jabun na kane : enough money.
kore de jaibun dest (C): this is enough.
jubun (ni) Ueda San wo shinyd shitemasi
(C) : I have full confidence in Mr Ueda.
Fitst-
ten men, ten
mada jabun (ni) yoku arimasen (C): Iam —
not quite well yet. :
ja- gatsi, [ja ten ; gats% month]. October.
jil-ichi-gatsi, {ja- ichi eleven ; gatst% month |.
November.
jun. Proper order or sequence.
jun ga chigaimast (C): they are out of order.
hon wo jun ni narabete kudasai (C): please
arrange the books in order.
sei no jun ni narande kudasai (C): please
arrange yourselves according to height.
Comp.; junjo ; jun-jun ni ; g.v. i
—
sles. [ja-ni twelve ; gatste month}.
December.
dete: {jun proper ontier).
_ sequence.
- Note :—junjo is not used as an adv.
- jun-jun ni, [jun proper order]. One after the
- other in proper order.
-. .junsa. <A policeman.
kal. Mosquito.
: Comp.: ka-ya : mosquito net, [ya house].
-ka2. Abb. of kare that person.
, dare mo ka mo : everybody (see dare).
nani mo ka mo : everything (see nani).
nani ya ka ya yo-ji ga arvmas% (C): I am
very busy what with one thing and
; another.
kas.
1) Interrogative: if the sentence contains
another interrogative word /a is yenerally
~ omitted.
arimastu ka ? (C) : is there any ?
watakishi ba ? (B):isit 1?
dare ga kita (ka) ? (B) : who came ?
attakat ja arvmasen ka? (C): it’s warm,
isn’t it 7
2) The interrogation is sometimes merely
rhetorical or ironical : this is especially the
case in the phrases mono dest ka, mono ka.
aru mono ka ? (A): aru mon’ dest ka ? (B):
who in his senses would ever believe that
such a thing exists ?
harau mon’ desi ka? (B): pay ? how can
: you say such an absurd thing ?
%) Doubt or uncertainty.
aru ka to onow (B): 1 think there may be
some.
7 mata yuki ga furu ka to omoimasti (C): I
think it may snew again.
ano hito ga tatta ka tata-nai ni wataktisni
wa tsikimashita (C): he had scarcely leit
-_—-when I arrived. (in this case the interval
between his departure and my arrival is
so short, that I pretend there is doubt as
to whether he had left or not when 1 ar-
rived).
Uncertainty is also found in such combina-
tions as to ka, dare ka, dé ka, dochi ka, itst
ka, nani ka, ete.: see to, dare, dé, dochi,
: . ttsti, nani, ete.
Fos tax Se Ka ‘hiro, ka shiran or ka mo shire-nai
3 ‘frequently heard at the end of a sentence
also expresses doubt : ka mo shire-nai is
never used after the future, (166, 2, a, ey
These expressions are often preceded
no.
ame ga furu ka shira (B): I wonder whether
it will rain.
iké ka shiran (B) : 1 think I'll go.
ame ga furu ka mo shire-nai (B) : I dare say
it will rain.
nani ka attano kamo shire-nai (B): I am
_ afraid something has happened.
Proper order or
tt ee ee ee
inu (da) ka mo shire-nai (B): I believe i itis
a dog.
5) Ka or ka —ka in parallel clauses memeie
or; ee ; either—or, x
ano hito wa Kamakura ka Enoshima eiku
desh6 (C): he will go eitk amak
or to Enoshima. ati hi ee 2
ikimasi ka, ikimaeen ka ? (B) : will yougo
or not 7 ‘
ano hito wa kuru ka ko-nai ka shirimasen
(C): I don’t know whether he will come _
or not. Se
anata ka watakishi ka ika-nakereba nari-
masen (C) : either you or I must go. a
dekiru ka dé ka wakarimasen (C): I don’t
know whether it is feasible or not. ae
Note :—/ae or kai is sometimes used famil- _
iarly for ka in real interrogations.
kat, Aln.
1) Months and years.
ik-ka-getst ; ni-ka-getst ; ete.
two months ; ete.
nan-ka-getst ! ? how many months ?
ni-ka-nen : two years.
2) Used for vanous things that have no~
special a.n. -as bundles, Rae etc.
Note :—1 ik-ka; 6 rok-ka; 8 hak-ka; 10
jik-ka ; 100 hyak- a.
: one month:
—ka (used only in composition). Day. ;
futsika ; mikka; ete.: two days; three
days ; ete.: second day ; third day sete:
see 204 ; 3; 295.
ikka ? how many days ? on what day of the
month ? koe
kaban. A travelling bag; portmanteau;
trank.
kabe. Wall.
kabe ni mimi ga aru : walls have ears.
Comp.: kabe-tsuchi : plaster, [ésuchi earth].
kabi, [stem of foll.]. Mould ; mildew.
natisi wa mono ni kabi ga haeru (B) : in sum-
mer things become mouldy. -
kabi‘ru. To become mouldy.
sabi-ru to kecome rusty).
Der.: kebi : mould.
kaburu. To put or wear on the head.
béshi wo kaburu : to put on a hat.
Comp.: nekol-kaburi, q.v-
kade. Corner (from the outside). si
kado wo magatte ni-kem-me: the second —
house after turning the corner. ron
kado no toreta hito: a person with all his
sharp angles taken off; a person easy to
get on with. a
sonna koto wo iu to kado ya tatsi (B): that
would sound harsh. ee we
me ni kado wo tatete shikaru : to scold with, tes
an
kae.
(Conepare :
ey ‘
Pannliar substitute for ka in real inter- a
rogations ; see /ai3. i:
kaeri, [stem ‘of foll.]. The return. ae, 5 ee
kaeri-
kaeri wa nan-ji dest ka ?
o'clock will you return 7
kaeri ni. shimbun wo katte kudasai (1B):
please buy a newspaper on your way
back.
ao dee also foll.
kaerut, v.i. [cogn. w. kaest v.t.j.
BN. go or come back.
Rekogss S! kaette kuru : to come back.
kaetie iku : to go back.
‘uch e kaerimasi (C):
home.
ku-ji.mi kaerimasi (C):
nine.
te wo hanasii to moto no basho e kaeru (B):
if you let it go, it goes back to its former
(C): at what
To return ;
1 am going back
I shall be back by
EOsition.
ORE i. o kaeri nasai (C): welcome back home ; go
iS back home.
‘ae mo o kaeri ni narimasi ka ? (D): are you
already going back ?
pie “Der. and comp.
hing! kaeri ; kaette ; hikkuri-kaeru ; q.v.
” kaeri-gake, see —gake.
kaeru2, v.t. [cogn. w.
change ; alter.
kane wo kae-ru : to change money.
kawaru v.i.}.. To
te wo kacru: to try another means of
doing.
ced Comp.
Be ire-kae-ru (q.v.): to replace, [ireru to put
Pia te Ree ey into}.
4 Ax _ ki-kae-ru: to change one’s clothes, [ki-ru
Rhee to put on clothes].
pres nori-kaeru (q.v.): to change carriages,
4 [noru to ride].
ge is tori-kaeru :; to exchange, [toru to take].
kae‘ru3, [potential of kaul to buy]
kaesit, v.t. [cogn. w. kaerul v.i.].
give back ; overturn ; hatch.
on wo kaes% : to repay a kindness.
ee - tamago wo kaesti : to hatch eggs.
— Comp.
pe ame yobi-kaesv : to call back, [yobw.to call].
hikkuri-kaest%i : to overturn.
ura-gaesu ;: to turn inside out, [wra the in
side surface].
kaette, [gerund of kaerul to return].
contrary ; rather.
kaette waruku shite shimatia (B): we have,
_ on the contrary, made it worse.
noru yori aruku hé ga kaette ii (B): I would
rather walk than ride.
kisuri wo nondara kavtte waruku narima-
To send or
On the
shita (C): 1 took the medicine but I got
- worse.
kagami, [kage reflection; miru to look}.
_ Looking-glass ; mirror.
kagami ni utsuru : to be reflected in a mir-
ror.
kagami wo miru :
Jooking-glass.
to look at oneself in a
kage. Reflection ; shade ; shadow ; + shelter :
behind ; the other side.
mizu ni Fuji-san no kage ga utsutte 7masu
(C) : Mount Fuji is reflected in the water.
ki no kage ni natte hakkiri mie-nakatta (B) :
I could not see it clearly as it was partly
hidden by a tree.
ano yama no kage ni wa fukai tani ga aru
(B): there is a deep ravine on the other
side of that mountain.
kono-goro kage mo katachi mo miemasen (C) :
one sees nothing of him now-a-days. !
kage de waru kuchi wo iu :
person bebind his back.
kage wo kakus% : to conceal oneself.
kage ni naru : to get in one’s light.
o-kage sama de: by your kind influence.
(see o-kage).
Comp.
kage-guchi : backbiting, [kuchi mouth].
kage-guchi wo vw: to bactkbite.
kagen. State or degree of anything ; state
of one’s health.
o yu no kagen wa ikaga dest ba ? (C):
is the bath ? (is it too hot 7).
chido ii kagen na 7iké da (B) :
nicest season of the year; the weather is
just right.
kagen ga warut (B) : I don’t feel well.
kagen (wo) suru: to regulate (so as to suit
one’s purpose).
netsi ga demashita kara kiisuri wo dmipen
shite kudasai (C): please modify the med-
icine as { am feverish.
it kagen ni shite o oki nasai (B): do things
with moderation.
ii kagen na hanashi : a made-up story.
dé iu kagen desho ? (C) . 1 wonder what the
reason is.
Comp.: shio-kagen : the degree of saltiness :
flavouring ; [shio salt]. »
kagi. Key.
kagi wo kakeru :
how
: to lock.
; to speak ill of a
this is the —
kore wa kagi no kakaru tokoro e shimatie
oite kudasai (C): please put this under
lock and key. ’
Lagi no ana : key-hole.
kago. Basket ; cage.
kagu, v.t. To smell. :
kail. Shell.
kai2, [ ? kai! shell: in olden times shells were
Benefit ; advantage ;
used as money ].
use.
kai ga aru : to be worth while.
kai ga nai : not to be worth while. /
mattaku mi ni itta kai ga arimasm (C) : it
was really worth while going to see.
zuibun isshdkemmei ni yatta ga sono kai ga
asa (B) : we did our best but it bids no
kais. i amiliar substitute for ste in real i in-
terrogations.
$
code gan kake'ra
86 kai ? (B) : is that so ?
hont6 kar ? (B) : really ?
kai4. Fioor ; storey (of a house).
ni-ka? : first floor, i.e. the floor above the
_ ground floor.
san-gai : second floor.
joché wa ni-kai ni orimast (C) : the servant
is upstairs.
kaigan. The sea-shore.
Comp.: kaigan-doéri : the bund, [t6ri street].
kaii, [ ? kKaku2 to scratch]. Itching.
itaku mo kaiku mo nai: to be utterly in-
diiferent to.
kavi tokoro e te ga todoka-nai ya : like want-
ing to seratch a place one cannot reech
katt tokoro e te ga todoku y6 ni yoku ki ga
tstiku. hito destt (C) : he is so attentive to
one’s wants that he leaves nothing to be
- desired.
kai-mono, [kav to buy ; mono thing}. Things
bought ; purchase.
kai-mono ni iku : to go shopping.
takiisan kai-mono wo itashimashita (D): I
have made many purchases.
kaisha. A company (commercial).
kaji, [ka fire ; 774 thing]. A fire; conflagra-
tion.
ki wo tstike-nai to kaji ni narimast (C): if
you are not careful you will set the house
on fire.
kaji wa furoba kara deta (B) : the fire began
in the bath-room.
kakari, [stem of foll.?.
_in an occupation.
sore wa dare no kakari desti ka ? (C) : whose
: duty is it to attend to this ?
) kore wa anata no kakari ni suru (B): I put
you in charge of this.
kakari no hito wa mé sagarimashita (C) : the
man in charge has already left (e.g. the
office).
‘j#-nin-gakari no shigoto : a work requiring
ten persons.
kakaru, v.i. [cogn. w. kake-rul v.t.].
ings vague and difficult to classify.
_ 1) To hang ; be able to hang.
- sono mado ni wa kono mado-kake ga kakaru
no dest (C) : this curtain is to be hung over
that window.
ano kugi ni kakarimasen ka? (C): can’t
_ you hang it on that nail ?
2) To cover ; go over ; go across.
kumo ga tstiki ni kakatte imasti (C): the
moon is hidden by a cloud.
ame ga kakaru to dame ni naru (B): that
will be spoilt if it is caught in the rain.
: kondo astiko ni hashi ga kakarimast (C) :
a4 they are going to build a bridge there soon.
4 3) To take, cost, need, or require, as regards
: money, time or trouble.
2s dono gurai kakarimast ka ? (C) : how much
will it cost ? how long will it take? .
One’s duty or charge
Mean-
\
amari kane ga kakarimast (C) :
much.
day.
démo nani wo suru ni mo
it costs too
ichi-nicht kakarimasi (C) : it takes a whole By
kak eee
(B) : how long he takes over everything!
te ga kakaru (B): it uires much labour.
4) To begin. Pe :
shigoto ni kakaru : to begin a work. a5 ne
Pee”
5) Various.
o me ni kakaru : to meet ; (a humble verb,
used politely in the lst person).
hajimete o me ni kakarimast (D) : this is the
first time I have the honour of i
you ; very pleased to make your acquaint-
ance. :
mada o me nt kakatta koto wa arimasen (C) :
1 have not had the honour of meeting him
yet.
ki ni kakaru : to make one anxious.
ano koto ga domo ki ni kakar« (B):.thae
matter is worrying me a great deal.
hito no te ni kakaru: to be deceived by ol ;
somebody.
sonna te ni kakatte wa tamara-nai (B) : it is
dreadful to be caught by such a trick.
hito-de (i.e. te) ni kakatte shinda (B): he met —
his death at another’s hand.
hito ni utte kakaru : to attack somebody.
hito ni kakaru : to be dependent on another _
for support.
isha ni kakaru : to consult a doctor.
bydki ni kakaru : to be attacked by an ill-
ness.
o rusu ni Yamada San kara denwa ga kaka-
rimashita (C): while you were out Mr
Yamada called you up on the telephone.
In comp. kalaru often shows that an action
is about to commence or else that if is
accidental.
kare-kakaru : to begin to wither.
ki-kakaru : to happen to come.
tori-kakaru : to happen to pass. z
hikkakaru : to get hooked, [hiku to pull].
kakari q.v.: duty.
kake-dasii, [kakeru2 to run; dasit.to take
kakaru v.i.]. Mean- vo
out]. To run out.
kakerul, v.t. [cogn. w.
ings vague and difticult to classify.
1) To hang.
kugi ni kakete aru (B): it is hanging onthe %
nail. .
watashi no mono wo asiiko ni kaketeokure
(A) : hang my things up there.
2) To put on ; pour on ; sprinkle on.
megane wo kake-ru : to put on
mizu wo kake-ru : to pour water (on some-
thing). :
saté wo kakeru : to sprinkle sugar.
3) Various. ei
o me ni. kake-ru : to show ; (a humble verb,
used politely in the Ist person).
i
a5. 4
‘
~ kake'ru
ome ni pinoias lei ? (D): shall I show it
_ to you?
.dézo o'kake kudasai (D) : ab take a seat.
koshi (wo) kake-ru : to sit.
mekata wo kake-ru ; hakart mt kakerru : ; to
» weigh,’
-kagi wo kake-ru ; 76 wo kake-ru : to locks.
hashi wo kake-ru : to build a bridge.
hashigo wo kake-ru : to put up a ladder.
-kotoba wo kake-ru : to speak to.
‘koe wo kake-ru : to call out.
oya ni kuré wo kakeru : to give ‘edule: to
‘ one’s parents.
shimpai wo kake-ru': to cause worry.
ki. nt kake-ru : to worry.
kokoro ni kake:ru : to bear in mind.
demp6 wo kake-ru : to send a telegram.
denwa wo-kake-ru : to speak by telephone.
hima wo kake-ru : to spend much time in
mm ,
‘kane wo kake-ru : to spend money ; bet.
kondo no uchi wa yohodo kane wo kaketa yo
da (B): he seems to have spent a lot of
money on his new house.
inochi ni kakete mo : even at the risk of my
’ life. :
kono bydki:wa dana ni eukete mo naorimasen
(C): this disease cannot be cured even if
- it be treated by a doctor.
haru kara natsti e kakete nete imushito (C):
I was ill in bed from the apenny all through
. the summer,
tstikue ni kire wo Bike ru : to spread a cloth
on the desk.
hito ni me wo kake-ru : to look in a friendly
manner upon another:
hana ni kake-ru : to talk eee the nose ;
to give oneself airs.
Comp.: .
\ mado-kake : a Siirtein: [mado window].
mae-kake : an apron, [mae before].
koshi-kake-ru : to sit, [koshi loins].
After the stem of a verb it often ‘signifies
.the beginning of. an action.
dekakeru : to go out ; ; start; [deru to go
- out].
hanashi-kake-ru ; to address ; accost ; [ha-
© nastl to speak].
yomi-kake-ru : to begin to iad fieolaii to
read |].
kakeru2. Torun. -
» Note :—one sometimes hears kakette iattend
of kakete for the gerund.
Comp.
‘ kake-dasii : bn run out, [dasiz to take out];
oi-kake-ru ; okkake: ru: to run after, fou to
_ * pursue]...
kakecns, v.i. Tablet: w. kakul v.t. to which it
also serves as potential]. To write; be
able to write.
kaki-tsiike-ru, [kaku1 to write; tstike-ru to put
down]. To write down ; make a note of.
komakaku kaki-tsitkete o oki nasai (By:
write it down in detail.
Der.
kaki-tstike : a document ; bill.
kaki-tstike ga nakereba kane wo watasare-
nai (B): I cannot hand you over the
money without a written order.
kakko.
1) Shape ; form. ,
san-ji kakko no hito da (B ys
who looks about thirty.
2) Moderate in‘ price. -
kakk6 no nedan : a moderate price.
kakul, v.t. {cogn. w. kake-ru3 v.i. which disc
serves as potential]. To write; draw; ©
paint. :
Comp.
kaki-naost% : to re- write see as to eer.
[naost% to put right].
kaki-sokonau : to make a mistake in wri-
ting, [sokonau to fail].
kaki-otost : to omit (acoldentany) in wri-
- ting.
kaki-tome : writing down ;
[tome-ru to stop]. :
tegami wo kaki-tome ni suru :
. letter.
kaki-tome no tegami : a registered letter.
kaki-toru : to write from dictation, [toru
to take].
kaki-tstikeru (q.v.).:
. ke-ru to put down].
kanj6-gaki : written account, ‘ean jo caleu-
lation}. -
tokoro-gaki :
place].
oboe-gaki: : memorandum, [oboe memory }.
uwa-gaki : address written on an envelope,
> [we exterior]. y
kaki-dashi : a bill, [das to take out}.
e-kaki : a eee [e3 picture}.
. hagaki q,
kaku2. To ated to rake away.
atama wo kaku : to scratch the head (as
from shame or because it itches).
kaku3. Angle ; corner.
‘san-kaku : a triangle.
shi-kaku : a square. © :
kakure'ru, v.i. [cogn. w. hakusi Vv. ti]: To
hide oneself. ,
kakusil, v.t. [cogn. w. kakure-ru vii. fo
hide ; conceal.
watashi ni kakushite iru koto ga aru daré
(B): there is something you are keeping
* concealed from me. -
sugata (or kage, or mi) wo kakust : to con-
ceal oneself.
‘Der.: kakushi : a pocket.
kamau. To trouble oneself with mek:
care ; matter ; (gen. used in neg. ).
(watakiishi- wa) "kamaimasen (C) : ie doesn’t
matter (to me).
he is a man
rogistrabasiet ie
to register a
to write dowh, [tsti-
written adareue ‘(ane
‘ty
-
- wataktiohi wa dé id ‘mo 9 Be ree (©):
“any way will do for me.
— stikoshi. gurai nara kamaimasen (C) : I don’t
-mind if it is only a little.
kamawa-nai de kudasai (C) :
_.trouble yourself. about me.
ano hito no koto wa mé kamawa-nai (B) : I
-shall no longer trouble myself about him.
mado wo akete mo kamaimasen ka ? (C): do
_ you mind if L open the window ?
kane ni kamawa-nai de: regardines of
‘money.
kamawa-nai ha ga white (B) : it might
have been better not to pay end attention
to it.
sonna koto ni ariartie irare-nai (B) : I can’t
‘trouble about it.
sonna koto ni kamawa-nai oD tkimast (C) :
‘that shall not prevent me from going.
kamay koto wa nai (B) : it isn’t a thing that
‘matters;
please don’t
watakishi no kamau koto de nai (B): it is
‘none of my business. ..
abunakiite mo kamau mono ka} ? (B): who
‘eares even if it is dangerous ? . -
kamawa-nai de kudasai (C): please do not
_treuble ; leave me alone please.
o kamai mo itashimasen deshita (C) : excuse
«me for not having been attentive to you.
déz0 0 kamai naku (C): don’t let me-dis-
turb you ; please do not trouble yourself.
peeres A sign-board.
vkamban wo dasii : to put up a sign-board ;
to openashop. -
kamil. Upper side; god (in which case you
say kann-sama) ; the government (in which
ease you say o-kami) ; your wife (o-kami-
san q.v.); head ; hair of the head.
~ hashi no kami : above the bridge.
kami wo iu : to do up the hair.
Comp. oe.
‘ kamanari : thunder, [hamil god ; naru3_ to
. make a noise}.
kamisori ; kamisuri :
soru, suru2 to shave].
kami2. Paper.
: Comp.
abura-kami : oil-paper, [abura oil].
_maki-gami : Japanese letter-paper, [mau
to roll up ; Japanese letter-paper is in rolls].
sui-tori-gami ; blotting-paper, [swe to sip,
‘(sui water, may serve as a mnemonic) ;
_toru to take}.
kaminari, (kamii god; naru3 to — a
' noise}. ‘Lhunder:
kaminari ga naru : the thunder rolls.
kamisori ; kamisuri ; [kami! hair ; sorv, suru2
i to shave}. A. razor. ’
kamu. ‘To bite.
- Comp. \
keains-tghi 3 to bite (as an attaci:), [ésibul
to be in contact k
a razor, [kamé hair ;
“banister -korost ; to kill (by biting), Teoraa to vy
kanl, jit is probably a mere coincidence ‘that
. the sound and meaning are almost the —
same as the English * can’; compare the
English ‘typhoon’ which comes from the —
Arabic with the Japanese taifa ; the E me~ ot
lish ‘bone’ and the Japanese hone or in
its nigori*ed form bone ; the French ‘ouate’
and German ‘watte’, .
the Japanese wata ; the 8 Spanish ‘tanto’
‘so much’ aud the Japanese tanto ; ete.].
A can; a tin.
_ Comp.: kanzume : tinned provisions, [sue
menu to put inj. : =
kan2, Interval of time or space.
. itsika-kan : during five days
Téky6 Yokohama kan no michi :
-between Toky6 and Yokohama...
Comp.: jikan ; shiikan ; GV. fs,
kanai. Wife ; (kanai is a humble word theres 3
. fore) my wife. a
kana-mono, [kane metal ; mono > thing]. ‘aw
article made of metal. . i
the roads
kanari. Moderately ; fairly ; rather.
kanari yoku dekita. (B): it is pretty well”
. done.
kanari 6zei : a good many people.
kanashii. Sad ; sorrowful. :
kane, [kataz hard ; nel root: metals are nape eS
out from the "earth]. Metal ; money ;.
bell. .
kane de koshiraeta mono: a thing » made 9%
metal:
kane ga kakaru : to be expensive.
kane ni naru shigoto da (B): it is a work i in-
which money can be made: ‘ f
kane ga mékarimast (C): there is money se ,
it. -
kane wo moke-ru : to make money.
kane wo son suru : to. lose money. .
kane ga nai (B): 1 have no money.
kane no.mochi-awase ga arimasen (C):
have no money about me..
kane ni komaru : to be hard up for money.
kane wo tame-ru : to save up money. - ars A
kane wo tsugd suru ; to raise money.
kane wo kake-rv. : to spend money ; bet.
kane wo kakete ie wo tatemashita (C):
built a house at a great cost. ;
kane wo tsikau : to spend money. M
kane wo yu-mizu no y6 ni tsikay ; to © spend
. money like water.
Comp.
. kane-ire : a purse, [ireru to put into}.
kane-mochi : a rich roan, [mots to own).
kane-mochi na (or no) : rich,
kana-mono: an article made of metal,
[mono thing}. See
akagane : copper, [akai red].
hagane : steel, [ ? ha2 edge}.
bed nie wire, pak needle}.
‘cotton, wool’ and poe
kane
megane : spectacles, [me eye].
ar, Se
[stem of kangaeru to think}.
Thought ; idea ; opinion. Sar
- anata no kangae wa dé desii ? (C): what is
your opinion ?
watakisht no kangae de wa; in my opinion.
hito ni yotte kangae ga chigau (B): opinions
ditier.
betsi ni kangae wa arimasen (C): I have no
opinion on the subject.
kore wa nan to mo kangae ga tsiika-nai (B) :
I cannot come to any conclusion in this
matter.
raigetsti Amerika e iku kangae desi (C): I
am thinking of going to America next
month.
kangae-chigai, [kangae'ru to think ; chigaw tu
be mistaken]. A misunderstanding.
sore wa anata no kangae-chigai dest (C) : it
is a misapprehension on your part.
kKangae'ru. To think ; reflect.
' yoku kangaete kudasai (C) : please consider
it well,
kangaete mimashé (C) : I will think it over.
dézo mé ichi-do kangaete kudasai (C) : please
reconsider the matter.
kangaeru made mo nai: self-evident, (be-
cause it is so simple or because it is so ab-
surd) ; utterly impossible.
Der. and comp.
kangae q.v.: a thought.
kangae-chigai- q.v.: a misunderstanding,
[chigau to be mistaken].
kangae-naost : to change one’s mind, [nao-
st% to mend].
kangae-tsiiku : to call to mind, [tstikul to be
~ in contact].
kanjé. Reckoning; calculation; account ;
bi
kanj6 (wo) suru: to calculate; reckon ;
make out an account ; pay an account.
_ kanjo wo shite kudasai G); 3; go kanj6 wo ne-
gaimast (D): please settle the account ;
please make out your bill.
- kanjo ga chigau ea there is a mistake in
the account.
kanj6o ni machigai ‘ wa arimasen ka? (C):
have you not made a mistake in the ac-
count ?
kanj6 wo shimeru’: to close an account.
kanjé wo toru (or morau) : to collect a bill.
kanj6 wo harau (or yaru) : to pay a bill.
kore wo kanjé ni irete kudasai (C): put this
down to my account. .
kanjé wa ikura desti ka ? (C): what does it
come to ?
kono kanjo ni minna haitte imast ka ? (C) :
_ does this bill include everything
kono kanjé wa mada sunde imasen (C): this
account is still owing.
kirei ni kanjé wo suru: to settle definitely
an account.
Comp.: Lanjé-gaki : a bill, [Raia to wri.
kanshin. _Admiration.
kanshin suru : to admire. :
kanshin na : praiseworthy. 5
kao. Face ; features. :
kowai kao wo suru :
face.
nigai kao wo suru : to express displeasure i in
the face ; frown.
4
to express anger in the
kao wo ukaku suru ; kao ga akaku narw : to 7
blush.
6ki na kao wo suru : to Jook proudly.
shiran kao wo suru : to pretend ignorance.
shira-nai kao bakari da (B) :
strangers to me.
kokoro wa kao ni deru (B): his face betrays
his feelings.
kore de kao ga sorotta (B):
here.
a kao sagete watashi no tokoro e kiga no
? (A): I don’t know how you have the
fe to come here.
awaseru kao ga arimasen (C):
much ashamed to see him.
ano hito wa naka-naka kao ga urete iru (B) :
he is very widely known.
Comp.
kao-irvo ; looks, [ire colour].
kao-iro ga 0 warui y6 desi (C):
look well.
mono-shiri-gao : & knowing look.
karal.
1) After a noun (or its equivalent), kara gen.
means from, since, after. The noun ueieels
ly denotes a person, place or time.
kono hon wa chichi kara moraimashita (C):
this book is a present from my father.
kuni kara kita tegami desi (C) : it is a letter
from home.
hajime kara : from the beginning.
asa kara ban made : from morning till night.
hiru kara : afternoon.
nanalsi. kara Tékyd ni imnast (C) :
lived in Tokyo since I was seven.
sakki kara : since some time ¢ ago.
sore kara : after that.
2) Kara aiter nouns is sometimes translated
in other ways.
anata kara hanashite kudasai (C):
speak to him yourself.
ano hito kara elapa aeei (B): sai sends you
his kind regards. —
hito kara kiita no destt (C):
me.
yane kava ochita (8) : he fell off the roof.
taiys wa higashi kara deru (B) :
in the east.
Shimbashi kara wakaremashita (©) : 1 parted
from him at Shimbashi.
hikidashi karu kagi wo o dashi nasai By:
take the key out of tie drawer. Zs
yakimochi kara : out of jealousy. -
I am too
you don’t
I have
soinisbtaks told
the sun rises —
they are all
now we are all iy
please
ee
Awe
=
_ karada, Body.
kono ana kara kaze ga kimasi (C): a
draught comes through this hole.
-ushiro kara kuru hito wa dare desi ka ? (C):
; who is that man walking behind us ?
nanatsi. kara gakko e agarimashita (C): 1
entered school when I was seven.
todana kara saté ga haitte iru tsubs wo motte
_o-ide (A): bring me the sugar-jar which is
in the cupboard.
ga-gaist ichi-nichi kara: ov and after the
Ist of October. (Kara is always inclusive).
hachi-ji kara hajimaru (B): it commences
at eight o’clock.
kore kara : henceforth ; now.
its. kara Nihon ni irasshaimasi. ka? (D):
how long have you been in Japan 7
3) After a gerund, kara means after, since..
gohan wo tabete kara dekakemash6é (C): I
will go out after I have had my dinner.
Yokohama e kite kara stikoshi yoku nari-
mashita (C): since I came to Yokohama I
feel somewhat better.
kaette kara de mo ii {B): it will be time
enough when I come back.
4) After verbs, not in the gerund, and after
adjectives, kara means because, as,
since.
ame ga futte iru kara dekakemasen (C) : as it
is raining I shall not go out.
ano hito ga kimasen deshita kara gakkari
shimashita (C): to my great disappoint-
ment he did not come.
ékaremasen, isogashii kara (C): I can’t
go, Iam busy.
ichi-do ii-dashita kara ni wa ato e wa hika-
nai (B): after I have said something I |
never go back on my words. (Note the
exceptional use of kara which follows the,
past tense and has nevertheless the mean-
ing of after).
5) In examples like the foll. kara indicates
not the cause of the action but what
_ makes the action possible.
- todana ni saté no haitte iru tsubo ga aru kara,
motte o-ide (A): the sugar-jar is in the
cupboard. bring it.
tstikue no ue ni ichi-yen aru kara, motte
kite o kure (A): there is one yen on the
desk, bring it.
hon-ya de Taré San ni aimashita kara, ni-
chiys ni kuru yo ni iimashita (C): I met
Tard at the bookseller’s, so I asked him
to come on Sunday.
kara2 (no), (often corr. to karappo) [ ? f. pree. |.
ety: :
kono bin wa kara dest (C): this bottle is
_ empty.
tamago no kara : an empty egg-shell.
Comp.: kara-te : empty-handed, _
-karada ga warui (B) : I feel ill.
‘karada ni-ii : good for the health.
: 4a
oe
oe eee SS te
karada no tsuyoi hito: a man of robust
karada no kagen : the state of one’s health.
raku na karada ni naru: to become aman
of leisure. aS
nani wo suru ni mo karada ga ichiban da aide
(B): in everything health should be the —
first consideration. os
karai. Said of tastes like salt and mustard.
Comp.: shio-karai : salty, [shio salt]. 3
kare, (sometimes abb. to ka2 q.v.), [eogn. we
are that]. That person. = mi
kare wa sensé de shinda no desit (C): he died
in the war. Reg
kare kore shiteru uchi ni kuraku narimashita
(C): while I was doing one thing and
another it became dark. .
mo kare kore hiru ni narimashé (C) : it must
be close upon noon. it
kare'ru. To wither ; dry up.
koe ga kare-ru : to become hoarse.
kari, [stem of foll.}. Debt ; loan. cee
anata wa watashi ni go-yen kari ga aru(B):
you are owing me five yen. cg tonne
kari wo kaestt : to pay a debt. -
kari wo taosti : not to pay one’s debts.
kari ga deki-ru : to get into debt.
kari no : temporary.
kari ni : temporarily ; for a time. <i
kari-ru, v.t. [cogn. w. kast also v.t.. To
borrow ; rent (as a house).
te wo kari-ru : to obtain help.
Der.: kari, q.v-
karui, [kara2 empty].
Light ; not heavy ;. =
not serious. Sin
illness is not.
serious. wae
kuchi no karui otoko da (B): he isa glib-
tongued fellow. 4 “ ;
kasa. Umbrella ; Japanese head-wear. 2 eal
kasa no hone: the ribs of an umbrella,
kasa wo sast : to open, put up an umbrella. : =
no namae wo kasa ni kite wagamama Wo
suru (B) : he makes use of his father’s rep-
utation to get his own way. :
Comp. ei
ama-gasa : a Japanese umbrella, [ame rain}.
hi-gasa : a Japanese sunshade, [#1 sun}.
komori-gasa : a foreign-style umbrella, [k6-
mori & bat]. =
kd-san. Mother: (the honorific o is gen.
pref.: o kd-sama is more polite than o
kd-san). : qos
kasanaru, v.i.
become piled or heaped up. , _ ee
shigoto ga kasanatte iru (B) : business (work)
has accumulated. i : *y
kasane'ru, v.t. [cogn. w. kasanaru v.i.|. To.A5
place one upon another ; pile up ; heap up.—
Be
[eogn. w. kasaneru v.t.|.— To
kasane'ru
58.
kawa
kasanete konna koto wo shite wa ike-nai (A):
, don’t do such a thing again.
kashi. Sweetmeats ; cakes ; (the honorific o
is gen. pref.).
kashira. The head ; chief.
kasi, v.t. [cogn. w. kari: ru also v.t.|. To
lend ; rent.
kashite agemashé (C) : I will lend it to you.
te wo kasti : to lend a hand ; help ; assist.
mimi wo kasi : to listen to.
Comp.
kashi-ma : a room to let, [mal room].
kashi-ya : a house to let, Lyat house].
kata.
‘1) Side ; direction.
kata wo motst : to take the side of.
kata wo tstike-ru : to put in order ; settle.
kata ga tsiku : to be put in order, séttled.
2) Person.
ano o kata wa Takada San dest (C):
gentleman is Mr Takada.
Comp.
BrErorE A Noun—one of two.
kata-ashi : one leg, [ashi leg}.
kata-me : one eye, [me eye].
katappo q.v.: one side, [hé side],
kata-te : one hand, [te hand]. —
AFTER THE STEM OF A VERB—way or man-
ner of doing.
koshirae-kata ga warui (B):
that
the workman-
ship is bad.
kono ji no yomi-kata wo oshiete kudasai (C) :
please teach me how to read _ this
' character.
sono shi-kata de wa totemo dame da (B):
not the slightest’ use doing it like that.
see also shikata.
OTHER COMP. |
-gata; katazukeru; katazuku; ydgata ;
yukata ; q.v.
katachi. Figure ; shape ; form.
katachi wa minikui ga kokoro wa ie (B): she
is not good looking but she has a good
disposition.
katachi dake no koto desti (C):
form.
katai. Hard ;
ly). Shee
kataku shinjite imasi (©):
firmly.
kataku vi-tstike-ru : to order strictly.
kataki. Enemy.
kataki wo toru ; kataki wo uist :
revenge oneself.
katana. Sword.
Comp.: ko-gatana : a penknife, [kol small].
katappo, [kata one ; hd side}. One side ; one
of a pair. —
katappo bakari warui no ja arimasen (C):
is not the one side only that is to st ta
katappo no kutsu ga yabuketa (B): one of
my boots has a hole i in it.
it is a mere
solid ; strict ; upright (moral-
he believes it
to avenge ;
katazukeru, v.t. [kata side ; tstike-ru to join :
cogn. w. katazuku v.i.]. To put away (in-
its place) ; put in order ; settle. goer
kono hon wo katazukete o kure (A): put this
book away in its place.
ato wo katazuke-ru : to clear away things. __
kono heya wo katazukete o kure (A): put this —
room in order ; do this room.
shigoto wo katazuke-ru : to finish a work.
mustime wo katazukeru : to marry oft a
daughter.
katazuku, ‘v.i. [kata aes tstkul to be in con-
tact: cogn. w. katazuke-ru v.t. j. To ‘be
put in order ; he settled. ;
kirei ni hatazwite imast (C) :
nicely arranged.
_ katazuite i-nai: to be in disorder.
ano shigoto wa yoyd katazukimashita (C) :
that work has at last been disposed of, -
kat6, [¢62 class]. Lower class ; third class;
' katé na yats% : a common fellow.
katstt. To win; conquer.
sens6 ni katst : to win a battle.
kono moy6 wa aka ga katte iru (B):
too much red in this pattern. hey
katsti mo makeru mo un shidai : winning or
losing is a question of luck.
Der.: katte q.v.
kattarui. ‘Tired ; weary.
katte, [gerund of kateti to win]. Convenience ; ;
one’s own convenience.
katte na koto’ wo suru ;: to act according to
one’s fancy.
katte ni suru : to have one’s own way.
katte ni sase-ru : to let somebody have his
own way.
katte ni o shi nasai (B): do as you like.
hito no mono wo katte ni: tsiikaite wa ike-nai —
(A): you mustn’t make use of other pee
ple’s things without leave.
d6 shiy6é to kimi no katte da (B) :
to decide what to do.
iku to mo yost tomo watashi no katte da (B) :
whether I go or whether I don’t is no-
body’s business but mine.
Comp.: jibun-gatte, q.v.
they are all
there is
it is for you
kaul, [kae-ru2 to change]. To buy ; purchase.
omotta yori yastku kaimashita (C): I bought
it cheaper than I expected.
ikura de katte kudasaimasti ka ? (D): how
much will you give for it ?
kenka wo kau: to interfere and take the
part of one of the Cine t in a quarrel.
Comp.
kai-mono ; q.v.
kai-te : the buyer.
kau2. To keep; feed ; rear.
inu wo kau : to keep a dog.
kawal, [kawaru to change]. -River. _
kawa no Kishi : the banks of a river. Me
kawa muké no kaji: a fire the other side of
the river ; no concern of mine. cg
c"
-gawa both sides, [ry6- both].
mukai-gawa ; muk6-gawa : the opposite side
(of the road), [mukai, muké opposite]. .
_kawa3,[ ? kawa2 side : the skin is on the out-
side]. Skin ; leather.
hone to kawa bakari ni narimashita (C) :
is reduced to skin and bones.
a ‘fciwa Charming ; lovely ; darling ; (gen.
_- refers only to little or childish persons or
things). .
kawari ko : a lovely little child.
anata no kawaii o-j6-san: your daughter
_ whom you are so fond of ; your charming
rT daughter.
i a
, _ kawaigaru : to treat kindly, fondly ; pet ;
_[-garu q.v.].-
| kawairashii: same meaning as binoadd,
[-rashiz cs v.].
‘kawaisd q,
ren) fia). [kawaii charming ; —s6 apparent-
ly: the meaning has somehow changed].
_ Exciting pity. ..
BM | kawaisé na hito ! poor fellow !
MeL — kawaisd ni tot6 shinimashita (C) :
poor man died.
‘inu wo sonna ni ijimete wa kawais6 da (B) :
_- it is cruel to tease a dog so.
: ‘kawakasi, v.t. [cogn. w. kawaku v.i.|. To
; desiccate.
- kawaku, v.i. [cogn. w. kawakasit v.t. i420
become dry ; -be thirsty.
kawaite i-ru : to be dry.
_ mada kawaite imasen (C) :
~ nodo ya kawakimashita (C) :
_ kawari, teiaea of kawaru to change].
tion.
0 kawari wa gozaimasen ka? (D):
* thing all right with you ?
S haliir? ga naz (B) : there is no change.
Pa vale kawari ni ikimast (C): 1 will go
_ instead of you. -
nana no kawari ga mada arimasen ka. ?
(C): have you not yet found anyone to
take your cook’s place ?
_ kawari wo yarimashita (C): I sent a proxy.
0 kawari wo agemashé (1) : let me give you
- another helping.
"sono kawari ni : (lit.) instead of that ; (fig. )
on the other hand.
‘Gasdak Rewari ni nedan ga yasui (B): it is
small but on the other hand it is cheap.
"kind futta kawari ni kyd wa o lenki (B):
it rained yesterday but on the other hand
_it is beautiful weather today.
~ Comp.: - kawari-gawari ; kawari-ban= by
turns, Page veces
at last the
it is not dry yet.
T am thirsty.
Altera-
is every-
| kawaru, 52 ee fi we eee
kayo ; kay6-bi; [see yo-bi},
kazaru. To ornament ; adorn ; display. — a
Der.: kazari > an orriament. A
kaze. ge le
1) Wind. .
‘kazoeru, [kazu number].
kazu.
“ke. Hair : fur.
—ke.
5 se
, ;
change ; vary. ‘ gshs4
ano hito wa chitto mo kawara-nai (B
man hasn’t changed a bit. rt
kaze ga kawatte ame ni natta (B): the :
changed into rain. at
o tsiikare deshé, sitkoshi Lowarbieainn?
you raust be tired, let me take your:
Be little ee
watta koto ga nai (B): not
has happened. Bho ;
kyd wa nani ka kawatta kudamono wo
o-ide (A): buy some other kind of es. 4
today. ;
Der.: kawari q.v as
‘Tuesday.
kaze ga fiku ne (B) : doesn’t the wind bk :
kaze ga demashita (C): the wind has bogus
to blow.
kaze ga kimasit (C) : there is a draught.
kono heya ni kaze wo yoku toshite o
(A) : ventilate this room well.
doko wo kaze ga fuku to iu ydst wo “shite
iru hito : a man apparently uncancenneray
2) A cold.
kaze wo hiku : to catch a cold.
Comp.: 6-kaze : a.gale, [6— big]. -
‘lo count ; reckon
age, [toshi year] ; :
Comp.: kazoe-doshi :
31f.
Number.
kazu no Gi : numerous.
kazu ga. tari-nai (B):
there are some we
= an
ing. 5h
kazu-aru naka de : amongst a great many.
seito no kazu wa san-zen ni chikai (B) >
number of students is close upon thi
. thousand.
Der.: kazoeru, q.V.: to count.
;
ke ga haemasit (C) : the hair grows.
ke ga. nukemast (C) : the hair falls.
ke no fikai : hairy.
Comp.: ke-ori nd:
to weave].
woollen (of clotis),
1) Added to nouns and adj. stoms, it
abstract nouns gen. referring to taste
shioke : a salty taste, [shio salt].
shibuke: an astringent taste, —
astringent]. oR
2) In its nigoré ed form, - --ge, it is
nouns or stems of verbs te sod
look, appearance or probability.
otona- is like an adult, [otona adult
ureshi-ge : appearance of EE:
_ joyful).
ari-ge : probably existing,
agreeable man,
kedo, contr. of keredo which is itself a short
ferm of keredomo.
kega. Wound.
kega (wo) suru: to hurt oneself; get
wounded.
kega wo saservu: to hurt or injure some-
body.
ashi ni kega wo shimashita (C): I have burt
* my leg.
Aye o kega wa arimasen Ica ? (C): did you hurt
_ yourself %
ie keiko. Jixercise ; practice ; lesson.
eat keilo ga wakaru : to know one’s lesson.
. _ Nihon-go no keiko wo suru: to take lessons
' ear in Japanese.
oe keisatsii. Police.
“SEX Comp.: keisatsii-sho : police-station.
kekko (na). Splendid ; fine ; excellent.
yeh sore wa kekk6 dest (C) : that’s very good ; |
am very pleased to hear it.
kekk6 desi (C): it is splendid, delicious ;
= that will do nicely.
cae _ karada ga jobu de kane ga areba konna keklé
eit na koto wa nai (5): if you have health and
money what more can you wish for ?
Nikké wo mi-zu ni kekké to itte wa ike-nai :
don’t use the word ‘splendid’ until you
Bs ses have seen Nikko.
_._ kekkon. Marriage.
fb kekkon (wo) suru : to marry.
kembutsii. sSight-seeing.
kembuist suru : to go about sight-seeing.
kembutstii ni iku : to go (to some place) to
a see the sights.
Fa Kyoto ni wa kembutst% suru tokoro ga taki-
ax san gozaimast (D): in Kyoto there are
ee ky - many sights to see.
Some _ Nara wo kembutsii ni ikimast (C) :
tT am
Y going to Nara to see the sights.
ae shibaraku tomatte kembutst nasai (C): stay
i for a few days and see the sights-
a kemono, [ke hair; mono thing}. A quadru-
pa. 4 ped ; beast.
kemu(ri). . Smoke.
ht no nai tokoro ni Lerners wa agara-na :
erat there is no smoke without fire.
ken. A.n. for houses, buildings, etc.
Rez Note: | ik-ken; 3 san-gen; 6 rok-ken; 10
jik-ken ; 100 hyak-ken ; 1000 sen-gen ;
nan-gen 7
kenka. A quarrel ; fight.
kenka (wo) suru : to quarrel.
ano hito to kenka suru : to quarrel with that
man.
kenka wo kau: to interfere and take the
part of one of the disputants in a
quarrel.
_ kodomo no kenka ni oya ga deru: parents
‘
kechi_ Ge
kechi (na). Stingy ; used aaheo to express dis- take part in children’s ene (aa hey
approval in other senses. always side with their own seat
kechi na hito : a stingy man; a nasty, ie kenyaku. Economy.
kenyaku suru : to economize,
keredo(mo).
less; but:
tences.
ame ga furu keredomo iké (B):
is raining I shall go.
sore wa 86 dest keredomo... (C): what you
say is true no doubt, but...(there is a
great deal to be said against it).
Sometimes keredo(mo) is hardly more than
a copulative particle,
ano hito wa sakki kara astiko ni tatte iru
keredo, nani wo mite iru no daré ? (B) : that
man has been standing there some time,
I wonder what he’s looking at.
keru, (more correctly but less commonly
keru). To kick. ;
kesa, [kono q.v. this; asa morning!. This
morning.
keshiki. Landscape ; view ; scenery ; expres-
sion of the face.
kono kinjo ni keshiki no vi tokoro ga arimasi
ka ? (C): are there any fine views here ?
okotta keshiki wa nakatta (B): he did not
appear to be angry.
okori-86 na keshiki wa nakatta (B) : he didn’t
look as if he were going to get angry.
kesshite, (foll. by neg.). Never; by no
means ; certainly...
m6 kesshite itashimasen (D) : I will never do
it again.
kesshite sonna koto wa timasen (C) : I never
said such a thing.
kesshite machigaemasen (C) :
have made no mistake.
kesshite go shimpai nasara-nai de kudasai
(D): you needn’t have the slightest
anxiety.
kesshite o tak6 gozaimasen (D) : I assure you
the price is not too dear.
kesii, v.t. [cogn. w. kieru_ v.i.].
tinguish ; put out ; cancel ; erase.
kanjo ga sumimashita kara chimen wo ke-
shite kudasai (C) : as the account is mere
please cancel it in your books.
Comp.
hi-keshi : fireman, [hi2 fire].
tori-kest% : to cancel, [toru to take}.
To ex-
ketto, [f. English (blan)ket]. A blanket ; rug.
ketto wo kakeru :
put a blanket on.
kezuru. To plane ; sharpen ; scrape,
kil. Tree ; wood.
ki no kawa : the bark of a tree.
ki wo ueru : to plant a tree.
ki2. Spirit ; steam.
ki ni tru : to like.
o ki ni trimast ka? (D):
_ does it suit you ?
to cover with a blanket ;
do you like it 7
Although ; however ; neverthe-
often used in elliptical sen-
although it
I am sure J
ki ni ira-nai hito : aman I don’t like.
ki wo tstikeru : to take care ; pay attention.
ki wo tstikete kure (A) : take care ; look out.
hi wo ki wo tsike nasai (A): be careful
about the fire.
ki ga tstiku : to notice ; observe.
ki ga tstikimasen deshita (C) : I did not think
of it ; I didn’t notice it.
sonna ki wa nai (B): I have no such desire.
ki ga suru : to have a feeling ; be under the
impression ; believe ; think.
mo futsika itar yo na ki ga suru (B): I feel
much inclined to stay two days more.
doko ka de atta y6 na ki ga suru (B): I have
an idea that I have met him somewhere.
mono wo ki ni suru: to take things to
heart.
ki ni naru : to be anxious, concerned.
_undé suru ki ni nare-nai (B) : I have no in-
clination to take exercise.
ano hito wa ki ga hen ni narimashita (C) :
his mind has become unhinged.
kari wo haratta no de ki ga raku ni natta
(B): I feel easy now that I have paid my
debts.
ki ga toku naru : to faint. -
ki ga chigaw : to go mad.
anata wa ki ga chigatte iru (A) : you are out
of your senses.
ki ni sawaru. : to get angry.
ki wo mawast : to be suspicious.
nan da ka ki ga isoide jitto shite wa ‘rare-nai
(B): somehow [I feel flurried and cannot
remain quiet.
ki ga au : to get on well together.
are to wa ki ga awa-nai (B) : I don’t get on
well with him.
ki ga tatst% : to be excited.
ki ni kake-ru : to take to heart.
kini kakaru : to cause anxiety.
sore ga ki ni kakatte neraremasen (C): it
weighs on my mind so that I cannot sleep.
ki ni kuwa-nai yatsi : a disagreeable fellow.
ki no kitta hito : an attentive, wide-awake
man.
ki no kika-nai. hito : an inattentive, dull-
witted man.
ki no kiita fa : a smart appearance.
nan no ki mo naku: without any special
intention.
ki no 6kii : generous.
ki no chiisai : timid.
ki no hayat : excitable.
ki no mijikai : quick-tempered.
_ ki no nagai : patient.
ki no yowai : timid.
ki no muzukashii : hard to please.
ki no kawari-yasui : changeable ; fickle.
Comp.
kichigai ; kimochi ;
sen ; kisha ; q.v-
kidoru : to put on airs, [toru to take].
kinodoku ; kiraku ; ki-
we cea Yellow.
mp.: ki-iro q.v.: yellow, [iro colour].
kibi. Corr. of bimid o.v. Seiad
kichigai, [ki2 spirit ; chigaw to be wrong],
Madness ; a lunatic.
kichigai ni naru : to go out of one’s mind,
ryok6 kichigai : mad on (very fond of) trav-
elling. . ,
kie-ru, v.i. [cogn. w. kest v.t.]. To go out;
become extinguished ; melt away.
hi ga kiemashita (C) : the fire has gone out.
yuki ga mada kie-nai (B): the snow has not
yet thawed.
sono hydban mo shizen ni kiemashita (C):
that rumour died out of itself,
kifujin, [fujin woman]. A lady.
kigen. Temper; feeling; state of one’s
health,
kigen no ii hito : a good-tempered man.
kesa wa kigen ga waruwi (B): he is in a bad
temper this morning.
kigen wo toru : to humour.
kigen no tori-nikui hito da (B): he is a dif-
ficult man to get on with. ‘
kigen wo ukagau : to inquire after another’s
health.
go kigen ikaga desi ka ? (C): how are you ?
go kigen yo (C) : I wish you good luck.
itstt mo go kigen yokiite kekké dest (C) : 1 am
pleased to hear you are keeping well.
ki-iro (na), [£73 yellow ; iro colour}. Yellow.
ki-iroi, [f. prec. by adding i and thus forming _ ‘
a true adj.|. Yellow.
ki-iroi koe : a thin, high-pitched voice.
kikai. Tool ; instrument ; apparatus. ;
kikoeru, v.i. [ecogn. w. kikul v.t. to whieh i”
also serves as potential].. To be able to
hear ; be heard ; be audible.
o kotoba ga kikoemasen (D): 1 cannot hear —
you.
zuibun kikoeta hito da (B): he is @ very”
well-known man. ,
sore wa hen ni kikoemast (C): that sounds
strange. .
kikul, v.t. [cogn. w. kitoeru v.i. which also
serves as potential |.
1) To hear ; listen.
ano hito ga byoki da to kikimashita (C): LT
heard that he was ill.
wake wo kika-nai (B): he will not listen to
reason.
ikura itte mo kikimasen (C): nothing E could ~ ih é
I hear that tie be
say would move him.
kikeba Amerika e itta 36 da (B):
he has gone to America.
2) To ask ; inquire.
sukoshi o kiki shitai no dest ga...(C): I
would like to ask you something. ;
kiite mimashd (C) : { will inquire about it.
kuchi de kikimashita ka, mimi de kiita no
desit ka ? (C) : do you mean that you asked — Site >
about it or simply that you heard it ?
Ta _kimaru, v.i.
3) Various.
iu koto wo kiku : to Sune
kuchi wo kiku : to speak.
negai wo kiku : to grant a request.
. Ktkase:ru, (sometimes corr. to kikasii): to
tell.
yonde kikase-ru : to read to another.
Note :—the potential of kiku is kikoe-ru,
sometimes kike-ru or kikare-ru.
Comp.
kiki-awaseru :
to join].
kiki-chigaeru : to misunderstand, [chigae-ru
to make different,
_ kiki-chigai: a misunderstanding,
to be wrong].
sore wa anata no kiki-chigai desh6 (C): that
‘is probably a misunderstanding on your
_ part.
kikinareru: to be accustomed to hear,
[nare-ru to get accustomed].
kiki-wake-ru : to tell the difference by hear-
: to make inquires, [awase-ru
[chigau
ing; understand (of a child), [wake-ru to
separate].
Toky6 to Kyéto no kotoba wo kiki-wakerare-
mast ka? (C): can you tell the difference
between the Toky6 and the Kyoto ways
of speaking ?
Kiker, [ ? f. prec.]. To be efficacious.
yoku kiku kisuri da (B): itis a very effica-
cious remedy.
naka-naka yoku ki ga kiku (B):
sharp-witted fellow.
kono kagi wa kika-nai (B):
open the lock.
_te ga kiku : to be handy.
watashi wa hidari no te no ho ga yoku kiki-
mast (C): I am left-handed.
me ga kiku : to be sharp-sighted.
ano hito wa naka-naka haba ga kiku (B): he
has great. influence.
—de wa kika-nai : more than—.
is-shaku de wa kika-nai: more than one
foot.’
_kiku3. Chrysanthemum.
kimari, [stem of kimaru to be settled].
tling upon ; regularity ; disposition.
mada kimart ga tsika-nai (B): it is not yet
settled.
kimari no vi uchi : a well-managed family.
kimari no nai : irregular.
__ kimari ga nai (B) : there is no fixed rule.
sore wa o kimari no ii-wake da (A): that’s
_ your usual pretext.
kimari ga warui (B) : I feel confused, shy.
[cogn. w. kime-ru v.t.]. To be
settled, fixed, decided.
he is a very
this key won’t
Set-
mada kimarimasen (C): I have not decided |
yet.
sore de kimatta (B) : that settles it.
_totta to omowareru ni kimatte iru (B):
people are certain to think I took it.
Der.: kimari q.v. © ; :
kimeru, v.t. [eogn. w. kimaru vi To
decide ; fix ; settle.
hi wo kimemashé (C) : let us fix the day.
ké kimete okimashd (C): let us decide on
this.
tku y6 ni kimemashita (C): I decided to go.
kimil, You; (kimi is familiar; it corres-
ponds to boku q.v.). sia
ane [ki3 yellow; mi meat]. Yolk of aa: ;
egg. , iS Sesion ae
kimi8, (sometimes corr. to kibi). Feeling. — :
kimi ga warui (B) : it makes me shudder.
ut kimi da (A): Iam glad it happened ; it
serves you right.
kimo. The liver ; spirit ; courage. ae
kimo wo teubusti ; kimo ga tsubureru: to |
be frightened out of one’s wits. ae
kimo no fiitoi yats% : a courageous (er auda-
cious) fellow.
kimochi, [k2 spirit ; motst to have}.
iit kimochi : a peasant feeling. Rat
ky6 wa stikoshi kimochi ga warui (B): 1 ~
don’t feel quite well today. eee? s
kimochi wa dé desi ka? (C): how do you
feel ? goth yey,
kimochi wo waruku suru: to hurt some- Ms
body’s feelings. eh
kimono, [ki-rui to put on ; mono thing].
Clothes loapecyyy one particular J apanese —
garment). es
kin]. Gold; money ; (compare gin silver). «
Comp.
azukari-kin : money received in deposit, "
[azukaru to receive in deposit]. loot’
bakkin : a fine, [batst% punishment].
kin2. A Japanese pound, (about equal to
_11/3 lb.).
Note :—kin is preceded by the Ist pare .
num.: 1 ik-kin; 3 san-gin; 6 rok-kin;
10 jik-kin ; 100 hyak-kin ; nan-gin ? hae
kinjo. Neighbourhood. Cee
kono kinjo : hereabouts.
kind. Yesterday. ‘
kino ya kyo no koto ja nai (B): it is not a
thing of recent occurence. "ees
kinodoku, [472 spirit ; no of ; dokul poison].
Feeling sorrow or concern for others. ~ .
0 kinodoku sama : I am very sorry for you.
ano hito wa honté ni kinodoku desi (C): he — *
is much to be pitied. ue
o kinodoku dest ga chotto te wo kashite kuda-
sai (C): I am sorry to trouble you but
would you please help me amoment? = “ak
o kinodoku desi ga ashita made ni wa deki- oi
masen (C): I am sorry but I cannot pos-—
ane let you have it by tomorrow. eS
kinodokugaru : to feel sorry for, [-garu
Feeling.
ger! vi]. f ex ey t
kinu. Silk. ee — £5
Frisdagy age. 35s
kiny6 ; kiny6-bi; [see yd-b7}.
kippari. Plainly ; clearly. |
Pe eae ass: eee
i OO ge nid
i. Roe
kippari (to) kotowaru : to flatly refuse.
kippart mono wo iu : to speak distinctly.
kippu. Ticket.
Comp.
ofuiku-gippu : return ticket, [6fuku going
and returning}.
norikae-kippu : a transfer, [nori-kae-ru to
ride in another carriage].
kirai. Dislike. ~
kirai na: hateful.
ano hito wa tabako ga kirai desi (C) : that
man dislikes tobacco.
uso-tstki wa dai-kirai dest (C) : I hate liars.
ano hito wa kirai da (B): he dislikes it: I
dislike him.
Note :—the Japanese construction does not
distinguish clearly between the subj.
and the obj. of the dislike; however if
both the subj. and the obj. are expressed,
the subj. gen. takes wa and the obj. ga;
the obj. sometimes takes wo.
Yamada San wa Tanaka San ga kirai desi
(C) : Mr Yamada doesn’t like Mr Tanaka.
kiraku, [ki2 spirit; raku ease]. Ease of
mind ; freedom.
kiraku na hito : a man who takes life easy.
kire, [kiru2 to cut]. Cloth; slice; piece.
pan no hito-kire ; a slice of bread.
Note :—kire in the sense of slice or piece is
used in connection with the abb. 2nd set
of num. (276, 4).
kirei (na).
1) Pretty ; handsome ; beautiful.
kirei na keshiki : a fine view.
2) Clean.
amari kirei de wa nai yo desti (C): they do
not look very clean.
niwa wo kirei ni 367i o shi nasai (A) : sweep
and tidy the garden nicely.
3) Completely.
kirei ni kanjo wo suru: to settle definitely
an account. |
kiret ni yaite shimatia (B) : it was complete-
ly burnt.
Comp.: kirei-zuki : fond of cleanliness, [ski
like}.
kire'ru, v.i. [cogn. w. kiru2 v.t. to which it
also serves as potential].
1) To cut ; can cut.
kono katana wa yoku kiremast (C): this
sword cuts well.
kitte mo kire-nai naka da (B): they are too
fond of each other ever to be separated.
hanashiteru uchi ni denwa ga kirete shimatta
(B): while I was talking the telephone
was cut off.
kirete i-ru : to be cut or broken.
ito ga fiitatsti ni kirete iru (B) : the string is
broken in two.
_kimono no sode ga kirete imasti (C): the
sleeve of. your dress is torn.
_ 2) To terminate ; end ; exhaust.
7
kore wa ima kirete imasii (C) : this article ia!
now out of stock, __ aie
iki ga kire-ru : to be out of breath. ;
Comp. are formed with the stem of another
verb.
uri-kireru : to be sold out, furu to sell]. \
sono tsuchi wa totemo sono anae wa hairi-
kire-nai (B) : you will never be able to get et
all that earth into that hole.
kazoe-kire-nai hodo taktisan arimast% (C) :
there are too many to be counted.
kiril. Fog ; mist.
kirt ga tatte iru : to be foggy.
kiri2, [stem of kiru2 to cut.
1) End.
kore ni wa kiri ga arimasen (C) : there is no
end to this. t nee
baka ni wa kiri ga nai (B) : stupidity has
no limits.
2) Only ; except; besides. In this pas it : an Re 3
is sometimes nigori’ed ; it is often foll. by —
shika which re-nforces its meaning. Kiri — >
shika is sometimes contracted to kya. eae
ano hito wa te ga katappo kiri (shika) nai
(B) : that man has only one arm.
kono koto wa watakishi kiri (shika) dare mo
shirimasen (C) : nobody knows about this
except me. :
chimon shita hambun kya kimasen (C): only
half the quantity I ordered has come.
kami ga kore kiri desi ka? (C): is this al
the paper there is ?
kore kiri dest ; kore kiri arimasen (C) : there
is only this ; this is all there is. :
m6 kore kiri iwa-nai (B): Ul tell you onee
for all.
neko wa sore kiri miemasen (C): after that
the cat was seen no more.
O Hisa ga asa deta kirt kaette ko-nai (B):
Hisa went out this morning (giving no
indication of anything unusual) and has
not returned.
O Hisa Chan ni wa ichi-do ka ni-do atta —
kiri de, yoku shirimasen (C): I don’t
know Miss Hisa very well as I have only — ie
met her once or twice.
Note -—kore kiri, sore kiri, ete. are some-
times pronounced korekkiri, sorekkiri, etc.
kirul, v.t. [eogn. w. kiseru also v.t.}.. Yosh
put on ; wear.
uwagi wo ki-ru : to put on a coat. : ‘
isumi wo ki:ru: to be charged with a er‘me.
oya no namae wo kasa ni kite wagamama wo ae
shimast (C): he makes use of his father’s
reputation to get his own way.
Comp.
to change].
kimono
fuyu-gi :
haru-gi :
. shita-gi :
: clothes, [mono things].
winter clothes, [fuyu winter].
spring clothes, [harul spring}.
underclothes, [shital under}. _
<
ki-kacrru : to change one’s dress, [kaeru2 ,
_ kisha, [ki2
kiru2, v.t. [cogn. w. kireru v.i. which also
serves as potential]. To cut.
In comp. it indicates totality.
- kai-kiru : to buy up all, [kawl to buy].
omoi-kiru : to cease to think about, [omou
to think}.
wakari-kitta ; shire-kitta : obvious, [wakaru
to know ; shire'ru to be known].
See also comp. of kireru.
kisen, [A72 steam ; sen4 vessel]. A steamer.
kiseru, v.t. [cogn. w. ki-rul]. To dress
somebody, (as a little child).
steam ; sha carriage]. A railway
train.
nan-ji no kisha de dekakemasé ka? (C): by
what train are you leaving ?
Ky6oto yuki no kisha : the train for Kyoto.
kisha no hako : a railway carriage.
kisha ni noru : to enter the train.
kisha wo ori‘ru : to get off the train.
Comp.
kudari-kisha :
descend].
nobori-kisha : up train, [noboru to ascend].
ichi-ban-kisha: the first train, [ichi-ban
number one}.
yo-gisha : the night-train, [yo2 night].
kishi. A bank ; shore.
kisoku. A rule ; regulations.
kisoku dori ni : : according to rule,
kisoku wo mamoru : to observe the rules.
kisoku wo yaburu : to break the rules.
kita. North.
kitanai. Dirty ; filthy.
iji no kitanai : greedy.
hara no kitanai : foul-minded.
kitsui. Strong ; strict ; narrow.
ano sensei wa kitsui no desii (C) :
ter is very strict.
kono kutsu wa kitsui (B) :
too tight.
motto kitsiiku kosutte o kure (A):
down train, [kudaru to
that mas-
these boots are
rub harder,
kitte. A postage stamp ; ticket.
tegam ni kitte wo haru: to stick a stamp
on a letter.
Comp.: yibin-kitte : a postage stamp, [yabin
post.
kitto. Positively ; surely.
kitto 86 da (B): it is surely so.
hitto oboete o-ide (A); kitto wasurete wa ike-
nai (A): mind you don’t forget.
kizu. A wound ; damage.
kizu ga aru : to be damaged.
kizu ga tsiku : to get damaged.
kizu wo isikeru : to damage.
oshii koto ni kono hana-ike ni wa kizu ga ari-
mast {C): what a pity this flower-vase is
chipped.
sake wo nomi-sugiru no ga kizu da (B): his
one defect is that he is too fond of drink.
kira
uwa-gi : coat, [ue above}. _ Comp.: kizu-ato : a sear, late after]. : oe ¥
nemaki : night-dress, [ne-ma od eens): kol, Child. all:
ko wo umu : to give birth to a child.
o ko san wa iku-nin gozaimasi ka? (D):
how many children have you ? :
ko wo motte shiru oya no on: only when we
have children of our own do we under-
stand our own parents’ love.
neko no ko : the young of a cat ; kitten.
Note :—The preceding construction may be
used for any animal; in this same sense
ko may also be used as a prefix before the
’ names of certain animals ; a few ——
will be found below.
In comp. ko means child or little.
fita-go : twins, [futats% two].
take-no-ko : bamboo sprout, [take bamboo].
ai-no-ko : Eurasian, [aida between].
ko-inu : a puppy, [inw dog].
ko-neko : a kitten, [neko cat].
ko-ushi : a calf, [ushi cow].
ko-gatana : a penknife, [katana sword],
ko-gawa : a stream, [kawal river].
ko-gire : a little piece of cloth, [kire cloth].
ko-michi : lane ; path ; [michi road].
ko-mugi : wheat, [mugi corn].
ko-yubi : little finger, [yubi finger]. f
ko-zutsumi : a small parcel (gen. for the
post), [¢tswéswm a parcel].
ko-zutsumi de okuru : to send by pareel-
post an
kodomo ; kogoto ; q.v.
ko2. A.n. for various things that have no
special a.n, as bundles, parcels, etc.
Note :—1 ik-ko ; 6 rok-ko ; 10 jik-ko; 100
hyak-ko.
ké. Thus; in this manner. K6é gen. refers
to something which is going to be said or
done. Compare 861 1).
k6 skite kudasai (C): please do thus.
ké suru to ii (B) : you had better do it thus.
watashi wa ké kangaemasi (C) : this is what
T think.
ki iu; ko iu fina; ké iu y6 na: this kind
of ; this sort of ; like this.
ko iu (fa na) hito ga stiki desi (C): this is
the kind of person I like.
ké iu wake dest (C) : this is the reason. G
kobore'ru, v.i. [cogn. w. kobosi v.t. } To
get spilt.
tstikue no ue ni o cha ga koborete iru: (B):
somebody has spilt some tea on the desk.
kobosii, v.t. [cogn. w. koboreru v.i.]. To
spill ; pour out.
mizu wo kobosa-nai yo ni nasai (B): take
care not to spill any water. ;
namida wo kobosti : to shed tears.
nani ka isshékemmei koboshite ita (B) :
was grumbling very much over ‘oe
thing or other.
kobu. A bump ; swelling ; wen.
me no ue nO kobu : a kill-joy.
Kochi
65
_. kochi; kochira; (kochi is gen. pron. kotchi).
_ Here ; this place.
kochira e (C) : come here ; show him in.
_kochira e irasshai (C) : please come in.
Yamada San. wa kochira desti ka ? (C) : does
-Mr Yamada live here ?
kotchi ga warukatta (B) : I was wrong.
-- kedomo, [kol child ; -domo plural suf.: the
original meaning was children]. Child;
children.
kodomo wo umu : to give birth to a child.
kodomo ga dekiru : to give birth toa child;
be with child. .
kodomo wo sodate-ru : to bring up a child.
_ kodomo-tachi : children.
koe. Voice.
' 6ki na koe : a loud voice.
chiisai koe : a low voice.
fiitoi koe : a deep voice.
ki-irot koe : a thin, high-pitched voice.
togatta koe : a shrill voice.
koe wo age'ru : to raise the voice.
hito no koe ga shimasti (C): I hear some-
body calling.
koe ga kareta (B) : I am hoarse.
koe wo kaketa ga kikoe-nakaita (B) : I called
out to him but he did not hear.
kéen. Public garden ; park.
kogast, v.t. [cogn. w. kogeru v.i.J. To
scorch ; char.
koge-ru, v.i. [cogn. w. kogast v.t.]. To get
-- seorched
Comp.: koge-ktisai : smell or taste as if burnt,
[see kiisai}.
kogoto, [? kol small; koto(ba) word]. A
scolding.
kogoto wo iu : to scold.
kogoto wo kuu : to get a scolding.
kohii, [corr. of Eng.}. Coffee.
koi. Thick; dense in consistency ; deep or
dark in colour. —
tro ga koi (B) : the colour is dark.
o cha ga koi (B) : the tea is strong.
Comp.: aburakkoi : greasy (of taste), [abura
fat].
kojiki. A beggar.
kojiki wo mikka sureba yamerare-nai: if
you beg for three days (instead of work-
ing), you will never be able to leave it off.
kékai. Repentance ; regret.
kékai suru : to repent ; regret.
-kokol. This place.
koko ga y6 gozaimast (D) : this place will do.
koko ni imast ka ? (C) : is he here ?
Der.: koko-ira : hereabouts, [see —ira].
koko2, [kokonotst% nine]. Nine (in the 3rd
set of num.: see 271 ; 275).
koékoku. Advertisement.
kokoku suru ; kdkoku wo dasi : to advertise.
kokono, [kokonotsi nine]. Nine (in the 3rd
set of num. and also in the abb. 2nd set:
- see 271 » 275 ; 276, 4).
kokonoka, [kokonotsii nine; —ka q.v.], Ni
days ; ninth day of the AGaets, er
kokonotsti. Nine.
In comp. kokonotsti is abb. to kokono: see :
276, 4
Comp.: kokonoka q.v.
kokoro. The heart ; mind.
kokoro kara : with all my heart.
kokoro aru hito: a person with common
sense.
ano hito wa kokoro ga kimara-nai (B) : that
man does not know his own mind.
komaru
kokoro ga ugoita nv da (B): his resolution —
was shaken.
kokoro wo ire-kae-ru : to turn over a new leaf.
kokoro no 6kii hito : a generous man,
kokoro no chiisai hito : a timid man.
kokoro ni kakaru : to cause anxiety.
kokoro ni kake-ru : to bear in mind.
kokore wo kiku: to inquire into the senti-.
ments or intentions of a person.
Comp.: kokoro-mechi q.v.
kokoro-mochi, [kokoro mind ; motsi% to have
Feeling.
it kokoro-mochi : a pleasant feeling.
nan to mo ie-nai iya na kokoro-mochi da
(B) : I have a disagreeable feeling I can-
not describe.
kokorce-mochi ga yoku nai (B):1 don’t feel .
well.
kokoro-mochi no ii : comfortable ; pleasant.
kokoro-mochi no warui: uncomfortable ;
unpleasant.
kokoro-mochi nagaku (or 6kiku, ete.) suru: —
to make it a shade longer (or larger, etc.).
~—koku, (used only in comp.). Country.
Comp.
Ki-koku : Engiand. —
Bei-koku ; Gasshi-koku : the United States
of America.
gaikoku : foreign countries.
kokuban. Black-board.
komakai; komaka na; (223).
minute.
Small ; fine ;
%
komaka ni kaku : to write in small letters 5
to write out in detail.
komakaku ki wo tstikete o kure (A): pay
close attention.
komakai no ga arimasen (C): I have no
small change.
komaru. To be troubled, distressed, incon-
venienced, perplexed, in a fix, in difficul-
ties ; not to know what to do.
kane ni komaru : to be hard up for money.
byoki de komaru : to suffer from illness.
henji ni komaru: to be at a loss for an —
answer. a ss
komatta mon’ da (B): how annoying ; that’s
very awkward. ae
kono sensd ni wa minna komatte shimai-
- mashita (C): everybody is in great dif-
ficulties on account of the war.
. teh igs $i
‘komaru SAO ee ee 66
kono ko ni wa komarimasi (C): I don’t
know what to do with this child.
atstikiite komarimast (C): I feel much dis-
tressed by the heat.
komban, [ban2 night ;
this evening.
komban wa (C) : good evening.
kome, [kol small; mi fruit]. Rice (before it
is cooked) ; (the honorific o is gen. pref.).
kémori. A bat.
Comp.: kémori-gasa : a European style um-
brella or sunshade, [kasa umbrella; the
shape of a European umbrella resembles
the wings of a bat}.
komu. To be crowded or huddled together.
Comp.
hikkomu : to draw back, [hiku to pull].
buchi-komu : to knock in, [buts to knock].
omoi-komu : to be under the impression ;
set one’s heart upon ; [omow to think].
kangae-komu : to be absorbed in thought ;
brood over ; [kangae’ru to think].
shimai-komu : to put away, [shimau to put
away |.
tobi-komu : to jump in, [tobu to jump].
kona, [kol small]. Flour ; powder.
konaida, [kono-aida q.v.].
kondo, [do time ; see kono?2}.
time ; the immediate past.
kondo dake : this once only.
kondo wa yoku yarimasti (C):
well this time.
see kono2}. Tonight ;
This time ; next
I will do it
kondo wa nani wo shimashd ? (C): what
shall we do next ?
kondo tabeta nashi wa tmakatia (B): that
last pear I had was very nice.
Note :—kondo wa is sometimes contr. to
konda.
kongetsii, [gets% month; see kono2]. This
month.
konna, [contr. of kono yé na]. This kind of ;
such as this ; like this ; so.
1) Used attrib. immediately before a noun,
it often has a contemptuous sense.
konna hon nara wva-nai (B): if this is the
kind of book, I don’t want it.
konna koto ni naré to wa omowa-nakatta
(B): I never thought things would come
to such a pass.
konna tans: wa doko de kaemasit ka ? (C) :
where can you buy cabinets like this ?
2) Has a sup. sense before an adj. or its der.:
konna ni has also this sense.
konna kirci na hana wo mita koto ga ari-
mast ka? (C): have you ever seen such
beautiful flowers as these ?
konna samusa ni wa atta koto ga nai (B): I
have never seen such cold weather as this.
konna ni takiisan arimasi (C): look, there
is all this !
kKonnichi, [nichi day; see kono2}. Today ;
this day.
konnichi wa (C): good day; (sometimes
used to call attention as when you go into _
a shop and there is no attendant). Fe
konol, [kokonotst% nine]. . Nine (in the 3rd
‘set of num.: see 271 ; 275).
kono2, foften=kore no]. This.
kono gurai ; about this much.
kono hoka ni : besides this. Bits
kono mama (or téri) ni shite oku no kai ?
(A) : do you mean to leave it like this ?
kono ni-san-nichi wa tais6 attakai (B): it”
has been very warm - these last two or
three days. .
Comp.
kono-aida ; kono-goro ; konna ; q.v.
In the foll. words the sound and the mean-
ing seem to point to their being derived
from kono, but the character with which
they are written means ‘now’ and not
‘this’. Kono, however, may serve as a
mnemonic.
komban this evening; kondo this iaie-s ike
kongctsi this month; konnichi this day,
today ;
year ; all of which see.
kono-aida, (sometimes contr. to konaida), —
[kono2 this; aida interval]. Recently ;
lately ; some days ago ; a short time ago.
tsui kono-aida : a few days ago.
kono-aida Nakamura San kara igismaakiee
(C): I heard about it lately from Mr
Nakamura.
kono-goro, [kono2 this; koro time].
days; lately; recently; (gen.
something not entirely past).
kono-goro wa hidoku samui (B) : it has been
very cold of late.
kono-goro ano hito wa nani shite imast ka ?
(C) : what is he doing now ?
kono-goro T'anaka San ni o ai dest ka ? (2) :
have you met Mr Tanaka lately ?
konshit, [shi week ; see Lono2]. This week.
konya. Tonight ; this evening. :
konzatsi. Confusion ; disorder.
koppu, [Spanish, copa a tumbler}.
tumbler.
korare'ru. Passive of kuru.
kore. This one; (refers also to the asics
moment).
kore kiri (soraetimes pron. korekkiri) ; kore
dake : only this one.
kore wa ike-nai (B) : this won’t do. ’
kore wa yoku irasshaimashita (D): oh! I
am very pleased to see you, (said to a
visitor).
kore de o shimai (B): and that is all; ths
completes it.
kore de o wakare itashimasti (D): ieiag I
must be going.
kore kara : from now on.
kore lara hajimemast (C): I am just going
to begin.
‘Now-a-
refers to
Glass ;
konsha this week; kotoshi this —
e you going to aa now ?
e made : until now.
(often corr. to kora Ne an inter}:
used to call attention, often as a rep-
rimand).
kore wa (sometimes oe “ ‘interj. meaning
surprise.
kore to iu koto wa nai : (B): not anything
a cp could call important.
kor [stem of kéru to freeze]. Ice.
€ ‘kawa ni kori ga harimashita (C): the river
is frozen over.
___ kori ga tokemashita (C) : the ice has melted.
a kori-ru. To be warned by a previous ex-
__- perience ; get a good lesson.
korimashita (C) : this will be a lesson for me.
_ koro (often nigori’ed to goro). Time; about
2 _ the time.
a" — hana-mi mo m6 ii koro da (B):
. season for flower-viewing.
go-ji goro o-ide nasai (B):
Sa a about five o’clock.
: Comp.:
now is the
come here at
chika-goro ; ima-goro; itsti-goro ;
kono-goro ; q.v.
veh cage v.t. [ecogn. w. korobu v.i.]. To
- knock down ; roll.
_korobu, v.i. [cogn. vw. korobasi v.t.]. To
_ fall down ; roll.
nana-korobi ya-oki : (lit.) if you fall seven
- times get up eight ; get up every time you
fall; never say die; if at first you don’t
"succeed, try, try again.
_ koronde mo tada wa oki-nai : he does not
get up after having fallen, without mak-
Ing some profit.
koroppu, {eorr. of English]. Cork.
Comp.: koroppti-nuki ; a corkscrew, [nuku
fat to pull out}.
~~ korosii, [ ? kare: ru to wither ;? korobasi to
a aS knock down]. To kill; murder.
Comp.
E buehi-korost ; uchi-korost : to heat to death
, [butsi%, utsii to beat).
a _ kami-korosit : to kill by biting, [kamu to
Be ; bite].
% - koru. To freeze. |
ee - Der.: kori: ico.
_ kosasevru. Causative of kuru.
2 ~ Kosh The loins.
bikkuri shite koshi wo nukashita (B) : he was
so startled he was not able to move.
np.: koshi-kakeru ; koshi wo kake-ru : to
sit, [kake-rul to hang].
| koshirae'ra, (sometimes corr. to kosae’ru).
To make ; prepare.
nan de koshiraeta no destt ka ? (C):
it made of ?
kane wo koshiraeru : to make money.
—daiku ni koshi ashé (C) : I will have
it made by a carpenter.
what is
oso. exe) ee particle.
ps
anata koso iku pe es @): “you
ought to go. ;
sore koso baka na Loto da (B) : well that a
stupid thing. eh
sore de koso Nihon-jin da (B):
stuff the Japanese are made of.
tu no desi (C): it is just because I thi:
it is for your good that I say such un
pleasant things.
kore koso to omou. shina mo nai (B) : chasse s
not a single article I care for. hii
2) A special use* of koso is when it comes
after the stem of a verb and is foll. by the
verb suru. This constraction is very like
that with wa mentioned under suru 7).
stite koso shi-nai ga ira-nai mono da (B
I didn’t throw it away though it hes
thing I don’t need.
kostie
abode.
kawa wo kost% : to cross a river.
ano hito wa Hongé e koshita (By:
moved to Hongo. (8
2) To be above. leas
sore ni koshita koto wa arimasen (C) : ‘there
is nothing preferable to that, ‘
Comp.: hikkost q.v.
kosuru. To rub.
kotchi. See kochi. ee :
koto. An abstract thing ; action ; fact ; (for ra
difference between koto and mono see 183 :
1) Not preceded by anything, or preceded
by an adj. or q. adj. in na or no—the idea
of ‘thing’ is gen. there though not always
expressed in English.
koto ni yoru to Yokohama e iku (B): ;
according to circumstances (
as things turn out), I may go to Yokohama.
koto naku sunda (B): it was concluded
without a hitch.
baka na koto wo iu : to say silly things.
onaji koto dest (C) : it’s the same thing.
kuwashii koto wa ato de hanashimastit (C) =
I will tell you the details (detailed b
later on.
donna koto ga atte mo; whatever may
happen.
tashika na koto wa shirimasen (C) : I don’
know for certain.
ano koto wa dé narimashita ka ? (C)s what
has become of that affair ?
sore wa kind no koto dest (C):
ghhan wo tabete (kara) no koto ni nasai (B)
put it off till after dinner. Ss
tabi-tabi no koto destt (C) : it is a thing that
happens frequently. — ;
Lane no koto wo.fiman suru’: to boast about
one’s money.
>
koto.
anata no koto wo hanashite imashita (C): he
. was talking about you.
2) ~ An adj. (or q. adj.) foll. by koto is some-
re times equivalent to an abstract noun.
H hayai koto : velocity, [hayai quick}.
mec. takai koto wa nai (B): it is not dear, (lit.:
enti there is no dearness).
konna ureshii koto wa nai (B): nothing
could give me greater pleasure than this.
omoshiroi koto wa omoshiroi ga...(B): it is
amusing as far as that goes but... ; (lit.:
a: as for amusement it is amusing but...).
= 3) After a verb koto may refer: a) to the
thing acted upon by thetverb, or, b) to the
act or fact of the verb itself. The follow-
ing examples correspond to a).
Su ano hito no iu koto wa honté desit (C) : what
yee that man says is true.
Wah. suru koto ga takiisan arimasti (C):
og are many things to be done.
: _ sore wa watakishi no suru koto dest (C):
that is my business.
4) In the case of b) when koto after a verb
there
ar refers to the act or fact of the verb
: itself, it sometimes corresponds to the
infinitive.
ima wo kawa-nai koto ni shimashita (cr
Stat kimemashita) (C): I have decided not to
buy a horse.
Kobe e iku koto ni narimashita (C): it has
become necessary for me (or him) to go
to Kobe.
stikoshi ageta koto wa agemashita (C) :
true I did give him a trifle.
Nagasaki ni itta koto ga arimasi ka ? (C):
have you ever been to Nagasaki ?
ilta koto ga gozaimast (D): yes, I have been
_ there.
_. mita koto ga nai (B) :
', See aru, 5).
5) A particular case of the above is when
koto is followed by ga deki:ru or ga deki-
nai; it may then be rendered by the
potential.
iku koto ga dekiru (B): I can go.
kurakite yomu koto ga dekimasen (C):
~ so dark I cannot read.
6) At the end of a sentence after a verb, an
adj. or a q. adj. in na, koto gen. has an
- exclamatory force.
ano ko no naku koto / (B):
does cry !
a hayai koto ! oh, how quick ! what velocity !
eee kirei na koto ! how pretty !
Baer* 7) The foll. examples are worthy of study ;
the words koto wo, or no koto may be
suppressed. «
‘uso-tstiki da’ nante koto wo watashi ni ieru
hazu ga nai (B): he had no right to call
me a liar (or say anything like that).
it’s
I have never seen it.
it is
how that child
hanashi wo kiite yokei kanashigarimashita
0 bd-san wa onna no koto dest kara, kono | .
(C) : when the old woman heard wind thad
happened, being a woman, she was even
more sorry (than the old man). vos a
Taré no koto des kara teitei ni shimasi(C) :
as it is Tard (who is making them, and he
has a reputation of being such a good
worker), of course they will be very Cane:
fully made. ‘
kotoba. Language ; speech ; word. ‘
ano kata no kotoba wa hitotst: mo wakari- :
masen (C):
word he says.
In comp. kotoba often loses its final syllable : HES es
see kogoto, kotozuke:ru.
kotoshi, [toshi year; see kono2].. This year.
kotowaru, [koto thing ; waru to divide].
1) To inform beforehand.
mae kara o kotowari shite arimasti (C): I
warned you in advance.
m6 kotowara-nai de uchi wo dete wa ike-nai —
(A): you. mustn’t go out again without
asking permission.
2) To refuse.
86 suru no wa kotowarimashita (C)
fused to do so.
kippari kotowaru : to flatly refuse.
kotowari no tegami wo yaru : to send a letter
of refusal.
tegami no go sddan wa o kotowari desti (C):
I cannot discuss this matter by — (I
must have a personal interview).
kotozuke-ru, [kotoha word ; istike-ru to apply].
To send a message ; " send by somebody.
tomodachi ni tegami wo kotozuke-ru: to
request a friend to carry a letter.
Der.
kotozuke : a message.
kotozuke wo suru : to send a message.
kowagaru, [kowai fearful; —garu q.v.]. To
be afraid of.
ano ko wa taisé6 kaminari wo kowagupienciil
(C): that child is very much afraid of
thunder.
kowai.
1) Fearful! ;
fear.
kowai no desi ka ? (C) : are you afraid ?
fune ni noru no wa kowai (B): I am afraid
of travelling by boat:
kowai kao wo suru : to frown.
kowai hito da (B): he is a terrible man.
2) Hard ; stiff.
Der.: kowagaru. q
koware'ru, v.i. roves w. kowasi v.t.]. To_
break ; be broken or ruined.
kind kowaremashita (C): it broke yester-_
day.
kore wa kowarete imasi (C):
broken.
Comp.: koware-yasui : fragile. tgaeidl easy]
kowasii, v.t. [cogn. w. koware'ru v.i i To
; destroy. ed Pie eae
: I re-
alarming ; feeling fear ; causing
this one is”
I don’t understand a single — ;
. kuchi to kane-ire wa shimeru ga toku :
— kuchi no omot hito :
Lard 9 owashita no dest (C): Tard Sos?
Compe
[buts to Cae.
Koz, [kol small].
: to knock to pieces,
A servant boy ; errand
ku, (sometimes pron. kya, 273). Nine.
ki. See kuu. é
kubi. Neck ; head.
_ kari de keubi ga mawara-nai (B): he is up
to his ears in debt.
kubi wo ageru (B) : I'll bet you anything.
_ kubi ni suru : to turn somebody out (of a
- gituation).
_ dorobé shita no de kubi ni sareta (B): as he
was caught stealing they turned him out.
kubi wo nagaku shite matst : to wait with a
craned neck ; wait eagerly.
kubi wo toru : to behead.
Comp.
te-kubi : wrist, [te hand].
_ ashi-kubi : ankle, [ashi foot}.
kuchi.
- 1) Mouth ; opening.
kuchi wo ire-ru; kuchi wo dasi: to speak
- without being asked ; interfere in what
doesn’t concern one.
_ kuchi ni au : to suit one’s taste.
kuchi wo suru ; to cork.
kuchi wo akeru: to uncork; open the
mouth.
kuchi wo kiku : to speak.
aimashita ga kuchi wo kikimasen deshita
(C) : I saw him but didn’t speak to him.
it is
better to keep your mouth and your purse
closed. |
chotto kuchi ni iware-nai (B):
_ the moment think of the word.
kuchi to kokoro to chigaimast (C) : he is not
- sincere in what he says.
kenka no kuchi : the beginning of a quarrel.
kuchi de : by word of mouth.
hito no kuchi ni to wa taterare-nai : you can-
~ not close people’s mouths.
Luchi ga subette itte shimatta (B) : (lit. my
_ tongue slipped and I said it) ; I carelessly
let the cat out of the bag.
_ kuchi no warui hito : a man coarse in speech.
kuchi no karui hito : a man who talks with-
out thinking ; a chatterbox.
a man who weighs his
I can’t for
--words.
kuchi no katai hito: a man reserved in
his speech.
kuchi no wmai hito: a man who can talk
people over and get round them.
2) Situation ; employment.
kuchi wo kake-ru ; kuchi wo tanomu: to
- apply for a situation.
kuchi wo sagasti : to look for @ situation.
_ 3) Article.
’
kuda.
kudamono.
kudari, [stem of kudarwu to descend Des!
kudaru, v.i.
kudasai, [irreg. imperative of kudasaru q. “ye:
kudasaru, v.t. [cogn. w. kudaru v.i.]. An | ay 25
sono awk wa ima gozaimasen ys that :
article is now out of stock. iy
kono kuchi no shina wa kireta (B) : She
are no more goods of this quality. ize
Comp.
de-guchi : exit, [de-ru to go out].
tri-guchi : entrance, [iru2 to enter].
kage-guchi : backbiting, [kage shade}.
muda-guchi : idle talk, [muda useless]. —
waru-kuchi : evil speaking, [warui bad]. _
moke-guchi : an opportunity for making.
money, [mdke-ru to gain money].
ure-kuchi : sale, [wre'ru to sell}.
hito-kuchi : a mouthful, [hitots% “a
hito-kuchi ni ieba : in a word.
Pipe : tube. a
Fruit. Vie
cent. Sake
kore kara: kudari:-ni narw ove raku desi
(C): as we go downhill now it will we %
easy. ae
Comp. age
kudari-zaka : a road going downhill ate RPS
an inclined road]. +
kudari-kisha ; kudari no kisha ; down teeing
i.e. from Tokyé6, [kisha train].
[cogn. w. kudasaru v.t.]J. To —
go down ; descend. ‘
kawa wo kudaru : to go down a river.
kudara-nai mono : an insignificant thing, —
Der.: kudari q.v.
1) When not following a gerund or verbal —
stem—please give me.
pan wo kudasai (C):
some bre
2) After a gerund or verbal oe
itte kudasai (C): please tell me.
please give (get) me ‘
honorifie verb used politely of the 2nd —
person, sometimes of the 3rd. It has a —
few irregularities : it drops the r before |
the mast terminations ; the imperative is —
kudasai (q.v.) ; the second a is often —
dropped before terminations beginning —
with it, thus hkudas'tta for hudasatia, —
Kudasaru always refers to an action done i
directly or indirectly in favour of the let —
serson.
1) Not follewing a gerund or verbal stem—
to give. :
matchi. wo kudasaimasen ka ? (C) : : could you |
favour me with a match ? sf
sensei ga otdto ni kudasaimashita (C): the
teacher gave it to my younger brother.
2) After a gerund or ‘verbal RE
do the favour.
kasa wo o kashi kudasaimasen ka ? (C):
would you please lead me pdr umbrella t é
itte kudasaimasi ka? (C): cpa do me
the favour to go? Fe
‘ vs b
- kudasaru
70
aa” “Weta
rt
Se - kure’
\
86 shite kudasareha kekké desti (C): if you
would kindly do so, that would suit me
very well.
katte kudasaimashita (1D):
favour of buying it for me;
and gave it to me ; see 116.
Note.—The construction with the stem
cannot be used unless the stem has at
_ least two syllables; the honorific o is
always placed before the stem.
he did me the
he bought it
kueru, [potential of kuu to eat]. To be
able to eat.
naka-naka kue-nai otoko da (B): he is a
very sharp fellow, (not easily taken in).
kufi. Plan ; scheme.
kujai suru: to arrange a plan;
sures,
hitotst kujfi wo shite mimashé (C) : I will try
and see what (plan) I can arrange.
dimo kufti ga tsiika-nai (B): I
~ arrange the matter any way.
ai kufai da (B) : it is a good scheme.
sich ola [ku nine ; gatst% month].
r.
take mea-
cannot
Septem-
kugi. Nail; peg.
kugi wo utst : to drive a nail.
‘kitki. Air.
kumi. A set.
Note :—kwm7 is used in connection with the
abb. 2nd set of num. (276, 4).
kumol. A cloud.
Der.: kumoru : to hecome cloudy.
kumo2, Spider.
kumo no su : a spider’s web.
kumoru, [kumol cloud]. To become cloudy.
kumu. To draw (water or other liquid).
kawa no mizu wo kunde o-ide (A): go and
get some water from the river.
kuni. Country; province; one’s
country.
o kuni wa doko desi ka ? (C):
country are you ?
kuni kara kita tegami : a letter from home.
kumi e kaeru: to return to one’s own
country.
kura. A godown ; storehouse ; warehouse.
kurabe'ru. To compare.
kyonen ni kuraberu to kotoshi no hd ga ateaur
(B): it is hot this year compared to last.
_kurabete mi-nakereba dochira ga ii ka waka-
rimasen (C): I cannot tell which is the
- better until 1 see them both together.
kurabe-mono ni nara-nai (3): there is ne
com n between them.
kurail, [f. kurot black}. Dark ; obscure.
native
from what
kuraku nara-nai uche ni: before it gets
dark.
akari ga. kurakiite yome-nai (B): the light
is so bad I cannot read.
Comp.: makkurai : pitch-dark, [see maz].
kurai2, (very often used in its nigori’ed form
gurat).
1) Approximate quantity.
dono gurai ? how much ?
kono gurai : about this much.
ja-yen gurai kakarimasti (C): it will cost
about ten yen.
ni-jrkan gurai : about two hours.
Nara made dono gurai arimas ka? (C):
ays! far is it to Nara ?
O Shichi wa kinjo de shira-nai mono
nat gurai no bisin deshita (C): Miss Shichi
was so pretty that there was pratically _
aes |
U4
¢ ‘
nobody in the neighbourhood who hadn’t ~
heard of her beauty.
2) Degree.
tima gurai hayai:
horse.
sono gurai no kolo nara watashi ni mo delzi-
mast (C):if it is no more difficult than
that, even I can do it.
sagast kurai nara watashi (ni) mo dekimasi
(C): if it is only a question of looking for
it, i also can do that.
ano gurai vi hilo wa ammari nai (B): there
are very few such good-natured fellows as
he.
ayamaru gurai wa suru hazu da (A): the
least you can do is to apologize.
te gurai aratte o-ide (A): at least wash your
hands before you come.
Kamakura e kite Daibutsti wo mi-nai de
kaeru gqurai nara ko-nakereba yokatta (B) :
it would have been better not to have
come to Kamakura at all, if I have to go
bavk without seeing tho Daibutsu.
3) Small difference.
about as quick as a
kotchi no hé ga 6kit gurai (B): this one is —
slightly bigger. 25
ano fifu wa o-kami-san no h6 ga sei ga
takai gurai desi (C): of that married
couple, the wife is slightly the taller. —
kurasii. To pass the time ; live.
raku ni kurasi : to lead an easy life ;
in comfort.
asonde kurasti : to live in idleness.
hi wo kurast: to spend one’s time ; pass
the day.
sono hi gurashi wo suru : to live from hand
to mouth.
dé shite kurashite iru no deshd (C) : I wonder
how he manages to live.
Kagoshima de fuyu wo kurashimashita (C) :
I spent the winter in Kagoshima.
rippa ni kurashite iku :
style.
kure, [imperative of kureru q.v. to give].
Kure is used only to one’s inferiors ; the —
live
to live in splendid —
honorific o is frequently prefixed. and —
makes it somewhat less curt.
1) Not following a gerund—give.
mizu wo ip-pai (0) kure (A) : give me a glass
of water.
2) After a gerund it is used in commends,
- kuro, n.
- kuroi.
Reese 2 hon wo motte kite (0) kure (A): bring the
3 ee
kuruma wo yonde (0) kure (A): call a
“ vikisha. —
kureru. This verb is impolite when speak-
ing of the act of the 2nd person and
familiar when referring to the act of the
3rd person. It is used, therefore, when
speaking to-one’s inferiors or of some
intimate friend or inferior. The im-
perative is kure q.v. Kure-ru gen. refers to
an act done directly. or indirectly in
favour of the Ist person..
1) Not following a gerund—give.
uchi no Taré ga kuremashita (C): my son
(brother) Tar6 gave it to me.
boku ni kureru no kai ? (B): do you give it
to me ?
neko ni kudamono wo kurete wa ike-nai (A) :
don’t give fruit to the cat.
kojiki ni kure nasai (B) ; kojiki ni kurete o
yari nasai (B): give it to a beggar, (not
used when referring to Ist person).
o kun nasai (corr. of o kure nasai, not
used) (B) : give it to me, (not used when
referring to 3rd person).
2) After a gerund—for me.
chichi ga kaite kuremashita (C): my father
wrote it for me. :
ashita wa stikoshi hayaku okite kure-nai to
komaru (A): if you don’t get up earlier
(on my account) tomorrow morning, I
shall be much inconvenienced.
182, [kuroi adj. black]. Black.
kurd. ‘Trouble; labour; anxiety; (when
used in set polite phrases it is always pre-
~ eeded by the honorific go).
oya ni kurd wo kakerru: to cause one’s
parents great concern.
- kuré shita ningen de nakite wa yaku ni tata-
nai (B): a man is useless unless he has
gone through hardships.
kore wo sagasti no ni zuibun kuré shita (B) :
I took great trouble looking for this.
haha ga bydki ni natta no de hito-kuré desi
_ (C): my worries have increased now that
my mother is ill.
go-kuré sama deshita (B): thanks for your
trouble ; (said gen. to inferiors).
go-kur6é desti ga kore wo motte itte kudasai
(B).: I am sorry to trouble you but please
take this with you.
Black.
‘ano hito wa iro ga kuroi (B) : he is dark. _,
ano hito wa hara ga kuroi (B): he has a
_ vicious heart.
Comp.
makkuroi : jet-black, [see ma2.].
kurail (q.v.): dark.
kurdto, [kuroi black ; hito person: compare
shirdto|. A skilled person; expert;
adept. ;
——_———_—-
sono koto ni kakete wa ano hito wa kurdtoda
(B): in such matters he is quite an
expert. . ; és
kuru; irreg. verb, see 28 ; 0-ide (q.v.) is gen. _
used as the imperative of pre fore. oe
1) To come. — a
dare ga kesa kimashita ka? (C): wha came
this morning ? Ja Aa
nani ka watashi ni kimashita ka? (C): has
anything come for me ? a
mata gogo ni kimastt (C): I will call again —
this afternoon. Be ss
watakishi ga kuru toki ni wa mada nas ce a
masen deshita (C): he hadn’t returned
when I left. a
ano hito wa kind kara kite iru (B): he has —
been here since yesterday. go,
muk6 kara kuru densha wa Shimbashi yuki
desti (C) : the tram-car coming over there,
goes to Shimbashi. Ser ag
2) When ni kuru follows the stem of a verb |
it signifies purpose or ‘object and may be —
translated by ‘come for’ or. ‘come to’. a,
toket wo tori ni kimashtta (C): I have come
for the clock (to take away the clock).
kore wo shirase ni kimashita (C): I have
called to let you know this.
3) After a gerund kuru signifies motion to-
wards rs speaker though tho translation
in English is sometimes ‘go’. The ger-
und and kuru often represent one com-
plex action and not two separate ideas,
aruite kimashita (C) : I walked here.
mite kimashé (C): 1 will go and see (and ~
come back).
hanashite o-ide (A): go and tell him (and ~
come back).
Koyama San ga Hakone de kaite kita e wa
jitsti nv yoku dekite iru (B): the picture
which Mr Koyama painted at Hakone is
really very well done, (he is now back
here). ‘
‘jibiki wo kudasai’ to itte kimashita (C):..
he came to ask me for my dictionary, —
(kite iimashita would seem more logical). —
motte kuru : to bring.
totte Furu ;: to fetch.
kaette kuru : to come back. t Z
4) The idea of coming, enclosed in kuru, is
sometimes very indistinct; and kuru
seems to refer more to
being’ than to ‘coming towards the
speaker’. : oil
ame ga futte kita (B): it has begun to rain.
mo iya ni natte kimashita (C) +: 1 have grown
tired of it,
yatto chichi ga naotta to omotiara kondo wa
haha no bydki to kimashita (C): at last my
father got better (and I thought my
troubles were over), then my mother fell
ill,
5) To send word. ©
‘coming into —
ia
nan to mo itte kimasen kara, wakarimasen
(C): as he hasn’t sent any message I
- don’t know.
—to tegami de itte kimashita (C): a letter
came saying
6) Kita is added to other words used as
excl.
yoshi kita ! all right.
sora kita / here you are ! there he is !
dore kita / let’s begin.
7) To kitara ; to kite wa=to ieba.
Doitsii-go to kitara watashi wa maru de
dame desi (C): as for German, I don’t
know a single word.
Note. —The passive of kuru is korare'ru : the
causative kosase-ru is little used, the verb
yokosi is used instead. The neg. future
is generally komai. or kimai, but kumai
and the regular forin kurumai are some-
times heard. The humble form of kuru
(polite for the Ist person) is mairu, oc-
easionally agaru: the honorific forms
(polite for the 2nd person) are irassharu,
o-ide nasaru, o-ide ni naru, o-ide de gozaru,
and o-ide kudasaru. The imperative of
kuru is gen. taken from one of the honorif-
_ ie forms.
Comp.: ki-kakaru : to happen to come, [see
kakaru}.
kuruma. Wheel ; carriage (esp. ‘rikisha).
». kuruma ni noru : to ride in a rikisha.
kuruma wo m6 ichi-dai yonde kure (A) :
another rikisha.
kuruma wo hiku : to pull a rikisha.
kuruma ga mawara-nai (B): the
won’t turn.
Comp.
kuruma-ya : a‘rikisha-man. ¢
ni-guruma : a hand-cart, [ni2 package}.
kurushii, [f kurushimuw to suffer pain].
_Agonizing ; painful.
a kurushii ! (B) : oh, how painful !
kurushii toki no kami-danomi : in distress
- we turn to God, [tanomu to request].
kurushime’ru, v.t. [cogn. w. kurushimu v.i.].
To persecute ; torment ; worry.
kurushimi, [f. kurushimu to suffer pain].
Pain ; suffering ; ache.
kurushimu, v.i. [cogn. w. kurushime-ru v.t.).
To suffer pain ; worry
nani wo hitori de sonna ni kurushinde iru no
ka ? (A) : what are you worrying about all
by yourself ?
kitsa. Grass ; weeds.
_ kttsa wo toru :; to weed.
kisai. Malodorous ; evil-smelling.
kisai, kisai ! what a smell !
kisaku naru : to go bad (and emit an evil
smell):
ktisai mono ni wa fiita wo suru : to cover a
stinking object ; to hide things or facts of
which one is ashamed.
wheel
| 1 otoko no kise ni ki ga chiisai (B) :
kiisai mono ni hai ga yoru: flies collect
round evil-smelling things. 8
ano otoko ga kisai yd da (B):
looks suspicious to me.
In comp. after a noun, kiisai means that one
is reminded of the noun, generally in an
objectionable way.
kabi-kisai : apparently mouldy.
koge-kiuisai: smell or taste as if burnt,
[koge-ru to get scorched].
inaka-ktisai : rustic.
ano hito wa mada chichi-kisai (B):
still very green.
kiisaru, [f. kisai malodorous].
become rotten.
kisatta sakana wo tabete wa ike-nai (A):
you mustn’t eat stale fish.
kitise.
1) Peculiarity of manner ; habit.
kuise wo tsike-ru : to form a habit.
warui kitse wa tstiki-yasui (B): bad habits
are easily acquired.
kiise wo naosi : to correct a bad habit.
nani ka kiise no nai mono wa nai (B) : there
is no one without some peculiarity.
nakite nana-kise : one has at least seven
peculiaritities.
hito wo waruku iu no ga kiise da (B): he has
a habit of always speaking ill of people.
2) No kaise ni after a noun, or kiise m after
a verb or adjective is gen. eee Lame
is
he is
To decay ;
timid though he is a man.
-Akodomo no kise ni tabako wo nonde, iya na -
yatsi da (B): what a nasty boy to be
smoking though he i is only a child.
Comp.
te- toca habit of pilfering.
ano hito wa te-ktise ga warui (B):
bad habit of pilfering.
kisuri. Drug; medicine ;
for the health.
kuisuri wo nomu : to take medicine.
kisuri ni naru : to be good for the health.
undo wa kitsuri desi (C) ; und wa kiisuri ni
naru (B): exercise is good for the health.
kono kiisuri wa kika-nai (B): this medicine —
has no effect.
sonna mono wa kiisuri ni shitakiite mo nai
(B) : it is not to be got for love or money.
kono chichi ni wa nani ka kisuri ga haitteru
y6 da (B) : they must have put some drugs
in this milk.
Comp.: kisuri-ya : a chemist ; druggist. —
kutabireru. To become tired ; (said only mi -
human beings).
kutabiremashita (C) : I am tired.
I have recovered.
something good
kutabire ga nuketa (B) :
from the fatigue.
kutsu. Boots ; shoes.
kutsu wo haku : to put on one’s boots. |
kutsu wo nugu : to take off one’s ba
he has a
Aa
_kuttsike'r v.t. 1? kuu to bite ; ésiike-ru to
ae cogn. w. kuttsiku v.i.}. To stick;
‘join.
a ‘gohan de kuttstike nasai {B): stick it on
ue i with rice. ~
- kuttsiiku, v.i. [2 hie to bite; ts&kul to join:
e eogn. ow. kutistikeru v.t.]. To stick ;
<> adhere.
sumi ga kao ni kuttsuite imast (C): your
face is smudged with ink.
kuu. To eat ; bite.
- shimatte oita no de mushi ni kuwareta (B) :
as it had been put away, it was eaten by
moths.
ano hito wa nan de lutte éruno da? {A):
what does he do for a living ?
| kuu ka kuwa-zu ni imasi (C) : he can hard-
ly keep the wolf from the door.
‘ kutte iku dake no kane wa hairimast {C) :
earn just enough to keep body and eal
together.
_ ko-goto wo kuu : to be scolded.
kuwa-zu girai: to dislike a thing before
~ having tried it.
sono te wa kuwa-nai (B):
me with that dodge.
_ tp-pai kuwasareta (B):
_ taken in.
Comp.
F kui-tstiku : to bite (as an attack).
inu ni kui-tsikaremashita (C): I was bitten
by adog. |
_ @ida-gui : eating between meals.
- kuwashii. Minute ; detailed.
— kuwashiku hanashimashita (C):
i in detail.
ano hito wa e no koto ni kuwashii (B) :
@ connoisseur in paintings.
kuyashii. Regrettable ; irritating ; annoying.
konna kuyashii koto wa nai (B): I was
never so mortified in my life.
“kya. Abb. of kiri shika ; see kiri.
kyaku. A visitor ; guest ; customer.
ima kyaku ga aru kara ato de o ide nasai
. (B): as I have company just now please
_ come later on.
you won’t catch
I was completely
he told me
he is
o kyaku sama de gozaimast (D): a visitor
«has ecome.
Ee Comp.: kyaku-ma : drawing-room.
kyd. ~=Today.
- ky wa nani yo-bi dest ka ? (C): what day
Of the week is it ?
es -Comp.: ky6-ji : some time today.
_-_ ky6dai. Brothers and sisters.
a go kyédai wa o ikutari de gozaimasi ka ?
*D) how many brothers and sisters have
- kydsd. ‘Casiohithon' ; Si vaiey a race.
kyds6 suru : to compete ; run a race, ©
kyds6 ni katsi: to winarace.
kyiil, [occasionally said instead of ku ni
273). Nine.
kyti-sen : nine sen ; nine thousand. —
_ kyii2 (na or no). Sudden ; steep.
saka wa kytt desit ka ? (C) : i ee
kya ni: 2 geaeeae
obliges me to go out;
happened which obliges me to eet
immediately. ”
Corp.: kyaké-ressha: an express train, (03 z a
to go ; retst a row ; sha carriages}, rs
mal.
Dd Interval of time or space.
ma ni au : to be in time ; serve the ‘eaboge
ma ni awaseru : to get (something) ns
in time ; make serve the an ga :
chélo ma ni aimashita (C); IL was a i
time. :
anna hito de wa ma ni awa-nai (B):
sort of man won’t suit me. oe
ashita made ni ma ni awasemast (C) + I will
get it ready by tomorrow. Mie
kore de ma ni awasemashé (C): 1 will make —
this do. }
ma mo naku : soon ; in @ little while. | |
kisha wa ma mo naku demasit (C) : the, earn AR
will leave in a few minutes.
ma ga nukete iru : to appear foolish.
hanashi no tane ga nakunatte stikoshi ma
nuketa (B): as we had exhausted —
subjects for conversation there was an
awkward silence.
rusu no ma ni hikkoshita no daré ka? (B): 2
I wonder if they’ve moved while I was
away.
dorobé wa shira-nai ma ni tokei wo pe
(B) : a thief stole my watch I don’t know ?
when. CaN
0 jii-san wa its no ma ni ka sono hanashi
wo kikimashita (C): the old man Ect
time or other heard that tale. i
2) A room.
ha :—ma in the sense of ‘room’ is used
in connection with the abb. 2nd set
num. (276, 4). i
Comp. 3
hima : spare time, [hil day}
hiruma :; day-time.
tema : time spent in doing any work.
aki-ma : an unoccupied room.
ne-ma : a bedroom, [ne-ru to sleep].
j-ma : @ sitting-room, [irul to be].
kashi-ma : a room to let, [kasi to rent}
kyaku-ma : a drawing-room.
betsti-ma : a separate room.
ma2. Truth.
you?
Sanaa [nent year]. Last year.
ma ni ukeru : to take as true.
; ma
ano hito no hanashi wa ma ni ukeraremasen
(C) : you cannot rely on what he says.
In comp. it emphasizes and acts as an in-
tensifier.
makoto : truth.
mannaka : the very centre, [naka inside].
mammarui ; exactly round, [marui round].
masshikaku: exactly square, [shi-kaku
square].
massugu : perfectly straight, [sugu directly].
- masshiroi.: snow-white, [shiroi white].
makkuroi : jet-black, [kurot black].
makkurai : pitech-dark, [kurai! dark].
makkai : flaring red, [akai red].
massaoi : very green, [aot green],
mappadaka : stark naked, [hadaka naked].
ma. An interjection meaning sometimes sur-
prise or admiration, and sometimes almost
nothing.
ma odoroita / (B fem.): well I am surpris-
ed! only fancy ! dear me!
ma akai / (B fem.): why, you are red!
maomachi kudasai (C): just wait a mo-
ment please.
mabuta, [me eye; fiita lid]. Eyelid.
machi. A town; street.
. machidd, [matsizi2 to wait ; toi far], Waiting
a long time.
o machidé sama deshita (C): excuse me for
keeping you waiting so long.
machigae, [stem of machigaeru to mistake].
Same meaning as machigai q.v.
machigae-ru, v.t. [mal interval; chigaeru to
mistake: cogn. w. machigau v.i.]. To
mistake.
gomen kudasai, machigaemashita (D): ex-
cuse me I made a mistake.
michi wo machigaeru: to take the wrong
road.
A wo B to machigaemashita (C) :
A for B.
dare ka jibun no to machigaete motte itta no
deshé (C): perhaps somebody has taken
it by mistake for his own,
Der.: machigae.
machigai, (sometimes machigae), [f. machigau
; to be wrong]. A mistake; blunder ;
accident.
machigai ga arimashita (C): there was a
_ mistake ; there was an accident.
watashi no machigai deshita (C) :
mistake.
nani ka machigai deshé (C) :
mistake no doubt.
dare ni de mo machiga ga aru (B):
body can make a mistake.
whachigai no nai: correct.
machigai naku kimast (C) : I will not fail to
come.
machigau, v.i. [mal interval; chigaw to be
different: cogn. w. machigae'ru v.t.]. To
be different ; be mistaken ; be wrong.
I mistook
it was my
there is some
any-
kore wa machigatte imast (C) : this is wreng.
shitstirei dest ga anata ga machigatte iras-
sharu yO dest (C): I beg your pardon but
I believe you are mistaken.
Der.: machigai q.v.: a mistake.
mada, Yet; still; (often dropped in ihe
translation).
mada dkiku narimast (C):
ing.
mada kimasen (C): he has not yet come.
mada desi (C): not yet.
mada shokuji ga deki-nai ka? (A): isn’t
dinner ready yet ? ;
mada mitisu ni natta bakkari desi (C): he is
only in his third year (yet). ;
mada kodomo desi (C) : he is only a child.
mada fune ni notta koto ga nai (B): I have
never. been on board a ship.
watakishi ga dekakeru toki ni wa mada kae-
rimasen deshita (C): he hadn’t returned
when I left.
mada arimasti ka? (C):
more ? i
watashi no heya ni mada arimast (C) : there
are some more in my room.
neko wa dai-kirai, inu nara mada ii keredo
(B): I hate cats, dogs are not quite so
bad.
he is still grow-
have you any
made.
1) Until; till; as far as; to; even.
watakdshi ga "kuru made o machi Nasa nisl
wait till I come.
ima made : hitherto. : ;
ima made wakarimasen deshita (C): I never
understood it before.
sore made: till that time; in the mean-
while.
sore made gaman o shi nasai (B) : be patient
until then.
sore made no koto ni itashimashé (D): don’t
let us think of it any more; let us put it
off till the Greek Calends.
natsi-yasumi wa ku-gatst no ikea receded ;
(C): the summer holidays last until the
10th of September, (school begins on the
llth : made is always inclusive).
shinu made : until death.
shinu made wasuremasen (C): Ill remem-
ber it all my life.
ky6 made no kanjé wo shimashé (C): I'll
make out the account to date.
doko made o-ide nasaimashita ka? (D):
how far did you go?
kono basha ni wa roku-nin made wa nore-
mast (C): this carriage will hold as many |
as six persons.
kimono made mo yakeia (B):
clothes were burnt.
kodomo ni made baka ni sareru (B):
children make a fool of him.
go-ji made shimbun. wo yomimasts (C): I
read the newspaper until five o’clock, —
even my
even
nade mo nai B)
poole Seen wii qoakendit ©: I
shall have read the newspaper by five
‘wshita ‘made ni dekimasi (C): it will be
ready by tomorrow.
3) ail seade mo : see doko, 3). Itsi made:
see itsti, 7). . 7
mado, [mal interval ; fol door]. Window.
— Comp.: mado-kake : @ curtain for the win-
: dow,” [kake-rui to hang}.
). Asa q. ppn- referring to place—before ;
2 hae -in front of.
mise no mae ni tatte imashita {C): he was
standing before the shop.
0 taku no mae wo torimashita (C) :
_- (the front of) your gate.
é — fujin no mae de sonna koto wo itie wa shiti-
rei dest (C) : it is impolite to talk like that
in the presence of ladies.
ano tokei-ya no mae de tomete o kure (A):
stop at that watch-maker’s.
2) When referring to time, the no is ‘gen.
dropped : it-may be translated by : ago;
_ before.
hachi-ji mae ni wa ikaremasen (C) :
ah not be there before eight o’clock.
_ 8an-ji jip-pun mae : ten minutes to three.
_ ~gan-nen mae : three years ago.
_ kono mae itta toki : the last time I went.
_go-roku-nichi mae kara Tokyé ni imasti (C) :
he has been in pony? for the last five or
six days
8) Alicea a verb, no is dropped: mae nz is
used when an affirmative verb follows,
_- mae wa when a negative verb follows.
ghimbun wo mi-nai (or miru) mae ni shiite
imashita (C): I knew it before I saw it in
___the newspaper.
_ iku (or ika-nai) mae irimasen deshita
(C) : I didn’t know I went.
4) As a q. adj. mae no means previous, front.
_ * mae no tori : the previous way ; the same as
before.
- gonna ni mae no koto de wa nai (B): it was
_ not so long ago.
ichiban mae no basho ni kakete imasi (C) :
he is sitting in the front seat.
mae no o kata wa béshi wo totte kudasai (C):
_ -will the gentlemen in front please remove
their hats ?
5) As an adv. mae ni means: previously ; ;
already ; before.
- kore wa mae ni (mo) kiita koto ga aru (B): I
have already heard it.
: “mae ni hanashita tori : - as I said before.
6) mae motte ; mae kara : beforehand.
I passed
I can-
mae motte kotowari imashita (C): I warned
“Natori wale: Sortii for one man. —
meshi go-nin mae : rice for five men.
hiru no shokuji wa hitori-mae ichi-yen de
a the price of lunch is one = each.
: front |
mutha: front teeth, [ha2 tooth]. f=
mae-kake : an apron, (kake-rul to
hiru-mae : forenoon, [hiru midday].
magaru, v.i. [cogn. w. Cru vith
bend ; become bent. ae 4
magatte iru : to be bent, crooked. _
ano o jii-san wa koshi ga magatte imast |
that old man is bent with coe eae
came perverted.
mageru, v.t. [cogn. w. magaru vik om
bend ; distort ; yield.
magete ‘wide kudasai (D) : please do come.
mago-mago. In a confused or
way. 2 ee
mago-mago suru: to be bewildered; to
potter about.
mai. A.n. used for flat things such as sheets
of paper, boards, coats, rugs, plates, ete.
nam-mai-me desi ka ? (C): on what page
is it ?
Note :—3 sam-mai ; 1000 sem-mai ; noni-avel h
mai-. Every ; each ; (used only in Con) J
Comp.: among others, the following:
mai-asa : every morning.
mai-ban : every night.
mai-do ; every time. Reo
mai-getst : monthly ; every month. 7%
mai-nen : yearly ; every year. Pieke ae
mai-nichi : daily ; every day.
mai-shii : weekly ; every week.
mai-toshi ; yearly ; every year.
mai-tstki : monthly ; every month.
mairu. To come; go.
o mairi ni iku : to go to pray at a temple
Note.—Mairu is a humble verb, polite in ie
Ist person. The corresponding
verbs are kuru (q.v.) to come,
(q.v.) to go.
majime (ma). Serious ; earnest.
majime dest (C) : § am in earnest. 3
makaru, v.i. [cogn. w. makeru v.t. ween
cheaper]. To become cheaper; be Nay
to cheapen. i
stikoshi makara-nai ka? (B): cannok
make it a little yeas ? ;
makasii, v.t. [cogn. w. makerru v.i. to |
To defeat ; beat down.
make'ru.
1) To lose ; v.i. [cogn. w. makasi Vt
makemashita (C) : L have lost. (
makeru ga kachi : to stoop to =e
2) To reduce the price; v.t. [cogn: W. m™a- —
Pot v.i.]; (the object of the verb per mi
not expressed).
and th
- make'ra | : 7
nedan wo makeru : to reduce the price.
- go-seno make méshimashé (D) :*1 will come
». down five sen.
a ae taktisan kaeba (nedan wo) makemasiit ka ?
az (C):
if I buy several, will you. make it
_ eheaper ?
motto o make nasai (B): please make it
cheaper.
Der.: o-make na : besides that.
.makkai; makka na; (223); [ma2q.v-; aka
red]. Flaring red.
makkurai; makkura na; (223); [ma2 q.v.;
kurail dark]. Pitch-dark.
Bent. makkuroi; makkuro na; (223); [ma2 q.v.;
f kuroi black]. Jet-black.
> maketo. Truth.
makoto no : F true ; real. ‘
makoto ni: truly ; ; in faet; really ; (it
sometimes has the force of a superlative).
ano onna wa maloto ni kirei. da (B): that
woman is very pretty.
makul. To roll up; wrap round ; wind.
tokei wo maku : to wind a clock.
Comp.: maki-gami: Japanese letter-paper
(in rolls), [kami2 paper]. 3
maku2. ‘To sow ; sprinkle ; scatter.
maka-nai iane wa hae-nai: seed which is
not sown does not grow; one only reaps
what one sows.
3 tori e mizu wo maite kure (A): water the
SS eae street.
; makura, [makul to roll up]. A pillow.
: makura wo takaku shite nerare-nai (B): I
cannot sleep in peace (from anxiety).
mama.
1) Original condition or state.
tatta mame de iru : to remain standing.
sono mama : as it is.
sono mama ni shite oku; ari no mama ni
shite oku : to leave a thing as it is.
kiita mama wo o hanashi nasai (B) : tell it
to me just as you heard it.
kutsu no mama de haitte mo y6 gozaimasi
(D): you may go in just as you are, with
your boots on.
-hako no mama de siitete 0 kure (A) : throw it
away box and all.
mu wa neta mama yonde mo ko-nai (B) :
the dog has settled himself down to sleep
and won’t come here though I call him.
inu wa kesa deta mama kaette ko-nai (B):
the dog went out this morning and has
not come back.
2) Doing as one pleases.
watashi wa ano hito no.suru mama ni nari-
mast (C): I am at his mercy.
if mame. Beans ; peas.
ss Miammarui; mammaru na; (223) ; [ma2 q.v.;
f maruti round]. Perfectly round.
PS mamoru. To protect ; defend.
8 ae yakisoku wo mamoru : to fulfil a promise.
=, man. Ten thousand.
ichi-man ; ten thousand ; see ichi.
man ichi (or man ni hitoteii) sonna koto ga.
altara taihen da (B): it would be terrible ~
if by (a 10,000 to 1) chance such a share
were to happen.
mane. Imitation ; mimicry.
mane wo suru : to imitate : mimic ; take off.
Comp.: hito-mane : mimicking another per-
son.
mannaka, [ma2 q.v.; naka inside]. The very
middle.
manzoku. Satisfaction.
manzoku suru : to be satisfied.
manzoku sase'ru : to satisfy.
manzoku ga deki-nai (B): I cannot consider
it satisfactory.
mari, [f. marui round]. A ball.
mari wo tstiku ; to play at ball.
maru, [f. marui round]. A whole; a circle.
maru ichi-nen ; a whole year.
maru jti-roku : sixteen years of age ; see 311.
maru futsika : two full days.
maru de : completely ; entirely.
maru kiri; marukkiri: completely ; en-
tirely.
maru de shira-nai hito : an utter stranger.
maru de seiy6-jin no y6 ni mieru (B): he
looks just like a foreigner.
marui. Round.
inu ga maruku natte iru {B):
sleeping curled up like a ball.
marui koe : a nice, agreeable voice.
Der. : mari ; maru ; mammarui ; q.v-
masaka.
1) Used as a protest when hearing an absurd
statement; used also to introduce an
absurd supposition.
the dog is
masaka ! hardly! not likely ! what non- —
sense !
masaka tabe-zu ni mo iraremai (B): it is
absurd to suppose we can hve without
eating.
masaka to ga hontd deshita (C): I
thought it v ikely, but it was true.
2) The critical time.
masaka no toki ni; masaka no baai ni? in
time of need.
massaoi; massao na; (223); [ma2 q.v.; aos
green]. Perfectly green.
masshikaku na, 2° niga q-v.; shi-kaku square}.
Exactly square 7
masshiroi ; masshiro na; (223); [ma2 q-V.5
shiroi white]. Snow-white.
massugu na, [ma2 q.v.; sugu directly]. Per-
fectly straight.
massugu na ningen : an honest man. ;
massugu ni hakujé shi nasai (A): conteay
frankly ; own up.
mata, Again ; another time ; in addition. _
mata mairimashé (D) : I will call again. ‘i
mata o me ni kakarimashé vee 1 will see
you again.
mazatte iru : to be mixed. gee
kono kome ni wa suna ga mazatie imasit (C):
there is sand in this rice. Ss :
maze-mono, [mazeru to mix ; i
moet ; mono thing].
maze-mono wo suru : te adulterate.
kono gytinyai ni wa nani ka maze-mono ga
_ de wa mata...(B) : well, I'll see you again.
mata trasshai (C): please come again.
sore wa mata dé iu wake desi ? (C) : what is
the reason of that? (Mata has here an
excl. force, indicating surprise).
matchi, [f. English]. Match.
matchi wo suru : to strike a match,
matitaku.
matsiil, Pine-tree. shite aru ni chigai nai (B): is
matsi?. To wait. ; milk is adulterated: alga
sitkoshi matte kudasai (C): please wait aj} miazeru, v.t. [cogn. w. mazaru v.i.|. To mix.
moment. — chichi ni mizu wo mazeru: to put water
mo matte iraremasen (C): I cannot wait into the milk, mS
any longer. Comp.
nani wo matte imast ka ? (C): what are you
waiting for ?
stikoshi o matase shite o kure (A); stikoshi
matsi: yo ni itte o kure (A): tell him te wait
@ moment.
_@ machi médshimashé {D): I shall expect
ul.
machi ni matte iru keredomo ko-nai {B):
I’m waiting and waiting for him, but he
doesn’t come.
Comp.
machid6, q.v-
machi-kutabireru : to get tired of waiting.
Perfectly ; entirely.
mattaku shirimasen (C) : I don’t know at all.
mattaku da (B) : quite so ; that is so.
sore wa mattaku no koto dest (C): that isa
true fact.
» mawari, [stem of mawaru to turn round]. A
turn ; circumference ; surroundings.
kéen wo hito-mawari suru: to take a turn
in garden.
_ no mawari ni : around.
uchi no mawari ni ki ga uete arimasti (C) :
there are trees planted round the house.
mawaru, v.i. [cogn. w. mawasi v.t.]. To
turn round.
Nihon-ja hdbd mawarimashita (C}: I have
been all round Japan.
me ga mawaru : to be surprised, startled :
to faint.
me ga mawaru hodo isogashii : busy enough
to make one faint.
shita ga mawaru : to be very talkative.
_ te ga mawaru : to be active ; smart in doing
things.
_ Der.: mawari, q.v.
mawasii, v.t. [cogn. w. mawaru v.i.]. To
_ turn round.
tegami wa hikkoshita tokoro e mawashite
kudasai (C) : please forward the letters to
my new address.
ki wo mawasi : to suspect ; be jealous.
me wo mawasii : to be surprised, startled ;
to faint.
te wo mawasii : to search for ; inquire after
secretly. :
mazaru, v.i. [cogn. w. mazeru y.t.. To
become mixed.
_ maze-awase'ru ; to mix (as by stirring Or.
mazui.
me, [f. mz-ru to see].
grinding together).
maze-Mono, q.V-
Of nasty, insipid, disagreeable, bad
taste ; (in the lit. and in the artistic sense).
Eye.
Nihon-jin no me kara mireba: from the
Japanese point of view. =
me de mono wo iu : to speak with the eyes.
me wa kuchi hodo ni mono wo iu: the eye
speaks as much as the mouth, .
me de shirase'ru : to wink at or make a sign
with the eyes.
me no mae ni aru : to have something right
in front of one’s eyes.
kiku ni wa me ga nai (B): he is awfully
fond of chrysanthemums.
o me ni kakaru: to meet (somebody) ; (a
humble verb, used politely in the Ist
person). 5 ‘
o meni kakeru: to show (to somebody) :
(a humble verb, used politely in the Ist
person).
me wo kake-ru : te treat kindly.
hajimete o me ni kakarimasé (D): I am
pleased to make your acquaintance,
mata o me ni kakarimashé (D) :
see you again.
me ni tsiku : to strike the eye.
me wo tstikeru; me ga tsiku : to notice.
me ni tomaru : to attract attention.
me ni sawaru : to try (tire) the eyes.
hidoi me ni au : to be treated cruelly.
kurushii me ni au : to undergo great suf- os
fering.
hidoi me ni awase'ru : to treat cruelly.
me ga sameru : to wake.
me wo nemuru : to close the eyes. Pike:
me ga tsubure-ru : to lose one’s eyesight. |
me wo nusumu : to do something on the sly. _
me wo mawast ; me ga mawaru : to be sur-
prised, startled ; to faint.
me ni tatsii : to be conspicuous.
me wo odorokasii : to surprise people. :
me wo-maruku suru: to be 3 to ye
stare with wide-open eyes. |
ano junsa wa yoku me ga todoku (B): no-—
thing escapes the vigilance of that police-
man.
I hope to.
etary: . bs
oi Aah “4
CE ee 4 Ne
a Oe
- ’ re tee
ore ; ASS
me ni kado wo tatete okoru: to get very
“angry and glare at somebody.
e ni wa naka-naka me ga kiku (B):
very good judge of pictures.
stikoshi mo me wo hanasemasen (C): I ean-
not allow him out of my sight for a
moment.
me kara hana e nuke'ru :
or abnormally clever.
watashi no me no kuroi uchi wa sonna koto
wa sase-nai (A) : while I am alive you shall
never do such a thing.
me kara hi ga deru y6 ni hidoku atama wo
utta (B): he struek my head so hard he
made me see stars.
me no ue no kobu : a kill-joy.
me ga hayai : to be observant, wide-awake.
Comp.
medatsti : to be conspicuous, [tatsdz to rise].
mekura (q.v.): a blind person, [kurail dark}.
megane (q.v.): spectacles, [kane metal].
mabuta :; eyelid, [frta lid].
hito-me (q.v.) : attention ; glance.
me-ue ; & superior. .
me-shita : an inferior.
me—-. A pref. meaning female ; it sometimes
becomes men—, (177, 1); all names of
animals do not admit this pref.
he isa
> to be exceedingly
Comp.
me-ushi : cow.
me-inu : bitch.
mendoré : hen, [tort bird].
mei ; mustime ; yome ; q.v.
—me. Particle used for forming ordinal num-
bers ; see 285-288.
sam-bam-me : : the third.
nanatsti-me : the seventh.
roku-jikan-me : the sixtit hour.
ky6 kara téka-me ni: in ten days (on the
tenth day) from salle
kono byé6ki wa jiké no kawari-me ni okoru
no dest (C): this illness breaks out at the
change of season.
mecha-kucha (na); mecha-mecha (na). In
confusion ; in disorder.
mecha-kucha mi suru: to break to pieces ;
disarrange.
mecha-kucha ni naru : to go to pieces; get
in disorder.
medetai. Joyful ; happy.
medetai koto : a happy event.
o-medet6 gozaimasi (D): I congratulate
you.
‘0 ko san ga o tmare ni natte o-medeté gozai-
mast (D): I congratulate you on the birth
of your son.
megane, [me eye; kane metal].
eye-glasses.
megane wo kake-ru : to put on spectacles.
Comp.
- megane-goshi : looking over one’s spec-
tacles, [kost% to cross over].
Spectacles ;
-
megane-goshi ni mi-ru : to look” over ‘one’s
spectacles. me
meil, [me- female: compare ot nephew. ae
Niece. ie
mei2. Name; fame: (used only in composi-
tion), *
Comp. :
meibuist: the famous production of a
locality, [buts% thing].
meishi ; & visiting-card. s
yume : famous.
mekata. Weight.
kono mekata wa dono gurai deshé ? (C) : how |
much does this weigh ?
mekata de uru : to sell by weight.
mekkaru. See mitstikaru.
mekkeru. See mitsdke'ru.
mekki. Plating.
mekura, [me eye ; kurail dark].
son.
sono yO na koto ni wa honté ni mekura de
gozaimast (D): I am quite ignorant in
such matters.
mekura sen-nin me-aki sen-nin: for every
thousand blind people there are a thou-
sand who can see, (and therefore it isn’t
A blind per-
worth while troubling because one man ~
criticizes, another will be sure to approve).
Comp.: aki-mekura : a man with eyes open —
but blind ; an illiterate person.
mend6. Trouble ; bother.
mendé wo miru : to take trouble.
kodomo no mendé wo miru no wa haha no
kakari desi (C): it is a mother’s duty to
look after her children. ‘
go mendé nagara stikoshi tetstidatte kudasai-
masen ka ? (C): will you be so kind as to
help me a moment ?
go mendé wo kakete makoto ni sumimasen
(D) : I am sorry to trouble you.
mendé na : troublesome.
stikoshi mo mendé na koto wa gozaimasen
(D) : it is not the least trouble.
mendé na koto wo iu : to raise difficulties.
mendé-kisai, [mendd trouble; ktsai a v.].
Troublesome ; tiresome.
a, mend6- kiteai / what a bore !
men dori, [me— female ; tori bird]. A hen. .
meshi, [stem of mest to eat]. Boiled rice; a
meal.
meshi wo taku : to cook rice.
Comp.
asa-meshi : breakfast.
hiru-meshi : midday meal.
yu-meshi : evening meal.
meshi-agaru ; to eat; drink ; (an honorific —
verb, used politely of the 2nd person).
metta (na).
metta ni : rarely ; seldom ; (with neg.).
metta ni aimasen (C) : I see him but seldom.
konna koto wa metta ni nai (B): such a
thing rarely happens, op
Rash ; reckless. Lee)
z
5’
ae amami :
; oe saka-michi + é
-mezurashii. Rare ; pA singular.
“-meaurashii koto wa arimasen (C): it is not
~ an unusual thing.
_ kore wa o-mezurashii (D) : this is indeed an.
agreeable surprise; you are quite a
__- stranger.
mi.
1) Body ; self.
mi no tame : for one’s own benefit.
mi wo omou ;: to think of one’s own or some-
body else’s welfare.
mi wo hiku : to withdraw oneself.
mi wo tate-ru: to establish oneself in the
world.
mi no hodo wo shira-nai yatsti da (B) : he is
a fellow who doesn’t know his own posi-
tion.
- mi wo nage'ru: to throw oneself into the
water and drown oneself.
mi ni oboe no nai koto des% (C): I know
absolutely nothing about the matter.
mi wo irete shigoto wo suru : to throw one-
self into one’s work.
mi kara deta sabi da (A): it is a misfortune
» you have brought on yourself; it serves
_ you right.
mi no ue banashi wo suru : to talk of one-
- self.
2) Meat ; flesh ; fruit.
sakana no mi : the flesh of a fish.
_ miga naru : to bear fruit.
_ niku wo taberu hd ga mi ni naru (B):
more nutritious to eat meat.
Comp.
kimi : yolk of an egg, [#3 yellow].
shiromi : white of an egg, [shirot white].
mi-, [mits three]. Three; abb. 2nd set of
num. (276, 4) ; see mitsit.
-mi. Suffix added to the stem of adj.:
forms nouns that mean a tinge of a
- quality or sometimes the quality itself.
akami : a tinge of red, [akai red].
sweetness, [amai sweet].
amami ga usit gozaimast (D) : it isn’t quite
sweet enough.
michi. Road ; way.
gakké e iku michi de asonde wa ike-nai (A) :
_ you mustn’t play on your way to school.
michi ga toi (B) : it is a long way.
fuisika no michi dest (C) : it is a two days’
journey. -
-michi wo oshie-ru : to show the way.
michi wo machigae-ru : to lose one’s way.
dono michi ano hito ni wa chikai uchi ni ai-
mast (C) : anyway I shall see him shortly.
michi-kiisa wo kuu : to loiter about on the
road.
Comp.
ko-michi :
ichi : a short cut.
it is
a lane.
ele wstl: AY: coge
1) To be able to see; be visible ; come;
_ tstikai-michi (a- v.) : way of using.
up a hill.
- also serves as see lag and w. . mises
appear.
konnichi wa dare ka mieru deshé (C) : some- _
body will probably come today. |
miete kuru: to come in sight ; become;
visible.
béshi ga mie-nai (B):
mie-nai : invisible.
mie-naku naru : to become invisible ; iount®
kasa ga mie-naku narimashita (C)’: I Uae
lost my umbrella.
2) To look ; seem ; appear.
watakishi ni wa s6 miemasi {C): it seems
so to me.
dekita to mieru (B): it appears to
finished. : . Ls
okiku miemast (C) : it looks big.
ano hito wa seiy6-jin no yo ni miemasi cM Se
that man looks like a foreigner. .
migaku. To polish ; clean.
ha wo migaku : to clean the teeth.
kutsu wo migaku : to clean the boots.
ude wo migaku : to endeavour to impeiey,
(ia manual work).
Comp.: ha-migaki : tooth-powder.
migi. The right-hand side. ‘
migi no hé : on the right.
ano sensei no migi ni deru mono wa nat (B) :
that teacher has no superior. by ES
mihon, [f. mi-ru to look ; compare tehon]}. A Bare
sample ; model ; pattern. eee
mihon no tori’: according to pattern.
mihon yori ochite i-ru : to be below sample. —
mihon-dori de aru : to be up to sample.
mii, [mitsi three]. Three (in the 5rd set of
num.; see 271 ; 275).
mijikai. Short.
ki no mijikai : quick-tempered.
mikka, [mitst three ; —ka q.v.]. Three days
third day of the month.
mimi. Ear.
chotto mimi wo kashite kure (A): just liateat
a moment. ,
mimi wa kazari-mono ka? (A): are you.
deaf? (ironically); (i. are your ears.
ornaments 2). c
mimi ni mo tome-nai; to pay no attention. —
mimi ni hairu ; mimi ni hasamu ¢ ys ovens
hear. *
mimi ni sawaru : to offend the ears.
mimi ni tstiku: to arrest attention ; |
struct sleep.
mimi wo osaeru : to stop the ears.
ne-mimi ni mizu : like having water aan :
ped into the ear when sleeping ; ; said of
something that happens quite Y
pectedly.
mimi no toi : hard of hearing. om
kire no mimi : selvage. spies
I can’ t find: my. hat. ts 2
v
<
_
=
aye!
roe — misoka
Comp.: mimi-kosuri ; mimi-uchi :
ing in the ear.
mina, (often pron. minna).
mina wa wakarimasen (C) :
stand it all.
minna wakarimasen (C):
stand it at all.
mina kaeba ileura ? (B):
you take for the lot ?
minna de ikura desi ka? (C):
does it come to all together ?
Nihon no uchi wa mina chiisai no dest ka ?
(C) : are all Japanese houses small ?
minna ake-nakereba narimasen ka? (C):
must I open every one ?
uchi no kodomo wa minna kaze wo hikima-
shita (©) : every one of the children has a
cold.
Comp.
mina-san : every one (persons).
- mina-san wa ikaga dest ? (C):
your people ?
minami. South.
minato, [mizu the water ;
Harbour ; port.
minikui, [mi-ru to
Ugly.
mi-nikui, [mi-ru to see;
Difficult to see.
minna, See mina.
mi-okuru, [mi‘ru to see; okuru to see offl.
To see off; accompany a guest to some
_ distance on his departure.
chotto Tanaka San wo de-guchi made o mi-
okuri shite o kure (A): just accompany
Mr Tanaka to the door (to show him
out).
mitru, v.t. [cogn. w. mieru v.i. which serves
as potential, and with mise-ru v.t. which
serves as quasi-causative].
1) To see ; look at ; reed.
ato de mimashé (€) : I will see it afterwards.
kodomo wo chotto’ mite ite kudasai (B):
please see to the child a moment.
kono kinjo de miru tokoro wa doko desi ka ?
(C) : what is there to be seen here ?
miru yo na mono : a thing worth seeing.
doko kara mite mo: trom whichever side
_ we look at it. .
Nihon-jin (no me) kara mireba:
Japanese point of view.
Tokys kara mireba Kyoto wa semai (B):
Kydto is small compared to Tékys.
mita tokoro de wa byéninrashiku nai (B) : to
look at him he doesn’t appear an invalid.
tanst wo mita keredomo nakatia (B) : I look-
ed in the chest of drawers but it wasn’t
there.
-miru miru uchi ga yakete shimatta (B):
while I was looking on (before my very
eyes) the house was burnt.
shimbun wo mi-ru ; to read the newspaper.
whisper-
All.
I don’t under-
I don’t under-
hew much would
how much
how are all
no of; tol door].
see; nikuil hateful].
—nikui2 difficult].
from a
ori wo mivru : to watch for an opener
isha ni mite morau : to consult a doctor,
itte mimashé (C) : let us go and see. pee!
itte mitara mon ga shimatte imashita (C):1 |
went and found the gate closed. __ :
2) After a gerund mi-ru generally (not al- «—
ways as may be seen in the last example)
means that an action is to be attempted ;
there is doubt as to whether the action ..
can be accomplished or whether the result
will be satisfactory.
yatte mi'ru : to try to do.
hitots% yatte mitara dé dest ? (C):
you say to having a try at it ?
mite mimashé (C): I'll leok and see what
there is.
mustiko wa kami wo sagashite mimashita ga,
arimasen deshita (C): the lad looked for
the paper but he couldn’t find it ; (not
‘he tried to look for’ but ‘he looked for
and tried to find’).
o té-san ni hanashite mitara i ja nai ka ?
(B): hadn’t you better tell your father ?
(perhaps he may be able to help you).
watakishi no kangae wo itte mireba kd desi
(C) : my opinion may be expressed in this
way. .
mado wo akete mimashé (C): I will try te
open the window (which has stuck); I
will open the window and we will see
whether it is more agreeable so.
kin6 Taré no gakké ni itte mimashita (C) :
yesterday I went and saw Tar6d’s school.
Note. In the imperative, the honorific verb
«goram nasaru is gen. used instead of
miru. Goran nasai may serve in most
what do
ordinary cases ; to an inferior goranwilldo. _
Der. and comp.
mise-ru (q.v.): to show.
mi-oboe : recollection of having seen.
mi-sokonau : to overlook.
mi-wake'ru : to tell the difference by esting
mi-okuru ; minikut ; mitat ; q.v.
mise, [mise-ru to show]. A shop ; store ; ;
office.
mise wo dast% : to open a shop.
mise wo haru: to expose one’s goods for sale.
mise wo shimau: to put away goods ex-
hibited for sale; to give up one’s business. .
mise*ru, v.t. [cogn. w. mieru v.i.: it serves
as quasi-causative of miru to see]. To
show ; exhibit.
chotto misete kudasai.(C) : please show it to
me.
Der. and comp.
mise (q.v.) : &@ shop.
mise-mono: &® show; a thing shown fori
money.
misoka, [mitsi three ; t6 ten ; —ka day]. The
last day of the month (whether eer or
31st).
omnia. 6-misoka : the last day of the year.
rs,
81
_ mitai (na), [mita seen ; 463 as if}. Like.
_ watakishi mitai na hito : people like myself.
mitsii, (gen. pron. mitisz). Three.
Note :—in comp. mitst is abb. to mi—; see
_ 276, 4. ‘
_ mitstkaru, (sometimes mekkaru), v.i. [cogn.
w. mitsike ru v.t.}. To become found ;
y be found.
nakunatta kane-ire ga mitsikarimashita
' (C): the purse | had lost has been found.
m6 jochti ga mitstikarimashita ka? (C)
have you found a servant yet ?
mitstikeru, (sometimes mekke-ru), v.t. [mi-ru
to see ; éstike-ru q.v.: cogn. w. mitstikaru
v.i.]. To find ; discover.
kore wo mitstikemashita, dare no dest ka ?
(C) : I have found this, whose is it ?
- nusunde iru tokoro wo mitstikerareta (B) : he
was caught stealing.
~~ sono uchi kara ii no wo mitsikete kudasai
(C) : please pick out the best from among
_ . these.
mitstimori, [mi-ru to see; tstimori calcula-
tion]. An estimate.
mittomonai, [mitai wishing to see ; mo even;
"nai neg.j. Offensive to the sight; im-
proper ; shocking.
mitts. See mitsi.
miya, {mi honourable ; yal house]. A shintéd
shrine ; (the honorific o is gen. pref.).
miyage. A present (gen. a souvenir from
~ some place) ; (the honorific o is gen. pref.).
miyako. The capital ; city.
mizo, [mizu water]. Ditch ; drain.
mizu. Water (cold). .
a 4. mizu wo kumu : to draw water.
a) ' ueki ni mizu wo yaru: to water plants;
(lit. give water).
“michi ni mizu wo maku: to water the
read,
umi no mizu : sea-water.
Comp. and der.
_ 6-mizu : a flood.
shio-mizu : salt water.
mizu-umi : a lake.
mizuppoi : watery, [see —ppoz].
minato ; mizo ; q.v.
mo. —
1) Also ; too.
\ kore mo yatte kudasai (C): please send this
also.
yappari omae mo ikare-nai (A): you can’t
go either.
naka ni wa ti no mo aru (B) : some of them
are all right ; there are also some good
ones among them.
ashita mo Todkyd e irasshaimast ka? (D):
are you going to Téky6 again tomorrow ?
2) Even. :
isu mo nai : not even a chair.
_ ichi-do mo mimasen (C) : I have never seen
it (not even once).
kimono made mo yaketa (B): 6
clothes were burnt. *) ire — ren
chitto mo kawara-nai: just the same as
ever ; (Jit. not changed evenalittle) =
waeere: mo dekimasen (C): I myself can’t
oO it. nth
hitotsti mo gozaimasen (D): there is not a
single one. ear
hitotst% mo nokorimasen (C); hitotsti mo
nakunarimashita (C): there’s nota single =
one left. Sey 5.
kiku no mo kowai koto da (B): itis dreadful
even to hear of it. a
tchi-nichi mo hayaku o kaeri nasai (B):
please come back again as soonasyou
possibly can; don't delay a single day
longer than you can help, it.
atsiiktte soba e mo ike-nai (B): it’s so hot
you can’t even go near it. i.
osoku mo : at the latest. uF
osoku mo ja-ji ni wa kaerimashd (C): PU
come back at the latest by ten o’clock.
3) Approximate quantity.
ichi-nichi ni ni-ri mo arukeba takisan dest
(C) : if you walk five miles (two ri) or so a
day that would be enough (e.g. for your
health).
ni-jai-yen mo areba kaeru (B): you could
certainly buy it for twenty yen or so.
4) After the gerundial form of a verb. or.
adj.—even if ; although.
ame ga futte mo ikimast (C) : I will go even
if it rains.
yasiiltite mo kaimasen (C): I won't buy it
even if it is cheap; although it is cheap
I'll not buy it. re
sore ni shite mo : even allowing that.
itte mo kamaimasen (C) : you may go if you
like; (lit. even if you go it doesn’t —
matter). et i
chotto aruite mo tsiikaremast (C): evenifI
only walk a little I get tired. my.
ano hito wa kane ga takiisan atte mo kin no
tokei wo motte imasen (C): although that =
man has a lot of money, he hasn’t got
a gold watch. aca
Tisake San ni ni-do mo tegami wo dashite ¥ re
mo mada henji ga ko-nai (B): okhuge ee
I ve written twice to Mr Tanaka, eae
hasn’t answered yet. - ede
sonna koto wo itte mo watashi wa isogashi- =
kiitte shiyd ga nai (B): I am sorry to hear —
that, but I am so busy I can’t help you.
chotto kangaete mo wakaru deshé (C):ifyou
think a moment you will understand it. z
osoktite mo : at the latest.
bktite mo ; at most. e y7ee
takaktite mo go-yen to wa kakara-nai desh6
(C) : at the most it ought not to cost five
on Se
Phe meaning of mo aftera gerund issome-
times vague or equivalent to wa. nt ae
mo »
omae. no y6 ni chiisakite mo fu-jiya da ne
(A) : it must be very inconvenient to be as
small as you are.
ammari asonde ite mo ike-nai (B) :
_ do to remain here too long.
See also de 7).
5) Mo ii after an aff. gerund means permis-
sion, ‘may’; after a neg. gerund it may
be rendered by ‘need not’.
atte mo ii (A) : you may go.
tka-nakiite mo ii (A) : you need not go.
asonde imasi kara,o taku e agatte utatte mo
yoroshia gozaimast (D): (not only can I
sing in my own house but) as I have
nothing to do I can even go and sing at
yours (if you wish it).
henji_ gurar yokoshite mo ti no mi (B): you
might at least have answered my letter.
6) Mo—mo : a) in aff. sentences when mo
follows nouns— ‘both—and >; when mo
follows verbs or adj.— ‘ whether—or’
‘either—or’; b) in neg. sentences—
‘neither—nor’.
sakana mo niku mo kaimashé (C):
buy both fish and meat.
ano hito wa Nihon-go mo hanast% shi, ji mo
kakemasti (C): that man can not only
speak Japanese but he can write the
characters.
shina mo ti shi nedan mo yasui (B): the
quality is good and the price cheap.
_.atte mo naktite mo onaji koto desi (C): it
doesn’t matter whether it is there or not.
o tenki ga yoktite mo warukite mo ikimasti
(C): I shall go whether the weather is
good or bad.
densha ni noru koto mo aruku koto mo deki-
mast (C): you can either go by tram-car
or you can walk.
densha ni noru koto mo aruku koto mo ari-
mast (C): sometimes I go by tram and
sometimes I walk.
pen mo empitst mo arimasen (C):
* neither a pen nor a pencil.
yomu koto mo kaku koto mo dekimasen (C) :
he can neither read nor write.
mi mo shi-nakereba kiki mo shi-nai (B): I
neither saw nor heard anything.
ite mo i-nakiite mo kamaimasen (C): it
doesn’t matter whether he is there or not ;
neither his presence nor his absence mat-
ters.
7) Various: sometimes the meaning of mo
is vague and need not be translated.
onna mo aré ni anna mono wo moraita (B) :
with so many girls to choose from he went
and married that creature.
nai koto mo gozaimasen (D): it cannot be
said that there are none ; there are certain-
ly some.
dé suru koto mo deki-nai (B): it can’t be
helped.
it won’t
I will
there is
hana-mi mo mé ii koro da (B): now is the
~ season for flower-viewing.
waruku mo nai (B) : that’s not bad. ;
- ari-s6. mo nai hanashi da (B): it’s an im-
probable story. _ anit
nan no kangae mo naku kiita mama hanashi-
mashita (C): without thinking I said just
what I had heard.
naze ?—naze de mo (B):
know, don’t wish to say or discuss the
reason.
mo stikoshi : a little more.
mo hitotst no : the other one.
In examples like these last two,mo is a cor-
ruption of m6 q.v.
8) Doko mo ; doko—mo ; itsti mo ; itsii—mo
and such like expressions, see doko, itst,
etc.
de mo, see de 7, 8).
ka mo shire-nai, see ka3 4); to mo see to
20) ; moshi mo, see moshi.
mo.
1) When referring to nouns of quantity, ©
distance or time—more.
kuruma wo m6 ichi-dai yonde kure (A):
call one more rikisha.
mo mittst shika arimasen (C):
only three left.
m6 is-sen mo nai (B):
sen. left.
kutabiremashita kara mé arukemasen (C)<
can go no further, I am too tired.
m6 tamara-nai (B): I can’t stand it any
longer.
m6 stikoshi : a little more.
m6 stikoshi matte kudasai (C) :
longer.
m6 stikoshi 6ki na no ga hoshii (B) :
one a little bigger.
m6 stikoshi de : almost ; soon ; near.
hon wa m6 stikoshi de yonde shimaimasi
(C): I have almost finished the book.
m6 hito-tsiki de go-nen ni narimast (C): in
one month more it will be five years
(since something happened).
m6 hitots% : one more.
m6 hitotst no : the other one.
m6 hitots% no hako wo motte kite o kure (A) :
bring the other box.
m6 ichi-do : once more ; agai’
m6 ichi-do hanashite kudasai (G) : please re-
peat what you said; please say it once
more.
yi (ns-do to) shite wa ike-nat (A) : don’t do
t again.
2) "When modifying a verb m6 may refer to |
the present, the past or immediate future; _
it may be translated by: now, already, —
about to; it sometimes is not translated
at all.
mo shikata ga nai (B): there is no bite! for
it now.
there are
I have not another
wait a little
I want
why ?—I don’t —
coe
m6 jiki desi (C) : it is quite near now ; it is
only a little further ; it will soon be time.
- mod dame dest (C): there is no help for it
now ; it is no use to try now ; it is too late
- to remedy now.
m6 sen kara shitte imast (C): I knew that
jong ago.
m6 kisha ga deru kara kippu wo o kai nasai
(B) : buy your ticket as the train is about
to start.
m6 tsuita daré (B) : he has probably arrived
by now.
o uchi wa m6 taitei dekita desh6 (C): your
house must be about finished now.
m6 kisha ga demashita (C): the train has
already left.
mo yoku narimashita ka? (C): are you
quite well again ?
_ 3) Various.
mé takisan (B) : thatis enough.
m6 kore kiri (B) : once for all; never after
this time ; this is al! there is.
mo ii (B): that will do; no more thank
= you.
m6 o shimai (B): that is all (the last) ; it
is all over.
mo sore dake naraba : if there is nothing
else.
mochiron. Of course ; certainly.
sore wa mochiron no koto desti (C) : that is a
matter of course.
-moe*ru, v.i. [cogn. w. most v.t.]. To burn.
mokaru, v.i. [cogn. w. mdke-ru v.t.]. To be
earned (of money) ; be profitable.
kane ga mékarimasti (C): there is money
to be made in it.
mokeru, v.t. [cogn. w. mdkaru v.i.J. To
gain, earn, make money.
ichi-nichi ni ikura mékemasi ka ? (C) : how
much do you earn a day ?
shichi-jis-sen mdkeru dard (B): you will
make seventy sen.
méke-guchi ga dekita (B): an opportunity
for making money has presented itself.
mokuroku: A catalogue ; list.
age to ; mokuy6é-bi; [see yd-bi]. Thurs-
ay.
‘momen. Cotton : cotton cloth.
Comp.: momen-ito : cotton thread.
mon. A gate.
_Comp.: ura-mon : the back-gate.
mon’. Abb. of mono q.v.
mondai. The question ; matter in discussion.
mondai ni nara-nai koto : something about
which there is no question; something
out of the question. ee
ikiru ka shinu ka no mondai dest (C): it is
@ question of life and death. :
Comp.: betsit-mondai : a different question.
mono, (sometimes abb. to mon’ or no ; see
no 12, 13). Thing ; (for difference hetween
mono and koto see 183).
pat
_ 1) Gernerally refers to concrete and material si %
_ things ian aes
watashi no mono wa minna heya ni motte.
itte o kure (A): take all my things up to _
my room. 7
sonna mono wa arimasen (C): there is no
such thing. Lp es
anna mono / (B): it is a mere trifle.
kore wa taihen benri na mono desi (C) : this
is a very useful thing.
2) Mono often refers to persons (impolite) + ;
or animals,
anna mono no iu koto wa ate ni narimasen : eae
(C): you can’t rely on what that person
says.
3) To iu mono—a (thing) called. ae
yakuré to iu mono wo kaimashita (C): I
bought a thing called a yakurd. =
Taré to iu mono ga kimashita (C): a man :
called Tard came.
4) Mono has an abstract meaning akin ta ‘ =
koto in this number and all the following, ==
sonna mon(o) deshd (C): that’s just about
it.
sono mono no ii-kata wa nan desti ka ? (A):
what do you mean by speaking to me like
that ?
mono mo ii-yd de kado ga tatsti: much de-
pends on how you say a thing.
mono wa tameshi da (B): it is worth while _
trying. 6 ae
5) Mono serves sometimes to substantivize sé
verbs or adjectives.
tenki ga tsuzuita mono da kara kawa no mizu
ga hetta (B): as we’ve had nothing but
fine weather lately the water in the rivers
has diminished.
ano ko wa ammari naku mono desi karao
ka-san ni butaremashita (C) : as that child
was crying so mach, his mother beat him.
kore wa empitsti de kaita mono dard (B):
this must have been written with a |
pencil. tee
Nippon mo kawareba kawaru mon’ da (B): me
how Japan has changed !
naka-naka rikd na ko mo aru mono da (B) = 4
well, some boys are clever, and no ~
mistake. : SA eae
ashita furd mono nara taihen da (B): it —
would be extremely inconvenient should —
it happen to rain tomorrow.
there are not many women like her.
dekiru mono nara : if possible.
. naku mono ja nai (A) : don’t ery.’
mono ni natia (B) : there was some result,
mono
84
‘Comp.
6) After the first form of the present (aff. or
neg.), mon(o) desi ka or mon(o) ka is a
denial of, or a protest against, an absurd
staterment.
tamaru mono ka? (A): you don’t expect me
to stand that, do you ?
abunakite mo kamau mono dest ka? (B):
who cares even if it is dangerous ?
anata no tegami nanzo yomu mon’ dest ka ?
(C): I’d never dream of reading your
letters.
Tar6é wa Ei-go ga wakaru deshé ne—wakaru
mon’ dest ka ? I suppose Tard can under-
stand English—what an idea, of course
he can’t understand it.
7) After the first form of the present, mon(o)
da has an exclamatory force.
okashi na hito mo areba aru mono da / (B) :
what a strange man!
hen na koto ga areba aru mon’ da! (B):
what singular things do happen some-
times !
omou y6 ni wa ikimasen mono desi (C):
things don’t always go as one thinks they
will.
8) Mon(o) da is sometimes used after the
desiderative without adding materially to
the meaning.
mizu ga nomitai mon’ da (B) :
some water to drink.
komban dekiru y6 ni shitai mono dest (C) : I
hope it will be ready tonight.
9) After the first form of the neg. future,
mono de mo nai means bare possibility.
ame ya furumai mono de mo nai (B) : it may
rain (though I don’t think it will).
10) Mono wo is sometimes used elliptically
at the end of a sentence.
k6 sureba dekiru mono wo (B) : you could do
itin this way if you tried (but you haven’t
tried although you ought to have done so).
11) Mono at the end of a sentence sometimes
resembles an interjection and signifies a
protest or complaint: this construction
is commoner among women.
de mo warui no dest: mono (B) : yes, but. it is
a bad one,
ikitai (desi) mono (B): yes, but I’d like to
I would like
go.
seiyd-jin desti mono (C) : well, he’s a foreign-
er, (an explanation of his way of acting).
12) Mono no has sometimes the meaning of
but ; however ; nevertheless.
kanashiku nai to wa iu mono no yappari
kanashii daré (B): you say you do not
feel sad but I think you must.
yomi. wa yonda mono no wakari wa shimai
(B) : he read it but I don’t think he under-
stood it.
Mono serves to form an immense
number of compounds: it may mean
either person or thing; and, with a few
exceptions, it is always the second com-
ponent. It is gen. added to the stems
of verbs or adj. or to nouns. The follow-
ing are some of the commonest com-
pounds.
mono-oki : a store-room.
mono-zuki : inquisitiveness, [ski like].
inaka-mono ; a peasant.
hitori-mono : a person who is not married.
namake-mono : an idle person.
bonyari-mono : an absent-minded person.
hataraki-mono : an industrious person.
kemono : a quadruped.
- uri-mono : a thing for sale.
nui-mono ; sewing (things to be sewn).
taki-mono : fuel ; firewood.
otoshi-mono : a thing dropped.
maze-mono ; & mixture,
mise-mono : a thing exhibited.
hori-mono : @ carving.
kai-mono : a purchase.
kimono ; a dress.
morai-mono : gift received.
nise-mono : an imitation article.
nomi-mono ; nomu-mono: something to
drink.
okuri-mono ; ageru-mono :
give to another).
tatemono : a building.
wasure-mono : something forgotten.
yakimono : pottery. é
tabe-mono : food.
azukari-mono : something received in de-
posit,
azuke-mono : something given in deposit.
sentaku-mono : things for the wash.
fuyu-mono : winter clothes.
kana-mono : things made of metal.
takara-mono : something precious.
yasumono: a cheap article of inferior
quality.
aomono : vegetables.
betsti-mono ; a different thing.
hon-mono : a genuine article.
Note the difference between mono as Ist
or 2nd component in the foll. couples.
mono-morai : a receiver of things, i.e. a
beggar.
morai-mono : a thing received, i.e. a gift.
mono-wasure : the forgetting of facts;
forgetfulness.
wasure-mono : a thing (e.g. an umbrella)
left behind, forgotten.
a present (to
monosashi, [mono thing: sasi% to measure].
A foot-rule.
morau, is a plain verb and must not be used
when speaking of an act done in favour
of the Ist person by the 2nd person,
unless the 2nd person is an inferior.
1) To receive.
dare ni moratta no dest ka ? (C): whew dia
you receive it from ? who gave it to you ?
s
ed wo pasate (C): I will take (buy)
this one.
-yome wo morau : to marry (said of the man
-when the bride comes to his house to form
"part of his family).
- muko wo morau: to marry (said of the
woman when the bridegroom comes to
her house to form part, of her family).
2) Morau after a gerund shows that the
action is performed in favour of the Ist
person, and generally in answer to his
_ request : this construction often resembles
the passive or the causative.
j0bu ni koshiraete moraitai (B): I want it
made strongly.
nésan ni tegami wo kaite moraimashita (C) :
__ my (elder) sister wrote the letter for me.
ano hito ni itte moraimashéd (C): I shall
get him to go.
asa hayaku okoshite moraitai (B): 1 wish to
be called early.
isha ni mite morau : to consult a doctor.
Tanaka San de san-nen hatarakasete morai-
- masti (C): Mr Tanaka has consented to
engage me for three years.
oji san ni omoshiroi hanashi wo kikasete
moraimashita (C): my uncle told me an
interesting story.
tabesashite morau :
another.
kono negai wo kiite moraeru ka shira ? (B) :
I wonder whether he will accede to my
request.
to receive food from
anata ni tegami wo kaiic moraeru to tsugo |.
ga ii (B): if you could manage to write
the letter for me it would suit me very
4) well.
3) In the imperative and future, whether
after a gerund or not, morau often means
to ask or request.
_ mizu wo ip-pai moratte o kure (A): ask for
a glass of water.
dare ka ni naoshite moraimashé (C): I will
_* ask somebody to correct it for me.
Note—The humble verb corresponding to
morau is itadalcu ; in the sense of receiv-
- ing, you may also say chédai suru.
re Comp.
mono-morai : a beggar.
morai-mono : a gift.
- morai-mono nara naisi de mo wata-ire: if
‘ it is a question of receiving a gift, one is
glad to receive a padded garment even in
summer.
moru. To leak.
ame ga furu to yane ga morimast (C) : when
it rains the roof Jeaks.
moshil. Supposing; if; (moshi is foll. by
a conditional or a construction equivalent
to a conditional).
moshi sonna koto ga areba : supposing that
should happen.
‘shine’: ; moshi ka ; moshi ya; aninia 4
when the supposition is considered higey:%
improbable. ee
moshi mo ame ga futtara dé shimaad bat Ae
(B) : supposing (though the weather is —
so fine now) it were to rain, what would | -
moshi ka shitara komban wa kaette kimasen aa
. (C): it may happen (though very improb-
able) that I shall not return tonight. -
Tasiike ni moshi mo no koto ga areba>
supposing anything were to eenee to
meshi®, ace of the stem of mésti to speak].
Exclamation used to draw attention; I
say; look here; (often repeated mosh,”
moshi).
moshi-wake, [mds to speak ; wake. naan
An excuse ; see wake.
most, v.t. [cogn. w. moe’ru v.i.]}. To burn,
hi wo most : to light a fire.
mdsu. To speak ; say. ~
kore wa nan to mashimast ka? (C): whale
this thing called ? re
sakki méshita tori : as I said before. he
chicht wa Tokichi to méshimast (D): my
father is called Tdkichi. ‘7 ee
Note : mésti is a humble verb and is practic- —
ally never used in the 2nd person; the
corresponding plain verb is iv1 or hanasil,
Comp.
moéshi-age'ru : same meaning as mds, but —
still more humble. e
méshi-wake : an excuse ; see wake.
Mésii is also placed after o and the stems of
certain verbs : it has the effect of making —
the verb humble; e.g. 0 tanomi méshi-
mast ; 0 sasshi mdshimasi ; 0 machi mo-
shimast ; o age mashimasi ; o
mashimasit ; o make moshimastt.
mo to.
1) Origin ; basis ; foundation. _. :
machigai no moto : the origin of @ mistake. —
moto kara no koto dest (Cy: it is a thing —
which has been so from the first.
moto no tokoro ni shimatte oite kure (A):
put it back in its old place. ase Ss 14
moto yori no koto dest: (C) : of course, that’s ag
ieee
ano dba wa yorpado moto go kakary(B) +
that business requires a large capital. — ages.
3) Formerly.
ano hito wa moto wa heitai deshita (C): he
was formerly a soldier.
moto wa kishato iu mono ga nakatta Bye”
formerly there were no such things as
trains.
Comp.: ashi-moto : the place where one age
be is stan
mots 7
1) To hold (in the hand) ; have.
motsu
86
j Biacane muti
nani wo motte iru no deshé ? (C): what has
he got there (in his hands) ?
kane wo motte imast ka ? (C): have you any
money with you ?
kanai wo mots : to have a wile
ko wo motst ; to have a child.
uchi wo motst% : to keep a house.
mise wo mots% : to keep a shop.
motte kuru : to bring ; take to my place.
motte iku : to carry ; take.
motte kaeru : to bring back ; take back,
dare ga wataktshi no hon wo motte ikima-
shita ka ? (C): who has taken my book ?
himo wo motte iwaku : to tie with a string.
2) To last ; endure.
kono kutsu wa naka-naka nagaku mots
(B) : these boots wear very well.
kono tenki wa nagaku mota-nai deshé (C): 1
don’t think this fine weather will last
long.
kore wa mochi ga ii (B) : this wears well.
Comp. “
mochi-ageru : to lift up.
mochi-dast : to carry away.
mochi-mono ; things carried by or on one ;
property.
kanemochi : a rich man.
“motto. More; still; comparative inflexion
of an adj.
- motto kugi ga irimasti (C): I want some
more nails.
motto takiisan : still more.
motto stikunai : still less.
motto ii : better.
motto benkyd shi-nakereba ikemasen (A) :
you must be more industrious.
motto ushiro e : further back.
moysd.
1) [Piston 3 design.
kono moyo wa oki-sugimasti (C) :
tern is too big.-
2) State ; condition.
ima no moyé de wa ame ga furi-3d dest (C) :
it looks like rain now.
Comp.: sora-moy6 : the appearance of the sky.
mu-, [mutsti six]. Six ; abb. 2nd set of num.
(276, 4) ; see mutsi.
i Six (in the 3rd set of num.
muchii (de or ni). Absent-mindedly ; ab-
sorbed in anything; full of one idea and
unconscious of all else.
muda (na). Useless ; unavailing.
muda ni suru : to waste.
jikan wo muda ni suru : to waste time.
hone-ori_ ga muda ni narimashita (C): my
efforts were in vain.
itte mo muda daré (B) : even if I tell him it
will be useless.
Comp.
_ muda-banashi ; muda-guchi :
nashi talk ; kuchi mouth }.
4
this pat-
idle talk, [ha-
ay
muda-ashi ; muda-bone ; muda-zukai ; av:
muda-ashi, [muda useless ; ashi legs}.
muda-ashi wo suru: to go on a useless
errand. :
muda-bone, [muda useless ; hone bone : com-
pare hone-ori].
muda-bone wo oru : to make vain efforts.
Wee 52
muda-zukai, [muda useless ; tstikaw to spend].
Useless expenses.
muda-zukai wo suru :
money.
mugi. Corn ; cereal.
Comp.
6-mugi : barley.
ko-mugi : wheat.
muika, [muts%i six; —ka day].
sixth day of the ‘month.
mujaki(na). Innocent ; simple.
mukaeru, v.t. [ ? mukaw to facel.
to meet ; welcome.
teishaba made mukae ni ikimashita (©): I
went to the station to meet him.
jochi wa m6 O Ky6 San wo mukae ni iki-
mashita ka ? (C): has the servant gone to
fetch Miss Ky6 (e.g. from school) ?
o isha wo mukaeru : to send for a doctor,
mukai, [mukau to face’. The opposite
side.
ginké no mukai :
Comp.: mukai-gawa :
the road.
mukashi.
1) Ancient times ; a long time ago.
mukashi wa kisha to iu mono ga nakatta (B) :
to throw away one’s
Six days;
To go out
opposite the bank.
the opposite side of
in olden times there were no such things
as trains.
mukashi kara shdjiki na hito de atta (B): he
always has been an honest man.
mukashi wa mukashi, ima wa ima:
have changed now; other times, other
customs.
2) A period of ten years ; (in this meaning it
takes the abb. 2nd set of num. 276, 4; but
is hardly ever used with any num. above
one).
ja-nen hito-mukashi : ten years are a very
rt time (things may have changed since
then).
mukau, v.i. [cogn. w. mukul v.i. and muke-rul
v.t.]. To face ; stand opposite to.
sono uchi ni mukatte migi no hd ni arimasi
(C):
house.
Der.: mukai ; muké ; q.v.
things
it is on your right as you face that
mukerul, v.t. [cogn. w. mukul v.i. and mu-—
kau v.i.). To turn.
kao wo watakishi no hé ni mukemashita (C):
he turned his face towards me.
muke'ru2, v.i. [cogn. w. muku2 v.t.]. To peel
off ; come off.
muki, "[mukul to face]. The direction or
frontage. 2
MSE Vey
f
87
kono uchi wa muki ga warui (B) : this hoase
has a bad aspect.
muki wo kaeru: to turn (something)
round. ;
Tard to Jiré to wa fitari to mo riké desti ga
muki ga chigaimasti (C): Tard and Jird
are both clever but in a different way.
inaka muki : suitable for the country.
omote muki : in appearance ; seemingly.
muko. Son-in-law ; husband of a daughter
of the house who has become a member of
his wife’s family and taken her name;
compare yome.
_muk6, [mukai opposite].
1) The other side.
muk6 no kishi : the opposite bank.
2) The other person or party.
muko ga iya to ieba shikata ga nai (B) : if the
other party refuses, there is nothing to be
done.
kuru yd ni to itta ga, muké de dé shite mo
korare-nai to iimast% (C): I told him to
come but he said it was absolutely im-
possible for him to do so.
3) Beyond ; yonder ; over there.
hashi no muké ni : beyond the bridge.
muké ni mieru uchi : the house you see over
there.
muk6 kara kuru densha wa Shinagawa yuki
dest (C) : the tram-car coming over there,
goes to Shinagawa.
ju-san nichi kara muk6é yokka-kan ; on the
13th and the three (not four) following
days.
Comp.: muké-gawa : the opposite side (as of
a river), [kawa2 side].
mukul, v.i. [cogn. w. mukau v.i. and
mukerul v.t.].
1) To turn ; face.
kono uchi wa umi ni muite imast (C): this
house looks on the sea.
2) To be in request ; be suitable.
kono shina-mono wa inaka ni mukimasti
(C) : this article is suitable for the country.
sono y6 na shigoto ni wa mukimasen (D) :
he is not suited for such work.
Comp.: furi-muku : to turn ; face towards.
muku2, v.t. [cogn. w. mukeru2 v.i.]. To
peel. ;
kawa wo muku : to skin or peel off the rind.
mune. Breast ; chest ; mind.
mune ga warui : to have a sickly feeling in
the stomach.
onna wa mune ga semai mono da (B):
women are weak-spirited creatures.
‘mune wo kogasit : to be deeply in love.
mura. A village.
murasaki (no or na). Purple. :
muri. Unreasonableness ; injustice ; violence.
muri na : unreasonable ; unjust.
sore wa muri dest (C): that is unreason-
able.
muri na koto wo shite wa ike-nai (A) : don’t
do anything unreasonable; don’t use
force.
stikoshi mo muri na koto wa mbshimasen
4 : Iam not saying anything unreason-
able.
sonna muri na shigoto wo suru to bydki ni
naru (B) : you will make yourself ill if you
work like that, beyond your strength.
okotta no mo muri wa nai (B) : it is no won-
der that he got angry. :
muri ga toreba, déri hikkomu : when vio-
lence passes by, reason withdraws itself.
mushi.
1) Insect ; vermin.
ki ni mushi ga tsuita (B): the tree is |
infected by insects.
2) Various. fate:
mushi ga shiraseta no deshd (C): I suppose
it must have been a presentiment.
mushi wo osaeru ; to restrain one’s anger. ~
mushi ga okoru: to become fretful (of @
child).
mushi no wi hito: a man full of seif-con
fidence.
_musubu. To tie ; knot ; complete.
himo wo musunde kure (A) : tie the string.
are wa yoys mi wo musunda (B): he has
succeeded at last.
nashi mo yoys mi wo musubimashita (C):
the pear-tree at last is bearing fruit,
Der.: musubime : a knot.
musubime ga hodoketa (B): the knot has .
come undone.
musiiko, [kol child]. A son; boy. '
Comp.: hitori-mustke : an only son.
musiime, [me— female]. A daughter ; girl.
Comp.: hitori-mustime : an only daughter.
mutsil, (gen. pron. muttst). Six. '
Note :—in comp, mutst is abb. to mu- ; see
276, 4.
muzukashii. Difficult ; hard.
muzukashii hito: a person hard to get on ar’
with.
muzukashii kao wo shiteru (B): he has a
sour face.
‘
ashita no o tenki wa muzukashii yo dest (C):
the weather tomorrow seems doubtfu! to
me. :
ano hito no bydki wa muzukashii (B) : his
illness is very serious.
myé-, (used only in comp.). Tomorrow.
myonichi : tomorrow.
myéasa : tomorrow morning.
mydban : tomorrow evening.
mydgonichi : the day after tomorrow, {go
after].
mydji. Family name ; surname,
1) Contraction of no q.v.
nani wo suru n’ desti ? (A): what are you
doing ?
Pa age Bee,
of 4 ~ a en
ee ronge
‘~ 2h fe _
on PAGS Ree
“-
ee,
%
a ee
el 9
j nai
an |
doko e iku n’ da? (A):
going ?
2) Occasionally contraction of ni.
aya n° narimashita (B): it has become dis-
‘tasteful to me. ~
nal. Name.
86 iu na no hito wa shirimasen (C) :
know anybody of that name.
wataktishi no na de karite kudasai (C):
please borrow it in my name.
Yokohama de ikura ka nano aru hito da (B):
he is a man of some reputation in Yoko-
hama.
nano ureta hitd :,a well-known person.
na wo ageru : to become famous.
na wo toru : to get a (good or bad) name.
_ na wo tstikeru : to name.
\ ' Comp.
na-ate ; ate-na : an address, [ate purpose].
nadakw ; namae ; q.v.
na2,
1) A particle added to nouns to form q. adj.
(212 et seqq.).
-2) Used to form the neg. imperative.
sonna koto wo suru na (A) : don’t do that.
3) Used after the stem of a verb in aff.
imperative sentences; also, by women,
after such words as kudasai, chédai,
irasshai, nasai.
0 tabe na (A) : eat it.
kudasai na (B) : please give it to me.
4) Used as an interj. about equivalent to ne
where are you
I don’t
q.v.
' 5) Na no after a noun: a) may be aq. adj.
foll. by no meaning ‘one’, or b) may
have nothing to do with aq. adj. but
- serve merely to make the sentence less
curt or slightly emphatic: in this latter
sense (b) it is often foll. by de (or the
contr. da, desti, etc.) and it may then be
contr. to nan.
kirei na no:
pretty.
suki na no : a) the one I like ; b) I like it.
‘astiko wa Ise-ya no jimen na no da (B):
that site over there belongs t- Ise-ya.
mezurashii yoi tima na no de, minna hoshi-
garimashita (C): as it was such a very
good horse, everybody wanted to have it.
kore desh6 ka ?—a! sore nan desti (C): is
this it ?—ah ! yes, that is it.
ano hito no 6kinakoe na no ni odoroita (B) :
I was surprised at the loudness of his
voice.
na.
1) Interj. about equivalent to né q.v.
2) Contr. of no wa.
nabe. A pot ; saucepan.
5 nadakai, [nal name ; takai high].
sake celebrated.
_nagai. Long (distance or time).
anata wa nani wo shite mo nagaku kakari-
a) a pretty one; b) it is
Famous ;
mast (B): you take a lisic time over
everything you do. ;
ki no nagai hito : a patient man.
nagaku suru : to lengthen,
Comp.
naga-t : staying long, [i-rul to be].
naga-t suru: to remain long
visit). :
nagasa : leagth, [see ~sa}.
(on a
naga-iki : a long life, [iki*ru to live].
hoso-nagai : slender, [hosoi thin].
nagara.
1) After the stem of a verb, it gen. means
that two actions are carried on simulta-
neously : while ; during ; as.
mise e iki nagara yomumashd (C):
read it as I go to the office.
2) After the stem of a verb it sometimes,
after a noun it always, has an adversative
sense : although ; nevertheless.
warui to shiri nagara shitta (EB) : he did it
though he knew it was wrong.
go mendé (or kuré) nagura stikoshi tetstidatie
kudasaimasen ka? (C): I am sorry to
trouble you, but will you be so kind as to
help me a moment ?
shiisiirei nagara...: pardon me, but...
o kinodoku nagara...: I am very sorry for
you, but...
nageru. To throw.
ishi wo nage'ru : to throw a stone. —~—
mi wo nage'ru : to throw oneself into the
water (so as to drown oneself),
8aji wo nage'ru : to give up a case as hope-
less ; throw up the sponge.
nagusameru. To comfort.
nai is in reality an adjective meaning ‘non-
existent’ (194); it serves to form the neg.
of adj. (195-197 ; 213 ; 231; 232; 235):
it serves also as negative to the verb aru
to be, to have, (for conjugation, see 93 ;
94). The following are some typical
examples of its use.
1) Simple negation.
kono hon wa yoku nai (B) : this book is not
a good one.
hima ga nai (B) : I have no time.
watakishi ja nai (B) : not I.
sore ja nai (B) : that is not it.
86 ja nai (B): that is not the way (to do
it) ; that is not so ; I deny it
86 de nai to omoimast (C) : I doubt it.
isu mo nai (B): there is not even a chair. —
stikoshi mo nai (B): there is absolutely
none at all.
sore hodo waruku wa nai (B) : not so bad as
that.
sore ja nai, sono tonari no dest (C) : not that _
one, the next one to it.
aru ka, nai ka, shiritai (B):1 want to know
whether there are any or not.
hoka de mo nai ga ano Mito no tame nt ikare-
I will
ae iku yori hoka wa nai (B) : there is nothing
for it but to go.
_ ko-nai uchi ni : before he comes, (lit. during
his not coming).
> nai hé-ga 4i.(B) : better without it.
nai gurai.da (B) : there is hardly any.
- tu made mo nai koto da (B) : it goes without
saying.
fy Be ea ae Be te es ;
Se: an ee Pee = ca Ҥ ae
z e : & : i . - :
; — tere - | : a oa 4
-. nakatta no. desis (C): I should have gone |» kori ga nakereba ikemasen (B)
but for him. ‘sate here ine eee peg avai:
‘nai mono wa ageraremasen (C) : I can’t give |
_ you what I haven't got.
watakishi wa kesshite anata wo shikaru no
de wa nai (B): I am far from blaming you.
Double negatives are common in Japanese
and even three are sometimes met with.
Besides the three examples given here,
‘see several others under 2) and 3).
nai koto wa nai (B) : there is some ; (lit. it
—
is not a fact that there is none).
nai nara nai de ii (B): if there is none,
_ very well. ‘
shi-nakereba nara-nai koto de wa nai (B):
it is not an obligatory thing, (lit. it is not
a fact that it is a thing which it won’t do
not to do). —
2) The gerund serves to form several in-
_ teresting idioms ; among others, a) nakite
wa ike-nai (or nara-nai) means ‘must’
_ (58, 15; 168, 1, c); b) nakiite mo ti
_ signifies the neg. of an obligation, or
- permission not to do something (168, 4).
kaka-nakite wa ikemasen (B): you must
_ write.
kane ga nal-tite* wa ike-nai (B) : you must
_ have money.
ika-nakiite mo ii (B) : you needn't go.
- nakiite mo ii (B) : I can do without it.
nakiite wa shiyd ga nai (B): I cannot do
_- without it.
nakiite nana-kiise : one has at least seven
- faults.
shigoto ga nai de komarimasi (C): I am
hard up, as I have no work to do.
shigoto wo shi-nai de ichi-nichi nete imasi
(C): instead of doing his work he sleeps
all day.
shabera-nai de hataraku hazu da (A): you
“ought to work and not talk.
tware-nai de mo suru hazu da (A): you
should do these things without having to
tegami wa wo hara-nat ¢ -
shita (C): this letter came without a
stamp.
'3) The most im t idiom of the neg.
conditional is that in which nakereba (or
» mai to) is foll. by ike-nai (or nara-nat) : it
may gen. be translated by ‘must’ ( 168, 1,
a). Examples of unis. and other construc-
tions of the nég. conditional are given
4)
ika-nakereba narimasen (C):1 must
shizuka ni shi-nakereba atchi e o-ide
you must either be quiet or go away
mi mo shi-nakereba kiki mo. shi-nai (.
neither saw nor heard anything. —_
tegami wo kaku hé ga ii, de nakereba
(B): you had better write or else he
not come. i ae
—_ de nakereba ikemasen (C): it must be
y train (that you send the ds ; that Kis
I go ; ete.). “ wm Pee
moshi kaze ga ékikereba koko-ira wa minna
yakete shimawa-nakereba nara-nai (B)
if there had been a strong wind all this
neighbourhood would certainly have
burnt down. a
ashita de nai to deki-nai (B): a) I can.
do it tomorrow (not today, not the day —
after tomorrow) ; b) I can’t do it before —
tomorrow. : ae hee
nareta hito de nai to 86 hayaku dekimasen
(C): unless it’s aman accustomed to.
work it can’t be done so soon.
Some uses of the adv. form are shown
the following examples :
nokori naku : without exception. ,
watakishi naku shujin no tame ni hatara:
(B) : he served his master disinterestedly
kore bakari de naku sore mo irete o k :
(A) : put in not only this but also that.
nan no kangae mo naku kiita mama hana-
shimashita (C): without thinking I said
just what I had heard. 5 eee ss
ano hitowa doko to naku jéhin na tokoro —
: there is something refined
Lp, 2
densha de naku kuruma de iké (B) : ins
of going by tram-car, let’s go by rikisha.
ma mo naku : soon; in alittle while.
iu made mo naku sore wa watashi no mono
da (B): it goes without saying that -
thing is mine.
sore to naku ; in a casual way. re
nan to naku : without any special
not knowing why or how.
5) Koto ga nai. :
Nagasaki ni a koto ga nai (B): Th
never been to Nagasaki. g a
amari mita koto ga nai (B): I have seldom
seen any. ras va
6) Note the foll. construction : ;
aru no de wa nai=nai. 3
uno de wa nai=yoma-nar.
7) De wa nai ka ? see de 4).
ni chigai nai, see chigat.
~
Der. a 2
nairashii : apparently not, [see -rashir].
nasa-80 q.V. z
Note. Nai as an independent word can —
gen. be replaced politely by
nai
nani
‘or still more politely by gozaimasen.
It cannot however be replaced in cases
like yoma-nai, nai koto, ete.
naifu, [corr. of English]. Knife.
kire-nai naifu : a blunt knife.
naifu wo togu : to sharpen a knife.
naisho. A secret.
Comp.
naisho-banashi : something said in secret ;
whispering ; [hanasvl to say].
naisho-banashi wo suru: to tell a secret ;
whisper.
naisho-goto :
[koto thing}.
naisho-goto wo shi-nai de o kure (A): you
mustn’t do things behind my back.
naka.
1) The interior ; inside.
naka ni ire-ru : to put inside.
naka ni hairimast ka ? (C): are you going
inside ?
naka niwaii no mo aru (B): there are also
some good ones among them.
hako no naka wa kara da (B) :
of) the box is empty.
2) No naka, q. ppn.: inside; in; among ;
between.
hako no naka ni arimast (C):
20x:
tanstii no naka kara dasiitte kudasai (C):
please take it out of the chest of drawers.
hayashi no naka wo téite iku: to pass
through a wood.
tomodachi no naka ni:
shi-gatst no naka goro :
of April.
hito naka de : in company ; before people.
3) Naka is sometimes qualified by an adjec-
' tive or adjectival phrase.
isogashii naka wo kite kurete arigaté (B):
thanks for coming when you were so
busy.
zurui akindo no 61 naka ni ano hito dake wa
+ shdjiki dest (C): among so many trades-
men who are cheats, he is the only one
who acts honestly.
4) Friendship.
naka no vi : intimate.
kitte mo kire-nai naka da (B): they are too
fond of each other ever to be separated.
naka ga warui (B): they are on bad terms
with each other.
Comp.
mannaka ; naka-naka ; q.v.
yo-naka : midnight.
naka-naka, [naka inside].
or superlative meaning.
naka-naka muzukashii (B) :
ficult.
naka-naka kimasen (C): he will not come
(although I have sent for him several
times ; although he knows I need him).
@ private, secret matter ;
(the interior
it is in the
among friends.
about the middle
Has an —
it is vere dif-
naka-naka makemasen deshita (C):
wouldn’t give in (in spite of all I said).
naku. To cry; sing (of a bird).
Comp.: naki-dasti: to burst out crying;
begin to sing ; [see dasiz].
nakunaru, v.i. (114), [nai non-existent ; naru
to become: cogn. w. nakusu(ru) v.t.].
’ 'To become lost ; die.
nimotst ga nakunarimashita (C): the parcel
is lost.
chichi ga nakunarimashita (C) :
is dead ; the milk is all gone.
itami ga nakunarimashita (C) : the pain has
disappeared.
sato ga m6 nakunatta (B):
already all gone.
nakusu(ru), v.t. [nai non-existent ; surul to
do (160): cogn. w. nakunaru v.i.j. To
lose.
kodomo wo fttari to mo nakushita (B): I
have lost both my children. .
nani ka nakushimashita ka ? (C):
lost anything ?
nama no. Raw; not cooked.
nama no gytinyt : fresh milk, (not boiled).
namae, [nal name ; mae in front]. Name.
0 namae wa ? (C) : what is your name ?
namakeru. To be idle ; neglect.
Comp.: namake-mono : an idle person, [mono
person].
name‘ru. To lick ; taste.
namete mitara nigakatta (B):
and found it bitter.
ano hito wa iro-iro no kurushimi wo nameta
hito dest (C): he is a*man who has had a
lot of disagreeable experiences.
nami. A wave.
namida, [naku to cry ; mizu water ; tareru to
drip]. Tears.
nan, contr. of nani q.v.: also contr. of na no,
see na2 5).
nana, [nanatsti seven]. Seven, (3rd set of
num. 271 ; 275; also abb. 2nd set of num.
276, 4; see foll.; also used occasionally
instead of shichi, 273.).
nanatsii. Seven.
nana-korobi ya-oki : never say die ; try, try
again ; get up every time you fall down.
In comp. nanatsti is abb. to nand@ : see 276, 4.
Der.: nanuka, q.v.
nani, (often contr. to nan: always contr.
before the ppn. de, to, ni). There are two
principal meanings, ‘what?’ and ‘how
many ?’; numbers 1-7, 12,
referred to ‘what?’ and 8-11 to rhea
many ?’
1) A noun: what ?
kore wa nan dest ka ? (C): what is this ?
nan deshita ka? (C): what was it ? what
happened ? tell us al] about it. Y
nan da ka kyé wa guai ga warui (B): eome-
how I don’t feel well today.
my father
the sugar is
have you
1 tasted it
13. may be ©
ae, Oe
© eckaiine’ wa dees th ko :eiikoshi hen da
ga moratte okimashé (C) : it seems somehow
a strange thing to do but I'll keep this
money.
sono hanashi wa nan no koto dest ka ? (C) :
what is all that talking about ?
nan no go y6 dest ka? (C): what do you
want ? what can I do for you ?
nan no kangae mo naku kiita mama hana-
shimashita (C): without thinking, I said
_ just what I heard.
kore wa nan ni tstikau no dest ka? (C):
what is this (used) for ?
kore wa nan de koshiraeta no dest ka ? (C) :
what is this made of ?
nani wo shite imasi ka? (C):
doing ?
nani wo itte mo shinjimasen deshita (C): he
refused to believe anything I said.
non de is sometimes equivalent to naze ;
why.
2) An adj.: what ?
‘nani hon wo o kai ni narimashita ka? (D):
what book did you buy
a is he
are wa nani yama dest ka? (C): what
mountain is that ?
are wa nani mono desi ? (C): what kind of
a fellow is that man ?
3) Nan to.
nan to naku : without apparent cause.
ano hito wa nan to naku j6hin na tokoro ga
aru ae A there is something refined about
him (though I can’t say what it is).
nan to mo iwa-nakatta (B): he said
nothing.
i _ nan to mo iemasen (C) : I can fadeyigah may
be ; I don’t know.
nan to mo ii-yo ga nai (B): I am at a loss
for words.
watashi wa nan to mo omotte i-nai (B): the
matter is already entirely forgotten.
nan to mo nai (B): it makes no difference
to me.
me ga ‘akaku natte iru ka P—iie, nan to mo
nai yo (B): is my eye red ?—no, there’ s
nothing the matter with it.
kaiku mo nan to mo nai (B): I don’t feel
any itch or anything; to be utterly
indifferent to.
kore wa nan to iu mono dest ka ? (C) : what
is this called ?
kore wa Nihon-go de nan to iimasit ka ? (C) :
what do you call this in Japanese ?
nan to itta no dest ka ? (C): what did you
say?
sth dat itte mo shinjimasen deshita (C):
refused to believe anything I said.
iwani'to tte "mo ano Niko wo erat (B): say
what you will, he is a great man.
hontons nan too rei wo moehite tt ka wakari-
masen (D): 1 really don’t know how to
thank you.
the carpenter came and said sh
about his not being able perhaps to es
tomorrow. : ;
nan to iu baka daré (B) : what a fool he is by
As an excl. nan to iw may be replaced
sometimes by nante q.v. ke
4) Nani ka : something or other. ,
me ni nani ka haitte imast ka ? (C) : is there:
anything in my eye ? =i
nani ka ochita no de me ga sameta (B). ;
something fell down and woke me. ~
kudamono ka nan ka o agari nasai (€) : take
some fruit or something.
Suzuki to nan ka hanashi wo shite. ‘rnaatitoes.
(C): he was talking with Suzuki about Ba
something or other.
kari ya nani ka kiret ni katazukemashita
(C) : he settled all his debts. -
See nanka. :
5) Nani mo (gen. pron. nanni mo), with neg:
nothing.
nanni mo nai (B) : there’s nothing.
mé nanni mo irimasen (C): I don’t need.
anything more.
nanni mo iwa-nai hd ga ii (B): you had.
better not say anything.
nani mo anata no shitta koto de wa nai (B)
anyhow, it is none of your business. ee
nanni mo 86 fishigigara-nat de mo ti no
dest (C) : there’s nothing to be so surpris-
ed about. ‘ ;
sonna mono wa nan ni mo nara-nai kara o |
stite nasai (A) : as that thing can be of no
use throw it away. (This example ben)
longs to 1) ; nan ni are two words).
6) Nani mo ka mo : everything. %
sono koto nara, nani mo ka mo shitte iru (B):
if you are talking of that, I know all about
it. ii
nani mo ka mo hitori de yaru no de shighho que e
taihen da (B): it is heavy work as I do
everything myself.
7) Nan de mo : anything ; everything.
nan de mo vi (B): anything will do. .
anata wa nan de mo shimasi. ka ? (C) : are
_you willing to do everything ? ’
nan de mo yawarakai ki de ii (B): any soft
wood will do.
nan de mo stiki na mono: whatever you
like.
nan de mo nai (koto da) (B):
at all.
nan de mo jibun de itta yd dest (C) : anyhow
it seems that he went himself.
under no cireum-
adans
it is nothing 3
nani ga nan de mo:
stances. .
8) In questions relating to to number, mani. “ss
gen. contr. to nan, is used in the place to
be occupied in the answer by a num. of
the Ist set, (277). bid bef
nani 92
nan-do ikimashita ka ? (C): how often have
you been ?
nan-ji dest ka ? (C): what o’clock is it, ?
Sti nan-jikan kakarimast ka? (C): how many
- hhours does it take ?
kuruma ga nan-dai irimast ka? (C):
many rikishas do you want ?
9) Nan—ka : a good many.
' Yokohama e wa nam-ben ka mairimashita
ga yoku zonjimasen (D): I have been to
Yokohama several times but I don’t know
it well.
10) Nan—mo : any number.
empitst ga nam-bon mo arvmast (C) : I have
any amount of pencils.
nam-ben mo ikimashita (C):
(there) any number of times.
11) Nan—de mo : anything ; everything.
nan-jaku de mo iru dake o istikai nasai (C) :
Ae oe use as many feet (of this cloth) as you
apie need.
kuruma nara, nan-dai de mo gozaimast (D) :
if it is rikishas you want, there are any
. number.
+. 42) Interjection.
nani, kamau mon’ ka? (A): oh! who cares?
nani, ano hito ga shinda to? (B): what‘! is
that man dead ?
13) Various.
sono tame ni fifu-wakare wo suru da no nan
da no to iimast% (C): on account of that
they are talking of getting divorced and
what not.
nani kara nani made ki ga tsiku (B) : there
is nothing that escapes his attention.
nani ya ka ya yoji ga arimast (C): I am
very busy what with one thing and
another.
nani yori vi (B): nothing could be better.
kore wa nani yori...(B); nani yori kekké
nao shina wo arigatd gozaimast (D):
._ thanks for your splendid present (more-
ge splendid-than-anything present).
Bp ot Note :—nan becomes nam before 6, m, or p.
= A
how
I have been
‘ nani-goto, [nani what ; koto thing]. © What ;
te anything ; everything.
i 7 nani-goto desi ka? (C): what has hap-
pened ?
nani-goto ka aru ka ? (B) :
= matter ? what news ?
See nani-goto mo shdjiki ni o shi nasai (A): do
3 everything honestly.
nani-goto de mo isshdkemmei ni shi-nakereba
narimasen (C): no matter what your oc-
cupation, you must always strive to do it
the best you can.
_ &, nqni-goto mo yume da! (B): ah, allis a
dream ! ’
is anything the
nanka, [nani what; ka interr.]. And such
like things; and so forth; et cetera;
often has practically no meaning.
<2 Sent tee ra Hime mca ac: desti
.
‘
(C): I don’t at all care for cats anal such
like things.
See nani 4).
nanni. An emphatic way of pronouncing
nani before mo ; not the same as nan ni;
see nani 5).
nante, [corr. of nan to itte, nan to iu or nan to,
see ‘tte 3), 5), 6)].
1) And such like things; and so forth; et
cetera ; often has practically no meaning.
watashi nante dekimasen (C): I and people
like myself can’t do that.
o seji nante kirai (B): I hate flattery and
such like things.
sagast nante koto wa deki-nai (B) ; sagasté
koto nante deki-nai (B): I can’t look for
it (or help you in any way).
2) An interj.
nante kirei deshé ! how beautiful !
nante ii o tenki deshd ! what fine weather
itis!
3) An interr.
kore wa nante hana deshé ? (C)
what this flower is called ?
ano hito wa nante iu deshd ? (C):
what he’ll say ?
nanuka (often pron. nanoka), [nanatst% seven ;
—ka q.v.]. Seven days; the seventh day
of the month.
nanzo. Used like nante 1).
nao. Still.
kore wa nao ii (B) : this one is still ad,
naoru, v.i. [cogn. w. naost v.t.}. To get
well; become mended; recover (from
illness).
* Suzuki San wa m6 naorimashita (C): Mr
Suzuki is already well again.
konaida no tokei wa naorimashita ka ? (C) :
have you mended the watch I brought the
other day ? (lit. has the watch recovered,
become mended ?).
: 1 wonder
I wonder
ano fitari wa naka ga naorimashita (C) : >
those two friends have made it up.
kiise wa naka-naka naora-nai mono da (B) :
a habit is a difficult thing to get rid of.
m6 kigen ga naorimashita (C): he has got
over his fit of bad temper by now.
naoru bybki : a disease which can be cured.
naosit, v.t. [cogn. w. naoru v.i.].
1) To mend ; repair ; put to rights ; ines.
tokei wo naoshite moraitai (B) : I want to
get my watch mended.
kore wo naosii no ni wa dé shitara +i deshé ?
(C) : what can be done to remedy this ?
naosasete o kure (A) : have it mended. |
kore wo naost no ni wa dono gurat
mast ka? (C): what would it cost o,
mend this ?
sono ktise wo sbestiinebetihis ike-nai tae
you must break yourself of that habit.
kigen wo naoshite kudasai (B): please put
away your ill humour.
haben?
-
A
€
£
BS 2) To translate.
ge Nihon-go wo Ei-go ni naosii : to translate
: from Japanese into English.
In comp. after the stem of a verb naosi
means to do over again by way of better-
ing or correcting. d
‘kaki-naost : to write over again.
kangae-naosi ; omoi-naost : to change one’s
mind. ”
shi-naost : to do over again.
mara(ba). If; if it is.
Nara(ba) is used after the present, past
-and desiderative forms of verbs, adjec-
tives, nouns and adverbs.
kimi ga iku nara boku mo iké (B): if you
go I shall go too.
“warau nara warawashite o oki nasai (B) :
let them laugh if they like.
vite shimaita nara mo shikata ga nai (B): if
he has gone then it can’t be helped.
tkitat nara : if you wish to go.
tsogashii nara : if you are busy.
‘oishvi nara o agari nasai (B) : if you find it
tastes nice, please take some.
watakishi nara s6 wa shimasen (C):. if I
were you, I would net do it (so).
rusu nara dé shimashd ? (C): if he is out,
what shall I do ?
sonna koto nara yasashii (B) :
it is easy enough.
a, kore nara wi (B): oh, this will be just
right.
ima nara go-sen de kaeru (B): nowadays
. you ean buy it for five sen.
yado-ya nara gozaimas% ga hoteru wa gozai-
masen (D): there are native inns, but
Res y there are no foreign-style hotels ; (if your
question were about native inns, I could
answer there are, etc.).
” sara nara sara, chawan nara chawan to
bets% na hako ni o ire nasai (B): put the
plates and the tea-cups in separate boxes.
86 nara (often pron. sonnara) : if that is so.
86 nara, o yoshi nasai (B) : well then, don’t
do it.
Note. The ppn. no is sometimes introduced
between the verb or adj. and nara(ba).
0 kaeri nasai to iu no nara kaeré (B): if
you tell me to go away, I will.
kimete shimatta no nara shtkata ga nai (B) :
if you’ve already made up your mind,
there’s nothing to be done.
hitori de sabishii no nara issho ni ite ageyd
(B): if you find it lonesome by yourself,
17H go with you. |
naraberu, v.t. [cogn. w. narabu v.i.}. - To
: piace in a row ; arrange.
minna soko e narabete o kure (A): place
them all in a row there. aia
ano hito no warui tokoro wo ichi-ichi nara-
beta (B) : he entimerated his faults one by
one.
if that is all,
-
ie pes wd
kaki-kata de wa ano hito ni kata wo naraberts
mono ga nai (B): as far as handwriting —
ges, nobody can be compared te him. -
narabu, v.i. 114, [cogn. w. naraberru v.t.).
To become arranged in a row. ao
narande iru: to be in a row. 1 ee
futari narande goran nasai (C): you two
stand side by side.
narasii, v.t. [cogn. w. naru3 v.i.].
to sound ; ring,
rin wo narasii : to ring a bell.
narau. To learn ; study.
Nihon-go wo naratte imasit (C):
studying Japanese.
narau yori nareru hé ga i (B) :
better than theory. ‘
nareru, (114). To become accustomed. |
narete iru : to be accustomed, ‘
nareta ; tame ; experienced,
nareta tori : a tame bird.
Comp.
tabe-nare'ru : to be accustomed to eat.
watashi wa Nihon no gohan wo tabe-narete
imasen (C): I am not used to Japanese
food.
tstikai-nare-ru : to be accustomed to use,
fude wa tsikai-narete imasen (C): I am not
accustomed to using a writing-brush,
kiki-nareru ; to be accustomed to hear,
narul,
1) To come into being ; become } turn out.
This idea is present in all the foll. ex-
amples though the translations are
various. Naru gen. follows an adverb or —
adverbial construction.
isha ni naru tsumori desi (C); IL am going
_to be a doctor.
hayaku kuraku narimasti (C): it becomes
dark very early.
akaku naru : to turn red ; blush,
samuku naru : to get cold.
yoku naru : to be better ; improve.
iki ni yoku o nari deshd (D): I hope you
will soon be better.
dame ni narimashita (C) : it is useless now 5
it is out of order.
practice is ~
o tenki ni narimashita (C) : the weather has : oe y j
turned out fine.
shi ni go wo tasii to kuni naru (B) : four and
five make nine.
atsui to bydki ni narimasi (C): the hot
weather makes me ill. :
sono mama ni nate vru : to remain in the
same state. ,
isha ni natte imast (C) : he became (and is)
a doctor.
uisaku natte imasi (C) : it has turned (and
‘is} sour,
hanashi no tane ni naru: to afiordatopic
for conversation.
kisuri ni naru : to be wholesome.
dolu ni naru: to be unwholesome.
ye "
To cause >. 5
I ane
‘
naru
94
/ es eee
tame ni naru : to be profitable.
Yamada San no iu tori ni naru : to do what
Mr Yamada says.
aya ni natte shimatia (B) :
disgusted.
ji-go ni natiara sono gurai no koto wa dekiru
hazu, da (B) : as you are fifteen, you ought
to be able to do a thing like that.
jii-go ni naru onna no ko ga arimasti (C):
I have a daughter of fifteen.
ju-go ni natta onna no ko ga arimasti (C) :
I have a daughter who is now fifteen,
(said at the beginning of the year).
konda jai-go ni naru onna no ko ga arimasii
(C) : L have a daughter who will be fifteen
next year, (said at the end of the year).
I am thoroughly
ano koto wa dé narimashita ka? (C): what
has become of that affair ?
dé shite 86 natta no dest ka ? (C) : however
did that happen ?
6-kaze ga fukimashita ga uchi wa dé mo nari-
masen (C): a gale blew but nothing hap-
pened to my house.
okashiku natta (B): I felt inclined to laugh ;
(lit. 1 became amused).
2) The neg. present conditional foll. by
nara-nai ; the first form of the neg.
present foll. by to nara-nai ; and the neg.
gerund in nakiite foll. by wa nara-nai have
a meaning of obligation or necessity and
may often be translated by ‘must’.
ika-nakereba nara-nai (B) : I must go.
nakereba narimasen ka? {C): is it neces-
sary ?
kiisuri wo noma-nakereba narimasen (C): I
must take some medicine.
shi-nakereba nara-nai y6ji ga aru (B): I
have some business which I must do.
hachi-ji ni uch? wo de-nai to narimasen
(C): we must leave the house at eight
o'clock,
_ motto benkys shi-nakite wa nara-nai (B) : 1
must study more.
Kyoto e ika-nakereba nara-nai koto ni
narimashita (C) : something has happened
which obliges me to go to Kydto.
. moshi kaze ga ékikereba koko-ira wa minna
yakete shimawa-nakereba nara-nai (B) :
- if there had been a strong wind, all this
neighbourhood would certainly have
been burnt down.
3) The gerund foll. by wa nara-nai ; and
the lst form of the present foll. by to
nara-nai mean that it is wrong or use-
less to do something : they may often
be translated by ‘must not’.
86 shite wa narimasen (A) : you mustn’t do
(like) that.
ugoku to nara-nai (A) : you mustn’t move.
4) Naru in the past tense may be translated,
according to circumstances, by the past or
present in English. In the latter case
the word ‘now’ may often be ee in the
English. »
dame ni natta (B):
no use now.
aisiku natta ne (B): it’s hot (now), ien’t it ?
5) Naru is often used after the desiderative
adj. and after the neg. verbal adj.
Toky6 e ikitaku natta (B): I feel inclined
now to go to Toky6d. ;
deki-naku natta (B) :
Kyéto e ika-nakereba nara-naku natia (B):
something has happened which obliges
me to go to Kydto.
6) Naru is sometimes rendered by the
passive in English.
sewa ni naru : to be assisted.
go chisé ni naru : to be entertained.
7) Naru is sometimes translated by ‘be’
though the idea of ‘become’ is there.
it became useless ; it” s
oki na kaji ni wa nara-nai deshd (C): I
don*t think it will be much of a fire.
m6 hitotsti dake ni natta (B): there is only
one left.
kékoku ni naru;: to be a good advertise-
ment.
8) The honorific o foll. by the stem of a verb
and ni naru, forms a polite substitute for
the ordinary inflexions of the verb, (359).
0 yomi ni narimashitaka ? (D)=yomimashi-
ta ka? (C)=yonda ka? (B): have you
read it ?
0 nari ni naru (D)=naru (B): to become.
9) Yéninaru see y6 5).
naru2, [ ? f. prec.}. To bear fruit.
naru3, v.i. [cogn. w. narast v.t.].
@ noise ; ring ; sound.
rin ga natte imast (C): the bell is ringing.
kaminari ga naru (B): it thunders.
naruhodo. An interj. that may indicate a
mild form of surprise, wonder or admira-
tion, but is chiefly used by a person who
is listening to another’s narrative and
shows by an occasional naruhodo that he
is taking a polite interest in what is being
said. It may be translated by: ‘really !’;
‘I see’; ete.
naru-take, (often pron. naru dake), [narul to
become ; see dake 5)]. As—as; as much
as possible.
naru-take hayaku : as quickly as possible.
naru-take ugoka-nai y6 ni shite kudasai (C) :
please keep as still as you can.
nasai. Imperative of nasaru ; not polite. —
nasaru. To do. An honorific verb, used
politely of the 2nd and 3rd persons. It
has a few irregularities: it drops the r
before the masi% terminations ; the im-
perative is nasai; the 2nd @ is often
dropped before terminations beginning
with tt, thus nas ‘itara for nasattara. —
1) nani wo nasaimasti ka ? (D): apy are
you doing ?
To make
it is now impossible.
~
‘a
ee “
dé nasaimashita ka ? (D): what has hap- |
_ pened to you ?
anaia no ii yO ni nasai (B): do as you
please.
_ go benkyd nasaimasi ka? (D): are you
going to study ?
_ 2) The honorific 0, foll. by the stem of a
verb and the verb nasaru forms a polite
substitute for. the ordinary inflexions of
the verb, (359).
0 yomi nasaimashita ka ? (D)=yomimashi-
ta ka? (C)=yonda ka? (B): have you
~ read it ?
_ Note. Although nasaru is a polite verb,
the imperative nasai is not polite, neither
when used by itself nor when it follows
@ verba] stem. The polite imperative of
nasaru is nas tte kudasai.
« Masa-s6 (na), [nai non-existent ; -sd proba-
bly]. Seeming not to be.
sonna koto wa nasa-s6 da (B) : that doesn’t
- seem likely.
nashil. Pear.
nashi2, [literary form of nai, used sometimes
in colloquial]. Not; without. Nashi is
used after a noun and is often foll. by
the ppn. ni or de.
kane nashi ni (or de) wa nanni mo dekima-
sen (C): you can’t do anything without
- money.
kasa nashi de (or ni) mairimashita (D): I
came without an umbrella.
yurushi nashi ni demashita (C) : he went out
without permission.
nori-kae wa ?—nashi (B) : are you going to
change cars ?—no ; (nori-kae nashi).
o ba-san wa shikata nashi ni jibun de dete
ikimashita (C): as there was no help for
it the old woman went herself.
nashi3, [nai non-existent ; shi4 ppn.]. Not.
This nashi is always used after wa and
can be replaced by nai shi.
wa yowai shi, kane wa nashi, honto
ni kawaisé desit (C) : bad health and want
_of money, he is greatly to be pitied.
watashi ga shinde mo naku hito hitort aru
wake ja nashi...(C) : even if I die nobody
will miss me.
natsi. Summer.
Comp.: natsii-fiku : summer clothes.
naze. Why. :
naze deta ka ? (A): why did you go out ?
naze sonna koto wo omou no deshé (C): 1
wonder why you think so.
naze da ka shirimasen (C) : 1 can’t tell you
naze to ieba; naze ’tteba ; naze naraba : the
reason is ; I’ll tell youwhy. (A senten
that begins with these words in Japanese,
often ends with kara dest). :
_natst wa umi yori yama ga siki, naze *tteba
yama no hd ga suzushii kara dest (C): in
+
summer I prefer the. mountains to the
sea-shore and I’ll tell you why, it~
cooler up on the moun Be Rt),
nel. Root. ; . In HAS Sd
ki no ne : the roots of a tree. ati ety te
ne no nai hydban : a rumour without any —
foundation. * oe a
ne wa ti hito da (B) : he is a good fellow at _
heart. : SOE
ne hori ha hori kiku: to inquire too,
minutely. ; PE
ne kara ha made kikimashita (C): he inquir- —
ed about everything even the minutest _
details. WS
tsumara-nai koto wo ne ni motte kenka wo
shite iru (B): they are quarrelling over a
trifling affair. BS pt.
ne2. Price. as
ne ga agarimashita (C): the price has risen. —
ne wo make-ru : to reduce the price. i eee
ne wo tstikeru: to value; estimate the
value of. Seas
ne ga ti (or takai) (B): the price is dear.
Comp.: nedan ; negiru ; neuchi;q.v.
ne3, né. Interj. especially used by women _—
and children: men often use na, n@ in-
stead of ne, né.
1) At the end of asentence it has gen. (but _
not always) an interrogative force: isn’t —__
that so ? ; es
kiret dest ne ? (C) : it is pretty, isn’t it ?
konaida tokei wo katita no desttne ?(C): you
bought a watch the other day, didn’t
you ? PRG ARLE:
& iu fi ni shi-nakereba nara-nai no da k PG,
ne (B): that is how it ought to be done, >
you see. s'
2) Scattered over a sentence, at the endof
each little clause, it has a mildemphatie —_—
force, and serves to prevent the hearers
attention from going astray. Itis often
foll. by a short pause during which the
hearer shows he understands ae is said, =~
by answering e or giving a sort of grunt.
aa ne. est a : Kudan-zaka-shita wo
téttara ne... [ej]... hito ga dzei atsumatie =
ita kara ne... [e]... nozoite mita no 8&
(B) : just now, as I was passing at the
hottom of Kudan-zaka, there was quite
a crowd collected, so I wont to see what
it was. “So
3) Various. é ;
is ne : serves to call attention or to begin —
a sentence : I say ! : ee
86 desi ne: a polite agreeing with what 9
another says; also used when ome is
perplexed and is considering what answer
he had better give : let can ae 5
edan, [ne2 price ; dan astep]. Price. Ses)
' een Te accent : please tell me gat
the price. pig Wk re pg ,
negai. See o-negai. ee oa
negau 96
negau. . To ask ; request.
_ o@-ide wo negaimast (D) :
- come.
o negai moshimast (D) : I entreat you.
<x mo stikoshi o shizuka ni negaimasi (C) :
Bay 2 please don’t rnake so much noise.
1 _ mado kara kao ya te wo dasa-nai y6 ni
you are requested not to
IT request you to
negaimast (C):
ag put your head or hands out of the
or window.
iy Comp.: o-nega@i, q.v.
ss mregiru, [ne2 price ; kiru2 to cut]. To beat
rR down the price ; haggle ; bargain.
Sy nekasii, v.t. [cogn. w. ne‘ru v.i.]. To put to
fe sleep ; lay down.
_, neko, [ne-ru to sleep ; kol child]. Cat.
ihe neko wo kaburu : to assume an air of modes-
rey ty or innocence ; play the hypocrite.
ae Comp.
Saeee ko-neko : kitten, [kol child].
nekokkaburi : hypocrite, [kaburu to put on
(as a mask)].
-————s memuru, [ne-ru to lie down, sleep]. To sleep.
Ag Der.
Fahy Sc nemutai, [corr. of nemuritai] :
ing to sleep.
nemui : sleepy.
zy, nenl. Year. Nen is preceded y the Ist
ro set of num. (276, 1).
tee iku-nen ? how many years ?
roku-nen : six years.
_Comp.
kyonen : last year.
mai-nen : yearly ; every year; [mai— every].
rainen : next year, [see rai—].
sakunen : last year, [see saku-—}.
sarainen : the year after next, [see sarai—].
: nen-jti : all the year round, [see —j#].
ri - nen-nen ; year after year.
Note :—Before nen, yo (four) is gen. used
instead of shi.
i ‘nen2. Mind ; attention.
eae nen no tame ni : by way of precaution.
dy nen wo ire-ru : to do or act with care.
+o nen wo irete shite moraitai (B): I want it
bat done carefully.
3 nen ni wa nen wo ire nasai (A): be as care-
if the ful as you possibly can.
een go nen no itta koto de gozaimast (D): you
have taken very great care over it.
_- nen wo ost : to call attention especially or
repeatedly to something ; to repeat the
same thing over and over again to prevent
any mistake.
onna no ichi-nen wa osoroshit mono da (B) :
what a powerful thing is a woman’s wish !
ne’ru, v.i. [cogn. w. nekast v.t.].
1) To lie down ; sleep ; go to bed.
kutabireta kara nemasti (C) : as I am tired
I'll go to bed.
hito-ban-ja% neraremasen deshita (C): I =eve
not slept the whole night.
sleepy ; wish-
ne-mimi ni mizu : like water in the ear of &
man asleep ; quite unexpec
2) To be ill in bed.
chichi wa kiné kara nete imasi (C): my
father is ill in bed since yesterday. ©
Comp.
nedoko : bed ; bed-room ; [tokoro place}.
ne-ma : bed-room, [mal room].
nemaki : night- dress, {mal room ; ki-rul to
put on].
nedai : a bedstead, [dail a stand].
nemuru : to sleep.
asa-ne : sleeping late in the morning, [asa
morning].
hiru-ne : midday nap, [hiru midday]. ~
né-san, [ane elder sister; san1 Miss]. Elder
sister (polite) ; a familiar style of address--
ing young women such as maids in hotels.
netsii. Heat ; fever. j
netst: ga deta (B) : fever has developed.
netst wo toru : to cure a fever.
neuchi, [ve2 price; wuts to strike]. Velue-
tion ; value ; price.
sore wa go-yen no neuchi ga aru (B): it is
worth five yen.
nan no neuchi mo nai (B) :
anything at all.
nezumi, [re-rw to sleep ; nuwsumu to steal]. A
rat ; mouse.
nezumi toru neko tsume Lebuett s the cat
that is after a mouse hides its claws.
Comp.: nezumi-iro : grey, [iro colour].
nil, (for comparison between ni and de, see
393). A ppn. which has very many
varied uses ; among other things it serves
to indicate the following :
1) Situation or place where something exists
—at 3; in; on.
Tokyé ni arimast (C): there are some in
Toky6 ; it is in Téky6d.
o kd-san wa uchi ni irasshaimast ka ? (D) :
is your mother at home ?
hon wa tana ni arimast% (C) : the book is on
the shelf.
muké ni tatte iru no ga Nakamura San dest
(C) : the gentleman standing over there i is
Mr Nakamura.
2) Subject of possession.
ushi ni tsuno ga aru (B) : oxen have horns.
tori ni hane ga aru (B): birds have wings.
kono neko ni wa shippo ga nai (B) : this cat
has no tail. _ ‘
ano uchi ni: mon ga arimast (C) : that tiotso ?
has a gate. 4
3) Final } point of & given action or motion. {!
hako ni ire'ru : to put into a box. ;
yama ni noboru : to ascend a mountain. —
taiy6 wa nishi ni kakureru (B): the ‘sun
sets in the west.
Nihon-go ni yakusuru : to translate into
Japanese. Bs
tana ninoseru : to place on a shelf.
it is not worth
Baa an Kobe ni pibtbe + to arrive at Khe!
4) Indirect object.
pec ano hito ni yatte o kure (A) : give it to that
man. :
Yamada San ni tegami wo dashimashita
_ (C): I wrote a letter to Mr Yamada.
for this child.
ie _ dézo watashi ni wa kamawa-naisde kudasai
‘: : (C) : please take no notice of me ; leave
me alone please.
5) Price at which a thing is sold.
roku-yen ni uru : to sell for six yen.
go-sen ni mittst : three for five sen.
6) Aim, purpose or result.
- ——— kai-mono ni demashita (C) :
Beats make some purchases.
Spee kore wa nani ni tstikaimast ka ? (C) : what
fe Sern de you use this for ?
nani ni shimast ka ? (C) : what will you do
with it ?
hanashi no tane ni naru : to become a topic
_ of conversation.
. sore wa makura ni nara-nai (B): that won’t
do for a pillow.
ko-nai y6 ni hanashiie kure (A):
a not to come.
ae 7) Similar to the above is the use of ni after
__ the stem of a verb, foll. by a verb mean-
-. ing coming or going; it means ‘in order
to’.
mi ni itta (B): I went to see.
jocht ga kai ni tkimashita (C) :
ae has gone to buy some.
‘Wee Ueno no sakura wo-mi ni ikitai (B) : I want
' to go to see the cherry-blossoms at Ueno.
y _ $8) The honorific o foll. by the stem of a verb
a and ni naru forms a polite substitute for
the ordinary inflexions of the verb, (359).
0 yom ni narimashiia ka ? (D)=yomima-
shita ka ? (C) =yonda ka ? (B) : have you
read it ?
9) After the present or past tense of a verb
or after an adj. nz has no longer the special
meaning illustrated in 7): it is often pre-
= ceded by no.
: michir gt waruktite aruku (no) ni hone ga ore-
_ mast (C): the roads are so bad it is fear-
fully hard walking.
he has gone to
tell him
the servant
Rg mada neru (no) ni wa hayai (B): it is still
- too early to go to bed.
aru-ni wa aru ga sikunai (B): there are
'- gome it is true, but they are scarce.
totta (no) ni chigai nai (B):
doubt he took it.
- totta to omowareru ni kimatte iru (B):
; . people are certain to think I took it.
a ano hito no hanasi (no) ni wa: according
to what that man says.
takai (no) ni wa odoroita (B) :
ished at the dearness of it.
dare ni itta (no) ni shite mo yoku nat (A)é
I was aston-
Pipa ko ni wa kinodoku da (B) : 1 am sorry
. inu ni kamareta (B) :
there is no
ietirecasiles
did wrong.
te wo kau (no) ni wa kane ga irimasd: (C):
it requires money to buy ahouse. =
kono hon wo kau (no) ni kane ga irimasi. —
(C) : I need some money to buy this book, -
10) The foll. examples are somewhat dif. ar
ferent : ee
iu ni iware-nai (B) : I really can’t -
(I feel so ashamed of rageolth, ie you
tku ni ikare-nai (B):I am t o ashamed to
you may Sas told it t0, you. rahe
go.
11) Agent, especially in passive, causative
and potential constructions.
he was bitten b
dog. va
daiku ni koshiraesasemashé (C) : I will have” ;
it made by the carpenter. 7
kodomo ni made baka ni sareru (B): even a
the children make a fool of him.
kono ko ni wa komarimast (C): I Fale
know what to do with this child; I am
inconvenienced by this child. : Bs
omae ni fune ga dekiru ka ? (A): can you oh
make a boat ? hee
watashi ni wa wakarimasen (C): I don’t
understand it; (wakarw is corr. from —
wakerare'ru).
12) Instrument. tig he eee
hi ni host : to dry in the sun. iy
me ni miru mono: what one sees with :
one’s eyes. Tiler
13) ‘Among’ ; ‘some’.
neko ni wa shiroi no mo kuroi no mo-ari-
mast (C) ; among cats some are white and
some black.
kono shina ni it no mo warui no mo arimasit —
(C): some of these articles are good and —
some are bad.
Nihon no fujin ni yofiku wo kiru hito mo
zaimast (D) : some of the Japanese ladies
wear foreign clothes. ,
14) Comparison. | ¥
ano kodomo wa haha ni nite iru (B): that k
child resembles its mother. :
kono mihon no y6 ni koshiraete kudasai (C) :
make it like this sample. Sie
ano hito no hanashi ni wa; ano hito no be 4
ossharu ni wa: according to what that —
man says.
ik-kin ni tari-nai : less than one pound,
15) Ni shite wa and ni lotte (wa) may both —
generaliy be translated by ‘for’; but
they are not always interchangeable in
Japanese. .
kodomo ni shite wa yoku kaite arimast (C) :
it is well written for a child.
kono jiké wa T'dkyo ni shite wa atsui de wa
arimasen ka ? (C) : isn’t this weather very
hot for Tokyo 7 _
ano hito ni totte wa taihen na kane da (By:
for him it is a large sum.
ni a 98
U
Nihon
sore wa wataktishi ni totte (wa) taihen shi-
awase na koto des% (C): that is a very
fortunate thing for me.
16) No ni may serve to contrast two state-
ments, of which the 2nd is rather unex-
pected, unreasonable, or unjust, given the
Ist.
tanomareta no ni kotowatta (B):
they asked him he refused.
‘kore hodo itte kikaseru no ni mada wakara-
nai ka ? (A): can’t you understand it yet
after having had it explained so clearly 7
ame ga juru no ni kasa wo mota-nai de itta
(B): although it was raining he went
without an umbrella.
kono atsui no ni boshi wo kabura-nakereba
bydki ni naru (B): if you don’t put ona
hat in hot weather like this you'll get ill.
17) No ni may signify regret and is then
often used elliptically.
ano hito ga kyé kuru to ii no ni (B) : I wish
he’d come today, but...(I fear he can’t).
kasa wo moite iku hé ga yokatta no ni (B):
you ought to have taken an umbrella.
ichiban ii no datia no ni (B) : it was my best
one too.
18) ‘And’; ‘besides the foregoing’.
hari ni ito ni hasami wo motte kite kudasai
(C) : please bring me a needle, thread and
scissors.
kono hon no hoka ni nani ka kakimashita
ka? (C): has be written anything else
besides this book ?
19) After the neg. gerund in -2w —without.
gohan mo tabe-zu ni kimashita (C) : he came
without even having his dinner.
kutsu wo tora-zu ni haitte mo i (B): you
may go in without taking off your boots.
20) Time.
ban no ji-ji ni:
evening. j
nanaisti no toki ni : when I was seven.
istiki ni san-do : three times a month.’
kaert ni yorimashd (C): I will call on my
way back.
21} Added to nouns, ni forms adverbs.
teinei ni o kaki nasai (A): write it carefully.
j0zu ni dekita (B) : it is well made.
shojikt ni hatarakimasi (C) : he works con-
scientiously.
22) Various.
san-jaku ni jis-shaku : ten feet by three.
kono hako ni tegami ga tsuite kimasen desht-
“4 sage (C) : didn’t a letter come with this
ox
kactte kara ni shiyd (B): I will leave it till
after my return.
gohan wo tabete kara no koto ni nasai (B) :
leave it till after dinner,
oshii koto ni wa kizu ga arimast (C): it is a
pity it is chypped.
._ Oda no jocha ni O Kiyo to iu mono ga ima-
although
at ten o’clock in the
shita (C): among Oda’s servants, there
was a girl called Kiyo.
taiy6 ni mukau : to turn towards the sun. —
oya ni wakare'ru ; to part with a parent. 4
ame-furi ni kaeru : to return in spite of the —
rain, *
23) For dare ni mo, doko ni mo, ete., see
dare, doko, etc.
ni naru see naru 1); ni suru see suru 11).
ni2. Package ; baggage ; luggage ; goods.
-are ga ni ni natta (B) : that became a
burden.
Comp.
ni-guruma : a hand-cart, [kurwma vehicle}.
mimotst, q.v.
nis. Two.
Comp.
nikai, q.v.
ni-t6 : second class, [62 class].
niau, [ni-ru2 to resemble ; au to suit]. To
suit ; fit.
kore wa watashi ni niaimast ka ? (C): does —
this suit me ?
kodomo ni niau gara da (B): this pattern is
suitable for children.
yost ni niawa-nai yasashii hito dest (C):
although he doesn’t look it, he is a very
good-natured man.
Nihon-jin ni niav'a-nai 6-otoke da (B) : he is
such a big man he doesn’t look like a
Japanese.
nichi. Day ; (as regards num. in connection
with this ‘word, see 294 ; 295).
ichi-nichi kakarimasii (C): it takes a day.
ichi-nichi ni ni-do : twice a day.
Comp.
mai-nichi : every day, [mai— every].
my6nichi : tomorrow, [see myd—].
mydgonichi : the day after iornorrow.
konnichi : today, [see kono2 |.
hi-nichi, q.v.
Nihon, q.v.
nichiyd ; nichiy6(-bi) : Sunday, [see yd-bt]}.
nie ru, v.i. [cogn. w. nirul v.t.}. To be
cooked by boiling.
sakana ga niemashita (C) : the fish is boiled
(and ready to eat).
Comp.: nie-yu : boiling water.
nigai. Bitter.
nigai kao : a sour face.
nigasii, v.t. [cogn. w. nigeru v.i.j. To let
escape ; send away.
ni-gatsit, [nis two ; gatsi month}. February.
nige’ru, v.i. [cogn. w. nigasi v.t.j. To |
escape ; run away.
nigeru ga kachi : to win by running away ; —
he that fights and runs away may live hi
fight another day.
Comp.: nige-dast : to run away, [see dasii).
nigiyaka (na). Crowded ; bustling ; lively.
Nihon, (also pron. Nippon), [nicht regs hon
origin : the East]. Japan. v5 :
‘ Nihon ai
at ee
long have you been in Japan ?
Comp.
Nihon-go,q.v.
Nihon-jin : a Japanese, [—jin man}.
_Nibon-go, [Nihon Japan ; —go language]. The
Japanese language.
Nihon-go ga deki-ru:
Japanese.
kore wa Nihon-go de nan to iimast ka ? (C) :
what do you call this in Japanese ?
nii-san, [ani elder brother ; san| Mr]. Elder
brother (polite).
nikai, [nt3 two ; kai4 floor]. First floor, (i.e.
the floor above the ground floor) ; up-
stairs.
‘jocht wa nikai ni orimasti (C) : the servant
is upstairs:
Comp.: nikai-ya : a two storied house, [yal
house].
niko-niko. Smilingly.
niko-niko suru : to smile.
to speak (know)
niku. Flesh ; meat.
Comp.: gytiniku: beef, [gyi a _ bovine
animal].
nikuil. Hateful ; odious.
nikut yatsi da (A): he is a disagreeable
fellow.
Comp.
nikurashii: diagreeable; nasty; ° [see
' —rashii). 4
minikut : ugly, [mi-ru to look at].
ainiku, giv.
-nikui2. Difficult ; (added to the stem of
verbs, forms compounds).
¢ mi-nikui : difficult to see.
4 shi-nikui : difficult to do.
tstikai-nikut : difficult, inconvenient to use.
wakari-nikut : difficult to understand.
yomi-nikui : difficult to read.
nimotsi, [ni2 package]. Package ; luggage ;
baggage ; goods.
nimotst ga mitis% arimast (C): I have three
pieces of luggage.
kono nimotsti wo azuketai (B): I want to
check this luggage ; 1 want to leave this
parcel in the cloak-room.
nin. Man; a.n. for counting human beings
(281); be careful never to say shi-nin for
four persons (272).
It serves to form numerous compounds.
ningen ; ninsoku ; q.v.
by6-nin : a sick person, [byé- illness].
ban-nin : a watchman, [banl guard].
bimbé-nin : a poor man.
azukari-nin : person with whom a thing is
deposited.
azuke-nin ; depositor.
ryori-nin : a cook,
shi-nin : a dead man.
shobai-nin : a merchant.
shoku-nin : workman.
Nihon ni dono gurai imasti ka? (C): how.
yatoi-nin : employee.
ningen, [nin man}. Human beings wg
: ate race, : ts
ninsoku, [nin man ; i
nioi. Smell ; scent, ise ei
niot ga suru : there is a smell. ‘ + ee
matst no ki no nioi ga shimast:(C):it smells
like a pine-tree. een
Nippon=Nihon q.v. eats: Ps
niramu. To glare at. : 3a
Comp.: nirami-tstikeru : to glare at. — &
wintBio- Eo Ww. nieru v.i.j. To boil;
cook (in boiling water wi
pa g ith salt or angen, es
ta Nerves ck - boiled fish. ae
nivru2, v.i. [cogn. w. nise-ru v.t.], / te... ene
semble ; be tlike, Skotos ‘
kono shashin wa anata ni yoku nite imasis
(C) : this portrait is very like you. =
nitart yotlari no koto : six of one and half a
dozen of the other.
Comp.: niau, q.v.
nise’ru, v.t. [cogn. w. ni-ru2 v.i.]. To imitate.
kore ni nisete koshiraete kusadai (C) : please
make one imitating this.
Comp.: nise-mono: an imitation; thing
which is not genuine. ,
nishi. West.
ni-td, [n¢3 two ; 262 class]. Second class, ae
niwa. Garden ; courtyard (open orcovered). =
Comp.: niwa-tori : domestic fowl. ; a
no, ppn. No may often be considered asan af
abb. of mono thing, person ; in certain uses
it. is frequently shortened ton’. Nowa —
is sometimes contracted to nd.
1) No may mean real possession.
chichi no béshi : my father’s hat. ake’
dare no hon desti ka ? (C) : whose book is it?
watakishi no dest (C) : it is mine. ae
2) No may mean quasi-possession or other —
relations. %
kiné no hanashi : yesterday’s conversation.
tsuikue no ashi : the legs of the table.
Aki no Miyajima : Miyajima in Aki.
hana no hon : a book on flowers. eet
Fuji no yuki : the snow on Fuji. Pe
zutsti no kusuri : medicine for a headache. te
nodo no ktisuri : medicine for the throat. =
rampu no abura : oil for the lamp. :
ano uchi no takai koto! (B): what a tall
house ! (Jit. the tallness of that house).
3) One possessive may sometimes depend
on another. Paes,
tstikue no ashi no iro: the colour of the legs
of the table. ca
iméto no tomodachi no taku: my younger
sister ’s friend ’s house. a
Yoritomo no kodomo no toki no atama no
katachi dgsi (C): it is the shape of |
Yoritomo’s head when he was a child;
(vit. the shape of the head of the time of
the childhood of Yoritomo). ¥
“no ie ae 100,
4) A noun foll. by no is often equivalent to
an adj.: see 212-226.
Igiristi no fune : an English ship.
ki no saji ; a wooden spoon.
5) Nouns in apposition are often joined by
no in Japanese.
mustiko no Taré : my son Taro.
Rytikyi no shima: the Islands of Luchu ;
Luchu Islands.
yattsi no Teru-ko:
daughter Teru-ko.
6) No is often used between a num. expres-
sion and the corresponding noun, especial-
ly in the case of ordinal numbers.
roku-bam-me no hito : the sixth man.
mittsti-me no isu : the third chair?
jii-yen no satst : a ten yen note.
7) Phrases placed attributively before a
noun are usually connected to it by no.
kunt kara no dempo: a telegram from
home.
katta bakkari no shina
only just bought.
inochi atte no mono-dane :
done only if we have life.
toko-ya de no hanashi ni: according to
what I heard at the barber’s shop.
‘gohan wo tabete kara no koto ni nasai (B) :
leave it till after dinner.
8) If the attributive phrase itself consists of
a noun foll. by a verb or adj. used predi-
catively, the noun is connected to this
verb or adj. by no : see 227; 233; 328.
_ unno vi hito : a lacky man.
Ganku no kaita e; a picture painted by
Ganku.
tsumi no nai kodomo : an innocent child.
tabako no kirai na hito ; a man who dislikes
tobacco.
kao no kirei na onna:
pretty face.
my eight-year-old
: something I have
things can be
a woman with a
4: By putting no after an adj., an adj.
phrase, or a verbal phrase used as an
_adj., we may turn it into a concrete noun:
no has then the meaning of ‘one’. If the
adj. ends in no a second no is nov added.
warui no : a bad one, [warui had].
kirei na no: a pretty one, [kirei na
pretty ].
hoka no : another one, [hoka no another].
-tane no sikunai no ga hoshit (B): 1 would
like one with few seeds.
shimi ga aru no wa iya desi (C): I don’t
want one which is soiled. |
kesa kita no wa kono tegami desi (C): this
(one) is the letter that came this morning.
10) This substantive no may be foll. by any
ppn.: it even happens sometimes that we
thus get two no following,
chiisai no wo mimashita (C): I saw the
small one.
chiisai no no hanashi desi (C): we are
talking of the small one, [the first no is
‘one’; the second ‘of’].. é -
kono hé wa watashi no ni shiyd (B);: .
one shall be mine.
11) No after an adj. sometimes converts 3
into an abstract noun.
samui no wa ii ga atsui no ni komarimasi —
(C) : I don’t mind the cold but I find the
heat very trying.
12) A verb may be made a noun by adding
no which then has often the meaning of
‘thing’, ‘act’ or ‘fact’ ; (85).
kesa itta no wa machigai deshita (C): what —
I said this morning was a mistake.
iku no wo toka ni nobaskimast (C) : I shall
put off my departure until the tenth.
hima wo tsubust no wa warui (B): it is had —
to waste time.
to iu no wa: the assertion that ; the ex-—
pression ; what is called.
Nihon-jin no tsuyoi to iu no wa hontd desi:
ka ? (C): is it true that the Japanese are
strong ?
aru no de wa nai=nai.
yomu no de wa arimasen = yomimasen.
13) No as a noun may also mean person.
watashi no mita no (or hito) wa ; the person
that I saw.
watakishi ga (or no) yatotta no (or onna) wa
‘Zi jocht desi (C): the servant I engaged.
turned out to: be a very good one. ~
14) No dest, no deshita, ete. or the neg. no de
wa nai, ete. are often added to verbs or
adj. at the end of a sentence. No dest -
and no da often serve merely to round off
the sentence or make it-more polite and
may be suppressed without changing the
meaning. Sometimes however they haye
a meaning of their own. Desi, etc. may
usually, but not always, be changed to
da, ete. No is often corrupted to n’. (86-
89; 204; 205,
kore wa chiisai n’ desi (C) : this is small.
Ofuna de nori-kaeru no desi ka ? (C) : must
I change at Ofuna? (no dest may not be
suppressed nor changed into no da).
kore wa ko-gatana de kitta no dest: ka ? (C):
was this cut with a knife ?
nani wo suru no dest ? (B) < what are you~
doing ?
ko-nai no daré (B): I suppose it is that he ‘i
won’t come.
do shite anna ni yaseta no dard to omottara,
byoki datia no desi (C): I was wondering _
why he was so thin and the reason was ~
he has been ill.
15) Dest in the above constructions is some- €
times suppressed.
kippu wa aru no ka ? (B); kippu, wa aru Yo?
(B. fem.) : have you the tickets?
é, aru no (B. fem.): yes, Thave.
stiki desi ka ? (C): do you like it?
ough the desiderative as a rule refers
to the Ist oer 2nd person; it may
refer to the 3rd person when followed by
17) Nois used in certain ways of expressing
the superlative ; see 261, Zz ai
- Pokyo ichi no hoteru: the best hotel in
‘Tokyo.
_ Kyodto-7% de no isha: the cleverest doctor
in KySto. ©
18) No is sometimes an enumerative ; (for
_ da no see da).
-_@ kashi no kudamono no ‘tte taberu koto bak-
. kari kangaete iru (B): not only does he
eat cakes and fruit, he thinks of nothing
‘but eating.
kimi ga warukatta no osoroshikatta no ‘tte
—-« gitst ni hidoi me ni atta (B) : talk of being
alarmed and frightened, why it was a
' terrible experience. :
atsui no atsuku nai no ‘tte yake-sd deshita
(C): talk about heat ! why I was simply
burning. :
ttai no itaku nai no *tte shinu ka to omotta
_ (B): the pain was so great I thought I
was dying. :
19) No de at the end of a clause is equivalent
te a gerundial construction (393, 5); it
may indicate the cause or merely serve to
- “eontinue the sentence.
kono kami wa Nihon de dekita no de hakurati
yori yasui (B): this paper was made in
Japan, it is cheaper than the foreign
article.
ame ga futta no de ikimasen deshita (C): as
_ it rained I did not go.
kyd wa ammari samui no de sampo ni deka-
__ kemasen deshita (C) : as it is so cold today
- I did not go out for a walk.
- 20) No wo may* mean regret, and in this
__ gense is often used elliptically at the end
of a’ sentence.
--—«k6 sureba dekiru no wo...(B): you could
do it in this way if you tried (but you
haven’t tried although you ought to have
done so).
21) The following uses of no are analogous
to those given under 9), though some-
_ what different. ‘
daiku no Gi no wa Kanda desi (C): Kanda
_ is the place where there are most carpent-
es ers : (no=tokoro).
- Onoeché to iu no wa dono hen dard? (B):
whereabouts is Onoeché ? (no=tokoro).
ame no bi no wa roku-gatsi: desti (C): June
is the most rainy month of the year;
©. (no=tokt). : naa
22) No after verbs has a very indefinite
_ meaning in ‘examples like the following. —
o kane de mo motte kite kudasaru no ka mo-
ohara. A field ; meadow.
2
23) No is sometimes used to form inverted
constructions, é
ano Yamada no yokubari=ano yokubari —
no Yamada. 1 es
kitte no furui no=furui kitte:
neko no shinda no=shinda neko.
ippat no hokori=hokori ippai. 3
ii kakké no karada=kakké no ii karada. —
san-nin no kodomo=kodomo ga san-nin. __
ézei no kodomo=kodomo ga dzei.
hankechi no j6t6=76td no hankechi.
24) For no ni see ni 9, 16,17 ; for no mo sex
mo 1, 2; for na no see na2 5. Fortheq.
ppn. (383), no aida, no ato, ete., see aida, 3 :
ato, ete. Tey a
nobasi, v.t. [cogn. w: nobi-ru v.i.]. To
stretch ; put off ; postpone. mesa ks >
te wo nobast : tostretch outa hand. — ey
iku no wo toka ni nobashimast (C): I shall | cz
put off my departure until the tenth.
kami wo nagaku nobashite iru (B) : he wears”
his hair long. - ; Se
sake wo nobast : to dilute the wine. —
hana-ge wo nobasti : to be fascinated or de-
ceived (by women) ; (lit. to lengthen the
hair in the nostrils). ee
nobirru, v.i. [cogn. w. nobasi v.t.]. To
stretch ; grow ; become long. es
nobi wo suru : to stretch oneself.
kono ko wa sakunen kara miru to ni-sun
bakeari nobimashita (C): this child has
grown two inches since last year. ve
ky6 wa ashita wa to itte ima made nobima-
shita (C): it has been put off from day to
day until now. =
nobori, [stem of foll.]. Ascent. . é
Comp. yar ty
nobori-zaka: uphill, [saka an inclined |
(i.e. towards Téky6).
noboru. To ascend ; go up. ~
yama ni noboru : to clirab a mountain.
ano hito no kari wa sen-yen no ue ni nobotte
iru (B): that man’s debts exceed
thousand yen. . :
Comp.: nobori, q.v.
nokoru, v.i. [cogn. w. nokosti v.t.}. “
remain ; be left over. + ee
ku kara roku wo hiite san ga nokoru (B):_
six from nine leaves Pee he
mada stikoshi nokotte iru (B): there is sti
a little left. oT a 2
4
nokoru
102.
_ sai (A): hurry up and finish the remain-
ing work.
watakishi wa o shimai made nokotte ita
’ (B) : I remained to the last.
omoi ga nokoru ;: to feel regret.
nokora-zu.: not one remaining ;
one being left over.
ichi-ji nokora-zu : word for word.
nokora-zu shirabeta ga mitsikarimasen (C) :
I have searched everywhere but I cannot
find it.
nokosii, v.t. [cogn. w.
leave ; keep back.
watushi hitori wo nokoshite minna itte shi-
matta (B): they all went away and left
me behind.
- kane wo nokost : to save up money.
_ 0 tegami no shimai ni, stikoshi basho wo ao-
koshite oite kudasai (C): please leave a
little room at the end of your letter.
nomu. To drink ; swallow.
mizu ga nomitai (B) : I want some water to
drink.
kiisuri wo nomu : to take medicine.
tabako wo nomu : to smoke.
‘ hajime kara nonde kakatta no wa watakishi
no machigai deshita (C): it was my mis-
take to have made light of it from the
without
noloru. v.i.j. To
beginning.
_ Comp.
nomi-mono ; nomu-mono : a drink ; some-
thing to drink.
sake-nomi : a person ford of sake.
nonki (na). Easy-going; happy- -go-lucky.
asonde iru to nonki de vi (B): it is jolly to
be idling about like a man with no cares.
nori-kaeru, [noru to ride ; kze-ru2 to change].
To change carriages.
_ Aoyama ni iku ni wa doko de nori-kaeru no
desi. ka? (C): where must I change for
Aoyama ?
Nara e wa nori-kae nashi ni ikaremast ka ?
(C): can I goto Nara without changing
carriages ?
Comp.: norikae-kippu : a tram-car transfer
ticket.
noroi. Slow, (yen. in a bad sense).
omae wa amari norot (A): you are too
slow.
ano hito wa ashi ga noroi (B): he is a slow
walker.
ano hito wa onna ni noroi (B) :
he is easily
captivated by a woman.
Comp.: noro-noro, q.v. }
noro-noro, [norot slow]. Slowly, (in a bad
‘ sense).
; “sonna ni noro-noro aruite wa kuraku natte
shimau (B): if you walk so slowly, it will
be dark before we arrive.
et moru, v.i. 114, [cogn. w. noseru v.t.]. To
3 {! ie get on ; ride.
notte vru : to be (placed) on.
tana ni notte imasz (C) : it is on the shelf.
wma ni noru : to ride on horseback.
kuruma ni noru yori densha no hé ga hayai
(B): it is quicker to go by tram than hy
rikisha.
sddan ni notte kure-nai ka ? (B) : won't you
give me your advice ?
mokaru shigoto nara watashi mo sédan ni
noritai (B): if there is money in that —
affair, I also would like to be in it.
ni-san-nichi mae no shimbun ni notte ima-
shita (C): it appeared in the newspaper
two or three days ago.
Comp.
nori-kae'ru, q.v.
nori-okure ru : to be late for (train, steamer,
ete.).
tobi-noru : to jump on to.
nose‘ru, v.t. [cogn. w. norw v.i.J. To place
on ; lay on. :
isu no ue ni nosemashita (C): I put it on
the chair.
kono fune wa o kyaku wa nosemasen (C) :
this steamer does not take passengers.
(The subject of this sentence is fune ; kya-
ku is the object ; it takes wa and not wo
on account of the implied contrast, “this
steamer takes goods but not passengers’.)
kono hanashi wa shimbun ni noseru kangae
-destt (C) : I intend to publish this ort in
the newspaper.
watashi wa ano hito ni noserareta no ga ku-
yashii (B): 1 am much annoyed at having
been deceived by him.
nozoku. To peep.
nozomi, [stem of foll.|. Hope ; desire.
nani ka 0 nozomi ga aru nara osshatie kuda-
sai (C) : please tell me if you have any
preference.
nozomi no aru ko da (B):
great promise.
o nozomi-déri ni shite agemashd (C) :
do as you wish. ‘
minna ano hito ni nozomi wo kakete tru (B) :
everyone puts his hopes in that man.
habi wa nozomi shidai (B): I will give you
whatever reward you wish for,
nozomu. To wish ; hope.
sonna koto wo nozonde wa ike-nai (A): you
must not wish for such things.
isha ni naré to nozonde iru (B): he intends
to be a doctor.
Der.: nozomi, q.v.
ni. See nuw.
nugu, v.t. [cogn. w. nukeru v.i.].
off (as clothes, hat, étc.). ;
nukasii, v.t. [cogn. w. nukeru_ v.i.]. Hoe
leave out.
muzukashii tokoro wa nukashimashita (C): 3
he left out the difficult parts.
nuke’ru, v.i. [cogn. w. nugu v.t., sicalenale vit,
and nuku v.t.]. To come off ; come out ;
he is a child of
T will |
To take — ;
my
nuke'ru a eaigee :
103
_ pass through a hole or narrow way ; get
Jeft out ; serves also as potential to nuku :
can take out.
- kono kimono no shimi wa naka-naka nuke-
nai (B): the stains on this dress won’t
come off. |
mada kaze ga nuke-nai (B): I have not yet
got rid of my cold.
chikara ga nuketa (B): my strength fails
me.
koshi ganuke'ru : to feel one’s legs give way
beneath one ; be powerless to move.
daiji na koto ga nukete iru (B): you have
left out something important.
_abunai tokoro wo yoy6 nukete kita (B): I
have just managed to escape from a great
danger.
kono bin no koroppu ga nukemasen (C): I
cannot draw the cork of this bottle.
ana wo nuke-ru : to pass through a hole.
ana ga nuke'ru : the hole passes through (to
the other side).
kono kabe no ana wa mukd-gawa e nukete
iru (B): this hole goes right through to the
other side of the wall.
kono ko-michi wo nukete iku to chikat (B): -
it will be shorter if we take (go through)
this by-street.
- nuku, v.t. [cogn. w. nukeru v.i.].
out ; pull out.
kugi wo nuku : to pull out a nail.
zuibun te wo nuita shigoto da (B): it isa
work on which labour has been badly
shirked.
nurasii, v.t. [cogn. w. nure'ru v.i.]. To wet ;
moisten.
kasa ga nai no de kimono wo nurashita (B) :
- as I had no umbrella I got my clothes wet.
ie wo nurasa-nai de: without exerting
oneself.
nureru, v.i. 114, [cogn. w. nurast wits To
get wet.
nurete iru : to be wet.
jimen ga nurete iru kara zori de wa derare-
nai (B): you cannot go out in slippers as
the ground is wet.
nuru. To paint ; plaster ; smear.
doro wo nuru : to plaster with mud.
sabi-nai yo ni abura wo nulte kure (A):
smear it with oil for it not to get rusty.
haji no ue ni mata haji wo nutta (B): he
has added shame to shame.
‘Rito no kao ni doro wo nuru: to bring
disgrace upon somebody.
Comp. ;
nuri-tstikeru : same meanings as nuru.
tsumi wo hito ni nuri-tetike ru: to lay the
blame on another.
nurui. Tepid ; Jukewarm.
nusumu. To steal ; rob.
© hima wo nusunde mairimashita (C) : 1 stole
time to come here.
To take
niu.
Der. and comp.
0.
oO.
To sew ; embroider.
nui : erabroidery. p
Nui-MONo : SEWINE ; things to be sewn.
nut-awase'ru : to sew together.
nui-tsikeru : to sew on.
An honorific prefix. It is used before
ordinary nouns; before the names of
women of less than three syllables (373);
before the stems of verbs (359; 363) 3
sometimes before adjectives. In certain
compounds like: onaka; omae; oashi ;
the honorific meaning has entirely disap- —
peared, (367). There are many words
that are practically never heard without
the honorific 0, at least in one of their
meanings; the following may be men-
tioned : o-hayé ; o-ide ; o-hiya; o-kage ;
o-itoma; o-jigi; o-medetd; o-shaberi ;
o-share ; 0-hito-yoshi ; 0-jii-san ; 0-76-san ;
o-kami ; o-kami-san ; o-negai ; o-bd-san.
Other words again, though generally
preceded by the honorific o are sometimes
used without, thus: (0) bon; (0) cha;
(0) rei; (0) seji; (0) kashi; (0) kome;
(0) kure ; (0) miya ; (0) sewa ; (0) tagai ni ;
(0) tenki; (0) tera; (0) tsuri; (0) yu;
(0) miyage ; (0) machidé ; (0) tstikai-mono ;
(0) ka-san ; (0) té-san. In all the above
cases the honorific idea is very vague;
but before ordinary nouns, 0 has the force
of an honorific, and is used, therefore, to
show that the noun refers to the second
person : it thus often takes the place of.
our possessive pronouns.
o tegami wo uke-torimashita (C): I have
received your letter.
O Hana San : Miss Hana (Flower).
o isogashia gozaimashd (D): I suppose yeu
are very busy.
A pref. meaning male; it sometimes
becomes on-, (177, 1); all names of
animals do not admit this pref. i
Comp.
o-ushi : bull ; ox.
o-inu : dog (male).
ondori : cock.
oi, q.V. : : d
é-, [okia big]. A pref. meaning big. It is
found in such words as :
6-ame : heavy rain.
6-bin : a large-size bottle.
5-chigai : a great difference.
-dori : main street, [tori way].
6-kaze : @ gale.
3-misoka: last day of
last day of the month).
5-mizu : a flood.
6-mugi : barley, [mugi corn}.
6-sama : & king.
6-sawagt : & disturbance.
sya : landlord, [ya! person].
the year, [misoka
_io
Note : the polite predicative form of 6% (q.
v.) is also pron. 6.
oashi, (often pron. owashi), [o honorific ; ashi
feet : compare the English word, cur-
rency]. Money ; (used mostly by women).
oba, [kaha mother]. Aunt. .
0-ba-san. See ba-san.
obi. Belt ; girdle ; sash.
oboe'ru.
1) To remember.
chitta mo oboete imasen (C) :
slightest recollection of it.
sonna koto wo itia oboe wa nai (B): I don’t
recollect saying so.
2) To learn ; understand.
oboe ga warui: slow to learn; to have a
bad memory.
sora de oboe-ru : to learn by heart.
naka-naka oboe-nai ga itsii made mo wasure-
nai ko dest (C): he is a child who learns
ny with great difficulty but never forgets (a
thing once he jas learnt it).
Comp.
mi-oboe : recollection of having seen.
oboe-gaki : a memorandum, |kakul to write}.
I haven’t the
obusaru, v.i. [cogn. w. obuu v.t.]. To get on
another’s back.
obuu, v. t. [cogn. w. obusaru v.i.]. To carry
(somebody) on the back.
akumbé wo obuu :. to carry a child on tho
back.
ochi'ru, (frequently corr. to okkochi-ru, when
the meaning is ‘ to fall’ in a physical
sense ; the 3rd base of this is, regularly,
okkochit, but is often corr. to okkott), v.i.
[cogn. w. otos% v.t.]. To fall down (from
a height).
ishi ga chi ni okkochita {B) : a stone fell to
the ground.
mihon yori ochite iru (B): it is below
sample.
shimi wa ochimashita ka? (C): has the
stain come off ?
koko ni ji ga hitotsi ochite iru (B): a word’
is missing here.
soko ni nani ka okkotie imasit yo (C) :1 say,
there is something (which has fallen down)
lying over there.
\ wma no kaminari wa doko ka e okkochita ni
chigai nai (B): I am sure that lightning
has struck something.
sonna koto wo suru to hin ga ochiru (B):
you do such a thing your good name ill
suffer,
niku ga ochi-ru : to lose flesh ; become thin.
kubi ga ochi-ru : to be beheaded. :
mune ni ochi-ru : to bare kgs
Comp.: ochi-tsiku, q
_ ochi-tsiiku, [ochi-ru a fall down ; tst%kul to
adhere]. To settle down (in one’s res-
idence) ; become calm, composed,
kono-goro no tt o tenki ni wa uchi ni ochi-
tsuite irare-nai {(B):
fine weather that I cannot remain qslerly
at home.
ochi-tsuite mono wo ti nasai (A): be careful .
and think what you are saying.
ki ga ochi-tsuita (B):
down.
odokasit, v.t. [? f. foll.:
v.i.}. To frighten; startle; surprise ;
astonish.
odorokasil, v.t. [cogn. w. prec. also v.t.;
with foll. v.i.].
startle ; frighten.
odoroku, v.i. 114, [cogn. w. odokast, v.t.
and odorokast:. v.t. ]. To. be surprised,
astonished, startled, frightened.
ma ! odoroita (B. fem. ): well, I am aston-
ished.
sono kirei na no ni wa odoroita (B):
surprised at its beauty.
odoru. To dance.
and
To astonish ; surprise ;
I was
we are hayes
che has calmed —
cogn. w. odoroku
ae
ureshikiitte mune ga odorimashtia (C) : my :
heart jumped for joy.
dfiiku. Going and returning; there and back.
yubin-kyoku made ofiku ikura dest ka ?
(C) : how much is it to the post office and
back 7%
Kyoto no ni-t6 dfuiku ichi-mai kudasai (C):
one second-class return to Ky6to, please. -
Comp.: 6fuku-gippu :
a ticket].
o-hayé, [o honorific; hayai early].
morning.
o-hito-yoshi, [o honorific ;
good]. A silly, weak person ; a soft,
o-hiya, [o honorific ; hiyas% to cool]. Cold
water, (used mostly by women).
oi, [o- male : compare meil niece]. Nephew.
éi. (Too) many; (too) much; numerous.
Oi is not used attributively except when
forming part of an adj. phrase as ishi
no 6i yama, ‘a stony mountain’, and
even in this case 6i may be considered
as the predicate of ishi,
are-many mountain
times used attributively instead of 67.
The polite form of the predicate used
return-ticket, [kippu
Good
before the verb gozaru is logically 60 or —
06; but it is gen. pron. 6, The adv.
form is 6ku and refers to number or
quantity ; the form 6% n¢ refers to degree:
on account of its form, 67 ni is mentioned
here but it papbebly is a corr. of Oki nt ;
see okit, okt na.
isu ga 6i (B): there are a great (too) many
chairs.
kono sakana wa hone ga 6 FOLAINGE (D): .
this fish has a lot of bones.
hito man ; yoshi ©
‘a stones-_
>: 6ku no is some- —
Toky6 de ichiban seito no 61 gakkd wa doko *
dest ka ? (C):
the largest. number of pupils?
oku mieru (B) : it seems a lot (very many)
-
which school in Téky6 has, i
' 3 ; ; = 4
7 —S % >
art p Wing FSi . . < a
)
;
Pini eae
nt eres
bi ni ame ga futte iru (B) : it is raining very
heavily. — :
6ku no : many.
se ano hito wa é6ku no kodomo ga arimasi (C) :
that man has many children.
_ O6ku wa : for the most part.
Comp. —
6-sugi'ru : to be in excess.
sat6 ga O-sugiru (B): there is too much
sugar (in it).
oi-dasti, [ow to pursue ; dast to take out]. To
drive away.
-o-ide, [o honorific ; ide-ru original form of
de-ru to go out]. O-ide behaves like a
verbal stem, (therefore a noun), preceded
_ by an honorific, (359).
1) O-ide nasaru, o-ide ni naru, and o-ide de
gozaru, are polite substitutes for cru! to
be; and used, therefore, of the being of
the 2nd (or 3rd) person.
Ité San wa o-ide nasaimasi ka ? (D): is Mr
-Itd at home ? .
sukkari naoru made oki-nai de o-ide nasai
(C): don’t get up till you have completely
recovered. ‘
nani shimbun wo totte o-ide nasaimasi ka ?
(D) : what newspaper do you take ?
2) O-ide nasaru, o-ide ni naru, o-ide de go-
zaru, and o-ide kudasaru are polite sub-
stitutes for kuru and iku; and. used,
therefore, of the coming and going of the
2nd (or 3rd) person: o-ide kudasaru sup-
poses that the act is performed in favour
of the 1st person.
mata o-ide nasai (B) : please come again.
Tanaka San mo issho ni o-ide kudasaimast
ka ? (D): is Mr Tanaka also going with us?
3) O-ide is sometimes foll. by the contr.
verb dest, etc.: it may have the meaning
of being, coming or going. but is less polite
than the expressions given in 1) and 2).
O-ide by itself, as an imperative, is
impolite.
Ité San wa o-ide desitt ka ? (C): is Mr Ito
at home ? .
Tanaka San mo issho ni o-ide dest ka ? (C) :
is Mr Tanaka also going with us ?
chotto matte o-ide (A) : wait a moment.
o-ide (A) : come here.
4) O-ide nasaru is used after the gerundial
~ form of true adj. although in this case *ru
to be, cannot be used, (200, 9).
atama ga itakiite o-ide nasaimast (D): he
has a headache.
anata wa sei ga takakiitte o-ide nasaimast
D) : you are tall.
5) The fact that o-ide is a noun is clearly
scen in the foll. example :
anata ga kura wo tateyd to shite o-ide no
jimen wa doko dest ? (C): where is the
plot of land on which you are thinking of
building a godown ?
We might say shite iru jimen or shite o-ide
nasaru jimen, as a verbal adj. used at-—
tributively is placed directly before the .
noun (233) ; but a quasi-adj., i.e. anoun
used as an adj., is always connected with
the noun by the ppn. na or no, (212).
6) Various. i
konaida o-ide no toki ni niwa wo goran
deshita ka? (C): when you were here a
few days ago did you see my garden ?
Toky6 e o-ide no toki ni hon wo katte kite
kudasai (C): when you go to Toky6 please
buy me a book.
o-ide wo negaimast (D) : please come to see :
me.
o-ide o-ide wo suru : to beckon.
oi-kakeru, (frequently corr. to okkake-ru),
[ow to pursue; kake-rul q.v.]. To run
after.
oishii. Pleasant to the taste.
undé suru to tabe-mono ga oishii (B) : if you ae
take exercise you will enjoy your meals.
o-itoma, [o honorific]. Leave ; discharge.
m6 o-itoma wo itashimashé (D) : I will now
take my leave.
o-itoma méshimashé (D): I think I must be
going.
oi-tsitku, [ow to pursue ; tsékul to adhere). KS
To overtake.
oji, [chichi father]. Unele.
o-jigi, [o honorific]. A bow ; salutation.
0-jigt wo suru : to bow.
o-jii-san. See j27-san.
0-jé-san, [o honorific ; 76 girl; sanl Miss]. —
Polite expression for daughter; your
daughter.
Yamada San no o-j6-san : Miss Yamada.
oka. Land (as distinguished from water) ;
shore.
o-kage, [0 honorific; kage shade]. Influence;
assistance. ;
tomodachi no o-kage : thanks to my friend.
o-kage sama de: by your kind influence.
o-kage sama de buji ni sumimashita (D): by ~ :
your favour the matter was concluded
without a hitch.
o-kage sama de hidoi me ni atta (B): thanks:
to you I was very badly treated, (ironical),
Phe: see
o-kami, [o honorific ; kamit upper].
government.
o-kami-san, [o honorific ; kamil upper; sant eu
lit. lower ;
Mrs: compare gejo servant,
woman]. Wife (of the low class peo le).
okashii; okashi na; (228).
ridiculous ; strange,
okashii / how funny ! }
okashiku natchatta (B): I felt inclined to
laugh. ae
Note :—okashi na is only used as an attr.
oki, [stem of okul to leave]. Omitting.
hitotst oki : every other one.
futstika oki : every third day. .
Laughable ;
okii
106
okure*ru —
‘Okii ; Gki na ; Schiele [67 eae
great.
6kti hako : a big box.
6ki na koe : a loud voice.
okiku naru : to grow.
okiku suru : to make bigger.
Note. The polite form of the predicate of
6kit is 6kiad : kid is not pron. in two sylla-
bles ki-t, but is a diphthong and pron. as
if written kya. The q. adj. 6ki na is never
used predicatively ; itis, however, some-
times, found in the adverbial form 6ki ni,
especially i in certain really polite or iron-
ically polite expressions. O01 ni (see 62) is
probably a corruption of 6ki ni.
6ki ni arigaté (B): thanks very much ; (if
said ironically) thanks for nothing.
6ki ni go-kuré (A): many thanks for your
trouble.
Large ; big;
6ki ni o sewa sama deshita (B): many
_ thanks for your kind assistance.
_ kyé wa bki ni yoku norimashita (C): I am
’ much better today.
Der.
o- q.v.
6kisa : size, [see —sa}.
okippanasil, [okw! to put ; hanasii2 to let go}.
To put a thing somewhere and leave it
there.
oki-ru, v.i. [cogn. w. okost% v.t.].
awake.
okite iru : to be up.
mada okimasen (C) : he is not up yet.
Comp.. asa-oki: early rising: an early
riser.
okkakerru.
To get up;
See oi-kake'ru.
okkochiru. See ochi-ru.
okkotosii. See otosi.
okorippoi, [okoru to get angry ; —ppoi q.v.].
_ Quick-tempered.
okoru, v.i. [cogn. w. okosi v.t.].
1) To happen.
nani ga okotia ? (B): what has happened ?
dé shite okotta no desi ? (C): how did that
_- happen ?
sono kenka wa dé iu koto kara okotta no
dest ? (C): what was the cause of the
quarrel ?
2) To get angry.
okotte imasen (C) : 1 am not angry.
zuibun okorimashita(C) : he got very angry.
3) Various.
kono bybki wa 7iké no kawari-me ni okoru no
desi (C): this illness breaks out at the
change of season.
mata sen no bydki ga okorimashita (C): 1
have an attack of my old complaint again.
__ ht ga okotte iru (B) : the fire is bright.
Der.: okorippoi: quick-tempered,
—ppor).
okosii, v.t. [cogn. w. oki-ru v.i. and okoru
v.i.}. To raise up : wake. r
[see
taoreta ki wo okoshite kure (A) : raise up the
tree that has fallen.
roku-ji ni okoshite moraitai (B) :
be woken at six o’clock.
hi wo okost : to make a fire become bright.
okul.
1) To put ; place : lay.
tana no ue ni okimashé (C) :
the shelf.
2) After a gerund it means : a) that the thing
is done beforehand as it will be needed
afterwards ; or b) the complete settling of
a matter. The final e of the gerund is
frequently dropped.
kore wo totte oite o kure (A): put this away.
kangaetoite kudasai (B): please think the
matter well over.
chémen ni tatikete okimashita (C): I put it,
down in my note-book.
tonikaku jikan wo kimete okimashé (C):
anyhow let’s settle the hour.
sonomama ni shite oite kure (A): leave it as
it is.
dare ka kitara matashite o oki nasai (A):
if anybody comes ask him to wait.
stitete oku : to leave alone.
doko e oite okimashé ka ? (C) : where shall r:
put it ?
koko e ottoite kudasai (C): please put it
down here : (oitoite=oite otte).
I want to
T’ll put it on
3) Various.
jocht wo fiitari oite imasti (C): I keep two
servants.
hito-tstiki oite : after one month.
Comp.
mono-oki : a store-room.
okippanast : to put something in a place
and leave it there, [see —ppanasi].
oki-wasure'ru : to mislay.
oku2. Inmermost part of anything; part of
the house reserved for faanily use.
oku kara shujin ga dete kita (B) : the master
of the house came out from an inner
room.
oku e annai sareta (B) :
I was shown into a
private room.
jochi: wa oku no chawan wo tstikatte wa ike-
nai (A): the servants must not use the
tea-cups used by the family.
oku no te wo dast : to display one’s full
skill.
Comp.
oku-sama, q.v. ;
oku-ba : the back teeth, [ha2 tooth]. F
okure'ru, v.i. 114. To be late, behind time.
kono tokei wa okurete imast (C) : this ec
is slow.
kisha wa okuremasti (C) : the train is lets, 3
minna ni okure-nai y6 ni o isogi nasa‘ (B) :
make haste so as not to be behind the rest.
hayari ni okureru: to be out of : or
fashion. ;
x. ce ‘
- okure'ru |
Y
107
. hito ni okureru : to be inferior to another
(person). _ ;
Comp.: nori-okure'ru : to be late for (train,
steamer, etc.).
- okuru,
1) Tosend.
shina-mono wo Tékyé e okutte kudasai (C) :
please send the goods to Tokyo. :
2) To see off ;-accompany a guest part of
the way on his departure.
teishaba made okurimashd (C): 1 will go to
the station to see him off.
3) To pass (time).
hi wo okuru : to pass one’s days.
muda ni hi wo okutte imast (C): he passes
his life in idleness.
bimbo ni sono hi wo okutte iru (B) : he lives
like a poor man from hand to mouth.
Comp.
okuri-mono : a gift.
mi-okuru, q.Vv.
oku-sama, (okw-san less polite), [oku2 interior;
sama Mrs]. Polite term for wife; your
wife ; mistress of the house.
omae, {o honorific ; mae in front : the honori-
fic meaning has been entirely lost]. You;
(familiar term, used only to inferiors).
omae-san is a shade more polite : you.
omae-tachi : you (plural).
o-medets, [o honorific ; medetat q.v.].
omo (na), [omoil heavy]. Principal.
omocha. Toy.
omoil. Heavy ; important ; serious...
omot ishi : a heavy stone.
omoi bydki : a serious illness.
omoi2, [stem of omou to think]. Thought ;
idea.
kurushii omoi wo suru no wa doku dest (C) :
anxiety is bad for the health.
- emoi-gake, [omou to think ; —gake whilst].
It is always followed by a neg.
omoi-gake nai : unexpected.
konna tokoro de o me ni kakaré to wa omot-
gake mo nai koto deshtta (C): I never ex-
pected to meet you here.
omoshiroi. Amusing ; interesting ; pleasant.
omoshirot hanashi : an amusing story.
omoshiro hambun : half in jest.
demo kono shdbai wa omoshiroku nai (B):
there is certainly not much money to be
made in this business.
sakujitsi kara bydki ga omoshiroku nai (B) :
since yesterday his illness has taken a
bad turn.
_Comp.: omoshirogaru : to feel interested in,
[see -garu}.
omote. The external surface ; front side of a
thing ; outside ; out of doors; the. right
side (of cloth).
omou. To think ; consider.
1 : :
ae wa dé omoimasit ka ? (C): what do,
rd
you think ? what is your opinion ?
omotta yori yoku dekimashita (C): it is
better than I expected.
omoeba omou hodo hara ga tats (B): the
peek I think it over the more angry I
eel.
watashi no omou ni wa : in my opinion.
yosa-s6 ni omoimasi ; yosa-s6 da to omoi-
7 Vida (C): it seems to me as if it would
0.
samui no wa nan to mo omowa-nai (B): I
don’t mind the cold at all.
yo no naka no koto wa omou yd ni wa nari-
masen (C): things in this world will not
always happen according to our wishes.
waruku omou : to take in bad part. ,
ano hito no koto wo waruku omou : to think
ill of that person.
2) For to omouw see to 1), 8), and 9). ;
3) The passive of omou is omoware'ru. Like
most passives it may be used as such or as
a potential, (126): in this latter case it
means ‘to be inclined to think’.
hito ni yoku omowareru hito dest (C) : he is
a person well thought of by others.
ano hito wa ammari iro ga shiroktte Nihon-
jin to wa omoware-nai (B): that man’s
complexion is so fair I am inclined to
think he is not a Japanese.
Comp.
omoi2, q.v.
omoi-chigai : a misunderstanding.
omoi-dasi : to call to mind ; recollect.
omoi-kiru: to cease to think over ; abandon —
all hope.
omoi-komu : to set one’s heart upon ; be
under the impression.
omoi-naost : to reconsider; change one ’s
mind.
on. Favour ; kindness ; benefaction. +
on wo shira-nai hito ; an ungrateful person.
kesshite go on wa wasuremasen (D): I will
never forget your kindness. ,
on wo ukeru; on ni azukaru : to receive
favours.
Comp.: onjin : benefactor, [jim man].
onaji, (sometimes corr. to onnaji). Same $
equal. The original form was onajii from
the stem of which the q. adj. onaji na was
formed. When used predicatively or ad-
verbially it behaves like a q. adj.: at-
tributively the na is dropped and onaji,
the stem of the original adj.,
immediately before the noun without any
postposition intervening. Adverbially ona-
jiku is sometimes heard besides the com-
moner onaji ni.
onaji hito : the same man.
onaji koto desit (C) : it is all the same.
mae to onaji : just the same as before.
méihon to onaji : the same as sample. _
onaji yo na mono : the same kind of thing.
onaji cas
is placed —
x
- onaji
4 }
108 aie ; ah
ASSa
kore to sore to wa onaji de wa arimasen (C) :
this is not the same as that.
nedan wa onaji de dkisa ga chigau (B) : the
price is the same but the size is different.
kore wo onaji ni (or onajiku) mitisi ni
wakete o kure (A) : divide this into three
equal parts.
‘onaka, [o honorific ; naka inside]. Belly ;
abdomen ; a person’s apace 5 (used mostly
by women).
onaka ga eiksiashtas ; onaka ga herimashita
(C) : I am hungry.
ondori, [o— male ; tori bird]. Cock. |
o-negai, [o honorific: negau to request]. A
petition; request; (used mostly by
women).
o-negai ga gozaimast (D) : I have a request
to make.
o-negai dest kara o-ide kudasai (C): I
. entreat you to come.
ongaku. Music.
onna. Woman; a female.
onna no : female.
onna no ko : a girl.
onna no neko : a she-cat.
ano onna : that woman ; she.
onna ni naru : to reach womanhood.
onna wo oku ;: to hire a maid.
Der.: onnarashii : womanish, [see —rashii].
onnaii. See onajz.
ore'ru, v.i. 114, [cogn. w. oru3 v.t. to which
it also serves as potential]. To break ;
be able to break.
_orete iru : to be broken.
ki no eda ga oremashita (C) :
the tree broke (is broken).
kono dai wa fititais% ni oremast (C):+ this
stand can be folded in two.
hidari e ore-ru : to turn to the left (as on
the road).
kono shigoto wa hone ga oremast (C) : this
work demands a great deal of labour.
ori. Opportunity ; occasion.
chédo ii ort da kara ikimashé (C) : as this is
@ good opportunity, let us go.
ori wo miru : to watch for an opportunity.
ii ori wo maisti : to wait for a good op-
portunity.
ori‘ru, v.i. |[cogn. w. orost v.t.]. To descend ;
go down ; alight.
saka wo ori‘ru : to go down a hill.
kisha wo orimashita (C): he got off the
train.
dotchi kara oriru no desi J-a ? (C): which
side do we get out ?
Comp.: tobi-oriru :
down.
orostl, v.t. [cogn. w. oriru v.i.].
1) To take down ; put down.
tana kara hako wo orost : to take down a
box from a shelf.
tima no ni wo orost : to unload a horse.
the branch of
to jump off; jump
2) To wear or put on for the first iis (the
article is thus lowered from. ew to used). |
atarashit kutsu wo oroshite mo ti (A): you —
may put on your new boots.
orul, Yo be; practically equivalent to irul
(q.v.), but much less used in the centre of
Japan: when used, generally in -masa@
terminations.
oru2. To weave.
Comp.: ke-ori no : woollen (of cloth).
oru3, v.t. [cogn. w. ore'ru v.1.].
bend ; fold.
b6 wo oru : to break a stick.
yubi wo otte kazoeru : to count by penaien
the fingers.
kami wo mittst nt oru: to fold @ paper in
three.
Comp.: hone-ori, q.v.
osae‘ru, v.t. [cogn. w. ost also v.t.].
1) To press upon ; keep down.
atama wo osae'ru : to humble a person.
mushi wo osae'ru : to restrain one’s anger. —
mimi wo osaeru : to stop the ears (with the
fingers).
2) To catch.
ano inu wo osaete ite o kure (A) : keep back
that dog.
junsa ni osaerareta (B):
a policeman.
he was caught by
o-shaberi, [o honorific ; shaberu to gossip]. A
babbler.
o-share, {o honorific ; share-ru to be stylish].
A stylish, well-dressed person.
oshie ru. To teach; instruct; point out ;
show.
hito ni oshiete morau : to be intracton by
a person,
mich wo oshierru : to show the way.
Note : the passive, oshierare-ru, is gen. cor-
rupted to osowaru.
Der.
oshie : teaching ; instruction.
oshie wo ukeru : to be taught.
oshigaru, [oshii deplorable ; -garu q.v.).
deplore ; grudge.
jikan wo oshigaru : to grudge one’s time,
wakare wo oshigaru: to be unwilling to
part.
oshii. Deplorable ; regrettable ; much es-
teemed.
oshii koto da (B): what apity! |
naku hodo oshit koto de mo nai (B) : it is not
worth while crying about.
ano hon wo hito ni yatta ga ima de wa oshi-
kite tamara-nai (B): I gave away that
book and new I am very sorry I did so,
oshii hito : a much-esteemed man; a man
love of life; instinet
of self-preservation. NTA
we can ill spare.
inochi no oshii koto :
Der.: oshigaru, q. Vv. Fee
osoi. Late ; slow. rie 2 egies
To break ;.
To
acces
- osoku mo roku-ji made ni: at six at the
osoku naru ka mo shiremasen
ae afraid we shall be late. ae
— ashino osoi hito : a man whe walks slowly.
, esokiite mo : even if late ; at the latest.
— osoku made : until late.
_ soroshii. Fearful ; dreadful ; awful.
_ eseroshii koto-ni atta (B): I met with an
os awful experience.
| esoroshiku démo michi ga warui (B): how
- awfully bad the road is! ,
- esoroshii (or osoroshiku) takai shina: an
_ awfully dear article. x
esowaru, [corr. of oshierareru, passive of
_ oshieru q.v.}.
EST ossharu. An honorific verb used politely of
the 2nd, sometimes of the 3rd person : it
drops the r before the-masi termina-
tions.
anata no ossharu koto wa waruku arimasen
(C) : what you say is not wrong.
nan to osshaimast: ka ? (D): what do you
2 See pe say ?
sit, v.t. [cogn. w. osacru also v.t.]. To
push ; press. ;
- Comp.: ato-oshi, q.v.
oto. Noise ; sound.
otoko. Man; a male person.
-- etoko no : male.
otoko no ko : a boy.
otoko no neko : a tom-cat.
otoko ni naru : to reach manhood.
otoko wo tate ru: to act manfully.
Der.: otokorashii : manly, [see —rashi¢].
_otona, [6-big; hito man; nal name]. A
grown-up person.
_ Der.: otonarashii : like a grown-up person.
otonashii, [corr. of otonarashii like a grown-
_ up person]. Quiet ; gentle ; well-behaved.
- otosii, (often corr. to okkotost when the mean-
| ing is ‘to drop’ in a physical sense),
ee [cogn. w. ochi-ru v.i.]. To let fall; drop ;
ae omit.
otosa-nai (or okkotosa-nai) de o kure (A):
don’t let it drop.
. ji wo hitots% otoshtta no de imi ga wakara-
“ nai (B) : I cannot make out the meaning
as a word has been left out.
chikara wo otosi : to lose heart. |
sonna ni chikara wo otosa-nai de mo wi(A):
you need not be so down-hearted.
hin wo otost ; na wo otosi : to lower one ’s
good name; damage one’s reputation.
namida wo otosi : to shed tears.
tsumé ni otost : to charge a-person with a
crime.
shimi wo otost : to remove a stain.
Comp. ;
otoshi-mono : a
tstiki-otost : to push or knock down,
to strike]. _
(C) > Dam
i
ye
ey
S
thing dropped by mistake.
[tsviheu2
-yomi-otost : to omit (
AM
dentally)
:
reading.
kaki-otost
writing.
otdto. A younger brother. — Sebi
ototei. The day before yesterday. .
ototoshi, [toshi year]. The year before last.
ou. To pursue ; run after. ies iy,
inu wo ou : to chase a dog. peat:
uchiwa de ka wo otte kure (A) : drive away
‘the mosquitos with a fan. - ee,
jibun no atama no hai wo ot nasai : frighten.
the flies off your own head; mind your
own business. ~ 8 Sea
jun wo otte : in proper order, ; ‘
Comp. ‘
oi-dast : to drive away. ane
oi-kakeru : to run after.
oi-tsiku : to overtake,
owari. The end.
kongetst no owari : at the end of the
oya. Parents.
oya no kokoro
not fully understand his
Comp.
fiita-oya : both parents, [fdtatsi two].
oya-ko : parent and child, Praia
sya, [6 big ; yal person]. Landlord. 3ous
Ge Te
: to omit (accidentally) —
pt
month. ee
ko wa shira-zu : a child does ne
parents’ heart.
oyogu. To swim. ar
dzei, [5- big]. A crowd; great number of IG,
people. ‘
85 omou hito wa ézei arimasit (C) : there are. Soe
many who think so. tigt
Nagasaki ni wa sevy
penholder, [itku stalk —
Used after —
0.8.:
akeppanast :
open |. )
dashippanasit : to take a thing out and ©
leave it out, [dasi to take out). ‘ SA
okippanast ; to put a thing somewhere and
leave it there, [okwl to put]. 4
poi. Suffix added to certain nouns, stems her
of adj. or verbs :
. it forms adjectives that —
usually (but not always) mean that the
noun or quality is in excess ; they are gen
used in a bad sense. ms
mizuppoi : watery, [mizu water]. Sis
arappoi : rough ; coarse ; [arai rough].
yasuppoi : cheap; of little value ; [yasui
cheap]. Tar ei
akippoi : fickle ; changeable ; [akiru to _
get tired of}. Oe a eg
to get
okorippoi : quick tempered, [okoru ot
angry |. aed ve
4
F)
=ppoi . 110
- roya
shimeppoi : moist ; damp ; [shimeru2 to get
damp].
- wasureppot : forgetful, [wasure-ru to forget].
shiroppoi : whitish ; no esp. bad meaning ;
[shiroi white}.
kuroppoi : blackish ; no esp. bad meaning ;
[kuroi black].
poketto, [corr. of English}. Pocket.
rai-. Coming; next; (used only in composi-
tion).
raigets% : next month.
raiharu ; next spring; the beginning of
next year.
rainen : next year.
raishi : next week.
sarai— q.v.
raku (na). Easy ; comfortable.
raku ni kurasti:: to lead an easy life.
raku na shigoto da (B): it is an easy piece
of work.
shigoto wa omotta yori raku desi (C): the
work is easier than I thought.
o raku ni (C) : pray be at your ease ; make
‘ yourself comfortable ; make yourself at
home.
kono mondai wa raku ni tokemast% (C) : this
problem is easily solved.
raku ni narimashiia (C): I am no longer
in pain; I am no longer hard up; I am
now free from pain or financial difficul-
ties.
Comp.: kiraku, q.v.
rambo (na). Disorderly ; unruly ; violent.
rampu, [corr. of English]. Lamp.
rampu wo tsikeru : to light the lamp.
rampu wo kest% : to put out the lamp.
rasha, [Dutch, Laken rassen]. Woollen cloth.
—rashii. Suff. added to nouns, the noun com-
ponent of quasi-adjectives, present or
past of verbs, and, sometimes, to true
adjectives and adverbs ; it means similari-
ty or probability : it often corresponds to
the termination —ish or —ly in English or
may be translated by ‘seems’, ‘like’,
‘apparently’, ‘said to be’. Sometimes
it hardly ‘makes any difference in the
meaning especially when added to the
stem of anadj. The following are only a
few examples out of an immense number.
bakarashii : foolish, [baka a fool].
kodomorashii : childish, [kodomo a child].
otokorashit : manly, [otoko a man].
onnarashit : womanly, [onna a woman].
otonarashii: like a grown-up person,
. [otona a grown-up person].
usorashii : seems to be a lie, [wso a lie].
hontorashii : seems to be true, [hontd the
truth].
iku-rashii : likely to be going, [iku1 to go].
dekita-rashii : seems to be done, [deki-ru
to be done]. __
Hirashii : seems to be good, [i#2 good].
waruirashii : seems to be bad, [warui bad].
nairashii : seems to be none, [naz non-
existent]. >
sdrashii : seems to be so, [861 thus].
kitanairashii : seems to be dirty, [kitanai
dirty]. ;
kitanarashii : dirty, [kitanai dirty]. OR aie
kawairashii : charming; lovely; [kawaii
charming]. ‘ ;
nikurashit : disagreeable ; nasty; [nikutl
disagreeable}. : ;
mezurashii : rare; strange ; [mezuru to be -
fond}.
reil. Politeness ; salutation ; thanks; a pres-
ent made in return for some favour;
(the honorific o is often pref.).
rei wo shira-nai : to be ignorant of the com-
mon rules of politeness.
o rei wo suru: to make a present as an
acknowledgement of thanks ; to bow.
nant ka o rei wo shi-nakereba narimasen —
(C): we must offer some thing in return.
atstiiku kiné no o rei wo méshi-agemast (D) :
I beg to tender you my best thanks for —
your kindness yesterday.
Der.: buret ; shitstiret ; q.v.
reiz, Zero ; nought.
hyaku rei shi : one hundred and four
renga. Brick.
retsti. Row;; file ; Jine ; rank.
ri. A Japanese mile=2.44 English miles.
Ri is preceded by the Ist set of num.
(271; 276, 1). Before ri, yo (four) is
gen. used instead of shi.
riké (na). Clever.
rinl. The tenth part of a sen and of certain ~
other small units of measure. Rin is
preceded by the Ist set of num. (271;
276, |). Before rin, yo or yon (four)
is gen. used instead of shi. /
rin2, [the English, to ring, may serve as a
mnemonic]. A handbell.
Comp.: yobi-rin : a small bell (as for calling
@ servant).
rippa (na). Splendid; grand; magnificent.
rdka. Corridor ; passage.
roku. Six. j
Note :—roku in comp. before f or h becomes
rop—; before k, rok-. } ,
roku-gatsit, [roku six ; gats% month]. June.
roma-ji, [jil a letter; character]. Roman
letters or type: this term is applied loosely
to practically all forms of letters used
in writing or printing English, (French,
Spanish, Italian, etc.) ; not, however, to
Gothic, Russian or Greek letters; espe-
cially, Japanese written in European
characters. a
rosoku. A candle.
Comp.: rdsoku-tate: a candlestick, [tateru
to set up]. 2.
réya, [yal house].
Pa
A prison. © 5)
4 WO kos : to pretend to be out.
—rusu no aida iro-iro o sewa deshita (B) : you
_ were very) kind i in various ways during my
absence.
- Comp.: rusu-ban : care-taker of a house
em master’s absence.
eat oak Both ; (used mostly in compounds).
__- ry6-san : two or three.
ryd-ashi : both legs.
_ry6-gawa : both sides, [kawa? side}.
ry6-te : both hands.
; eS _ry6-hd : see foll.
ryd- -hé, [ryd both ; hé side]. _ Both,
— ry6-hb hoshii (B): I want both.
ry6-h6 to mo shi-nakutcha nara-nai (A):
__- you must do both.
rydji. A consul.
_ Comp.: rydji-kan : the consulate.
-_ryok6. A journey ; travelling.
—— ryokd suru : to travel.
—-shdbai no tame ni ryoké shite imasi (C):
Ee am travelling on business.
_ ryokd chi : during a journey.
ryéri. Cooking ; food.
| ryri suru : to ‘cook.
' iro-iro no ry6ri wo tabemashita (C):
several kinds of eatables.
Comp.
rydri-nin : @& cook.
ryori-ya@ : a restaurant.
é sa-, [contr. of sai twice]. Again ; (used only
in compounds).
_ saraigetst : the month after next.
_. sarainen : the year after next.
~sa. Suff. added to the stem of adjectives
to form abstract nouns, which refer to
the degree of a quality ; e.g.:
- atsiisa : heat ; the degree of heat ;
~. hog].
fitosa : thickness, [ftitot thick].
- nagasa ; length, [nagai long].
bkisa : size, [6kit big].
-_ gamusa : the cold, [samui cold].
takasa : height, [takai high].
sa;sa. Interj. used at the end of a sentence
to give emphasis; at the beginning to
urge, hurry or defy.
kore kara iku (no) sa (B):
along.
sayd sa ; 86 8a: of course ; yes ;
sa! o-ide nasai (B): come along,
I ate
[atsuil
now we'll go
that is so.
hurry
sabi ga deru : to become rusty.
oni kara deta sabi da (B) : it
Nien ta exroor, Goceed
Bs: become mouldy). b itceng jeans ae 2
e wa sabite iru (B): Se
tea a ee this one ia run =
rovnse _tanely ; solitary. :
sabishiit (B):1f ef
pel (B): cel lonely all by pss
ano mise wa sabishii (B): that show hee 2 ES
very few customers (or goods). oes |
sae. “gt
1) Even. ees
watakishi de sae dekimasen (C): not eve a
I can do it. i ,
sill’ 10 sono 00 tobasees da iene a
refrains from eating even things of which
he is fond.
kodomo de sae dekiru no ni onata. wa tae
masen ka ? (B) : can’t you do it when even:
fae k ~— can ? 4
2) Foll. by the conditional—only ;
ai sae sureba anshin shimasti (G) « ns
only see him my mind would be at a
ease.
iki sae sureba shikarareru (B whenever
go, I get scolded. pn
sore ga wakari sae sureba it ; sore sae , waka-,
reba it (B): if you only understood see: .
much, that would do. ,
sagaru, v.i. [cogn. w. sage'ru v.t.]. ‘To de-
scend ; go down ; hang down. re
kome ga stikoshi ‘sagatta yo dest (C): the
price of rice seems to have gone down. ;
gakkod wa kyonen sagarimashita (C): 1 left
Vaheuk last year. = ts
te ga sagaru : to lose one’s skill in some ae
manual accomplishment. 2
sagasii. To look for ; search. ms
nani wo sagashite imasi ka ? (C) : what are
you looking for ?
Comp.: sagashi-dast : to find.
sage’ru, v.t. [cogn. w. sagarw v.i.|.
1) To lower ; let down ; suspend,
stikoshi sageta hd ga % (B): you had better
lower it a little.
atama wo sage'ru : to give in; homie one-
self. ;
fuda wo sage bee a
label. SP:
koppu wo o sage nasat
glass.
saith Fine work ; workmanship: ware.
Comp. De saab
n-zaiku > silverware.
ake oe things made of bamboo.
| saisoku. Urging.
saisoku suru : to urge ; press ; remind.
saji. Spoon.
oi wo nage*ru ; to throw up the sponge
give up @ case as hopeless.
you have brought on yourself; it serves
you right.
isha wa saji wo nageta (B): the doctor has
oe up the patient. — “J
gaji
te OS
es Note : used after the abb. Ind set of num.
een a (276, 4), saji means a spoonful.
- saka. An inclined road; ascent; descent ;
sonna ni hayaku saka wo oricha abunai
(B): don’t go so fast down hill, it is
: dangerous.
LF ete ano hito wa roku-ji no saka wo koshite iru
. (B) : he is on the wrong side of sixty.
! kudari-zaka : @ baad going down hill.
nobori-zaka : a road going up hill.
4 A “ote saka-michi : a hilly road.
sakana. Fish ; solid food taken with wine,
ete.
sakana wo toru : to fish (with net).
sakana wo tsuru : to fish (with line).
biiru no sakana wa nani ni itashimashd /
(D): what may I offer you to eat together
* with your beer ?
es Comp.
ni-zakana : boiled fish, [ni-rul to boil].
yalei-zakana : baked fish, [yaku1 to bake}.
sakasama. Upside-down ; topsy-turvy.
sake. An alcoholic drink made from rice.
6-zake to asa-ne wa bimbé no moto: drink
ard laziness are the causes of poverty.
Comp.: sake-nomi ; sake-zuki: a sake drinker;
drunkard ; [siki fond].
woth ey Baki.
Baie 1) The foremost part of ‘anything ; point ;
ey, tip.
’ empitst: ne saki : the point of a pencil.
_' 2) Position in front ; ahead.
doézo o saki e (C): please go first.
Cae o saki e gomen kudasai (D): excuse me for
going first.
ginko no saki : beyond the bank.
pat! is-sun saki wa makkura da (B): in front of
us ail is darkness.
saki ni tatst : to go in advance.
kono saki wa doko dest ? (C): what is the
next (station) ?
tku saki wa doko dest ? (C):
destination ?
chk kono saki no hashi wa nanshite imast (C) :
Was 1 they are mending the bridge ahead of us.
aaa 3) Distance apart.
| tchi-ri saki kara: from a distance of one
\ mile.
zutto saki : far away.
4). The other party. s
saki no kokoro ga shiremasen (C) : the mind
of the other party can’t be known. ,
sakino wu koto ya wakarimasen (C) : 1 can’t
understand what the other party says.
5) Time, past. (When referring to short
time, always pron. sakki),
kondo wa sakki yori yoku dekita (B): you
have done it better this time than the last.
ima kara jti-nen bakari saki ni: ten years
ago.
which is your
6) The first of two.
salri ni hataite ato de haite kee (A): “tint
dust and then sweep.
saki no hanashi: the first of (those) two *
tales.
7) Time, future. “a
anata wa mada saki ga nagai (B): you nie
still a long future before you. | Sa
saki no tame ni suru: 10 do anything for —
the sake of the future. are
ima kara ji-nen saki wa: ten years hence. va
chichi ga shinda saki wa dé shite ittara yo-
Laré ka ? (B) : how shall we male a after —
father is dead ?
Comp.
saki-barai, q.v.
saki-hodo : a short time ago.
saki-barai, [saki the other party; harau to
pay]. Payment on delivery ; prepayment.
Note :—J apanese dictionaries like Otsuki’s.
Genkai, \anazawa’s Jirin and others only
give the first of these meanings ; Japanese-
English dictionaries like Brinkley’s, Ino-
ue’s, etc. usually give the second with or —
without the first.
sakki, [corr. of saki]. A short time ago. :
sakki no hito wa dare dest ? (C) : who is that ~
man who was here just a moment ago ?
saku. To bloom.
Comp.: saki-sorou : te be in full bloom.
saku-. Preceding ; (used only in compounds).
sakuban ; last night ; yesterday ene:
sakujitst : yesterday.
sakunen : last year.
See issaku-—.
sakura. A cherry-tree.
sama, (often abb. to sanl, less polite). An
honorific used after the names of persons, _
nouns meaning relationship, and certain
nours used in polite set phrases.— Mr,
Mrs, Master, Miss. >
Tanabe Hachijiré Sama (D): Mr Hes
Tanabe.
Tanabe Sama no oku-sama (D): Mrs Tanabe.
o t6-sama (D): father.
o sewa sama; o-kage sama; o kinodoku
sama; etc.: see sewa; kage; kinodoku ;
- ete.
samasiil, v.t. [cogn. w. same*rul to Ries
v.i.|. To wake ; arouse.
me wo samast : to wake.
you wo samastt :
toxication.
samasii2, v.t. [? f. samui cold; cogn. Were
sameru2 to cool, v.i.j. To cool any-
thing. oy.
same rul, v.i. [cogn. w. samastil to wake, vite ay
To wake. cane
me ga same-ru : to wake. Ree
me ga samete iru : to be awake. va aed
yoi ga same'ru : to, soserer fecle Saa
tion. ae
to make sober after in- . .
_ same ru?, vi. I 2 f. samui cold ;
i samasti2 to cool, v.t.].. To cool ; fade.
~ sampo. A walk.
+ suru : to take a walk.
samui. Cold (of the weather).
_kyd wa samui (B) : it is cold today. .
soto wa samukiite iki ga kéru y6 da (B):
- geems cold enough outside to freeze one’s
a breath. ~
. -Der.: samusa : ‘the cold ; the degree of cold ;
ae * 2:2 [ S00 30].
-- sami, [corr. of same]. Meanings anid, uses the
e same as sama (q.v.), but less polite. Py
children or of children, often corr. to chan.
‘san2. Three.
_ san-do ni ichi-do : occasionally ; sometimes.
Note.—In comp. before the sounds }, p cr
: m, san is changed to sam. The n is occa-
aoe sionally dropped as in ji-sa(n)-nichi :
thirteen days; the thirteenth day of the
month.
Comp.
_ * gam-gar: second!floor (i.e. third floor count-
rst ing the ground floor).
san-to : third class.
san-kaku : a triangle.
san-gatsii, [san2 three ; gafst onal. March.
sara. Plate ; saucer ; ‘dish.
3 Note used after the abb. 2nd set of num.
ae (276, 4), sara means a plateful.
- sarai-, [sa again ; rai next]. The one after
next (as regards time); (used only in
_. comp.).
«
saraigetst : the month after. next.
Ee sarainen : the year after next.
_-_-sareru, [passive of suru}. To have some-
*,. _ thing done to one.
ees itazura wo sareru kara o nige nasai (B) : ran
- away or they (those bigger boys) may
oe play some trick on you.
sonna koto wo sarete wa komaru (B) : if you
treat me like that you will ooh! me in &
difficult position.
_--__-gase*ru, [causative of surul]. To cause 2 to do;
RRS have ‘something done ; used also as a ter-
_ mination for forming certain, causative
.~ werbs, 137.
ano hito no siiki na yo ni sasemashd (C): I'll
* let him do as he likes.
jochi: ni sasemashita (C): I ‘had it done by
the servant.
Note:—the 3rd base, saset, is used, but sashit
is commoner.
haiken sashite (or sasete) lated (D):
please show it to me.
sashi-tsiikae. Obstacle ; ‘ioe vetiense:
sashi-tsiikae ga nakereba. : if you can do it
without inconvenience.
yee’ nani ka sash -tstikae ga atta no destt ka? (C):
Sees did anything prevent you ?
Thee hanashite mo sashi- tstikae nai
oe (ne siaatars to rue speaking of it.
cogn. Ww. Fs
eR wa sashi-tsikae ga atte ikare-nai (B): ee *
as I have an Sickabocee today I shall not 5 Ae a
be able to go. : 3
sassuru. To guess ; judge ; sympathize.
mita tokoro kara sassuru to baka na hito da
(B) : judging from his acts he seems to be —
a foolish man. es
watashi no kokoro mo stikoshi sasshite kuda- —
sai (C): just try to put yourself in RES
place a little.
o sasshi moshimast: (D) : 1 {deep
ines with you. ce aN pede
sasil.
1) To point out.
na wo sast : to mention by name. i.
nani wo sashite itta no dard? (B): what
does he allude to ? .
2) To hold up so as to screen oneself. ern
kasa wo sasi: to open and put up an By |
umbrella, aie eae
3) To measure. -
kono kire wo sashite kudasai ©): please Un
measure this cloth. its
4) To pierce ; prick. :
ka ni sasare-ru : to be bitten by a mosquito.’ abe
5) To put into.
mizu wo sas: to pour water into.
koppu ni hana wo sashite kudasai (C):
please put the flower in a tumbler.
hana wo atama ni sast : to stick | a flower in
one’s hair.
kikai ni abura wo sast :
6) To shine ; strike.
ano mado ni hi ga sashite imasti (C): the _
sun is shining on that window.
Comp.: yubi-sasi : to point out (with the
finger).
sat6. Sugar.
satsiil. A bank-noie.
ichi-yen (no) satst : a one-yen note. -
satsii2. A.n. used for books.
Note : 1 is-satst ; 8 has-satst ; 10 jis-satsit.
To make a noise, disturbance.
:.
to oil a machine.
sawagu.
mune ga sawagu : to be agitated.
Comp.: 6-sawagi : a great disturbance.
sawaru. ‘To touch ; affect. oe
sawatcha ike-nat 4A): you mustn't touch it.
ki ni sawaru. : to put out ; annoy. :
made benkyo suru to karada ni si
: if you study until late oe
as no sawari mo arvmasen
this weather hasn't
yoru to sawaru to sono
they talk of it whenever they meet.
sayd. Yes ; that is so ; it is as you say.
_ sayo de gozaimast (D): that isso. ~*~
sayonara ; sayOnara ; [sayd that is so; nara
if]. Good-bye. i
sazo. How—must be.
sazo go shimpai see? (C):
(B): there is
: how anxious you
must be, nes
Ye Age
- seifu.
A semai.
. - we at f
sel \ : : :
a
- sentaku
seil, Stature.
sei no takai hito : a tall man.
sei2. Deed ; fault.
dare no sei dest ? (C) : who is to blame ?
tenki (or 7ik6) no sei ka mo shire-nai (B) : it
may be due to the weather (the time of
the year).
hito no sei ni suru: to lay the blame on
somebody.
wataktshi no sei ni shite oki nasai (B) : lay
the blame on me.
ano bimbé wa sake no sei da (B) : the pover-
ty was the result of his drunkenness.
The government.
seito. Pupil ; scholar.
seiyO. Occident ; the West ; Europe.
seiyd no: foreign.
f Comp.
seiyo-fa : foreign style.
seiyO-jin : a foreigner ; a European, Amer-
ican.
seiyd-ry6ri : European food.
seji. Generally preceeded by the honorific o.
1) Politeness ; civility.
0 seji no 1 hito : a courteous person.
0 8eji no nai hito : a person who doesn’t
strive to be courteous.
2) Flattery ; ernpty compliments.
0 seji ni itta no de wa arimasen (C):
not say it out of flattery.
O seji gu j6zu na no dest kara sono tsumori
de irasshai (C): I warn you that he is
very insincere in what he says.
sekai. The earth ; world.
Comp.: sekai-ja : all the world over.
seki. Cough.
seki ga de-ru : to cough.
seki-. Stone ; (used only in compounds).
Comp.: sekitan ; sekiyi,; sekken ; q.v.
sekitan, [seki— stone ; tan charcoal]. Coal.
sekiyii, [seki- stone; ya oil]. Petroleum ;
kerosene oil.
sekkaku. With special pains or difficulty ;
expressly ; at last.
sekkatu ossharu kara itadakimashé (D): as
you so kindly have taken the trouble to
make the offer, I will accept it.
sekkaku o tazune kudasaimashita no ni rusu
de o kinodoku de gozaimashita (D): I am
very sorry that I was absent, after you
took so much trouble to come to see me.
sekkaku motte kimashita no dest kara ddzo 0
uke-tori kudasai (D): as I have expressly
brought it for you, please accept it.
yibe selkaku o tenki ni natta no ni kesa wa
mata futte iru (B): after the weather had
at last cleared up yesterday evening, it is
reining again this morning.
sekkaku o daiji ni nas’tte kudasai (D):
please take special care of yourself.
sekken, [seki— stone ; ken lye]. Soap.
Narrow.
I did
r "= =
kangae no semai hito: a narrow-minded man,
semete. At least.
semete hambun de mo Eudasaimahesl in ? ree
(C) : won’t you. give me at least half ? sal,
senl, Former ; previous. Ss
sen no shujin : my former master.
sen wa : formerly. a
sen wa 86 shite imashita (Cy: L used to do it.
Comp.
sengetsu% ; last month.
senshi : last week.
sendatte ; senjitstt ; q.v.
sen2, A sen ; 1/100 y en.
Note. Sen is cnesntioe by the ist set of num, —
(271 ; 276).
1 is-sen ; 8 has-sen; 10 jis-sen. One often
hears also ; 4 yon-sen for shi-sen ; 40 yon-
jis-sen for shi-jis-sen ; 7 nana-sen for shi-
chi-sen ; 70 nana-jis-sen for shichi-jis-sen ;
9 kyi-sen for ku-sen ; and 90 kyii-jis-sen
for ku-jis-sen. San-sen means three sen ;
san-zen means three thousand.
sen3. Thousand. 9
Note: 1000 sen; 3000 san-zen ; 8000 has-
sen. One often hears also : 4000 yon-sen
for shi-sen ;° 7000 nana-sen for shichi-sen ;
9000 kya-sen for ku-sen.
sent. Vessel; ship ; (used only in compounds). ie
Comp.: kisen ; sendé ; senchd ; q.v.
senaka. ‘The back (of the body)
senchd, [sen4 ship; chél head]. Captain (of a
merchant ship).
sendatte, [senl former ; tats to pass, elapse].
A few days ago ; lately. t
sendd, [sen4 ship]. Boatman.
sendé dkite fune yama ni noboru : too many
boaimen will take the ship on to a moun-
tain ; too many cooks spoil the hroth.
sengetsii, [senl former ; gets month]. Last.
raonth.
senjitsi, [senl former ; jitsi2 a day]. The
other day.
senjitsii wa démo arigaté gozaimashita (D) :
thank you for your kindness the other
day.
senjitsi wa shitsirei itashimashita (D):
oxcuso me for my rudeness the other day.
sensei. Teacher; a respectful title used in
addressing a learned person.
senshi, [sen1 former ; shi week].
senso. A battle ; war.
sens6 ni katsi : to win a battle.
sensu. A folding fan.
sentaku. Washing.
sentaku suru : to wash.
eentaku ni yaru : to send to the wash. -
inochi no sentaku: recreatiop, (lit. wash-__
ing one’s life). ;
Cornp. er.
sentaku-ya : laundry ; washerman. = »*
sentaku-mono : linen, ete. to be washed 0 or
that las been haan. ee,
Last week.
The foll. irregularities occur: ;
115
- sentaku-mono ga kimashita ka ? (C): has
: the linen come from the wash *
_ setomono, [Seto a town near Nagoya ; mono
thing]. Porcelain ; earthenware.
sewa. Assistance ; (the honorific o is fre-
_~ quently prefixed).
sewa (wo) suru : to render assistance.
sewa ni naru : to receive assistance.
sewa wo yaku’: to be officious ; trouble one-
self about another.
"y
will help you in every way.
jochtt wo sewa shimashé (C) : I will find you
@ servant.
o sewa sama deshita (C): thanks for your
kind assistance.
Ski na o sewa da (A): much obliged to you
for nothing.
inu wo moratte mo sewa wo suru hito ga nai
(B): even if I got a dog there would be
no one to look after it.
ano hito no uchi ni ichi-nen bakari 0 sewa ni
narimashita (C) : I was living at his house
about a year.
taihen o sewa ni narimashita (C) : you have
done me a great service.
Comp.: sewa-zuki : a person fond of render-
_ ing assistance ; an officious, meddlesome
_ person ; [sviki fond].
-sha. Carriage ; (used only in compounds).
Comp.: basha; densha ; kisha; kytko-
ressha ; teishaba ; q.v.
shaberu. To chatter; gossip; talk without
thinking. 5
ano hito wa tate-ita ni mizu wo nagast yo ni
shaberimast (C): he chatters as fast as
- water runs off an upright board.
Comp.: o-shaberi : a chatterbox, [0 honorific].
shabon, [Spanish jabon or French savon}.
Soap.
shaku. A foot (measure). ;
Note. Shaku is preceded by the Ist set’ of
num. (271; 276, 1). The foll. irregulari-
ties occur : 1 is-shaku ; 3 san-jaku ; 8 has-
shaku ; 10 jis-shaku.-
shareru. To be stylish, elegant.
Comp.+: 0-share: a stylish person, [0 honorific].
_shashin. Photograph.
shashin wo toru (or utsusit): to take a photo-
graph ; have one’s photograph taken.
kesa shashin wo tori ni ikimashita (C): I
went to have my photograph taken this
morning.
shatsii, [English, shirt]. Shirt. — :
shii. City; town of over 25,000 inhabitants ;
municipality.
Comp.: shichd: mayor (of a city), [chél head].
shi2, [shinu to die]. Death.
Comp. :
shi-nin : a dead man.
shi-nin ni kuchi nashi : dead men tell no
tales. '
nan no sewa de mo shite kuremasti (C) : he
‘shi3. Four (in the Ist set of num. 271).
Pee yo or yon is often used instead of shi ;
Comp.: shi-kaku : square ; rectangle ;
cornered furs re is
shit, ppn. This word has a sort of enumera-_
tive force; it is used after the
past or future of verbs, also after adjec-
tives ; it is often found:in combination
with mo—mo. It may sometimes be trans-
lated by : and ; so. rR tee
ano hito wa Nihon-go mo hanasti shi, ji mo
kakemastii (C): that man can speak — ree
Japanese and he can also write the _
characters. SF ee
kiki mo shita shi, mi mo shita (B)': Inot —
only heard but I saw it also. e
ip-piki wa shinda shi, mé ip-piki wa nigele ==
shimatta (B): ono (of two animals) died '
and the other ran away.
shina mo ii shi, nedan mo yasui (B): the
quality is good and the price is cheap,
natsti wa suzushii shi, fuyu wa attakai shi,
jitsi ni ii tokoro da (B): it is cool in —
summer and warm in winter, so it’s really
a very nice place.
uchi ni ireba taikutsti da shi, soto ni deru*
koto wa deki-nai shi, dé shitara yokaré ?
(B): I’m bored if I stay indoors and I
can’t go out, so what am I to do? ,
hajimete kau no de wa arumai shi, taigat no
nedan wa shitte iru (B) : it’s not the first
time I buy (this kind of thing),so I know _
the proper price. =
Note. The final 7 of the adj. is sometimes —
dropped before shi.
karada wa yowashi, kane wa nashi, honto ni
kawaisé desi (C) : bad health and want of
money, he is greatly to be pitied.
shi-awase, [surul to do; awase-ru to joinj. —
Fortune ; luck ; accident ; chance. A ae
shi-awase na; shi-awase no ti: lucky; 4 ©
fortunate. ey
- 9 shi-awase dest ne (C): that is very
fortunate (for you).
shi-awase to ii o tenki deshtta (C): luckily = =
the weather was fine. . ae
Der.: fu-shiawase na : unfortunate.
shibai. Theatre ; theatrical play.
shibaraku. A short while ; a long while. pie
shibaraku o machi kudasai (D) : please wait
a little. er
shibaraku o me ni kakarimasen deshita (D):
it is a long time since I had the pleasureof
seeing you. fi
shibaraku shite : after some time. ;
shibaru, [cogn. w. shime-rul to close]. To tie »
(with a cord). dec i
kono nimotsi wo ane kudasai , (B): ist
lease tie up this parcel. si
ar ni shibarareta (B): he was arrested *
by a policeman. oo ee
We
a
‘ +
Z shibui -
116 = :
es Eg
Oye shibui. Astringent (in taste); plain but of Taro wo shikatte yaru (B): Tl give Tard
eee good taste (of dress, works of art, etc.). _ a scolding.
- shibui kao : a sour face. sensei ni chikarareta (B) : the teacher scold.
_ shichi. Seven (in the Ist set of num. 271). ed me.
= Aaa Note :—zana is occasionally used reed of Comp.: shikari-tsikeru: to give a wood
ES ay shichi, 273. scolding. 4
ah shichi-gatsii, [shichi seven; gate month]. | shikashi. But ; however ; and yet.
eis July. shikata, [suru to do ; kata way].
‘ shidai 1) The way or method of doing something.
1) Condition ; circumstance ; reason.
‘kane shidai da (B): it is simply a question
as of money.
i nan demo o nozomi shidai (B):
Tha you please.
et go katte shidai (B) : just as you pldkael
k6 iu shidai de osoku narimashita (C) :
ie is the reason why I am late.
ee _¢2) As soon as.
deki shidai okurimast (C) :
soon as it is ready.
konnichi gakké ga sumi shidai ikimashé (C) :
I will go today as soon as the school
gl Ta closes.
/___ shi-gatsti, [shi3 four; gats% month].
_ +4 ~ ghigoto, [surul to do ; koto thing].
Pao se 1) Work ; labour.
' shigoto wo surv : to work.
shigoto ga isogashii (B) : I am very busy.
- shigoto ga hima da (B): I have little work
to do.
- 2) Speaking of women, needlework.
‘ano onna wa shigoto ga dekimasen (C): she
can’t do needlework.
whatever
this
I will send it as
April.
: Comp.
Fen hari-shigoto : needlework.
i ae chikara-shigoto: rough work demanding
aie strength.
; shiji. Always; the whole time without in-
Vik terruption.
i shiji itamimast ka? (C): are you always in
% pain ?
wey is always at home.
‘Craaaees Kimura San no kaita mono wa shija yonde
Types orimast (C): I read all Mr Kimura writes ;
I always read what Mr Kimura writes.
au shika, (sometimes corr. to shikya). Only;
eS Y but.
om Note. Shika is always foll. by a neg. Shika
_——_—sas:_ often preceded by kiri2 q.v. or dake. -
pe mo mitts shika arimasen (C) : there are only
: three left.
se jip-pun shika kakarimasen (C) :
take ten minutes.
it will only
4 _ sore shika arimasen (C): there is but that ;
ot ae that is all there is.
ei pv — shika nai (B) : there is only some
read,
shi-kaku, [shi3 four; kaku¥ cofner]. <A
- square ; rectangle ; a four-cornered
shi-kaku na : Z 2
shikaru. To scold.
ano hito wa shija uchi ni iru (B) : that man
sore de wa shi-kata ga chigau (B): that is
the wrong way to do it. oo,
sono shi-kata de wa totemo dame da (BY: it’s:
not the slightest use doing it like that. _
hoka ni shi-kata ga nai desho (C): I don’t
think there is any other way of doing it.
2) Expedient ; remedy. In this sense prac- _
tically synonymous with shiyé.
shikata ga nai (B) ; shikata ga arya (=ari
, ya) shi-nai (B) : it can’t be helped. tks
dé ka shikata ga aru deshé (C) : there must
be some expedient.
hoka ni shikata.ga nai deshd (B) : 1 don’t
think it can be helped. -
taikutsi de shikata ga gozaimasen (D):
I am awfully bored.
aistiktte shikata ga nai (B): it is awhdlly:
_ hot; it isso hot I don’t know what to .
do.
nakiite wa shikata ga arimasen (C): I cannot
do without it. e
sonna ni okotte mo shikata ga nai (B):
no use your getting angry like that.
shikata ga nai hito da (B) : he is past mend-
ing ; he is hopeless.
‘uno ko wa shikata ga nai (B): that child is _
very troublesome. Mes
mo shikata ga nai (B); skikata ga naku
natte shimatta (B): there’s no help for it ©
now. ;
omae san ni shikata ganai koto demo watashi -
ga kangaereba shikata ga aru ka mo shire-
- nai (B): though it may seem a hopeless —
ease to you, if I think it over, I may
perhaps be able to find a remedy. ©
kono ko wa naite bakari ite shikata ga ari-
masen (C): this child is a great nuisance, |
he does nothing but ery.
o ba-san wa shikata nashi ni jibun de dete
ikimashita (C) : as there was no help for it,
the old woman went herself.
shikkari. Firmly.
shikkari shita uchi da (By:
built house.
shikkari shita hito.da (B) :
man. ‘ a
shikkari shibaru : to bind tightly. yt
shiku. To spread (as a mat). :
hiki-dashi no soko ni kami wo sctmsilg oO
shiki nasai (B): please spread a sheet of
paper over the bottom of the drawer. et:
tori ni ishi wo shiku : to pave a street. —
fiiton wo shiku: to make a bed. oe Laie
~
it is
it is astrongly
he is a reliable |
st —
_ » 0 shiki kudasai (D) : please sit on a cushion,
_ . {said toa guest in a Japanese room). |
ano onna wa teishu wo shiri ni shiku (B):
_-__. that woman has her husband tied to her
a ks apron strings. ;
shima, Island.
shimai, [stem of shimau to end].
-.-——s«stermination ; completion.
m6 o shimai desii (C) : it is all over.
ee _ shimai ni naru: to come to an end; be
- finished.
Ps: o shimai ni natta (B) : it has been finished ;
irae - it is all exhausted (as things kept for
\ étstt shigoto ga shimai ni narimasi ka ? (C) :
when will the work be finished? (Com-
pare : iist shigoto wo o shimai ni narimasi:
foe ka ? (D) : when will you finish the work ?).
~ gore de o shimai (B) : and that is all.
shimai no : last ; the last one.
- ichiban shimai no : the very last one.
shimai made nokoite imashita (C): I re-
- mained to the last.
shimai ni : at last ; finally.
shimai ni wa dé naru daré (B): I wonder
how it will all turn out in the end.
shimai ni okorimashita (C): at last he got
angry.
shimaru, v.i. [cogn. w. shimerul v.t.]. To
shut ; become tight. -
to ga chanto shimarimasen (C): the door
doesn’t shut properly.
kokoro ga shimaru : to have control of one’s
= hee - temper.
_ shimau.
1) To finish ; end.
) — _ shigoto wo shimau : to finish one’s work.
‘e a! shimatia (koto wo shita) (B) : now I’ve
gone and done it. )
4 2) To put away.
& kane wa kore kara hoka no tokoro e shimai-
mashé (C): in future I shall keep my
money in another place.
» dégu wo shimau : to put tools away.
; ~ mise wo shimau : to close a shop (for the
night or for good). ’
i shimatte oku : to put away.
3) After a gerund, shimau means the com-
pletion of an action, or it is merely em-
phatic. The final syllable te or de of the
gerund and the syllables shima of the verb
shimau are often contracted in ordinary
conversation thus: -te shima— becomes
> -cha—; -de shima-— becomes —ja-. E.g.:
kaichatta for kaite shimatta ; shinjaima-
shita for shinde shimaimashita.
kodomo wa nete shimatta (B) : the child has
gone to sleep. (The meaning is not: he
has finished sleeping. Ne-ru means to go
to sleep, not to be asleep ; so the meaning
’ is he has finished going to sleep, or finish-
ed by sleeping).
The end ;
+ }
ee
* i —s % ‘ Ve ay
itte shimaimashita (C): he has gone away
-Aeae ope not re ‘abt eile ba ee
katte shimau : to use (something) all up,
kono hon wo m6 yonjatta (B) : 1 Pear Te
oe aa repe this book. ‘ Ol 4 epee
‘t6t6 bydki ni natchatta (B): at last he finish,
ed by falling ill. a ses: cae ahs
Der. and comp..
shimai, q.v.
shimai-komu : to put away.
shimbun. Newspaper, (generally daily). _
shimbun wo toru : to take ina newspaper.
shimbun ni‘ deru: to appear in a news. __
paper. Pent
shimbun ni dasti: to put ina newspaper.
shimeppoi, [shimeru2 to become damp ; pose Be
q.v.]. Moist ; damp. te
shime'rul, v.t. [cogn. w. shimaru v.i.J. To
close ;' tighten ; squeeze; put on (as a
belt) ; add up. ,
to wo shime'ru : to close a door. ~ <2 SS ae
mise wo shimeru : to close a shop (forthe a
night or for good). cic aa
himo wo shime'ru : to tighten a cord. |
obi wo shime'ru : to put on a belt, :
tori wo shime'ru : to wring a fowl’s neck,
kanjé wo shime'ru : to close an account. —
Der.: shimete, q.v. ;
shimeru2. - To become moist ; become damp, _
Der.: shimeppoi : moist; damp; [see-ppoi]
shimete, [gerund of shime-rul to close]. Sum;
total ; all together. eles
shimete ikura ni narimasti ka ? (C): what
does it come to all together ? what is the -
total ? }
shimi. A stain.
shimi wo nuku : to take out a stain.
Comp.: abura-jimi ; a grease-spot.
shimol. Frost. St aan
kesa shimo ga furimashita (C): there was
frost this. morning. a
shimo2. Below. ge
hashi no shimo : below the bridge. tT Fane
hashi kara ichi-ri shimo dest (C).: it is one — ;
mile below the bridge. :
shimpai. Anxiety ; care ; worry.
‘<5
aS.
Pk
shimpai suru : to be anxious ; to w Sig BS €
shimpai shi-nai de mo vi (B) : you not 2. sien
worry about it. Sy
tomodachi no koto wo shimpai shite imasi
(C) : I am anxious about my friend. 2 \
moshi ya oki ni ira-nai ka to omotte shimpat
shimashita (C): I was afraid you would
not like it. % a : 2 ni ¥
shimpai na koto: a thing one is anxious
about. i . a
kesshite shimpai wa arimasen (C) : there’s
not the slightest reason for anxiety. oe
kimono wo yogost: no ga shimpai dest (C):E
am afraid of dirtying my dress. ce
shimpai wo kakeru: to cause somebody
anxiety. e
have caused you a great deal of anxiety.
shimpai de shiyd ga nai (B) : I am awfully
anxious. >
shina. Quality ; articles.
shina ga yoroshikite nedan ga yasui (B):
the quality is good and the price is
cheap.
sore to kore to wa maru de shina ga chigai-
mast (C): that article and this are of quite
different qualities.
_ Note :—shina is sometimes used preceded by
the abb. 2nd set of num. (276, 4).
Comp.: shina-mono : articles ; goods.
Shina. China.
Comp,
Shina-jin : a Chinese.
Shina-go : the Chinese language.
shina-mono, [shina thing ; mono thing]. Ar-
ticles ; goods.
shinchi. Brass.
- shinjirru, [corr. of shinzuru; f. shin confi-
dence ; surul to do: cogn. w. shinyd confi-
dence]. To believe ; trust.
shinrui. A relative ; relation.
ano hito wa go shinrui desi ka? (C): is he a
relation of yours ?
dé iu go shinrui dest ka? (C) : what relation
is he to you ?
shinsetsi. Kindness.
shinsetst na : kind.
go shinsetsi ni arigatd gozaimashita (D):
‘thank you for your kind offices.
Der.: fu-shinsetst : unkindness.
shinu. To die.
Note. Shinu is a plain verb: the corres-
ponding polite verb is nakunaru.
kyonen chichi ga shinimashita (C) : my father
' died last year.
\doku wo nonde shinimashita (C) :
himself with poison.
shinu made : until death.
shinda ko no toshi wo kazoe'ru : to calculate
the age of one’s dead child ; to ery over
spilt milk.
shinimashita ka ? (C) : is he dead ?
kono sakana wa ikite iru ka ? shinde iru ka ?
(B) : is this fish alive or dead ?
Der.: shi2 : death.
shinyd, [cogn. w. shinji-ru to trust]. Con-
_ fidence ; trust.
shiny suru ; to trust.
ano hito wo shinyd shimasii (C) : I trust that
. man,
_ ano hito wa shinyd dekimasen (C) : I cannot
trust him.
ano mise wa shinyd ga nai 86 dest (C) : they
say that shop doesn’t enjoy the monty,
dence of tlie public.
Shio. . Salt ; taste.
shio ga tari-nai ; shic, patie t-not } shio ga
_ ama: not salt enough. py
he killed
- i Swede : : : OSES Git Pea ree ee
oh , ; = % S| oe. © : a a ;
Oa 4 a ; { * : oft ey 4.
_ shimpai 118 CHS A OO See “ shireteu
, ‘ . ; : “i Pa : oar :
iro-iro go shimpai wo kakemashita (D): I Comp. fe “oo
shio-ambai ; shio-kagen : the ‘pore or
' taste of food as the result of birt ack
preparation. :
shio-kagen ga it (B): the taste is good,
shio-karai : (too) salty.
shioke : a salty taste, [see —ke].
shio-mizu : salt water ; brine.
shippo, [shirz buttocks ; o tail]. Tail.
shippo wo dasi : to reveal one’s true (bad)
character unintentionally ; to show the
cloven hoof,
shiraberu. To examine ; inquire ; look into.
shirabete mimashé (C): I will look into the
matter.
shira(n), [f. shiranu literary neg. form of;
shiru2 to know].
1) An adj. meaning ‘unconcerned’, feign-
ing ignorance’: in this case the final nis
never dropped.
shiran kao shite torimashita (C): he passed —
by with an unconcerned face (as if he
didn’t know me, as if nothing had hap-
pened).
2) Ka shira (then is generally dropped) is
added to the end‘of a sentence to expres
doubt. .
dare ka kita ka shira (B) : I wonder if any-
body has come.
ano hito wa tsuita ka shira (B) :
whether he has arrived.
shirase, [stem of shirase’ru to informa}. News ; ;
information ; report ; omen.
shinda to iu " shirase ga kita (B): I have
received news of his death.
kore wa nani ka ii koto no shirase ka mo
shire-nai (B):1 believe this is an omen of
something good.
shirase‘ru, [causative of shirw2 to know]. To
let know ; inform ; tell.
watashi no kaetta no wo ano hito ni shira-
sete kudasai (C): please let him know
that I am back.
shirashite morau hazu deshita (©): I ought
to have been informed.
Der.: shirase, q.v.
shire'ru, v.i. [cogn. w. shiru2 v.t. to which i
also serves as potential]. To become
known ; can know.
I wonder —
1)
kakushite mo ima ni shireru (B) : although
you may conceal it, it will be discovered _
some day. “2
itte siden shireru (B): if you go and see,
you can know for yourself.
2) Ka mo éhiré-nai-is eddep to,the ed ote
sentence to express doubt. It is never
used after the future. :
ky6 wa o tenki ni naru ka mo shire-nai (Bye
I believe it will turn out fine today.
nani ka atta no ka mo shire-nai (B): 1 ‘am
afraid that something mack
i
bir
_ shiri. The buttocks ; the bottom (outside)
or base of a thing. é : ;
nabe no shiri ga kitanai (B) : the bottom
_ (outside) of the pot is dirty.
__._ hito no shiri ni tsiku : to follow somebody
fags about like a dog.
teishu wo shiri ni shiku (B): she, has her
husband tied to her apron strings.
o shirt ni tamago no kara ga kuttsuite iru
F (B) : (like a chicken just hatched with)
Cae the shell still sticking on to its back-
_ side ; said of a person who is very child-
_ like, inexperienced, or innocent.
, — ghiro, n. 182, [shiroi adj. white]. White.
_- - shiro kuro wo wake-ru: to distinguish white
from black ; to know what’s good.
shiroi, adj. White.
' Der. and comp.
_ shiro ; shiroto ; q.v.
| _-—s shiromi : the white of an egg, [mi meat].
; _ masshiroi ; snow-white, [see ma2 truth].
_ shira-ga : white (or grey) hair, [kami hair}.
-shiréto, [shiroi white ; hito man]. An ama-
teur ; inexperienced person.
kono shashin wa shiréto ni shite wa yoku
totte aru (B): thig, photograph is well
a ; taken for an amateur. ~
‘ _shirul. Juice ; sauce.
ee) shiru2. To know. é
-——.- shirimasen (C) : I don’t know. ‘
ano kata wo shitie imasti ka ? (C): do you
ae know that gentleman ?
shitteru hito: a person I know; an ac-
quaintance.
shira-nai hito : a person unknown to me.
shira-nai kao ; an unknown face.
) shira-nai kao wo suru : to feign ignorance.
watakishi no shitteru tokoro de wa: as far
‘as I know.
pet watakiishi no shira-nai uchi ni: without
Shi my knowledge.
dé shite watashi ga shitteru mono desi ka ?
(C) : how should I know ?
sonna koto wo shira-nai mono wa nat (B):
Py ak everybody knows it ; there is not a person
~~ who doesn’t know it.
- watashi wa sonna koto wa shira-nai (B): I
know nothing about it ; I wish to have
nothing to do with it.
dé naré to watakishi wa shira-nai (B): I
don’t care what becomes of it.
hae kore wa anata no shitta koto ja nai (B) : it is
414 ; none of your business.
i » yiibe no jishin wa shirimasen deshita (C): I
‘ didn’t feel the earthquake last night.
ka shira(n), see shira(n). :
' ka mo shire-nai, see shireru.
Der.: shire'ru ; shiraseru ; shira(n) ; 4.v.
shirushi. A mark ; sign.
shirushi wo tstike ru : to mark,
hon no shirushi desi ga... (C)+: please
aceept this though itis only a trifle ; (this
t * t : \
'. ee
z s TER
is. only a token, not a measure,
fe ae ofmy |
shital. Under ; below ; down. % a me
_hashi no shita wo torimashita (C): I passed oe
under the bridge. he
shita e oiteo kure (A): put it down. ne Bf.
jochti wa shita ni imastt (C):
downstairs... ; Fane
yuki no shita kara deru mizu: water that = —
comes out from under the snow. et
shita kara dereba ibaru (B): if I‘humble ——
myself before him he gets puffed up.
hito no shita ni tsitku : to occupy arank or
position subordinate to another, Sate
go-jii-yen shita de wa urimasen (C):I would
not sell it under fifty yen.. ay
kono shita no wa ni-yen dest: (C): the next —
one in order of cheapness costs two yen.
kore yori shita no tabako wa nai (B): there’s —
no tobacco cheaper than this. ! ;
ano hito wa wataktshi yori fitatei shita
the maid is
dest: (C) : he is two years younger thanI.
Comp. et
“kutsu-shita: socks; stockings; [kutew
boots]. not
zubon-shita : drawers, [zubon trousers}. Fas
shita-gi : underclothing, [ki‘rul to puton}.
shita2, Tongue. .
wataktshi mo sore ni wa shita wo maita(B):
I also was speechless with admiration. © ent
shitaku. Preparation ; getting ready. eae
shitaku wo suru : to get ready. Ra
ja-ji made ni shitaku ga dekimashd (C): 1
shall be ready by ten o’clock. pare ale
rippa na shitaku wo shiteru (B):; she is
beautifully dressed. ys
astiko no o yome san wa shitaku ga takiisan
aru (B): that bride has a very big
trouseau. ; hi OME
shitate-ya. Tailor (especially for Japanese
clothes). Yr as :
shitstirei, [rei! politeness]. Rudeness.
shitstrei na : rude.
shitstirei na koto wo iu: to speak in anim- — ~
polite way. : \ : i
senjitst wa shitsirei itashimashita (D): eX-
cuse my rudeness the other day, af
shitstiret desit ga sono hon wo chotto kashite —
kudasaimasen ka? (C): excuse me but
would you please lend me that book a
moment ? “2
sore wa seiyd de wa shitstirei na koto da to
shite arimast: (C): that is considered im- —
polite in Europe. ‘ ee
shiys, [surul to do ; yd way]. Meanings and
uses like shtkata (q.v.) especially insem- =
tences like those given under 2) ; rarely
used in cases like thoes deeee in 1). / anes
shizen (no or na). Natural ; spontaneous. rv
pv ni; spontaneously ; of its own accord,
shizen ni wareru hazu wa nai (B):it cannot
have broken of itself. 3
shizuka
120 Seas 2
66.
shizuka (na). Silent ; quiet ; tranquil.
shizuka ni nasai (A): be quiet.
shébai. Business ; occupation.
go shdbai wa ? (C): what is your occupa-
tion ?
shobai suru : to trade.
shobai wo hajimeru : to set up in trade.
shobai ni nara-nai (B) : it does not pay.
Comp.: shébai-nin ; a nferchant ; trader.
shichi. Consent ; knowledge.
shichi suru : to consent ; know. .
shochi ga dekimasen (C): I cannot agree to
‘ that.
go shéchi nara: with your permission ; if
you do not mind.
go shochi no tori : as you are aware.
shochi itashimashita (D) : very well, Sir; I
understand and will do as you desire.
sonna koto wo suru to shéchi shi-nai (B): if
. you do such a thing, I won’t stand it.
shé-gatsii, [gate month]. January ; it often
refers specially to the first days of the
month.
shdjiki (na). Honest.
shikai. Introduction.
shékai suru: to introduce one person to
-- another.
(anata wo) Its San ni go shikai itashimashd
ka ? (D): may I introduce you to Mr Ité ?
Comp.: shékai-76 : a letter of introduction,
[j63 letter}.
shiko. Proof.
\ shdko ga arimasi ka ? (C):
it ?
shokubutsi.
shokudd. Dining-room.
shokuji. A meal.
shokuji wo suru : to take a meal.
shoku-nin. Artisan ; mechanic.
shomotsi. A book.
shésetsii. A novel.
shi. Week ; (used mostly in composition).
konsha : this week, [see kono2].
raishi. : next week, [see rai—].
senshi : last week, [see sen1].
mai-shi : every week ; weekly ; [see mai-—].
shitkanl q.v
shujin. Master ; husband (not polite).
shikan), [sha week ; kan2 interval]. ‘A week.
Note. ’ Shakan i is preceded by the Ist set of
num.: 1 is-shiikan ; 8 has-shikan ; 10 jis-
shikan.
shikan2,. Habit ; custom.
Nihon no shiikan da (B):
custom.
sol,
1) So; thus ;in that way. S6 gen. refers to
something which has been said or done.
Compare ké.
tabun 86 deshé (C) : it may be so.
dare ga 86 iimashita ka ? (C) : who said so ?
anata ga 86 iimashita (C) : you said so.
can you prove
A plant.
it is a Japanese
“dare de mo 86 iimast (C) :
so.
86 itta hito ga aru (B) : somebody aid. sO.
86 shite wa ikemasen (B) : don’t do it like
that. .
86 wa ikimasen (C) : that is impossible,
2) Sé foll.. by neg. or interr. has sometimes
a superlative meaning.
yuki ga 86 furimasen (C):
so very much.
86 vi hito da to omoimasen (C): I don’t (hihkk.
he is such a very good man.
86 samuku nai (B): it is not as cold as all —
that.
86 ugoite wa ikemasen (B): don’t move, be
still; don’t move somuch (but I want you
to move a little); don’t move that way
(move some other way).
s6-tabete vi no dest ka ? (C): do you think,
it’s good to eat as much as that ? haven't
you had enough ?
3) S6 iu ; 86 iu fina ; 36 iu y6 na: that kind
of ; that sort of ; like that.
80 iu fa na hito ga stiki desi (C): that is the
sort of person I like.
80 iu no wa iya da @B) : that is not what I
want ; (this sentence may also mean, I
don’t like to say a thing like that).
86 iu no ja nai (B): that is not the right
sort.
86 iu hazu wa nai (B)
be so.
80 iu hanashi dest ga tashika ni to wa iware-
masen (C): people say so but nobody
knows for certain.
4) Sé da at the end of a sentence after an
adj.,aq. adj. in na, or a verb, corresponds
to the English ‘they say’ ‘he says’.
(Compare —80).
jobu na sé da (B) : they say he is healthy.
kane-mochi da 86 dest (C): 1 hear he is rich.
86 da 36 desi (C): they say so.
~ O Matsi wa atama ga itakitte kyd wa
okirare-nai 86 da (B) : Matsu says she has
a headache and she can’t get up today.
5) Various.
30 desit (C) : a definite assent—yes.
86 desii to mo (C): an emphatic assent—Il
should just think so.
86 desti ne (C) : a polite agreeing with what
another says; also used when one is per-
plexed and is considering what answer he
had better give : let me see.
everybody says
it doesn’t snow
: that ought not to
86 ja nai (B) : a definite negation—no ; that ‘S
is not so.
86 de mo nai (B): a qualified negation—
well, not exactly so.
86 ja nai ka ? (B): a way of inviting the
2nd person to agree with what one Saye
isn’t it so? -
a polite manifestation of
386 desi ka ? (C):,
mild surprise-—indeed ; ; is that so?
36 shite (of
_tokoro ga: ways of continuing a narrative :
and ; and then ; after that. eee
86 ieba : by the way. ot
80 ieba 86 da (B): now you point it out
- tome, I see it is so.
86 ka to omou to : nevertHeless.
°36 suru to ; 80 shitara : and then ; if that is
- so ; in that ¢ase.
86 sureba ; 86 nara (often corr. to sonnara) ;
i 86 naraba : if that is so ; in that case. :
sore wa 86 to: be that as it may; by the
| way.
Der.: sdrashii : apparently so, [see —rashii}.
$62. A.n. used for ships, boats, ete. 3
a Note : 1 is-36 ; 3 san-z6 or san-s0 ; 8 has-sé ;
10 jis-8d ; 1000 sen-zd or sen-sd ; nan-z0 or
| nan-86 ?
_ =s6, [compare s61 4)]. A suffix meaning
_. ‘appearance’; it is added to the stem of
verbs, the stem of true adj. And the noun
part of q. adj.” The resulting compound
often contr. to Saahaiel ee shita |
sode, [te arm]. beets
s6ji. Sweeping and cleaning, =
a : a 5
es "
3 = 4 2 a -
sedatehas a tring op reeei4
Sleeve.
this room afterwards. eae ss
kutsu wo s6ji shite kure (A): clean my ~
boots. : o cen BED 7
sokol, [sono that ; tokoro place]. That place
there ; that time ; hen: : eee ,
soko ni arimast (C) : it is there. » Sy, ‘
soko ga daiji da (B): that is an important
point. mae eee
soko to naku : no place in particular ;
soko de nan to ossheatigs ka ? (B): what did »
he say then ? . Sons
soko e : at that moment. ky, «
Comp. Cree
soko-ira : thereabouts, [see —éra]. i
go-yen ka soko-ira de kaeru dar (B):
think you can buy one for about five
every-
js a noun and is often foll. by na thus
becoming a q. adj. 24
md jiki ki-sd na mono da (B) :
be here directly now.
kono tatami wa kitana-s6 desi (C): these
mats seem to be dirty.
ame ga furi-sd desi (C) : it looks like rain.
Shige wa jobu-s6 da (B): Shige looks strong.
- sore wa ari-sd mo nai hanashi da (B): that
_ sounds like an improbable story.
henji gurai yokoshite mo yosa-s6 na mano aa
(B): you might at least have answered
‘ my letter.
Note. Nai non-existent, and yot good, form
; this compound irregularly, thus, nasa-sd,
yosa-30. The compounds of nai may
| either follow nai in this irregularity or be
formed regularly.
soba. Beside ; near.
soba ni yoru : to approach near.
-téburu no soba ni : beside the table.
uchi no soba no ki : the tree near the house.
soba kara jun ni hirotte o kure (A): pick
them up in order, beginning with those
nearest you.
kodomo wa shikaru soba kara ttazura wo
children start doing mischief
as you have done scolding
he ought to
sochi; sochira; (sochi is gen. pron. sotchi).
, There ; that place.
- sotchi ni aru (B) : there are some there.
sddan. Consultation.
sodan suru : to consult ; confer together.
_ stikoshi go sddan shitai koto ga arimast (C):
I have something I want ‘to talk to you
about. ‘
sodan ni notte kure-nai ka? (B): won't you
soke2. The bottom (inside). os oe
nabe no soko ga nurete iru {B) : the bottom |
(inside) of the pot is wet. | ae 2
hikidashé-no soko vid kamt'co soht-meabalctie
kure (A): spread a sheet of paper over
the bottom of the drawer. 3 egos ;
kane-ire no soko wo hataite mo kore dake
shika arimasen (C): even if you turned
my purse inside out, you wouldn't find
any more money. ~ ’ ;
umi no soko : the bottom of the sea.
sokonau. To injure ; hurt. Pee Are
In comp. it means, ‘to fail’, ‘make a
mistake’. fy es
deki-sokonau : to be a failure. © RSE
kaki-sokonau: to make a mistake in wri- Z
A.n. used for pairs.
socks, etc.
dye ; become dyed. j
somatte i-ru : to be dyed.
ting. ‘
eh : d
of boots, Qoms
- 1 is-soku ; 3 san-zoku ; 8
kinu wa yoku
mi-sokonau : to overlook.
- 1000 sen-zoku ; nan-zoku ?
very well.
shi-sokonau : to do wrong.
somaru, v.i. [cogn. w. some ru v.t.].’ To
somatsii (ma)... Coarse ; rough.
although it is but coarse
oya wo somatstt ni suru
parents with disrespect.
hon wo somatsii nt suru - I
roughly. xs Meee vals an
- 9 somatsit sama deshita (C): excuse me for
not having been attentive to you.
_. help me with your advice ? rhe
deki-nai sddan : impracticable advice.
someru, v.t. [cogn. w. somaru Vv } To ;
dye. +” aia 3 Bas
a
- some‘ru
<3 “
Faas a _kire wo akaku (or aka ni) some'ru : to dye a sora de oboeru : to learn by heart. — ee eae
ck cloth red. : sora de yomu ; to recite by atin“ roi ae 1
ae son, Loss. . Comp. : ey
_ son wo suru : to suffer loss ; lose. ao-zora : blue sky. whee)
son wo shite uru : to sell at a loss.
_ son ni naru : to lose by something.
~ son wo kake-ru : to cause loss to somebody.
sore de wa watashi ga son da (B): then the
Toss is mine.
7 kisha de bydki ni naru hito wa son dest ne
re. %, (C) : people who feel sick in a train don’t
: get much pleasure out of travelling, do
they ?
> son ga iku : to suffer a loss ; lose.
4 oe sonkei. Respect ; esteem.
myer og sonkei suru ; to respect.
oye Pv sonna, [contr. of sono yé na}. That kind of ;
such as that ; like that ; so.
1) Is used attrib. before a noun ; it then has
sometimes a contemptuous meaning.
ae 3 ’ sonna mon’ deshé (C): that’s just about it.
ae “sonna koto wa nakatta (B): no such thing
occurred.
ee kesshite sonna wake de wa nai (B): such,
3 certainly, is not the case.
sonna shimpai wo shite wa ike-nai (B):
don’t worry about a thing like that.
sonna hanashi wa nai (B) : that’s not true.
2) Has a sup. sense before an adj.; sonna ni
has also this sense.
ty, s sonna kitanai mono wa o stite nasai (B) :
throw away a dirty thing like that.
s sonna ni shimpai shite wa ike-nai (B):
4s don’t worry so much.
i sonna ni hayaku ika-nai de o kure (A):
don’t go so fast.
sonnara, [sd1 so; nara if}.
that case ; then.
sonnara naoru ka mo shinier (C)
he may get well.
sono, adj. [often=sore no]. That (referring
to things at some little distance or things
connected with the 2nd person ; 336 ; 343).
- sono hon ; that book.
- gono gurai : about that much.
. ee sono toki ni : then ; at that time.
Apatite sono toki ni koko ni imasti‘ka? (C): will you
ot be here then ?
~ © sono tokd hayimete
ay sono koro ni : then ; about that time.
re, _ sono ue : besides that.
geno ue kimasen deshita (C) : besides that he
did not come.
sono hoka : besides that.
sono hoka nanni mo kimasen (C) : nothing
else canie besides that (parcel),
sono ato : after that.
sono ashita ; the day after that ; the follow-
ing day.
Bs sono hes that child; the child of that
38 Pere person of whom we are speaking.
Sora, Heaven ; sky.
If that is so ; in
then
then and not till then.
sora- “Moyo : the appearance of the chy.
sora-iro : sky blue.
sore, n. That (referring to things at some —
little distance or things connected with
the 2nd person ; 336 ; 343 : it is also used
when referring to something which has.
just been spoken of or done by the 2nd:
person) ; that time ; then.
sore wa : (a) that thing, that fact ; (b) sie @ ‘
reason of that ; (c) exclamation.
sore wa nan desti ka? (C): what is that ?
sore wa ikemasen (C): that’s bad, 1am
sorry to hear it.
sore de wa ikemasen (C) : that won’t do.
sore wa 86 to: be that as it may; by the
way.
kono kire wa mé samete shimaimashita—sore
wa yasu-mono da kara deshd; the colour
ty
of this ¢loth is quite faded—the reason no ts
doubt is thatit was a cheap article.
ky6 wa sorya (=sore wa) samui yo (B):
it’s very cold today and no mistake.
Tora to wu sore wa, sore wa, kirei na oan
ga arimashita (C):; there was once a very
pretty singing-girl called Tora.
sore de vi (B) : that’s enough ; that will do.
sore de anshin shimashita (C) : that is the
end of my worry.
sore de nan to iimashita ka ? (C): what did
he say then ?
sore de wa nai (B) : that’s not it.
sore de wa, Toky6 ni wa nai deshd (C):
“ p
then I don’t think you willfind onein —
Tokyo.
sore de wa watakishi ga komarimasti (C) :
that will put me in a difliculty. -
sore de mo ikimashita (C): in spite of that
he went.
sore de sometimes serves as a copulative
phrase : and so.
sore ni kimasen deshita (C) : besides that he
didn’t come.
sore ni shite mo : even allo that.
sore kara: then; after that t (ime past or
future).
sore kara kuruma wo yobimashita (C) : then
I called a rikisha.
shigoto wo saki ni shite sore kara o asobi (A)<
. do your work first and then play.
sore da kara ; therefore.
sore made koko ni o oki nasai (B): leave it F
here till then. ;
sore made ni o shitaku ga dekimast ka? ha
(C) : will yeu be ready by then 7
sore mita koto ka (A): I thought as mach j
I told you so,
sore to naku: in a casual manner ; ii
“directly. ere} 5a st
ie?
*
A die kettghovsa bathe miyd B): vu |
sound him in a casual way.
# sore / often corr. to sora /): an interjection
a (used as areprimand), | ~
_ sore wo; sore na no ni; sore da no ni:
although things are thus, nevertheless.
‘ sore mo : besides that ; however.
ae - soroban. A calculating : instrument ; abacus.
_——— soreban ga awa-nai (B): the accounts do
_ - hot agree.
» soroban ni awa-nai ;
‘(B):
soroban ga tata-nai
it does not, pay me; it doesn’t
4 ‘come up to my expectations.
2 “soroe'ru, y.t. [eogn. w. sorou v.i.]. To ar-
| range in order; complete (as a set);
match.
_ kuchi wo soroete iu : to speak unanimously,
- soroi, [sorow to become arranged]. A set;
suit.
-soroi no : of the same pattern.
seus Note :—soroi is used in connection with the
abb. 2nd set of num. (276, 4).
oe Comp.: fu-soroi na : not equal or uniform.
‘ _ soro-soro.
_ come arranged in order ; become complete.
sorotte tru: to be arranged in order ; be
complete.
kono hon wa sorotte i-nai (B) :
_ are not in order.
ki ga sorou : to be of one mind.
hito-kazu wa minna sorotte iru ka? (B):
everybody here ?
soroi mo sorotta rippa na hito bakari desi
(C) : it isa gathering composed exclusive-
___ ly of persons of position.
_ fiitta-oya ga sorotte iru:
_ parents alive.
- Der. and comp.
| ‘soroi, q.V.
saki-sorou : to be in full bloom.
these books
to have both
aks i, (gen. corr. to suru2), To shave.
ige wo suru ; to shave (the face); to get
shaved.
Sanae atama wo suru : to shave the head:
— Comp.: kamisori ; kamisuri : a razor, [kamil
1.
an soshite, [eal s so ; shite gerund of surul to do}.
_ After that ; ‘and.
sosokkashii. Hasty ; careless ; rough.
‘sotchi. See sochi.
soto. Outside ; exterior.
soto e deru : to go outside.
soto wa makkura da (B): it is pitch dark
out of doors.
ano caphe ee soto wa kirei da ga naka wa
- sugata.
; Slowly (in a good sense).
- goro-soro yatte o kure (A): do it quite
slowly.
mo soro-soro kuru jibun da (B) : it will soon 4
be time they were here.
_. soro-soro (=mdé) dekakemashé (C): well,
let’s be going.
» Sorou, v.i. [cogn. w. soroeru v.t.]. To be-
- kitanai (B) ? that Gihedl ip ten
side but the inside is dirty. gs. 3
_ mon no soto; outside the gate.
sotto ; sdtto. Softly pquistly’5 - ‘stoalt
sul, Vinegar ; acid.
Der.: swppai : sour. ‘
su2. [swmul to live ina place]. Nest. :
tori no su : a bird’s nest. er ae
kumo no su : a cobweb. = eb ee
dorobé no su: adenof thieves.
su wo koshiraeru ; su wo kuu; to — a
nest.
suberu. To slip. , Ew
michi ga suberimasit (C) : the road
slippery. 5
ashi ga suberimashita (C) : my foot lipped
subette koronda (B): I slipped and fell
‘down. ay
kori wo suberu: toslide onice, =
Comp. and der.
suberi-ochi-ru : to slip and fall ire from a
height (as from off a roof).
sube-sube, q.v.
sube-sube, [suberu to slip]. Slippery ; smooth. 4
sube-sube shita ita : a slippery plank.
Form ; figure ; shape.
ano onna wa sugata ga ii (B): that woman
has a good figure. ae
sugata wo kakust : to conceal oneself.
sugi, [sugiru to go beyond}. Past; after.
yo- qt go-fun sugi : five minutes te
san-ji stikoshi sugi ni dekakemashita (C): he —
started a little after three. h
Comp.: hiru-sugi : afternoon. paps ‘ 1
sugiru. To go beyond ; be in excess. wi
ni-shaku wo suginan: not wereis & > wo ue Q is
feet. ae
san-nen sugite : after three years. —
san-ji jyp-pun sugi-nai uchi ni pea.
narimasen (B): you must be here. erp:
ten past three. a
kotoba ga sugiru; kuchi ga eugiru : we
speak too much.
jodan mo hodo wo sugite wa
even jokes should not ‘be-
far. :
Comp. and der. Sugi*ru is added to the stem
of verbs, the stem of true adj. or the no
part of a q. adj.; it signifies excess of an
action or quality. te,
iki-sugt" ru : to go too far, [ikul to ei
ti-sugr ru : ‘to talk too much, [iul to.
6-sugiru : to be in excess, too nase:
many].
satd ga 6-sugimast (C) :
sugar (in it).
' taka-sugi-ru : to
hade-sugi-ru :
[hade bright}. .
anata wa noma aruki- -sugimasti ; cna we ,
-
=
7
sugi‘ra Ri eat,
x ¢ 2 ‘
_. suji ga warui :
oat ae z “y aa ye —o /
4 “s
aruku no ga haya-sugimasaé (C): you walk
too fast.
See also sugi.
sugu.
1) Directly ; soon ;
sugu dekimast ka? (C):
directly ?
sugu (ni) kaette kimast% (C) : 171 be back in
a moment.
sugu ni wa deki-nat (B):
immediately.
' sugu dekiru koto wo itst made mo guzu-guzu
shite imast% (C): he is dawdling over a
thing that can be done in no time.
koko kara sugu ni mairimashé (LD) :
go direct from here.
uchi no sugu ushiro : just behind the house.
sugu me no mae : right in front of your eyes,
shokuji no sugu ato : just after dinner.
sugu tonari : next door.
mon no sugu soto : just outside the gate.
2) After the conditional, or the present foll.
by to—as soon as. .
dekitara sugu ni okutte kudasai (C): please
send it as soon as it is ready.
dekakeru to sugu ni ame ga futte kimashita
immediately.
can you do it
it can’t be done
we will
(C) : L had hardly gone out when it began *
to rain.
Comp.: massugu na : perfectly eaiitih, [see
maz}.
sui. Water, (used only in composition).
sui-d6 : water (laid on in a house).
suiyo ; Buiyo- -bi : Wednesday, [see y6-b7].
suitori-gami, [swu to suck; toru to take; kami
- paper : , sur water, may serve as a mne-
monic]. Blotting-paper.
suji. A line ; lineage ; muscle; nerve; rea-
son.
kami ni Buji wo hiku: to draw lines on
paper.
te no suji wo mi‘ru : to examine the lines on
the palm of the hand (so as to tell one’s
fortune).
of bad lineage ; of leprous
family.
ashi no suji ga itamu :
nerves of the foot.
ano hito no iw koto wa suji ga tétte iru (B) :
what he says is reasonable.
hanashi no suji ; the plot of a story.
tashika na suji : a reliable source.
Note. Suji, preceded by the abb. 2nd set
of num. (276, 4), is used for counting
things like tenugui towels, obi belts, etc. ,
Comp.: chi-suji : pedigree.
stikenai, see stéikunai.
stiki, [swku2 to like], IF ondness for anything.
stiki na hon : a book one is fond of.
kudamono ga stiki da (B): I am fond of fruit.
uchi no Taré wa kudamono ga taihen stki
desu (C): my son ae i Taro is very
fond of fruit, .
/ ;
to feel pain in the
nan de mo stiki na mono: whatever you ike.
dai-stiki dest (C) : I like it very much.
Nihon wa o stiki dest ka ? (C): doryou like
Japan ?
sao
kono hana wa stiki de wa nai (B): I don't Hf
care for this flower.
stiki ni sasete oite kure (A) :
he likes.
anata no stiki na yi ni shimashd (C):1 will
do as you wish.
suki na kote wo suru; to act according tp!
one’s fancy.
ano hito ga siki dest (C): I like that man ;
that man likes it.
Note. The Japanese construction does not
always distingush clearly between the
subject and the object of the liking; ~
however, if both the subj. and the obj. —
are expressed, the subj. gen. takes wa and
the obj. ga the obj. sometimes takes wo.
Note also that the emphatic neg. of sti
is often kira. .
Comp.
mono-zuki :
sake-zuki :
inquisitiveness,
a sake drinker ; drunkard.
kiret-zuki ; a liking for cleanliness.
sewa-zuki : a person fond of rendering as-»
sistance ; an officious, meddlesome person.
siki-kirai : likes and dislikes.
hito ni wa stiki-kirai ga aru (B): men vhave |
their likes and dislikes.
sukkari. Entirely ; completely. .
sukkari wasureta (B) : completely forgot it.
sukkari onaji de wa arimasen (©): it isnot
exactly the same. “
stikoshi.
1) A little ; few ; some.
pan wo stikoshi kudasai (©):
little bread please.
stikoshi kane ga irimast (€) :
money.
siikoshi matte o kure (A): wait a little.
stikoshi no aida o machi kudasai (D): wait
a little please.
uchi no niwa ni hana ga stikoshi arimasic
(C): there are a few flowers in my
garden.
uchi no niwa ni wa hana ga stikoshi shika
give me a
it costs some
arimasen (C) : there are but few flowersin —
my garder.
stikoshi wa ii no desti ka ? (C): are you any —
better ?
stikoshi baicari : just a little.
stikoshi gurai nara kamaimasen (C):1 bik "t
care either way if it is only a ame;
amount,
kore wa stikoshi desi keredomo dézo o tobe
kudasai (D): please accept this though it,
is only a trifle.
2) Sdkoshi ni is anadverbial form used wie
let him do as be
+
such verbs as naru, suru, mieru, etc, Ane A
4b, . 52 ee
‘
4
>
Seikoahy 7°
get >
sukoshi ni naru : to become less.
stkoshi ni suru : to make less. ‘ee
~ 8) Stikoshi no is sometimes used attributive-
“ly with the meaning of st#kunai which
cannot be employed in this way.
stikoshi no kane ga areba 7% (B): if you have
a little money that will do. 4
4) Sukoshi mo gen. foll. by neg.: none at all ;
not-.at all. ~
stikoshi mo nokorimasen (C):
solutely none left.
kane ga stkoshi mo arimasen ka? (C):
there is ab-
thoes haven’t you any money at all ?
stikoshi mo kamaimasen (C): I don’t care
a bit.
stikoshi mo hayaku o-ide nasai (C) : come as
/ goon as you possibly can.
5) M6 sukoshi, see mé 1).
‘sitkul. .To become empty ; thinned out.
hara (or onaka) ga sikimashita (C): I am
hungry.
ima te ga suite imast (C): I have a little
spare time now.
stikoshi basho ga suite kita (B) : the seats
have become less crowded.
stiku2. To be fond of ; (used as a verb some-
times in the neg. but hardly ever in the
aff.; see svkz).
Nihon no ryéri wo sukimasen (C): I don’t
like Japanese cooking.
siikunai, (often corr. to stékenai), [stikoshi
little]. Little (in quantity) ; few ; searce.
_ Stikunai is not used attributively except
when forming part of an adj. phrase as
ame ga stikunai kuni, ‘a dry country’,
and even in this case sikunai may ve
considered as the predicate of ame, ‘a
rain-is-scarce country’. Sukoshi no is
sometimes used attributively instead of.
sikunai: the adverbial form sékunaku is
used but we also find sukoshi ni some-
‘times used in the same sense and position:
see stikoshi 2), 3).
-_ mada hito-kazu ga stikunai (B) : the number
of persons is still small.
sei no takai Nihon-jin wa stikund gozaimastt
-(D): few Japanese are tall; (lit. tall
Japanese are few).
ano gakké wa seito ga stikunai (B) : that
school has not many scholars.
stukunaku naru : to become scarce.
' stikunaku suru : to lessen.
sukunaku mo : at least.
- guikunaku mo hyaku wa arimast
are at least a hundred.
stikunakite mo : even if it is only a little ;
~ at least.
ichi-jikan yort stikunai : less than an‘hour,
hitori sikunai : one man less.
ni-ja-nin yori sikunaku nai : not less than
_ twenty persons. : :
sumil. Charcoal ; Indian ink.
(C): there
sumi2.. Corner (interior). - ca
sumi wo yoku hataite kure (A): dust the — 5
corners carefully. “nt
sumpo, [sun an inch ; hé direction].
sions ; measurement.
sump6 wo toru : to measure.
sumul. To live, dwell or reside in a place. 5 es
Tokyd ni its kara sunde imasii ka? (C):
how long have you been living in Téky6?
sumeba miyako : wherever I live, there is
the capital ; to every bird its own nest is —
charming.
Comp.
sumi-ii : good to live in.
koko wa sumi-ii tokoro dest ka ? (C) is this
a pleasant place to live in *
sumu2,
1) To become clear, settled, freed from
impurities. i
mizu ga yoku sundeiru (B): the water is
quite clear,
2) To be easy in mind ; (especially used in
the neg. in sentences said to beg some-
body’s pardon).
go mendé kakete makoto ni sumimasen (D):
I am sorry to trouble you.
domo sumimasen, warui koto wo shimashita
(C) : I apologize for what has happened.
O Take San ni ayamara-nakite wa sumi-
mastimai (C): 1 think you ought to apolo-
gize to Miss Take.
omae sonna ni namakete ite wa 0 td-san ni”
suma-nai yo (A): it is unfilial to your fa-
ther to be so idle.
ky wa mise e ika-nai de mo sumu kara raku
da (B) : as I haven't got to trouble, about
going to the office, I shall have an easy
time of it today.
3). To-end ; finish ; come to an end.
shibai wa mé sunda (B) : the theatre is over.
Der. a
suma-nai, adj.: inexcusable ; unpardonable. » tad
suma-nai koto wo shimashita (C) :.I have 37a
done some thing I greatly regret. ee,
sun. One tenth of a foot ; inch. amet
Note: 1 is-sun; 3 san-zun; 8 has-8un j4< = 5
instead of jis-swn you usually say is-shaku
one foot. re,
Sand ; gravel.
Sour ; acid.
see 28. The regular form
surumai is used, but
sumai’ and semat
Dimen-
suna.
suppai, [sul acid).
surul, irreg. verb ;
of the neg. future,
shimai is commoner :
are also sometimes heard. Pers,
1) Real transitive verb, taking an object
with wo : to do; make. ener
baka na koto wo shita (A): you did a silly
thing. ,
dare ~ kore wo shimashita ? (C) + who has
done this ? e
nani wo shite imasi ka ? (C) ; what are you —
doing ? . ;
~~
EUR eS. ed
- gama wo suru > to make phe’ inte i.e. to
be in the way.
a 2) The object sometimes is not expressed,
? f though the meaning remains transitive.
dé suru no dest ka ? (C): how do you do
rey it ?
¥ rea r eoyi . See dé2.
ae: 3) The stem of a yerb foll. by wo and suru
ame is sometimes used instead of the. simple
4 verb.
<= as hanashi wo suru : for hanasu, to speak.
4) The wo of the objective case is often
ae omitted ; suru then becomes hardly more
oe than a suffix serving to verbalize the
noun. The combination thus form
eh may be transitive (with an accusative
phere and wo), intransitive, or passive.
< kono hon wo benkyd suru: to study this
3 book.
shitstirei suru : to be impolite.
bikkuri suru : to be astonished.
kega suru : to be wounded.
kai-mono (wo) suru : to make purchases.
sagashi-mono (wo) suru : to look for some-
thing.
Note.
Rave lse dropped in cases like these last two,
| this is probably due to the careless
pronunciation of the wo after mono.
5) Resembles aru and means ‘there is’, ‘to
have’.
nioi ga suru (B) : there is a smell.
zutsi ga suru (B) : I have a headache.
koe ga suru : a voice is heard.
oto ga suru (B) : there is a noise.
‘Hence : neko ga oto wo sasemashita (C)
cat made a noise.
6) Shitai, besides its obvious meaning of
‘wishing to do’, often expresses a simple
wish that a thing may be.
Although the wo is sometimes
: the
Be __ ashita tenki ni shitai mono da (B): I hope
Beret. 5 €, ‘it will be fine tomorrow.
komban dekiru yé ni shitai (B): I ‘hips it
0 will be ready tonight.
cs _ 4) The stem of a verb foll. by wa (often corr.
ain: x to ya) and the neg. of swru is an emphatic
Fi aver a form of neg. very frequently used; it
er refers generally to the future, but often
ee to the present and sometimes even to
es the past. The same construction is some-
times used in the aff. but then ya may
See 47-49.
I certainly will
not take the place of wa.
iki wa (or ya) shi-nai (B):
not go.
wakari wa shimas% ga.
‘stand, but..
shiyd ga arya re er ya) oii -nai (B): it
can’t be helped.
Note. There is a construction with koso (q.
y.) instead of wa, similar to the above.
8) When two clauses like the above 4re co-
ordinated, mo replaces wa in both.
(C): I under-
iy 4
real WAG Fae
mimo shi-nai, iki mo 0 shi-nai @):1 I neither
saw nor heard any thing.
9) Suru is often used after the frequente-
tive. :
shabettari warattari shite ita de wa arimasen :
ka ? AB) : weren't you talking and aokeh: ee
bb ;
Cd
10) Sarno compounds in suru correspond to a |
English refloxives.
shitaku suru : to prepare oneself, (to get
ready).
itaku suru ; kega suru.: to hurt oneself, 4
11) Ni suru, generally has the meaning of a) |
determine upon ; or =: make into. veal
kore ni shimashd (C)
this one. -
dotchi ni shimashé ka? (C) : which one shall —
I choose ?
san-yen ni o shi nasai (B) : let me > have it
for three yen.
aka ni suru : to make (something) -red. -
hari-bako ni shiyd to omotte kaimashita AO):
I bought it for a needle-case.
Tokyd e iku koto ni shimashita (C):
decided to go to Tokyo.
kaette kara no koto ni shiyd (B) : I will leave
it till after my return.
hito wo baka ni suru :
somebody.
yG ni suru, see yo3,
12) To shite (wa), ni shite (wa) mean ‘ for’
or * as’.
kodomo ni shite wa yoku kaite arimasti (C) :
it is well written for a child.
isha to shite iu no dest ga mé stikoshi undb —
nasara-nakereba ikemasen (C) : as a doctor
JI would say you must take more exercise.
to shite, to suru, ete., see to2 10, 11, 12.
13) Suru may refer to the appearance that a
person (or a thing) has, or to the condition
in which he is.
ano hito wa aoi kao wo shite iru (B): that
man has a pale face. :
I shall take (buy)
he
: to make a fool of
7
konna kitanai fa wo shite ite, hyaku-yen en
yaru to ieba odoroku daré (B): seeing me —
so poorly dressed, I dare say it surprises vA
you to hear me offer you a hundred yen.
kind wa wake ga atte kitanai fai wo shite
ikimashita (C): for a certain reason I
had, I went out yesterday dressed in.
some dirty old clothes.’
14) Surw sometimes refers to lapse of time. ©
shibaraku shite ; after a short time.
ni-jikan bakari shite: two hours afterwards, —
15) Various. SOP
sore wa watashi no suru koto dest (C) : th at re
is my business (you needn’t attend to it). —
nani wo suru no da? (A): what do you
mean by this behaviour? =~
sore wa seiyd de wa shitsiirei na koto da to
shite arimasti (C): that is considered im- —
polite in Europe. wet ip
ee
ESL PASE wits
sdsureba:ifthatisso. 8
(86) suru to ; 86 shitara : and then ; if that
SN, AF AO BOs in that case. ;
De 86 shite, see soshite. -
‘sh Note. The humble form of suru, polite for
¥ the Ist person, is das: the honorific
_ form, polite for the 2nd person, is nasaru.
_ Although nasaru is a polite verb the im-
ee eer, perative nasai is not polite, neither when
-. used by itself nor when it follows a verbal
stem : the polite imperative of suru is
shite kudasai or better nas’tte kudasai.
_- When suru is a suffix it sometimes drops
Fi Faas the final ru : nakusuru or nakust% to lose.
gee cee compounds of suru follow suru in its
eps irregularities. When suru comes after n
in a compound it is changed to jiru ;
RG, 2 at [f. zonzuru, f. zon suru] to know.
The passive of suru is sare-ru : the causa-
tive saseru ; deki-ru gen. does duty for
potential. See 156-163.
Comp.
_ shi-age ru : to finish doing.
_ shi-naosti : to do over again.
a _ shi-sokonau : to do wrong.
shi-tstike'ru: to be accustomed to do, [ést-
ee ke-ru to join].
-_-_ shi-nikui : difficult to do, [~nikui2 difficult].
— - -shikata, shigoto, shiyd, shi-awase, soshite,
‘age nakusu(ru), jikusu(ru), yakusu(ru), shin-
Pe ere; qv. .
-__ suru2, [incorrect but usual pronunciation of
ss goru q.v. to shave}. |
«Note. ~+Suru to shave, is regular; not ir-
regular like suru to do.
-_- guso. The lower part of mountain or dress ;
ae e skirt of a garment.
___ sitteishon, [English]. Station (railway).
sitteki (na). Fine ; remarkable ; great.
_ stiteki na uchi : a fine house.
sore wa stiteki da (B) : that isexcellent.
_stiteki ni mokaru : to earn a great amount
of money.
sittekki, [English]. Walking-stick ; cane.
stitekki wo tstiku ; to walk with a stick.
‘siite-ru. To throw away ; abandon; get rid of.
koko ni gomi wo siitete wa ike-nai (A): you
- mustn’t throw rubbish here.
_ tomodachi ni stiteraremashita (C): I was
abandoned by my friends.
-gtiteru kami ga areba tastikeru kami ga aru :
a4
ne,
i: ‘4 fri
va
Son ee if some gods have abandoned you, there
are others who will save you.
inochi wo siiteru : to sacrifice one’s life.
x stitete oku : to leave alone ; let be.
_ stitete oite kure (A) : leave it alone.
kirai nara stitete oki nasai (B):
don’t like it, leave it.
stitete shimau : to throw away (for good).
- sittébu, [English]. \ Stove.
if you
~.. one’s heels),
kono tsiikue wa ashi ga ip-pon mijikai no de
‘suzushii.
tabako, [Portuguese or Spanish, tabaco]. 3
tabe'ru. -To eat. Hy
"Note.
-tabi.
tabi-tabi, [tabi time, repeated so as tosignify =
tabun.
suwaru, To sit ; squat (ie. kneel and sit on
—
oy
suwari ga warui (B): this desk is un.
steady as one of its legs is too short.
Cool (weather). — Se Nae ores
suzushii kaze : a cool breeze. ary vy
zp
oi
Tobacco.
tabako wo nomu ; to smoke, Ay
nani ka tabetai (B): 1 want something to
eat. , ha
nani wo shite tabete iru ka ? (A) : how does”
that man earn his living ? ;
taberareru, as an adj.: edible. bake, Ale
taberare-nai, as an adj.: not fit toeat.
Taberu is a plain verb; the cor-
responding humble verb, polite for the | :
eating of the Ist person, of something —
received from the 2nd, is itadaku or Me
chédai surw: the honorifie verb, polite for
the eating of the 2nd and sometimes the
3rd person, is agaru or meshi-agaru. Pik oe
Comp. hee
tabe-mono : food.
tabe-nareru : to be accustomed to eat. —
Time ; repititions. th
tku-tabi ? how many times ? Oe
iku-tabi mo; iku-tabi to naku; ever so |
many times. ‘ap
ano hito wo miru tabi ni:
that man.
Note. When used with a num., the abb.
2nd set (276, 4) is used for the first four a
numbers; from five onwards the Ist set ==
of num. is preferred but the 2nd is also
heard sometimes. 1 hito-tabi;2 fita-tabi;
3 mi-tabi; 4 yo-tabi ; 5 go-tabi or itsti-tabi;
8 hat-tabi or ya-tabi ; 10 jit-tabi or to-tabi.
ee
whenever I see
many]. Many times; often; again and -)&
again. MALS
kore wa tabi-tabi hanashite okimashita (C): =
I have told you this several times.
tabi-tabi no koto dest (C): it is acommon
occurence. oat
Probably ; (used gen. at the begin-
ning of the sentence). eae
tabun nakushita no deshé (C): he may have
lost it. T 4 A ;
tabun ame ga furu deshd (C): probably it > Se
will rain. es
tabun 86 deshita (C): perhaps it was 80 ; it
may have been so.
ae
Ls
3
3
ga warui (B) : those « — “Se ;
th each other,
2) Ad
to i
Taré-tachi ni way sore wa dekimasen (C) sh id
Tard and people like him can’t do that. — ty
‘aehhs es
’ ooh
ve -_- "Note : tomodachi, which originally was the know it. : ‘
plural of tomo, and meant ‘friends’, has taigai dekiru to omoimasit (C): I think x
- lost the special plural ‘signification and
like other Japanese nouns refers to either
Ware singular or plural.
pes tada.
=y EP on
1) Only; (in this sense sometimes pro-
Seen _ nounced emphatically tatta q.v.).
ss tada ichi-do mimashita (C): I have only
So aa seen it once. —
tada yonde bakari imasi
nothing but read.
; ano hito wa tada Nihon-go wo hanast bakari
ey de naku kaku koto mo dekimasaé (C): he
can not only speak Japanese but hé can
also write it.
2) Ordinary ; common ; usual.
tada no uchi : just an ordinary house (not a
shop nor a government office, etc.).
kore wa tada no koto to wa chigau (B):
is not an-everyday affair.
3) Free ; gratis.
ea tada desi ka ? (C) : is admission free ?
x. , tada de shimashita (C): he did it for nothing.
tees? tada*hodo takai mono wa nai (B): nothing
nt costs more than what we receive for
a nothing.
— - -« Comp.: tadaima, q.v.
~.--- tadaima, [tada only ; ima now). Refers to
nae a the near past or future, or it may refer to
BS the present : just now ; now ; presently.
Ta tadaima (kaerimashita) : a salutation said
.e (gen. by inferior to superior) when re-
ey! turning to one’s home; I have just come
Pompe back home. ©.
ee: tadaima tsikai ni dekakemashita (C): he has
oS; just gone out on an errand.
he eat tadaima motte mairimasté (D) :
ao it in a moment.
\ tadaima rusu de gozaimast (D): he is out at
Saye present.
Note. T'adaima has an elastic meaning,
(C): he does
this
a
I will bring
: and foreigners must not be surprised if
study they have to wait quite a long time for
4 something they have been told is coming
tadaima.
tagai (no). Reciprocal ; common.
o tagai no son ni narimasi (C) : that would
be a loss for both of us.
tagai ni hag suru:
other.
0 tagai ni neka: yoku shimasho (C):
‘+ be on good terms with each other.
taigai, [dai— great]. Generally ; almest all ;
most ; probably.
_taigai roku-ji ni okimast& (C): I generally
- rise at six.
taigai dekimashita (C) : it is nearly all ready.
taigai wakarimashiia (C): I understood
most of it. °
_.taigai no hon : most of the books.
. taigai no hito wa shitte iru (B) : most people
\
to promise each
let us
She: ‘takai high].
shall probably be able to doit.
kore de taigat vi deshd (C) : this will prob-
ably do.
taigai ni shite o oki (or yame) nasai (B):
don’t go to the extreme limit, leave off i
now. a.
taihen (na), [dai— great]. Serious ; terrible ; 3 om
awful. To:
sore wa taihen (na koto) destt (©): that isa
very serious affair.
nakunattara taihen da kara yoku ki wo dette :
kete (A): as it would be a very serious ©
thing if it were to be lost, take very great ol
eare. ae
taihen (ni) : very ; a great many.
taihen (ni) yoku narimashita (C): a feel
very much better, — . sy
yube wa taihen (ni) atsikatta (B): it was ~
very hot last night.
ano kéen ni wa sakura ga taihen (ni) aru
(B) : there are a great many cherry- snopes
in that park.
kotoshi wa taihen (ni) sekitan wo tsitkatia rae
(B): we have used a.great many coals thus:
year.
taikutsi. Tedium ; ; Weariness.
taikuts% desi (C) : I am bored
some.
taikutst de shiy6 ga arimasen (C)+-1_ am
awfully bored.
go twikutsu de penetration’ Dy: you must
have felt bored.
taikutsti suru : to be bored. ie
taikutst% na : tiresome ; wearisome.
taira (na). Flat ; level; even.
taira de nai : uneven ; rough ; hilly. .
taisetsii (na). Important; almost synony- _
mous with daiji q.v. f
taishita, |dai— great; swru! todo]. Important. —
taishita kega de wa nai (B) : itis not @ a severe.
wound.
taisé, [dai~ great]. Very; much; a ‘baeke
deal. (Taisé6 can always be replaced by —
taihen but not vice versa).
yube wa tais6 atstiikatia (B): it was very OP
last night.
kotoshi wa taisé sekitan wo istikatta (B) : we
have used a great many coals this year.
taitei, [dai— great]. Generally; almost all;
most; probably. Taitei is practically”
synonymous with taigat q.v. =
taiyd, [dai— big]. Sun. ;
taiy6 ga de-ru : the sun rises.
pee ga kakureru (or hairu):
; itis weari- —
she sa
Sum ; total ; amount. | 3a! .
nimotsti no taka ni yorimasi (C): av, de-
pends on the amount of luggage. rcs ;
taka ga : merely ; after all. ~ ‘
taka ga jia-shi no kodomo Se na ‘it @: 3
“A
4
-
i”
q Lae bays e. et eh oe , een ge) ae ae ee
nioi no takai hana : a flower with a strong
taker, [ta paddy-field ; karat from].
- Comp.: takara-mono : a precious thing.
take.
_ takul.
ees
¥
= ae Some enee: a trifling thing.
i after ll only oy of iopctuabhiad
she?
pital daka : the total amount (money).
ee _moke-daka : the total profit.
takai. High ; tall ; dear ; expensive ; loud.
takai ki wa kaze ni atari-yasui : big trees
_ are more exposed to the wind.
sei no takai hito : a tall man.
nedan ga amari takai (It) : the price is too
_ dear.
_ takaku suru : to put on the price.
_ takakunaru : to become dear.
koe ga amari takai (B): your voice is too
Joud.
na no takai hito : a famous man.
hana no takai hito: aman with a promi-
“nent nose; a proud man.
scent.
Der.: takasa : height.
Trea-
sures.
Bamboo.
Comp.: take-no-ko : bamboo sprout.
taki. Cascade ; waterfall.
House ; home ; my husband.
o taku wa doko de gozaimast ka? (D):
where do you live ?
taku2 To kindle.
hi wo taku : to light a fire.
_meshi wo taku : to cook rice.
_ Comp.: taki-mono : fuel ; firewood.
takiisan. A great | deal ; plenty ; enough.
takiisan arimast (C): there are a great
many ; there is enough.
kotoshi wa sekitan wo takusan tstikatta (B):
we have used a great many coals this
.
no hako no naka ni kane ga takiisan haitte
imasii ka? (C): is there much money in
that box ?
gore de taktisan (B) : that is enough.
kane ga taktisan arimast: ka ? (C) : has he a
- great deal of money ? have you enough
(C) : I have more than you.
mo takisan: that is enough; no more,
thank you.
takisan : no, thank you (I won"t take any).
wo takiisan katte wa ike-nai (A):
don’t buy too many eggs.
koko wa ka ga taktsan ite iya desi (C): 1
don’t like this place, there are 50 many
mosquitos.
tama. A paneqe stone ; @ jewel ; a ball; a
tamago, oatligns kol child},
tamago wo umu : to lay an egg.
tamago wo kaest : to hatch sy
_ tamago no shiromi.: the white of onenes A
tamago no kimi : the yolk of anegg.
tamago no kara : an empty egg-shell.
umitate no tamago : a new-laid egg. ©
tamaru, v.i. [cogn. w. tame'ru v.t.).
1) To become accumulated ; to ocilesh: vepias
ano hito wa kane ga taktisan tamatta (B): :he on
has saved up a great deal of money... ji
koko ni mizu ga tamatte iru (B): va has
- collected here. :
2) To bear ; endure ; used w
meaning ‘cannot bear’ or ‘won’t AD te.»
samuktite tamara-nai (B): I can’t stand
this cold. vi
mé tamara-nai (B): I can’t bear it any
longer.
okash*kite tamara-nakatta (B):
hardly contain myself for laughter. (The
Japanese construction does not
clearly whether as a matter of fact I
laughed or not).
sonna ni shikararete tamaru mono ka? (A):
am I to stand such a scolding as that ? we
hara ga tatte tamara-nai (B) : | am awfully — oe
angry.
isogashikitte tamarimasen (C): I am very
busy.
tambi, [corr. of tabi q.v.]. As often a8 5
whenever. ©,
ano hito wo miru tambi ni : whenever I seo neers
that man. hae
0- that m= aa ee 23
ilte nakimashita (C) : whenever that hap-
pened his wife would go to her room — 5a
cry.
tame. Sake ; account ; reason ; purpose. ij
anata no tame ni shimashita (C): I did it on
pega
G, sono tame deshita (C) : ab, that wee'ths,.
reason. :
nan no tame ni desit ? (C) : for what purpose _ ;
is that ? what is the cause | ot thes Sins: a
: for tion’s ard
TS
suteru (B):
my life for my country.
ame ga futta tame ni tka-
didn’t go because of the rain.
kaze no tame ni uché ga Foweree (B):
house was wrecked by wind.
Seek ee
(C): he eee ’
to, somabedlgs ae ae
tame ni naru: to
- bullet. -
vantage. fe
horada no tame ni nari: good for the
health. q ‘ a?
ano ratime wa oya no tame ni mi wo wit i
tame
130
ek =
(B): that girl sold herself to help her
parents.
tais6 shujin no tame ni hatarakimast (C):
he works very hard for his master.
mie wo haru tame ni : for appearance * sake.
tameru, v.t. [cogn. w. tamaru v.i.]. To
collect ; accumulate.
tamesit. To test ; prove ; try ; attempt.
tameshite mvru : to try.
tameshite goran nasai (B) : have a try.
ai ka warui ka tameshite mimashd (C) : let
us try and see if it is good or bad.
tameshi no nai : unprecedented.
mono wa tameshi da (B): it is worth while
trying.
tana. A shelf.
tana e age'ru : to put on the shelf ; fig. to
be oblivious of.
jibun no koto wo tana ¢ agete hito no koto wo
zu: to be fond of finding fault with others,
but to forget one’s own failings.
Comp.
todana : a cupboard.
hon-dana : a book-shelf,
tane, [ta paddy-field ; nel root].
stone (of a fruit) ; origin.
tane wo maku : to sow seeds.
maka-nai tane wa hae-nai : seeds that are
not sown, don’t germinate ; if you sow
no seeds, you get no crops.
kenka no tane : the origin of a dispute.
hanashi no tane : a subject of conversation.
tani. Valley ; ravine.
tanji-bi, [Ail day]. Birthday.
tanomu. To ask for aid ; request.
dare ni tanomimashié ka! ? (C):
must I apply ?
hito ni koto wo tanomu:
person for assistance.
san-ji ni kuru y6 ni tanonde o kure (A):
ask him to come at three o’clock.
isha wo tanomu : to call a doctor.
uchi no Chiyo ni hana no sensei wo hitori
tanomitai (B): I wish to engage a person
to teach the arrangement of flowers to
my daughter Chiyo.
omae wa dare ni tanomarete sonna koto wo
suru no da? (A) : who asked you to do
such a thing ?
rusu chit wa yoroshiku tanomimasté (C) :
please look after things while I am away.
tanonda kutsu wo tori ni o-ide (A): go and
fetch the boots I ordered.
0 tanomi moshimasi% (often contr. to o tano-
ee moshimast) (D) : please do me the favour.
er.
tanomi : & request.
dézo kono tanomi wo kiite kudasai (D):
please grant this request,
tansit. Chest of drawers.
taore’ru, v.i. [cogn. w. taost v.t.].
over,
Seed ; pips ;
to whom
to call upon a
To fall
taosil, v.t. [cogn. w. taore'ru v.i.]. To over:
throw.
kondo wa anata wo taoshite miseru (8): 4
I will beat you this time.
tarirru. To be enough, sufficient.
kore de tariru daré (B): 1 think this will be
enough.
kore wa saté ga tari-nai (B) :
sweet enough.
ichi-mai tari-nai : one page is wanting.
ji8- -sen tari-nai : ten sen short.
ni-ri tara-zu : less than two ri (miles).
ano hito wa stiikoshi tari-nai (B) : that man
is a little wanting (intellectually).
tashika (na). Safe ; certain.
ano ginké wa tashika da (B): that bank is
quite safe.
tashika (na koto) desi ka ? (C): is it quite
certain ?
tashika na hito : a trustworthy man.
tashika ni wa shirimasen (C) : I don’t know
for certain.
tashika ni shichi itashimashita (D) : I have
understood your meaning perfectly well.
tashika ni sore ni chigai nai (B): I am
certain there is no mistake about it.
tashika ni te ni hairu : to secure to oneself.
tasi. To add ; make up a deficiency.
san ni go wo taseba hachi desi (C):
added to three make eight.
tari-nai tokoro wo tasi: to add — is
wanting.
tasiikaru, v.i. [cobn. w. tasikeru v.t.]. To
escape from danger ; be saved, relieved.
o-kage sama de tasiikarimashita (D) : thanks
to you I was saved.
tasiike'ru, v.t. [cogn. w. tastikaru v.i.J. Te
save ; help ; (gen. refers to some serious
need).
bimbé-nin wo tasiikeru : to aid the poor.
musime wa toshiyori no o té-san wo tasikete
niwa wo sampo shita (B): the girl support-
ed her aged father and walked round the —
garden with him.
tataku. To strike ; beat ; knock.
hito wo tataku : to beat a person.
te wo tataku : to clap the hands.
to wo tataku : to knock at a door ; to visit.
tatami, [tatamu to fold: originally the mats
were skins and could be folded and put
away|. A Japanese floor-mat.
tatamu. To fold ; close.
yofiku wa kod iu fa ni tatamu no desi (C):
foreign clothes must be folded like this.
mise wo tatamu : to close a shop, (give up
business).
Comp.: tatami-isi : a folding chair. —
tate (no), [tate-ru to set up]. Vertical ; ; stand-—
ing ; lengthwise.
tate ni narabete oite kure (A): stand them
up in @ row. ah
tate ni kiru : to cut lengthwise.° PPA
this is not
five
bi
VE Se OOP oe Cates |
3 SERS Lag has tai 4
131
_ =tate, [tateru toset up]. A suffix,
1) Added to stem of verb gives the meaning
- of an action just ecaniiegintced:
umitate no tamago: a new-laid egg, [umu
- to lay].
toritate no kudamono : freshly-picked fruit,
[toru to pick].
2) A stand.
rosoku-tate :-a candlestick, [rdsoku eandle].
tatemono, [tateru to set up; mono thing].
A building.
_ taterru, v.t. [cogn. w. tatsz v.i.]. To set up ;
build.
hara wo tate-ru : to get angry.
hokori wo tate-ru : to raise dust.
uchi wo tate-ru : to build a house,
koe wo tate-ru : to raise the voice.
mi wo tate-ru : to establish oneself in the
world.
na wo tate-ru ;: to become famous.
_ to wo tate-ru : to close a door.
dé ka ko ka kurashi wo tatete imasi (C): I
manage to make a living somehow.
Der. and comp.
tate no ; —tate ; tatemono ; q.v.
tatoeba. For instance ; for example.
tatsi, v.i. [cogn. w. tateru v.t.].
1) To stand up.
basho ga nai kara tatte imashé (C) : as there
is no vacant seat I will stand
koko ni gakk6 ga tatsii 86 da (B): it appears
_ they are going to build a school here;
(it. a school will stand here they say).
2) To start.
go-jt ni tachimashita (C): he left at five
o’clock.
3) To pass (as time) ; elapse.
hito-tsiki tatte : in a month’s time.
mo stikoshi tatte kite kudasai (C): come a
little later.
ichi-nen tata-nai uchi ni: in less than a year.
toki no tatst no wa hayai mono da (B) : how
time flies.
4) Various.
kaze ga tatsi to nami ga tachimasi (C):
when the wind rises, the sea becomes
rough.
hito no me ni tatst : to attract people’s at-
tention.
na ga tats : to become famous.
yubi ni hari no saki ga tachimashita (C):
I’ve got the end of a needle sticking in
my finger.
hokori ga tatsi kara mizu wo maite kure (A):
sprinkle water on the ground as it is dusty.
kiri ga tachimashita (C): a mist has come
on.
ano hito wa ima ki ga tatte iru n° da kara
soba e ttcha ike-nai (A) : as he is ina bad
temper now, don’t go near him.
yaku ni-tatsti : to be useful.
. yaku ni tata-nai : to be good for nothing,
medatst ; to be conspicuous.
tachi-domaru : to stop while walking, [to-
maru to stop].
see jemphaen pronunciation of tada q-v.].
nly. ° :
tatta ichi-do mimashita (C): I have only
seen it once.
tatta ima dekaketa bakari dest (C): he has
only just gone out.
Tatta ima differs from tadaima in that it
generally refers only to the past, and is hi
more emphatic.
tazuneru. ,To inquire ; visit.
kono kinjo wa minna tazunemashita (C) sx ee
have inquired everywhere in the neigh-
bourhood.
kind tazunete kimashita (C) : he called upon —
me yesterday.
Note. Tazune-ru is a plain verb. The cor-
responding humble verb, polite for the : ‘1
action of the Ist person towards the 2nd, __
is ukagau. The corresponding honorific
verb, polite for the action of the 2nd
person towards the 3rd, is otazune
0 tazune ni naru or o tazune de gozaru +
when referring to the action of the 2nd
person towards the Ist, o tazune kudasaru,
te. The hand ; arm ; handwriting ; handle ;
deed ; plan ; direction ; sort ; person.
migi no te : the right hand.
hidari no te : the left hand.
te wo tataku ; te wo utsti ; to clap the hands, —
dé shite anata no te ni hairimashita (or ire-
mashita) ? (C) : how did it come into your —
possession ?
te wo kiru : to break off relationship. _
ano hito to te wo kitta (B): I have washed
my hands of him, ;
te wo hiku: to lead (as a child) by the hand ;
to withdraw one's hand or assistance.
te wo hanasti: to let go the hand ; leave off. — ‘sng
te wo kashite kudasai (C) : please help me.
te wo kari-ru : to borrow another’s hand;
ask for help.
amari te ga kakarimast (C) : it is too much
trouble.
kore ni te wo sawatie wa ike-nai (A): you
mustn’t touch this.
¥
OF Fae eee Oe hag
An
»
ee
eae
To
ee
ow
“a
4 Saks o#
A ee
te wo kaete miyd (B):I will try it again in om
a different way. :
te wo kae shina wo kae : by every possible
way one can think of.
kore wa naka-naka te no konda saiku da (B) :
there is a lot of work in this article.
kore wa watashi no te ni wa awa-nat (B): é
this is more than I can manage; this is
not in my line. i,
te ga kiku : to be handy at any work.
kore wa te ni awa-nai shigoto da (B): this
work is beyond my ability.
te
_konna ni mecha-kucha de wa te no tsiike-yo
ga nai (B): these things are in such dis-
order I don’t know how to set about it.
sono te wa kuwa-nai (B):I am not to be
eaught by such a trick,
sono te de wa mod damasaremasen (C): you
can’t take me in again by such a trick.
sono te ni wa komatta (B): those proceed-
ings put me in a difficult position.
ano hito wa naka-naka te ga vi (B):
writes a very good hand.
_ kono te wa tadaima kirete orimast% (C) : this
kind of article is now out of stock.
te ga agaru : to make progress (in manual
accomplishments).
ima chotto te ga aite imasen (C):
engaged just now.
te wo akete mats% : to cease work and wait.
te ni toru y6 ni: as if close at hand.
te mo naku dekimashita (C): it was done
without any difficulty.
te wo das% : to attempt ; do or meddle with
work that doesn’t belong to one.
ano koto de sukkari te wo yaita (B): he
burnt his fingers badly in that affair.
ano hito wa te ga nagai kara ki wo tstike nasai
‘(B): as he has light fingers, you must
be careful.
te. ga todoku: to be able to reach; be
_ within one’s reach.
nani kara nuni made te ga todoite iru (B) :
attention has been given to the smallest
details.
- tomodachi no te wo tishite tanonda (B): I
applied through a friend.
ky6 wa shigoto ga te ni tsika-nai (B): 1 can-
not apply myself to my work today.
ano hito wa ichi-do te wo tstiketara, kesshite
yame-nai (B): he is aman who once he
_ puts his hand to the plough never turns
back.
te wo orost% ;
attempt.
te wo nurasa-zu ni: not wetting one’s
hands ; without any effort.
te ni hairu : to secure to oneself ; succeed
in getting ; obtain.
jozu no te kara mizu ga moru : even the
wisest make mistakes ; even Homer some-
times nods,
te wo ire'ru : to take part in a work.
kono te de iké (B) : let’s do it this way.
kago no te : the handle of a basket.
Comp.
. kata-te : one hand.
ry6-te : both hands.
te-bukuro : gloves.
te-kubi : wrist.
kara-te ;: empty-handed.
_ kai-te ; the buyer.
' uri-te.: the seller.
ura-te : the rear ; back ey
I am
to reach down the hand ;
|
|
{
*te, see “tte.
t@buru, [corr. of English],
tegami, [te hand ; kami2 paper]. A> letter.
tegam? wo haku : to write a letter. —
tegami wo dast% : to post a letter. ok
tehon, [te handwriting : compare mihon], AD
copy-book model ; pattern ; sample.
kore wo tehon ni shite koshiracte kudasai
(C) : please make it after this pattern.
teinei (ma).
to details.
Table. > ae a
Polite ; kind ; careful ; attentive
teishaba, [tec to stop; sha carriage; ba :
place].
Station (railway).
teishu.
Husband.
Note. Teishu is a plain each the cor-
responding humble. words, polite for the
Ist person, are yado, taku, uchi or shujin ;
the honorific expression, polite for ‘your
husband’, is danna sama.
tema, [te hand, work ; mat interval]. Time
spent in doing any work.
kore wa tema ga kakarimasi (C) : this takes
a lot of time; there is a lot of work | in
this.
tema wo irete suru : to do a thing with great
care and so take a long time over it.
tema wo harau : to pay wages.
tema ga tore’ru (or toru) : to take time.
shoku-nin no tema : @ workman’s wea
ten!. The heavens ; sky.’
ten de deki-nai (B) : 1 can’t do it at ail.
‘ten de wakara-nai (B) : I don’t understand
it at all.
ten ni de mo noboru y6 ni yorokobimashita
(C): he was as happy as if he were in
Heaven.
ten2. A point; dot ; spot.
ten wo utst :
find fault with.
tenj6, [tenl sky]. The ceiling.
tenki, [fen sky ; ki2 spirit].
honorific o is gen. pref.).
at o tenki de gozaimasu% (D):
weather it is !
what fine
o tenki ni narimashita (C): it has turned
out fine.
ashita wa tenki ni shitai mono da (B): I
hope it will be fine tomorrow.
Tenno Heika, [tenl heaven ; 6 emperor ; hoikes
majesty]. His Majesty: the Emperor (of
Japan).
tenugui, [te hand ; nuguu to bai A towel. _
teppo, [¢ets% iron ;h6 a gun}. A gun.
teppd no tama : a bullet. :
teppo wo utst : to fire a gun.
wo mukeru : to aim a
tera. A Buddhist temple ; (the honorifie oO
is gen. pref.). at
teru. To shine. os
hi ga tette imas% (C): the sun is shining. oe
tetsii. Iron.
Comp.: tetstibin : a kettle, (in a bottle
Weather ; (the
to make a dot ; to criticize ; sing
am
~~
ae te
*
Cae
”
tol. Door.
- To assist ; help; lend a
to wo ake-ru : to open a door.
_ to wo shime-ru : to shut a door.
to wo tataku : to knock at a door ; visit.
_ ama-do : outside shutters, [ame rain].
» eae e
: _ to2, ppn.
todana : a cupboard, [tana shelf].
1) Serves to express thoughts or to quote
those thoughts already expressed in words
or writing. Ka before the éo indicates
that there is doubt in the mind of the
person quoted; ka after the to means that
there is doubt in the mind of the speaker
as to whether he is quoting correctly.
~honto da to omou (B): I think (that) it is
true.
uso da to timast (C): he says (that) it is a lie.
Tio San wa uchi wo kad ka to iimashita (C) :
‘Mr It6 said he was thinking of buying a
house.
_ik6é ka to omou (B) : I’ve half a mind to go.
kuru to ka iimashita (C): if I mistake not
he said he would come.
~ gumi no tokoro ni ‘Suzuki’ to kaite arimastt
(C) : the name Suzuki was written in the
corner (of the cloth).
skuru’ to wa timasen deshita (C): I didn’t
say 1 would come
on 2) ‘The foll. examples are somewhat similar
to the above.
Yamada San ga iru to wa shira-zu ni waru-
- kuchi wo iimashita (C) : he talked ill of Mr
Yamada without knowing that he was
present.
Kotoshi wa Karuizawa e ika-nai to kime-
mashita (C): Ihave made up my mind
not to go to Karuizawa this year.
ano uchi wa shujin ga i-nai to mieru (B) :
it looks as if the owner of that house was
absent.
8) The words omou, iu, ete. are often
“suppressed in these constructions when
telling tales but not often in ordinary
conversation.
_ nan daré ?’ to, tsutsumi wo hiroi-agemashi-
- ta (C) : asking himself ‘I wonder what it
is ? ’ he picked up the parcel ; (¢o iée).
inu ga nigeru dard to shimpai shimashita
(C): thinking the dog might perhaps run
away he was very anxious ; (to omotte).
4) To is sometimes foll. by a pleonastic kd,
Fey? JOE OO. 5
m6 kesshite totte wa ike-nai to 36 ti nasai (A) :
tell him never to take it again.
5) To iu is found in the foll. examples,
though there is no quotation in the ordin-
sense of the word.
kind mita (to iu) hito: the man (you said)
you saw yesterday. +
zy |
~ gay ?
kore wa nan to iimastt ka? (C): en
~you call this ? : es 4
nan to (iimashita ka) ? (B): what d
hito wo baka to iu : to callsomebody a fool. __
Toky6 Maru to iu june: a ship pr Bee :
* Tdky6 Maru. see
Tora to ka iu geisha: a geisha called,
believe, Tora. fa
Toky6 ni Ueno to iu oki na ken ga aru (B) :
in Téky6 there is a big park called Ueno. =
Nihon ni wa Fuji to itte takai yama ga ari- =
mast (C): there is a high mountain in
Japan called Fuji. je gis xt
otonashii to itte mo wakai mustime no koto
da (B): she is very well-behaved no doubt
but after ali she is only a young girl (
don’t send her to places like that),
naisi wa umi yort yama no hé ga siki
desti, naze to ieba yama no hd ga suzushit
kara (C):in summer I preferthe mountains
to the sea-shore, and I’ll tell you why,
it is cooler up on the mountains. Cae Ae
ano hito to ieba do shite iru deshd? (C):
I wonder what that man is doing? =
6) To iu foll. by a noun (sometimes f
pressed) mny be equivalent to sd iu (see _
soi 3) : that ; like that. te
watashi no ii-tsike wo nan de mo suru to iu
yakisoku wo suru ka? (A): will you
promise to do everything I tell you?
watashi wa m6 kanat wo moté to iu taumort —
wa nai (B) : I have no intention of marry-_
ing again. mye
moshi anata ga mitstikete kuretara o kane wo
ageru to iu imi na no dest (C). my ing
is that if you were to finditformeI’d
give you a reward. Rs
Saté San to ka, Kimura San to ka iu yo »
hito ga sddan shita no desi (C): Mr Sato, .
Mr Kimura, and people like that metin
consultation. i Se
Maeda ga bydki da to iu koto wo kikimashita
(C): I heard that Maeda was ill.
onna
hitori de iru to iu koto wa yoku nat
koto da (B): it’s not good for a woman
to be single. a (kot ) > rs +e ‘4
Suzuki San ga ko-nai to iu 'o) nara S
no hito wo yobt (yet Me Susu
is not coming Ill call someone e > aah
kore to iu koto wa nai (B): not anything
you could call important. jae
kanemochi to iu hodo de wa arimasen deshita
(C): he wasn’t exactly what you'd call
rich. pies
iya to iu hodo buts : to give somebody a
ood beating. oO tae
Note -—To iu mono is sometimes placed
after a noun, when the noun refers to a
whole class. +, Nabe
inu to iu mono wa rikd na mono dest (C): —
the dog is a clever animal. — Ber et
to
134
ate, od
.7) In the foll. examples fo iu has a slight
emphatic force ; it may be suppressed in
many cases without changing the meaning
substantially.
' ky wa ammari samui (to iu) no de sampo ni
dekakemasen (C): he finds it too cold
today to go for a walk.
Nihon-jin no tsuyoi (to iu) no wa honio
dest ka ? (C) : is it true that the Japanese
are strong ?
‘history’ (to iu no) wa nan desi ka ? (C):
what does ‘history’ mean ?
_ 8) To omou after a verb in the future means
intention, if the subjects of the two verbs
are the same ; but if the subjects are dif-
ferent it means think, hope, fear, etc.
ie wo tateyd to omotia (B) : I intended to
build a house.
d6 shiyd to omoimast ka ? (C): what do you
propose to do ?
hari-bako ni shiyé to omotte kaimashita (C) :
I bought it for a needle-case.
anata de mo yaré to omoeba dekiru koto desi
(C) : it is a thing that even you could do if
you tried.
hairé to omoeba haireru (B): you can go in
if you really want to (but I think you
had better not).
démo by6ki wa naora-nai dard. to_omoimasi
(C): Lam afraid he will never get wel! again.
ano hito ga okoru daré to omoimashita (C) :
I was afraid he would get angry.
dekimastimai to omoimast (C) :
won’t be ready.
anata ga sonna koto wo i6 to wa omoimasen
deshita (C): I never thought you’d say
such a thing.
9) To omou after other parts of the verb
than the future or after adj., means think,
hope, fear, ete.
koko ni anata ga iru to wa omoimasen deshita
(C) : I didn’t think that you were here ; I
am surprised to find you here.
amari yoku nai to omoimasi (C) :
think it’s very good.
vi to omoimasi (C) : it seems al! right to me.
kono kisha de kuru to omotta (B): I hoped he
would come by this train.
raigetst kaeritai to omoimast (C) : I hope to
come back next month.
Ei-go wo oshiete itadakitai to omoimast (D) :
I wish you'd be good enough to teach
me English.
konnichi wa ko-nai to omoimasii (C) :
afraid he will not come today.
tomodachi to omeu : to consider somebody
a friend.
' 10) To (shite) is added sometimes to certain
adverbs without appreciably changing
their meaning ; to shita converts these ex-
_pressions into adj. . To we is also
‘added to nouns to make adverbs,
I fear it
I don’t
I am
bonyar? ; bonyari to ; bonyart to shite : dimly. He
bonyari to shita ; bonyari shita : dim.
shi-awase to (shite) ti o tenki deshita (C) :
luckily the weather was fine.
kodomo to shite wa yoku kaite arimasté (C) :
it is well written for a child.
See surul 12).
11) After the future to suru means ‘be about
to’, ‘intend to’.
tké to shite : being about to go; intending
to go.
anata ga kura wo tatey6 to shite irassharu
jimen wa doko desi ? (C): where is the
plot of land on which you are thinking of
building a godown ?
12) Zo suru in other cases.
dare ni itta to shite mo yoku nai (A): whom-
soever you may have told it to you did
wrong.
Takeo wa uso-tstiki to shite totte iru (B):
Takeo has a name for being a liar.
moshi ano hito ga kuru to sureba nichiyd ni
kimast (C) : he will come on Sunday if he
comes at all.
anata ga iku mono to sureba ké iu baai ni do
shimast ka ? (C): if you were going what
would you doi in such a case ?
kyédai to suru: to consider (eohnbbathes as
a brother.
13) Zo naru is more used in the literary
style, but is sometimes bene in the
colloquial.
hito to naru : to become a man.
shikan to naru : to become a habit.
14) The present tense (aff. or neg. ) foll. by
to may mean a) ‘if’ or b) ‘when’. Zo is
constructed in a similar way with an aay
instead of a verb.
taberu to o kd-san ni shikararemast (C) : if
you eat it your mother will scold you.
isoga-nai to osoku narimasté (C): hurry up —
or you will be late; (lit. if you do not
hurry etc.).
ugoku to ike-nai (A): you must not move ;
(lit. if you move that won’t do).
ki wo tstike-nai to ike-nai (A) : you must be
careful.
kasa wo motte iku to yokatta (B) : you ought
to have taken an umbrella.
86 suru to : in that case ; then.
kane ga naru to kisha ga deru (B) : when the
bell rings the train starts.
okiru to sugu ni ikimast. (C) :
soon as I get u
atsui to bydki ni naru (B) : the hot weather
upsets me.
15) To between nouns often means ‘and’.
pan to niku to sakana wo kaimashita (C): 1
have bought some bread, meat and fish.
16) To ka is used i in enumerations and may
mean ‘and’ or ‘or’.
kisha to ka, denwa to ka, densha to ka (ie wo
I will go. 48
135
| tobu <
na mono) wa kono-goro dekita mono dest
(C) : trains, telephones, electric cars and
such: like things are all modern inven-
tions.
pen to ka, fude to ka, dotchi ka de o kaki na-
sai (C): write with a pen or a brush (but
don’t use a pencil).
-17) To may also mean ‘with’.
anata to sampo ni ikitat (B): I would like
to go for a walk with you.
ano hito to te wo kitta (B) : I have done with
him, (will have nothing more to do with
him).
musitko to fiitart : two, counting my son.
18) Z'o is used in comparisons and in other
cases where two objects are considered the
one in relation to the other.
_ocha to kohii to dochira ga yoroshii no dest
ka ? (C): which do you prefer tea or
coffee ?
maru de yuki to sumi to no chigai: as dif-
ferent as black and white, (lit. snow and
charcoal). :
sore to kore to torikaemashé ka ? (C): shall
I change that for this ?
kore to wa chigaimasti (C): it is different
from this.
are to onaji : the same as that.
ano hen mo moto to wa yohodo kawarimashita
(C): that neighbourhood also is very dif-
ferent to what it used to be.
watakiishi to kyédai desi (C): he is my
brother. .
19) To is sometimes used when denying the
repetition of a thing or a fact.
kono kurai no mono wa Tokyd-jui sagashite
mo fitatsi to wa nai deshd (C): if you
searched all Tokyéd I do not think you
would find another article like this.
anna ii hito wa fiitari to wa i ya shi-nai (B):
there’s not another man as g as he is.
mé ni-do to Kichiza ni au koto wa dekimasen
{C): she would never be able to see
Kichiza again.
20) To mo has four meanings : a) emphatic
after words like rydhé or jitari ; also in
replies, after the verb ; b) @ concessive
force like the gerund foll. by mo ; c) about
equa! to ni mo ; d) elliptical.
rydhd io mo shi-nakereba nara-nai (B) : you
must do both.
arimast ka ?—arimasti to mo (C) : are there
any ?—of course there are.
sikunaku to mo ii (B): even a little will do;
. (stikunaktite mo).
isoga-naku to mo vi (B) : you needn’t hurry.
sore wa iwa-zu to mo shireta koto dest (C) :
that goes without saying.
iku to mo yosti to mo watashi no katte da (B):
whether I go or whether I don’t is no-
body ’s business but mine.
donna muri wo itte koyod to mo kamawa-nai
(B): whatever unreasonable
may say I will take no notice.
all, (nt mo).
nan to mo vemasen (C) : I can’t say ; it may
be ; I don’t know.
kaiku mo nan to mo nai (B): I don’t feel
any itch or anything.
doko to mo iemasen ga, karada-ja ga itai (B):
I can’t say where, but my whole bodv
pains me, (to mo is perhaps here to iu kote
mo).
See also tomo.
21) Note the following in which there is ar
ellipsis after to.
nani ! ano hito ga shinda to? (B): what!
that man is dead ? (to iu no desti ka ?),
ano hito wa doko to naku jéhin na tokero ga
aru (B) : there is something refined about — =
him ; (doko to iu koto mo naku).
sore to naku : in a casual way.
nan to naku : without any special reason ; : ;
not knowing why or how.
22). Various.
sore kara to iu mono wa : after that.
nan to, see nant 3).
to wa is often equivalent to to iu mono wa,
to iu koto wa, or to iu no wa. :
to ; to itte ; to omotte ; to kitte ; to itte mo ; to
iimast ; to timashita are often contracted
or corrupted in familiar speech to “tte q.v.
Comp. 7° is the final syllable of many ad-
verbs, as, chanto, chitto, choito, jitto, kitto,
motto, sdtto, zatio, zutto ;
to3, [61 ten].
(276, 4).
tél. Ten.
Note :—in comp. #é is abb. to to: see 276, 4.
t62. Class ; degree ; rank.
Comp.
_ it-t6 : first class.
ni-t6 : second class.
san-té : third class. :
joto : best quality ; first class ; [j0% best].
chiitd : medium quality ; second class ; [che
middle].
katé : inferior quality; third class; [ka
inferior].
tobu. To fly ; jump.
tori ga tobu : the bird flies.
kodomo ga tobu : the child jumps.
tonde hi ni iru natsti no mushi : &@ summer
insect that flies into a light ; the fool that
hunts for misfortune.
tonde iku : to go flying, in great haste.
Comp.
tobi-agaru : to jump up.
tobi-dast : to jump out.
tobi-komu : to jump in, into. }
tobi-noru : to jump on to (@ tram-car 1m
motion).
tobi-ori*ru : to jump down, off.
thi : he
nan to mo timasen (C): he said nothing at re
Ten; abb. 2nd set of num.
+
el ke Ee
oats oat Sk eae et
‘yo
Le
oreee
2:
we
‘
Ree
ati cee aad | at x eat
AS
a
t
bs fe
—_\
an
or
nN
>
rT
2 |
oO
rs
;
>
od
>
ra
eA
o
Fi F.
.
> i, nie,
Jee
}
eo el i
Tepes
Rie om a
~
a.
eS
io Me
el eee 1
a, ae
e tobun — aap
; : pia De ea 6 pt ees
136 : eee: : Sas Fe 3 As
Li,
T
t&bun. For the present ; at present.
tébun no. uchi; tobun no aida: for ao:
_ present.
_tébun hima da (B): I have nothing to do
_ at present.
tochi, [to road ; cha during].
- road,
koko e kuru tochi de : on my way here.
hanashi no tocht de : in the midst of a con-
_-versation.
tochi de kane wo otoshita (B):
my money on the road.
While on the
I have Jost
_tochi made issho ni ikimashé (C) : 1 will go
part of the way with you.
todana, [tol door ; tana shelf]. A cupboard.
todokeru, v.t. [cogn. w. todoku v.i.}. To
: send to destination ; deliver (as a letter) ;
to report ; inform.
kore wo uchi ni todokete kudasai (C) : please
send this to my house.
tegamt wo todoke'ru : to deliver a letter.
keisats ni \todoke-ru: to report (some-
thing) to the police.
todoku, v.i. [cogn. w. todoke-ru v.t.]. To
3 arrive.
ano hana wa te ga todokimasen (C) : I can’t
_ reach that flower with my hand.
isu ni nottara todoku deshé (C): if I get on
a chair, I think I can reach it.
nimotsi wa -kesa todoita (B):
' arrived this morning.
ano junsa wa yoku me ga todoku (B):
nothing escapes that policeman’s eyes.
the goods
togaru, v.i. [cogn. w. togu v.t. to sharpen an.
edge}. To become pointed, sharp.
togatte v-ru ; to be pointed, sharp.
saki wa hari no y6 ni togatie iru (B) : the
end is as sharp as a needle.
toge, [togu to sharpen]. A thorn; splinter,
te nt toge ga tatta (B) : I have run a splinter
into my hand.
togu, v.t. [cogn. w. togaru v.i. to become
pointed]. To sharpen (an edge) ; to wash
(rice).
toi. Far; distant. The polite form of the
predicate, used before the verb gozaru is
logically t6o or tod ; but it is gen. pron. 6.
teishaba kara toi no dest ka ? (C):is it far
‘ from the station ?
- 86 gozaimast (D) : it is far.
toi tokoro kara miru to kireit ni miemasii
(C) ; seen from a distance it looks pretty.
ano yama kara yoppodo toku hanarete imasti
(C): it is a long way away from that
mountain.
tokite chikai mono wa otoko to onna no naka
da (B): the relations between man and
woman change readily from reserve to
intimacy. .
Note ‘cekbe adverbial form tokui is used at
times like a noun and may be foll. by a
ppn,; it is then equivalent to 201 tokoro.
toku kara niteiehlve (C): I saw ie: P01
distance. oo any
toku ni mieru yama ga Patten de gozai-
mast (D): that mountain you see in the
distance is Mount Fuji. eas
tika, [#61 ten; -ka q.v.]. Ten days ; ‘the .< oe
tenth day of the month. a
toka no kiku : chrysanthemums of the 10th ; 5 3 har
something that arrives too late to be use-
ful ; (the feast of the chrysanthemums i is” :
on the 9th).
tokasii, v.t. [eogn. w. tokeru v.i.1. To ;
melt ; dissolve.
tokei. Watch ; clock.
tokei wo maku : to wind a clock. *
tokei ga tomarimashita (C) : the clock is not
going ; the clock has stopped.
tokei ga okurete iru (B) : the clock is slow.
watashi no toket wa go-fun bakari hayat
(B) : my watch is five minutes fast.
kono toket wa yoku atte imast (C) : this clock
keeps good time. oe
watashi no tokei wo teishaba no ni awase-
mashita (C): I set my watch by the station.
tokeru, v.i. [cogn. w. tokast v.t. to which it —
also serves as potential]j. To melt; cai
melt ; get untied. arin
shio wa mizu ni tokemast (C): salt dissolves
in water. Ja eee
himo ga toketa (B) : the string got areoy ety
toki. ty
1) Time ; opportunity ; occasion. ve
kaeru tolci ga chikaku natta (B):
for going back is drawing near:
sono toki no sensei wa Tanaka San deshita its
(C): the teacher at that time was Mr
Tanaka. oe
ano hito wa toki wo machigae-zu ni bile (B):
he came punctually.
kimashita toki kara :
arrived.
toki wo utst% : to strike the hour. Base
toki wo matsi (or ukagau) : to wait for a Oe
favourable opportunity. 8
toki no mono : a thing in season, ;
toki wo mite dekakemashé (C) : I shall leave
when I see an opportunity.
kono toki ni wa yaku ni tata-nai (B)
no use in this case. .
toki ni yotte : according to cireumstances.
toki ni wa benri desi (C): occasionally it
comes in useful. ; ¥
masaka no toki : in time of need.
2) Toki (ni) : when ; as.
kodomo no toki ni ; ‘chiisai toki ni : when I
was a child.
sore ga okotta toki Igirist ni orimashita (C) : —
when that happened I was in England. ~ , 3 at
1 ig
-'
the ee 3
from the moment I '
:itisof
chodo dekakeyd to omou toki ni ame ga furi-
dashita (B) : it began to rain just as 1 was
about to leave. mt ta
3) Toki (ni) wa : hypothetical. o Br ty
piu 5@ i
Z
yee oy re ee
ee hit ¢
eh}.
ghimasho if the letter should be
Jost what shall I do? per ode saeer
_ toki ni (at the beginning of a sentence) : by
_ the way. be
_ toki ni, nan-ji deshé ka ? (C) : by the way, 1
wonder what time it is. :
_ toki-doki, [toki- occasion}. Now and then ;
oecasionally. _
_ tokoro.
koko wa nan to iu tokoro desi ka ? (C) : what
ig this place called ?
__ koko no tokoro ga démo wakarimasen (C) : 1
_ eannot at all make out this passage
anata no tokoro wa doko dest ka ? (C):
+ do you live ?
tokoro kawareba shina kawaru : different
. eountries have difierent customs.
_ gite irutokoro gaarimasi ka? (C) : is there a
seat free ?
- watashi no tokoro de kaimashita (C): our
__... firm (or I) bought it.
2) The relative ‘where’.
koko wa fune ni noru tokoro dest ka ? (C) : is
this where we take the boat ?
_iku tokoro wo oshiemashé (C): I will direct
you where to go.
_ 3) Time ; occasion.
‘chédo ii tokoro e irasshaimashita (D): you
have come just in good time.
_dekakeyd to suru tokoro desi (C): 1 am
about to start. ;
ima sampo kara kaetta tokoro dest (C): 1
have just come back from a walk.
pat
where
-watashi ga kuchi wo dasi tokoro de Wa M1
___(B) : it is not for me to interfere.
_ guzu-guzu shite iru tokoro de wa nai (B):
+ there is no occasion to dawdle.
4) When ; while ; as.
© isogashii tokoro woo jama itashimashita
(D) : excuse me for interrupting you when
you were busy.
shokuii wo shite iru tokoro e, hito ga kima-
shita (C): @ person came just as I was
having my dinner (or lunch). °
- chado deru tokoro e, kyaku ga mieta (B): a
é visitor came just as I was going out.
ginkd no mae ni tatte iru tokoro e, tomodachi
.” ga dete kimashita (C) : while I was standing
- in front of the bank a friend came out.
tokoro e (at the beginning of & sentence) :
-at that moment.
- 5) For. :
anata no tokoro e dempo ga kimashita (C): &
' telegram has come for you.
watakishi no tokoro e nimotsi ga kimasen
deshita ka ? (C): didn’t a package come
te FOR MO THK 3
6) Tokoro has a somewhat abstract
in the following examples.
-. after I have tried you for a while. |
rae
ano hito wa doko to naku johin na to
aru (B) : there is something refined ¢
him (though 1 can’t say what it is}
okorippoi tokoro wa wasurete, shinset:
tokoro dake oboete irasshai (C): don
think of his hasty temper, but ret
only his kindness to you.
7) Tokoro de at the beginning of a sente
may mean: and so, by the way, however
at the end of a clause : even if, when.
tokoro de kore wa dé shimashéd ? (C): and so
what shall we do about it ? “a9
tokoro de anata ni hitoisti o negai ga .
mast (C) : by the way, I have a favour
ask of yout. eR =
tokoro de miru to kiku to wa 6-chigai dest — iat
(C) : however, hearing is quite a different =—_
thing from seeing. vit Siew
itta tokoro ‘de ac-nai- deshd (C): even if I
went I don’t think I could see him.
maketa tokoro de nigemashita (C): when
defeated they at once fled. eae
8) Tokoro de wa— according.
watashi ga mita tokoro de wa;
:
“ee
7 ee A ¥
judging. by
what I saw. igre.
watashi no shitteru tokoro de wa : as farasl =
know. ae
9) Tokoro ga at the beginning of a sentence —
means nevertheless ; in a sentence it-may
mean : and, even if, or when. rae
tokoro ga jitsit wa 8d ja arimasen (C) : never
theless it is not so. oy ame ae
yoku mita tokoro qa chigatte orimashita (C)
I looked carefully and found it was —
mistake. (eer
yonda, tokoro ga kimastimat (C): he won”
come even if you call him. | ea i
0 kd-san no kao wo mita tokoro ga kodomo Gas
wa kya ni naku no wo ya (Ops A
when the child saw his mother’s face,
immediately stopped crying. eae |
10) The nigori’ed. form dokoro is used
sentences like the following. oe
yasui dokoro de wa nai (B) : it is anything»
but cheap. Vee
naka-naka 86 suru dokoro ja nai (B) : it i=
quite out of the question. ae
yorokobu dokoro ka, okette ita (B): happy —
indeed ! why he was furious,
samui dokoro - pense « ae i; (B): far
from being cold I was very hot. x:
go-yen dolore ka go-jt-yen de mo kaemanen-
(C) : five yen, indeed! why you couldn’t
buy it for fifty. bite
%
y
=
=
*4
Note
tion with the abb. 2nd set of num
Comp. é
i sh * 3 F }
tokoro 138 _ tori
“ ”; et as
daidokoro : kitchen, [dai} a stand]. gards friends and wine, the older the
nedol-o : hed ; bed-room ; [ne’ru to sleep]. better.
tokoro-gaki : written address, [kakul to | tomokaku (mo). Practically synonymous
write]. with tonikaku, q.v.: anyhow ; be that as it —
tokoro-dokoro, [tokero place]. Here and there.
toko-ya, [yal house]. Barber’s shop; a
barber. ;
‘toku. Gain ; profit ; advantage.
toku wo toru : to gain.
toku ga nai : not profitable.
36 nas’ita hd ga toku deshé (C): 1 think it
will be to your advantage to do so.
toku ni nareba nan de mo yaru te iu fi na
hito da (B): ‘he is the sort of man who
would do anything if it is to Lis advantage.
tokubetsii (na). Special.
ashita aa tokubetst ni irimast% (C) :
it particularly by tomorrow.
tomaru, v.i. [cogn. w. tome'ru v.t.].
stop (cease motion) ; lodge.
toket ga tomarimashita (C) :
stopped.
Nagoya de wa iku-fun tomarimasi ka ? (C) :
Low long does (the train) stop at Nagoya ?
Yokohama de dono hoteru ni 0 tomari nasai-
mashiia ka ? (D): at what hotel did you
stop in Yokohama ?
suidé ga tomatia (B) :
the tap.
tori ga eda ni tomatte iru (B):
perched on a branch,
me ni tomaru : to catch the eye; attract
one’s notice. .
itami ga tomatta (B) : the pain has ceased.
Comp.: tachi-domaru : to stop while walking,
[tatst% to stand].
tome’ru, v.t. [cogn. w. tomaru v.i.]}.
stop ; check ; prohibit.
tomete kudasai, orimast (C): stop, I wish to
get out, (said in a tram-car).
chi wo tome-ru : to stop the bleeding.
dé shite omae wa watashi no tometa koto wo
shimast ka ? (A) : how dare you do what I
have forbidden ?
me wo tomete mi-ru : to look attentively.
*. gono suidé wo tomete kure (A) : turn off that
tap (of water).
temo. Together ; companion ; friend.
hako tomo watashimashita (C): I gave it to
- him together with the box.
tomo wo erabu : to choose friends.
0 tomo wo itashimashéd (D): I will go with
you.
tomo wo tsurete iku :
ant.
For to mo, see to2 20).
Comp.: —domo ; tomodachi ; q.v.
temodachi, [tomo friend ; —tachi plural suf.:
the original meaning was ‘friends’ only].
Friend ; friends.
naka no 7 tomodachi : intimate friends.
tomodachi .to sake wa’ furwi hodo ii : as re-
I want
To
my watch has
no water comes from
the bird is
To
to go with an attend-
may.
tonari, [tol door ; narabu to be ina row]. The
adjoining house ; next door.
tonari no ; neighbouring ; near.
tonari no hito : a neighbour.
Yamada San wa watakishi no tonari ni
koshi-kakemashita (C): Mr Yamada sat
next to me.
Comp.:
tonari-kinjo : the immediate neighbourhood.
tonari-au : to live next door to each other.
tonikaku. Anyhow ; be that as it may.
tonikaku tegami wo dashimashd (C) :
how, I’ll send him a letter.
Nara wa tonikaku Kydto wa zehi goran
nasai (C): don’t miss seeing Kyéto for
anything, whatever you do as regards
Nara.
tore'ru, v.i. [cogn. w. toru v.t. to which it
serves as potential]. To take ; be able to
take ; get taken ; come off.
hima gatoremast (C) : it takes a lot of time.
takai kara nashi ga toremasen (C): I can’t
pick the pear because it is too high.
Nagasaki no chikaku de sakana ga takiisan
toremasti (C): near Nagasaki a lot of fish
is caught.
botan ga toremashita (C) :
come off.
tori. A bird.
Comp.
ondori : a cock-bird, [o— male].
mendori : a hen-bird, [me— female].
niwa-tort : a domestic fowl, [niwa garden].
tori, [tru to pass]. ;
1) "The passing (as of persons, etc.).
ichi-nichi-j% hito no tori ga aru (B) : people
are coming and going all day.
kaze no tori ga yoku nai (B) : the ventilation
is not good. :
2) Road ; street.
ano tori wa semai (B):
narrow.
omote no téri: the road in front of the
house. .
3) Way ; manner ; as.
peor hanashita tori : as I have already
said.
o hanashi no tori dest (C) : it is as you say.
sono tori ni shite o oki nasai (B): leave it
as it is. :
iteti mo no tori: the same as usual.
omotta téri : just as I expected. .
tadaima itta tori : as 1 have just said.
goran no tori ; as you see.
watashi wa kono tori toshiyort da _ as
you see, I am. old.
4) Various.
any-
the button has
that street is
139
a favourite with all his friends.
_ hito-tori : in a general way, [hito— one].
— «6-dori: a main road.
- kaigan-déri : a bund.
_ chiimon-déri ; chtimon no tori : according to
order.
yakisoku-dort ; yaktsoku no tort : accor«-
- ing to promise.
torikae'ru, [¢oru to take ; kaeru2 to change].
To exchange (as one thing for another).
tori-tsugu. To act as agent ; transmit.
Ité to iu mono ga kita to shujin ni tori-tsuide
kudasai (C) : please go and tell your mas-
ter that (1) Mr Itd has come.
tori-tsugi ni de'ru : to go to the door (as a
servant in answer to the bell or a call).
» 4oru, v.t. [cogn. w. tore-ru v.i. which serves
also as potential]. To take.
- te ni mono wo toru ; to take a thing in the
hand.
kore wo o tori ni narimasi ka? (D) : will
you take this ?
sono hon wo totte kudasai (C): please hand
me that book.
5 Han wa tokei wo tori ni ikimashita ka ? (C) :
has Han gone for my watch ?
- Denjiré wo tori ni o yari nasai (B): send
Denjiré for it.
sono hana wo toritai (B): I should like to
pick that flower.
hito no mono wo toru : to steal.
watashi wa tokei wo torareta (B): I have
“been robbed of my watch.
sensei wa seito kara no okuri-mono wo tora-
nai (B): teachers do not accept presents
from their pupils.
gekkya wa ikura toru ka? (A) : what month-
ly salary do you get ?
sono hon wa ikura torimashita ka ? (C) : how
much did that book cost ?
totte oku : to put away ; keep.
shashin wo toru: to take a photograph ;
have one’s photograph taken.
_ .basho wo toru : to take up room ; take a seat.
kutsu wo toru : to take off one’s boots.
toru ni tari-nai ningen : a fellow not worth
our consideration.
hima wo toru : to require time ; apply for
dismissal.
tema wo toru : to take time.’
toshi wo toru : to get old.
sakana wo toru : to fish.
nezumi.wo toru : to catch a rat.
na wo toru : to become famous ; get 4 name.
sake kara su wotoru : to make vingear from
sake. .
hito no kangae wo toru : to follow another ’s
opinion.
kyaku no kigen’ wo toru : to please one’s
guest.
ano hito wa tomodachi ni tori ga ii (B): he is”
yome wo toru : to marry a wife. DO ts
bashi wo totte aisatsi suru : to take offone’s
hat and salute. ; CP Rem
_ yado wo toru ; to lodge at an inn.
sumpo wo toru : to measure.
te ni toru y6 ni: as if close at hand.
waruku toru : to take in bad part.
sore wa watakishi ni totte taihen shi-awase eo
na koto dest (C) : that is a very fortunate
thing for me. \
.
ano hito ni totte wa taihen na kane da (B): ee
for him it is a large sum.
Comp.
tori-chigaeru : to take by mistake.
torikae'ru: to exchange, (one thing for. : a %
another).
tori-kest : to cancel ; annul.
tori-yose’ru : to get ; procure. pie
kaki-toru : to write from dictation. ’
kidoru : to put on airs, [ki2 spirit]. ee
tori-tsugu ; suitori-gami ; uke-toru ; q.v. —
téru, v.i. [eogn. w. tds v.t.|. -To pass Pa: :
through.
kéen wo totte teishaba e itte o kure(A): go. to —
the station passing through the park. .
Shiberia wo tétte kimashita (C): I came by
way of Siberia. ‘ ree
o taku no mae wo térimashita kara chotto o
tazune shimashita (C) : as I was passing in
front of your house, I thought I’d just
call.
kare no iu koto wa suji ga tétte iru({B) : what
he says is logical. :
imi ga tora-nai (B): the meaning is unin-
telligible. ee
michi ga toru : the street passes through to —
the other side, (it is not a blind alley).
michi wo téru : to pass along a street.
Takeo wa uso-tsitki to shite totte iru (B):
Takeo has a name for being a liar.
Comp. and der.
tori-awase'ru ; téri:kakaru: to happen to ‘gta
pass.
tori, q.V- ; eds
té-san, [sani Mr]. Father ; (the honorific 9 is
gen. pref.: 0 té-sama is more polite than
o t6-san). '
toshi. Year ; age. ‘
o toshi wa o ikutsi de irasshaimast ka ? (D):
what age are you ? :
chichi wa haha yori mittstt toshi ga ue dest
(or toshi wo totte imasi) (C): my fatheris
three years older than my mother. :
toshi wo toru : to grow old.
toshi no kagen de : on account of old-age. =
toshi no wari ni tsuyot (B) : he is strong for _
his "
shane no toshi wo kazoeru : to caleulate™
the age of one’s dead child ; to cry over
spilt milk.
Comp.
kotoshi : this year, [see kono2).
toshi
140
every year. '
the year before last.
mai-toshi :
ototoshi :
toshiyort :-an old person. :
toshiyori (no), [toshz year ; yoru2 to collect].
Old (of persons).
sonna ni toshiyori de wa arimasen (C).: he is
not so very old. »
tosit, v.t. |[cogn. w. tdru v.i.]. To pass some-
thing through ; cause to pass through.
hari ni ito wo téshite o kure (A): pass the
thread through the needle; thread the
needle.
o téshi nasai (A) : show him in.
tomodachi wo téshite kore wo moraimashita
(C): I got this through my friend.
ano hito wa jibun no iu koto wo doko made
mo tishimast (C): that man sticks to what
he says.
Comp.: yari-tést : to put through ; carry out.
toftemo. An emphatic neg. word, used espe-
cially in connection with the neg. pot.
kore de wa totemo ikemasen (C) : this will
not do at all.
totemo ikaremasen (C) : I cannot possibly go.
totemo kore hodo wa kake-nai (B): LI cannot
possibly write all this.
totemo dame da (1b) : it is altogether useless.
totemo ima deki-s6 mo nai (B): I believe
that now it is impossible to do it.
1616. Finally; at last. 4 0t6 refers to a re-
sult which was not specially wished for.
10t6 nakunarimashita (C) : at last he died.
1016 shdchi shimashita (C): finally I con-
sented.
tsiiben. An interpreter.
tsiben wo suru : to act as interpreter.
- tsubo. A jar.
_ tsubureru, v.i. [cogn. w. tsubust% v.t.].
get crushed, smashed.
kimo. ga tsubureru : to be frightened out of
one’s wits.
me gatsubure'ru : to lose (the use of) an eye.
tsubusii, v.t. [cogn. w. tisubureru v.i.). To
erush ; smash.
hima wo isubust% : to waste time.
uchi wo tsubust : to squander one’s fortune.
kimo wo tsubust : to be frightened out of
one's wits.
me wo tsubust :
loss of an eye.
tori wo tsubust : to kill a fowl] (for food).
tsuchi. Earth ; ground.
Comp.: kabe-tsuchi : plaster.
tsue. A walking-stick ; staft.
tsue wo tsuite aruku : to walk with a stick.
koroba-nai saki no tsue : take a stick before
falling down; take precautions in due
time.
tsugi. The next (in time or position) ; fol-
lowing.
- tsugi no hi : the next day.
kono tsugi ni suru : to put off till next time.
To
to damage and cause the
sono tsugi : after that one ; the next, one. My
tsugs. as
ae
ATS
1) Convenience, ae ae
konnichi tsug6 wa ii no deati ka ? (C) : is it ah
convenient today ?
ashita ni shite wa go tsugé wa ikaga de gozai-
mast ka ? (1}) : suppose we say tomorrow, :
how would that suit you ?
tsugé ga yoku naru : to become convenient;
to become rich.
tsug6 wo suru; to suit one’s convenience,
tsug6 wo yoku suru : to facilitate.
isug6 no ii toki ni : when convenient.
tsug6 shidai : as soon as convenient.
go tsug6 ga yokereba :
tsug6 ga warui kara raigetst ni nobashimastés
(C): as it is inconvenient now, I will put
it off till next month,
tsug6d wo shite mimashd (C): I'll see whet
can be done.
minna tsugd yoku ikimashita (C): every~-
thing went off without a hitch.
2) Total ; amount.
tsugd ju-go-yen ni narimast (C): the total
eomes to fifteen yen.
3) Various.
if convenient to you.
kono-goro tsugé ga yoku natta (B) : lam now
in easier circumstances financially.
dé tsugé shite mo harau koto ga dekimasen
(C) : no matter what I do I can’t pay it.
tsugd ga atte ashita ikaremasen (C): for —
certain resons | can’t go tomorrow.
tsugu. To join; mend ; pour into.
sara no kowareta no wo tsugu: to mend a
broken plate.
koppu mi mizu wo tsugu : to pour water into
@ glass.
tsuil. A pair; a.n. for pairs such as vases,
etc.
tsui de ikura dest ka ? (C):
they the pair ?
tsui2.
1) Unintentionally ; by chance.
how much are
tsui shita no dest kara gomen kudasai (C):
excuse me, I didn’t do it on pur
tsui otoshita (B):
knowing.
tsui isogashii mono de go-busata toohaviee
shita (D): I happen to be a busy person
that is why {£ have been remiss about —
visiting you.
2) Soon ; just now.
tewi kono aida : a few days ago; only the
other day.
tsui soko.ni aru (B) : it’s just a little way oil.
3) After all,
tsui wasurete shimaimashita (C) : after all 4
forgot all about it.
tsui k6 narimashita (C): the png 70 -_
turned out to be such.
tsui shitstiret itashimashita (D) : excuse my
not having been more athenigees to la
I dropped it without.
mak
+r
Pre i
+ A
}
Bes
n
ey
wt
(the idea seems to be : I intended to be
_ very polite, but after all I was impolite).
tsuide. Opportunity ; as ; when.
Nikko e iku tsuide ni Chizenji e ikimashé
(C): as I am going to Nikko, I shall visit
Chuzenji.
deru tsuide ni kuruma wo tanonde oite kuda-
sai (B): please order a rikisha for me
es when you go out.
tsuide ni o todoke modshimasi (D): I will
send it to you at the same time.
chodo konnichi wa asoko e iku tsuide ga ari-
mast (C): luckily we have occasion to go
there today.
o tsuide no toki: when you have the op-
rtunity.
tsuitachi, [tsk month ; tatsa% to start].
first day of the month.
tsuite. With regard to.
ryokd ni tsuite dé omoimasit: ka ? (C): what
do you think about the journey ?
sono koto ni tsuite wa nani mo iwa-nai hod
ga ii (B) : do not let us argue the subject.
sore ni tsuite wa nani mo shirimasen (C): I
know nothing about that.
See also tstiku.
tsiikai, {tsikau to employ}.
senger-
tstikai de yaru : to send by a messenger.
tstikai wo yaru : to send a messenger. |
tstikai ni yaru : to send on an errand.
tstikai ni iku : to go on an errand.
isiilai de shirasete kudasai (C): please let
_ me know by messenger.
tsitkai-michi, [tsz#kau to employ ; michi way}.
Way of using ; use.
kore wa tstikai-michi ga nai (B): this is of
no use.
ano hito wa baka de tstikai-michi ga nar (B) :
he is such a fool that it is impossible to
make any use of him.
tsiikai-mono, [? tstkaw to use ; mono thing}.
A gift; present ; the honorific o is gen.
pref.
‘tsitkamaeru. To lay hold of ; seize ; catch.
dorobé wo tstikamae’ru : to catch a thief.
tsitkare'ru, 114. To become tired.
tstikaremashita (C) : I am tired.
isiikau. To employ ; use ; spend.
kore wa nan ni tsttkau no desi ka? (C):
what is this used for ?
jibun de tstikau no dest (C) : it is for my
own personal use.
‘qiki’ to ‘ sugu’ to wa dotchi wo yoket tsti-
kaimast ka ? (C) : which is used more fre-
quently jiki or sugu ?
yoku tstikau koto da (B): it is a common
expression. 3
mise ni wa Gzei no hito wo tsiikatte mast
(C): there are a great many people em-
ployed at the shop.
The
Errand; mes-
isumara-nai mono dest ga dézo 0 tstikai ku-
Pe AEP laa
. ae a ee
dasai (D): this is of no value, but please any
accept it and make use of it PS ERT 2
kane wo tstikau : to spend money. ood ies
kane wo minna tsitkatte shimaimashita (C):— ’
I have spent all my money.
ki wo tsikau : to worry ; be anxious.
Der. and comp. ;
tstikai ; tsttkai-michi ; muda-zukai;q.v.
tstikai-nareru : to be accustomed to using.
tsikai-nikui : inconvenient toe use, [-nikué —
difficult}. 3
tsitke-ru, v.t. [cogn. w. tsikul v.i.]. To at
tach ; apply ; fix one thing on to another.
nani ka ktsuri wo tsiiketa ga ti (A): you
had better apply some remedy.
akari wo tstike-ru : to light the lights.
hi wo tstike'ru > to set on fire.
dare ka hi wo tsiiketa no da (B) : somebody
has set it on fire. Ter as
chomen ni titkeru: to put down in.an —
account book. poe :
(watakishi no kanjé ni) tsitkete oite kudasat
(C) : please charge it to my account.
ki wo tsikeru : to take care.
ki wo tstike-nakereba ike-nai yo (A): now
then, be careful. i
sono o kashi ni tegami wo tstikete motashite
yatte kudasai (C): send a note together a
with the sweets. ; eee
ichi-yen wo tsiikete tegami wo dashimashita =
(C): he sent a letter enclosing one yen.
na wo tstikeru : to give &@ name. ee ae
nedan wo ikura ni tsiketa ka ? (A): what
did you price it at ? te ee
ato wo tstikeru : to follow in another’strack. =
chikara wo tsiikeru : to encourage. ae,
iro wo tsikeru : to colour ; paint. Fi
shirushi wo tstike-ru : to mark ; affixasign.
shio ni tsitke ru : to pickle in salt, i. oye
shio wo tsike'ru : to put salt on.
Comp. rita Easy ee
hi-zuke : date (of letter, document, ete.).
mitsikeru q.v.: to find. ' Bees
mi-teiikeru : to happen to see; be ae-
customed to see. “Saat
ii-tsitkeru q.v.: to order ; command; be
accustomed to say. Fe,
kiki-tsike ru: to happen to hear; be ac- —
customed to hear. Ea)
shi-tsiike-ru : to be accustomed to do. -
Laki-tsike ru q.v.: to write down.
nuri-tsukeru : to paint ; plaster ; smear. —
nui-tsikeru 2 to sew on, . ete
nirami-tsikeru : to glare at. age te
shikari-tstike'ru : to give & good scolding.
katazukeru ; kotozuke ru ; kuttstikeru; Q.¥-
tsiiki. Moon; month. Y ieee
istiki no de wa nan-ji desti ka ? (C) :atwhat
time does the moon rise ? es eee:
Note. ‘siiki is used in connection with the — ~
abb. 2nd set of num. 276, 4; 293, (teas
Comp. hee
=
<
tsuki
142
mai-tstiki : every month ; monthly.
tstiki-zuki : month after month.
tstiki-hi : time.
tsuitacht, q.v.
tstikul, v.i. [cogn. w. tstike-ru v.t.].
1) To adhere ; stick ; be in contact.
nimotsi ni kami ga tsuite iru (B): the
parce] has a paper stuck on it.
hi ga tstiku : to catch fire.
hi ga tonari no uchi ni tsuita (B):
spread to the next house.
warui kise wa jiki ni tstiku mono da (B):
bad habits are easily acquired.
kimi no kimono ni doro ga tsuite iru (B) :
there is some mud on your dress.
yuki ni ashi-ato ga tsuite iru (B): there are
foot-prints in the snow.
ne ga tstiku : to take root.
2) To follow ; go together with.
watashi no ato ni tsuite kite o kure (A):
follow close behind.
kono kawa mi tsuite kudareba soko ni deru
(B) : if you go down following this river,
you will get there.
ani ni tsuite ikimashtta (C): I went with
my elder brother.
3) To arrive.
nan-ji nt kisen ga tstikimast ka ? (C) : at
what time does the steamer arrive ?
nimotsi wa kind tstikimashita (C):
parcel arrived yesterday.
4) Various.
me ni isiku : to catch the eye.
kangae ga tstiku : to form an opinion.
mada kimari ga tsuka-nai (B) : it is not yet
settled.
dimo kufi ga tsuka-nai (B):
arrange the matter any way.
ashi ga tstiku : to be found out (in wrong-
doing).
Comp.
kangae-tstiku : to call to mind.
kami-tstiku; kui-tstiku : to hite (as an attack).
oi-tstiku : to overtake.
umare-tstiki : inborn disposition.
kuttstiku ; ochi-tstiku ; q.v.
tsitku2, vite To strike ; push.
kome wo tstiku : to pound rice.
hito wo tstiku : to push somebody.
uso wo tstiku : to tell a lie.
_ iki wo tstiku : to breathe.
Comp.
tstiki-otost : to knock down.
uso-tatiki, q.v.
tsiikue. A table : desk.
tsiikuru, {f. tstikeru to attach, apply|,
make ; build ; compose ; cultivate.
tsumara-nai; tsumiarimasen; [f. tsumaru -:
the neg. forms are the only ones in or-
dinary use}.
1) As a verb :
approval.
the fire
the
I cannot
To
expresses discontent or dis-
|
:
|
ame ga futte soto e derare-nai kara tsumara-
nai (B): what a nuisance! it’s same 2
and J can’t go out. |
me ga waruktte hon wo yomu koto ga deki-
masen kara tsumarimasen (C): my eyes
are bad so I’m not allowed ore ee if;
most annoying.
2) As an adj.: worthless ; foolish.
tsumara-nai hon : a stupid book.
tsumara-nai hito : a man of no importance,
hon no tsumara-nai mono dest ga dézo o tori
kudasai (D) : this is of no value but please
be kind enough to accept it.
tsumari. After all; in the end.
kore wa tsumari dé naru daré ? (B) : 1 won-
der what will be the outcome of all this.
tsumari wa dé nan dest ? (B) : what does it
all come to? what is the long and short of
it all ?
dochira ni shite mo tsumart onaji koto da
(B) : whichever we choose, it will all come
to the same thing in the end.
tsumbo. A deaf person.
tsumbo no haya-mimi : the deaf have often
sharp ears, (when others speak ill of them).
tsume. The nail (of the finger or toe) ; hoof;
claw.
tsumetai, [tswme nail ; itai painful].
the touch, not of weather).
te ga tsumetai (B) : my hands are sold:
tsumi. Crime ; guilt.
wataktishi no tsumi dest (C) : it is my fault.
tsumi no nai kodomo : an innocent child.
onna wa tsumi no fikai mono da (B):
woman has many sins to answer for.
tsumori.
1) Intention ; purpose.
ashita Tokyd e iku tsumori dest (C) :
tend to go to Toky6 tomorrow.
86 suru tsumori wa sikoshi mo arimasen (C):
I have not the least intention of doing so.
dé suru tsumori dest ka ? (C) : what do you
intend to do ?
dé iu tswmori de sonna koto wo shimast ka ?
(C) : what is your motive in doing such a
thing ?
2) Something to be borne in mind,
sono tsumori de (i nasai) (B): so bear that
in mind ; so now you know.
0 seji ga jozu na no dest kara sono tsumori
de ivasshai (C): I warn you that he is very
insincere in what he says.
I in-
anata wa ti ka mo shiremasen ga, watashi wa
kesshite shichi shimasen kara sono tsumori—
de ite kudasai (C): you may think it eae
right but I warn you that I will never
consent and don’t you forget it.
3) Opinion ; calculation.
ano hito wa jobu na tsumori de iru (B) : that
man thinks himself strong
kanjd wa eiehigeionoelt te teumori im A)
I think I counted right.
tsumori
7
Cold (to
‘
tsuna.
tsumori
Ps a ee aes
atarashii tsumori de furui no wo katta(B) : I
_ bought an old article thinking it was new.
_wakatta tsumori dest (C) : I believe I under-
stand it.
tsumori-déri ni wa nara-nakatta (B) : it did
not come up to my expectations.
A rope.
tsuno. A horn. ,
tsureru. To take (person or animal) along
- with.
imoto wo tsurete sampo ni itta (B): he took
his younger sister with him for a walk.
toshi wo toru ni tsurete : as one grows older.
tsuri. The change, (money returned as bal-
ance of that tendered for an article); the
honorific o is gen. pref.
tsuru. To hang by a string ; suspend.
sakana wo tsuru: to catch a fish (with a
line).
ka-ya wo tsuru : to put up a mosquito net.
tana wo tsuru : to put up ashelf ; (Japanese
_ shelves are usually suspended from above,
not supported from below).
tsutome. Duty ; obligation. x
_ kore wo suru no wa anata no tsutome dest
(C) : it is your duty to do this.
tsutsumi, [tsutswmu to wrap up]. Parcel.
Note. Tsutsumi is used in connection with
the abb. 2nd set of num. 276, 4.
Comp.
_ ko-zutsumi : a parcel (for the post).
kami-zuisumi : a paper parcel.
_tsutsumu. To wrap up; pack ; conceal.
kami ni tsutsumu : to wrap up in paper.
tsutsuma-zu hakujd suru: to confess with-
out concealing anything; make a,clean
breast of it.
_ Der.: tsutsumi, q.v.
tsuyoi. Strong.
ki no tsuyoi hito ; a brave man.
hi ni isuyot : fire-proof.
chikara ga tsuyoi : of great physical strength.
tsuyoku atama wo butta (B): I hit my head
very hard.
tsuzukeru, v.t..[cogn. w. tsuzuku v.i.].
continue ; keep up.
hanashi wo tsuzukemashita (C): he con-
tinued his tale.
To
m6 stikoshi tsuzukete yarimashd (C): 1 shall |
go on with it a little longer.
futstika tsuzukete : two days running.
Comp.
ii-tsuzuke'ru : to continue to speak.
i-tsuzuke'ru : to continue to stay.
nomi-tsuzukeru : to continue to drink.
tsuzuku, v.i. [cogn. w. tsuzukeru v.t.]. To
continue ; last.
ii koto wa nagaku tsuzuka-nai (B): good
luck doesn’t last long.
arashi ga futsika tsuzukimashita (C): the
storm lasted two days.
tsuzuite Suzuki San mo dekakemashita (C) :
|
\
veg after the other man, Mr Suzuki also
Der. and comp.
tsuzuki : the continuation, ee
sono hanashi no tsuzuki wa ashita no shim-
bun ni demast% (C): the continuation of |
_that story will appear in tomorrow's paper.
furi-tsuzuku : to fall continuously, (of rain,
snow, etc.).
teri-tsuzuku ; to continue bright, (of the
weather). ;
*tte; *tteba. OneZis dropped after a final n_
1) "te (=to itte mo) after the past tense has
a concessive foree—even if; although.
Equivalent to the constructions noted
in mo 4). a
ky6 wa yonda *tte ko-nai deshd (C) : even if
you ask him, I don’t think he will come
today. aN
ikura itta "tte ano ko wa kikimasen (C): no —
matter how often I tell that child, he
won’t obey.
2) A similar censtruction occurs with the
adjective after changing the finale of the
gerund into a; see 200, footnote. Neg.
verbs are also constructed like this.
yastikita (or yasikiitta) tte kaimasen (C) :
I won’t buy it even if it is cheap.
ko-nakiitta *tte kamaimasen (C): even if he —
doesn’t come, it doesn’t matter.
3) “tte (=to ite).
atsui no atsiku nai no ‘ite yake-36 deshita
(C) : talk about heat! it seemed as if we
were burning. .
hau no hawa-nai no ‘tte yoku arukimast -
(C): did you say creep? why he walks
beautifully.
4) ‘ite (=to iu mono).
hatoba ’tte nan no koto dest ka ? (C) : what
does hatoba mean ?
5) "ite (=to iu ; to itla ; ete.).
86 da tte (B) : so he says.
aoi ’tte (B) : he says it’s green.
kirei desi "tte (C) : he says it’s pretty.
o yu ni iku *tte demashita (C): he went out
saying that he was going to the bath.
arimasen te (C) : he says there are none.
ko-nakatta ’tte (B): they say he didn’t come.
watashi wa mb kanai wo motd ‘tle tsumort wa
nai (B): I have no intention of marrying
again.
6) ‘tte (=to).
Lomban kuru ‘tte iimashita (C) :
_ would come tonight. . ~
kore wa ii ktisuri da ‘tte kikimashita (C) :
I have heard say that this medicine is
very efficacious.
7) ‘teba, a contr. of to teba has two mean-
ings: (a) to iu no wa or simply wa; (b)
to iu no ni.
Fumi ’tteba shiji sara wo kowashiteru no
(B) : Fumi is always breaking plates.
he said he ~
"tte a Sa
‘tte
144
fiiton ‘eba nan dest ka? (C): what is a
futon ?
naze "tteba, see naze.
tke-nai “iteba....(A): although I told you
~ not to do it how is it that you still go on?
8) Various.
ano hito no sei ga takai *ite nai (B): there
can’t be another man as tall as he is.
watashi wa o-ide nasai “tte "ta (B): I told
him to come. ‘tte=to ; ’tta is a corr. of
itta ; compare 14, 2, b.
‘takusan’ ‘te ’tta ’tte itst% mo no tori desi
(C): although I said ‘very much ’” it’s
only the same as usual. The Ist *te=to
as in 6) above; the 2nd ’tta is a corr. of
itta ; the 3rd *tte is used as in 1) above;
the sentence is therefore equivalent to
‘taktisan’ to itte mo, ete.
Note. The constructions noted under 4),
5), and 7) are mostly used by women.
uchi.
I) Inside.
uchi kara 76 wo oroshite-atta (B):
Jocked from the inside.
2) Among.
kono uchi ni aru daré (B):
among these.
kono hon no uchi de dore ga ichiban ii no desi
ka ? (C): which is the best of these books ?
kono uchi ni shitteru hito wa hitori mo ari-
masen (C): among these people there is
not one that I know.
kono uchi de donata mo zonjimasen (D): I
don’t know any one among these people.
geisha no uchi ni wa kirei na no ga imasi
(C): some of the singing-girls are very
pretty.
Note. In examples like the above ni and
‘not, de is used when the existence of a
thing is in question.
3) While ; within.
ni-san-nichi uchi ni : within a few days.
chikai uchi ni : in a short time ; soon.
sono uchi ni :in the meantime ; in a short
- time.
sono uchi ni agarimashé (D) :
- you shortly.
shokuji wo shiteru uchi ni cha wo irete kure
(A): while we are eating make the tea.
wakai uchi ni benky6 shite okeba yokatia (B) :
I wish I had studied when I was young.
fura-nai uchi ni kaeré (B): I shall return be-
fore it starts raining ; (lit. while it is not
raining),
mi-nai uchi wa wakarimasen (C): I cannot
judge until I see it ; (while I don’t see it).
ano hito no ko-nai uchi ni yonde shimaima-
- shé (C): I will have finished reading it
before he comes.
tegami ga ko-nai uchi wa ikaremasen (C): I
can’t go until the letter comes.
hivu no uchi wa hito-déri ga oi (B): in the
it was
it is probably
I will call on
day-time there are lots of people going
and coming.
akarui uchi ni kaera-nai to ikemasen ; aka-— ’
rut uchi ni o kaeri nasai (B): come back ee
before it gets dark. 42%,
hajime no uchi wa : at first. ,
Note. When uch is followed by a neg. wali
it takes wa ; when followed by an afi. verb
it gen. takes ni but sometimes wa. In ~
the last example but one, the two neg.
verbs are equal to an aff.
4) House ; home ; my husband.
tomodachi no uchi ni orimasti (C):
staying at a friend’s house.
uchi ga wakarimasen (C): I do not know
where he lives.
Tanaka San wa o uchi dest ka ? (C):is Mr
Tanaka at home ?
uchi e kaerimast (C): I shall go back home,
uchi no koto wa minna kanai ni saseru (B):
I leave household matters entirely to my
wife. a
uchi wo tate'ru : to build a house.
uchi wo kari:ru : to rent a house.
ucht wo mots% : to keep house.
uchi wa mada kaerimasen (C) : my husband -
is not back yet.
5) Uchi no: belonging to my household ;
my ; our.
uchi no Taré : my son (brother) Taro,
uchi no jochi wa minna shdjiki dest (C) :
all our servants are honest.
6) Various.
ima no uchi wa kore de gaman o shi nasai —
(B) : put up with this for the present.
ja no uchi hachi : eight out of ten.
Comp.
uchi-uchi no : private.
kore wa uchi-uchi no hanashi ni shimashé
(C) : let this be between ourselves. .
uchiwa, [utst% to strike; watawing]. A fan
(non-folding). is
ude, [? we above ; te hand]. Arm ; skill.
ude wo tamest : to test a man’s ability. i‘
ude wo migaku : to endeavour to Ee A
(in manual work).
ude no aru shoku-nin wo yatoitai (B): 2:
wish to engage a capable workman, =
uderu. To boil or cook by boiling.
ue, (sometimes uwa).
1) The top or higher part ; above ; upon.
tana no ue ni oite o kure (A): put this on the
shelf. ;
tstikue no ue ga akimast (C) : the Hist of the
desk opens.
ue no ho ; the top side. lage
ue no hito: a superior. : af
yama no ue ni noboru ; to ascend bites
tain.
2) More than.
ano hito wa watakishi yori fetaters ue 7
(C) : mighiiehiueie je) ae
: I.am
aa
ue,
145
kono ue no wa hachi-jis-sen dest (C): the
next one in order of expensiveness costs
- eighty sen. ;
Kamakura made go-ri no ue desti (C): it is
more than five ri to Kamakura.
kore yori ue no sake wa nai (B) : this is the
very best sake that’s made.
kono ue mo nai shi-awase : luck not to be
3) Besides.
sono ue : besides that.
tasiikete moratta ue ni kane made moratta
_ (B) :he not only saved my life but he also
gave me some money.
makesashita ue ni kai mo shi-nai de itte shi-
maimashita (C): he made me reduce the
price and then went off without buying
anything.
4) After ; until after. ;
mita uede kau ka mo shiremasen(C) : Imay
possibly buy it after I have seen it.
mita ue de nakereba kawaremasen (C): I
‘can’t buy it until after I have seen it.
atta ue de sddan shimashé (C) : when I meet
him I will consult him about it.
ehichi ni sddan no ue de kimemashé (C):
after I have consulted my father, I shall
decide about it.
kangaerareru dake wa kangae mo shita ue no
Loto desti (C) : it is a thing I have decided
on only after having considered it from
every point of view.
' 5) Various.
“mi no ue banashi wo suru:
one’s own personal affairs.
ue ni wa ue ga aru : it is impossible to find
perfection.
uwa no sora : absence of mind.
Comp.
uwa-gaki : the address written on an en-
velope, [kakul to write].
uwa-gi : a coat, [kirul to wear].
ueru, v.t. [cogn. w. uwarw v.i.}. To plant.
ki wo ueru : to plant a tree.
Comp.
ue-ki : a plant ; a pot-plant.
_ ueki-ya : a gardener. 3
ugokasi, v.t. [cogn. w- ugoku v.i.).
~ move ; set in motion.
ugoku, v.i. [cogn. w. ugokast v.t.}.
move. :
ha ga ugokimast (C) : the tooth is loose.
koko wo is-sun mo ugoki ya shi-nai (B): I
won’t move an inch from here.
kokoro ga ugoita no da (B) : his resolution
- was shaken ; his heart was moved.
ukabu. To float. ;
chotto mune ni ukabimashita (C): it has
just occurred to me. ‘
mada ii kangae ga ukaba-nai (B): no good
idea has occurred to me yet.
ukagau. To inquire ; hear ; visit ; watch.
to talk about
To
To
is something I wish to ask you. be
go bydki no y6 ni ukagaimashita ga hontd
gozaimast ka ? (D) : [heard you had been
ill, was that really so ?. ~
kigen wo ukagau : to inquire after some-
body’s health. ;
chikai uchi ni o taku e 0 ukagai itashimasit .
(D) : I shall call on you shortly.
ori wo ukagau: to watch for an opportu-
nity.
Note. Ukagau is a humble verb, used
politely in the Ist person.
ukeau. To assure ; guarantee ; contract.
kono kutsu nara jobu na koto wa o ukeai ~
itashimasti (D): as for these boots I can
guarantee their durability.
wataktshi wa sono shigoto wo ukeatta (B):1
have contracted to do that work.
uke*ru. |
1) To receive. ;
okuri-mono wo ukeru : to receive a gift.
hito no sewa wo uke'ru : to receive another’s
assistance.
2) To be the subject of.
on wo uke-ru : to be under obligations.
dorobé no utagai wo ukeru: to be under
suspicion of theft.
warui hydban wo ukeru: to get a bad
reputation.
Note. Ukeru is a plain verb: the corres-
ponding humble verbs, polite in the Ist
person, are itadaku and chédai suru.
Der. and comp.
uke : opinion about a person.
uke no ii : well spoken of.
uke no warui hito : a person of bad reputa-
tion.
uke-dasi : to ransom ; redeem (as a pawned
article, a singing-girl before her contract
is up).
hiki-ukeru ; uke-toru ; uke-tori ; q.v-
uke-tori, [stem of foll.]. A receipt.
dézo uke-tori wo kudasai (D): please give —
me a receipt for it.
this (account).
uke-toru, [ukeru to
To receive.
kiné o tegami wo uke-torimashita. (C): 1
received your letter yesterday.
an incredible story.
Der.: uke-tori, q.v-
ukkari. Thoughtlessly ; carelessly.
was stolen.
ukkari mono dest (C):
he is an absent- —
minded fellow. Bt gor
iuma. Horse. :
dima ni noru : to ride a horse.
AC) Sr
stikoshi ukagaitai koto ga arimasi (C): there f
uke-tori ni shite kudasai (C) : please receipt — i : are
receive ; toru to take]. Ai
sore wa uke-tore-nai hanashi da (B) : that is» ae i
ukkari shite iru uchi ni kane-ire wo.torarda — a
(B) : when I wasn’t thinking, my purse
Tid
sy :
bet a a St
‘ £0
NCS Te
2
ys
my
7s
a v «.
, hey 7 We
nat
ry,
~- pay
"ay
ete uma no mimi ni kaze :
horse’s ear (prosangs no gia: whatever).
timai.
A) Nice ; agreeable (of taste).
undo suru to shokuji ga umar (B) : when we ©
take exercise we enjoy our meals.
umaku ry6ri shite aru (B): it is deliciously
_. cooked.
2) Satisfactory ; skilful ; clever.
wmai , imai ! well done !
umaku o yari nasai (B) :
successful,
kono hon wa timaku iku deshé ka? (C):
wonder whether this book will be a success.
ano hito wa ji ga timai (B): he writes a
pretty hand.
aumaku naru : to become good at anything.
386 wmaku wa ika-nai (B) : it can’t be done
I hope you will be
so well.
‘imareru, v.i. [cogn. w. umu v.t.]. To be
born.
Tokyo de tmaremashita (C): I was born in
Tokyo.
watashi ga timarete kara : after I was born ;
from the time of my birth till now ; in all
my life.
Der. and comp.
amare : birth.
ano hito wa timare ga naka- ae vi (B):
is of very good birth.
wmare-tstiki : inborn disposition, [ts%kwl to
. adhere].
timerru.
: 1) To bury.
ano shinda neko wo time nasai (A):
Pigtet that dead cat.
Spe hori wo wmete kure (A): fill up that ditch.
f 2) To pour in cold water in order to reduce
the temperature.
atsui kara stikoshi timete kudasai (C) : please
pour in some cold water, it is too hot.
umi, [mizw water]. Thesea ; ocean.
umi ga arete imast (C) : the sea is rough.
bury
ky6 wa umi ga shizuka dest (C): the sea is
smooth today.
< Comp.: mizu-umi : a lake.
= umu, v.t. [cogn. w. tmareru v.i.l. To give
birth to ; lay (as an egg).
Comp.: wmitate no : new-laid, [see —tate].
un. Fortune ; luck.
un no ii hito : a lucky man.
un shidai da (B): it is all a question of luck.
watakishi wa un ga warui (B): I have bad
sa Ei as luck.
fee un wo tamesti : ‘to try one’s fortune.
un ni makasete yatte mimashé (C) :
trust to fortune and venture it.
un ga muku : luck is turning.
un wa ten ni aru no da (B) : our destiny lies
on the knees of the Gods.
‘ unchin, [chin fare]. Charge for transporta-
‘3 betions eee cartage.
I will
like wind in a
- Der.
‘unchin horet mst ; carriage plaids 4
unchin saki-barai ; see saki-barai.
undd. Movement ; exercise. Wee
undé suru: to take exercise ; to canvas:
(for elections). +4
ura. The back ; rear ; opposite side ; 4
-uchi no ura ni niwa ga arimasti (C
is a garden at the back of the hone
ura wo wu: to speak ironically. ae
ura wo tstikeru : to line (a garment). -
te no ura : the palm of the handy;
Comp.
ura- ~gaestt : : to turn inside out.
ura-mon : the back-gate.
ura-te : the rear : back-side.
era rasan Envious ; enviable.
a, urayamashii ! (B) : "oh, Ienvy youn,
urayamashii ha da (B) : those are tosth-to
be envied. ;
anata no sugata ga urayamashii (B) : Te e1
you your figure.
Der.: urayamashigaru ; urayamashiku omou : ee
to feel envy. oe
ureru, v.i. [cogn. w. uru v.t. to whiek!
serves as potential]. To sell; can s
be sold.
kore wa yoku ureru (B) : this sells very
ano hito wa kao ga urete iru (B): he is w
known to the public. ee
na no ureta hito : a famous man.
aS
wre : sale. Veee
ure no ti hon : a book that sells well. .
ureshii. Joyful. 3 ?
ureshii, ureshit ! (B): oh, I am pleased. My,
issho ni ikete ureshit (B) : I shall becca! :
happy to accompany you. ee
86 shite kudasareba honté ni ureshii no.
(C) : if you would kindly do so you would
give me great pleasure. ee
Der.
ureshigaru : to rejoice. :
tomodachi ga kita no de ureshigatte. in
(C): he is very happy because his. rie!
has come. FAN
uru, v.t. [cogn. w. wre-ru v.i. which serv es
potential]. To sell. oe
e-hagaki wa doko de uttemasi: ka ? (Cys whe fg
can I buy some ploture- pose es
Comp.
uri-mono : a thing for sale.
uri-ya@ : a house for sale.
uri-te : the seller.
uri-kire'ru : to be sold out.
urusai. Annoying.
a, urusai ! (B): you are a nuisance |
tiresome !
ushi. A cow; ox; bull. spt
ushi wa ushi-zure, uma wa tima-zure : b
of a feather flock een Lerwpe
take along with]. as
Comp.
ent ES
me-ushi : a cow.
o-ushi : a bull ; ox.
ko-ushi : a calf.
ushiro. The back ; rear.
no ushiro ni : behind.
sono isu no ushiro ni : behind that chair.
uso. A lie ; falsehood ; error.
uso wo tsiiku ; uso wo iu : to tell a lie.
sore koso makka na uso da (B): that is a
barefaced lie.
uso no : false.
honto no zége desti ka, uso no desti ka ? (C) :
_is it true ivory or artificial ?
ano hito wa toki-doki uso wo oshiemast (C) :
that man sometimes teaches us wrong.
Note. Uso is often used familiarly as a mere
contradiction to what has been said: you
F are mistaken ; that is not so.
Der. and comp.
usorashii : apparently untrue, [see ~rashi‘].
uso-tstki : a liar ; story-teller; [tstku2 to
push].
usui. Thin ; not thick ; not dense.
usui iro : a light shade.
shinsetsti no usui hito : a man whose kind-
ness is only superficial.
utagai, [stem of foll.]. Doubt.
_ utagai mo naku : without doubt.
utagai wo ire-nai (B): it is not open to doubt
utagai wa ano hito ni kakatta (B) : suspicion
- fell upon him.
utagai wo kake-ru : to suspect.
S
utagai wo kal-erare*ru ; utagai wo uke-ru : to. |
be suspected.
utagau. To doubt.
: hito wo utagau : to suspect another.
_ Der.: utagai, 4.v.
utau. To sing.
‘Der.: uta : a song ; poem.
utcharu, [corr. of uchi-yaru]. To throw away.
utchatte oku : to leave alone.
utst. To strike ; beat ; kill.
kugi wo utsi : to drive a nail.
ima uita no wa nan-ji desi ? (C): what did
it (the clock) strike just now ?
ima ku-ji utta tokoro dest (C) : it struck nine
only a moment 4
kataki wo utsi : to kill an enemy.
tori wo utsi : to shoot a bird.
teppo wo utst : to fire a gun.
dempo wo utst : to send a telegram.
mizu wo utst : to sprinkle water.
tin wo utsit : to make a dot ; criticize ; find
fault with.
Der. and comp.
butst q.v-
uchi-korost : to
_ kill.
utsuru, v.i. [cogn. w. utstisu v.t.]. To re-
move ; be infectious ; be reflected.
konaida Kanda e utsurimashita (C) : I have
lately removed to Kanda.
beat to death ; shoot dead ;
utsuru bydki : an infectious disease. _ oS dee a
ani no bydki ga otdto ni utsurimashita (C):
the boy caught the illness from his elder
brother, es YT
hi ga tonari no uchi ni utsutta (B): the fife ks
spread to the neighbouring house, 3. Sy See
warui kiise wa jiki utsurimasi (C): bad
habits are very catching. ie
tstiki ga mizu ni utsutte kirei na koto ! (B): .
how pretty the moon looks reflected in the —
water. : er
kabe ni hito no kage ga utsutte iru (B): a
man’s shadow is thrown upon the wall =
kono shashin wa yoku utsuttemast (C): this “es
photograph is well taken. “See
| utsiisu, v.t. [cogn. w. utsuru v.iJ. To re-
“move ; reflect (as in a mirror).
sono hon wo minna tonari no heya ni utsu-
shite kure (A) : take all those books to the
next room.
fukuro no satd wo kan ni utsushimashé ka ?
(C): shall I empty the sugar out of the
bag into the tin box ?
kono tegami wo utsushite o
this letter.
'mizu ni kao wo utstisu : to reflect one’s face
in the water.
| kono shashin wa watashi ga utsushita no
| dest: (C) : I took this photograph.
| uwa-gaki, [we above ; kakul to write]. The
address written on an envelope.
uwa-gi, [ve above ; ki*rul to put on]. A coat, —
kure (A) : eopy
uwaru, v.i. [cogn. w. ueru v.t.]. To get
| planted.
| wal, A ppn. that generally has an emphatic
or contrasting effect ; it often seems to —
separate the words which precede it from _
the rest of the sentence. Though not in
itself a sign of the nominative ip
used more frequently after the subjectthan
after the object. See 389-392 foracom- =
parison of the use of wa and ga afterthe =
subject of a sentence. ae”
1) After the subject. tes a
kore wa ginkd dest (C) : this is a bank. *
tomodachi wa kind Tékyé ni ikimashita (C): 0
my friend went to Toky6 yesterday.
anata wa gakko ni iku no desti ka? (C): are
you going to school ? iy
Note. As regards sentences like anata wa, —
gakké dest ka? the author cannot ee
with the opinion of Prof. Cham 1
| (Handbook of Colloquial Japanese, p. 89)
and Ballet (Grammaire Japonaise de la
langue parlée, p. 199) who say it is @b-
surd to call anata wa (you) the subjectof =”
this sentence. If anata wa is not thesub-—
ject, what is the subject? The transla-
tion suggested as the result of this hypo-
thesis, viz. ‘are you a school?’ is tae
course nonsense ; but if the fault liesin
the subject, it ought to be by
wa
(148
putting instead of ‘you’ the proper sub-
ject: this cannot be done. It seems,
therefore, that the subject is anata wa
(you), but the predicate is elliptical: the
full sentence is anata wa gakké ni iku no
desi ka? are you going to school? The
present writer is of opinion that, though
wa is by no means of necessity the sign of
the nominative case, in this particular
instance it certainly is used after the
subject of the sentence.
2) After the object.
tabako wa nomu ga sake wa noma-nai (B):
I smoke but I do not drink sake.
sonna kitanai mono wa o stite nasai (B):
throw away a dirty thing like that.
sara wa sara, chawan wa chawan to betst%i na
hako ni o ire nasai (B): put the plates
and the tea-cups in separate boxes.
3) After nouns or adverbs denoting time or
place.
ky6 wa o tenki dest (C):
today.
Tobky6 wa kono-goro atsui 36 dest (C) :
say it has been hot in Téky6 lately.
4) The separating effect is very noticeable
in sentences like the following.
shio wa, dono gurai mazatte imasi ka ? (C) :
how much salt is there in this ? (I’m talk-
ing of salt, how much is there in it ?).
nasht wa, mono-oki ni arimast ka? (C):
are the pears in the pantry ? (I’m talking
of the pears, are they in the pantry ?).
5) Contrast, expressed or implied.
kore wa takai, are wa yasui (B) : this one is
dear, that one cheap.
watakishi wa mairimast (D): I shall go
_ (others may go or not as they please).
6) After the stem of a verb and followed by
suru it is emphatic. When suru is in a
neg. inflexion as it gen. is, wa may be
corrupted to ya ; (see 47-49),
. iki wa (or ya) shi-nai (B) : I shall not go.
7) After the stem of a verb followed by
another inflexion of the same verb, it is
» also emphatic.
yomi wa yomimashiia ga wakarimasen de-
shita (C): oh yes, I did read it, but I did
not understand it.
-8) In the above, the infinitive followed by
koto or ni may take the place of the stem.
yomu koto (or yomu ni) wa yomimashita ga
wakarimasen deshita.
9) There are three distinct uses.of wa aftera
gerund: a) when the gerund is the first
: component of a verbal phrase, the wa has
an emphatic force ; b) when the gerund
(or adjective in gerundial form) is at the
end of a clause, wa refers to a condition
which may be put or has been put; c) it
_ sometimes means repetition.
nete wa i-nat (B): oh no, he is not asleep.
it is fine weather
they
kotowatte wa okimashita ga kuru ka mo shi- ae
remasen (C):
Yokohama e hikkoshite wa fuben de gozai-
masit (D) : .
me to move to Yokohama, (if I were to
move to Yokohama).
benkyo shi-nakite wa ike-nai (A): you must —
study ; (if you don’t study it won’t do). —
omoktite wa ikemasen (C):
heavy.
takakite wa kaemasen (C) :
can’t buy it. :
86 itte wa komaru’(B) : if you say that you
put me in a difficult position.
ame ga futte wa komaru (B): (a) if it rains
I will bein a difficult position ; (b) as it is
raining I find myself in a difficult position.
itazura wo. shite wa shikarareru (B): (a)
if you get up to mischief you'll be scolded ;
as it is dear, I
IT certainly refused but he ®
may come in spite of that. ohn
(b) he is often scolded as he is always up f
to mischief.
For contr. of wa after a gerund, see below
14).
10) Wa is used in neg. sentences even more
freely than in aff.; (comp. 94).
bial form of an adj.
‘takaku wa nai (B) : it is not dear. '
11) Wa may be added to almost all the
postpositions except ga.
Toky6 ni wa arimasen (C):
to be had in Tokyo.
ano hito no hanashi de wa:
what that man says.
See no 11), 12), 13) ; and ¢o2 18).
there are none
according to.
12) Wa is used in elliptical interrogative
sentences with only a noun.
In neg. —
sentences it may be used after the adver-_
it would be inconvenient for _
it mustn’t be. 4
t
inu wa ? (B) : how about the dog ? what of
the dog ? (This may mean: where is the
dog ? has the dog recovered ? will you
bring the dog with you? or almost any- — r
thing according to context and cireum- —
stances).
13) Observe the following examples i in which
wa has not merely an emphatic force but
changes the meaning considerably.
minna miemasen (C): I can’t see any cf
them.
minna wa miemasen (C): I can’t see them all.
omokiite ikemasen (C): it is too heavy. —
omokite wa ikemasen (C): it mustn’t hey
heavy.
14) Contractions and corruptions.
yd
We have seen above in 6) that wa is some- at
times corrupted to ya.
The final te of a gerund and wa are con- we
tracted to cha. Itte wa=itcha.
The final de of a gerund and wa are con- ;
tracted to ja. Yonde wa=yonja.
Note also the following, which are not dak.
as a complete list, but rather as ae
me
de wa= ja (very common).
Mt Wa=nya.
no wa=nd.
_ kondo wa=konda.
sore wa=soryd.
— atsiku wa=atsiika.
wa2. Interjection used at the end of a sen-
_ tence with a slight emphatic force: used
_ only in familiar speech and almost exclu-
sively by women. ‘
_ watashi wa kono hé ga ii wa (B) : I like this
one, J do.
sonna baka na koto wa nai wa (B): I feel
certain he hasn’t done such a silly thing
ne -as that.
was. Hoop; ring ; wheel.
kuruma no wa: the wheel of a wagon or
rikisha.
wa ni wa wo kalcete iu : to exaggerate.
Comp.: yubi-wa : ring, [yubi finger].
wat. A wing: a.n. used for counting birds ;
also used for counting bunches of things
og tied together.
Note : 1 ichi-wa or ip-pa ; 3 sam-ba ; 6 roku-
Wa or rop-pa ; 10 jip-pa ; 100 hyap-pa;
ea . 1000 sem-ba ; nam-ba ?
peas wagamama, [cogn. w. watakishi I; mama
! doing as one pleases]. — Wilfulness ; way-
' wardness ; self-will.
/ wagamama na kodomo : a wayward child ;
a child fond of getting its own way.
kodomo wo wagamama ni sasete oku : to let
i a child have its own way.
wakai. Young.
_ wakarerru, v.i. 114, [cogn. w. wake-ru v.t.].
; To become separated ; part with.
tatty wakarete i-ru : to be separated, divided.
Ea alrs ano onna wa teishu to wakareta (B): that
woman was divorced by her husband.
0 wakare ni mairimashita (D): I have come
-to bid farewell.
Comp.: fafu-wakare : divorce.
__-wakaru, [wake-ru to distinguish].
“stand ; know.
Note. Wakaru is not a transitive verb like
the English ‘to understand’: the object
of the English verb becomes the subject
of wakaru and takes the ppn. ga or wa ;
the English subject, when expressed in
_ Japanese, occasionally takes the ppn. ni,
pat te more frequently ni wa or simply wa ; but
i ee even in this latter case it is not the sub-
ject of the Japanese verb. All this will be
better understood when it is remembered
that wakarw is probably a corruption of
wakerareru to be distinguished, be classi-
fied, be understood, pass. of wake ru to
distinguish.
Ei-go ga wakarimasen (C): I (he, she, we,
ete.) don’t understand English.
sonna muzukashii kotoba wa seiyd-jin ni wa
wakarimasen (C) : foreigners don’t under-
To under-
stand such difficult words. :
watashi wa Ei-go ga wakaru (B) :
_stand English. MES
stand.
ano hito wa nani wo iu no da ka wakarima-—
sen (C) : I don’t understand what he says.
mono no wakatta hito: a sensible, level- —
headed man; a man who understands
things.
are wa chitto mo wake ga wakara-nai (B):
he won’t listen to reason.
wakari no ti hito: aman quick to under-
stand. et
wakarino warui hito : a man slow to under-
stand.
wakara-nai yatst : a silly person who can’t
understand.
wakara-nai koto wo iu : to say unreasonable
things. *
Comp.
wakari-ii : easy to understand.
wakari-nikui : difficult to understand.
wakari-kitta :
kiru2 to cut]. :
sore wa wakari-kitta koto da (B): that is
quite obvious.
wakasii, v.t. [cogn. w. waku v.i.]. To boil.
wake, [stem of wake-ru to distinguish].
1) Reason ; cause.
dé iw wake desi ka? (C):
reason ?
ké iu wake dest (C) : this is the reason. —
dé iu wake de ano hito wa ko-nai no desit ?
(C): why doesn’t he come ? ;
80 0 omoi nasaru wake wa arimasen (C):
you have no reason to think so.
sore ni wa fiikai wake ga aru (B) : there is an.
important reason for it.
shitteru wake ga nai (B): there’s no reason
why he should be aware of it.
wake no wakatta koto dest (C): that is rea-
sonable.
wake no wakara-nai yatsti: a silly fellow —
who can’t understand things. “4
what is the
wake no wakara-nai koto wo iu: to say
things that are unreasonable.
chitto mo wake ga wakara-nakatta (B): I
could not understand at al} what it was —
all about.
chanto shita wake ga nakiite : without due — * > ‘ 4
cause,
a, ima wakarimashita (C) : oh, now I under-
well-known ; obvious; [see
P a eee ee
sore wa nani ka wake ga aru ni chigat nai
(B) : there must be some reason for it. —
dd iu wake ka kesa wa shimbun ga osoku =
kimashita (C): for some reason or other — s cia =
the newspaper came late this morning. —_
wake ga atte kyé wa ikare-nai (B): there is a
reason which makes it impossible for me
to go today. 5 :
2) The meaning of wake in wake ja nai is
sometimes very vague. reste cei
—
wake
150
watashi ga shinde mo naku hito hitori aru
wake ja nai (B): even if I die there’s
nobody to cry for me.
3) Wake ni wa ika-nai (or mairimasen) is
used as a kind of neg. potential.
86 hayaku yaru wake ni wa ika-nai (B) : it
cannot be done so quickly.
ima to natte wa yost wake ni wa mairimasen
(D): we cannot exactly stop at this
time.
4) Various.
wake (mo) nai koto : an easy matter.
wake naku dekimast (C): it can easily be
‘done.
toka moo tenki ga tsuzuita no da kara mé
futte mo ii wake dest ne ? (C) : as we have
been having fine weather now for ten days
it is about time it rained, isn’t it ?
sonna wake wa nai (B): what you say ‘s
absurd.
Comp.
di-wake : an excuse, [7ul to say].
méoshi-wake : an excuse, [mdst% to say].
The difference between these two words
seems to be that ii-wake is gen. used of
excuses offered to me, and méshi-wake of
excuses made to the 2nd or 3rd person.
omae wa its demo vi-wake bakkari shite iru
(A): you have always got an excuse to
‘give, (said to one’s servant).
kimi wa zuibun moshi-wake ga timai ne (B):
I say, you are good at inventing excuses,
(said to a fellow-servant).
nante moshi-wake wo suru tsumori dest ?
(C) : what excuse are you going to make ?
go-busata itashimashite méshi-wake ga go-
zaimasen (D): I have been sadly remiss
about calling upon you and (I am afraid)
I have no excuse to offer.
wake'ru, v.t. [cogn. w. wakareru v.i.]. To
separate ; part ; distinguish.
kodomo ni wakete yarimashd (C): let’s
divide it among the children.
kimi ni mo wakete agemashé (C): I'll give
you a share also.
Comp.
kiki-wake'ru : to distinguish by hearing.
' mi-wakeru ; to distinguish by seeing.
waku, v.i. [cogn. w. wakasti v.t.]. To boil ;
gush forth.
0 yu ga waite iru (B): the water is boiling.
koko kara (or ni) kirei na mizu ga wakimasti
(C) : there is a spring of clear water here.
wan. A bay.
Comp.: Tékyé-wan, etc.: Téky6 bay, ete.
wara. Straw.
warau. To laugh.
hito no warau no wo chitto mo ki ni kake-
nakatta (B) : he remained quite indifferent
to the jeers of others.
- 6zei no naka de warawareta (B):
ridiculed before a large company.
he was
Comp.
hara no naka de warau : to eis in one
sleeve. Ae
warai-goto: a laughing matter, [koto ae
thing].
warai-goto ja nai (B) : it is nothing to Tough
about.
niga-warai : a sarcastic laugh ; sneer. °
ware'ru, v.i. 114; [cogn. w. waru v.t.]. To
become cracked, split, divided. %
warete iru : to be cracked, split, divided.
sara wa fitatsi ni wareta (B): the plate is
broken in two. }
wari, [waru to divide].
1) Per ten ; ten per cent ; (see 308).
ni-wari : : twenty per cent, (two per ten).
san-wari go-bu : thirty-five per cent. :
2) Per centage of profit; profit; advan-
tage. :
wari no vi shigoto : lacrative work.
watashi wa ichiban wari ga warui (B) :
in a most disadvantageous position. _
3) Wari ni : relatively ; comparatively.
wari ni yasui : : relatively cheap. se
kono yado-ya wa wari ni ii (B) + this inn is
rather good (considering the size of this —
town).
san to go no wari ni mazete kure (A) > mix
them in the proportion of five to three.
waru, v.t. [cogn. w. ware’ru v.i.J. To break 3
crack ; split ; divide.
sara wo otoshite warimashita (C)<1 rng
the plate and broke it.
Comp.
buchi-waru : to break by a blow ; break’;
[butst% to strike].
wari ; kotowaru ; q.v.
warui.
1) Bad.
shina-mono wa mihon yori warui (B): the —
_goods are inferior to sample.
a, warui koto wo shita (B) : oh, I have made —
a bad mistake.
warui koto deshita ne (C) :
that.
waruku iu : to speak ill of.
Yamada San no koto wo waruku iu: to.
speak ill of Mr Yamada.
wataktishi no iu koto wo waruku totte wa
komarimast (C) :
were to take my words in bad part.
waruku suru : to spoil ; ruin.
waruku naru : to go bad ; become spoilt. —
dan-dan waruku naru : to grow worse began
worse.
2) Sick ; ill. ‘
karada ga warui (B) : I feel ill.
kyo wa nao warui (B) : he is worse today. —
kimochi ga warui : to have a disagreeable
feeling ; to feel ill. , wi
nune ga warui ; to have a sickly fon in
:Tam
I am sorry for
the stomach.
I should be sorry if you
“wl
3) Fault. | ee
watashi ga warui no de wa
is not my fault,
arimasen (C) : it
sore wa anata ga warui no da (B): that is
your fault.
_ 4) Serves to form numerous adjectival
(- -* phrases, as :
_ kuchi no warui : coarse in speech.
un no warui : unlucky.
fn tsug6 no warut : inconvenient.
- ~ wi no warui : bad-tempered.
— waru-kuchi : evil-speaking. t
waru-kuchi wo iu: to speak ill of people ;
call names.
. wasure'ru. To forget.
wasurete wa ikemasen (B): don’t forget it.
_ sukkari wasuremashita (C): I entirely for-
got it.
kisha no naka e wasurete kimashita (C) : I
left it (by mistake) in the train. ‘
shichi-ji ni wasure-nai de okoshite o kure
(A) : don’t forget to call me at seven.
Comp.
mono-wasure : forgetfulness ; the forgetting
: _ of facts.
oe _ wasure-mono : a thing (e.g. umbrella) left
- behind, forgotten.
© -~wasure-mono wa arimasen ka? (C):
you leaving nothing behind ?
oki-wasure'ru : to mislay.
are
_ wasureppoi: forgetful ; absent-minded ;
[see —ppoz].
wata, [compare French ouatte, German
watte]. Cotton-wool ; wadding.
karada ga wata no yé da (B) : I feel as limp
ia OB) & Tag.
_ watakiishi, (often corr. to watashi, and, by
women, even to atashi). I.
wataktshi no dest (C) : it is mine.
watakishi wa Tanabe desi (C): my name
is Tanabe.
watakishi no nai hito : a disinterested man.
watakishi naku shujin no tame ni hata-
raita (B) : he served his master disinterest-
edly.
Comp.
wataktishi-domo : I and others ; we; (not :
you and If).
- watakiishi-tachi : 1 and others ; you.and I ;
wr“
we. .
wataru, v.i. 117, [cogn. w. watast Vb. .rto
; go over ; cross over. :
hashi wo wataru : to cross over a bridge.
watashi. See watakishi.
watasil, v.t. [cogn. w. wataru v.i.). To take
across (a ferry) ; hand over ; deliver.
fume de hito wo watast : to carry a person
across in a boat. ;
kawa ni hashi wo watasti : to make a bridge
across a river. -
~ nimotst wo watast : to hand over a parcel.
waza to. Purposely; deliberately ; kno
ingly; (refers gen. to something bad or _
disagreeable). Spt
waza to Hi-go de itte yatta (B) :
son shouldn’t understand). ate
waza to watashi no hd e tabako no kemuri wo
fuite yokoshita (B): he deliberately blew |
(soastoannoy _
the smoke in my direction,
me).
waza-waza, [f. prec. ]. Purposely ; expressly pei ae
with special intention ; not incidentally ;
(gen. refers to something done with a cer-
tain amount of trouble). nh
waza-waza o tazune kudasaimashite démo ay
arigaté gozaimast (D) : thank you for com.
ing expressly to see me.
waza-waza ika-nakiite mo tsuide no toki ni-
katte kudasai (C): don’t go on purpose, but
the next time you go please buy it for me.
wo, (very often pron. 0), ppn.
1) It is gen. the sign of the accusative or
direct object of a transitive verb. Hon
wo kau: to buy a book. Note the two
meanings of hako wo sagast : (a) to look
for the box ; (b) to look in the box (for it),
i.e. to search the box,
2) Used sometimes in connection with pas-
sive verbs. Ashi wo inu ni kui-tsiikare-
mashita (C) : { have had my leg hitten by
3) Used sometimes with verbs considered
intransitive by the Japanese themselves ;
the complement with wo then means the
place at which or from which the action
takes place. Kisha wo ori‘ru: to get —
down from a train. Note however kuchi —
wo aite goran nasai, open your mouth,
4) Wo after the objective case may often
be used or dropped at will: this’ is especial-
ly common in the case of the verb suru,
158. Baka (wo) iuna (A): don’t talk
nonsense. Benkyéd (wo) suru: to study.
Jama (wo) suru : to be in the way.
5) When the wo before suru has thus been —
dropped, the resulting combination forms —
a verbal unit which is sometimes transi-
tive. Hi-go wo benkyd suru: to study
English.
know-
: L seid it pure Pe
posely in English (so that that other 0% tte
a
4
a dog ; my leg was hitten by a dog, (124). WBS ;
6) It is even possible to have two objects
with wo. O isogashii tokoro wo 0 jama wo
itashimashita (D): excuse my having in-
terrupted you when you were busy ; (lit. I
interrupted your busy time). Hiwo ki wo
tsike nasai (A): take care of the fire
(that it doesn’t set fire to anything, that
it doesn’t go out).
7) When two or more nouns co by
‘and’ form the object, wo is placed only —
after the last one. Kami to, empitst to,
hon wo kaimashita (C): I bought some
paper, @ pencil and a book,
a; hie
oe |
-
ve
#
ae aed
4,4
a ee ae
ay
2a
*
ee a
he
——
rae
Py
r
a:
Pee
f e
patho ay
ene
wo
[a a
8) When mo is repeated after the objects in
_ Japanese wo is not used after the last.
Kami mo hon mo kaimashita (C) : I bought
some paper and also a book.
9) In the case of contrast or emphasis wa
may take the place of wo. Sake wa noma-
nai ga tabako wa nomu (B): I don’t drink
sake but I do smoke.
10) When suru means ‘to be’ or ‘to have’
wo is changed to ga. Nioi ga suru (B):
there is a smell. Zutsi ga suru (B): I
have a headache.
11) For mono wo, see mono 10); no wo, see
no 20).
1, (used only in comp.). The original
meaning is ‘a house’, ‘a shop’ ; it after
came to mean also the person who: keeps
the shop or trades in an article ; sometimes
only the meaning of person remains. The
foll. are only a few examples.
1) House.
aki-ya : an unoccupied house.
uri-ya : a house for sale.
kashi-ya : a house to let.
nikai-ya : a two-storied house.
cha-ya : a tea-house ; house for light re-
freshment.
ya-chin : the house-rent, [chin hire].
2) Shop or tradesman.
kiisuri-ya : chemist (shop or person).
hon-ya : bookseller (shop or person).
sentaku-ya : laundry ; washerman.
Note. This class of comp. is extremely
numerous. If we wish to show clearly
that we are speaking of the person and
not of the shop, we add san ; thus sentaku-
ya-san the washerman.
3) Person.
kuruma-ya : a rikisha-man.
yubin-ya: a postman.
yakamashi-ya : a fault-finding person.
wakara-zu-ya : @ man who won’t listen to
reason.
dya : the landlord, [6—- big; the landlord
was supposed to be a more important per-
_ son than the tenant].
ya2, ppn.
1) A conjunction used in enumerations
(especially when the list is not given as
complete) : it is used after each member
except the last.
tonari no uchi de wa, inu ya neko ga siki to
- miemast (C): they seem to be very fond
of dogs and cats (and such like animals)
in the house next door.
Ya is repeated after the last member in the
phrases :
nani ya ka ya ; sore ya kore ya: one thing
and another; this, that and the other;
all sorts of things.
_ 2) Exclamation.
Haru ya! (A): I say, Haru!
:
3) Sometimes a corr. of wa, (49). Lt 3
tki ya shi-nai (B): I certainly wilt ‘not go. ee
4) Inthe written language ya often @Xpresses _
doubt ; in the spoken language it hardly __
has this meaning except in moshi ya=
. moshi ka : supposing, as
ya-, [yatst%il eight]. Eight; abb. 2nd ‘set of ar
num. (276, 4). ay
ya, [yatsul parte
(271; 275).
yabukerru, v.i. [cogn. w. yabuku v.t. to which e
it serves as potential]. To get torn; be |
able to tear.
yabukete v'ru : to be torn.
kimono ga yabukemashita (C) : I’ve torn my
dress.
‘Comp.: yabuke-yasui : easily torn.
yabuku, v. t. [f. yaburu : cogn. w. yabuke- ru
v.i. which also serves as potential]. To
tear.
-kimono wo yabukimashita (C) : I’ve torn my
dress.
mecha-mecha ni yabuku :
pieces.
yaburu. To tear ; rend.
yakuisoku wo yaburu : to break a promise.
Eight; 3rd set of num.
to tear into small |
ya-chin, [yal house ; chin hire]. The house-
rent.
yado. Home; temporary residence; my
husband.
Comp.: yado-ya : an inn. :
yahari. Original but less common Sting of
yappari, q.v.
yakamashii. Noisy ; fault-finding.
a, yakamashii (B) : what a noise !
yakamashiku iu : to find fault ; make a fuss.
yakamashii hito : a fault-finding person.
yakeru, v.i. [cogn. w. yakul v.t.].
1) To become destroyed by fire, burnt.
yube no kaji de go-jik-ken 776 yaketa 86 dest
(C): in last night’s fire they say that more
than fifty houses were burnt down.
2) To get baked, toasted.
sakana ga yakete imast (C):
roasted. ie
hinata wo aruku to hi ni yakeru (B) : if you —
walk in the sun you will get sunburnt. .
3) Various.
sewa no yakeru kodomo : a child who gives
a lot of trouble, or requires a great deal of
attention.
oku-san wa sore wo mitara hidoku yaheniiee
shita (C): when his wife saw that she be-
came very jealous. es
Comp.: yake-yasui : said of a colour. that —
oasily fades or is spoilt by the sun.
yakimochi, [yakul to burn]. Jealousy.
yakimochi wo yaku : to be jealous, ee.
yakul, v.t. [cogn. w. yake-ru v.i.]. aN
1) To burn. eek
te wo yaku : to burn one’s fingers. \ Fae
sumi wo yaku : to make charcoal, —
nes
the fish is
hs = _
Rs 45 i
toa
f : ty yaku
2) To bake ; toast ; roast.
mo chitto yoku yaite o kure (A) :-roast ita
little more.
_setomono wo yaku : to bake porcelain.
3) Various.
sewa wo yaku : to be officious ; trouble one-
self about another.
inu wo moratte mo sewa wo yaku hito ga nai
(B) : even if I got a dog there would be no
one to look after it.
oku-sama wa sore wo mitara yaleimashita
(C): when his wife saw that, she became
very jealous.
Comp.
yaki-mono : earthenware.
yaki-zakana : roast fish.
yaku2. Translation.
ano hito wa yaku ga timai (B): he translates
very well.
kore wo Ei-go ni yaku shite kudasai (C):
please translate this into English.
Comp.: yakusu(ru) : to translate, (160).
yaku3. Service. ;
yaku ni tatsii : to be serviceable ; be of use.
yakisoku. A promise ; agreement.
yakisoku (wo) suru : to promise.
yakisoku wo yaburu : to break a promise.
yaktsoku wo mamoru : to keep a promise ;
fulfil an engagement.
yaktisoku wa dekimasen (C): I can’t prom-
ise.
go-yen no yaktisoku dest (C): we have
agreed on five yen.
Comp.: yaktisoku-déri : according to prom-
ise, [tdri way].
yama. Mountain; heap; the wild part of
the country.
yama ni noboru : to climb a mountain.
yama no y6 ni : in great quantity.
hito ga yama no y6 ni atsumatte imashita
(C) : people gathered in a large crowd.
Note. Used after the abb. 2nd set of num.
(276, 4), yama means a heap or pile.
Comp.: yama-zakura : a wild cherry-tree.
yame'ru, v.t. [cogn. w. yamu v.i.J. To stop ;
cease ; leave off ; give up. :
tabako wo yame'ru : to leave off smoking.
iku no wo yamemashita (C): I gave up the
idea of going.
yamesase'ru : to dismiss (as a servant).
yamu, v.i.[cogn. w. yameru v.t.]. To stop;
cease. -
ame ga yanda (B) : the rain has stopped.
yane, [yal house ; no we above]. Roof.
_yao-ya, (ya! house, person]. Greengrocer,
(shop or é
yappari, (corr. of yahari].
1) Also ; too; not—either.
ashita mo yappari ame daré ka? (B) : I won-
der whether it will rain again tomorrow ?
anata mo yappari 86 datta no desti ka ? (C):
was that the ease also with you ?
"anna hito de mo yappari kane ga hoshii to
“mieru (B): even: such a man appears to eee
want money all the same.
yappari omae mo ikare-nai (B): you can’t — ke Aes
go either.
2) After all is said and done ; still.
yappari sen-yen gurai wa kakaru dard (B):
still it will probably cost a thousand yen
or so.
yappari yame-nai de yaru ga ii (B): still iss
you had better stick to it.
yaru.
1) To give (to an inferior). esc yeas
takiisan yatta, m6 yara-nai (A): I have
given you plenty, I'll give you no more.
2) After a gerund it means that the action —
is performed on or in favour of another
person, (this person is an inferior). Fre-
quently, however, it adds almost nothing
to the meaning of the first verb.
uwa-gaki wo kaite yarimashé ka ? (B) : shall” an aa
I write the address for you ? at
dézo kono ko wo anata no jochii ni shite yatte
kudasai (C): please do this child the favour
of taking her as a servant.
butte yaru : to give a beating; beat.
shikatte yaru : to give a scolding ; seold.
itte yaru : to give orders ; send word.
3) To send.
tegami wo yaru : to send a letter.
tstikai wo yatte kudasai (C): please send
messenger.
dare ka Tokyé e tsitkai ni yaritai (B) : I wish
to send somebody on an errand to Téky0. ~
o isha wo yobi ni yatte kudasai (C): please
send for the doctor. “
dare ka tori ni yarimashd (C): 1 will send
somebody for it.
naoshi ni yaru : to send to be mended.
motasete yaru : to send by @ person. ©
4) To do.
m6 yatte mo yo gozaimast ka ? (D): may I
do it now ?
ano hito wa ima nani wo yatte iru ka ? (B) =.
what is he doing now ?
hon-ya wo yatte imast (C): he has a book-
shop.
Ei-go wo o yari dest ka ? (C): are you = me
studying English ?
yahart yame-nati de yaru ga ii (B) : still you tt Phy
had better stick to it.
sei wo dashite yaru : to try hard.
yatte mivru : to try to do ; have en
0 hima no toki ni yatte goran nasat (
to do it when you have time. feral
mia, yatte mimashé (C) : well, Ihave atry.
yatte kita (B): he is here; he has turned
u > * . s’9
Conp.: yari-tOei: to put through ; carry out.
yasai(—mono). Vegetables. i
yasashii. Easy ; aimiable.
yase'ru. To get thin.
jee
_ yase*ru
154
amari shimpai suru to yaseru (B) :
anxiety makes one thin.
Der.: yaseta, adj.: thin ; lean.
_yashinau. To nourish ; support.
yoppodo karada no yashinai ni naru (B) : it
is extremely nutritive.
yasui.
1) Cheap.
yasui kara yoku uremast (C) : as it is cheap
it sells well.
hoka de wa motto yasui (B):
cheaper somewhere else.
yasukaré warukaré : cheap but of bad qual-
ity.
2) Easy.
0 yasui go yo : no trouble-at all.
Comp.
yasu-mono : a cheap article (depreciatory).
yasuppoi : cheap (depreciatory), [see —ppoi|.
yomi-yasui : easy to read,
yabuke-yasui : easily torn.’
- yasumi, [stem of foll.]. Rest; holiday.
kyo wa ginké wa yasumi dest (C) : the bank
is closed today.
ashita wa yasumi desi ka ? (C):is tomorrow
a holiday ?
yasumu, [yaswi easy]. To rest; cease from
work ; go to bed ; lie down.
ano ki no shita de yasumimashé (C) :
rest under that tree.
budki de nagaku gakké wo yasunde imasi
(C): I have been absent from school a
long time through illness.
watashi wa taitei 7i-ji ni yasumimas% (C) :
I generally go to bed at ten.
.o yasumi nasai (C) : good night.
stikoshi o yasumi nasai (C) : you had better
rest a moment.
Der.: yasumi, q.v.
yatara (na). Careless ; reckless.
yatara ni butareta (B): 1 was knocked about
(as in a scuffle).
yatou. To hire ; engage ; employ.
jochii wo yatou : to engage a servant.
Comp.: yatoi-nin : a servant ; employee.
yatsitl, (gen. pron. yatisi). Eight.
Mite. In comp. yatst% is abb. to ya- ;
276, 4.
over-
I can get it
let us
see
yatsi2. Fellow ; thing.
shitstirei na yatst da (A): you are a rude
fellow.
yatto. Practically equal to ydyd, q.v
Yawa, [yatetl eight]. Eiglit, (in the 3rd set
of num. 271 ; 275).
- yawarakai : yawaraka (na) (223). Soft;
tender ; gentle.
ye. See el.
yen, (gen. pron. en, 8). The Japanese dollar.
Note : 4 yo-yen is always used instead of shi-
yen ; 7 nana-yen often heard instead of
shichi-yen ; 9 kyi-yen sometimes instead
of ku-yen,
yor. The world.
things of this world are gradually SHORES
ing.
kono yo wa kurushimi no yo no naka da (B):
this world is a world of suffering.
yo ga yo nara ibatte irareru no da (B):
times had not changed, he would be holds
ing up his head.
yo2, Night.
yo no ake-nai uchi ni:
Comp.
yo-ake ; dawn.
yo-ban : night-watchman, [banl a guard}.
yo-it% : all night long.
yo-naka : midnight.
yorul q.v.
yo3. An interj. placed at the end of a sen-
tence for emphasis. Sometimes the ger-
und foll. by yo takes the place of the
indicative. Yo is always familiar and
before dawn.
used mostly by women ; the construction —
with the gerund, only by women.
tku no yo / (B): I am off.
abunai yo / (B) : look out!
o tabe yo ! (A): eat some.
atashi mo itte yo (B) : I am going (went) too.
yo / a childish way of insisting or repeating
a request : please do,
yo-, [yotsz four]. Four, (in the abb. 2nd set
of num. 276, 4; also used sometimes
instead of shi, 2725 218).
y6l, [yots% four]. Four, (in the 3rd set of
num. 271 ; 275).
yo2.
to ; use.
: astiko ni yo ga aru (B): I have business
there; I have something to attend to
there.
yo no naka wa dan-dan kawatte iku ie ie i
Business ; ; something to be attended —
y6 gatakisan arimast (C): I am very busy. —
anata ni y6 ga arimast (C) : I want you for
something.
nan no go yo dest ka ? (C) : on what business
have you come ? what can I do for you ?
nani yo ga dekita ? (A): what is it now ?
what do you want now ?
yo ga dekita (B) : something has occurred ;
that engages my attention.
y6 ga katazuita (B): I have finished the
business.
yo ni tate'ru : to utilize. =
y6 wo vi-tsike ru :to order to do something.
yd wo suru : to do work.
Comp.
y6-ji : business ; (meaning and uses prac:
tically identical to y62) ; [ji4 affair]. ;
iri-y6, q.Vv. .
_ y63.
1) Y6 na: like.
ax
Yamada San no y6 na ii hito wa naka
mezurashii (B): men as good as Mr od
mada are very rare.
155,
nani ka kowareta y6 na oto ga shimashita
“(C) : I heard a noise as if something had
been broken.
_ kono yo na ; ké iu yo na: like this.
sono yO na ; 86 iu yo na ; ano y6 na ; a iu yd
na : like that.
_kono y6 na kire ga arimast ka ? (C): have
you any cloth like this? °*
Yamada San-no inu no y6 na oki na inu wa
mita koto ga arimasen (C): I have never
seen a dog as big as Mr Yamada’s.
moshi toka ni korare-nai y6 nara denwa de
86 itte kudasai (C): if you shouldn’t be
able to come on the 10th, let me know by
telephone.
ké iu hon ga yome-nai yo de wa Aoyama |
gakké e haire-nai (B) : if your education
is not sufficient to enable you to read
books like this, you cannot enter Aoyama
College. (Remember that a noun foll. by
_ deis equivalent toa gerund ; a gerund foll.
by wa has the force of a conditional.)
bimbé no yé ja nai (B) : he doesn’t look poor.
sore wo kiite taihen ni odoroita y6 na fi wo
shimashita (C): when he heard that he
pretended to be greatly surprised.
2) Y6 ni: a) as; like.
kono y6 ni koshiraete moraitai (B): I want
it made like this.
anata no ii yoni nasai (B) : do as you please.
moto no y6 ni naoshite kudasai (C): please
mend it as it was before.
omou yo ni ikimasen mono dest (C) : things
don’t always go as one thinks they
will.
ima made no yo ni yoku nemuru koto ga
dan-dan siikunaku natta (B): hé was no
longer able to enjoy the good, long sleep
he was accustomed to.
mai-ban no yo ni : almost every night.
3) Y6 ni : b) in order to ; so as to; so that.
ashita kuru y6 ni itte kure (A): tell him to
- eome tomorrow.
okure-nai yd ni isoide o-ide nasai (B): go
quickly so as not to be late.
shokuji wo dastt yo ni Yostike ni itte o kure
(A) : tell Yosuke to serve dinner.
kodomo ni kaze wo hikase-nai yd ni ki wo
tstike nasai (A): be careful and keep the
children from taking cold.
4) Y6 ni suru.
hi ga, kie-nai yo ni shi
the fire go out. :
kore wo same-nai y6 ni shite oki nasat (A):
don’t let this get cold.
okure-nai yo ni shitat mono desi (C): I
should like to arrange things so as not to
be late. : ‘
ku o naori nasaru yd ni shitai mono
desi (C): 1 hope you will soon recover.
5) Y6 ni naru.
Nagasaki ni mo densha
nasai {A): don’t let
ga dekiru yo ni nari-
yobu.
mast (C) : Nagasaki also is to have tram- z (ee
ears i eee J ‘
kono-goro wa yibin ga osoku kuru yd ni natta
rol recently the post has been arriving Be WG
Brown San wa kuni e kaeru yo ni natta (B) :
Mr Brown finds that he is obliged to
return to his native land.
akambé ga tateru y6 ni narimashita (C) : the
baby is now able to stand.
Nihon no hito mo dan-dan ydfiku wo kiru
y6 ni narimashita (C): little by littlethe =
Japanese are beginning to wear foreign — ;
clothes.
6) Y6 da after verbs, adj., q-adj.innaor no, See.
and other nouns foll. by no means: it
seems ; looks as if.
ame ga furu yd desi (C) : it looks like rain.
kono tatami wa kitanai yé da (B): these
mats seem to be dirty.
ano uchi wa kirei na yé de gozaimast (D)=
that seems to be a pretty house.
are wa dorobé no yé da (B) : he looks like a
thief.
ano hito wa Ei-go ga o deki no yo de gozai-
mast (D) : it seems as if that man could
speak English. (A verbal] stem is equi-
valent to a noun.) :
komatte o-ide no yd desii (C) : he seems to be
in great trouble. (Remember o-ide is
equivalent to a verbal stem.)
7) Kind ; form.
ichi-y6 : of the same kind.
Comp. Yé6 may be added to the stem of a
great many verbs ; if means way of doing.
sono koshirae-ys wo oshiete kudasai (C):
please tell me how to make it.
dé shite mo wa to ga no tstikai-yo ga wakara-
nai (B): I never know how to use wa
and ga correctly.
kesa wa kutsu no migaki-yd ga tari-nakatia
(A): you didn’t polish my boots enough
this morning.
sono shi-yd wa shirimasen (C) :
how to do it.
See also shiyd. ”
I don't know
To call. :
kodomo wo yobu : to call a child.
o yobi nasaimashita ka? (D):did you call me?
isha wo yobi ni itta ga ruau datta
went for the doctor but he was out.
‘Bri. foe
i is
yobu a Bea te ; 156
Kin wo yobi ni yarimashé ka ? (C): shall I
send somebody to call Kin ? shall I send
Kin to call him (e.g. the doctor) ?
Comp.
yobi-age'ru : to call out,
yobi-kaest : to call back.
yobi-rin ? a smal! bell! (as for calling @ ser-
vant).
yofitku, [f#kul clothes]. Foreign clothes,
(especially the outer garments).
yofiku wo kivru : to put on foreign clothes.
yogore'ru, v.i. 114, [cogn. w. yogosit v.t.].
To get soiled, dirty.
yogorete iru : to be soiled, dirty.
kimono ga yogoreta (B) : my dress is dirty.
yogosii, v.t. [cogn. w. yogoreru v.i.]. To
soil; make dirty ; stain.
koronde kimono wo yogoshita.(B) : I fell and
_ soiled my clothes.
- kao wo yogost: to bring disgrace upon
somebody.
yohodo. Original but less common form of
yoppodo, q.v.
yoi, (yooh the literary form of yoi]. Good ;
(yoi is gen. corr. to i; the other inflex-
ions such as 46, yoku, yokatta, etc. suffer
no alteration).
1
} ko ni o nari nasai (B) : be a good child.
ii o tenki : fine weather.
‘sore wa yokatia (B): that was very fortunate.
taihen yoku narimashita (C): it has greatly
improved ; he is much better now.
vi ja arimasen ka ? (C) : well, that’s all right,
isn’t it ?
sore de vi (B): that will do ; enough of that.
kore wa anata ni ii deshé (C) : I think it will
do you good.
kore wa doko ga ii no dest ? (C): what is the
good of this ?
anata no ii yo ni nasai (B) : do as you please.
uchi ni iru no ga ichiban ij (B) : I like stay-
ing at home best.
ii to omou dake haratte kudasai (C): just
_pay what you think right.
ii hana wa vi mi wo meta-nai ; it’s not the
prettiest flowers that result in the finest
fruit.
ame dake nara ii ga kaze ga tsuyot (B): if
it were only the rain it wouldn’t matter
so much, but the wind is so strong.
ii ka ?(A) : after a proposition may mean :
do you agree ? have you anything to say
against it 7
yo gozaimast (D) : very well ; all right.
2) De mo ii means qualified satisfaction, a
makeshift.
empitst de mo ii (B): a pencil will do
(though I’d prefer a pen).
kaette kara de mo wu (B): it will be time
_enough when you come back.
nan de mo ii (B) : anything will do,
itst de mo ii (B): any bids will ‘de mae
3) Ji after a gerund means meals a
has, sometimes, a mild imperative’ foxes, S
tabete ii (A) : eat it. aR
inaka wa atarashii yasai ga taberarete 4 ai (B): Py ae.
I like the country because you get freah ian
vegetables to eat.
4) A gerund foll. by mo ii means permission, in aes
liberty. ie
itte mo ti (A): you may go. as
matte i-nakiute mo vi (A) : you need not wait.
naktte mo ii (B): I ean do without it. sith
ky6 uchi e itte (mo) y6 gozaimasi ka? {D): -
would you allow me to go home today, _
please ? (Notice that the presence or —
absence of mo sometimes makes very little -
difference.)
5) A cond. (or construction equivalent to a
cond.) foll. by yoi, serves to give or to
ask for advice. ; Q ’
kasa wo motte ikeba ii (B): you had better
take an umbrella. : ee
dono michi wo ittara yokaré ? (B): which
road shall I take ?
6) The present or past of a verb foll. by (hd) pee
ga 7 is a curt way of expressing one’s
opinion amounting almost to a com-
mand; by using the future of yot, the
sentence becomes more polite.
kasa wo motte iku (hé) ga ti (B): you had
better take an umbrella. =
kasa wo motte iku (hé) ga vi deshé (C): per-_
haps it would be better to take an um-
brella.
7) The gerund foll. by the past of yout serves
to express approval of past line of con-~ —
duct. Waves !
kasa wo motte itte yokatta (B) : it was a good Cay
thing you took an umbrella pie
8) Disapproval of past line of conduct may
be expressed by any of the foll. combina- ae
tions :
infinitive, hd ga yokatta (no ni). | res :
present condi and ( yokatta dard (ni).
infinitive, to ii no ni.
kasa wo motte iku hé ga yokatta (no ni) (B): —
you ought to have taken an umbrella.
m6 stikoshi ki wo tstikereba ii no ni (A): you
ought to have been more careful. et
motto hayaku ikeba yokatta (B): I wish I’d
gone earlier. ae.
9) Desire coupled with doubt, fear or regret :
is translated by the present conditional
foll. by ii, or the present foll. by to $86
Doubt is emphasized by adding ga or
keredomo ; regret, by adding no mi. ES
ano hito ga kyé kuru to ii ga... (B) : I wish ie
he would come today but... (I am hajge
he will not be able to}. a
ame ga fura-nakereba ii no ni (B): I wish
vee *t raining.
- yoi
eld &
anata wa jibun no koto dake shite ireba ii (B):
I wish you would mind your own business.
10) The adverb yoku refers sometimes
vaguely to the perfection of the act,
sometimes to the frequency of the act,
_ sometimes to the difliculty surmounted.
yoku shirimasen(C) : I don’t exactly know.
yoku nite imast (C) : itis very much like it.
yoku kimasti {C):he often comes. ~
yoku bydki ni naru (B) : he is often ill.
yoku anata wa Nihon-go wo wasuremasen ne
(C): it is remarkable that you don’t for-
get your Japanese.
yoku nasaimashita (D): I am surprised to
see you have been able to do it.
-yoku koware-nai mono da (B) : it is wonder-
fully strong.
yoku irasshaimashita (D): I am glad you
11) Yot serves to form numerous adjectival
phrases, as :
un no ii : lucky.
“naka no ii : intimate.
tsug6 no ii : convenient.
- aji no ii : good-tempered.
genki no ii : lively.
Comp. -
yosa-s0 : apparently good, [see —sd}.
Often added to the stem of a verb.
sumi-ii : good to live in.
wakari-ii : easy to understand.
i-ti : easy to read.
- y0-ji, [yo2 business ; j4 affair]. Meaning and
uses practically the same as y02 q.v.
yoka, [yatsil eight ;-ka q.v.]. Eight days ;
the eighth day of the month.
yokei (na).
1) Excessive ; superfluous.
' kore wa yokei na mono da (B): this is su-
perfluous.
kore de wa yokei de gozaimasit (D): this is
a little too much.
yokei ni wa moraimasen (C): I won't take
more than necessary.
yokei na kane wo tstikatte wa tke-nai (A):
don’t buy unnecessary things.
yokei na koto wo iu: to say unnecessary
things ; speak of things that don’t con-
cern the matter in hand. j
yokei na kuchi wo dashite wa tke-nai (Aj:
don’t speak when you are not wanted.
‘yokei na o sewa da (A): don’t interfere ;
mind your own business.
yokei na koto wo shi-nai de o kure (A):
don’t interfere.
2) More ; most.
‘dochira no hako ga yokei hairu daré ? (B):
- which box (of two) holds the more ?
_ik-kin yori yokei de wa nai (B): it is not
more than one pound.
-yoke'ru. To turn aside ; avoid. :
ame wo yokeru : to shelter from the rain.
basha wo yoke'ru : to get out of the way of — %
& carriage.
michi wo yokeru : to get out of the way. .
yokka, [yotsi four ; -ka q.v.].
the fourth day of the month.
yoko. Side.
yoko ni shite oite kudasai (C): please lay it —
on its side.
Ei-go wa yoko ni kaku (B) : English is writ-
ten sideways, (not up and down like
Japanese).
yoko ni naru : to lie down. rae
yoko no mono wo tate ni mo shi-nai(B):he
is an idle, good-for-nothing fellow.
yoko kara kuchi wo dasi : to interfere in
other people’s conversation. .
yokosii.. To send (towards the speaker) ;
hand over (to the speaker).
jocha wo kochira ni yokoshite kudasai (C):
please send the maid here.
om wo, yokoshita (B) : I have received a
etter.
—to itte yokoshita (B): he wrote to say— ; is
he sent a message to say—.
yokubaru. To be avaricious, covetous. -
Der.
yokubari : avarice ; greed.
yokubari na : avaricious.
yome, [yobu to call; me female]. Daughter-
in-law ; a bride; wife of the son of the
house, who has become a member of her
husband's family and taken his name ;
compare muko.
yome ni yaru : to give (a girl) in marriage.
yome wo toru (or morau) : to take a wife.
yome ni iku: to get married (said of the
girl who goes to the husband’s house).
yome'ru, v.i. [cogn. w. yomu v.t. to which it
serves as potential]. To be able to read.
komakaktite yome-nai (B): it (the printing)
is so small I cannot read it.
ano hito no kokoro wa sukkari yomemashita
(C) : I ean read that man’s heart through
and through.
yomu, v.t. [cogn. w. yomeru V.i. which serves
as potential]. To read. ;
kore wo yonde kudasai (C) : please read this.
kore wo yonde kikashite kudasai (C): please es
Four days! —
5
3
a
ya
+
mes Pee
-
Ay
ye
S i .: ’
mT Ge ty a ‘th
aS +. oe , oe eat
Fe eee ee eee
oe
read this to me. e
Rongo yomi no Rongo shira-zu : to learn the. %
precepts of the wise, but not to practise s ‘7
them. ({Rongo is the title of one of Con-— de
fucius’s books.) ieee + it
Comp. x oh pee
yomi-ii ; yomi-yasui : easy to read, [yot;
yasui easy |. ' oh
yomi-nikui : difficult to read. a
yomi-kakeru: to begin to read, [see — be
kakeru'}. ey os : -
omi-otost : to omit in reading. ae ae
ak [yotst four}. Four; used occasionally oa .
instead of shi3 ; see 272; 273. ‘; ts -
im
aig
, yopparau ately CPt
yopparau. To get drunk.
52 paratte i*ru : to be drunk,
Den. yopparai : a drunkard.
-yoppodo, fcorr. of yohodo].
much y very.” +
watashi yori yoppodo jézu da (B):
much better at it than I.
_ yoppodo hayaku dekita (B):
Be quickly done,
mnt ; yoppodo dekimashita (C) :
~ is done.
ja-ji wo yoppodo sugimashita (C) :
- past ten o'clock.
ano toki wa yoppodo hito ga shinda (B): a
__ great many people perished then.
yoppodo na wake : a very serious reason.
ori.
y) In comparisons—than.
A good deal ;
he is
it was very
the greater part
it is long
Asama yori Fuji ga takai (B): Fuji is
higher than Asama.
ik-kin yori yokei de wa nai (B): it is not
more than one pound.
kore wa are yori vi (B): this is better than
that.
noru yori aruku hé ga vi (B): 1 would rather
walk than ride.
nani yori kekké na o shina wo arigaté gozai-
mast (D): thanks for your splendid pres-
ent (more-splendid-than-anything pres-
* ent).
kore wa kore wa nani yori (B):
your splendid present.
matsi yori iku hé ga ii (B): it is better to go
than to wait.
Nikké yori toi tokoro e wa ika-nai hé ga ii
(B): you had better not go anywhere
farther than Nikko.
2) If both the things compared have the
'. quality, but one has it in a higher degree
than the other, mo may be put after yor?.
_ niku yori mo sakana ga stiki (B) : 1 like fish
better than meat, (though I also like
meat).
omotta yori mo hayakatia (B) : it was earlier
: than I expected (though I knew it would
be early).
\ 3) Except.
—- watakishi yori hoka ni wa dare mo shirima-
sen (C) : nobody knows except myself.
kono shodbai wo yameru ka, yoso e hikkost ka,
dotchi ka suru yori shikata ga nai (B): I
must either give up this trade or move
somewhere else, no other course of action
is possible.
4) From; used in this sense in formal
oa speeches but not in ordinary colloquial.
—--yorokobu. To rejoice.
-——sdyorokonde iru : to be happy, pleased.
‘ Der. s
it; yorokobi-: pleasure ; happiness.
‘ chichi no yorokobi wa donna deshé (C) : how
pleased my father will be.
thanks for
Sen fe w. ee a pale ese
urope.
ever used attributively ; 3 predicatively
very similar to yot, ii; the adverbial
inflexion yoroshiku has mpocral uses.
1) Good ; right. '
kactte mo yoroshii (A) : you may reduc Be
mo yoroshii (A): I want no more ; that is es
enough. ara a
yoroshu : very well ; all right.. POS eae ge
byoki mo dan-dan yoroshii (B) : he is recov+
ering little by little from his illness.
rusu-chi wa yoroshtku tanomimasi © ie
please look after things for me whileI’m =
away. ees date,
dézo yoroshiku o negai méshimast (D):
please grant me the favour of your friend-
ship, (said on being introduced to some- ee
body). ray
2) Yoroshiku is very frequently used for Hee
sending or giving greetings. ¢
dézo, Saté San ni yoroshiku itte inidudé (C): oy,
please remember me -kindly to Mr Sat6.
mina-san ni yoroshtku (C): remember me —
to everybody (at home). aan
Yamada San ga yoroshiku to osshaimashita bs,
(D) : Mr Yamada wished to be remember- a
ed to you.
yorul, [yo2 night ; aru to be]. Night.
yoru2, v.i. [cogn. w. yose'ru v.t.]. : its
1) To collect ; assemble ; fic ce - draw f
near.
hito-tokoro ni yoru : to collect in one lads a,
sat6 wo oku to hai ga yoru: if you leave —
sugar about, flies will collect. a
yoru to sawaru to sono hanashi desi (C):
they talk of it whenever they meet. :
2) To call in when passing. ;
michi de Nakamura San no uchi e pore f
(C) : I shall call at Mr Nakamura’s on WY 21545
way. a ° eae
fune wa Moji.e yorimasi ka ? (C) : dogs thes. Area
steamer call at Moji ? “A
soba e yotte yoku goran nasai (C) : come near 4
and have a good look. a 8
yoru3. To rely ; depend uptes be according ’
to. Ae.
sore wao tenki ni yoru (B) : that depends on Bes
the weather. Bes
nimotsi no taka ni yorimastt (C) : it depends rr
on the amount of luggage. tet
ni yotte ; ni yoru to ; ni yoreba : according to. $
toki ni yotte ; baai ni yotte : according to cir- Rar:
cumstances. og
hana ni yotte nior ga nai (B) : some flowers _
have no smell. inde
nimotst no mekata ni yotte unchin ga chigat.
mast (C) : the charge varies according’ t ‘ts
the weight of the case. ght oy
o tegami ni yoru to : according to your
Asahi Shimbun ni yoreba Amerika
ay i
i Sh bun there has heen a great
thquake in ‘America. —
3 ~86. q.v.].
yose'ru, v.t. Teogn. w. are v.i.]. To col-
; add up; let call or stop in passing.
ete kudasai (C) : please add it up.
hi e yose-nai: to forbid a person the
+ ouse.
ee p.: tori-yose'ru : to get ; procure.
te yoshi. Bend. right ; (yoshi is a literary form
a used sometimes in colloquial).
x ‘ yoshi, yoshi : all right.
ig and com
s yoroshii ; o-hito-yoshi ; q.v.
yoo. ‘Another, a different place.
yoso no kuni : a foreign country.
yoso no kodomo: somebody else’s child,
not. belonging to this house, not mine.
oo wa chotto yoso ¢ ikimashita (C) : he has
natst doko ka yoso e tkimast ka ? (C) :
© you going anywhere this summer ?
yoso yori wa yastiku urimasi (C): I sell
‘cheaper than elsewhere.
»womiru : to look away.
yosii. To stop ; cease ; leave off ; give up.
0 Hh oceie nasai (B): leave off; don’t do
“sono Dien: mizuwonomu no wa o yoshi
_nasai (C) : don’t drink that dirty water.
iku no wo yoshimashé (C): I'll give up the
C sidition : state.
: no yost : the present state of affairs.
: ano hito no yési : that man’s condition of
health, financial, etc.).
_ hitotst yostt wo mite kimashé (C) : 1 will just
go and see how things are getting on.
~ tonari ‘no heya de yost wo kitte ita (B) :
was listening in the next room to sas
_ was happening.
2) Carriage ; manners ; deportment.
es no ti hito: a person with a handsome
_ appearance.
yotsit, [gen. pron. yottsi}. Four.
Me 4. in comp. yotst is abb. to yo- ; see
2
hen _yottat [yotet four ; orul to be : compare fils
tari]. . Four persons.
See yotst.
Weak ; infirm.
hi wa sake ni yowai (B): I have a
weak head for spirits.
7 ee yea hito : a timid man.
be i, q.v.: to become weak.
» [yowat emt To become weak,
ne A
yowat ‘oto mi naita (B): it has become a
Bathe Onna ta ae bed
Appar-
sae (B): ee anne to the
| yiibe.
yubi, (often pron. abi).
nani wo sonna ni yowatte iru ? (B):
are you so downcast about? __
yOyd. At length; at last; scarcely. Yoyo
refers to something the accomplishment f
which was wished for : compare toté.
shokuji ga yoyo dekimashita (C) : dinner is’
ready at last.
kono-goro yoy6 hanashi ga dekiru yo ni nari-
mashita (C) : I am able at last to qonyerse
@ little.
ano hito wa yéy6 san-ja gurai da (B): he is
hardly thirty years old.
yoyo kisha ni ma ni aimashita (C) :
just able to catch the train.
yoy koko made nigete kita (B) : I have just
managed to escape here.
kin6 yoy6 o tegami ga todokimashita (C) :
your letter only reached me yesterday.
2 wae
yu.
o yu ni hairu : to take a hot bath.
o yu ga wakimashita ka ? (C): is the water
boiling ? is the bath ready ?
nurui yu : tepid water.
Comp.: nie-yu : boiling water.
yiil. See iul to say, and iu2 to do up the
hair.
yii2, Evening.
Comp.
yti-han ; yii-meshi: evening meal, [han3,
meshi meal]. e
asa-yi : morning and evening.
ytbe : last night.
yugata ; yikata : towards evening ; tw. light.
Last night.
Finger.
yubi (wo) sast ; to point out with the wean
yubi wo otte kazoeru :
fingers. See
ashi no yubi : toe. ih ai
Comp.
yubi-sast : to point out (with the finger).
yubi-wa : ring (ornament for the finger).
The fingers are called :
oya-yubi : thumb, [oya parent].
hito-sashi-yubi :
point out].
naka-yubi :
kisuri-yubi :
second finger, [naka middlej. °
third finger, [kisuri etic
ge +.
Hot water ; a hot bath ; (the honorifieo a
is gen. prefixed). an
ye
to count on th ys
index, [hito man, sas to B e
é
2
-
cine ; this finger is often used for applying — ar ae
ointments].
ko-yubi : ‘1
iibin. The post ; mai
f yabin wa mada kimasen (C): the mail has
not come yet.
in wo dasit : to post (whatever there is”
little finger, {kot small]. — i te ‘7 aga
for the post). ae a
Comp. Rey,
yubin-ya : postman ae:
ytbin-bako : post- -box ; pillar-box. = ©
yubin-kitte : postage stamp. eG
aba: -kyoku : post office.
o%
160
yugata .
yiigata ; yukata. Towards evening ; sunset ;
twilight.
_ yuka. Floor.
yuki. Snow.
yuki ga furu : to snow.
yukkuri. Leisurely ; not in a hurry ;
(gen. in a good sense).
dézo yukkuri hanashite kudasai (C):
speak slowly.
kono isogashii no ni yukkuri shite ite wa ike-
nai (A): when we are so busy you must
not take it easy like that.
go yukkuri (C): don’t go away so soon ;
don’t hurry away ; (said to a guest when
he says he must be going).
slowly
please
mata yukkuri mairimast (D): Ill come
again and have a long talk.
yuku, (gen. pron. ikulq.v.). To go.
Kyéto-yuki no kisha : the train for Kyoto.
yume. A dream.
yume wo miru : to dream.
inu no yume wo mi'ru : to dream albout a dog.
kowai yume : a nightmare.
yume ni mo shira-nai (B):
dreamt of it.
maru de yume no yo destt (C):
like a dream to me.
yume wo mite iru kokoro-mochi deshita (C): I
felt as if 1 were dreaming.
yiimei (nz). Famous.
yurui. Loose.
Der.: yurust, q.v.
yurusii, [ywrui loose}. To loosen ;
+ pardon ; permit ; consent.
_ hito ni kokoro wo yurushite wa tke-nai (A):
never confide in another.
o té-san ga o yurushi ni narimashita ka ?
(D) : did your father allow you ?
yurushite kudasai (D) : please consent to it;
please pardon me,
yurushite itadakitai (C): I beg to be ex-
cused, (declining an offer).
Der.
yurushi : permission.
yurushi wo ukeru : to get permission.
I never even
it seems just
set free;
--yusugu. To rinse ; cleanse by washing.
yuu. See iul to say, and iu2 to do up the
hair.
-zannen. Regret ; disappointment.
zannen da ga...: 1 am sorry (to say)
‘ that. ee ,
zannen desii ga ikaremasen (C): I regret I
cannot go.
ano hito wa anata no ko-nai no wo zannen
ni omotte imashita (C) : he was disappoint-
ed at your not petntag,
zannen nagara...: much as I regret it,
still..
_- zara-zara (na). Rough ; coarse.
kono kire wa zara-zara de iya (B): I don’t
like this cloth, it is rough.
zara-zara shita ; rough ; coarse.
-z0ge. Ivory.
zokin. A house-cloth ; duster. z
zoku (na). _Common ; vulgar. :
zasshi. A magazine ; ee
zatto. Roughly ; coarsely. | ic a
isogashikatta no de zatto sji shimasl (C)
as I was busy I could not sweep the roe
very carefully. Vena =:
zatto ni-hyaku-yen gurai kakarimasti ( Cee
roughly it will cost about two hundred yen, an!
zehi. By all means ; without fail<
zehi hayaku o-ide nasai (C): be sure eto come
early.
zehi kyd wa ika-nakereba nara-nai (B): cP ise
must go today without fail. ie Oe Bs
zehi ikitai “tte (B): he says he wouldn't
like to miss going for anything. x ee
zeitaku. Luxury. ” =
sonna zeitaku wo itte wa ike-nai (A): dt ios
ask for such luxuries. ce
zeitaku na : luxurious. OS ape alt
zentai. The whole. aes
kotoshi wa zentai kome ga yoku dekita (B):
this year the rice-crop has been ‘Boek es ~~
everywhere (in all J apan). hee
zentai no kangae de ké iu koto ni kimema- 4
shita (C) : acceding to the general OPMRSORS: Ph
I have arranged this. - Bure
zentai de kore dake dest (C) : this i is all there, % >
is.
zentai anata ga yoku nai no da (B): after
all you were to blame. :
zo. Interj. at the end of a sentence adds _
force to an assertion, a command -_ a
prohibition. A Pe
kita zo, kita zo / (B): he has arrived. _ a8 cm
86 ja nai zo / (B) : I tell you it’s not so. ‘
damara-nakereba butst zo ! (A):
not silent, I’ll beat you.
if you are
kare wa zoku na hito da (B): he is @ very Ley
common man.
zoku ni iu baka to wa kimi no koto da (A):
you are what they commonly call a fool.
Comp.: zoku-go : colloquial language. % ae
zonjitru. aes I
1) To know. Zonji:ru is a humble ‘eee a
used politely in the Ist person ; go zonji de
aru or go zonji de irassharu i> an honorific —
verb used politely in the 2nd person ; the | ca
corresponding plain verb is shiru2, Go”
zonji nasaru and go zonji ni na ru are also —
used politely in the 2nd person in certain —
cases. especially in the neg. In the 1
person the neg. is much more comm
than the aff. AES ef
Ei-go wo zonjimasen no de juben de gozai-
mast (D) : 1 find it very inconsselsanaay
knowing English.
chitto mo sono koto wa zonjimasen ) ;
know absolutely nothing about it.
banchi wo go zonji desi. ka ? (C): om
know his address ? ieee
malta
“a
zonjitru a ) 161
zutto
anata no go zonji no kata desti ka ? (C): is he
an acquaintance of yours ?
_ go zonji no tort : as you know.
_ 2) To think; feel; (used in the Ist
_— person).
o tegami wo arigaté6 zonjimast (D): many
thanks for your letter. (Note the excep-
tional termination of the adj.)
hito no mae ‘de sonna koto wo suru no wa
yoku nai to zonjimasti (C): I think you
ought not to do a thing like that before
_ other people.
zonzai (na). Sldven ; careless ; rude.
' Zori. Sandals ; Japanese slippers.
-zu. Suf. used for forming the neg. gerund ;
it often has the meaning of without.
kutsu. wo tora-zu ni haitte mo i (A):
you may: go in without taking off your
boots.
chichi ga nokora-zu koborete shimatta (B) :
every bit of the milk was spilt, (without
any remaining over).
‘zubon. Trousers.
Comp.: zubon-shita : drawers, [shital under].
zuibun. Very ; a great deal ; rather.
zuibun omoshirokatta (B) : 1 was very much
amused.
| ky6 wa atsui ne, zuibun (B): it’s awfully
hot today, isn’t it ?
ee
zuibun na hito da (B) : well, there’s a nice
fellow for you ! (ironical).
Note. Zuibun is not used in interrogative
sentences. ae
zurui. Sly ; cunning ; unfair.
zurui yatst% : a cheat.
zutsu.. Each ; apiece ; at a time.
jis-sen zutst de kaimashd (C): 1°ll buy them
at ten sen each.
kippu no kane wo hitori mae go-jis-sen zutst
dashite kudasai (C): each one of you
please give me fifty sen, the price of the
ticket.
hitotsti-zutst ; one at a time ; one by one.
hitori ni mittsi zutsti wakete kudasai (C):
please distribute them three to each
person.
mai-toshi ni-do zuist : twice a year.
zutsii. A headache.
zutsi ga suru : to have a headache.
zutto.
1) Direct ; straight.
kono. michi wo zutto o-ide nasai (C): go
straight along this road.
2) Very much.
ano hito no hé ga zutto tsuyoi (B) : that man
is by far the stronger.
zutto mae: a long time ago; long before
that.
KHHetiemil+ | tee ee
KHER three
KaAKSe + rtil tke HK &
KAKe + rt cea es
43 hl
eae & DSBBHBGUGHISS
Reo H H
RMREKRRERRE MN CH TER
ck ome eee ee oe
ella
* @ £ Ske & K + 1 fe
P.4 2%
roo i = ak
FE x >» —? HA Hh? Nie
OR i zs
x
EWE RE iE a
em ik % Nm Ko #ho ow he RK OB
* @ £32 ke & PF + K KF
ao KR w-—" BAB DH 2D EK OH
es NEW EDITION
ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA
| PART II.
Page 11, col. 3, line 25. After: NAKUTE add : (or NAKUTTE)
», 14,lime1l. Erase : in hypothetical cases.
+ 24, ,, 5from bottom. After : However, add : the negative future of
suru is shimai, of kuru, komai or kimai,
_,, 25, col. 3, lines 11 and 26. After: nakiite add : (or nakitie).
,» 380,line 13. After: ni add : occasionally kara.
» 86, ,, 14. After: compounds add : written in one word ;
moceks ,, 4, After: mo tz add : or by the negative conditional follow-
ed by nara-nai koto wa nai:
There’s no necessity for you to go; ika-nakereba nara-nai koto wa
nat,
+ 54, line 18. Instead of: a true read : an
(ss +, 20. After: child) add: Te no kirei nd onna; a woman with
pretty hands.
» 62,line 1. After : degrees add : tabi times,
4, 5. 35. After: o'clock add : jikan hour,
., 68, ,, 9. Instead of : meridian read : meridiem
;, 95. After line 9, add:
In cases like the above, it is almost impossible to get a real word
’ for word quotation, even when you ask for it : it is likewise impossible
to get a servant to give a message in your exact words, if they do not
happen to correspond with his or her idea of politeness.
PART III.
- Page 9, col. 1, after line 28, add:
Taro mo Jird mo dekiru, ato dare ni mo deki-nai (B) : Tard and Jiro
can do it, nobody else can.
.. 56, col. 2, at bottom, add:
o isha kara iwareta (B) : I (he) was told by the doctor.
.. 68, col. 2, line 49. Instead of: kiru' read: ki*ru'.
«» 128, col. 1, after line 55, add:
Note :—Soshite serves generally to connect complete sentences, but it is
clumsy and should not be used too apes 5 on wpe
join nouns (inki soshite pen, pen and ink), and in this case it is
occasionally found used pleonastically, when to or ni has already been
employed (inki to soshite pen).
_ Conversational Japanese for Beginners,
ae ey YP ige ae
Ry a MAE OL, Sx, Mage!
a i. @
2b. sone EONS 2 a ae Or oa
BOOKS ON JAPANESE
es
BY yy.
ARTHUR ROSE-INNES. ye
» ~~
*
: ie
Kelly & Walsh’s English-Japanese Conversation Dictionary. ee<
2nd edition, 283 pp. 1 yen. A practical little pocket-dictionary which will ss
generally give you not only the word you want, but the very sentence you -
wish to say. 4
Conversational Japanese for Beginners. In four parts, paper : s
cover, | yen each. Parts I, II and III in one volume, cloth binding, 3 yen. WF
Part 1. Granduated Exercises in Conversational Japanese with an 3
English translation. New Edition. ~
Part IL. Elementary Grammar of the Japanese Spoken Language. New
Edition.
Part Il]. Vocabulary of Common Japanese Words with numerous Payee
examples and notes. New Edition. iA
Part IV. The Japanese text of Part I in large Japanese characters with
kana alongside. j
Examples of Conversational Japanese. In three parts: Part 1,
100 pp. 1 yen; Part II, 104 pp. 1 yen; Part III, 138 pp. 50 sen.
Part I consists of Japanese tales told in simple language with an English
translation alongside. Specimen page overleaf. er i
Part II consists of tales and anecdotes. No translation is given but the.
words used are all found in the vocabulary of ConvERSATIONAL JAPANESE FOR
BEGINNERS. Specimen page overleaf.
Part III is the Japanese text of Parts I and I in Japanese characters \ Be
with kana alongside. aS
3000 Chinese=-Japanese Chinthétocs in their Printed and Written | :
forms. 2nd edition, 230 pp. 1 yen, in .
- The written forms of the characters are due to the brush of the celebrated : <
Prof. Tamaki Aiseki. : i
KELLY & WALSH, LTD. Re:
YOKOHAMA, SHANGHAI, HONGKONG AND SIN GAPORE.
q
*
wo
/ vg
ty
‘
EXAMPLES OF CONVERSATIONAL JAPANESE, PART I.
EXAMPLES
OF 8 a is ;
CONVERSATIONAL JAPANESE
SHITA-KIRI SUZUME
1Mukashi, mukashi, 20 jii-san to 0
ba-san ga %suzume wo katte orimashi-
_ ta. +Aru hi 50 ba-san wa sentaku wo
shiyo to omotte, nori wo nite okima-
shita.
tori ni kimashitara, *nori wo irete oita
7Sentaku wo sumasete 8nori wo
domburi dake atte !°nori ga miemasen,
** Oya, do shita no daro ?”
1To,; *hob6 sagashite iru uchi ni,
%’muk6 no kago no suzume ga me ni
tsukimashita.
*Omae wa koko ni atta nori wo
_ shira-nai kai ?”’
“1Domburi ni atta nori de goza-
“Sore nara watakushi ga
itadakimashita.”
“Omae ga tabete shimatta ?”
imasu ka?
“IKe, 2itsumo watakushi no e wo
irete itadaku domburi ni haitte ima-
shita kara, *tabete mo ii no da to omot-
te,
THE SPARROW THAT HAD
ITS TONGUE CUT OUT
10nee upon a time, 2an old man
and an 6ld woman *kept a tame
sparrow. 4One day 5the old lady pro-
posed doing her washing, ®(so) she
made some starch and went to her
work. “’When she had finished her
washing Sand went to fetch the starch,
%she only found the bowl in which
she had put the starch;
itself was gone. “
**Oh! what does this mean ?”
1Thus (she spoke) ;
was looking around, *she happened
to see the sparrow that was in its cage
over there.
“Do you know anything about the he
starch that was here ?”’
‘1Do you mean the starch that was
“If that (is what you —
in the bowl ?
are referring to), I ate it up.”
* You ate it up!”
“1VYes, 2as it was in the bowl in
which my food is usually put, a
thought there would be no harm in
aE
eating it.”
i" bs
i
Zand while she . :
Bi ie
10the starch |
rt ‘am
EXAMPLES OF CONVERSATIONAL JAPANESE, PART Il.
EXAMPLES
OF
CONVERSATIONAL JAPANESE
KECHIMBO!
Taiso kechi na o jii-san ga arimashita. Aru hi:
*Choématsu, omae o tonari ni itte, kugi wo utsu no desu ga, 0
uchi no kanazuchi2 wo chotto kashite kudasai; to itte karite kite
- o kure.”
** Hai.”
Chomatsu wa tonari ni ikimashita.
“Konnichi wa. Makoto ni sumimasen ga, o uchi ni kanazuchi
ga gozaimashitara, kashite kudasaimasen ka ?”
Tonari no o jii-san mo yappari kechi deshita kara :
*‘ Nani ni tsukau no desu ?”
as Shujin ga kugi wo utsu no ni tsukaimasu.”
« Kugi wa, kane no kugi desu ka, take no desu ka ?”
“Kane no desho.”
*‘Sonnara kashite ageru koto wa dekimasen to, so itte kudasai.
Take no kugi nara, s6 de mo nai ga, kane no kugi nan-ka uttara,
kanazuchi ga hette taihen da.”
Chomatsu wa odoroite, uchi ye kaeri, tonari no 0 Jii-san ga
itta tori wo shujin ni hanashimashita.
Shujin wa kore wo kiite :
‘Mi, nan to iu kechi na yatsu dard. Sore de wa ddmo shi-kata
ga nai. Uchi no wo dashite tsuka6.”’
1Kechimbs, miser. 2Kanazuchi, hammer.
7
ae
SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY F?
WANN
A 000 132 668 5
= SEED
SS TSS
TSAR
RES
SSS
¥
¥
aS
>.
¥
i
A
eee aes
| Been P) Day ‘i %
FERS Rey 7 1% £34
SIG Ba la eir crit ts
NARA SON E ei oe
:
2
Eis
Be "4
petit
v
.
WEY Sere
Ae
*
y
oa
9 Te,
Va"
at
ASPs eG
Se EMU ENS
fy ¢
sais
Dilt
ET SES
%
ann
Spe hi
Sade
f aN ee
we
rien
rake!
¥
Jas,
lon Aer
RoREN Se
HANSA
oer
. 5 Seis
se Ne
seas
ie
Say
X23 sh
ayant
Sate
RUA Pista
=
so
.
te
wes!
ATG WO AL
rte
ae
We Sos
ee
BROanrs i) ‘sas
EIN
PES
y
ee
4,
Je
i
5
Ete
Aa IS rn agen
Aus
ac
PB tay
SSS
we
Re
palo
4
i)
7
is
5
>
7. Uh,
ae
BNO
ae Sak
al
»
vA
ORE
sy
1
eS
cone
Tels
3 “
hy
eo
4
u
Rad %
Gant Bae
, an
"4,
we
i
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11